Anchor ads are not supported on this page.

\n

The Kimber Solo Carry is one of the most compact 9mm on the market measuring only 5.5 inches in length, 3.9 inches in height and a mere 0.995 inches in width. The all steel and alloy construction semi-auto weighs only 17 ounces empty. The compactness of the Solo is visually striking, being only slightly larger in overall dimension than most .380s. In order to achieve these scaled down proportions reminiscent of a 1911, the frame contours are smoother and more rounded with every possible edge reduced to its minimum possible tolerances. Easily operated ambidextrous magazine releases and perfectly sized ambidextrous safeties make ease of operation suitable for left or right-handed users.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Truly \u201cpocketable,\u201d the Solo utilizes a unique striker-fired system with a slight twist. When the slide is cycled and a round is chambered the striker (firing pin) is between 88 to 90 percent pre-tensioned. The trigger pull necessary to discharge the Solo then is only 10 to 12 percent of the total effort needed to finish the cycle and release the striker. Even though Kimber describes the Solo as a \u201csingle action striker-fired design,\u201d it is actually a double action as pulling the trigger has to finish tensioning the striker before the gun will discharge. While the lightweight semi-auto has a pretty hefty kick it is more than manageable and exceptionally accurate. As one of the smaller 9mm on the market, the Solo definitely has earned its mark.<\/p>\n","post_title":"Contemporary Subcompact Handguns","post_excerpt":"The Personal Defense Pocket Pistols: In the 21st century we have perfected the art of making as much gun as possible in the smallest package possible!","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"contemporary-subcompacts","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-10-19 15:38:22","post_modified_gmt":"2023-10-19 19:38:22","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2012\/11\/01\/contemporary-subcompacts\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":160508,"post_author":"645","post_date":"2009-09-02 15:20:48","post_date_gmt":"2009-09-02 21:20:48","post_content":"\r\n\r\nEven the gloved hands of today\u2019s uniformed officer will find ArmaLite\u2019s new AR-10T familiar. Draw the fixed stock into the shoulder, obtain sight picture and flip the selector. What makes the AR-10T different is more about what\u2019s on the inside. But on the outside, it all seems to feel the same.\r\n\r\nSince the creation of the Department of Homeland Security, law enforcement agencies have contended with how to use their budget to best enable their first responders to protect citizens against terror. Every agency has assessed vulnerabilities and many have chosen to acquire big bore rifles capable of penetrating a hard target or intercepting a vehicular threat. With just one shot to get it right, a team leader should have experience on the firing line.\r\n\r\nArmaLite\u2019s battle proven AR-10 has already served LE around the world including Canada\u2019s Ontario Provincial Police TRU (Tactics and Rescue Unit). Now loaded for the \"armalite3.jpg\"hard-hitting .338 Federal, the new AR-10T fills a department\u2019s medium-caliber gap without sacrificing ease of deployment, time for training, or familiar handling qualities of an officer\u2019s carbine.\r\n\r\nWhat some don\u2019t realize is that the AR-10\u2019s roots are more than 50 years old, pre-dating the AR-15\/M16\/M4. Clenching the checkered A2 pistol grip, controls are at the fingers. Saving more than a pound in weight over 7.62mm NATO infantry rifles of its time, Eugene Stoner\u2019s modular innovation is a source for the often-used term \u201cergonomic\u201d (as it applies to firearm design).\r\n\r\nThe anodized lower receiver is home to the ArmaLite tactical two-stage trigger set, the same trigger mechanism used in ArmaLite M-15 rifles. Pulling the trigger provides a crisp and smooth feel that doesn\u2019t interfere with accuracy. First and second stages are consistently passed at just 3 and 5 pounds before allowing the hammer to strike.\r\n\r\nBeing that the AR-10T is based on a 7.62mm NATO platform, the first question that usually comes to mind is how ArmaLite manages to stuff the high energy behind a .338 cartridge into an AR? An ArmaLite representative reports, \u201cArmaLite\u2019s refinements to the AR-10 over the many years placed it at a stage where the transfer to a harder hitting caliber such as the .338 Federal was not a problem. It\u2019s a short action .308-type cartridge so it transitions into our AR-10 platform perfectly. With some testing, we found that it\u2019s a fitting combination. We were able to use the same proven bolt and extractor, as well as the Generation II magazines. No design changes had to be made except re-chambering the AR-10 for a new caliber.\u201d\r\n\r\nThe bolt sits inside a gas impingement carrier group with four holes available to bleed off pressure and debris. The disassembly procedure is the same as an agency\u2019s M-15 carbine (just bigger parts). With the firing pin removed, one difference from other ARs is visually apparent. A spring shrouds the base of the firing pin pushing against the wall in the bolt carrier group. This feature helps reduce the risk of malfunctions and prevents the firing pin from bouncing during operation.\r\n\r\nA railed flat-top upper receiver marked \u201c.338 Federal\u201d brings the bolt together with the chamber of the stainless steel barrel. \u201cWe originally designed the .338 Federal as a hunting rifle, thus the stainless steel barrel,\u201d says ArmaLite. \u201cThe .338 Federal is a cartridge best suited for short and mid-range duties. We put a 22-inch barrel on the rifle, which provided the best ballistics for these situations. With that being said, we have seen the potential for different uses in this caliber, so we are spending some time testing a shorter rifle with a 16-inch barrel featuring a full size buttstock and a mid-length gas system to use in CQB operations.\u201d\r\n\r\n\"armalite4.jpg\"A tubular one-piece, free-floating aluminum handguard shields the hands from the triple lapped, 1-in-10-inch twist stainless steel match barrel. The tubular handguard improves the rifle\u2019s handling without taking up real estate with full-length accessory rails that often go unused. A useable length of rail does grace the forend of the handguard, ready to accept custom mounting of bipods, lasers, lights and other accessories.\r\n\r\nThe massive stainless steel gas block is secured to the barrel with four large hex-head screws and redirects gas pressure through a direct impingement system. This gas block is also a front sight base that features a flip-up Midwest Industries (MI) post that co-witnesses with a MI flip-up backup sight affixed to the rear of the upper receiver\u2019s Picatinny rail.\r\n\r\nSince no flash suppressor or compensator is present, the recessed crown at the muzzle of the AR-10T protects the rifle\u2019s accuracy potential during heavy use or intense tactical operations. Combine a barrel made of stainless steel, an aluminum free-floated handguard, aluminum alloy receivers, a polymer stock and grip, and you have a weather-resistant tactical rifle. The AR-10T can withstand harsher environments like those encountered in sustained maritime operations while offering the effective energy transfer carried by a .338 slug. \u201cCoastal areas with salty environments and the moisture of the trunk in squad cars are hard on steel parts, especially the barrel,\u201d says ArmaLite. So stainless steel might be a better choice for these conditions.\r\n\r\n\"armalite6.jpg\"Shooting Impressions<\/strong>\r\nNow I\u2019m not going to lie and say that I found the AR-10T to be a sub-MOA tack-driver. For me, it wasn\u2019t. I have friends in this industry who tell me they achieved MOA accuracy verified by pictures on Jeff Quinn\u2019s gunblast.com<\/a> of multiple 3-shot groups fired from 100 yards rivaling the size of a penny. But this test was a representation of how a founding member of DHS envisions this rifle being used by law enforcement. On the scene, from the trunk of a vehicle, and across the hood.\r\n\r\nDriving down to the edge of North Carolina\u2019s Great Dismal Swamp brought me to a private range that required the careful use of four-wheelers to maneuver through knee-deep muck in order to get downrange and post targets. A pair of 12x18-inch ballistic steel plates were used to verify the new Leupold VX-3 6.5-20x50mm riflescope from 100 yards. Secured in ArmaLite\u2019s unique one-piece ring mount, this accessory removes a couple of variables that typically impact accuracy on other rifles.\r\n\r\nThe DHS agent fired first. And second. \u201cOh yeah, we\u2019re good.\u201d Our four-wheelers carried us across the swamp again just to verify the point-of-aim\/point-of-impact. Fingering the significant dimples created in the swinging AR-500 steel plate, he said, \u201cMan, that rifle has some thump to it!\u201d With paper targets ready, we drove back to the firing line and began the accuracy test.\r\n\r\n\"armalite8.jpg\"In rural parts of the US, it\u2019s not unusual to see a pick-up truck used as a law enforcement vehicle. To best simulate a tactical operation where a vehicle is used as cover and firing support, we positioned the vehicle at the firing line and loaded each (5-, 10-, and 20-round) magazine with the only load available for this test: Federal\u2019s lead-nose, copper jacketed, 210-grain Nosler Partition.\r\n\r\nThe first 3-shot group from each of us measured just under 2.5 inches. Making it downrange and changing out targets, we discovered an earlier sighter that went off course and punched through a 5-inch thick tree. Looking further back, we saw the bullet had actually passed without deflection through a total of six trees smaller in size and spaced about 4 feet before disappearing.\r\n\r\nMost accuracy results with other AR-style rifles are taken in 5-shot groups, so the next batch would follow this pattern. Five groups of five shots averaged nearly 3 inches off the semi-supported position with the best group measuring 1.94 inches. The most impressive observation came from our last test, a 20-shot magazine dump in quick succession. In a string of fire that lasted no more than 30 seconds, 20 shots were clustered together in a group measuring just 3.6 inches. This is practical accuracy you can expect of a trained officer that could put a definitive end to a given crisis.\r\n\r\nFinal Notes<\/strong>\r\n\u201cIf you benched it with a bipod, it\u2019d group a lot tighter,\u201d noted the DHS agent, \u201cbut this is realistic. This rifle is what you hope to have when you arrive to a dynamic situation forcing you to run what you have.\u201d\r\n\r\nArmaLite asserts, \u201cThe same principals apply to this caliber as the .458 SOCOM, only the AR-10T does it better. Placing this harder hitting round in this strong, proven platform was a perfect match. The .458 SOCOM in the smaller AR-15 platform has unpredictable penetration at any significant range and the smaller AR-15 platform is unproven to last with a large caliber.\u201d\r\n\r\nWith the AR-10T you get a heavier bullet, lower felt recoil and more energy transferred to the target. This lethal hammer is ready to meet the obstacles faced by LE in urban environments or on the maritime waters.\r\n\r\n\"federal2.jpg\"FEDERAL\u2019S BOLD .338<\/strong>\r\nThere are other .338s out there but none that can be easily integrated with fewer changes to the seasoned AR-10. The story here is as much about the united effort between ArmaLite and Federal Cartridge<\/strong><\/a> to assure the rifle and ammunition are perfectly matched. Snipers are already familiar with .338s including the .338 Lapua Mag and the .338 Win Mag. These two highly effective cartridges are known for their long-range effectiveness in bolt-action platforms. For most LE operations requiring the deployment of a rifle, a bolt gun presents a number of tactical drawbacks. Slower handling, more recoil, and slower follow-up shots.\r\n\r\nThe .338 Federal delivers the only modern .338 caliber load that isn\u2019t a magnum configuration. It delivers a larger diameter bullet for more weight and overall energy on target without magnum recoil. \u201cThe .338 Federal captures the capability of the longstanding .308 case and offers the respected performance of the .338 bullet,\u201d says Federal President Mark DeYoung. \u201cThese two mainstays have been proven time and again and are now brought together into a quality factory load,\u201d he adds.","post_title":"Armalite AR-10T .338 Federal","post_excerpt":"NEW BATTLE RIFLE chambered for Federal\u2019s powerhouse cartridge!","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"armalite-ar-10t-338-federal","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-10-31 23:08:29","post_modified_gmt":"2023-11-01 03:08:29","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2009\/09\/02\/armalite-ar-10t-338-federal\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":160816,"post_author":"374","post_date":"2009-04-24 14:48:05","post_date_gmt":"2009-04-24 20:48:05","post_content":"\r\n\r\nI have been a fan of the .308 cartridge (7.62x51mm) for many years and have always enjoyed its versatility. It has numerous useful applications for self-defense and law enforcement and one of my bolt-action rifles in that chambering is set up for medium- to-long range anti-personnel work.\r\n\r\n\"untitled-2.jpg\"I have used .308 rifles in bolt-action, lever-action, slide-action and semi-automatic configurations, the latter being in the form of the M14 battle rifle, which is what we cadets trained with in ROTC (Reserve Officers\u2019 Training Corps) I was very interested when Rock River Arms (RRA) introduced an AR-type rifle in the popular .308 caliber.\r\n\r\nThe rifle was the Mid-Length (M\/L) LAR-8 A4 (308A1239), which comes housed in a compartmented, electric blue plastic carrying case. In the case, the rifle is broken down into the upper-receiver\/barrel group and the lower-receiver\/stock group that allows the case to be a bit more compact length-wise. It is a great case for shipping the weapon, but unfortunately the case cannot be used once an optic sight is mounted on the LAR-8, which means that if you want to carry your RRA rifle in a gun case fully assembled with a sight mounted, you will be in the market for a new larger gun case.\r\n\r\nMy sample LAR-8 mid-length A4 came with a 16-inch Wilson chrome moly barrel having a 1-in-10-inch right-hand twist, six land and groove rifling and a Picatinny rail on the upper receiver and on top of the barrel at the front of the handguard as there are no iron sights. There is also an A2 version that has the same iron sight configuration that is found on the M16A2 rifle. Both of these rifles are fitted with a tactical CAR-style buttstock.\r\n\r\nOther RRA LAR-8 factory variations include Standard A2 and A4 models that have 20-inch barrels and a conventional AR-type butt stock, plus there is an A-4 Varmint Model that features a 26-inch Wilson air gauged, stainless steel bull barrel that is coupled with a free-floating, tubular aluminum handguard for increased long-distance accuracy.\r\n\r\nStandard Features <\/strong>\r\nStandard features on my LAR-8 M\/L A4 includes a rubber Hogue pistol grip, which is stippled and has finger grooves, a two-stage match trigger, upper receiver with bolt forward assist and ejection port door, plus brass deflector, ventilated polymer handguard, sling swivels and A2-type flash suppressor. The LAR-8 basically looks like a M16 on steroids, as the receiver has been beefed up to allow use of the .308 (7.62x51mm) cartridge.\r\n\r\nThe two big differences that the discerning eye will note is the magazine and the bolt catch. The factory-supplied magazine for the LAR-8 is basically the same as the 20-round magazine used in the famous FN\/FAL and L1A1 battle rifles. Entire articles and books could be and have been devoted to this fine weapon, so we won\u2019t delve into that subject here, but this Fabrique Nationale-designed rifle has been in service since 1953 and has armed some 60 countries around the world including Belgium, Great Britain, Canada, Australia, and Argentina.\r\n\r\nNeedless to say, there have been countless thousands of magazines made for the FN\/FAL and that fact pays dividends to the LAR-8 owner who has a wide selection to choose from. I did a little Internet surfing and came up with price ranges from $10 to $22 for used Mil-Spec 20-round magazines. There are also 30-round magazines out there that average around $50 more. They hang down a bit too far for comfortable prone shooting, so I\u2019m content to stick with the 20-rounders myself.\r\n\r\nThe bolt catch on the LAR-8 is not on the left side of the lower receiver as on the M16, but is positioned at the base of the magazine well at its juncture with the pivoting triggerguard. It is more reminiscent of the bolt catch found on the FN\/FAL and is made to be ambidextrous, and if your hand is large enough can be actuated by the trigger finger of whichever hand you use. The magazine release is located in the same area as on the M16 and the LAR-8 is also ambidextrous.\r\n\r\nWhile the manual safety lever, just above the pistol grip on the right of the receiver, is not ambidextrous, it appears to be easily changed to the left side of the receiver if that\u2019s the user\u2019s preference. On a whole the controls on this rifle are easily reached and manipulated without removing the hand from the pistol grip, certainly a plus in a patrol rifle. I had no trouble whatever operating them with my medium-sized hand.\r\n\r\nObviously, this rifle is going to pack more weight than the M16 and the LAR-8 M\/L A4 weighs in empty, sans sights, at a respectable 8.1 pounds. With the 6-position CAR buttstock fully extended it measures 38 inches. The weight and the propellant gas operation system of the action certainly help tame recoil, which is a good thing given the hard checkered butt of the CAR stock.\r\n\r\nThe standard polymer handguard is round in shape with flats on the top and bottom that are serrated and have holes for barrel ventilation. There are no rails on the standard handguard, but RRA does offer optional Daniel Defense Lite Quad Rails for both the Mid-Length and Standard LAR-8 A4 rifles. In fact, a visit to the RRA website will allow one to see the full list of optional items available that allow you to \u201chave it your way\u201d with just about any Rock River Arms\u2019 AR-type rifle.\r\n\r\nAs always, I gave the RRA LAR-8 Mid-Length A4 a top to bottom inspection and did not find anything wanting in overall fit and finish of the weapon. All the flats were flat, corners square and rounded surfaces done to perfection. No machine marks or other blemishes were visible and the black hard coat anodized finish was a good match to the black polymer material of the handguard and buttstock of the rifle.\r\n\r\nOptics Selection<\/strong>\r\nNow given that my RRA LAR-8 M\/L A4 comes without sights, it was time to select something with which to aim the rifle that would be fitting for my uses. I looked at a number of optical and sights of various manufacturers, but came away impressed with the Trijicon ACOG (Advanced Combat Optical Gunsight) 3.5x35mm .308 BDC\/FT.Chevron BAC riflescope for our test.\r\n\r\nAnyone that watches the network nightly news has seen the ACOG sights on the M16A2 rifles carried by many of our troops in Afghanistan and Iraq; their bell-shaped housings make them easily identifiable. They have been in use for many years by Army Special Forces, the Marines, Navy SEALs and the FBI, so I didn\u2019t see how I could go wrong. Trijicon is synonymous with the night sights that have been fitted on many of the most popular combat handguns for a couple of decades. However, Trijicon\u2019s founder Glyn Bindon wanted to build a sight for long arms that would bring together both-eyes-open shooting, an illuminated aiming point, plus magnified optics.\r\n\r\nWhat he discovered was what has since been termed the Bindon Aiming Concept (BAC), aiming with both eyes open, which gives a superior sense of balance and field of view, coupled with a magnified Trijicon sight, which offers the shooter a considerable advantage over his target using conventional sights. When used as designed, in the binocular mode, the operator sees only the red, chevron-shaped reticle (the pointed tip is the aiming point) transposed on the target at anywhere from across-the-room ranges to several hundred yards.\r\n\r\nMy sample ACOG 3.5x35mm scope came packaged in a well-padded Pelican case, which also held a black nylon, Scopecoat scope cover, a Lenspen lens cleaner and an ACOG thumbscrew flattop adapter for affixing the scope to the Picatinny rail of the LAR-8. The scope housing is 8 inches in length and is made of rugged forged aluminum; the black, hard-anodized finish matches almost exactly that of the RRA rifle. Scope weight without mounts adds only 14 ounces to the weight of the rifle.\r\n\r\nThe scope is calibrated for use with the .308 cartridge and is meant to be sighted in at 100 meters with an effective range of 800 meters on flattop rifles. The reticle also includes a rangefinder and the base of the chevron aiming point is 5.53 MOA (minute of angle), which at 300 meters is 19 inches allowing for good range estimation. Of course, during the day, the fiber-optic tube running along the top of the scope gathers light for the red aiming point and at night\/low light tritium is used to illuminate the chevron. The field of view at 100 yards is almost 29 feet, the eye relief is 2.4 inches and the adjustment is 4-inch clicks at 100 yards.\r\n\r\nRange Time<\/strong>\r\nNow it was time to go to my ammo locker and select some cartridges from my stock of .308 ammunition. I chose Black Hills Gold with a 168-grain Hornady A-Max bullet, which has a factory velocity of 2650 fps (feet per second). Next I picked Federal Gold Medal that has a Sierra 168-grain \u201cMatchKing\u201d BTHP bullet also rated at 2650 fps. To add a law enforcement-designed cartridge I included the one of the Hornady TAP loads in .308.\r\n\r\nAccording to their website, \u201cThe 155-grain A-MAX TAP Precision cartridge offers match accuracy with a high-ballistic coefficient providing superior long-range performance. This load demonstrates expansion and fragmentation similar to the 110-grain load, but with a noticeable increase in penetration and retained bullet weight. This bullet penetrates glass with minimal deflection and exhibits retained expansion and fragmentation characteristics.\u201d\r\n\r\nIt is also intended for use in a 1-in-10-inch or 1-in-12-inch twist rifle barrel such as that on the LAR-8. My final selection was the Winchester 150-grain Supreme Elite with \u201cThe new XP3 bullet that starts with a two-stage expansion design, then combines all the best-known bullet technology to offer delayed controlled expansion, deep penetration, and high retained weight.\u201d\r\n\r\nWith my rifle\/sight combination, plus test ammunition in hand, it was time for a field test. I did my shooting at the NRA Whittington Center during the 2008 Shootists Holiday and used the Center\u2019s Sight-In Range for my accuracy and chronograph testing session. I sighted the Trijicon ACOG 3.5x35mm scope in for 100 yards, then proceeded to shoot three 3-shot groups for record with each test cartridge, using the concrete benches and an MTM Casegard rest.\r\n\r\nMy best group was 0.82 of an inch using Federal Gold Medal loads, followed by 0.97 of an inch with the Hornady TAP ammo. All of the group averages stayed under 2 inches and my guess is that the rifle would have had no trouble out-shooting the shooter that day. I also set up my Oehler Model 35P chronograph to see what velocities I would get from the LAR-8 M\/L 16-inch barrel.\r\n\r\nNext I put a silhouette target out at 200 yards and fired a dozen shots using a mixed bag of .308 cartridges at center mass and scored 10 hits in the 10 and X-ring and two just out in the 9-ring. Three shots to the head resulted in three hits in the 10-ring. Lastly, I took the LAR-8 to the Animal Silhouette Range, where the backstop is a mountainside covered with nice big rocks.\r\n\r\nFrom the standing, off-hand position, again using a mix of my test ammo, I was able to make dust fly on rocks out as far as I could see them on the mountainside, which has been previously checked with a laser rangefinder to have shootable rocks out to some 475 yards. The best part besides the practical accuracy and \u201cshootability\u201d of the LAR-8 was the fact that it was 100-percent reliable and I did not note a single malfunction during the test.\r\n\r\nFinal Notes<\/strong>\r\nRRA has a winner here and mated with the Trijicon ACOG scope and good ammo, I can\u2019t think of anything I\u2019d rather take into harm\u2019s way.","post_title":"RRA Mid-Length LAR-8 A4 .308","post_excerpt":"Big-bore AR\/Trijicon ACOG combo proved 100% reliable and sub-MOA accurate!","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"rra-mid-lenght-lar-8-a4-308","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-05-31 20:23:23","post_modified_gmt":"2023-05-31 20:23:23","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2009\/04\/24\/rra-mid-lenght-lar-8-a4-308\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":161994,"post_author":"645","post_date":"2008-05-13 15:04:28","post_date_gmt":"2008-05-13 21:04:28","post_content":"\r\nThose marvels of Austrian ingenuity, GLOCK pistols, have a well-deserved reputation for arriving ready for concealed carry. No sharp edges abound to be rough on the hands or snag clothing during the draw. GLOCKs slide from the holster, point well, and are ready for immediate action. The GLOCK Safe Action design leaves worries regarding a complicated manual of arms in the dust. Cap that off with sizes and calibers to satisfy every taste, and GLOCK seems destined to maintain their edge.\r\n\r\nFew things are dearer to the American heart than .45-caliber handguns. Despite the presence of .36- and .44-caliber handguns during the settling of the West, the .45 Colt is viewed as the decisive caliber from that era. Just in time to take the place of this noble cartridge, the .45 Auto became a force to be reckoned with in the next century. There is something comforting about this large caliber, imbuing a sense of power.\r\n\r\nIn fact, many a breath was held after GLOCK entered the U. S. market, until the Austrian company announced the introduction of their Model 21 in .45 Auto. Exhaling a sigh of relief, the .45 culture had a polymer wonder to satisfy its desires.\r\n\r\nFor duty carry by officers, the GLOCK 21 proved a perfect choice, hearty and robust, with the renowned GLOCK reliability. Following Law Enforcement (LE) trends that pushed the GLOCK to the top of the LE realm, as concealed carry rights blossomed, those exercising their rights adopted GLOCKs in droves. However, it was obvious the GLOCK 21 would have a small concealed carry following. The very traits making it so popular for duty carry\u2014hearty and robust\u2014worked against discreet carry.\r\n\r\nNever one to be left out in the cold, GLOCK introduced the more compact Models 30 and 36 in .45 Auto with double- and single-stack magazines, respectively. The Model 30 still bore grip dimensions similar to that of the Model 21, frequently difficult for those with average hands. The 36, though thinner due to a single-column magazine, still bore a longer front-to-back grip because of the .45 Auto chambering, which can still be a problem for some.\r\n\r\nBoth models have fared well with the American concealed carrier, but their frames, sized as they were for the .45 Auto, still leave some carriers and shooters with average and smaller-sized hands wanting. Likewise, many in the LE community hankered for a pistol dimensionally like the immensely popular GLOCK 17\/19\/26 and 22\/23\/26, but in the .45 Auto. Of course, the .45 Auto just won\u2019t fit in these more comfortable frames.\r\n\r\nMAKE WAY FOR THE .45<\/strong>\r\nNever one to shy away from a challenge, the folks at GLOCK tackled the project with the help of the ballistic wizards at Speer. The resulting cartridge, equaling the ballistic performance of the .45 Auto, was christened the .45 GLOCK Automatic Pistol (G.A.P.). Squeezed into a 9x19\/.40 frame, the GLOCK 37 and the .45 G.A.P. answered the LE and civilian concealed carriers\u2019 request for a more-compact .45 pistol.\r\n\r\nThe full-sized GLOCK 37 was followed by the compact GLOCK 38, and sub-compact GLOCK 39, each chambering a fair number of the new stubby .45s. Initially it was hoped the Models 37, 38, and 39 might be exactly the same size as the corresponding 9x19\/.40 models, and regarding the frames that proved true. However, to ensure perfect performance, marginally larger slides became the norm. (17\/22 slides are 1.01 inches wide by 0.85-inch high, weighing 18 ounces. GLOCK 37 slides are 1.13 inches wide by 0.88-inch high and weigh 21 ounces.) The .45 G.A.P. pistols incorporate a longer steel locking-block.\r\n\r\nOne step in building a cartridge to fit in the smaller and handier frame was designing the .45 G.A.P. cartridge to be 0.13-inch shorter than the .45 Auto. This produces a case similar in length to the 9x19 (0.78-inches), but once loaded the G. A. P has an overall length of 1.08 inches, actually shorter than the 9x19. (This last design parameter allows the wide .45 G.A.P. bullet to fit in a shorter grip area.)\r\n\r\n\"imgp03.gif\"AN ALL-NEW CARTRIDGE<\/strong>\r\nAdditional changes include a slightly rebated rim on the G.A.P., and modified extractor groove. Inside the case, one finds a wall profile that differs noticeably from the .45 Auto, thus allowing for seating .45 bullets without case wall bulging, and outside the primer pocket is filled with a small pistol primer. (A large pistol primer reportedly caused over-ignition and excessive pressure.) All of this goes to the point that the G.A.P. is an entirely new cartridge case that cannot be safely built from a .45 Auto case! Using the most modern propellants, Speer succeeded in charging this smaller .45 cartridge to equal the .45 Auto ballistically, while keeping pressures near the .45 Auto range.\r\n\r\nThere is no paucity of loadings available for the .45 G.A.P. GLOCKs. Speer\u2019s initial .45 G.A.P. commercial loadings were 185- and 200-grain Gold Dot premium hollowpoints and the same weights of TMJ bullets in the Speer Lawman line for economical shooting. Under the ATK banner with Speer, Federal Cartridge has introduced 185-grain and 230-grain Hydra-Shok loadings in the Premium Personal Defense line and an economical 185-grain TMJ loading in the American Eagle line.\r\n\r\nWinchester and Remington are now loading the .45 G.A.P. cartridge in configurations similar to Speer and Federal. COR-BON stepped in with their 160-grain DPX load, the 165-grain Pow'R Ball, a jacketed soft point, and a 200-grain JHP. This means bullet weights of 160 grains, 165 grains, 185 grains, 200 grains and 230 grains are all available.\r\n\r\n.45 GAP PERFORMANCE<\/strong>\r\nThe .45 G.A.P. is quite a boon for those of us adhering to the notion that bigger is better! Concealed carriers and Law Enforcement personnel, in and out of uniform, have their wish for new handguns.\r\n\r\nFrom the concealed carriers\u2019 and non-uniformed LE perspective, I found four .45 GLOCKs most appropriate for their needs. The Model 21 has already been excluded, and the Model 37 will probably be as well by those seeking compactness for carry. This leaves us with the Models 30, 36, 38, and 39 for consideration.\r\n\r\nThis was my first experience with the .45 G.A.P., so I began my examination of the concealed carry candidates with range testing. Trigger-time revealed just what I had heard: the .45 G.A.P. pistols were just as easily handled during all the drills as similar GLOCK models accommodating the .45 Auto. The GLOCK 38 weighs virtually the same as the Model 30, while the same is true of the Models 36 and 39, and the velocities of similar weight bullets are close enough to produce the similar felt recoil in pistols all weighing the same. (Depending on the cartridge, the .45 G.A.P. recoil can feel similar to a .40 pistol.)\r\n\r\nWearing average-sized hands, I found all four offerings fit me well, with the GLOCK 30 on the upper end of comfort for me. That, of course, explains why there is more than one flavor of ice cream\u2014and size of GLOCK\u2014to provide needed variety!\r\n\r\nWith pistols to fit my hands and those of most others, in my favorite caliber and that of GLOCK\u2019s new offering\u2014which seems destined to offer the .45 Auto a run for its money\u2014I went forth to gather the opinions of other shooters and concealed carriers.\r\n\r\n\"gap-carry.gif\"SHOOTING & CARRYING GLOCK .45s<\/strong>\r\nI placed the four GLOCK .45 offerings in the hands of a variety of shooters, and received the expected plethora of preferences. Given a choice of .45 GLOCKs, each one selected their favorite based on how it fit their hands and rode on their waist. Recoil did not seem a factor.\r\n\r\nThose finding the .45 Auto pistols a tad largish found the pistols chambered for the .45 G.A.P. just right. Testers that found the .45 Auto pistols fitting them well expressed their appreciation of the trimmer G.A.P pistols. It seems that not only has GLOCK spawned a new caliber in which to chamber their pistols, they have found one that can satisfy the needs of big-bore concealed carriers (and no doubt uniformed officers) while doing so.\r\n\r\nWill this be the .45 of the 21st century? Only time will tell, but it seems the .45 G.A.P is making a good run at that distinction!\r\nHOLSTERING GLOCK .45s<\/strong>\r\nAs excellent as the size and calibers of the GLOCK .45s make them for concealment, they still miss one thing for concealed carry\u2014a holster! Luckily holster makers, just like users, have flocked to all GLOCK pistols. Finding leather, or non-leather, to tote one\u2019s choice of .45 should be relatively easy.\r\n\r\nToting a handgun\u2014any handgun, including a GLOCK\u2014should be accomplished using a quality holster. Holsters protect handguns from loss, or shifting during carry, ensuring it will be there when one reaches for it. Not only will the handgun be there when needed, but also a well-designed holster will snug a GLOCK .45 against the body, while not impeding a smooth, speedy draw. Regardless of the GLOCK .45 of choice, there should be a holster to allow carrying it comfortably, securely, and inconspicuously.\r\n\r\nA quick search of the Internet turned up offerings to carry some of GLOCK\u2019s .45s from Aker, Alessi, Bianchi, Blackhawk Bulman, Blade-Tech, Comp-Tac, DeSantis, Del Fatti, Don Hume, FIST, Fobus, Galco, Gould & Goodrich, Milt Sparks, Safariland, Sidearmor, and Uncle Mikes. There are more, but I stopped searching when it became obvious there was no end to holsters and suppliers.\r\n\r\nIt seems every commercial holster maker, and those in the custom world, offer one or more styles, to fit one or more of the .45 GLOCK pistols. Their wares are made from horse or cowhide, Kydex or other polymer, or some version of ballistic nylon. Styles include belt models, inside-the-waistband versions, shoulder holsters, and pocket models for the smaller pistols.\r\n\r\nI also did a scan of my holster collection, and found a number already on hand, including those wearing the GLOCK brand. (GLOCK has always offered holsters for their pistols.) Not surprisingly, I discovered many holsters specified for 9x19\/.40 pistols also fit quite nicely around a GLOCK 36 pistol, with a scant few fitting the marginally enlarged G.A.P. models. (This is, of course, not something most holster makers will announce, nor something one can count on, but if an ample selection of holsters is available, the fit is easily checked.) In addition, holsters for the GLOCK 30 will usually fit the G.A.P. offerings.\r\n\r\nPick a .45 GLOCK, a holster to meet your needs, and ammo from a high-performance source. Outfitted with this, today\u2019s big-bore carrier will be ready to go!","post_title":"Concealed-Carry .45s: The GLOCK Solution | Glock 45 Models","post_excerpt":"The .45 firepower favored by legions of officers is tough to keep out of sight. Not so with the GLOCK .45 G.A.P.\u2014the hideaway handgun with maximum performance.","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"concealed-carry-45s-the-glock-solution","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-10-31 23:10:49","post_modified_gmt":"2023-11-01 03:10:49","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2008\/05\/13\/concealed-carry-45s-the-glock-solution\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":true,"total_page":15},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

POPULAR

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n
\"gun
Compact semi-autos like the Kimber Solo are effective fight-stoppers, but shooters with weaker hands might have trouble retracting their slides.<\/figcaption><\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Kimber Solo Carry is one of the most compact 9mm on the market measuring only 5.5 inches in length, 3.9 inches in height and a mere 0.995 inches in width. The all steel and alloy construction semi-auto weighs only 17 ounces empty. The compactness of the Solo is visually striking, being only slightly larger in overall dimension than most .380s. In order to achieve these scaled down proportions reminiscent of a 1911, the frame contours are smoother and more rounded with every possible edge reduced to its minimum possible tolerances. Easily operated ambidextrous magazine releases and perfectly sized ambidextrous safeties make ease of operation suitable for left or right-handed users.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Truly \u201cpocketable,\u201d the Solo utilizes a unique striker-fired system with a slight twist. When the slide is cycled and a round is chambered the striker (firing pin) is between 88 to 90 percent pre-tensioned. The trigger pull necessary to discharge the Solo then is only 10 to 12 percent of the total effort needed to finish the cycle and release the striker. Even though Kimber describes the Solo as a \u201csingle action striker-fired design,\u201d it is actually a double action as pulling the trigger has to finish tensioning the striker before the gun will discharge. While the lightweight semi-auto has a pretty hefty kick it is more than manageable and exceptionally accurate. As one of the smaller 9mm on the market, the Solo definitely has earned its mark.<\/p>\n","post_title":"Contemporary Subcompact Handguns","post_excerpt":"The Personal Defense Pocket Pistols: In the 21st century we have perfected the art of making as much gun as possible in the smallest package possible!","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"contemporary-subcompacts","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-10-19 15:38:22","post_modified_gmt":"2023-10-19 19:38:22","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2012\/11\/01\/contemporary-subcompacts\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":160508,"post_author":"645","post_date":"2009-09-02 15:20:48","post_date_gmt":"2009-09-02 21:20:48","post_content":"\r\n\r\nEven the gloved hands of today\u2019s uniformed officer will find ArmaLite\u2019s new AR-10T familiar. Draw the fixed stock into the shoulder, obtain sight picture and flip the selector. What makes the AR-10T different is more about what\u2019s on the inside. But on the outside, it all seems to feel the same.\r\n\r\nSince the creation of the Department of Homeland Security, law enforcement agencies have contended with how to use their budget to best enable their first responders to protect citizens against terror. Every agency has assessed vulnerabilities and many have chosen to acquire big bore rifles capable of penetrating a hard target or intercepting a vehicular threat. With just one shot to get it right, a team leader should have experience on the firing line.\r\n\r\nArmaLite\u2019s battle proven AR-10 has already served LE around the world including Canada\u2019s Ontario Provincial Police TRU (Tactics and Rescue Unit). Now loaded for the \"armalite3.jpg\"hard-hitting .338 Federal, the new AR-10T fills a department\u2019s medium-caliber gap without sacrificing ease of deployment, time for training, or familiar handling qualities of an officer\u2019s carbine.\r\n\r\nWhat some don\u2019t realize is that the AR-10\u2019s roots are more than 50 years old, pre-dating the AR-15\/M16\/M4. Clenching the checkered A2 pistol grip, controls are at the fingers. Saving more than a pound in weight over 7.62mm NATO infantry rifles of its time, Eugene Stoner\u2019s modular innovation is a source for the often-used term \u201cergonomic\u201d (as it applies to firearm design).\r\n\r\nThe anodized lower receiver is home to the ArmaLite tactical two-stage trigger set, the same trigger mechanism used in ArmaLite M-15 rifles. Pulling the trigger provides a crisp and smooth feel that doesn\u2019t interfere with accuracy. First and second stages are consistently passed at just 3 and 5 pounds before allowing the hammer to strike.\r\n\r\nBeing that the AR-10T is based on a 7.62mm NATO platform, the first question that usually comes to mind is how ArmaLite manages to stuff the high energy behind a .338 cartridge into an AR? An ArmaLite representative reports, \u201cArmaLite\u2019s refinements to the AR-10 over the many years placed it at a stage where the transfer to a harder hitting caliber such as the .338 Federal was not a problem. It\u2019s a short action .308-type cartridge so it transitions into our AR-10 platform perfectly. With some testing, we found that it\u2019s a fitting combination. We were able to use the same proven bolt and extractor, as well as the Generation II magazines. No design changes had to be made except re-chambering the AR-10 for a new caliber.\u201d\r\n\r\nThe bolt sits inside a gas impingement carrier group with four holes available to bleed off pressure and debris. The disassembly procedure is the same as an agency\u2019s M-15 carbine (just bigger parts). With the firing pin removed, one difference from other ARs is visually apparent. A spring shrouds the base of the firing pin pushing against the wall in the bolt carrier group. This feature helps reduce the risk of malfunctions and prevents the firing pin from bouncing during operation.\r\n\r\nA railed flat-top upper receiver marked \u201c.338 Federal\u201d brings the bolt together with the chamber of the stainless steel barrel. \u201cWe originally designed the .338 Federal as a hunting rifle, thus the stainless steel barrel,\u201d says ArmaLite. \u201cThe .338 Federal is a cartridge best suited for short and mid-range duties. We put a 22-inch barrel on the rifle, which provided the best ballistics for these situations. With that being said, we have seen the potential for different uses in this caliber, so we are spending some time testing a shorter rifle with a 16-inch barrel featuring a full size buttstock and a mid-length gas system to use in CQB operations.\u201d\r\n\r\n\"armalite4.jpg\"A tubular one-piece, free-floating aluminum handguard shields the hands from the triple lapped, 1-in-10-inch twist stainless steel match barrel. The tubular handguard improves the rifle\u2019s handling without taking up real estate with full-length accessory rails that often go unused. A useable length of rail does grace the forend of the handguard, ready to accept custom mounting of bipods, lasers, lights and other accessories.\r\n\r\nThe massive stainless steel gas block is secured to the barrel with four large hex-head screws and redirects gas pressure through a direct impingement system. This gas block is also a front sight base that features a flip-up Midwest Industries (MI) post that co-witnesses with a MI flip-up backup sight affixed to the rear of the upper receiver\u2019s Picatinny rail.\r\n\r\nSince no flash suppressor or compensator is present, the recessed crown at the muzzle of the AR-10T protects the rifle\u2019s accuracy potential during heavy use or intense tactical operations. Combine a barrel made of stainless steel, an aluminum free-floated handguard, aluminum alloy receivers, a polymer stock and grip, and you have a weather-resistant tactical rifle. The AR-10T can withstand harsher environments like those encountered in sustained maritime operations while offering the effective energy transfer carried by a .338 slug. \u201cCoastal areas with salty environments and the moisture of the trunk in squad cars are hard on steel parts, especially the barrel,\u201d says ArmaLite. So stainless steel might be a better choice for these conditions.\r\n\r\n\"armalite6.jpg\"Shooting Impressions<\/strong>\r\nNow I\u2019m not going to lie and say that I found the AR-10T to be a sub-MOA tack-driver. For me, it wasn\u2019t. I have friends in this industry who tell me they achieved MOA accuracy verified by pictures on Jeff Quinn\u2019s gunblast.com<\/a> of multiple 3-shot groups fired from 100 yards rivaling the size of a penny. But this test was a representation of how a founding member of DHS envisions this rifle being used by law enforcement. On the scene, from the trunk of a vehicle, and across the hood.\r\n\r\nDriving down to the edge of North Carolina\u2019s Great Dismal Swamp brought me to a private range that required the careful use of four-wheelers to maneuver through knee-deep muck in order to get downrange and post targets. A pair of 12x18-inch ballistic steel plates were used to verify the new Leupold VX-3 6.5-20x50mm riflescope from 100 yards. Secured in ArmaLite\u2019s unique one-piece ring mount, this accessory removes a couple of variables that typically impact accuracy on other rifles.\r\n\r\nThe DHS agent fired first. And second. \u201cOh yeah, we\u2019re good.\u201d Our four-wheelers carried us across the swamp again just to verify the point-of-aim\/point-of-impact. Fingering the significant dimples created in the swinging AR-500 steel plate, he said, \u201cMan, that rifle has some thump to it!\u201d With paper targets ready, we drove back to the firing line and began the accuracy test.\r\n\r\n\"armalite8.jpg\"In rural parts of the US, it\u2019s not unusual to see a pick-up truck used as a law enforcement vehicle. To best simulate a tactical operation where a vehicle is used as cover and firing support, we positioned the vehicle at the firing line and loaded each (5-, 10-, and 20-round) magazine with the only load available for this test: Federal\u2019s lead-nose, copper jacketed, 210-grain Nosler Partition.\r\n\r\nThe first 3-shot group from each of us measured just under 2.5 inches. Making it downrange and changing out targets, we discovered an earlier sighter that went off course and punched through a 5-inch thick tree. Looking further back, we saw the bullet had actually passed without deflection through a total of six trees smaller in size and spaced about 4 feet before disappearing.\r\n\r\nMost accuracy results with other AR-style rifles are taken in 5-shot groups, so the next batch would follow this pattern. Five groups of five shots averaged nearly 3 inches off the semi-supported position with the best group measuring 1.94 inches. The most impressive observation came from our last test, a 20-shot magazine dump in quick succession. In a string of fire that lasted no more than 30 seconds, 20 shots were clustered together in a group measuring just 3.6 inches. This is practical accuracy you can expect of a trained officer that could put a definitive end to a given crisis.\r\n\r\nFinal Notes<\/strong>\r\n\u201cIf you benched it with a bipod, it\u2019d group a lot tighter,\u201d noted the DHS agent, \u201cbut this is realistic. This rifle is what you hope to have when you arrive to a dynamic situation forcing you to run what you have.\u201d\r\n\r\nArmaLite asserts, \u201cThe same principals apply to this caliber as the .458 SOCOM, only the AR-10T does it better. Placing this harder hitting round in this strong, proven platform was a perfect match. The .458 SOCOM in the smaller AR-15 platform has unpredictable penetration at any significant range and the smaller AR-15 platform is unproven to last with a large caliber.\u201d\r\n\r\nWith the AR-10T you get a heavier bullet, lower felt recoil and more energy transferred to the target. This lethal hammer is ready to meet the obstacles faced by LE in urban environments or on the maritime waters.\r\n\r\n\"federal2.jpg\"FEDERAL\u2019S BOLD .338<\/strong>\r\nThere are other .338s out there but none that can be easily integrated with fewer changes to the seasoned AR-10. The story here is as much about the united effort between ArmaLite and Federal Cartridge<\/strong><\/a> to assure the rifle and ammunition are perfectly matched. Snipers are already familiar with .338s including the .338 Lapua Mag and the .338 Win Mag. These two highly effective cartridges are known for their long-range effectiveness in bolt-action platforms. For most LE operations requiring the deployment of a rifle, a bolt gun presents a number of tactical drawbacks. Slower handling, more recoil, and slower follow-up shots.\r\n\r\nThe .338 Federal delivers the only modern .338 caliber load that isn\u2019t a magnum configuration. It delivers a larger diameter bullet for more weight and overall energy on target without magnum recoil. \u201cThe .338 Federal captures the capability of the longstanding .308 case and offers the respected performance of the .338 bullet,\u201d says Federal President Mark DeYoung. \u201cThese two mainstays have been proven time and again and are now brought together into a quality factory load,\u201d he adds.","post_title":"Armalite AR-10T .338 Federal","post_excerpt":"NEW BATTLE RIFLE chambered for Federal\u2019s powerhouse cartridge!","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"armalite-ar-10t-338-federal","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-10-31 23:08:29","post_modified_gmt":"2023-11-01 03:08:29","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2009\/09\/02\/armalite-ar-10t-338-federal\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":160816,"post_author":"374","post_date":"2009-04-24 14:48:05","post_date_gmt":"2009-04-24 20:48:05","post_content":"\r\n\r\nI have been a fan of the .308 cartridge (7.62x51mm) for many years and have always enjoyed its versatility. It has numerous useful applications for self-defense and law enforcement and one of my bolt-action rifles in that chambering is set up for medium- to-long range anti-personnel work.\r\n\r\n\"untitled-2.jpg\"I have used .308 rifles in bolt-action, lever-action, slide-action and semi-automatic configurations, the latter being in the form of the M14 battle rifle, which is what we cadets trained with in ROTC (Reserve Officers\u2019 Training Corps) I was very interested when Rock River Arms (RRA) introduced an AR-type rifle in the popular .308 caliber.\r\n\r\nThe rifle was the Mid-Length (M\/L) LAR-8 A4 (308A1239), which comes housed in a compartmented, electric blue plastic carrying case. In the case, the rifle is broken down into the upper-receiver\/barrel group and the lower-receiver\/stock group that allows the case to be a bit more compact length-wise. It is a great case for shipping the weapon, but unfortunately the case cannot be used once an optic sight is mounted on the LAR-8, which means that if you want to carry your RRA rifle in a gun case fully assembled with a sight mounted, you will be in the market for a new larger gun case.\r\n\r\nMy sample LAR-8 mid-length A4 came with a 16-inch Wilson chrome moly barrel having a 1-in-10-inch right-hand twist, six land and groove rifling and a Picatinny rail on the upper receiver and on top of the barrel at the front of the handguard as there are no iron sights. There is also an A2 version that has the same iron sight configuration that is found on the M16A2 rifle. Both of these rifles are fitted with a tactical CAR-style buttstock.\r\n\r\nOther RRA LAR-8 factory variations include Standard A2 and A4 models that have 20-inch barrels and a conventional AR-type butt stock, plus there is an A-4 Varmint Model that features a 26-inch Wilson air gauged, stainless steel bull barrel that is coupled with a free-floating, tubular aluminum handguard for increased long-distance accuracy.\r\n\r\nStandard Features <\/strong>\r\nStandard features on my LAR-8 M\/L A4 includes a rubber Hogue pistol grip, which is stippled and has finger grooves, a two-stage match trigger, upper receiver with bolt forward assist and ejection port door, plus brass deflector, ventilated polymer handguard, sling swivels and A2-type flash suppressor. The LAR-8 basically looks like a M16 on steroids, as the receiver has been beefed up to allow use of the .308 (7.62x51mm) cartridge.\r\n\r\nThe two big differences that the discerning eye will note is the magazine and the bolt catch. The factory-supplied magazine for the LAR-8 is basically the same as the 20-round magazine used in the famous FN\/FAL and L1A1 battle rifles. Entire articles and books could be and have been devoted to this fine weapon, so we won\u2019t delve into that subject here, but this Fabrique Nationale-designed rifle has been in service since 1953 and has armed some 60 countries around the world including Belgium, Great Britain, Canada, Australia, and Argentina.\r\n\r\nNeedless to say, there have been countless thousands of magazines made for the FN\/FAL and that fact pays dividends to the LAR-8 owner who has a wide selection to choose from. I did a little Internet surfing and came up with price ranges from $10 to $22 for used Mil-Spec 20-round magazines. There are also 30-round magazines out there that average around $50 more. They hang down a bit too far for comfortable prone shooting, so I\u2019m content to stick with the 20-rounders myself.\r\n\r\nThe bolt catch on the LAR-8 is not on the left side of the lower receiver as on the M16, but is positioned at the base of the magazine well at its juncture with the pivoting triggerguard. It is more reminiscent of the bolt catch found on the FN\/FAL and is made to be ambidextrous, and if your hand is large enough can be actuated by the trigger finger of whichever hand you use. The magazine release is located in the same area as on the M16 and the LAR-8 is also ambidextrous.\r\n\r\nWhile the manual safety lever, just above the pistol grip on the right of the receiver, is not ambidextrous, it appears to be easily changed to the left side of the receiver if that\u2019s the user\u2019s preference. On a whole the controls on this rifle are easily reached and manipulated without removing the hand from the pistol grip, certainly a plus in a patrol rifle. I had no trouble whatever operating them with my medium-sized hand.\r\n\r\nObviously, this rifle is going to pack more weight than the M16 and the LAR-8 M\/L A4 weighs in empty, sans sights, at a respectable 8.1 pounds. With the 6-position CAR buttstock fully extended it measures 38 inches. The weight and the propellant gas operation system of the action certainly help tame recoil, which is a good thing given the hard checkered butt of the CAR stock.\r\n\r\nThe standard polymer handguard is round in shape with flats on the top and bottom that are serrated and have holes for barrel ventilation. There are no rails on the standard handguard, but RRA does offer optional Daniel Defense Lite Quad Rails for both the Mid-Length and Standard LAR-8 A4 rifles. In fact, a visit to the RRA website will allow one to see the full list of optional items available that allow you to \u201chave it your way\u201d with just about any Rock River Arms\u2019 AR-type rifle.\r\n\r\nAs always, I gave the RRA LAR-8 Mid-Length A4 a top to bottom inspection and did not find anything wanting in overall fit and finish of the weapon. All the flats were flat, corners square and rounded surfaces done to perfection. No machine marks or other blemishes were visible and the black hard coat anodized finish was a good match to the black polymer material of the handguard and buttstock of the rifle.\r\n\r\nOptics Selection<\/strong>\r\nNow given that my RRA LAR-8 M\/L A4 comes without sights, it was time to select something with which to aim the rifle that would be fitting for my uses. I looked at a number of optical and sights of various manufacturers, but came away impressed with the Trijicon ACOG (Advanced Combat Optical Gunsight) 3.5x35mm .308 BDC\/FT.Chevron BAC riflescope for our test.\r\n\r\nAnyone that watches the network nightly news has seen the ACOG sights on the M16A2 rifles carried by many of our troops in Afghanistan and Iraq; their bell-shaped housings make them easily identifiable. They have been in use for many years by Army Special Forces, the Marines, Navy SEALs and the FBI, so I didn\u2019t see how I could go wrong. Trijicon is synonymous with the night sights that have been fitted on many of the most popular combat handguns for a couple of decades. However, Trijicon\u2019s founder Glyn Bindon wanted to build a sight for long arms that would bring together both-eyes-open shooting, an illuminated aiming point, plus magnified optics.\r\n\r\nWhat he discovered was what has since been termed the Bindon Aiming Concept (BAC), aiming with both eyes open, which gives a superior sense of balance and field of view, coupled with a magnified Trijicon sight, which offers the shooter a considerable advantage over his target using conventional sights. When used as designed, in the binocular mode, the operator sees only the red, chevron-shaped reticle (the pointed tip is the aiming point) transposed on the target at anywhere from across-the-room ranges to several hundred yards.\r\n\r\nMy sample ACOG 3.5x35mm scope came packaged in a well-padded Pelican case, which also held a black nylon, Scopecoat scope cover, a Lenspen lens cleaner and an ACOG thumbscrew flattop adapter for affixing the scope to the Picatinny rail of the LAR-8. The scope housing is 8 inches in length and is made of rugged forged aluminum; the black, hard-anodized finish matches almost exactly that of the RRA rifle. Scope weight without mounts adds only 14 ounces to the weight of the rifle.\r\n\r\nThe scope is calibrated for use with the .308 cartridge and is meant to be sighted in at 100 meters with an effective range of 800 meters on flattop rifles. The reticle also includes a rangefinder and the base of the chevron aiming point is 5.53 MOA (minute of angle), which at 300 meters is 19 inches allowing for good range estimation. Of course, during the day, the fiber-optic tube running along the top of the scope gathers light for the red aiming point and at night\/low light tritium is used to illuminate the chevron. The field of view at 100 yards is almost 29 feet, the eye relief is 2.4 inches and the adjustment is 4-inch clicks at 100 yards.\r\n\r\nRange Time<\/strong>\r\nNow it was time to go to my ammo locker and select some cartridges from my stock of .308 ammunition. I chose Black Hills Gold with a 168-grain Hornady A-Max bullet, which has a factory velocity of 2650 fps (feet per second). Next I picked Federal Gold Medal that has a Sierra 168-grain \u201cMatchKing\u201d BTHP bullet also rated at 2650 fps. To add a law enforcement-designed cartridge I included the one of the Hornady TAP loads in .308.\r\n\r\nAccording to their website, \u201cThe 155-grain A-MAX TAP Precision cartridge offers match accuracy with a high-ballistic coefficient providing superior long-range performance. This load demonstrates expansion and fragmentation similar to the 110-grain load, but with a noticeable increase in penetration and retained bullet weight. This bullet penetrates glass with minimal deflection and exhibits retained expansion and fragmentation characteristics.\u201d\r\n\r\nIt is also intended for use in a 1-in-10-inch or 1-in-12-inch twist rifle barrel such as that on the LAR-8. My final selection was the Winchester 150-grain Supreme Elite with \u201cThe new XP3 bullet that starts with a two-stage expansion design, then combines all the best-known bullet technology to offer delayed controlled expansion, deep penetration, and high retained weight.\u201d\r\n\r\nWith my rifle\/sight combination, plus test ammunition in hand, it was time for a field test. I did my shooting at the NRA Whittington Center during the 2008 Shootists Holiday and used the Center\u2019s Sight-In Range for my accuracy and chronograph testing session. I sighted the Trijicon ACOG 3.5x35mm scope in for 100 yards, then proceeded to shoot three 3-shot groups for record with each test cartridge, using the concrete benches and an MTM Casegard rest.\r\n\r\nMy best group was 0.82 of an inch using Federal Gold Medal loads, followed by 0.97 of an inch with the Hornady TAP ammo. All of the group averages stayed under 2 inches and my guess is that the rifle would have had no trouble out-shooting the shooter that day. I also set up my Oehler Model 35P chronograph to see what velocities I would get from the LAR-8 M\/L 16-inch barrel.\r\n\r\nNext I put a silhouette target out at 200 yards and fired a dozen shots using a mixed bag of .308 cartridges at center mass and scored 10 hits in the 10 and X-ring and two just out in the 9-ring. Three shots to the head resulted in three hits in the 10-ring. Lastly, I took the LAR-8 to the Animal Silhouette Range, where the backstop is a mountainside covered with nice big rocks.\r\n\r\nFrom the standing, off-hand position, again using a mix of my test ammo, I was able to make dust fly on rocks out as far as I could see them on the mountainside, which has been previously checked with a laser rangefinder to have shootable rocks out to some 475 yards. The best part besides the practical accuracy and \u201cshootability\u201d of the LAR-8 was the fact that it was 100-percent reliable and I did not note a single malfunction during the test.\r\n\r\nFinal Notes<\/strong>\r\nRRA has a winner here and mated with the Trijicon ACOG scope and good ammo, I can\u2019t think of anything I\u2019d rather take into harm\u2019s way.","post_title":"RRA Mid-Length LAR-8 A4 .308","post_excerpt":"Big-bore AR\/Trijicon ACOG combo proved 100% reliable and sub-MOA accurate!","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"rra-mid-lenght-lar-8-a4-308","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-05-31 20:23:23","post_modified_gmt":"2023-05-31 20:23:23","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2009\/04\/24\/rra-mid-lenght-lar-8-a4-308\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":161994,"post_author":"645","post_date":"2008-05-13 15:04:28","post_date_gmt":"2008-05-13 21:04:28","post_content":"\r\nThose marvels of Austrian ingenuity, GLOCK pistols, have a well-deserved reputation for arriving ready for concealed carry. No sharp edges abound to be rough on the hands or snag clothing during the draw. GLOCKs slide from the holster, point well, and are ready for immediate action. The GLOCK Safe Action design leaves worries regarding a complicated manual of arms in the dust. Cap that off with sizes and calibers to satisfy every taste, and GLOCK seems destined to maintain their edge.\r\n\r\nFew things are dearer to the American heart than .45-caliber handguns. Despite the presence of .36- and .44-caliber handguns during the settling of the West, the .45 Colt is viewed as the decisive caliber from that era. Just in time to take the place of this noble cartridge, the .45 Auto became a force to be reckoned with in the next century. There is something comforting about this large caliber, imbuing a sense of power.\r\n\r\nIn fact, many a breath was held after GLOCK entered the U. S. market, until the Austrian company announced the introduction of their Model 21 in .45 Auto. Exhaling a sigh of relief, the .45 culture had a polymer wonder to satisfy its desires.\r\n\r\nFor duty carry by officers, the GLOCK 21 proved a perfect choice, hearty and robust, with the renowned GLOCK reliability. Following Law Enforcement (LE) trends that pushed the GLOCK to the top of the LE realm, as concealed carry rights blossomed, those exercising their rights adopted GLOCKs in droves. However, it was obvious the GLOCK 21 would have a small concealed carry following. The very traits making it so popular for duty carry\u2014hearty and robust\u2014worked against discreet carry.\r\n\r\nNever one to be left out in the cold, GLOCK introduced the more compact Models 30 and 36 in .45 Auto with double- and single-stack magazines, respectively. The Model 30 still bore grip dimensions similar to that of the Model 21, frequently difficult for those with average hands. The 36, though thinner due to a single-column magazine, still bore a longer front-to-back grip because of the .45 Auto chambering, which can still be a problem for some.\r\n\r\nBoth models have fared well with the American concealed carrier, but their frames, sized as they were for the .45 Auto, still leave some carriers and shooters with average and smaller-sized hands wanting. Likewise, many in the LE community hankered for a pistol dimensionally like the immensely popular GLOCK 17\/19\/26 and 22\/23\/26, but in the .45 Auto. Of course, the .45 Auto just won\u2019t fit in these more comfortable frames.\r\n\r\nMAKE WAY FOR THE .45<\/strong>\r\nNever one to shy away from a challenge, the folks at GLOCK tackled the project with the help of the ballistic wizards at Speer. The resulting cartridge, equaling the ballistic performance of the .45 Auto, was christened the .45 GLOCK Automatic Pistol (G.A.P.). Squeezed into a 9x19\/.40 frame, the GLOCK 37 and the .45 G.A.P. answered the LE and civilian concealed carriers\u2019 request for a more-compact .45 pistol.\r\n\r\nThe full-sized GLOCK 37 was followed by the compact GLOCK 38, and sub-compact GLOCK 39, each chambering a fair number of the new stubby .45s. Initially it was hoped the Models 37, 38, and 39 might be exactly the same size as the corresponding 9x19\/.40 models, and regarding the frames that proved true. However, to ensure perfect performance, marginally larger slides became the norm. (17\/22 slides are 1.01 inches wide by 0.85-inch high, weighing 18 ounces. GLOCK 37 slides are 1.13 inches wide by 0.88-inch high and weigh 21 ounces.) The .45 G.A.P. pistols incorporate a longer steel locking-block.\r\n\r\nOne step in building a cartridge to fit in the smaller and handier frame was designing the .45 G.A.P. cartridge to be 0.13-inch shorter than the .45 Auto. This produces a case similar in length to the 9x19 (0.78-inches), but once loaded the G. A. P has an overall length of 1.08 inches, actually shorter than the 9x19. (This last design parameter allows the wide .45 G.A.P. bullet to fit in a shorter grip area.)\r\n\r\n\"imgp03.gif\"AN ALL-NEW CARTRIDGE<\/strong>\r\nAdditional changes include a slightly rebated rim on the G.A.P., and modified extractor groove. Inside the case, one finds a wall profile that differs noticeably from the .45 Auto, thus allowing for seating .45 bullets without case wall bulging, and outside the primer pocket is filled with a small pistol primer. (A large pistol primer reportedly caused over-ignition and excessive pressure.) All of this goes to the point that the G.A.P. is an entirely new cartridge case that cannot be safely built from a .45 Auto case! Using the most modern propellants, Speer succeeded in charging this smaller .45 cartridge to equal the .45 Auto ballistically, while keeping pressures near the .45 Auto range.\r\n\r\nThere is no paucity of loadings available for the .45 G.A.P. GLOCKs. Speer\u2019s initial .45 G.A.P. commercial loadings were 185- and 200-grain Gold Dot premium hollowpoints and the same weights of TMJ bullets in the Speer Lawman line for economical shooting. Under the ATK banner with Speer, Federal Cartridge has introduced 185-grain and 230-grain Hydra-Shok loadings in the Premium Personal Defense line and an economical 185-grain TMJ loading in the American Eagle line.\r\n\r\nWinchester and Remington are now loading the .45 G.A.P. cartridge in configurations similar to Speer and Federal. COR-BON stepped in with their 160-grain DPX load, the 165-grain Pow'R Ball, a jacketed soft point, and a 200-grain JHP. This means bullet weights of 160 grains, 165 grains, 185 grains, 200 grains and 230 grains are all available.\r\n\r\n.45 GAP PERFORMANCE<\/strong>\r\nThe .45 G.A.P. is quite a boon for those of us adhering to the notion that bigger is better! Concealed carriers and Law Enforcement personnel, in and out of uniform, have their wish for new handguns.\r\n\r\nFrom the concealed carriers\u2019 and non-uniformed LE perspective, I found four .45 GLOCKs most appropriate for their needs. The Model 21 has already been excluded, and the Model 37 will probably be as well by those seeking compactness for carry. This leaves us with the Models 30, 36, 38, and 39 for consideration.\r\n\r\nThis was my first experience with the .45 G.A.P., so I began my examination of the concealed carry candidates with range testing. Trigger-time revealed just what I had heard: the .45 G.A.P. pistols were just as easily handled during all the drills as similar GLOCK models accommodating the .45 Auto. The GLOCK 38 weighs virtually the same as the Model 30, while the same is true of the Models 36 and 39, and the velocities of similar weight bullets are close enough to produce the similar felt recoil in pistols all weighing the same. (Depending on the cartridge, the .45 G.A.P. recoil can feel similar to a .40 pistol.)\r\n\r\nWearing average-sized hands, I found all four offerings fit me well, with the GLOCK 30 on the upper end of comfort for me. That, of course, explains why there is more than one flavor of ice cream\u2014and size of GLOCK\u2014to provide needed variety!\r\n\r\nWith pistols to fit my hands and those of most others, in my favorite caliber and that of GLOCK\u2019s new offering\u2014which seems destined to offer the .45 Auto a run for its money\u2014I went forth to gather the opinions of other shooters and concealed carriers.\r\n\r\n\"gap-carry.gif\"SHOOTING & CARRYING GLOCK .45s<\/strong>\r\nI placed the four GLOCK .45 offerings in the hands of a variety of shooters, and received the expected plethora of preferences. Given a choice of .45 GLOCKs, each one selected their favorite based on how it fit their hands and rode on their waist. Recoil did not seem a factor.\r\n\r\nThose finding the .45 Auto pistols a tad largish found the pistols chambered for the .45 G.A.P. just right. Testers that found the .45 Auto pistols fitting them well expressed their appreciation of the trimmer G.A.P pistols. It seems that not only has GLOCK spawned a new caliber in which to chamber their pistols, they have found one that can satisfy the needs of big-bore concealed carriers (and no doubt uniformed officers) while doing so.\r\n\r\nWill this be the .45 of the 21st century? Only time will tell, but it seems the .45 G.A.P is making a good run at that distinction!\r\nHOLSTERING GLOCK .45s<\/strong>\r\nAs excellent as the size and calibers of the GLOCK .45s make them for concealment, they still miss one thing for concealed carry\u2014a holster! Luckily holster makers, just like users, have flocked to all GLOCK pistols. Finding leather, or non-leather, to tote one\u2019s choice of .45 should be relatively easy.\r\n\r\nToting a handgun\u2014any handgun, including a GLOCK\u2014should be accomplished using a quality holster. Holsters protect handguns from loss, or shifting during carry, ensuring it will be there when one reaches for it. Not only will the handgun be there when needed, but also a well-designed holster will snug a GLOCK .45 against the body, while not impeding a smooth, speedy draw. Regardless of the GLOCK .45 of choice, there should be a holster to allow carrying it comfortably, securely, and inconspicuously.\r\n\r\nA quick search of the Internet turned up offerings to carry some of GLOCK\u2019s .45s from Aker, Alessi, Bianchi, Blackhawk Bulman, Blade-Tech, Comp-Tac, DeSantis, Del Fatti, Don Hume, FIST, Fobus, Galco, Gould & Goodrich, Milt Sparks, Safariland, Sidearmor, and Uncle Mikes. There are more, but I stopped searching when it became obvious there was no end to holsters and suppliers.\r\n\r\nIt seems every commercial holster maker, and those in the custom world, offer one or more styles, to fit one or more of the .45 GLOCK pistols. Their wares are made from horse or cowhide, Kydex or other polymer, or some version of ballistic nylon. Styles include belt models, inside-the-waistband versions, shoulder holsters, and pocket models for the smaller pistols.\r\n\r\nI also did a scan of my holster collection, and found a number already on hand, including those wearing the GLOCK brand. (GLOCK has always offered holsters for their pistols.) Not surprisingly, I discovered many holsters specified for 9x19\/.40 pistols also fit quite nicely around a GLOCK 36 pistol, with a scant few fitting the marginally enlarged G.A.P. models. (This is, of course, not something most holster makers will announce, nor something one can count on, but if an ample selection of holsters is available, the fit is easily checked.) In addition, holsters for the GLOCK 30 will usually fit the G.A.P. offerings.\r\n\r\nPick a .45 GLOCK, a holster to meet your needs, and ammo from a high-performance source. Outfitted with this, today\u2019s big-bore carrier will be ready to go!","post_title":"Concealed-Carry .45s: The GLOCK Solution | Glock 45 Models","post_excerpt":"The .45 firepower favored by legions of officers is tough to keep out of sight. Not so with the GLOCK .45 G.A.P.\u2014the hideaway handgun with maximum performance.","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"concealed-carry-45s-the-glock-solution","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-10-31 23:10:49","post_modified_gmt":"2023-11-01 03:10:49","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2008\/05\/13\/concealed-carry-45s-the-glock-solution\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":true,"total_page":15},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

POPULAR

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n

Kimber Solo Carry<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n
\"gun
Compact semi-autos like the Kimber Solo are effective fight-stoppers, but shooters with weaker hands might have trouble retracting their slides.<\/figcaption><\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Kimber Solo Carry is one of the most compact 9mm on the market measuring only 5.5 inches in length, 3.9 inches in height and a mere 0.995 inches in width. The all steel and alloy construction semi-auto weighs only 17 ounces empty. The compactness of the Solo is visually striking, being only slightly larger in overall dimension than most .380s. In order to achieve these scaled down proportions reminiscent of a 1911, the frame contours are smoother and more rounded with every possible edge reduced to its minimum possible tolerances. Easily operated ambidextrous magazine releases and perfectly sized ambidextrous safeties make ease of operation suitable for left or right-handed users.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Truly \u201cpocketable,\u201d the Solo utilizes a unique striker-fired system with a slight twist. When the slide is cycled and a round is chambered the striker (firing pin) is between 88 to 90 percent pre-tensioned. The trigger pull necessary to discharge the Solo then is only 10 to 12 percent of the total effort needed to finish the cycle and release the striker. Even though Kimber describes the Solo as a \u201csingle action striker-fired design,\u201d it is actually a double action as pulling the trigger has to finish tensioning the striker before the gun will discharge. While the lightweight semi-auto has a pretty hefty kick it is more than manageable and exceptionally accurate. As one of the smaller 9mm on the market, the Solo definitely has earned its mark.<\/p>\n","post_title":"Contemporary Subcompact Handguns","post_excerpt":"The Personal Defense Pocket Pistols: In the 21st century we have perfected the art of making as much gun as possible in the smallest package possible!","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"contemporary-subcompacts","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-10-19 15:38:22","post_modified_gmt":"2023-10-19 19:38:22","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2012\/11\/01\/contemporary-subcompacts\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":160508,"post_author":"645","post_date":"2009-09-02 15:20:48","post_date_gmt":"2009-09-02 21:20:48","post_content":"\r\n\r\nEven the gloved hands of today\u2019s uniformed officer will find ArmaLite\u2019s new AR-10T familiar. Draw the fixed stock into the shoulder, obtain sight picture and flip the selector. What makes the AR-10T different is more about what\u2019s on the inside. But on the outside, it all seems to feel the same.\r\n\r\nSince the creation of the Department of Homeland Security, law enforcement agencies have contended with how to use their budget to best enable their first responders to protect citizens against terror. Every agency has assessed vulnerabilities and many have chosen to acquire big bore rifles capable of penetrating a hard target or intercepting a vehicular threat. With just one shot to get it right, a team leader should have experience on the firing line.\r\n\r\nArmaLite\u2019s battle proven AR-10 has already served LE around the world including Canada\u2019s Ontario Provincial Police TRU (Tactics and Rescue Unit). Now loaded for the \"armalite3.jpg\"hard-hitting .338 Federal, the new AR-10T fills a department\u2019s medium-caliber gap without sacrificing ease of deployment, time for training, or familiar handling qualities of an officer\u2019s carbine.\r\n\r\nWhat some don\u2019t realize is that the AR-10\u2019s roots are more than 50 years old, pre-dating the AR-15\/M16\/M4. Clenching the checkered A2 pistol grip, controls are at the fingers. Saving more than a pound in weight over 7.62mm NATO infantry rifles of its time, Eugene Stoner\u2019s modular innovation is a source for the often-used term \u201cergonomic\u201d (as it applies to firearm design).\r\n\r\nThe anodized lower receiver is home to the ArmaLite tactical two-stage trigger set, the same trigger mechanism used in ArmaLite M-15 rifles. Pulling the trigger provides a crisp and smooth feel that doesn\u2019t interfere with accuracy. First and second stages are consistently passed at just 3 and 5 pounds before allowing the hammer to strike.\r\n\r\nBeing that the AR-10T is based on a 7.62mm NATO platform, the first question that usually comes to mind is how ArmaLite manages to stuff the high energy behind a .338 cartridge into an AR? An ArmaLite representative reports, \u201cArmaLite\u2019s refinements to the AR-10 over the many years placed it at a stage where the transfer to a harder hitting caliber such as the .338 Federal was not a problem. It\u2019s a short action .308-type cartridge so it transitions into our AR-10 platform perfectly. With some testing, we found that it\u2019s a fitting combination. We were able to use the same proven bolt and extractor, as well as the Generation II magazines. No design changes had to be made except re-chambering the AR-10 for a new caliber.\u201d\r\n\r\nThe bolt sits inside a gas impingement carrier group with four holes available to bleed off pressure and debris. The disassembly procedure is the same as an agency\u2019s M-15 carbine (just bigger parts). With the firing pin removed, one difference from other ARs is visually apparent. A spring shrouds the base of the firing pin pushing against the wall in the bolt carrier group. This feature helps reduce the risk of malfunctions and prevents the firing pin from bouncing during operation.\r\n\r\nA railed flat-top upper receiver marked \u201c.338 Federal\u201d brings the bolt together with the chamber of the stainless steel barrel. \u201cWe originally designed the .338 Federal as a hunting rifle, thus the stainless steel barrel,\u201d says ArmaLite. \u201cThe .338 Federal is a cartridge best suited for short and mid-range duties. We put a 22-inch barrel on the rifle, which provided the best ballistics for these situations. With that being said, we have seen the potential for different uses in this caliber, so we are spending some time testing a shorter rifle with a 16-inch barrel featuring a full size buttstock and a mid-length gas system to use in CQB operations.\u201d\r\n\r\n\"armalite4.jpg\"A tubular one-piece, free-floating aluminum handguard shields the hands from the triple lapped, 1-in-10-inch twist stainless steel match barrel. The tubular handguard improves the rifle\u2019s handling without taking up real estate with full-length accessory rails that often go unused. A useable length of rail does grace the forend of the handguard, ready to accept custom mounting of bipods, lasers, lights and other accessories.\r\n\r\nThe massive stainless steel gas block is secured to the barrel with four large hex-head screws and redirects gas pressure through a direct impingement system. This gas block is also a front sight base that features a flip-up Midwest Industries (MI) post that co-witnesses with a MI flip-up backup sight affixed to the rear of the upper receiver\u2019s Picatinny rail.\r\n\r\nSince no flash suppressor or compensator is present, the recessed crown at the muzzle of the AR-10T protects the rifle\u2019s accuracy potential during heavy use or intense tactical operations. Combine a barrel made of stainless steel, an aluminum free-floated handguard, aluminum alloy receivers, a polymer stock and grip, and you have a weather-resistant tactical rifle. The AR-10T can withstand harsher environments like those encountered in sustained maritime operations while offering the effective energy transfer carried by a .338 slug. \u201cCoastal areas with salty environments and the moisture of the trunk in squad cars are hard on steel parts, especially the barrel,\u201d says ArmaLite. So stainless steel might be a better choice for these conditions.\r\n\r\n\"armalite6.jpg\"Shooting Impressions<\/strong>\r\nNow I\u2019m not going to lie and say that I found the AR-10T to be a sub-MOA tack-driver. For me, it wasn\u2019t. I have friends in this industry who tell me they achieved MOA accuracy verified by pictures on Jeff Quinn\u2019s gunblast.com<\/a> of multiple 3-shot groups fired from 100 yards rivaling the size of a penny. But this test was a representation of how a founding member of DHS envisions this rifle being used by law enforcement. On the scene, from the trunk of a vehicle, and across the hood.\r\n\r\nDriving down to the edge of North Carolina\u2019s Great Dismal Swamp brought me to a private range that required the careful use of four-wheelers to maneuver through knee-deep muck in order to get downrange and post targets. A pair of 12x18-inch ballistic steel plates were used to verify the new Leupold VX-3 6.5-20x50mm riflescope from 100 yards. Secured in ArmaLite\u2019s unique one-piece ring mount, this accessory removes a couple of variables that typically impact accuracy on other rifles.\r\n\r\nThe DHS agent fired first. And second. \u201cOh yeah, we\u2019re good.\u201d Our four-wheelers carried us across the swamp again just to verify the point-of-aim\/point-of-impact. Fingering the significant dimples created in the swinging AR-500 steel plate, he said, \u201cMan, that rifle has some thump to it!\u201d With paper targets ready, we drove back to the firing line and began the accuracy test.\r\n\r\n\"armalite8.jpg\"In rural parts of the US, it\u2019s not unusual to see a pick-up truck used as a law enforcement vehicle. To best simulate a tactical operation where a vehicle is used as cover and firing support, we positioned the vehicle at the firing line and loaded each (5-, 10-, and 20-round) magazine with the only load available for this test: Federal\u2019s lead-nose, copper jacketed, 210-grain Nosler Partition.\r\n\r\nThe first 3-shot group from each of us measured just under 2.5 inches. Making it downrange and changing out targets, we discovered an earlier sighter that went off course and punched through a 5-inch thick tree. Looking further back, we saw the bullet had actually passed without deflection through a total of six trees smaller in size and spaced about 4 feet before disappearing.\r\n\r\nMost accuracy results with other AR-style rifles are taken in 5-shot groups, so the next batch would follow this pattern. Five groups of five shots averaged nearly 3 inches off the semi-supported position with the best group measuring 1.94 inches. The most impressive observation came from our last test, a 20-shot magazine dump in quick succession. In a string of fire that lasted no more than 30 seconds, 20 shots were clustered together in a group measuring just 3.6 inches. This is practical accuracy you can expect of a trained officer that could put a definitive end to a given crisis.\r\n\r\nFinal Notes<\/strong>\r\n\u201cIf you benched it with a bipod, it\u2019d group a lot tighter,\u201d noted the DHS agent, \u201cbut this is realistic. This rifle is what you hope to have when you arrive to a dynamic situation forcing you to run what you have.\u201d\r\n\r\nArmaLite asserts, \u201cThe same principals apply to this caliber as the .458 SOCOM, only the AR-10T does it better. Placing this harder hitting round in this strong, proven platform was a perfect match. The .458 SOCOM in the smaller AR-15 platform has unpredictable penetration at any significant range and the smaller AR-15 platform is unproven to last with a large caliber.\u201d\r\n\r\nWith the AR-10T you get a heavier bullet, lower felt recoil and more energy transferred to the target. This lethal hammer is ready to meet the obstacles faced by LE in urban environments or on the maritime waters.\r\n\r\n\"federal2.jpg\"FEDERAL\u2019S BOLD .338<\/strong>\r\nThere are other .338s out there but none that can be easily integrated with fewer changes to the seasoned AR-10. The story here is as much about the united effort between ArmaLite and Federal Cartridge<\/strong><\/a> to assure the rifle and ammunition are perfectly matched. Snipers are already familiar with .338s including the .338 Lapua Mag and the .338 Win Mag. These two highly effective cartridges are known for their long-range effectiveness in bolt-action platforms. For most LE operations requiring the deployment of a rifle, a bolt gun presents a number of tactical drawbacks. Slower handling, more recoil, and slower follow-up shots.\r\n\r\nThe .338 Federal delivers the only modern .338 caliber load that isn\u2019t a magnum configuration. It delivers a larger diameter bullet for more weight and overall energy on target without magnum recoil. \u201cThe .338 Federal captures the capability of the longstanding .308 case and offers the respected performance of the .338 bullet,\u201d says Federal President Mark DeYoung. \u201cThese two mainstays have been proven time and again and are now brought together into a quality factory load,\u201d he adds.","post_title":"Armalite AR-10T .338 Federal","post_excerpt":"NEW BATTLE RIFLE chambered for Federal\u2019s powerhouse cartridge!","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"armalite-ar-10t-338-federal","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-10-31 23:08:29","post_modified_gmt":"2023-11-01 03:08:29","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2009\/09\/02\/armalite-ar-10t-338-federal\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":160816,"post_author":"374","post_date":"2009-04-24 14:48:05","post_date_gmt":"2009-04-24 20:48:05","post_content":"\r\n\r\nI have been a fan of the .308 cartridge (7.62x51mm) for many years and have always enjoyed its versatility. It has numerous useful applications for self-defense and law enforcement and one of my bolt-action rifles in that chambering is set up for medium- to-long range anti-personnel work.\r\n\r\n\"untitled-2.jpg\"I have used .308 rifles in bolt-action, lever-action, slide-action and semi-automatic configurations, the latter being in the form of the M14 battle rifle, which is what we cadets trained with in ROTC (Reserve Officers\u2019 Training Corps) I was very interested when Rock River Arms (RRA) introduced an AR-type rifle in the popular .308 caliber.\r\n\r\nThe rifle was the Mid-Length (M\/L) LAR-8 A4 (308A1239), which comes housed in a compartmented, electric blue plastic carrying case. In the case, the rifle is broken down into the upper-receiver\/barrel group and the lower-receiver\/stock group that allows the case to be a bit more compact length-wise. It is a great case for shipping the weapon, but unfortunately the case cannot be used once an optic sight is mounted on the LAR-8, which means that if you want to carry your RRA rifle in a gun case fully assembled with a sight mounted, you will be in the market for a new larger gun case.\r\n\r\nMy sample LAR-8 mid-length A4 came with a 16-inch Wilson chrome moly barrel having a 1-in-10-inch right-hand twist, six land and groove rifling and a Picatinny rail on the upper receiver and on top of the barrel at the front of the handguard as there are no iron sights. There is also an A2 version that has the same iron sight configuration that is found on the M16A2 rifle. Both of these rifles are fitted with a tactical CAR-style buttstock.\r\n\r\nOther RRA LAR-8 factory variations include Standard A2 and A4 models that have 20-inch barrels and a conventional AR-type butt stock, plus there is an A-4 Varmint Model that features a 26-inch Wilson air gauged, stainless steel bull barrel that is coupled with a free-floating, tubular aluminum handguard for increased long-distance accuracy.\r\n\r\nStandard Features <\/strong>\r\nStandard features on my LAR-8 M\/L A4 includes a rubber Hogue pistol grip, which is stippled and has finger grooves, a two-stage match trigger, upper receiver with bolt forward assist and ejection port door, plus brass deflector, ventilated polymer handguard, sling swivels and A2-type flash suppressor. The LAR-8 basically looks like a M16 on steroids, as the receiver has been beefed up to allow use of the .308 (7.62x51mm) cartridge.\r\n\r\nThe two big differences that the discerning eye will note is the magazine and the bolt catch. The factory-supplied magazine for the LAR-8 is basically the same as the 20-round magazine used in the famous FN\/FAL and L1A1 battle rifles. Entire articles and books could be and have been devoted to this fine weapon, so we won\u2019t delve into that subject here, but this Fabrique Nationale-designed rifle has been in service since 1953 and has armed some 60 countries around the world including Belgium, Great Britain, Canada, Australia, and Argentina.\r\n\r\nNeedless to say, there have been countless thousands of magazines made for the FN\/FAL and that fact pays dividends to the LAR-8 owner who has a wide selection to choose from. I did a little Internet surfing and came up with price ranges from $10 to $22 for used Mil-Spec 20-round magazines. There are also 30-round magazines out there that average around $50 more. They hang down a bit too far for comfortable prone shooting, so I\u2019m content to stick with the 20-rounders myself.\r\n\r\nThe bolt catch on the LAR-8 is not on the left side of the lower receiver as on the M16, but is positioned at the base of the magazine well at its juncture with the pivoting triggerguard. It is more reminiscent of the bolt catch found on the FN\/FAL and is made to be ambidextrous, and if your hand is large enough can be actuated by the trigger finger of whichever hand you use. The magazine release is located in the same area as on the M16 and the LAR-8 is also ambidextrous.\r\n\r\nWhile the manual safety lever, just above the pistol grip on the right of the receiver, is not ambidextrous, it appears to be easily changed to the left side of the receiver if that\u2019s the user\u2019s preference. On a whole the controls on this rifle are easily reached and manipulated without removing the hand from the pistol grip, certainly a plus in a patrol rifle. I had no trouble whatever operating them with my medium-sized hand.\r\n\r\nObviously, this rifle is going to pack more weight than the M16 and the LAR-8 M\/L A4 weighs in empty, sans sights, at a respectable 8.1 pounds. With the 6-position CAR buttstock fully extended it measures 38 inches. The weight and the propellant gas operation system of the action certainly help tame recoil, which is a good thing given the hard checkered butt of the CAR stock.\r\n\r\nThe standard polymer handguard is round in shape with flats on the top and bottom that are serrated and have holes for barrel ventilation. There are no rails on the standard handguard, but RRA does offer optional Daniel Defense Lite Quad Rails for both the Mid-Length and Standard LAR-8 A4 rifles. In fact, a visit to the RRA website will allow one to see the full list of optional items available that allow you to \u201chave it your way\u201d with just about any Rock River Arms\u2019 AR-type rifle.\r\n\r\nAs always, I gave the RRA LAR-8 Mid-Length A4 a top to bottom inspection and did not find anything wanting in overall fit and finish of the weapon. All the flats were flat, corners square and rounded surfaces done to perfection. No machine marks or other blemishes were visible and the black hard coat anodized finish was a good match to the black polymer material of the handguard and buttstock of the rifle.\r\n\r\nOptics Selection<\/strong>\r\nNow given that my RRA LAR-8 M\/L A4 comes without sights, it was time to select something with which to aim the rifle that would be fitting for my uses. I looked at a number of optical and sights of various manufacturers, but came away impressed with the Trijicon ACOG (Advanced Combat Optical Gunsight) 3.5x35mm .308 BDC\/FT.Chevron BAC riflescope for our test.\r\n\r\nAnyone that watches the network nightly news has seen the ACOG sights on the M16A2 rifles carried by many of our troops in Afghanistan and Iraq; their bell-shaped housings make them easily identifiable. They have been in use for many years by Army Special Forces, the Marines, Navy SEALs and the FBI, so I didn\u2019t see how I could go wrong. Trijicon is synonymous with the night sights that have been fitted on many of the most popular combat handguns for a couple of decades. However, Trijicon\u2019s founder Glyn Bindon wanted to build a sight for long arms that would bring together both-eyes-open shooting, an illuminated aiming point, plus magnified optics.\r\n\r\nWhat he discovered was what has since been termed the Bindon Aiming Concept (BAC), aiming with both eyes open, which gives a superior sense of balance and field of view, coupled with a magnified Trijicon sight, which offers the shooter a considerable advantage over his target using conventional sights. When used as designed, in the binocular mode, the operator sees only the red, chevron-shaped reticle (the pointed tip is the aiming point) transposed on the target at anywhere from across-the-room ranges to several hundred yards.\r\n\r\nMy sample ACOG 3.5x35mm scope came packaged in a well-padded Pelican case, which also held a black nylon, Scopecoat scope cover, a Lenspen lens cleaner and an ACOG thumbscrew flattop adapter for affixing the scope to the Picatinny rail of the LAR-8. The scope housing is 8 inches in length and is made of rugged forged aluminum; the black, hard-anodized finish matches almost exactly that of the RRA rifle. Scope weight without mounts adds only 14 ounces to the weight of the rifle.\r\n\r\nThe scope is calibrated for use with the .308 cartridge and is meant to be sighted in at 100 meters with an effective range of 800 meters on flattop rifles. The reticle also includes a rangefinder and the base of the chevron aiming point is 5.53 MOA (minute of angle), which at 300 meters is 19 inches allowing for good range estimation. Of course, during the day, the fiber-optic tube running along the top of the scope gathers light for the red aiming point and at night\/low light tritium is used to illuminate the chevron. The field of view at 100 yards is almost 29 feet, the eye relief is 2.4 inches and the adjustment is 4-inch clicks at 100 yards.\r\n\r\nRange Time<\/strong>\r\nNow it was time to go to my ammo locker and select some cartridges from my stock of .308 ammunition. I chose Black Hills Gold with a 168-grain Hornady A-Max bullet, which has a factory velocity of 2650 fps (feet per second). Next I picked Federal Gold Medal that has a Sierra 168-grain \u201cMatchKing\u201d BTHP bullet also rated at 2650 fps. To add a law enforcement-designed cartridge I included the one of the Hornady TAP loads in .308.\r\n\r\nAccording to their website, \u201cThe 155-grain A-MAX TAP Precision cartridge offers match accuracy with a high-ballistic coefficient providing superior long-range performance. This load demonstrates expansion and fragmentation similar to the 110-grain load, but with a noticeable increase in penetration and retained bullet weight. This bullet penetrates glass with minimal deflection and exhibits retained expansion and fragmentation characteristics.\u201d\r\n\r\nIt is also intended for use in a 1-in-10-inch or 1-in-12-inch twist rifle barrel such as that on the LAR-8. My final selection was the Winchester 150-grain Supreme Elite with \u201cThe new XP3 bullet that starts with a two-stage expansion design, then combines all the best-known bullet technology to offer delayed controlled expansion, deep penetration, and high retained weight.\u201d\r\n\r\nWith my rifle\/sight combination, plus test ammunition in hand, it was time for a field test. I did my shooting at the NRA Whittington Center during the 2008 Shootists Holiday and used the Center\u2019s Sight-In Range for my accuracy and chronograph testing session. I sighted the Trijicon ACOG 3.5x35mm scope in for 100 yards, then proceeded to shoot three 3-shot groups for record with each test cartridge, using the concrete benches and an MTM Casegard rest.\r\n\r\nMy best group was 0.82 of an inch using Federal Gold Medal loads, followed by 0.97 of an inch with the Hornady TAP ammo. All of the group averages stayed under 2 inches and my guess is that the rifle would have had no trouble out-shooting the shooter that day. I also set up my Oehler Model 35P chronograph to see what velocities I would get from the LAR-8 M\/L 16-inch barrel.\r\n\r\nNext I put a silhouette target out at 200 yards and fired a dozen shots using a mixed bag of .308 cartridges at center mass and scored 10 hits in the 10 and X-ring and two just out in the 9-ring. Three shots to the head resulted in three hits in the 10-ring. Lastly, I took the LAR-8 to the Animal Silhouette Range, where the backstop is a mountainside covered with nice big rocks.\r\n\r\nFrom the standing, off-hand position, again using a mix of my test ammo, I was able to make dust fly on rocks out as far as I could see them on the mountainside, which has been previously checked with a laser rangefinder to have shootable rocks out to some 475 yards. The best part besides the practical accuracy and \u201cshootability\u201d of the LAR-8 was the fact that it was 100-percent reliable and I did not note a single malfunction during the test.\r\n\r\nFinal Notes<\/strong>\r\nRRA has a winner here and mated with the Trijicon ACOG scope and good ammo, I can\u2019t think of anything I\u2019d rather take into harm\u2019s way.","post_title":"RRA Mid-Length LAR-8 A4 .308","post_excerpt":"Big-bore AR\/Trijicon ACOG combo proved 100% reliable and sub-MOA accurate!","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"rra-mid-lenght-lar-8-a4-308","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-05-31 20:23:23","post_modified_gmt":"2023-05-31 20:23:23","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2009\/04\/24\/rra-mid-lenght-lar-8-a4-308\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":161994,"post_author":"645","post_date":"2008-05-13 15:04:28","post_date_gmt":"2008-05-13 21:04:28","post_content":"\r\nThose marvels of Austrian ingenuity, GLOCK pistols, have a well-deserved reputation for arriving ready for concealed carry. No sharp edges abound to be rough on the hands or snag clothing during the draw. GLOCKs slide from the holster, point well, and are ready for immediate action. The GLOCK Safe Action design leaves worries regarding a complicated manual of arms in the dust. Cap that off with sizes and calibers to satisfy every taste, and GLOCK seems destined to maintain their edge.\r\n\r\nFew things are dearer to the American heart than .45-caliber handguns. Despite the presence of .36- and .44-caliber handguns during the settling of the West, the .45 Colt is viewed as the decisive caliber from that era. Just in time to take the place of this noble cartridge, the .45 Auto became a force to be reckoned with in the next century. There is something comforting about this large caliber, imbuing a sense of power.\r\n\r\nIn fact, many a breath was held after GLOCK entered the U. S. market, until the Austrian company announced the introduction of their Model 21 in .45 Auto. Exhaling a sigh of relief, the .45 culture had a polymer wonder to satisfy its desires.\r\n\r\nFor duty carry by officers, the GLOCK 21 proved a perfect choice, hearty and robust, with the renowned GLOCK reliability. Following Law Enforcement (LE) trends that pushed the GLOCK to the top of the LE realm, as concealed carry rights blossomed, those exercising their rights adopted GLOCKs in droves. However, it was obvious the GLOCK 21 would have a small concealed carry following. The very traits making it so popular for duty carry\u2014hearty and robust\u2014worked against discreet carry.\r\n\r\nNever one to be left out in the cold, GLOCK introduced the more compact Models 30 and 36 in .45 Auto with double- and single-stack magazines, respectively. The Model 30 still bore grip dimensions similar to that of the Model 21, frequently difficult for those with average hands. The 36, though thinner due to a single-column magazine, still bore a longer front-to-back grip because of the .45 Auto chambering, which can still be a problem for some.\r\n\r\nBoth models have fared well with the American concealed carrier, but their frames, sized as they were for the .45 Auto, still leave some carriers and shooters with average and smaller-sized hands wanting. Likewise, many in the LE community hankered for a pistol dimensionally like the immensely popular GLOCK 17\/19\/26 and 22\/23\/26, but in the .45 Auto. Of course, the .45 Auto just won\u2019t fit in these more comfortable frames.\r\n\r\nMAKE WAY FOR THE .45<\/strong>\r\nNever one to shy away from a challenge, the folks at GLOCK tackled the project with the help of the ballistic wizards at Speer. The resulting cartridge, equaling the ballistic performance of the .45 Auto, was christened the .45 GLOCK Automatic Pistol (G.A.P.). Squeezed into a 9x19\/.40 frame, the GLOCK 37 and the .45 G.A.P. answered the LE and civilian concealed carriers\u2019 request for a more-compact .45 pistol.\r\n\r\nThe full-sized GLOCK 37 was followed by the compact GLOCK 38, and sub-compact GLOCK 39, each chambering a fair number of the new stubby .45s. Initially it was hoped the Models 37, 38, and 39 might be exactly the same size as the corresponding 9x19\/.40 models, and regarding the frames that proved true. However, to ensure perfect performance, marginally larger slides became the norm. (17\/22 slides are 1.01 inches wide by 0.85-inch high, weighing 18 ounces. GLOCK 37 slides are 1.13 inches wide by 0.88-inch high and weigh 21 ounces.) The .45 G.A.P. pistols incorporate a longer steel locking-block.\r\n\r\nOne step in building a cartridge to fit in the smaller and handier frame was designing the .45 G.A.P. cartridge to be 0.13-inch shorter than the .45 Auto. This produces a case similar in length to the 9x19 (0.78-inches), but once loaded the G. A. P has an overall length of 1.08 inches, actually shorter than the 9x19. (This last design parameter allows the wide .45 G.A.P. bullet to fit in a shorter grip area.)\r\n\r\n\"imgp03.gif\"AN ALL-NEW CARTRIDGE<\/strong>\r\nAdditional changes include a slightly rebated rim on the G.A.P., and modified extractor groove. Inside the case, one finds a wall profile that differs noticeably from the .45 Auto, thus allowing for seating .45 bullets without case wall bulging, and outside the primer pocket is filled with a small pistol primer. (A large pistol primer reportedly caused over-ignition and excessive pressure.) All of this goes to the point that the G.A.P. is an entirely new cartridge case that cannot be safely built from a .45 Auto case! Using the most modern propellants, Speer succeeded in charging this smaller .45 cartridge to equal the .45 Auto ballistically, while keeping pressures near the .45 Auto range.\r\n\r\nThere is no paucity of loadings available for the .45 G.A.P. GLOCKs. Speer\u2019s initial .45 G.A.P. commercial loadings were 185- and 200-grain Gold Dot premium hollowpoints and the same weights of TMJ bullets in the Speer Lawman line for economical shooting. Under the ATK banner with Speer, Federal Cartridge has introduced 185-grain and 230-grain Hydra-Shok loadings in the Premium Personal Defense line and an economical 185-grain TMJ loading in the American Eagle line.\r\n\r\nWinchester and Remington are now loading the .45 G.A.P. cartridge in configurations similar to Speer and Federal. COR-BON stepped in with their 160-grain DPX load, the 165-grain Pow'R Ball, a jacketed soft point, and a 200-grain JHP. This means bullet weights of 160 grains, 165 grains, 185 grains, 200 grains and 230 grains are all available.\r\n\r\n.45 GAP PERFORMANCE<\/strong>\r\nThe .45 G.A.P. is quite a boon for those of us adhering to the notion that bigger is better! Concealed carriers and Law Enforcement personnel, in and out of uniform, have their wish for new handguns.\r\n\r\nFrom the concealed carriers\u2019 and non-uniformed LE perspective, I found four .45 GLOCKs most appropriate for their needs. The Model 21 has already been excluded, and the Model 37 will probably be as well by those seeking compactness for carry. This leaves us with the Models 30, 36, 38, and 39 for consideration.\r\n\r\nThis was my first experience with the .45 G.A.P., so I began my examination of the concealed carry candidates with range testing. Trigger-time revealed just what I had heard: the .45 G.A.P. pistols were just as easily handled during all the drills as similar GLOCK models accommodating the .45 Auto. The GLOCK 38 weighs virtually the same as the Model 30, while the same is true of the Models 36 and 39, and the velocities of similar weight bullets are close enough to produce the similar felt recoil in pistols all weighing the same. (Depending on the cartridge, the .45 G.A.P. recoil can feel similar to a .40 pistol.)\r\n\r\nWearing average-sized hands, I found all four offerings fit me well, with the GLOCK 30 on the upper end of comfort for me. That, of course, explains why there is more than one flavor of ice cream\u2014and size of GLOCK\u2014to provide needed variety!\r\n\r\nWith pistols to fit my hands and those of most others, in my favorite caliber and that of GLOCK\u2019s new offering\u2014which seems destined to offer the .45 Auto a run for its money\u2014I went forth to gather the opinions of other shooters and concealed carriers.\r\n\r\n\"gap-carry.gif\"SHOOTING & CARRYING GLOCK .45s<\/strong>\r\nI placed the four GLOCK .45 offerings in the hands of a variety of shooters, and received the expected plethora of preferences. Given a choice of .45 GLOCKs, each one selected their favorite based on how it fit their hands and rode on their waist. Recoil did not seem a factor.\r\n\r\nThose finding the .45 Auto pistols a tad largish found the pistols chambered for the .45 G.A.P. just right. Testers that found the .45 Auto pistols fitting them well expressed their appreciation of the trimmer G.A.P pistols. It seems that not only has GLOCK spawned a new caliber in which to chamber their pistols, they have found one that can satisfy the needs of big-bore concealed carriers (and no doubt uniformed officers) while doing so.\r\n\r\nWill this be the .45 of the 21st century? Only time will tell, but it seems the .45 G.A.P is making a good run at that distinction!\r\nHOLSTERING GLOCK .45s<\/strong>\r\nAs excellent as the size and calibers of the GLOCK .45s make them for concealment, they still miss one thing for concealed carry\u2014a holster! Luckily holster makers, just like users, have flocked to all GLOCK pistols. Finding leather, or non-leather, to tote one\u2019s choice of .45 should be relatively easy.\r\n\r\nToting a handgun\u2014any handgun, including a GLOCK\u2014should be accomplished using a quality holster. Holsters protect handguns from loss, or shifting during carry, ensuring it will be there when one reaches for it. Not only will the handgun be there when needed, but also a well-designed holster will snug a GLOCK .45 against the body, while not impeding a smooth, speedy draw. Regardless of the GLOCK .45 of choice, there should be a holster to allow carrying it comfortably, securely, and inconspicuously.\r\n\r\nA quick search of the Internet turned up offerings to carry some of GLOCK\u2019s .45s from Aker, Alessi, Bianchi, Blackhawk Bulman, Blade-Tech, Comp-Tac, DeSantis, Del Fatti, Don Hume, FIST, Fobus, Galco, Gould & Goodrich, Milt Sparks, Safariland, Sidearmor, and Uncle Mikes. There are more, but I stopped searching when it became obvious there was no end to holsters and suppliers.\r\n\r\nIt seems every commercial holster maker, and those in the custom world, offer one or more styles, to fit one or more of the .45 GLOCK pistols. Their wares are made from horse or cowhide, Kydex or other polymer, or some version of ballistic nylon. Styles include belt models, inside-the-waistband versions, shoulder holsters, and pocket models for the smaller pistols.\r\n\r\nI also did a scan of my holster collection, and found a number already on hand, including those wearing the GLOCK brand. (GLOCK has always offered holsters for their pistols.) Not surprisingly, I discovered many holsters specified for 9x19\/.40 pistols also fit quite nicely around a GLOCK 36 pistol, with a scant few fitting the marginally enlarged G.A.P. models. (This is, of course, not something most holster makers will announce, nor something one can count on, but if an ample selection of holsters is available, the fit is easily checked.) In addition, holsters for the GLOCK 30 will usually fit the G.A.P. offerings.\r\n\r\nPick a .45 GLOCK, a holster to meet your needs, and ammo from a high-performance source. Outfitted with this, today\u2019s big-bore carrier will be ready to go!","post_title":"Concealed-Carry .45s: The GLOCK Solution | Glock 45 Models","post_excerpt":"The .45 firepower favored by legions of officers is tough to keep out of sight. Not so with the GLOCK .45 G.A.P.\u2014the hideaway handgun with maximum performance.","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"concealed-carry-45s-the-glock-solution","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-10-31 23:10:49","post_modified_gmt":"2023-11-01 03:10:49","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2008\/05\/13\/concealed-carry-45s-the-glock-solution\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":true,"total_page":15},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

POPULAR

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n

Overall, this is a rugged looking little gun that is relatively easy to carry concealed considering it packs 6+1 rounds of 9mm.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Kimber Solo Carry<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n
\"gun
Compact semi-autos like the Kimber Solo are effective fight-stoppers, but shooters with weaker hands might have trouble retracting their slides.<\/figcaption><\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Kimber Solo Carry is one of the most compact 9mm on the market measuring only 5.5 inches in length, 3.9 inches in height and a mere 0.995 inches in width. The all steel and alloy construction semi-auto weighs only 17 ounces empty. The compactness of the Solo is visually striking, being only slightly larger in overall dimension than most .380s. In order to achieve these scaled down proportions reminiscent of a 1911, the frame contours are smoother and more rounded with every possible edge reduced to its minimum possible tolerances. Easily operated ambidextrous magazine releases and perfectly sized ambidextrous safeties make ease of operation suitable for left or right-handed users.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Truly \u201cpocketable,\u201d the Solo utilizes a unique striker-fired system with a slight twist. When the slide is cycled and a round is chambered the striker (firing pin) is between 88 to 90 percent pre-tensioned. The trigger pull necessary to discharge the Solo then is only 10 to 12 percent of the total effort needed to finish the cycle and release the striker. Even though Kimber describes the Solo as a \u201csingle action striker-fired design,\u201d it is actually a double action as pulling the trigger has to finish tensioning the striker before the gun will discharge. While the lightweight semi-auto has a pretty hefty kick it is more than manageable and exceptionally accurate. As one of the smaller 9mm on the market, the Solo definitely has earned its mark.<\/p>\n","post_title":"Contemporary Subcompact Handguns","post_excerpt":"The Personal Defense Pocket Pistols: In the 21st century we have perfected the art of making as much gun as possible in the smallest package possible!","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"contemporary-subcompacts","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-10-19 15:38:22","post_modified_gmt":"2023-10-19 19:38:22","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2012\/11\/01\/contemporary-subcompacts\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":160508,"post_author":"645","post_date":"2009-09-02 15:20:48","post_date_gmt":"2009-09-02 21:20:48","post_content":"\r\n\r\nEven the gloved hands of today\u2019s uniformed officer will find ArmaLite\u2019s new AR-10T familiar. Draw the fixed stock into the shoulder, obtain sight picture and flip the selector. What makes the AR-10T different is more about what\u2019s on the inside. But on the outside, it all seems to feel the same.\r\n\r\nSince the creation of the Department of Homeland Security, law enforcement agencies have contended with how to use their budget to best enable their first responders to protect citizens against terror. Every agency has assessed vulnerabilities and many have chosen to acquire big bore rifles capable of penetrating a hard target or intercepting a vehicular threat. With just one shot to get it right, a team leader should have experience on the firing line.\r\n\r\nArmaLite\u2019s battle proven AR-10 has already served LE around the world including Canada\u2019s Ontario Provincial Police TRU (Tactics and Rescue Unit). Now loaded for the \"armalite3.jpg\"hard-hitting .338 Federal, the new AR-10T fills a department\u2019s medium-caliber gap without sacrificing ease of deployment, time for training, or familiar handling qualities of an officer\u2019s carbine.\r\n\r\nWhat some don\u2019t realize is that the AR-10\u2019s roots are more than 50 years old, pre-dating the AR-15\/M16\/M4. Clenching the checkered A2 pistol grip, controls are at the fingers. Saving more than a pound in weight over 7.62mm NATO infantry rifles of its time, Eugene Stoner\u2019s modular innovation is a source for the often-used term \u201cergonomic\u201d (as it applies to firearm design).\r\n\r\nThe anodized lower receiver is home to the ArmaLite tactical two-stage trigger set, the same trigger mechanism used in ArmaLite M-15 rifles. Pulling the trigger provides a crisp and smooth feel that doesn\u2019t interfere with accuracy. First and second stages are consistently passed at just 3 and 5 pounds before allowing the hammer to strike.\r\n\r\nBeing that the AR-10T is based on a 7.62mm NATO platform, the first question that usually comes to mind is how ArmaLite manages to stuff the high energy behind a .338 cartridge into an AR? An ArmaLite representative reports, \u201cArmaLite\u2019s refinements to the AR-10 over the many years placed it at a stage where the transfer to a harder hitting caliber such as the .338 Federal was not a problem. It\u2019s a short action .308-type cartridge so it transitions into our AR-10 platform perfectly. With some testing, we found that it\u2019s a fitting combination. We were able to use the same proven bolt and extractor, as well as the Generation II magazines. No design changes had to be made except re-chambering the AR-10 for a new caliber.\u201d\r\n\r\nThe bolt sits inside a gas impingement carrier group with four holes available to bleed off pressure and debris. The disassembly procedure is the same as an agency\u2019s M-15 carbine (just bigger parts). With the firing pin removed, one difference from other ARs is visually apparent. A spring shrouds the base of the firing pin pushing against the wall in the bolt carrier group. This feature helps reduce the risk of malfunctions and prevents the firing pin from bouncing during operation.\r\n\r\nA railed flat-top upper receiver marked \u201c.338 Federal\u201d brings the bolt together with the chamber of the stainless steel barrel. \u201cWe originally designed the .338 Federal as a hunting rifle, thus the stainless steel barrel,\u201d says ArmaLite. \u201cThe .338 Federal is a cartridge best suited for short and mid-range duties. We put a 22-inch barrel on the rifle, which provided the best ballistics for these situations. With that being said, we have seen the potential for different uses in this caliber, so we are spending some time testing a shorter rifle with a 16-inch barrel featuring a full size buttstock and a mid-length gas system to use in CQB operations.\u201d\r\n\r\n\"armalite4.jpg\"A tubular one-piece, free-floating aluminum handguard shields the hands from the triple lapped, 1-in-10-inch twist stainless steel match barrel. The tubular handguard improves the rifle\u2019s handling without taking up real estate with full-length accessory rails that often go unused. A useable length of rail does grace the forend of the handguard, ready to accept custom mounting of bipods, lasers, lights and other accessories.\r\n\r\nThe massive stainless steel gas block is secured to the barrel with four large hex-head screws and redirects gas pressure through a direct impingement system. This gas block is also a front sight base that features a flip-up Midwest Industries (MI) post that co-witnesses with a MI flip-up backup sight affixed to the rear of the upper receiver\u2019s Picatinny rail.\r\n\r\nSince no flash suppressor or compensator is present, the recessed crown at the muzzle of the AR-10T protects the rifle\u2019s accuracy potential during heavy use or intense tactical operations. Combine a barrel made of stainless steel, an aluminum free-floated handguard, aluminum alloy receivers, a polymer stock and grip, and you have a weather-resistant tactical rifle. The AR-10T can withstand harsher environments like those encountered in sustained maritime operations while offering the effective energy transfer carried by a .338 slug. \u201cCoastal areas with salty environments and the moisture of the trunk in squad cars are hard on steel parts, especially the barrel,\u201d says ArmaLite. So stainless steel might be a better choice for these conditions.\r\n\r\n\"armalite6.jpg\"Shooting Impressions<\/strong>\r\nNow I\u2019m not going to lie and say that I found the AR-10T to be a sub-MOA tack-driver. For me, it wasn\u2019t. I have friends in this industry who tell me they achieved MOA accuracy verified by pictures on Jeff Quinn\u2019s gunblast.com<\/a> of multiple 3-shot groups fired from 100 yards rivaling the size of a penny. But this test was a representation of how a founding member of DHS envisions this rifle being used by law enforcement. On the scene, from the trunk of a vehicle, and across the hood.\r\n\r\nDriving down to the edge of North Carolina\u2019s Great Dismal Swamp brought me to a private range that required the careful use of four-wheelers to maneuver through knee-deep muck in order to get downrange and post targets. A pair of 12x18-inch ballistic steel plates were used to verify the new Leupold VX-3 6.5-20x50mm riflescope from 100 yards. Secured in ArmaLite\u2019s unique one-piece ring mount, this accessory removes a couple of variables that typically impact accuracy on other rifles.\r\n\r\nThe DHS agent fired first. And second. \u201cOh yeah, we\u2019re good.\u201d Our four-wheelers carried us across the swamp again just to verify the point-of-aim\/point-of-impact. Fingering the significant dimples created in the swinging AR-500 steel plate, he said, \u201cMan, that rifle has some thump to it!\u201d With paper targets ready, we drove back to the firing line and began the accuracy test.\r\n\r\n\"armalite8.jpg\"In rural parts of the US, it\u2019s not unusual to see a pick-up truck used as a law enforcement vehicle. To best simulate a tactical operation where a vehicle is used as cover and firing support, we positioned the vehicle at the firing line and loaded each (5-, 10-, and 20-round) magazine with the only load available for this test: Federal\u2019s lead-nose, copper jacketed, 210-grain Nosler Partition.\r\n\r\nThe first 3-shot group from each of us measured just under 2.5 inches. Making it downrange and changing out targets, we discovered an earlier sighter that went off course and punched through a 5-inch thick tree. Looking further back, we saw the bullet had actually passed without deflection through a total of six trees smaller in size and spaced about 4 feet before disappearing.\r\n\r\nMost accuracy results with other AR-style rifles are taken in 5-shot groups, so the next batch would follow this pattern. Five groups of five shots averaged nearly 3 inches off the semi-supported position with the best group measuring 1.94 inches. The most impressive observation came from our last test, a 20-shot magazine dump in quick succession. In a string of fire that lasted no more than 30 seconds, 20 shots were clustered together in a group measuring just 3.6 inches. This is practical accuracy you can expect of a trained officer that could put a definitive end to a given crisis.\r\n\r\nFinal Notes<\/strong>\r\n\u201cIf you benched it with a bipod, it\u2019d group a lot tighter,\u201d noted the DHS agent, \u201cbut this is realistic. This rifle is what you hope to have when you arrive to a dynamic situation forcing you to run what you have.\u201d\r\n\r\nArmaLite asserts, \u201cThe same principals apply to this caliber as the .458 SOCOM, only the AR-10T does it better. Placing this harder hitting round in this strong, proven platform was a perfect match. The .458 SOCOM in the smaller AR-15 platform has unpredictable penetration at any significant range and the smaller AR-15 platform is unproven to last with a large caliber.\u201d\r\n\r\nWith the AR-10T you get a heavier bullet, lower felt recoil and more energy transferred to the target. This lethal hammer is ready to meet the obstacles faced by LE in urban environments or on the maritime waters.\r\n\r\n\"federal2.jpg\"FEDERAL\u2019S BOLD .338<\/strong>\r\nThere are other .338s out there but none that can be easily integrated with fewer changes to the seasoned AR-10. The story here is as much about the united effort between ArmaLite and Federal Cartridge<\/strong><\/a> to assure the rifle and ammunition are perfectly matched. Snipers are already familiar with .338s including the .338 Lapua Mag and the .338 Win Mag. These two highly effective cartridges are known for their long-range effectiveness in bolt-action platforms. For most LE operations requiring the deployment of a rifle, a bolt gun presents a number of tactical drawbacks. Slower handling, more recoil, and slower follow-up shots.\r\n\r\nThe .338 Federal delivers the only modern .338 caliber load that isn\u2019t a magnum configuration. It delivers a larger diameter bullet for more weight and overall energy on target without magnum recoil. \u201cThe .338 Federal captures the capability of the longstanding .308 case and offers the respected performance of the .338 bullet,\u201d says Federal President Mark DeYoung. \u201cThese two mainstays have been proven time and again and are now brought together into a quality factory load,\u201d he adds.","post_title":"Armalite AR-10T .338 Federal","post_excerpt":"NEW BATTLE RIFLE chambered for Federal\u2019s powerhouse cartridge!","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"armalite-ar-10t-338-federal","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-10-31 23:08:29","post_modified_gmt":"2023-11-01 03:08:29","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2009\/09\/02\/armalite-ar-10t-338-federal\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":160816,"post_author":"374","post_date":"2009-04-24 14:48:05","post_date_gmt":"2009-04-24 20:48:05","post_content":"\r\n\r\nI have been a fan of the .308 cartridge (7.62x51mm) for many years and have always enjoyed its versatility. It has numerous useful applications for self-defense and law enforcement and one of my bolt-action rifles in that chambering is set up for medium- to-long range anti-personnel work.\r\n\r\n\"untitled-2.jpg\"I have used .308 rifles in bolt-action, lever-action, slide-action and semi-automatic configurations, the latter being in the form of the M14 battle rifle, which is what we cadets trained with in ROTC (Reserve Officers\u2019 Training Corps) I was very interested when Rock River Arms (RRA) introduced an AR-type rifle in the popular .308 caliber.\r\n\r\nThe rifle was the Mid-Length (M\/L) LAR-8 A4 (308A1239), which comes housed in a compartmented, electric blue plastic carrying case. In the case, the rifle is broken down into the upper-receiver\/barrel group and the lower-receiver\/stock group that allows the case to be a bit more compact length-wise. It is a great case for shipping the weapon, but unfortunately the case cannot be used once an optic sight is mounted on the LAR-8, which means that if you want to carry your RRA rifle in a gun case fully assembled with a sight mounted, you will be in the market for a new larger gun case.\r\n\r\nMy sample LAR-8 mid-length A4 came with a 16-inch Wilson chrome moly barrel having a 1-in-10-inch right-hand twist, six land and groove rifling and a Picatinny rail on the upper receiver and on top of the barrel at the front of the handguard as there are no iron sights. There is also an A2 version that has the same iron sight configuration that is found on the M16A2 rifle. Both of these rifles are fitted with a tactical CAR-style buttstock.\r\n\r\nOther RRA LAR-8 factory variations include Standard A2 and A4 models that have 20-inch barrels and a conventional AR-type butt stock, plus there is an A-4 Varmint Model that features a 26-inch Wilson air gauged, stainless steel bull barrel that is coupled with a free-floating, tubular aluminum handguard for increased long-distance accuracy.\r\n\r\nStandard Features <\/strong>\r\nStandard features on my LAR-8 M\/L A4 includes a rubber Hogue pistol grip, which is stippled and has finger grooves, a two-stage match trigger, upper receiver with bolt forward assist and ejection port door, plus brass deflector, ventilated polymer handguard, sling swivels and A2-type flash suppressor. The LAR-8 basically looks like a M16 on steroids, as the receiver has been beefed up to allow use of the .308 (7.62x51mm) cartridge.\r\n\r\nThe two big differences that the discerning eye will note is the magazine and the bolt catch. The factory-supplied magazine for the LAR-8 is basically the same as the 20-round magazine used in the famous FN\/FAL and L1A1 battle rifles. Entire articles and books could be and have been devoted to this fine weapon, so we won\u2019t delve into that subject here, but this Fabrique Nationale-designed rifle has been in service since 1953 and has armed some 60 countries around the world including Belgium, Great Britain, Canada, Australia, and Argentina.\r\n\r\nNeedless to say, there have been countless thousands of magazines made for the FN\/FAL and that fact pays dividends to the LAR-8 owner who has a wide selection to choose from. I did a little Internet surfing and came up with price ranges from $10 to $22 for used Mil-Spec 20-round magazines. There are also 30-round magazines out there that average around $50 more. They hang down a bit too far for comfortable prone shooting, so I\u2019m content to stick with the 20-rounders myself.\r\n\r\nThe bolt catch on the LAR-8 is not on the left side of the lower receiver as on the M16, but is positioned at the base of the magazine well at its juncture with the pivoting triggerguard. It is more reminiscent of the bolt catch found on the FN\/FAL and is made to be ambidextrous, and if your hand is large enough can be actuated by the trigger finger of whichever hand you use. The magazine release is located in the same area as on the M16 and the LAR-8 is also ambidextrous.\r\n\r\nWhile the manual safety lever, just above the pistol grip on the right of the receiver, is not ambidextrous, it appears to be easily changed to the left side of the receiver if that\u2019s the user\u2019s preference. On a whole the controls on this rifle are easily reached and manipulated without removing the hand from the pistol grip, certainly a plus in a patrol rifle. I had no trouble whatever operating them with my medium-sized hand.\r\n\r\nObviously, this rifle is going to pack more weight than the M16 and the LAR-8 M\/L A4 weighs in empty, sans sights, at a respectable 8.1 pounds. With the 6-position CAR buttstock fully extended it measures 38 inches. The weight and the propellant gas operation system of the action certainly help tame recoil, which is a good thing given the hard checkered butt of the CAR stock.\r\n\r\nThe standard polymer handguard is round in shape with flats on the top and bottom that are serrated and have holes for barrel ventilation. There are no rails on the standard handguard, but RRA does offer optional Daniel Defense Lite Quad Rails for both the Mid-Length and Standard LAR-8 A4 rifles. In fact, a visit to the RRA website will allow one to see the full list of optional items available that allow you to \u201chave it your way\u201d with just about any Rock River Arms\u2019 AR-type rifle.\r\n\r\nAs always, I gave the RRA LAR-8 Mid-Length A4 a top to bottom inspection and did not find anything wanting in overall fit and finish of the weapon. All the flats were flat, corners square and rounded surfaces done to perfection. No machine marks or other blemishes were visible and the black hard coat anodized finish was a good match to the black polymer material of the handguard and buttstock of the rifle.\r\n\r\nOptics Selection<\/strong>\r\nNow given that my RRA LAR-8 M\/L A4 comes without sights, it was time to select something with which to aim the rifle that would be fitting for my uses. I looked at a number of optical and sights of various manufacturers, but came away impressed with the Trijicon ACOG (Advanced Combat Optical Gunsight) 3.5x35mm .308 BDC\/FT.Chevron BAC riflescope for our test.\r\n\r\nAnyone that watches the network nightly news has seen the ACOG sights on the M16A2 rifles carried by many of our troops in Afghanistan and Iraq; their bell-shaped housings make them easily identifiable. They have been in use for many years by Army Special Forces, the Marines, Navy SEALs and the FBI, so I didn\u2019t see how I could go wrong. Trijicon is synonymous with the night sights that have been fitted on many of the most popular combat handguns for a couple of decades. However, Trijicon\u2019s founder Glyn Bindon wanted to build a sight for long arms that would bring together both-eyes-open shooting, an illuminated aiming point, plus magnified optics.\r\n\r\nWhat he discovered was what has since been termed the Bindon Aiming Concept (BAC), aiming with both eyes open, which gives a superior sense of balance and field of view, coupled with a magnified Trijicon sight, which offers the shooter a considerable advantage over his target using conventional sights. When used as designed, in the binocular mode, the operator sees only the red, chevron-shaped reticle (the pointed tip is the aiming point) transposed on the target at anywhere from across-the-room ranges to several hundred yards.\r\n\r\nMy sample ACOG 3.5x35mm scope came packaged in a well-padded Pelican case, which also held a black nylon, Scopecoat scope cover, a Lenspen lens cleaner and an ACOG thumbscrew flattop adapter for affixing the scope to the Picatinny rail of the LAR-8. The scope housing is 8 inches in length and is made of rugged forged aluminum; the black, hard-anodized finish matches almost exactly that of the RRA rifle. Scope weight without mounts adds only 14 ounces to the weight of the rifle.\r\n\r\nThe scope is calibrated for use with the .308 cartridge and is meant to be sighted in at 100 meters with an effective range of 800 meters on flattop rifles. The reticle also includes a rangefinder and the base of the chevron aiming point is 5.53 MOA (minute of angle), which at 300 meters is 19 inches allowing for good range estimation. Of course, during the day, the fiber-optic tube running along the top of the scope gathers light for the red aiming point and at night\/low light tritium is used to illuminate the chevron. The field of view at 100 yards is almost 29 feet, the eye relief is 2.4 inches and the adjustment is 4-inch clicks at 100 yards.\r\n\r\nRange Time<\/strong>\r\nNow it was time to go to my ammo locker and select some cartridges from my stock of .308 ammunition. I chose Black Hills Gold with a 168-grain Hornady A-Max bullet, which has a factory velocity of 2650 fps (feet per second). Next I picked Federal Gold Medal that has a Sierra 168-grain \u201cMatchKing\u201d BTHP bullet also rated at 2650 fps. To add a law enforcement-designed cartridge I included the one of the Hornady TAP loads in .308.\r\n\r\nAccording to their website, \u201cThe 155-grain A-MAX TAP Precision cartridge offers match accuracy with a high-ballistic coefficient providing superior long-range performance. This load demonstrates expansion and fragmentation similar to the 110-grain load, but with a noticeable increase in penetration and retained bullet weight. This bullet penetrates glass with minimal deflection and exhibits retained expansion and fragmentation characteristics.\u201d\r\n\r\nIt is also intended for use in a 1-in-10-inch or 1-in-12-inch twist rifle barrel such as that on the LAR-8. My final selection was the Winchester 150-grain Supreme Elite with \u201cThe new XP3 bullet that starts with a two-stage expansion design, then combines all the best-known bullet technology to offer delayed controlled expansion, deep penetration, and high retained weight.\u201d\r\n\r\nWith my rifle\/sight combination, plus test ammunition in hand, it was time for a field test. I did my shooting at the NRA Whittington Center during the 2008 Shootists Holiday and used the Center\u2019s Sight-In Range for my accuracy and chronograph testing session. I sighted the Trijicon ACOG 3.5x35mm scope in for 100 yards, then proceeded to shoot three 3-shot groups for record with each test cartridge, using the concrete benches and an MTM Casegard rest.\r\n\r\nMy best group was 0.82 of an inch using Federal Gold Medal loads, followed by 0.97 of an inch with the Hornady TAP ammo. All of the group averages stayed under 2 inches and my guess is that the rifle would have had no trouble out-shooting the shooter that day. I also set up my Oehler Model 35P chronograph to see what velocities I would get from the LAR-8 M\/L 16-inch barrel.\r\n\r\nNext I put a silhouette target out at 200 yards and fired a dozen shots using a mixed bag of .308 cartridges at center mass and scored 10 hits in the 10 and X-ring and two just out in the 9-ring. Three shots to the head resulted in three hits in the 10-ring. Lastly, I took the LAR-8 to the Animal Silhouette Range, where the backstop is a mountainside covered with nice big rocks.\r\n\r\nFrom the standing, off-hand position, again using a mix of my test ammo, I was able to make dust fly on rocks out as far as I could see them on the mountainside, which has been previously checked with a laser rangefinder to have shootable rocks out to some 475 yards. The best part besides the practical accuracy and \u201cshootability\u201d of the LAR-8 was the fact that it was 100-percent reliable and I did not note a single malfunction during the test.\r\n\r\nFinal Notes<\/strong>\r\nRRA has a winner here and mated with the Trijicon ACOG scope and good ammo, I can\u2019t think of anything I\u2019d rather take into harm\u2019s way.","post_title":"RRA Mid-Length LAR-8 A4 .308","post_excerpt":"Big-bore AR\/Trijicon ACOG combo proved 100% reliable and sub-MOA accurate!","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"rra-mid-lenght-lar-8-a4-308","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-05-31 20:23:23","post_modified_gmt":"2023-05-31 20:23:23","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2009\/04\/24\/rra-mid-lenght-lar-8-a4-308\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":161994,"post_author":"645","post_date":"2008-05-13 15:04:28","post_date_gmt":"2008-05-13 21:04:28","post_content":"\r\nThose marvels of Austrian ingenuity, GLOCK pistols, have a well-deserved reputation for arriving ready for concealed carry. No sharp edges abound to be rough on the hands or snag clothing during the draw. GLOCKs slide from the holster, point well, and are ready for immediate action. The GLOCK Safe Action design leaves worries regarding a complicated manual of arms in the dust. Cap that off with sizes and calibers to satisfy every taste, and GLOCK seems destined to maintain their edge.\r\n\r\nFew things are dearer to the American heart than .45-caliber handguns. Despite the presence of .36- and .44-caliber handguns during the settling of the West, the .45 Colt is viewed as the decisive caliber from that era. Just in time to take the place of this noble cartridge, the .45 Auto became a force to be reckoned with in the next century. There is something comforting about this large caliber, imbuing a sense of power.\r\n\r\nIn fact, many a breath was held after GLOCK entered the U. S. market, until the Austrian company announced the introduction of their Model 21 in .45 Auto. Exhaling a sigh of relief, the .45 culture had a polymer wonder to satisfy its desires.\r\n\r\nFor duty carry by officers, the GLOCK 21 proved a perfect choice, hearty and robust, with the renowned GLOCK reliability. Following Law Enforcement (LE) trends that pushed the GLOCK to the top of the LE realm, as concealed carry rights blossomed, those exercising their rights adopted GLOCKs in droves. However, it was obvious the GLOCK 21 would have a small concealed carry following. The very traits making it so popular for duty carry\u2014hearty and robust\u2014worked against discreet carry.\r\n\r\nNever one to be left out in the cold, GLOCK introduced the more compact Models 30 and 36 in .45 Auto with double- and single-stack magazines, respectively. The Model 30 still bore grip dimensions similar to that of the Model 21, frequently difficult for those with average hands. The 36, though thinner due to a single-column magazine, still bore a longer front-to-back grip because of the .45 Auto chambering, which can still be a problem for some.\r\n\r\nBoth models have fared well with the American concealed carrier, but their frames, sized as they were for the .45 Auto, still leave some carriers and shooters with average and smaller-sized hands wanting. Likewise, many in the LE community hankered for a pistol dimensionally like the immensely popular GLOCK 17\/19\/26 and 22\/23\/26, but in the .45 Auto. Of course, the .45 Auto just won\u2019t fit in these more comfortable frames.\r\n\r\nMAKE WAY FOR THE .45<\/strong>\r\nNever one to shy away from a challenge, the folks at GLOCK tackled the project with the help of the ballistic wizards at Speer. The resulting cartridge, equaling the ballistic performance of the .45 Auto, was christened the .45 GLOCK Automatic Pistol (G.A.P.). Squeezed into a 9x19\/.40 frame, the GLOCK 37 and the .45 G.A.P. answered the LE and civilian concealed carriers\u2019 request for a more-compact .45 pistol.\r\n\r\nThe full-sized GLOCK 37 was followed by the compact GLOCK 38, and sub-compact GLOCK 39, each chambering a fair number of the new stubby .45s. Initially it was hoped the Models 37, 38, and 39 might be exactly the same size as the corresponding 9x19\/.40 models, and regarding the frames that proved true. However, to ensure perfect performance, marginally larger slides became the norm. (17\/22 slides are 1.01 inches wide by 0.85-inch high, weighing 18 ounces. GLOCK 37 slides are 1.13 inches wide by 0.88-inch high and weigh 21 ounces.) The .45 G.A.P. pistols incorporate a longer steel locking-block.\r\n\r\nOne step in building a cartridge to fit in the smaller and handier frame was designing the .45 G.A.P. cartridge to be 0.13-inch shorter than the .45 Auto. This produces a case similar in length to the 9x19 (0.78-inches), but once loaded the G. A. P has an overall length of 1.08 inches, actually shorter than the 9x19. (This last design parameter allows the wide .45 G.A.P. bullet to fit in a shorter grip area.)\r\n\r\n\"imgp03.gif\"AN ALL-NEW CARTRIDGE<\/strong>\r\nAdditional changes include a slightly rebated rim on the G.A.P., and modified extractor groove. Inside the case, one finds a wall profile that differs noticeably from the .45 Auto, thus allowing for seating .45 bullets without case wall bulging, and outside the primer pocket is filled with a small pistol primer. (A large pistol primer reportedly caused over-ignition and excessive pressure.) All of this goes to the point that the G.A.P. is an entirely new cartridge case that cannot be safely built from a .45 Auto case! Using the most modern propellants, Speer succeeded in charging this smaller .45 cartridge to equal the .45 Auto ballistically, while keeping pressures near the .45 Auto range.\r\n\r\nThere is no paucity of loadings available for the .45 G.A.P. GLOCKs. Speer\u2019s initial .45 G.A.P. commercial loadings were 185- and 200-grain Gold Dot premium hollowpoints and the same weights of TMJ bullets in the Speer Lawman line for economical shooting. Under the ATK banner with Speer, Federal Cartridge has introduced 185-grain and 230-grain Hydra-Shok loadings in the Premium Personal Defense line and an economical 185-grain TMJ loading in the American Eagle line.\r\n\r\nWinchester and Remington are now loading the .45 G.A.P. cartridge in configurations similar to Speer and Federal. COR-BON stepped in with their 160-grain DPX load, the 165-grain Pow'R Ball, a jacketed soft point, and a 200-grain JHP. This means bullet weights of 160 grains, 165 grains, 185 grains, 200 grains and 230 grains are all available.\r\n\r\n.45 GAP PERFORMANCE<\/strong>\r\nThe .45 G.A.P. is quite a boon for those of us adhering to the notion that bigger is better! Concealed carriers and Law Enforcement personnel, in and out of uniform, have their wish for new handguns.\r\n\r\nFrom the concealed carriers\u2019 and non-uniformed LE perspective, I found four .45 GLOCKs most appropriate for their needs. The Model 21 has already been excluded, and the Model 37 will probably be as well by those seeking compactness for carry. This leaves us with the Models 30, 36, 38, and 39 for consideration.\r\n\r\nThis was my first experience with the .45 G.A.P., so I began my examination of the concealed carry candidates with range testing. Trigger-time revealed just what I had heard: the .45 G.A.P. pistols were just as easily handled during all the drills as similar GLOCK models accommodating the .45 Auto. The GLOCK 38 weighs virtually the same as the Model 30, while the same is true of the Models 36 and 39, and the velocities of similar weight bullets are close enough to produce the similar felt recoil in pistols all weighing the same. (Depending on the cartridge, the .45 G.A.P. recoil can feel similar to a .40 pistol.)\r\n\r\nWearing average-sized hands, I found all four offerings fit me well, with the GLOCK 30 on the upper end of comfort for me. That, of course, explains why there is more than one flavor of ice cream\u2014and size of GLOCK\u2014to provide needed variety!\r\n\r\nWith pistols to fit my hands and those of most others, in my favorite caliber and that of GLOCK\u2019s new offering\u2014which seems destined to offer the .45 Auto a run for its money\u2014I went forth to gather the opinions of other shooters and concealed carriers.\r\n\r\n\"gap-carry.gif\"SHOOTING & CARRYING GLOCK .45s<\/strong>\r\nI placed the four GLOCK .45 offerings in the hands of a variety of shooters, and received the expected plethora of preferences. Given a choice of .45 GLOCKs, each one selected their favorite based on how it fit their hands and rode on their waist. Recoil did not seem a factor.\r\n\r\nThose finding the .45 Auto pistols a tad largish found the pistols chambered for the .45 G.A.P. just right. Testers that found the .45 Auto pistols fitting them well expressed their appreciation of the trimmer G.A.P pistols. It seems that not only has GLOCK spawned a new caliber in which to chamber their pistols, they have found one that can satisfy the needs of big-bore concealed carriers (and no doubt uniformed officers) while doing so.\r\n\r\nWill this be the .45 of the 21st century? Only time will tell, but it seems the .45 G.A.P is making a good run at that distinction!\r\nHOLSTERING GLOCK .45s<\/strong>\r\nAs excellent as the size and calibers of the GLOCK .45s make them for concealment, they still miss one thing for concealed carry\u2014a holster! Luckily holster makers, just like users, have flocked to all GLOCK pistols. Finding leather, or non-leather, to tote one\u2019s choice of .45 should be relatively easy.\r\n\r\nToting a handgun\u2014any handgun, including a GLOCK\u2014should be accomplished using a quality holster. Holsters protect handguns from loss, or shifting during carry, ensuring it will be there when one reaches for it. Not only will the handgun be there when needed, but also a well-designed holster will snug a GLOCK .45 against the body, while not impeding a smooth, speedy draw. Regardless of the GLOCK .45 of choice, there should be a holster to allow carrying it comfortably, securely, and inconspicuously.\r\n\r\nA quick search of the Internet turned up offerings to carry some of GLOCK\u2019s .45s from Aker, Alessi, Bianchi, Blackhawk Bulman, Blade-Tech, Comp-Tac, DeSantis, Del Fatti, Don Hume, FIST, Fobus, Galco, Gould & Goodrich, Milt Sparks, Safariland, Sidearmor, and Uncle Mikes. There are more, but I stopped searching when it became obvious there was no end to holsters and suppliers.\r\n\r\nIt seems every commercial holster maker, and those in the custom world, offer one or more styles, to fit one or more of the .45 GLOCK pistols. Their wares are made from horse or cowhide, Kydex or other polymer, or some version of ballistic nylon. Styles include belt models, inside-the-waistband versions, shoulder holsters, and pocket models for the smaller pistols.\r\n\r\nI also did a scan of my holster collection, and found a number already on hand, including those wearing the GLOCK brand. (GLOCK has always offered holsters for their pistols.) Not surprisingly, I discovered many holsters specified for 9x19\/.40 pistols also fit quite nicely around a GLOCK 36 pistol, with a scant few fitting the marginally enlarged G.A.P. models. (This is, of course, not something most holster makers will announce, nor something one can count on, but if an ample selection of holsters is available, the fit is easily checked.) In addition, holsters for the GLOCK 30 will usually fit the G.A.P. offerings.\r\n\r\nPick a .45 GLOCK, a holster to meet your needs, and ammo from a high-performance source. Outfitted with this, today\u2019s big-bore carrier will be ready to go!","post_title":"Concealed-Carry .45s: The GLOCK Solution | Glock 45 Models","post_excerpt":"The .45 firepower favored by legions of officers is tough to keep out of sight. Not so with the GLOCK .45 G.A.P.\u2014the hideaway handgun with maximum performance.","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"concealed-carry-45s-the-glock-solution","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-10-31 23:10:49","post_modified_gmt":"2023-11-01 03:10:49","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2008\/05\/13\/concealed-carry-45s-the-glock-solution\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":true,"total_page":15},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

POPULAR

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n

An interesting option for Sig Sauer is the Integrated Laser Module (ILM), which is custom made for the P290. Lightweight and compact, the ILM seamlessly blends with the lines of the pistol. The laser has ambidextrous switches. The increase in weight of 0.8 ounces is negligible and the laser unit adds only 0.75 inches to the depth of the gun.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Overall, this is a rugged looking little gun that is relatively easy to carry concealed considering it packs 6+1 rounds of 9mm.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Kimber Solo Carry<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n
\"gun
Compact semi-autos like the Kimber Solo are effective fight-stoppers, but shooters with weaker hands might have trouble retracting their slides.<\/figcaption><\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Kimber Solo Carry is one of the most compact 9mm on the market measuring only 5.5 inches in length, 3.9 inches in height and a mere 0.995 inches in width. The all steel and alloy construction semi-auto weighs only 17 ounces empty. The compactness of the Solo is visually striking, being only slightly larger in overall dimension than most .380s. In order to achieve these scaled down proportions reminiscent of a 1911, the frame contours are smoother and more rounded with every possible edge reduced to its minimum possible tolerances. Easily operated ambidextrous magazine releases and perfectly sized ambidextrous safeties make ease of operation suitable for left or right-handed users.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Truly \u201cpocketable,\u201d the Solo utilizes a unique striker-fired system with a slight twist. When the slide is cycled and a round is chambered the striker (firing pin) is between 88 to 90 percent pre-tensioned. The trigger pull necessary to discharge the Solo then is only 10 to 12 percent of the total effort needed to finish the cycle and release the striker. Even though Kimber describes the Solo as a \u201csingle action striker-fired design,\u201d it is actually a double action as pulling the trigger has to finish tensioning the striker before the gun will discharge. While the lightweight semi-auto has a pretty hefty kick it is more than manageable and exceptionally accurate. As one of the smaller 9mm on the market, the Solo definitely has earned its mark.<\/p>\n","post_title":"Contemporary Subcompact Handguns","post_excerpt":"The Personal Defense Pocket Pistols: In the 21st century we have perfected the art of making as much gun as possible in the smallest package possible!","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"contemporary-subcompacts","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-10-19 15:38:22","post_modified_gmt":"2023-10-19 19:38:22","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2012\/11\/01\/contemporary-subcompacts\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":160508,"post_author":"645","post_date":"2009-09-02 15:20:48","post_date_gmt":"2009-09-02 21:20:48","post_content":"\r\n\r\nEven the gloved hands of today\u2019s uniformed officer will find ArmaLite\u2019s new AR-10T familiar. Draw the fixed stock into the shoulder, obtain sight picture and flip the selector. What makes the AR-10T different is more about what\u2019s on the inside. But on the outside, it all seems to feel the same.\r\n\r\nSince the creation of the Department of Homeland Security, law enforcement agencies have contended with how to use their budget to best enable their first responders to protect citizens against terror. Every agency has assessed vulnerabilities and many have chosen to acquire big bore rifles capable of penetrating a hard target or intercepting a vehicular threat. With just one shot to get it right, a team leader should have experience on the firing line.\r\n\r\nArmaLite\u2019s battle proven AR-10 has already served LE around the world including Canada\u2019s Ontario Provincial Police TRU (Tactics and Rescue Unit). Now loaded for the \"armalite3.jpg\"hard-hitting .338 Federal, the new AR-10T fills a department\u2019s medium-caliber gap without sacrificing ease of deployment, time for training, or familiar handling qualities of an officer\u2019s carbine.\r\n\r\nWhat some don\u2019t realize is that the AR-10\u2019s roots are more than 50 years old, pre-dating the AR-15\/M16\/M4. Clenching the checkered A2 pistol grip, controls are at the fingers. Saving more than a pound in weight over 7.62mm NATO infantry rifles of its time, Eugene Stoner\u2019s modular innovation is a source for the often-used term \u201cergonomic\u201d (as it applies to firearm design).\r\n\r\nThe anodized lower receiver is home to the ArmaLite tactical two-stage trigger set, the same trigger mechanism used in ArmaLite M-15 rifles. Pulling the trigger provides a crisp and smooth feel that doesn\u2019t interfere with accuracy. First and second stages are consistently passed at just 3 and 5 pounds before allowing the hammer to strike.\r\n\r\nBeing that the AR-10T is based on a 7.62mm NATO platform, the first question that usually comes to mind is how ArmaLite manages to stuff the high energy behind a .338 cartridge into an AR? An ArmaLite representative reports, \u201cArmaLite\u2019s refinements to the AR-10 over the many years placed it at a stage where the transfer to a harder hitting caliber such as the .338 Federal was not a problem. It\u2019s a short action .308-type cartridge so it transitions into our AR-10 platform perfectly. With some testing, we found that it\u2019s a fitting combination. We were able to use the same proven bolt and extractor, as well as the Generation II magazines. No design changes had to be made except re-chambering the AR-10 for a new caliber.\u201d\r\n\r\nThe bolt sits inside a gas impingement carrier group with four holes available to bleed off pressure and debris. The disassembly procedure is the same as an agency\u2019s M-15 carbine (just bigger parts). With the firing pin removed, one difference from other ARs is visually apparent. A spring shrouds the base of the firing pin pushing against the wall in the bolt carrier group. This feature helps reduce the risk of malfunctions and prevents the firing pin from bouncing during operation.\r\n\r\nA railed flat-top upper receiver marked \u201c.338 Federal\u201d brings the bolt together with the chamber of the stainless steel barrel. \u201cWe originally designed the .338 Federal as a hunting rifle, thus the stainless steel barrel,\u201d says ArmaLite. \u201cThe .338 Federal is a cartridge best suited for short and mid-range duties. We put a 22-inch barrel on the rifle, which provided the best ballistics for these situations. With that being said, we have seen the potential for different uses in this caliber, so we are spending some time testing a shorter rifle with a 16-inch barrel featuring a full size buttstock and a mid-length gas system to use in CQB operations.\u201d\r\n\r\n\"armalite4.jpg\"A tubular one-piece, free-floating aluminum handguard shields the hands from the triple lapped, 1-in-10-inch twist stainless steel match barrel. The tubular handguard improves the rifle\u2019s handling without taking up real estate with full-length accessory rails that often go unused. A useable length of rail does grace the forend of the handguard, ready to accept custom mounting of bipods, lasers, lights and other accessories.\r\n\r\nThe massive stainless steel gas block is secured to the barrel with four large hex-head screws and redirects gas pressure through a direct impingement system. This gas block is also a front sight base that features a flip-up Midwest Industries (MI) post that co-witnesses with a MI flip-up backup sight affixed to the rear of the upper receiver\u2019s Picatinny rail.\r\n\r\nSince no flash suppressor or compensator is present, the recessed crown at the muzzle of the AR-10T protects the rifle\u2019s accuracy potential during heavy use or intense tactical operations. Combine a barrel made of stainless steel, an aluminum free-floated handguard, aluminum alloy receivers, a polymer stock and grip, and you have a weather-resistant tactical rifle. The AR-10T can withstand harsher environments like those encountered in sustained maritime operations while offering the effective energy transfer carried by a .338 slug. \u201cCoastal areas with salty environments and the moisture of the trunk in squad cars are hard on steel parts, especially the barrel,\u201d says ArmaLite. So stainless steel might be a better choice for these conditions.\r\n\r\n\"armalite6.jpg\"Shooting Impressions<\/strong>\r\nNow I\u2019m not going to lie and say that I found the AR-10T to be a sub-MOA tack-driver. For me, it wasn\u2019t. I have friends in this industry who tell me they achieved MOA accuracy verified by pictures on Jeff Quinn\u2019s gunblast.com<\/a> of multiple 3-shot groups fired from 100 yards rivaling the size of a penny. But this test was a representation of how a founding member of DHS envisions this rifle being used by law enforcement. On the scene, from the trunk of a vehicle, and across the hood.\r\n\r\nDriving down to the edge of North Carolina\u2019s Great Dismal Swamp brought me to a private range that required the careful use of four-wheelers to maneuver through knee-deep muck in order to get downrange and post targets. A pair of 12x18-inch ballistic steel plates were used to verify the new Leupold VX-3 6.5-20x50mm riflescope from 100 yards. Secured in ArmaLite\u2019s unique one-piece ring mount, this accessory removes a couple of variables that typically impact accuracy on other rifles.\r\n\r\nThe DHS agent fired first. And second. \u201cOh yeah, we\u2019re good.\u201d Our four-wheelers carried us across the swamp again just to verify the point-of-aim\/point-of-impact. Fingering the significant dimples created in the swinging AR-500 steel plate, he said, \u201cMan, that rifle has some thump to it!\u201d With paper targets ready, we drove back to the firing line and began the accuracy test.\r\n\r\n\"armalite8.jpg\"In rural parts of the US, it\u2019s not unusual to see a pick-up truck used as a law enforcement vehicle. To best simulate a tactical operation where a vehicle is used as cover and firing support, we positioned the vehicle at the firing line and loaded each (5-, 10-, and 20-round) magazine with the only load available for this test: Federal\u2019s lead-nose, copper jacketed, 210-grain Nosler Partition.\r\n\r\nThe first 3-shot group from each of us measured just under 2.5 inches. Making it downrange and changing out targets, we discovered an earlier sighter that went off course and punched through a 5-inch thick tree. Looking further back, we saw the bullet had actually passed without deflection through a total of six trees smaller in size and spaced about 4 feet before disappearing.\r\n\r\nMost accuracy results with other AR-style rifles are taken in 5-shot groups, so the next batch would follow this pattern. Five groups of five shots averaged nearly 3 inches off the semi-supported position with the best group measuring 1.94 inches. The most impressive observation came from our last test, a 20-shot magazine dump in quick succession. In a string of fire that lasted no more than 30 seconds, 20 shots were clustered together in a group measuring just 3.6 inches. This is practical accuracy you can expect of a trained officer that could put a definitive end to a given crisis.\r\n\r\nFinal Notes<\/strong>\r\n\u201cIf you benched it with a bipod, it\u2019d group a lot tighter,\u201d noted the DHS agent, \u201cbut this is realistic. This rifle is what you hope to have when you arrive to a dynamic situation forcing you to run what you have.\u201d\r\n\r\nArmaLite asserts, \u201cThe same principals apply to this caliber as the .458 SOCOM, only the AR-10T does it better. Placing this harder hitting round in this strong, proven platform was a perfect match. The .458 SOCOM in the smaller AR-15 platform has unpredictable penetration at any significant range and the smaller AR-15 platform is unproven to last with a large caliber.\u201d\r\n\r\nWith the AR-10T you get a heavier bullet, lower felt recoil and more energy transferred to the target. This lethal hammer is ready to meet the obstacles faced by LE in urban environments or on the maritime waters.\r\n\r\n\"federal2.jpg\"FEDERAL\u2019S BOLD .338<\/strong>\r\nThere are other .338s out there but none that can be easily integrated with fewer changes to the seasoned AR-10. The story here is as much about the united effort between ArmaLite and Federal Cartridge<\/strong><\/a> to assure the rifle and ammunition are perfectly matched. Snipers are already familiar with .338s including the .338 Lapua Mag and the .338 Win Mag. These two highly effective cartridges are known for their long-range effectiveness in bolt-action platforms. For most LE operations requiring the deployment of a rifle, a bolt gun presents a number of tactical drawbacks. Slower handling, more recoil, and slower follow-up shots.\r\n\r\nThe .338 Federal delivers the only modern .338 caliber load that isn\u2019t a magnum configuration. It delivers a larger diameter bullet for more weight and overall energy on target without magnum recoil. \u201cThe .338 Federal captures the capability of the longstanding .308 case and offers the respected performance of the .338 bullet,\u201d says Federal President Mark DeYoung. \u201cThese two mainstays have been proven time and again and are now brought together into a quality factory load,\u201d he adds.","post_title":"Armalite AR-10T .338 Federal","post_excerpt":"NEW BATTLE RIFLE chambered for Federal\u2019s powerhouse cartridge!","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"armalite-ar-10t-338-federal","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-10-31 23:08:29","post_modified_gmt":"2023-11-01 03:08:29","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2009\/09\/02\/armalite-ar-10t-338-federal\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":160816,"post_author":"374","post_date":"2009-04-24 14:48:05","post_date_gmt":"2009-04-24 20:48:05","post_content":"\r\n\r\nI have been a fan of the .308 cartridge (7.62x51mm) for many years and have always enjoyed its versatility. It has numerous useful applications for self-defense and law enforcement and one of my bolt-action rifles in that chambering is set up for medium- to-long range anti-personnel work.\r\n\r\n\"untitled-2.jpg\"I have used .308 rifles in bolt-action, lever-action, slide-action and semi-automatic configurations, the latter being in the form of the M14 battle rifle, which is what we cadets trained with in ROTC (Reserve Officers\u2019 Training Corps) I was very interested when Rock River Arms (RRA) introduced an AR-type rifle in the popular .308 caliber.\r\n\r\nThe rifle was the Mid-Length (M\/L) LAR-8 A4 (308A1239), which comes housed in a compartmented, electric blue plastic carrying case. In the case, the rifle is broken down into the upper-receiver\/barrel group and the lower-receiver\/stock group that allows the case to be a bit more compact length-wise. It is a great case for shipping the weapon, but unfortunately the case cannot be used once an optic sight is mounted on the LAR-8, which means that if you want to carry your RRA rifle in a gun case fully assembled with a sight mounted, you will be in the market for a new larger gun case.\r\n\r\nMy sample LAR-8 mid-length A4 came with a 16-inch Wilson chrome moly barrel having a 1-in-10-inch right-hand twist, six land and groove rifling and a Picatinny rail on the upper receiver and on top of the barrel at the front of the handguard as there are no iron sights. There is also an A2 version that has the same iron sight configuration that is found on the M16A2 rifle. Both of these rifles are fitted with a tactical CAR-style buttstock.\r\n\r\nOther RRA LAR-8 factory variations include Standard A2 and A4 models that have 20-inch barrels and a conventional AR-type butt stock, plus there is an A-4 Varmint Model that features a 26-inch Wilson air gauged, stainless steel bull barrel that is coupled with a free-floating, tubular aluminum handguard for increased long-distance accuracy.\r\n\r\nStandard Features <\/strong>\r\nStandard features on my LAR-8 M\/L A4 includes a rubber Hogue pistol grip, which is stippled and has finger grooves, a two-stage match trigger, upper receiver with bolt forward assist and ejection port door, plus brass deflector, ventilated polymer handguard, sling swivels and A2-type flash suppressor. The LAR-8 basically looks like a M16 on steroids, as the receiver has been beefed up to allow use of the .308 (7.62x51mm) cartridge.\r\n\r\nThe two big differences that the discerning eye will note is the magazine and the bolt catch. The factory-supplied magazine for the LAR-8 is basically the same as the 20-round magazine used in the famous FN\/FAL and L1A1 battle rifles. Entire articles and books could be and have been devoted to this fine weapon, so we won\u2019t delve into that subject here, but this Fabrique Nationale-designed rifle has been in service since 1953 and has armed some 60 countries around the world including Belgium, Great Britain, Canada, Australia, and Argentina.\r\n\r\nNeedless to say, there have been countless thousands of magazines made for the FN\/FAL and that fact pays dividends to the LAR-8 owner who has a wide selection to choose from. I did a little Internet surfing and came up with price ranges from $10 to $22 for used Mil-Spec 20-round magazines. There are also 30-round magazines out there that average around $50 more. They hang down a bit too far for comfortable prone shooting, so I\u2019m content to stick with the 20-rounders myself.\r\n\r\nThe bolt catch on the LAR-8 is not on the left side of the lower receiver as on the M16, but is positioned at the base of the magazine well at its juncture with the pivoting triggerguard. It is more reminiscent of the bolt catch found on the FN\/FAL and is made to be ambidextrous, and if your hand is large enough can be actuated by the trigger finger of whichever hand you use. The magazine release is located in the same area as on the M16 and the LAR-8 is also ambidextrous.\r\n\r\nWhile the manual safety lever, just above the pistol grip on the right of the receiver, is not ambidextrous, it appears to be easily changed to the left side of the receiver if that\u2019s the user\u2019s preference. On a whole the controls on this rifle are easily reached and manipulated without removing the hand from the pistol grip, certainly a plus in a patrol rifle. I had no trouble whatever operating them with my medium-sized hand.\r\n\r\nObviously, this rifle is going to pack more weight than the M16 and the LAR-8 M\/L A4 weighs in empty, sans sights, at a respectable 8.1 pounds. With the 6-position CAR buttstock fully extended it measures 38 inches. The weight and the propellant gas operation system of the action certainly help tame recoil, which is a good thing given the hard checkered butt of the CAR stock.\r\n\r\nThe standard polymer handguard is round in shape with flats on the top and bottom that are serrated and have holes for barrel ventilation. There are no rails on the standard handguard, but RRA does offer optional Daniel Defense Lite Quad Rails for both the Mid-Length and Standard LAR-8 A4 rifles. In fact, a visit to the RRA website will allow one to see the full list of optional items available that allow you to \u201chave it your way\u201d with just about any Rock River Arms\u2019 AR-type rifle.\r\n\r\nAs always, I gave the RRA LAR-8 Mid-Length A4 a top to bottom inspection and did not find anything wanting in overall fit and finish of the weapon. All the flats were flat, corners square and rounded surfaces done to perfection. No machine marks or other blemishes were visible and the black hard coat anodized finish was a good match to the black polymer material of the handguard and buttstock of the rifle.\r\n\r\nOptics Selection<\/strong>\r\nNow given that my RRA LAR-8 M\/L A4 comes without sights, it was time to select something with which to aim the rifle that would be fitting for my uses. I looked at a number of optical and sights of various manufacturers, but came away impressed with the Trijicon ACOG (Advanced Combat Optical Gunsight) 3.5x35mm .308 BDC\/FT.Chevron BAC riflescope for our test.\r\n\r\nAnyone that watches the network nightly news has seen the ACOG sights on the M16A2 rifles carried by many of our troops in Afghanistan and Iraq; their bell-shaped housings make them easily identifiable. They have been in use for many years by Army Special Forces, the Marines, Navy SEALs and the FBI, so I didn\u2019t see how I could go wrong. Trijicon is synonymous with the night sights that have been fitted on many of the most popular combat handguns for a couple of decades. However, Trijicon\u2019s founder Glyn Bindon wanted to build a sight for long arms that would bring together both-eyes-open shooting, an illuminated aiming point, plus magnified optics.\r\n\r\nWhat he discovered was what has since been termed the Bindon Aiming Concept (BAC), aiming with both eyes open, which gives a superior sense of balance and field of view, coupled with a magnified Trijicon sight, which offers the shooter a considerable advantage over his target using conventional sights. When used as designed, in the binocular mode, the operator sees only the red, chevron-shaped reticle (the pointed tip is the aiming point) transposed on the target at anywhere from across-the-room ranges to several hundred yards.\r\n\r\nMy sample ACOG 3.5x35mm scope came packaged in a well-padded Pelican case, which also held a black nylon, Scopecoat scope cover, a Lenspen lens cleaner and an ACOG thumbscrew flattop adapter for affixing the scope to the Picatinny rail of the LAR-8. The scope housing is 8 inches in length and is made of rugged forged aluminum; the black, hard-anodized finish matches almost exactly that of the RRA rifle. Scope weight without mounts adds only 14 ounces to the weight of the rifle.\r\n\r\nThe scope is calibrated for use with the .308 cartridge and is meant to be sighted in at 100 meters with an effective range of 800 meters on flattop rifles. The reticle also includes a rangefinder and the base of the chevron aiming point is 5.53 MOA (minute of angle), which at 300 meters is 19 inches allowing for good range estimation. Of course, during the day, the fiber-optic tube running along the top of the scope gathers light for the red aiming point and at night\/low light tritium is used to illuminate the chevron. The field of view at 100 yards is almost 29 feet, the eye relief is 2.4 inches and the adjustment is 4-inch clicks at 100 yards.\r\n\r\nRange Time<\/strong>\r\nNow it was time to go to my ammo locker and select some cartridges from my stock of .308 ammunition. I chose Black Hills Gold with a 168-grain Hornady A-Max bullet, which has a factory velocity of 2650 fps (feet per second). Next I picked Federal Gold Medal that has a Sierra 168-grain \u201cMatchKing\u201d BTHP bullet also rated at 2650 fps. To add a law enforcement-designed cartridge I included the one of the Hornady TAP loads in .308.\r\n\r\nAccording to their website, \u201cThe 155-grain A-MAX TAP Precision cartridge offers match accuracy with a high-ballistic coefficient providing superior long-range performance. This load demonstrates expansion and fragmentation similar to the 110-grain load, but with a noticeable increase in penetration and retained bullet weight. This bullet penetrates glass with minimal deflection and exhibits retained expansion and fragmentation characteristics.\u201d\r\n\r\nIt is also intended for use in a 1-in-10-inch or 1-in-12-inch twist rifle barrel such as that on the LAR-8. My final selection was the Winchester 150-grain Supreme Elite with \u201cThe new XP3 bullet that starts with a two-stage expansion design, then combines all the best-known bullet technology to offer delayed controlled expansion, deep penetration, and high retained weight.\u201d\r\n\r\nWith my rifle\/sight combination, plus test ammunition in hand, it was time for a field test. I did my shooting at the NRA Whittington Center during the 2008 Shootists Holiday and used the Center\u2019s Sight-In Range for my accuracy and chronograph testing session. I sighted the Trijicon ACOG 3.5x35mm scope in for 100 yards, then proceeded to shoot three 3-shot groups for record with each test cartridge, using the concrete benches and an MTM Casegard rest.\r\n\r\nMy best group was 0.82 of an inch using Federal Gold Medal loads, followed by 0.97 of an inch with the Hornady TAP ammo. All of the group averages stayed under 2 inches and my guess is that the rifle would have had no trouble out-shooting the shooter that day. I also set up my Oehler Model 35P chronograph to see what velocities I would get from the LAR-8 M\/L 16-inch barrel.\r\n\r\nNext I put a silhouette target out at 200 yards and fired a dozen shots using a mixed bag of .308 cartridges at center mass and scored 10 hits in the 10 and X-ring and two just out in the 9-ring. Three shots to the head resulted in three hits in the 10-ring. Lastly, I took the LAR-8 to the Animal Silhouette Range, where the backstop is a mountainside covered with nice big rocks.\r\n\r\nFrom the standing, off-hand position, again using a mix of my test ammo, I was able to make dust fly on rocks out as far as I could see them on the mountainside, which has been previously checked with a laser rangefinder to have shootable rocks out to some 475 yards. The best part besides the practical accuracy and \u201cshootability\u201d of the LAR-8 was the fact that it was 100-percent reliable and I did not note a single malfunction during the test.\r\n\r\nFinal Notes<\/strong>\r\nRRA has a winner here and mated with the Trijicon ACOG scope and good ammo, I can\u2019t think of anything I\u2019d rather take into harm\u2019s way.","post_title":"RRA Mid-Length LAR-8 A4 .308","post_excerpt":"Big-bore AR\/Trijicon ACOG combo proved 100% reliable and sub-MOA accurate!","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"rra-mid-lenght-lar-8-a4-308","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-05-31 20:23:23","post_modified_gmt":"2023-05-31 20:23:23","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2009\/04\/24\/rra-mid-lenght-lar-8-a4-308\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":161994,"post_author":"645","post_date":"2008-05-13 15:04:28","post_date_gmt":"2008-05-13 21:04:28","post_content":"\r\nThose marvels of Austrian ingenuity, GLOCK pistols, have a well-deserved reputation for arriving ready for concealed carry. No sharp edges abound to be rough on the hands or snag clothing during the draw. GLOCKs slide from the holster, point well, and are ready for immediate action. The GLOCK Safe Action design leaves worries regarding a complicated manual of arms in the dust. Cap that off with sizes and calibers to satisfy every taste, and GLOCK seems destined to maintain their edge.\r\n\r\nFew things are dearer to the American heart than .45-caliber handguns. Despite the presence of .36- and .44-caliber handguns during the settling of the West, the .45 Colt is viewed as the decisive caliber from that era. Just in time to take the place of this noble cartridge, the .45 Auto became a force to be reckoned with in the next century. There is something comforting about this large caliber, imbuing a sense of power.\r\n\r\nIn fact, many a breath was held after GLOCK entered the U. S. market, until the Austrian company announced the introduction of their Model 21 in .45 Auto. Exhaling a sigh of relief, the .45 culture had a polymer wonder to satisfy its desires.\r\n\r\nFor duty carry by officers, the GLOCK 21 proved a perfect choice, hearty and robust, with the renowned GLOCK reliability. Following Law Enforcement (LE) trends that pushed the GLOCK to the top of the LE realm, as concealed carry rights blossomed, those exercising their rights adopted GLOCKs in droves. However, it was obvious the GLOCK 21 would have a small concealed carry following. The very traits making it so popular for duty carry\u2014hearty and robust\u2014worked against discreet carry.\r\n\r\nNever one to be left out in the cold, GLOCK introduced the more compact Models 30 and 36 in .45 Auto with double- and single-stack magazines, respectively. The Model 30 still bore grip dimensions similar to that of the Model 21, frequently difficult for those with average hands. The 36, though thinner due to a single-column magazine, still bore a longer front-to-back grip because of the .45 Auto chambering, which can still be a problem for some.\r\n\r\nBoth models have fared well with the American concealed carrier, but their frames, sized as they were for the .45 Auto, still leave some carriers and shooters with average and smaller-sized hands wanting. Likewise, many in the LE community hankered for a pistol dimensionally like the immensely popular GLOCK 17\/19\/26 and 22\/23\/26, but in the .45 Auto. Of course, the .45 Auto just won\u2019t fit in these more comfortable frames.\r\n\r\nMAKE WAY FOR THE .45<\/strong>\r\nNever one to shy away from a challenge, the folks at GLOCK tackled the project with the help of the ballistic wizards at Speer. The resulting cartridge, equaling the ballistic performance of the .45 Auto, was christened the .45 GLOCK Automatic Pistol (G.A.P.). Squeezed into a 9x19\/.40 frame, the GLOCK 37 and the .45 G.A.P. answered the LE and civilian concealed carriers\u2019 request for a more-compact .45 pistol.\r\n\r\nThe full-sized GLOCK 37 was followed by the compact GLOCK 38, and sub-compact GLOCK 39, each chambering a fair number of the new stubby .45s. Initially it was hoped the Models 37, 38, and 39 might be exactly the same size as the corresponding 9x19\/.40 models, and regarding the frames that proved true. However, to ensure perfect performance, marginally larger slides became the norm. (17\/22 slides are 1.01 inches wide by 0.85-inch high, weighing 18 ounces. GLOCK 37 slides are 1.13 inches wide by 0.88-inch high and weigh 21 ounces.) The .45 G.A.P. pistols incorporate a longer steel locking-block.\r\n\r\nOne step in building a cartridge to fit in the smaller and handier frame was designing the .45 G.A.P. cartridge to be 0.13-inch shorter than the .45 Auto. This produces a case similar in length to the 9x19 (0.78-inches), but once loaded the G. A. P has an overall length of 1.08 inches, actually shorter than the 9x19. (This last design parameter allows the wide .45 G.A.P. bullet to fit in a shorter grip area.)\r\n\r\n\"imgp03.gif\"AN ALL-NEW CARTRIDGE<\/strong>\r\nAdditional changes include a slightly rebated rim on the G.A.P., and modified extractor groove. Inside the case, one finds a wall profile that differs noticeably from the .45 Auto, thus allowing for seating .45 bullets without case wall bulging, and outside the primer pocket is filled with a small pistol primer. (A large pistol primer reportedly caused over-ignition and excessive pressure.) All of this goes to the point that the G.A.P. is an entirely new cartridge case that cannot be safely built from a .45 Auto case! Using the most modern propellants, Speer succeeded in charging this smaller .45 cartridge to equal the .45 Auto ballistically, while keeping pressures near the .45 Auto range.\r\n\r\nThere is no paucity of loadings available for the .45 G.A.P. GLOCKs. Speer\u2019s initial .45 G.A.P. commercial loadings were 185- and 200-grain Gold Dot premium hollowpoints and the same weights of TMJ bullets in the Speer Lawman line for economical shooting. Under the ATK banner with Speer, Federal Cartridge has introduced 185-grain and 230-grain Hydra-Shok loadings in the Premium Personal Defense line and an economical 185-grain TMJ loading in the American Eagle line.\r\n\r\nWinchester and Remington are now loading the .45 G.A.P. cartridge in configurations similar to Speer and Federal. COR-BON stepped in with their 160-grain DPX load, the 165-grain Pow'R Ball, a jacketed soft point, and a 200-grain JHP. This means bullet weights of 160 grains, 165 grains, 185 grains, 200 grains and 230 grains are all available.\r\n\r\n.45 GAP PERFORMANCE<\/strong>\r\nThe .45 G.A.P. is quite a boon for those of us adhering to the notion that bigger is better! Concealed carriers and Law Enforcement personnel, in and out of uniform, have their wish for new handguns.\r\n\r\nFrom the concealed carriers\u2019 and non-uniformed LE perspective, I found four .45 GLOCKs most appropriate for their needs. The Model 21 has already been excluded, and the Model 37 will probably be as well by those seeking compactness for carry. This leaves us with the Models 30, 36, 38, and 39 for consideration.\r\n\r\nThis was my first experience with the .45 G.A.P., so I began my examination of the concealed carry candidates with range testing. Trigger-time revealed just what I had heard: the .45 G.A.P. pistols were just as easily handled during all the drills as similar GLOCK models accommodating the .45 Auto. The GLOCK 38 weighs virtually the same as the Model 30, while the same is true of the Models 36 and 39, and the velocities of similar weight bullets are close enough to produce the similar felt recoil in pistols all weighing the same. (Depending on the cartridge, the .45 G.A.P. recoil can feel similar to a .40 pistol.)\r\n\r\nWearing average-sized hands, I found all four offerings fit me well, with the GLOCK 30 on the upper end of comfort for me. That, of course, explains why there is more than one flavor of ice cream\u2014and size of GLOCK\u2014to provide needed variety!\r\n\r\nWith pistols to fit my hands and those of most others, in my favorite caliber and that of GLOCK\u2019s new offering\u2014which seems destined to offer the .45 Auto a run for its money\u2014I went forth to gather the opinions of other shooters and concealed carriers.\r\n\r\n\"gap-carry.gif\"SHOOTING & CARRYING GLOCK .45s<\/strong>\r\nI placed the four GLOCK .45 offerings in the hands of a variety of shooters, and received the expected plethora of preferences. Given a choice of .45 GLOCKs, each one selected their favorite based on how it fit their hands and rode on their waist. Recoil did not seem a factor.\r\n\r\nThose finding the .45 Auto pistols a tad largish found the pistols chambered for the .45 G.A.P. just right. Testers that found the .45 Auto pistols fitting them well expressed their appreciation of the trimmer G.A.P pistols. It seems that not only has GLOCK spawned a new caliber in which to chamber their pistols, they have found one that can satisfy the needs of big-bore concealed carriers (and no doubt uniformed officers) while doing so.\r\n\r\nWill this be the .45 of the 21st century? Only time will tell, but it seems the .45 G.A.P is making a good run at that distinction!\r\nHOLSTERING GLOCK .45s<\/strong>\r\nAs excellent as the size and calibers of the GLOCK .45s make them for concealment, they still miss one thing for concealed carry\u2014a holster! Luckily holster makers, just like users, have flocked to all GLOCK pistols. Finding leather, or non-leather, to tote one\u2019s choice of .45 should be relatively easy.\r\n\r\nToting a handgun\u2014any handgun, including a GLOCK\u2014should be accomplished using a quality holster. Holsters protect handguns from loss, or shifting during carry, ensuring it will be there when one reaches for it. Not only will the handgun be there when needed, but also a well-designed holster will snug a GLOCK .45 against the body, while not impeding a smooth, speedy draw. Regardless of the GLOCK .45 of choice, there should be a holster to allow carrying it comfortably, securely, and inconspicuously.\r\n\r\nA quick search of the Internet turned up offerings to carry some of GLOCK\u2019s .45s from Aker, Alessi, Bianchi, Blackhawk Bulman, Blade-Tech, Comp-Tac, DeSantis, Del Fatti, Don Hume, FIST, Fobus, Galco, Gould & Goodrich, Milt Sparks, Safariland, Sidearmor, and Uncle Mikes. There are more, but I stopped searching when it became obvious there was no end to holsters and suppliers.\r\n\r\nIt seems every commercial holster maker, and those in the custom world, offer one or more styles, to fit one or more of the .45 GLOCK pistols. Their wares are made from horse or cowhide, Kydex or other polymer, or some version of ballistic nylon. Styles include belt models, inside-the-waistband versions, shoulder holsters, and pocket models for the smaller pistols.\r\n\r\nI also did a scan of my holster collection, and found a number already on hand, including those wearing the GLOCK brand. (GLOCK has always offered holsters for their pistols.) Not surprisingly, I discovered many holsters specified for 9x19\/.40 pistols also fit quite nicely around a GLOCK 36 pistol, with a scant few fitting the marginally enlarged G.A.P. models. (This is, of course, not something most holster makers will announce, nor something one can count on, but if an ample selection of holsters is available, the fit is easily checked.) In addition, holsters for the GLOCK 30 will usually fit the G.A.P. offerings.\r\n\r\nPick a .45 GLOCK, a holster to meet your needs, and ammo from a high-performance source. Outfitted with this, today\u2019s big-bore carrier will be ready to go!","post_title":"Concealed-Carry .45s: The GLOCK Solution | Glock 45 Models","post_excerpt":"The .45 firepower favored by legions of officers is tough to keep out of sight. Not so with the GLOCK .45 G.A.P.\u2014the hideaway handgun with maximum performance.","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"concealed-carry-45s-the-glock-solution","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-10-31 23:10:49","post_modified_gmt":"2023-11-01 03:10:49","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2008\/05\/13\/concealed-carry-45s-the-glock-solution\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":true,"total_page":15},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

POPULAR

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n

The frame is a lightweight, molded polymer with a slide machined from a solid billet. The finishes available are natural stainless or durable Nitron coating. Standard sights are dovetailed drift adjustable white dots. The P290 is a DAO hammer-fired pistol but with no manual cocking capability. In addition, the Sig Sauer has an automatic firing pin safety block, hammer safety intercept notch, and a trigger bar disconnect, making it safe for carry with a chambered round. And the Sig Sauer will fire with the magazine removed.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

An interesting option for Sig Sauer is the Integrated Laser Module (ILM), which is custom made for the P290. Lightweight and compact, the ILM seamlessly blends with the lines of the pistol. The laser has ambidextrous switches. The increase in weight of 0.8 ounces is negligible and the laser unit adds only 0.75 inches to the depth of the gun.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Overall, this is a rugged looking little gun that is relatively easy to carry concealed considering it packs 6+1 rounds of 9mm.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Kimber Solo Carry<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n
\"gun
Compact semi-autos like the Kimber Solo are effective fight-stoppers, but shooters with weaker hands might have trouble retracting their slides.<\/figcaption><\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Kimber Solo Carry is one of the most compact 9mm on the market measuring only 5.5 inches in length, 3.9 inches in height and a mere 0.995 inches in width. The all steel and alloy construction semi-auto weighs only 17 ounces empty. The compactness of the Solo is visually striking, being only slightly larger in overall dimension than most .380s. In order to achieve these scaled down proportions reminiscent of a 1911, the frame contours are smoother and more rounded with every possible edge reduced to its minimum possible tolerances. Easily operated ambidextrous magazine releases and perfectly sized ambidextrous safeties make ease of operation suitable for left or right-handed users.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Truly \u201cpocketable,\u201d the Solo utilizes a unique striker-fired system with a slight twist. When the slide is cycled and a round is chambered the striker (firing pin) is between 88 to 90 percent pre-tensioned. The trigger pull necessary to discharge the Solo then is only 10 to 12 percent of the total effort needed to finish the cycle and release the striker. Even though Kimber describes the Solo as a \u201csingle action striker-fired design,\u201d it is actually a double action as pulling the trigger has to finish tensioning the striker before the gun will discharge. While the lightweight semi-auto has a pretty hefty kick it is more than manageable and exceptionally accurate. As one of the smaller 9mm on the market, the Solo definitely has earned its mark.<\/p>\n","post_title":"Contemporary Subcompact Handguns","post_excerpt":"The Personal Defense Pocket Pistols: In the 21st century we have perfected the art of making as much gun as possible in the smallest package possible!","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"contemporary-subcompacts","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-10-19 15:38:22","post_modified_gmt":"2023-10-19 19:38:22","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2012\/11\/01\/contemporary-subcompacts\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":160508,"post_author":"645","post_date":"2009-09-02 15:20:48","post_date_gmt":"2009-09-02 21:20:48","post_content":"\r\n\r\nEven the gloved hands of today\u2019s uniformed officer will find ArmaLite\u2019s new AR-10T familiar. Draw the fixed stock into the shoulder, obtain sight picture and flip the selector. What makes the AR-10T different is more about what\u2019s on the inside. But on the outside, it all seems to feel the same.\r\n\r\nSince the creation of the Department of Homeland Security, law enforcement agencies have contended with how to use their budget to best enable their first responders to protect citizens against terror. Every agency has assessed vulnerabilities and many have chosen to acquire big bore rifles capable of penetrating a hard target or intercepting a vehicular threat. With just one shot to get it right, a team leader should have experience on the firing line.\r\n\r\nArmaLite\u2019s battle proven AR-10 has already served LE around the world including Canada\u2019s Ontario Provincial Police TRU (Tactics and Rescue Unit). Now loaded for the \"armalite3.jpg\"hard-hitting .338 Federal, the new AR-10T fills a department\u2019s medium-caliber gap without sacrificing ease of deployment, time for training, or familiar handling qualities of an officer\u2019s carbine.\r\n\r\nWhat some don\u2019t realize is that the AR-10\u2019s roots are more than 50 years old, pre-dating the AR-15\/M16\/M4. Clenching the checkered A2 pistol grip, controls are at the fingers. Saving more than a pound in weight over 7.62mm NATO infantry rifles of its time, Eugene Stoner\u2019s modular innovation is a source for the often-used term \u201cergonomic\u201d (as it applies to firearm design).\r\n\r\nThe anodized lower receiver is home to the ArmaLite tactical two-stage trigger set, the same trigger mechanism used in ArmaLite M-15 rifles. Pulling the trigger provides a crisp and smooth feel that doesn\u2019t interfere with accuracy. First and second stages are consistently passed at just 3 and 5 pounds before allowing the hammer to strike.\r\n\r\nBeing that the AR-10T is based on a 7.62mm NATO platform, the first question that usually comes to mind is how ArmaLite manages to stuff the high energy behind a .338 cartridge into an AR? An ArmaLite representative reports, \u201cArmaLite\u2019s refinements to the AR-10 over the many years placed it at a stage where the transfer to a harder hitting caliber such as the .338 Federal was not a problem. It\u2019s a short action .308-type cartridge so it transitions into our AR-10 platform perfectly. With some testing, we found that it\u2019s a fitting combination. We were able to use the same proven bolt and extractor, as well as the Generation II magazines. No design changes had to be made except re-chambering the AR-10 for a new caliber.\u201d\r\n\r\nThe bolt sits inside a gas impingement carrier group with four holes available to bleed off pressure and debris. The disassembly procedure is the same as an agency\u2019s M-15 carbine (just bigger parts). With the firing pin removed, one difference from other ARs is visually apparent. A spring shrouds the base of the firing pin pushing against the wall in the bolt carrier group. This feature helps reduce the risk of malfunctions and prevents the firing pin from bouncing during operation.\r\n\r\nA railed flat-top upper receiver marked \u201c.338 Federal\u201d brings the bolt together with the chamber of the stainless steel barrel. \u201cWe originally designed the .338 Federal as a hunting rifle, thus the stainless steel barrel,\u201d says ArmaLite. \u201cThe .338 Federal is a cartridge best suited for short and mid-range duties. We put a 22-inch barrel on the rifle, which provided the best ballistics for these situations. With that being said, we have seen the potential for different uses in this caliber, so we are spending some time testing a shorter rifle with a 16-inch barrel featuring a full size buttstock and a mid-length gas system to use in CQB operations.\u201d\r\n\r\n\"armalite4.jpg\"A tubular one-piece, free-floating aluminum handguard shields the hands from the triple lapped, 1-in-10-inch twist stainless steel match barrel. The tubular handguard improves the rifle\u2019s handling without taking up real estate with full-length accessory rails that often go unused. A useable length of rail does grace the forend of the handguard, ready to accept custom mounting of bipods, lasers, lights and other accessories.\r\n\r\nThe massive stainless steel gas block is secured to the barrel with four large hex-head screws and redirects gas pressure through a direct impingement system. This gas block is also a front sight base that features a flip-up Midwest Industries (MI) post that co-witnesses with a MI flip-up backup sight affixed to the rear of the upper receiver\u2019s Picatinny rail.\r\n\r\nSince no flash suppressor or compensator is present, the recessed crown at the muzzle of the AR-10T protects the rifle\u2019s accuracy potential during heavy use or intense tactical operations. Combine a barrel made of stainless steel, an aluminum free-floated handguard, aluminum alloy receivers, a polymer stock and grip, and you have a weather-resistant tactical rifle. The AR-10T can withstand harsher environments like those encountered in sustained maritime operations while offering the effective energy transfer carried by a .338 slug. \u201cCoastal areas with salty environments and the moisture of the trunk in squad cars are hard on steel parts, especially the barrel,\u201d says ArmaLite. So stainless steel might be a better choice for these conditions.\r\n\r\n\"armalite6.jpg\"Shooting Impressions<\/strong>\r\nNow I\u2019m not going to lie and say that I found the AR-10T to be a sub-MOA tack-driver. For me, it wasn\u2019t. I have friends in this industry who tell me they achieved MOA accuracy verified by pictures on Jeff Quinn\u2019s gunblast.com<\/a> of multiple 3-shot groups fired from 100 yards rivaling the size of a penny. But this test was a representation of how a founding member of DHS envisions this rifle being used by law enforcement. On the scene, from the trunk of a vehicle, and across the hood.\r\n\r\nDriving down to the edge of North Carolina\u2019s Great Dismal Swamp brought me to a private range that required the careful use of four-wheelers to maneuver through knee-deep muck in order to get downrange and post targets. A pair of 12x18-inch ballistic steel plates were used to verify the new Leupold VX-3 6.5-20x50mm riflescope from 100 yards. Secured in ArmaLite\u2019s unique one-piece ring mount, this accessory removes a couple of variables that typically impact accuracy on other rifles.\r\n\r\nThe DHS agent fired first. And second. \u201cOh yeah, we\u2019re good.\u201d Our four-wheelers carried us across the swamp again just to verify the point-of-aim\/point-of-impact. Fingering the significant dimples created in the swinging AR-500 steel plate, he said, \u201cMan, that rifle has some thump to it!\u201d With paper targets ready, we drove back to the firing line and began the accuracy test.\r\n\r\n\"armalite8.jpg\"In rural parts of the US, it\u2019s not unusual to see a pick-up truck used as a law enforcement vehicle. To best simulate a tactical operation where a vehicle is used as cover and firing support, we positioned the vehicle at the firing line and loaded each (5-, 10-, and 20-round) magazine with the only load available for this test: Federal\u2019s lead-nose, copper jacketed, 210-grain Nosler Partition.\r\n\r\nThe first 3-shot group from each of us measured just under 2.5 inches. Making it downrange and changing out targets, we discovered an earlier sighter that went off course and punched through a 5-inch thick tree. Looking further back, we saw the bullet had actually passed without deflection through a total of six trees smaller in size and spaced about 4 feet before disappearing.\r\n\r\nMost accuracy results with other AR-style rifles are taken in 5-shot groups, so the next batch would follow this pattern. Five groups of five shots averaged nearly 3 inches off the semi-supported position with the best group measuring 1.94 inches. The most impressive observation came from our last test, a 20-shot magazine dump in quick succession. In a string of fire that lasted no more than 30 seconds, 20 shots were clustered together in a group measuring just 3.6 inches. This is practical accuracy you can expect of a trained officer that could put a definitive end to a given crisis.\r\n\r\nFinal Notes<\/strong>\r\n\u201cIf you benched it with a bipod, it\u2019d group a lot tighter,\u201d noted the DHS agent, \u201cbut this is realistic. This rifle is what you hope to have when you arrive to a dynamic situation forcing you to run what you have.\u201d\r\n\r\nArmaLite asserts, \u201cThe same principals apply to this caliber as the .458 SOCOM, only the AR-10T does it better. Placing this harder hitting round in this strong, proven platform was a perfect match. The .458 SOCOM in the smaller AR-15 platform has unpredictable penetration at any significant range and the smaller AR-15 platform is unproven to last with a large caliber.\u201d\r\n\r\nWith the AR-10T you get a heavier bullet, lower felt recoil and more energy transferred to the target. This lethal hammer is ready to meet the obstacles faced by LE in urban environments or on the maritime waters.\r\n\r\n\"federal2.jpg\"FEDERAL\u2019S BOLD .338<\/strong>\r\nThere are other .338s out there but none that can be easily integrated with fewer changes to the seasoned AR-10. The story here is as much about the united effort between ArmaLite and Federal Cartridge<\/strong><\/a> to assure the rifle and ammunition are perfectly matched. Snipers are already familiar with .338s including the .338 Lapua Mag and the .338 Win Mag. These two highly effective cartridges are known for their long-range effectiveness in bolt-action platforms. For most LE operations requiring the deployment of a rifle, a bolt gun presents a number of tactical drawbacks. Slower handling, more recoil, and slower follow-up shots.\r\n\r\nThe .338 Federal delivers the only modern .338 caliber load that isn\u2019t a magnum configuration. It delivers a larger diameter bullet for more weight and overall energy on target without magnum recoil. \u201cThe .338 Federal captures the capability of the longstanding .308 case and offers the respected performance of the .338 bullet,\u201d says Federal President Mark DeYoung. \u201cThese two mainstays have been proven time and again and are now brought together into a quality factory load,\u201d he adds.","post_title":"Armalite AR-10T .338 Federal","post_excerpt":"NEW BATTLE RIFLE chambered for Federal\u2019s powerhouse cartridge!","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"armalite-ar-10t-338-federal","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-10-31 23:08:29","post_modified_gmt":"2023-11-01 03:08:29","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2009\/09\/02\/armalite-ar-10t-338-federal\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":160816,"post_author":"374","post_date":"2009-04-24 14:48:05","post_date_gmt":"2009-04-24 20:48:05","post_content":"\r\n\r\nI have been a fan of the .308 cartridge (7.62x51mm) for many years and have always enjoyed its versatility. It has numerous useful applications for self-defense and law enforcement and one of my bolt-action rifles in that chambering is set up for medium- to-long range anti-personnel work.\r\n\r\n\"untitled-2.jpg\"I have used .308 rifles in bolt-action, lever-action, slide-action and semi-automatic configurations, the latter being in the form of the M14 battle rifle, which is what we cadets trained with in ROTC (Reserve Officers\u2019 Training Corps) I was very interested when Rock River Arms (RRA) introduced an AR-type rifle in the popular .308 caliber.\r\n\r\nThe rifle was the Mid-Length (M\/L) LAR-8 A4 (308A1239), which comes housed in a compartmented, electric blue plastic carrying case. In the case, the rifle is broken down into the upper-receiver\/barrel group and the lower-receiver\/stock group that allows the case to be a bit more compact length-wise. It is a great case for shipping the weapon, but unfortunately the case cannot be used once an optic sight is mounted on the LAR-8, which means that if you want to carry your RRA rifle in a gun case fully assembled with a sight mounted, you will be in the market for a new larger gun case.\r\n\r\nMy sample LAR-8 mid-length A4 came with a 16-inch Wilson chrome moly barrel having a 1-in-10-inch right-hand twist, six land and groove rifling and a Picatinny rail on the upper receiver and on top of the barrel at the front of the handguard as there are no iron sights. There is also an A2 version that has the same iron sight configuration that is found on the M16A2 rifle. Both of these rifles are fitted with a tactical CAR-style buttstock.\r\n\r\nOther RRA LAR-8 factory variations include Standard A2 and A4 models that have 20-inch barrels and a conventional AR-type butt stock, plus there is an A-4 Varmint Model that features a 26-inch Wilson air gauged, stainless steel bull barrel that is coupled with a free-floating, tubular aluminum handguard for increased long-distance accuracy.\r\n\r\nStandard Features <\/strong>\r\nStandard features on my LAR-8 M\/L A4 includes a rubber Hogue pistol grip, which is stippled and has finger grooves, a two-stage match trigger, upper receiver with bolt forward assist and ejection port door, plus brass deflector, ventilated polymer handguard, sling swivels and A2-type flash suppressor. The LAR-8 basically looks like a M16 on steroids, as the receiver has been beefed up to allow use of the .308 (7.62x51mm) cartridge.\r\n\r\nThe two big differences that the discerning eye will note is the magazine and the bolt catch. The factory-supplied magazine for the LAR-8 is basically the same as the 20-round magazine used in the famous FN\/FAL and L1A1 battle rifles. Entire articles and books could be and have been devoted to this fine weapon, so we won\u2019t delve into that subject here, but this Fabrique Nationale-designed rifle has been in service since 1953 and has armed some 60 countries around the world including Belgium, Great Britain, Canada, Australia, and Argentina.\r\n\r\nNeedless to say, there have been countless thousands of magazines made for the FN\/FAL and that fact pays dividends to the LAR-8 owner who has a wide selection to choose from. I did a little Internet surfing and came up with price ranges from $10 to $22 for used Mil-Spec 20-round magazines. There are also 30-round magazines out there that average around $50 more. They hang down a bit too far for comfortable prone shooting, so I\u2019m content to stick with the 20-rounders myself.\r\n\r\nThe bolt catch on the LAR-8 is not on the left side of the lower receiver as on the M16, but is positioned at the base of the magazine well at its juncture with the pivoting triggerguard. It is more reminiscent of the bolt catch found on the FN\/FAL and is made to be ambidextrous, and if your hand is large enough can be actuated by the trigger finger of whichever hand you use. The magazine release is located in the same area as on the M16 and the LAR-8 is also ambidextrous.\r\n\r\nWhile the manual safety lever, just above the pistol grip on the right of the receiver, is not ambidextrous, it appears to be easily changed to the left side of the receiver if that\u2019s the user\u2019s preference. On a whole the controls on this rifle are easily reached and manipulated without removing the hand from the pistol grip, certainly a plus in a patrol rifle. I had no trouble whatever operating them with my medium-sized hand.\r\n\r\nObviously, this rifle is going to pack more weight than the M16 and the LAR-8 M\/L A4 weighs in empty, sans sights, at a respectable 8.1 pounds. With the 6-position CAR buttstock fully extended it measures 38 inches. The weight and the propellant gas operation system of the action certainly help tame recoil, which is a good thing given the hard checkered butt of the CAR stock.\r\n\r\nThe standard polymer handguard is round in shape with flats on the top and bottom that are serrated and have holes for barrel ventilation. There are no rails on the standard handguard, but RRA does offer optional Daniel Defense Lite Quad Rails for both the Mid-Length and Standard LAR-8 A4 rifles. In fact, a visit to the RRA website will allow one to see the full list of optional items available that allow you to \u201chave it your way\u201d with just about any Rock River Arms\u2019 AR-type rifle.\r\n\r\nAs always, I gave the RRA LAR-8 Mid-Length A4 a top to bottom inspection and did not find anything wanting in overall fit and finish of the weapon. All the flats were flat, corners square and rounded surfaces done to perfection. No machine marks or other blemishes were visible and the black hard coat anodized finish was a good match to the black polymer material of the handguard and buttstock of the rifle.\r\n\r\nOptics Selection<\/strong>\r\nNow given that my RRA LAR-8 M\/L A4 comes without sights, it was time to select something with which to aim the rifle that would be fitting for my uses. I looked at a number of optical and sights of various manufacturers, but came away impressed with the Trijicon ACOG (Advanced Combat Optical Gunsight) 3.5x35mm .308 BDC\/FT.Chevron BAC riflescope for our test.\r\n\r\nAnyone that watches the network nightly news has seen the ACOG sights on the M16A2 rifles carried by many of our troops in Afghanistan and Iraq; their bell-shaped housings make them easily identifiable. They have been in use for many years by Army Special Forces, the Marines, Navy SEALs and the FBI, so I didn\u2019t see how I could go wrong. Trijicon is synonymous with the night sights that have been fitted on many of the most popular combat handguns for a couple of decades. However, Trijicon\u2019s founder Glyn Bindon wanted to build a sight for long arms that would bring together both-eyes-open shooting, an illuminated aiming point, plus magnified optics.\r\n\r\nWhat he discovered was what has since been termed the Bindon Aiming Concept (BAC), aiming with both eyes open, which gives a superior sense of balance and field of view, coupled with a magnified Trijicon sight, which offers the shooter a considerable advantage over his target using conventional sights. When used as designed, in the binocular mode, the operator sees only the red, chevron-shaped reticle (the pointed tip is the aiming point) transposed on the target at anywhere from across-the-room ranges to several hundred yards.\r\n\r\nMy sample ACOG 3.5x35mm scope came packaged in a well-padded Pelican case, which also held a black nylon, Scopecoat scope cover, a Lenspen lens cleaner and an ACOG thumbscrew flattop adapter for affixing the scope to the Picatinny rail of the LAR-8. The scope housing is 8 inches in length and is made of rugged forged aluminum; the black, hard-anodized finish matches almost exactly that of the RRA rifle. Scope weight without mounts adds only 14 ounces to the weight of the rifle.\r\n\r\nThe scope is calibrated for use with the .308 cartridge and is meant to be sighted in at 100 meters with an effective range of 800 meters on flattop rifles. The reticle also includes a rangefinder and the base of the chevron aiming point is 5.53 MOA (minute of angle), which at 300 meters is 19 inches allowing for good range estimation. Of course, during the day, the fiber-optic tube running along the top of the scope gathers light for the red aiming point and at night\/low light tritium is used to illuminate the chevron. The field of view at 100 yards is almost 29 feet, the eye relief is 2.4 inches and the adjustment is 4-inch clicks at 100 yards.\r\n\r\nRange Time<\/strong>\r\nNow it was time to go to my ammo locker and select some cartridges from my stock of .308 ammunition. I chose Black Hills Gold with a 168-grain Hornady A-Max bullet, which has a factory velocity of 2650 fps (feet per second). Next I picked Federal Gold Medal that has a Sierra 168-grain \u201cMatchKing\u201d BTHP bullet also rated at 2650 fps. To add a law enforcement-designed cartridge I included the one of the Hornady TAP loads in .308.\r\n\r\nAccording to their website, \u201cThe 155-grain A-MAX TAP Precision cartridge offers match accuracy with a high-ballistic coefficient providing superior long-range performance. This load demonstrates expansion and fragmentation similar to the 110-grain load, but with a noticeable increase in penetration and retained bullet weight. This bullet penetrates glass with minimal deflection and exhibits retained expansion and fragmentation characteristics.\u201d\r\n\r\nIt is also intended for use in a 1-in-10-inch or 1-in-12-inch twist rifle barrel such as that on the LAR-8. My final selection was the Winchester 150-grain Supreme Elite with \u201cThe new XP3 bullet that starts with a two-stage expansion design, then combines all the best-known bullet technology to offer delayed controlled expansion, deep penetration, and high retained weight.\u201d\r\n\r\nWith my rifle\/sight combination, plus test ammunition in hand, it was time for a field test. I did my shooting at the NRA Whittington Center during the 2008 Shootists Holiday and used the Center\u2019s Sight-In Range for my accuracy and chronograph testing session. I sighted the Trijicon ACOG 3.5x35mm scope in for 100 yards, then proceeded to shoot three 3-shot groups for record with each test cartridge, using the concrete benches and an MTM Casegard rest.\r\n\r\nMy best group was 0.82 of an inch using Federal Gold Medal loads, followed by 0.97 of an inch with the Hornady TAP ammo. All of the group averages stayed under 2 inches and my guess is that the rifle would have had no trouble out-shooting the shooter that day. I also set up my Oehler Model 35P chronograph to see what velocities I would get from the LAR-8 M\/L 16-inch barrel.\r\n\r\nNext I put a silhouette target out at 200 yards and fired a dozen shots using a mixed bag of .308 cartridges at center mass and scored 10 hits in the 10 and X-ring and two just out in the 9-ring. Three shots to the head resulted in three hits in the 10-ring. Lastly, I took the LAR-8 to the Animal Silhouette Range, where the backstop is a mountainside covered with nice big rocks.\r\n\r\nFrom the standing, off-hand position, again using a mix of my test ammo, I was able to make dust fly on rocks out as far as I could see them on the mountainside, which has been previously checked with a laser rangefinder to have shootable rocks out to some 475 yards. The best part besides the practical accuracy and \u201cshootability\u201d of the LAR-8 was the fact that it was 100-percent reliable and I did not note a single malfunction during the test.\r\n\r\nFinal Notes<\/strong>\r\nRRA has a winner here and mated with the Trijicon ACOG scope and good ammo, I can\u2019t think of anything I\u2019d rather take into harm\u2019s way.","post_title":"RRA Mid-Length LAR-8 A4 .308","post_excerpt":"Big-bore AR\/Trijicon ACOG combo proved 100% reliable and sub-MOA accurate!","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"rra-mid-lenght-lar-8-a4-308","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-05-31 20:23:23","post_modified_gmt":"2023-05-31 20:23:23","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2009\/04\/24\/rra-mid-lenght-lar-8-a4-308\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":161994,"post_author":"645","post_date":"2008-05-13 15:04:28","post_date_gmt":"2008-05-13 21:04:28","post_content":"\r\nThose marvels of Austrian ingenuity, GLOCK pistols, have a well-deserved reputation for arriving ready for concealed carry. No sharp edges abound to be rough on the hands or snag clothing during the draw. GLOCKs slide from the holster, point well, and are ready for immediate action. The GLOCK Safe Action design leaves worries regarding a complicated manual of arms in the dust. Cap that off with sizes and calibers to satisfy every taste, and GLOCK seems destined to maintain their edge.\r\n\r\nFew things are dearer to the American heart than .45-caliber handguns. Despite the presence of .36- and .44-caliber handguns during the settling of the West, the .45 Colt is viewed as the decisive caliber from that era. Just in time to take the place of this noble cartridge, the .45 Auto became a force to be reckoned with in the next century. There is something comforting about this large caliber, imbuing a sense of power.\r\n\r\nIn fact, many a breath was held after GLOCK entered the U. S. market, until the Austrian company announced the introduction of their Model 21 in .45 Auto. Exhaling a sigh of relief, the .45 culture had a polymer wonder to satisfy its desires.\r\n\r\nFor duty carry by officers, the GLOCK 21 proved a perfect choice, hearty and robust, with the renowned GLOCK reliability. Following Law Enforcement (LE) trends that pushed the GLOCK to the top of the LE realm, as concealed carry rights blossomed, those exercising their rights adopted GLOCKs in droves. However, it was obvious the GLOCK 21 would have a small concealed carry following. The very traits making it so popular for duty carry\u2014hearty and robust\u2014worked against discreet carry.\r\n\r\nNever one to be left out in the cold, GLOCK introduced the more compact Models 30 and 36 in .45 Auto with double- and single-stack magazines, respectively. The Model 30 still bore grip dimensions similar to that of the Model 21, frequently difficult for those with average hands. The 36, though thinner due to a single-column magazine, still bore a longer front-to-back grip because of the .45 Auto chambering, which can still be a problem for some.\r\n\r\nBoth models have fared well with the American concealed carrier, but their frames, sized as they were for the .45 Auto, still leave some carriers and shooters with average and smaller-sized hands wanting. Likewise, many in the LE community hankered for a pistol dimensionally like the immensely popular GLOCK 17\/19\/26 and 22\/23\/26, but in the .45 Auto. Of course, the .45 Auto just won\u2019t fit in these more comfortable frames.\r\n\r\nMAKE WAY FOR THE .45<\/strong>\r\nNever one to shy away from a challenge, the folks at GLOCK tackled the project with the help of the ballistic wizards at Speer. The resulting cartridge, equaling the ballistic performance of the .45 Auto, was christened the .45 GLOCK Automatic Pistol (G.A.P.). Squeezed into a 9x19\/.40 frame, the GLOCK 37 and the .45 G.A.P. answered the LE and civilian concealed carriers\u2019 request for a more-compact .45 pistol.\r\n\r\nThe full-sized GLOCK 37 was followed by the compact GLOCK 38, and sub-compact GLOCK 39, each chambering a fair number of the new stubby .45s. Initially it was hoped the Models 37, 38, and 39 might be exactly the same size as the corresponding 9x19\/.40 models, and regarding the frames that proved true. However, to ensure perfect performance, marginally larger slides became the norm. (17\/22 slides are 1.01 inches wide by 0.85-inch high, weighing 18 ounces. GLOCK 37 slides are 1.13 inches wide by 0.88-inch high and weigh 21 ounces.) The .45 G.A.P. pistols incorporate a longer steel locking-block.\r\n\r\nOne step in building a cartridge to fit in the smaller and handier frame was designing the .45 G.A.P. cartridge to be 0.13-inch shorter than the .45 Auto. This produces a case similar in length to the 9x19 (0.78-inches), but once loaded the G. A. P has an overall length of 1.08 inches, actually shorter than the 9x19. (This last design parameter allows the wide .45 G.A.P. bullet to fit in a shorter grip area.)\r\n\r\n\"imgp03.gif\"AN ALL-NEW CARTRIDGE<\/strong>\r\nAdditional changes include a slightly rebated rim on the G.A.P., and modified extractor groove. Inside the case, one finds a wall profile that differs noticeably from the .45 Auto, thus allowing for seating .45 bullets without case wall bulging, and outside the primer pocket is filled with a small pistol primer. (A large pistol primer reportedly caused over-ignition and excessive pressure.) All of this goes to the point that the G.A.P. is an entirely new cartridge case that cannot be safely built from a .45 Auto case! Using the most modern propellants, Speer succeeded in charging this smaller .45 cartridge to equal the .45 Auto ballistically, while keeping pressures near the .45 Auto range.\r\n\r\nThere is no paucity of loadings available for the .45 G.A.P. GLOCKs. Speer\u2019s initial .45 G.A.P. commercial loadings were 185- and 200-grain Gold Dot premium hollowpoints and the same weights of TMJ bullets in the Speer Lawman line for economical shooting. Under the ATK banner with Speer, Federal Cartridge has introduced 185-grain and 230-grain Hydra-Shok loadings in the Premium Personal Defense line and an economical 185-grain TMJ loading in the American Eagle line.\r\n\r\nWinchester and Remington are now loading the .45 G.A.P. cartridge in configurations similar to Speer and Federal. COR-BON stepped in with their 160-grain DPX load, the 165-grain Pow'R Ball, a jacketed soft point, and a 200-grain JHP. This means bullet weights of 160 grains, 165 grains, 185 grains, 200 grains and 230 grains are all available.\r\n\r\n.45 GAP PERFORMANCE<\/strong>\r\nThe .45 G.A.P. is quite a boon for those of us adhering to the notion that bigger is better! Concealed carriers and Law Enforcement personnel, in and out of uniform, have their wish for new handguns.\r\n\r\nFrom the concealed carriers\u2019 and non-uniformed LE perspective, I found four .45 GLOCKs most appropriate for their needs. The Model 21 has already been excluded, and the Model 37 will probably be as well by those seeking compactness for carry. This leaves us with the Models 30, 36, 38, and 39 for consideration.\r\n\r\nThis was my first experience with the .45 G.A.P., so I began my examination of the concealed carry candidates with range testing. Trigger-time revealed just what I had heard: the .45 G.A.P. pistols were just as easily handled during all the drills as similar GLOCK models accommodating the .45 Auto. The GLOCK 38 weighs virtually the same as the Model 30, while the same is true of the Models 36 and 39, and the velocities of similar weight bullets are close enough to produce the similar felt recoil in pistols all weighing the same. (Depending on the cartridge, the .45 G.A.P. recoil can feel similar to a .40 pistol.)\r\n\r\nWearing average-sized hands, I found all four offerings fit me well, with the GLOCK 30 on the upper end of comfort for me. That, of course, explains why there is more than one flavor of ice cream\u2014and size of GLOCK\u2014to provide needed variety!\r\n\r\nWith pistols to fit my hands and those of most others, in my favorite caliber and that of GLOCK\u2019s new offering\u2014which seems destined to offer the .45 Auto a run for its money\u2014I went forth to gather the opinions of other shooters and concealed carriers.\r\n\r\n\"gap-carry.gif\"SHOOTING & CARRYING GLOCK .45s<\/strong>\r\nI placed the four GLOCK .45 offerings in the hands of a variety of shooters, and received the expected plethora of preferences. Given a choice of .45 GLOCKs, each one selected their favorite based on how it fit their hands and rode on their waist. Recoil did not seem a factor.\r\n\r\nThose finding the .45 Auto pistols a tad largish found the pistols chambered for the .45 G.A.P. just right. Testers that found the .45 Auto pistols fitting them well expressed their appreciation of the trimmer G.A.P pistols. It seems that not only has GLOCK spawned a new caliber in which to chamber their pistols, they have found one that can satisfy the needs of big-bore concealed carriers (and no doubt uniformed officers) while doing so.\r\n\r\nWill this be the .45 of the 21st century? Only time will tell, but it seems the .45 G.A.P is making a good run at that distinction!\r\nHOLSTERING GLOCK .45s<\/strong>\r\nAs excellent as the size and calibers of the GLOCK .45s make them for concealment, they still miss one thing for concealed carry\u2014a holster! Luckily holster makers, just like users, have flocked to all GLOCK pistols. Finding leather, or non-leather, to tote one\u2019s choice of .45 should be relatively easy.\r\n\r\nToting a handgun\u2014any handgun, including a GLOCK\u2014should be accomplished using a quality holster. Holsters protect handguns from loss, or shifting during carry, ensuring it will be there when one reaches for it. Not only will the handgun be there when needed, but also a well-designed holster will snug a GLOCK .45 against the body, while not impeding a smooth, speedy draw. Regardless of the GLOCK .45 of choice, there should be a holster to allow carrying it comfortably, securely, and inconspicuously.\r\n\r\nA quick search of the Internet turned up offerings to carry some of GLOCK\u2019s .45s from Aker, Alessi, Bianchi, Blackhawk Bulman, Blade-Tech, Comp-Tac, DeSantis, Del Fatti, Don Hume, FIST, Fobus, Galco, Gould & Goodrich, Milt Sparks, Safariland, Sidearmor, and Uncle Mikes. There are more, but I stopped searching when it became obvious there was no end to holsters and suppliers.\r\n\r\nIt seems every commercial holster maker, and those in the custom world, offer one or more styles, to fit one or more of the .45 GLOCK pistols. Their wares are made from horse or cowhide, Kydex or other polymer, or some version of ballistic nylon. Styles include belt models, inside-the-waistband versions, shoulder holsters, and pocket models for the smaller pistols.\r\n\r\nI also did a scan of my holster collection, and found a number already on hand, including those wearing the GLOCK brand. (GLOCK has always offered holsters for their pistols.) Not surprisingly, I discovered many holsters specified for 9x19\/.40 pistols also fit quite nicely around a GLOCK 36 pistol, with a scant few fitting the marginally enlarged G.A.P. models. (This is, of course, not something most holster makers will announce, nor something one can count on, but if an ample selection of holsters is available, the fit is easily checked.) In addition, holsters for the GLOCK 30 will usually fit the G.A.P. offerings.\r\n\r\nPick a .45 GLOCK, a holster to meet your needs, and ammo from a high-performance source. Outfitted with this, today\u2019s big-bore carrier will be ready to go!","post_title":"Concealed-Carry .45s: The GLOCK Solution | Glock 45 Models","post_excerpt":"The .45 firepower favored by legions of officers is tough to keep out of sight. Not so with the GLOCK .45 G.A.P.\u2014the hideaway handgun with maximum performance.","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"concealed-carry-45s-the-glock-solution","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-10-31 23:10:49","post_modified_gmt":"2023-11-01 03:10:49","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2008\/05\/13\/concealed-carry-45s-the-glock-solution\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":true,"total_page":15},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

POPULAR

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n

This design contributes to quicker cycling of the action; as soon as the slide starts its reward movement it releases the muzzle, allowing the barrel to tilt and drop the breechblock into line for reload. The P290 also employs a dual recoil spring assembly that makes this operation pretty snappy.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The frame is a lightweight, molded polymer with a slide machined from a solid billet. The finishes available are natural stainless or durable Nitron coating. Standard sights are dovetailed drift adjustable white dots. The P290 is a DAO hammer-fired pistol but with no manual cocking capability. In addition, the Sig Sauer has an automatic firing pin safety block, hammer safety intercept notch, and a trigger bar disconnect, making it safe for carry with a chambered round. And the Sig Sauer will fire with the magazine removed.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

An interesting option for Sig Sauer is the Integrated Laser Module (ILM), which is custom made for the P290. Lightweight and compact, the ILM seamlessly blends with the lines of the pistol. The laser has ambidextrous switches. The increase in weight of 0.8 ounces is negligible and the laser unit adds only 0.75 inches to the depth of the gun.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Overall, this is a rugged looking little gun that is relatively easy to carry concealed considering it packs 6+1 rounds of 9mm.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Kimber Solo Carry<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n
\"gun
Compact semi-autos like the Kimber Solo are effective fight-stoppers, but shooters with weaker hands might have trouble retracting their slides.<\/figcaption><\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Kimber Solo Carry is one of the most compact 9mm on the market measuring only 5.5 inches in length, 3.9 inches in height and a mere 0.995 inches in width. The all steel and alloy construction semi-auto weighs only 17 ounces empty. The compactness of the Solo is visually striking, being only slightly larger in overall dimension than most .380s. In order to achieve these scaled down proportions reminiscent of a 1911, the frame contours are smoother and more rounded with every possible edge reduced to its minimum possible tolerances. Easily operated ambidextrous magazine releases and perfectly sized ambidextrous safeties make ease of operation suitable for left or right-handed users.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Truly \u201cpocketable,\u201d the Solo utilizes a unique striker-fired system with a slight twist. When the slide is cycled and a round is chambered the striker (firing pin) is between 88 to 90 percent pre-tensioned. The trigger pull necessary to discharge the Solo then is only 10 to 12 percent of the total effort needed to finish the cycle and release the striker. Even though Kimber describes the Solo as a \u201csingle action striker-fired design,\u201d it is actually a double action as pulling the trigger has to finish tensioning the striker before the gun will discharge. While the lightweight semi-auto has a pretty hefty kick it is more than manageable and exceptionally accurate. As one of the smaller 9mm on the market, the Solo definitely has earned its mark.<\/p>\n","post_title":"Contemporary Subcompact Handguns","post_excerpt":"The Personal Defense Pocket Pistols: In the 21st century we have perfected the art of making as much gun as possible in the smallest package possible!","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"contemporary-subcompacts","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-10-19 15:38:22","post_modified_gmt":"2023-10-19 19:38:22","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2012\/11\/01\/contemporary-subcompacts\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":160508,"post_author":"645","post_date":"2009-09-02 15:20:48","post_date_gmt":"2009-09-02 21:20:48","post_content":"\r\n\r\nEven the gloved hands of today\u2019s uniformed officer will find ArmaLite\u2019s new AR-10T familiar. Draw the fixed stock into the shoulder, obtain sight picture and flip the selector. What makes the AR-10T different is more about what\u2019s on the inside. But on the outside, it all seems to feel the same.\r\n\r\nSince the creation of the Department of Homeland Security, law enforcement agencies have contended with how to use their budget to best enable their first responders to protect citizens against terror. Every agency has assessed vulnerabilities and many have chosen to acquire big bore rifles capable of penetrating a hard target or intercepting a vehicular threat. With just one shot to get it right, a team leader should have experience on the firing line.\r\n\r\nArmaLite\u2019s battle proven AR-10 has already served LE around the world including Canada\u2019s Ontario Provincial Police TRU (Tactics and Rescue Unit). Now loaded for the \"armalite3.jpg\"hard-hitting .338 Federal, the new AR-10T fills a department\u2019s medium-caliber gap without sacrificing ease of deployment, time for training, or familiar handling qualities of an officer\u2019s carbine.\r\n\r\nWhat some don\u2019t realize is that the AR-10\u2019s roots are more than 50 years old, pre-dating the AR-15\/M16\/M4. Clenching the checkered A2 pistol grip, controls are at the fingers. Saving more than a pound in weight over 7.62mm NATO infantry rifles of its time, Eugene Stoner\u2019s modular innovation is a source for the often-used term \u201cergonomic\u201d (as it applies to firearm design).\r\n\r\nThe anodized lower receiver is home to the ArmaLite tactical two-stage trigger set, the same trigger mechanism used in ArmaLite M-15 rifles. Pulling the trigger provides a crisp and smooth feel that doesn\u2019t interfere with accuracy. First and second stages are consistently passed at just 3 and 5 pounds before allowing the hammer to strike.\r\n\r\nBeing that the AR-10T is based on a 7.62mm NATO platform, the first question that usually comes to mind is how ArmaLite manages to stuff the high energy behind a .338 cartridge into an AR? An ArmaLite representative reports, \u201cArmaLite\u2019s refinements to the AR-10 over the many years placed it at a stage where the transfer to a harder hitting caliber such as the .338 Federal was not a problem. It\u2019s a short action .308-type cartridge so it transitions into our AR-10 platform perfectly. With some testing, we found that it\u2019s a fitting combination. We were able to use the same proven bolt and extractor, as well as the Generation II magazines. No design changes had to be made except re-chambering the AR-10 for a new caliber.\u201d\r\n\r\nThe bolt sits inside a gas impingement carrier group with four holes available to bleed off pressure and debris. The disassembly procedure is the same as an agency\u2019s M-15 carbine (just bigger parts). With the firing pin removed, one difference from other ARs is visually apparent. A spring shrouds the base of the firing pin pushing against the wall in the bolt carrier group. This feature helps reduce the risk of malfunctions and prevents the firing pin from bouncing during operation.\r\n\r\nA railed flat-top upper receiver marked \u201c.338 Federal\u201d brings the bolt together with the chamber of the stainless steel barrel. \u201cWe originally designed the .338 Federal as a hunting rifle, thus the stainless steel barrel,\u201d says ArmaLite. \u201cThe .338 Federal is a cartridge best suited for short and mid-range duties. We put a 22-inch barrel on the rifle, which provided the best ballistics for these situations. With that being said, we have seen the potential for different uses in this caliber, so we are spending some time testing a shorter rifle with a 16-inch barrel featuring a full size buttstock and a mid-length gas system to use in CQB operations.\u201d\r\n\r\n\"armalite4.jpg\"A tubular one-piece, free-floating aluminum handguard shields the hands from the triple lapped, 1-in-10-inch twist stainless steel match barrel. The tubular handguard improves the rifle\u2019s handling without taking up real estate with full-length accessory rails that often go unused. A useable length of rail does grace the forend of the handguard, ready to accept custom mounting of bipods, lasers, lights and other accessories.\r\n\r\nThe massive stainless steel gas block is secured to the barrel with four large hex-head screws and redirects gas pressure through a direct impingement system. This gas block is also a front sight base that features a flip-up Midwest Industries (MI) post that co-witnesses with a MI flip-up backup sight affixed to the rear of the upper receiver\u2019s Picatinny rail.\r\n\r\nSince no flash suppressor or compensator is present, the recessed crown at the muzzle of the AR-10T protects the rifle\u2019s accuracy potential during heavy use or intense tactical operations. Combine a barrel made of stainless steel, an aluminum free-floated handguard, aluminum alloy receivers, a polymer stock and grip, and you have a weather-resistant tactical rifle. The AR-10T can withstand harsher environments like those encountered in sustained maritime operations while offering the effective energy transfer carried by a .338 slug. \u201cCoastal areas with salty environments and the moisture of the trunk in squad cars are hard on steel parts, especially the barrel,\u201d says ArmaLite. So stainless steel might be a better choice for these conditions.\r\n\r\n\"armalite6.jpg\"Shooting Impressions<\/strong>\r\nNow I\u2019m not going to lie and say that I found the AR-10T to be a sub-MOA tack-driver. For me, it wasn\u2019t. I have friends in this industry who tell me they achieved MOA accuracy verified by pictures on Jeff Quinn\u2019s gunblast.com<\/a> of multiple 3-shot groups fired from 100 yards rivaling the size of a penny. But this test was a representation of how a founding member of DHS envisions this rifle being used by law enforcement. On the scene, from the trunk of a vehicle, and across the hood.\r\n\r\nDriving down to the edge of North Carolina\u2019s Great Dismal Swamp brought me to a private range that required the careful use of four-wheelers to maneuver through knee-deep muck in order to get downrange and post targets. A pair of 12x18-inch ballistic steel plates were used to verify the new Leupold VX-3 6.5-20x50mm riflescope from 100 yards. Secured in ArmaLite\u2019s unique one-piece ring mount, this accessory removes a couple of variables that typically impact accuracy on other rifles.\r\n\r\nThe DHS agent fired first. And second. \u201cOh yeah, we\u2019re good.\u201d Our four-wheelers carried us across the swamp again just to verify the point-of-aim\/point-of-impact. Fingering the significant dimples created in the swinging AR-500 steel plate, he said, \u201cMan, that rifle has some thump to it!\u201d With paper targets ready, we drove back to the firing line and began the accuracy test.\r\n\r\n\"armalite8.jpg\"In rural parts of the US, it\u2019s not unusual to see a pick-up truck used as a law enforcement vehicle. To best simulate a tactical operation where a vehicle is used as cover and firing support, we positioned the vehicle at the firing line and loaded each (5-, 10-, and 20-round) magazine with the only load available for this test: Federal\u2019s lead-nose, copper jacketed, 210-grain Nosler Partition.\r\n\r\nThe first 3-shot group from each of us measured just under 2.5 inches. Making it downrange and changing out targets, we discovered an earlier sighter that went off course and punched through a 5-inch thick tree. Looking further back, we saw the bullet had actually passed without deflection through a total of six trees smaller in size and spaced about 4 feet before disappearing.\r\n\r\nMost accuracy results with other AR-style rifles are taken in 5-shot groups, so the next batch would follow this pattern. Five groups of five shots averaged nearly 3 inches off the semi-supported position with the best group measuring 1.94 inches. The most impressive observation came from our last test, a 20-shot magazine dump in quick succession. In a string of fire that lasted no more than 30 seconds, 20 shots were clustered together in a group measuring just 3.6 inches. This is practical accuracy you can expect of a trained officer that could put a definitive end to a given crisis.\r\n\r\nFinal Notes<\/strong>\r\n\u201cIf you benched it with a bipod, it\u2019d group a lot tighter,\u201d noted the DHS agent, \u201cbut this is realistic. This rifle is what you hope to have when you arrive to a dynamic situation forcing you to run what you have.\u201d\r\n\r\nArmaLite asserts, \u201cThe same principals apply to this caliber as the .458 SOCOM, only the AR-10T does it better. Placing this harder hitting round in this strong, proven platform was a perfect match. The .458 SOCOM in the smaller AR-15 platform has unpredictable penetration at any significant range and the smaller AR-15 platform is unproven to last with a large caliber.\u201d\r\n\r\nWith the AR-10T you get a heavier bullet, lower felt recoil and more energy transferred to the target. This lethal hammer is ready to meet the obstacles faced by LE in urban environments or on the maritime waters.\r\n\r\n\"federal2.jpg\"FEDERAL\u2019S BOLD .338<\/strong>\r\nThere are other .338s out there but none that can be easily integrated with fewer changes to the seasoned AR-10. The story here is as much about the united effort between ArmaLite and Federal Cartridge<\/strong><\/a> to assure the rifle and ammunition are perfectly matched. Snipers are already familiar with .338s including the .338 Lapua Mag and the .338 Win Mag. These two highly effective cartridges are known for their long-range effectiveness in bolt-action platforms. For most LE operations requiring the deployment of a rifle, a bolt gun presents a number of tactical drawbacks. Slower handling, more recoil, and slower follow-up shots.\r\n\r\nThe .338 Federal delivers the only modern .338 caliber load that isn\u2019t a magnum configuration. It delivers a larger diameter bullet for more weight and overall energy on target without magnum recoil. \u201cThe .338 Federal captures the capability of the longstanding .308 case and offers the respected performance of the .338 bullet,\u201d says Federal President Mark DeYoung. \u201cThese two mainstays have been proven time and again and are now brought together into a quality factory load,\u201d he adds.","post_title":"Armalite AR-10T .338 Federal","post_excerpt":"NEW BATTLE RIFLE chambered for Federal\u2019s powerhouse cartridge!","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"armalite-ar-10t-338-federal","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-10-31 23:08:29","post_modified_gmt":"2023-11-01 03:08:29","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2009\/09\/02\/armalite-ar-10t-338-federal\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":160816,"post_author":"374","post_date":"2009-04-24 14:48:05","post_date_gmt":"2009-04-24 20:48:05","post_content":"\r\n\r\nI have been a fan of the .308 cartridge (7.62x51mm) for many years and have always enjoyed its versatility. It has numerous useful applications for self-defense and law enforcement and one of my bolt-action rifles in that chambering is set up for medium- to-long range anti-personnel work.\r\n\r\n\"untitled-2.jpg\"I have used .308 rifles in bolt-action, lever-action, slide-action and semi-automatic configurations, the latter being in the form of the M14 battle rifle, which is what we cadets trained with in ROTC (Reserve Officers\u2019 Training Corps) I was very interested when Rock River Arms (RRA) introduced an AR-type rifle in the popular .308 caliber.\r\n\r\nThe rifle was the Mid-Length (M\/L) LAR-8 A4 (308A1239), which comes housed in a compartmented, electric blue plastic carrying case. In the case, the rifle is broken down into the upper-receiver\/barrel group and the lower-receiver\/stock group that allows the case to be a bit more compact length-wise. It is a great case for shipping the weapon, but unfortunately the case cannot be used once an optic sight is mounted on the LAR-8, which means that if you want to carry your RRA rifle in a gun case fully assembled with a sight mounted, you will be in the market for a new larger gun case.\r\n\r\nMy sample LAR-8 mid-length A4 came with a 16-inch Wilson chrome moly barrel having a 1-in-10-inch right-hand twist, six land and groove rifling and a Picatinny rail on the upper receiver and on top of the barrel at the front of the handguard as there are no iron sights. There is also an A2 version that has the same iron sight configuration that is found on the M16A2 rifle. Both of these rifles are fitted with a tactical CAR-style buttstock.\r\n\r\nOther RRA LAR-8 factory variations include Standard A2 and A4 models that have 20-inch barrels and a conventional AR-type butt stock, plus there is an A-4 Varmint Model that features a 26-inch Wilson air gauged, stainless steel bull barrel that is coupled with a free-floating, tubular aluminum handguard for increased long-distance accuracy.\r\n\r\nStandard Features <\/strong>\r\nStandard features on my LAR-8 M\/L A4 includes a rubber Hogue pistol grip, which is stippled and has finger grooves, a two-stage match trigger, upper receiver with bolt forward assist and ejection port door, plus brass deflector, ventilated polymer handguard, sling swivels and A2-type flash suppressor. The LAR-8 basically looks like a M16 on steroids, as the receiver has been beefed up to allow use of the .308 (7.62x51mm) cartridge.\r\n\r\nThe two big differences that the discerning eye will note is the magazine and the bolt catch. The factory-supplied magazine for the LAR-8 is basically the same as the 20-round magazine used in the famous FN\/FAL and L1A1 battle rifles. Entire articles and books could be and have been devoted to this fine weapon, so we won\u2019t delve into that subject here, but this Fabrique Nationale-designed rifle has been in service since 1953 and has armed some 60 countries around the world including Belgium, Great Britain, Canada, Australia, and Argentina.\r\n\r\nNeedless to say, there have been countless thousands of magazines made for the FN\/FAL and that fact pays dividends to the LAR-8 owner who has a wide selection to choose from. I did a little Internet surfing and came up with price ranges from $10 to $22 for used Mil-Spec 20-round magazines. There are also 30-round magazines out there that average around $50 more. They hang down a bit too far for comfortable prone shooting, so I\u2019m content to stick with the 20-rounders myself.\r\n\r\nThe bolt catch on the LAR-8 is not on the left side of the lower receiver as on the M16, but is positioned at the base of the magazine well at its juncture with the pivoting triggerguard. It is more reminiscent of the bolt catch found on the FN\/FAL and is made to be ambidextrous, and if your hand is large enough can be actuated by the trigger finger of whichever hand you use. The magazine release is located in the same area as on the M16 and the LAR-8 is also ambidextrous.\r\n\r\nWhile the manual safety lever, just above the pistol grip on the right of the receiver, is not ambidextrous, it appears to be easily changed to the left side of the receiver if that\u2019s the user\u2019s preference. On a whole the controls on this rifle are easily reached and manipulated without removing the hand from the pistol grip, certainly a plus in a patrol rifle. I had no trouble whatever operating them with my medium-sized hand.\r\n\r\nObviously, this rifle is going to pack more weight than the M16 and the LAR-8 M\/L A4 weighs in empty, sans sights, at a respectable 8.1 pounds. With the 6-position CAR buttstock fully extended it measures 38 inches. The weight and the propellant gas operation system of the action certainly help tame recoil, which is a good thing given the hard checkered butt of the CAR stock.\r\n\r\nThe standard polymer handguard is round in shape with flats on the top and bottom that are serrated and have holes for barrel ventilation. There are no rails on the standard handguard, but RRA does offer optional Daniel Defense Lite Quad Rails for both the Mid-Length and Standard LAR-8 A4 rifles. In fact, a visit to the RRA website will allow one to see the full list of optional items available that allow you to \u201chave it your way\u201d with just about any Rock River Arms\u2019 AR-type rifle.\r\n\r\nAs always, I gave the RRA LAR-8 Mid-Length A4 a top to bottom inspection and did not find anything wanting in overall fit and finish of the weapon. All the flats were flat, corners square and rounded surfaces done to perfection. No machine marks or other blemishes were visible and the black hard coat anodized finish was a good match to the black polymer material of the handguard and buttstock of the rifle.\r\n\r\nOptics Selection<\/strong>\r\nNow given that my RRA LAR-8 M\/L A4 comes without sights, it was time to select something with which to aim the rifle that would be fitting for my uses. I looked at a number of optical and sights of various manufacturers, but came away impressed with the Trijicon ACOG (Advanced Combat Optical Gunsight) 3.5x35mm .308 BDC\/FT.Chevron BAC riflescope for our test.\r\n\r\nAnyone that watches the network nightly news has seen the ACOG sights on the M16A2 rifles carried by many of our troops in Afghanistan and Iraq; their bell-shaped housings make them easily identifiable. They have been in use for many years by Army Special Forces, the Marines, Navy SEALs and the FBI, so I didn\u2019t see how I could go wrong. Trijicon is synonymous with the night sights that have been fitted on many of the most popular combat handguns for a couple of decades. However, Trijicon\u2019s founder Glyn Bindon wanted to build a sight for long arms that would bring together both-eyes-open shooting, an illuminated aiming point, plus magnified optics.\r\n\r\nWhat he discovered was what has since been termed the Bindon Aiming Concept (BAC), aiming with both eyes open, which gives a superior sense of balance and field of view, coupled with a magnified Trijicon sight, which offers the shooter a considerable advantage over his target using conventional sights. When used as designed, in the binocular mode, the operator sees only the red, chevron-shaped reticle (the pointed tip is the aiming point) transposed on the target at anywhere from across-the-room ranges to several hundred yards.\r\n\r\nMy sample ACOG 3.5x35mm scope came packaged in a well-padded Pelican case, which also held a black nylon, Scopecoat scope cover, a Lenspen lens cleaner and an ACOG thumbscrew flattop adapter for affixing the scope to the Picatinny rail of the LAR-8. The scope housing is 8 inches in length and is made of rugged forged aluminum; the black, hard-anodized finish matches almost exactly that of the RRA rifle. Scope weight without mounts adds only 14 ounces to the weight of the rifle.\r\n\r\nThe scope is calibrated for use with the .308 cartridge and is meant to be sighted in at 100 meters with an effective range of 800 meters on flattop rifles. The reticle also includes a rangefinder and the base of the chevron aiming point is 5.53 MOA (minute of angle), which at 300 meters is 19 inches allowing for good range estimation. Of course, during the day, the fiber-optic tube running along the top of the scope gathers light for the red aiming point and at night\/low light tritium is used to illuminate the chevron. The field of view at 100 yards is almost 29 feet, the eye relief is 2.4 inches and the adjustment is 4-inch clicks at 100 yards.\r\n\r\nRange Time<\/strong>\r\nNow it was time to go to my ammo locker and select some cartridges from my stock of .308 ammunition. I chose Black Hills Gold with a 168-grain Hornady A-Max bullet, which has a factory velocity of 2650 fps (feet per second). Next I picked Federal Gold Medal that has a Sierra 168-grain \u201cMatchKing\u201d BTHP bullet also rated at 2650 fps. To add a law enforcement-designed cartridge I included the one of the Hornady TAP loads in .308.\r\n\r\nAccording to their website, \u201cThe 155-grain A-MAX TAP Precision cartridge offers match accuracy with a high-ballistic coefficient providing superior long-range performance. This load demonstrates expansion and fragmentation similar to the 110-grain load, but with a noticeable increase in penetration and retained bullet weight. This bullet penetrates glass with minimal deflection and exhibits retained expansion and fragmentation characteristics.\u201d\r\n\r\nIt is also intended for use in a 1-in-10-inch or 1-in-12-inch twist rifle barrel such as that on the LAR-8. My final selection was the Winchester 150-grain Supreme Elite with \u201cThe new XP3 bullet that starts with a two-stage expansion design, then combines all the best-known bullet technology to offer delayed controlled expansion, deep penetration, and high retained weight.\u201d\r\n\r\nWith my rifle\/sight combination, plus test ammunition in hand, it was time for a field test. I did my shooting at the NRA Whittington Center during the 2008 Shootists Holiday and used the Center\u2019s Sight-In Range for my accuracy and chronograph testing session. I sighted the Trijicon ACOG 3.5x35mm scope in for 100 yards, then proceeded to shoot three 3-shot groups for record with each test cartridge, using the concrete benches and an MTM Casegard rest.\r\n\r\nMy best group was 0.82 of an inch using Federal Gold Medal loads, followed by 0.97 of an inch with the Hornady TAP ammo. All of the group averages stayed under 2 inches and my guess is that the rifle would have had no trouble out-shooting the shooter that day. I also set up my Oehler Model 35P chronograph to see what velocities I would get from the LAR-8 M\/L 16-inch barrel.\r\n\r\nNext I put a silhouette target out at 200 yards and fired a dozen shots using a mixed bag of .308 cartridges at center mass and scored 10 hits in the 10 and X-ring and two just out in the 9-ring. Three shots to the head resulted in three hits in the 10-ring. Lastly, I took the LAR-8 to the Animal Silhouette Range, where the backstop is a mountainside covered with nice big rocks.\r\n\r\nFrom the standing, off-hand position, again using a mix of my test ammo, I was able to make dust fly on rocks out as far as I could see them on the mountainside, which has been previously checked with a laser rangefinder to have shootable rocks out to some 475 yards. The best part besides the practical accuracy and \u201cshootability\u201d of the LAR-8 was the fact that it was 100-percent reliable and I did not note a single malfunction during the test.\r\n\r\nFinal Notes<\/strong>\r\nRRA has a winner here and mated with the Trijicon ACOG scope and good ammo, I can\u2019t think of anything I\u2019d rather take into harm\u2019s way.","post_title":"RRA Mid-Length LAR-8 A4 .308","post_excerpt":"Big-bore AR\/Trijicon ACOG combo proved 100% reliable and sub-MOA accurate!","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"rra-mid-lenght-lar-8-a4-308","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-05-31 20:23:23","post_modified_gmt":"2023-05-31 20:23:23","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2009\/04\/24\/rra-mid-lenght-lar-8-a4-308\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":161994,"post_author":"645","post_date":"2008-05-13 15:04:28","post_date_gmt":"2008-05-13 21:04:28","post_content":"\r\nThose marvels of Austrian ingenuity, GLOCK pistols, have a well-deserved reputation for arriving ready for concealed carry. No sharp edges abound to be rough on the hands or snag clothing during the draw. GLOCKs slide from the holster, point well, and are ready for immediate action. The GLOCK Safe Action design leaves worries regarding a complicated manual of arms in the dust. Cap that off with sizes and calibers to satisfy every taste, and GLOCK seems destined to maintain their edge.\r\n\r\nFew things are dearer to the American heart than .45-caliber handguns. Despite the presence of .36- and .44-caliber handguns during the settling of the West, the .45 Colt is viewed as the decisive caliber from that era. Just in time to take the place of this noble cartridge, the .45 Auto became a force to be reckoned with in the next century. There is something comforting about this large caliber, imbuing a sense of power.\r\n\r\nIn fact, many a breath was held after GLOCK entered the U. S. market, until the Austrian company announced the introduction of their Model 21 in .45 Auto. Exhaling a sigh of relief, the .45 culture had a polymer wonder to satisfy its desires.\r\n\r\nFor duty carry by officers, the GLOCK 21 proved a perfect choice, hearty and robust, with the renowned GLOCK reliability. Following Law Enforcement (LE) trends that pushed the GLOCK to the top of the LE realm, as concealed carry rights blossomed, those exercising their rights adopted GLOCKs in droves. However, it was obvious the GLOCK 21 would have a small concealed carry following. The very traits making it so popular for duty carry\u2014hearty and robust\u2014worked against discreet carry.\r\n\r\nNever one to be left out in the cold, GLOCK introduced the more compact Models 30 and 36 in .45 Auto with double- and single-stack magazines, respectively. The Model 30 still bore grip dimensions similar to that of the Model 21, frequently difficult for those with average hands. The 36, though thinner due to a single-column magazine, still bore a longer front-to-back grip because of the .45 Auto chambering, which can still be a problem for some.\r\n\r\nBoth models have fared well with the American concealed carrier, but their frames, sized as they were for the .45 Auto, still leave some carriers and shooters with average and smaller-sized hands wanting. Likewise, many in the LE community hankered for a pistol dimensionally like the immensely popular GLOCK 17\/19\/26 and 22\/23\/26, but in the .45 Auto. Of course, the .45 Auto just won\u2019t fit in these more comfortable frames.\r\n\r\nMAKE WAY FOR THE .45<\/strong>\r\nNever one to shy away from a challenge, the folks at GLOCK tackled the project with the help of the ballistic wizards at Speer. The resulting cartridge, equaling the ballistic performance of the .45 Auto, was christened the .45 GLOCK Automatic Pistol (G.A.P.). Squeezed into a 9x19\/.40 frame, the GLOCK 37 and the .45 G.A.P. answered the LE and civilian concealed carriers\u2019 request for a more-compact .45 pistol.\r\n\r\nThe full-sized GLOCK 37 was followed by the compact GLOCK 38, and sub-compact GLOCK 39, each chambering a fair number of the new stubby .45s. Initially it was hoped the Models 37, 38, and 39 might be exactly the same size as the corresponding 9x19\/.40 models, and regarding the frames that proved true. However, to ensure perfect performance, marginally larger slides became the norm. (17\/22 slides are 1.01 inches wide by 0.85-inch high, weighing 18 ounces. GLOCK 37 slides are 1.13 inches wide by 0.88-inch high and weigh 21 ounces.) The .45 G.A.P. pistols incorporate a longer steel locking-block.\r\n\r\nOne step in building a cartridge to fit in the smaller and handier frame was designing the .45 G.A.P. cartridge to be 0.13-inch shorter than the .45 Auto. This produces a case similar in length to the 9x19 (0.78-inches), but once loaded the G. A. P has an overall length of 1.08 inches, actually shorter than the 9x19. (This last design parameter allows the wide .45 G.A.P. bullet to fit in a shorter grip area.)\r\n\r\n\"imgp03.gif\"AN ALL-NEW CARTRIDGE<\/strong>\r\nAdditional changes include a slightly rebated rim on the G.A.P., and modified extractor groove. Inside the case, one finds a wall profile that differs noticeably from the .45 Auto, thus allowing for seating .45 bullets without case wall bulging, and outside the primer pocket is filled with a small pistol primer. (A large pistol primer reportedly caused over-ignition and excessive pressure.) All of this goes to the point that the G.A.P. is an entirely new cartridge case that cannot be safely built from a .45 Auto case! Using the most modern propellants, Speer succeeded in charging this smaller .45 cartridge to equal the .45 Auto ballistically, while keeping pressures near the .45 Auto range.\r\n\r\nThere is no paucity of loadings available for the .45 G.A.P. GLOCKs. Speer\u2019s initial .45 G.A.P. commercial loadings were 185- and 200-grain Gold Dot premium hollowpoints and the same weights of TMJ bullets in the Speer Lawman line for economical shooting. Under the ATK banner with Speer, Federal Cartridge has introduced 185-grain and 230-grain Hydra-Shok loadings in the Premium Personal Defense line and an economical 185-grain TMJ loading in the American Eagle line.\r\n\r\nWinchester and Remington are now loading the .45 G.A.P. cartridge in configurations similar to Speer and Federal. COR-BON stepped in with their 160-grain DPX load, the 165-grain Pow'R Ball, a jacketed soft point, and a 200-grain JHP. This means bullet weights of 160 grains, 165 grains, 185 grains, 200 grains and 230 grains are all available.\r\n\r\n.45 GAP PERFORMANCE<\/strong>\r\nThe .45 G.A.P. is quite a boon for those of us adhering to the notion that bigger is better! Concealed carriers and Law Enforcement personnel, in and out of uniform, have their wish for new handguns.\r\n\r\nFrom the concealed carriers\u2019 and non-uniformed LE perspective, I found four .45 GLOCKs most appropriate for their needs. The Model 21 has already been excluded, and the Model 37 will probably be as well by those seeking compactness for carry. This leaves us with the Models 30, 36, 38, and 39 for consideration.\r\n\r\nThis was my first experience with the .45 G.A.P., so I began my examination of the concealed carry candidates with range testing. Trigger-time revealed just what I had heard: the .45 G.A.P. pistols were just as easily handled during all the drills as similar GLOCK models accommodating the .45 Auto. The GLOCK 38 weighs virtually the same as the Model 30, while the same is true of the Models 36 and 39, and the velocities of similar weight bullets are close enough to produce the similar felt recoil in pistols all weighing the same. (Depending on the cartridge, the .45 G.A.P. recoil can feel similar to a .40 pistol.)\r\n\r\nWearing average-sized hands, I found all four offerings fit me well, with the GLOCK 30 on the upper end of comfort for me. That, of course, explains why there is more than one flavor of ice cream\u2014and size of GLOCK\u2014to provide needed variety!\r\n\r\nWith pistols to fit my hands and those of most others, in my favorite caliber and that of GLOCK\u2019s new offering\u2014which seems destined to offer the .45 Auto a run for its money\u2014I went forth to gather the opinions of other shooters and concealed carriers.\r\n\r\n\"gap-carry.gif\"SHOOTING & CARRYING GLOCK .45s<\/strong>\r\nI placed the four GLOCK .45 offerings in the hands of a variety of shooters, and received the expected plethora of preferences. Given a choice of .45 GLOCKs, each one selected their favorite based on how it fit their hands and rode on their waist. Recoil did not seem a factor.\r\n\r\nThose finding the .45 Auto pistols a tad largish found the pistols chambered for the .45 G.A.P. just right. Testers that found the .45 Auto pistols fitting them well expressed their appreciation of the trimmer G.A.P pistols. It seems that not only has GLOCK spawned a new caliber in which to chamber their pistols, they have found one that can satisfy the needs of big-bore concealed carriers (and no doubt uniformed officers) while doing so.\r\n\r\nWill this be the .45 of the 21st century? Only time will tell, but it seems the .45 G.A.P is making a good run at that distinction!\r\nHOLSTERING GLOCK .45s<\/strong>\r\nAs excellent as the size and calibers of the GLOCK .45s make them for concealment, they still miss one thing for concealed carry\u2014a holster! Luckily holster makers, just like users, have flocked to all GLOCK pistols. Finding leather, or non-leather, to tote one\u2019s choice of .45 should be relatively easy.\r\n\r\nToting a handgun\u2014any handgun, including a GLOCK\u2014should be accomplished using a quality holster. Holsters protect handguns from loss, or shifting during carry, ensuring it will be there when one reaches for it. Not only will the handgun be there when needed, but also a well-designed holster will snug a GLOCK .45 against the body, while not impeding a smooth, speedy draw. Regardless of the GLOCK .45 of choice, there should be a holster to allow carrying it comfortably, securely, and inconspicuously.\r\n\r\nA quick search of the Internet turned up offerings to carry some of GLOCK\u2019s .45s from Aker, Alessi, Bianchi, Blackhawk Bulman, Blade-Tech, Comp-Tac, DeSantis, Del Fatti, Don Hume, FIST, Fobus, Galco, Gould & Goodrich, Milt Sparks, Safariland, Sidearmor, and Uncle Mikes. There are more, but I stopped searching when it became obvious there was no end to holsters and suppliers.\r\n\r\nIt seems every commercial holster maker, and those in the custom world, offer one or more styles, to fit one or more of the .45 GLOCK pistols. Their wares are made from horse or cowhide, Kydex or other polymer, or some version of ballistic nylon. Styles include belt models, inside-the-waistband versions, shoulder holsters, and pocket models for the smaller pistols.\r\n\r\nI also did a scan of my holster collection, and found a number already on hand, including those wearing the GLOCK brand. (GLOCK has always offered holsters for their pistols.) Not surprisingly, I discovered many holsters specified for 9x19\/.40 pistols also fit quite nicely around a GLOCK 36 pistol, with a scant few fitting the marginally enlarged G.A.P. models. (This is, of course, not something most holster makers will announce, nor something one can count on, but if an ample selection of holsters is available, the fit is easily checked.) In addition, holsters for the GLOCK 30 will usually fit the G.A.P. offerings.\r\n\r\nPick a .45 GLOCK, a holster to meet your needs, and ammo from a high-performance source. Outfitted with this, today\u2019s big-bore carrier will be ready to go!","post_title":"Concealed-Carry .45s: The GLOCK Solution | Glock 45 Models","post_excerpt":"The .45 firepower favored by legions of officers is tough to keep out of sight. Not so with the GLOCK .45 G.A.P.\u2014the hideaway handgun with maximum performance.","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"concealed-carry-45s-the-glock-solution","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-10-31 23:10:49","post_modified_gmt":"2023-11-01 03:10:49","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2008\/05\/13\/concealed-carry-45s-the-glock-solution\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":true,"total_page":15},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

POPULAR

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n

The Sig Sauer P290 is only slightly larger overall than a .380 ACP. With an overall length of just 5.5 inches, a truncated height of 3.9 inches, barrel length of 2.9 inches, and overall weight of only 21.5 ounces (empty), the P290 provides the defensive capability of a 9mm in a gun that is remarkably flat, measuring less than an inch in width. It is bigger and \u201cchunkier\u201d than the Kimber Solo and just a hair smaller than the Ruger LC9. The internal mechanism is a traditional locked breech, Browning-type tilting barrel but with one distinguishing feature; a broadly flared muzzle that aligns with a corresponding channel in the slide.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

This design contributes to quicker cycling of the action; as soon as the slide starts its reward movement it releases the muzzle, allowing the barrel to tilt and drop the breechblock into line for reload. The P290 also employs a dual recoil spring assembly that makes this operation pretty snappy.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The frame is a lightweight, molded polymer with a slide machined from a solid billet. The finishes available are natural stainless or durable Nitron coating. Standard sights are dovetailed drift adjustable white dots. The P290 is a DAO hammer-fired pistol but with no manual cocking capability. In addition, the Sig Sauer has an automatic firing pin safety block, hammer safety intercept notch, and a trigger bar disconnect, making it safe for carry with a chambered round. And the Sig Sauer will fire with the magazine removed.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

An interesting option for Sig Sauer is the Integrated Laser Module (ILM), which is custom made for the P290. Lightweight and compact, the ILM seamlessly blends with the lines of the pistol. The laser has ambidextrous switches. The increase in weight of 0.8 ounces is negligible and the laser unit adds only 0.75 inches to the depth of the gun.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Overall, this is a rugged looking little gun that is relatively easy to carry concealed considering it packs 6+1 rounds of 9mm.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Kimber Solo Carry<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n
\"gun
Compact semi-autos like the Kimber Solo are effective fight-stoppers, but shooters with weaker hands might have trouble retracting their slides.<\/figcaption><\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Kimber Solo Carry is one of the most compact 9mm on the market measuring only 5.5 inches in length, 3.9 inches in height and a mere 0.995 inches in width. The all steel and alloy construction semi-auto weighs only 17 ounces empty. The compactness of the Solo is visually striking, being only slightly larger in overall dimension than most .380s. In order to achieve these scaled down proportions reminiscent of a 1911, the frame contours are smoother and more rounded with every possible edge reduced to its minimum possible tolerances. Easily operated ambidextrous magazine releases and perfectly sized ambidextrous safeties make ease of operation suitable for left or right-handed users.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Truly \u201cpocketable,\u201d the Solo utilizes a unique striker-fired system with a slight twist. When the slide is cycled and a round is chambered the striker (firing pin) is between 88 to 90 percent pre-tensioned. The trigger pull necessary to discharge the Solo then is only 10 to 12 percent of the total effort needed to finish the cycle and release the striker. Even though Kimber describes the Solo as a \u201csingle action striker-fired design,\u201d it is actually a double action as pulling the trigger has to finish tensioning the striker before the gun will discharge. While the lightweight semi-auto has a pretty hefty kick it is more than manageable and exceptionally accurate. As one of the smaller 9mm on the market, the Solo definitely has earned its mark.<\/p>\n","post_title":"Contemporary Subcompact Handguns","post_excerpt":"The Personal Defense Pocket Pistols: In the 21st century we have perfected the art of making as much gun as possible in the smallest package possible!","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"contemporary-subcompacts","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-10-19 15:38:22","post_modified_gmt":"2023-10-19 19:38:22","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2012\/11\/01\/contemporary-subcompacts\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":160508,"post_author":"645","post_date":"2009-09-02 15:20:48","post_date_gmt":"2009-09-02 21:20:48","post_content":"\r\n\r\nEven the gloved hands of today\u2019s uniformed officer will find ArmaLite\u2019s new AR-10T familiar. Draw the fixed stock into the shoulder, obtain sight picture and flip the selector. What makes the AR-10T different is more about what\u2019s on the inside. But on the outside, it all seems to feel the same.\r\n\r\nSince the creation of the Department of Homeland Security, law enforcement agencies have contended with how to use their budget to best enable their first responders to protect citizens against terror. Every agency has assessed vulnerabilities and many have chosen to acquire big bore rifles capable of penetrating a hard target or intercepting a vehicular threat. With just one shot to get it right, a team leader should have experience on the firing line.\r\n\r\nArmaLite\u2019s battle proven AR-10 has already served LE around the world including Canada\u2019s Ontario Provincial Police TRU (Tactics and Rescue Unit). Now loaded for the \"armalite3.jpg\"hard-hitting .338 Federal, the new AR-10T fills a department\u2019s medium-caliber gap without sacrificing ease of deployment, time for training, or familiar handling qualities of an officer\u2019s carbine.\r\n\r\nWhat some don\u2019t realize is that the AR-10\u2019s roots are more than 50 years old, pre-dating the AR-15\/M16\/M4. Clenching the checkered A2 pistol grip, controls are at the fingers. Saving more than a pound in weight over 7.62mm NATO infantry rifles of its time, Eugene Stoner\u2019s modular innovation is a source for the often-used term \u201cergonomic\u201d (as it applies to firearm design).\r\n\r\nThe anodized lower receiver is home to the ArmaLite tactical two-stage trigger set, the same trigger mechanism used in ArmaLite M-15 rifles. Pulling the trigger provides a crisp and smooth feel that doesn\u2019t interfere with accuracy. First and second stages are consistently passed at just 3 and 5 pounds before allowing the hammer to strike.\r\n\r\nBeing that the AR-10T is based on a 7.62mm NATO platform, the first question that usually comes to mind is how ArmaLite manages to stuff the high energy behind a .338 cartridge into an AR? An ArmaLite representative reports, \u201cArmaLite\u2019s refinements to the AR-10 over the many years placed it at a stage where the transfer to a harder hitting caliber such as the .338 Federal was not a problem. It\u2019s a short action .308-type cartridge so it transitions into our AR-10 platform perfectly. With some testing, we found that it\u2019s a fitting combination. We were able to use the same proven bolt and extractor, as well as the Generation II magazines. No design changes had to be made except re-chambering the AR-10 for a new caliber.\u201d\r\n\r\nThe bolt sits inside a gas impingement carrier group with four holes available to bleed off pressure and debris. The disassembly procedure is the same as an agency\u2019s M-15 carbine (just bigger parts). With the firing pin removed, one difference from other ARs is visually apparent. A spring shrouds the base of the firing pin pushing against the wall in the bolt carrier group. This feature helps reduce the risk of malfunctions and prevents the firing pin from bouncing during operation.\r\n\r\nA railed flat-top upper receiver marked \u201c.338 Federal\u201d brings the bolt together with the chamber of the stainless steel barrel. \u201cWe originally designed the .338 Federal as a hunting rifle, thus the stainless steel barrel,\u201d says ArmaLite. \u201cThe .338 Federal is a cartridge best suited for short and mid-range duties. We put a 22-inch barrel on the rifle, which provided the best ballistics for these situations. With that being said, we have seen the potential for different uses in this caliber, so we are spending some time testing a shorter rifle with a 16-inch barrel featuring a full size buttstock and a mid-length gas system to use in CQB operations.\u201d\r\n\r\n\"armalite4.jpg\"A tubular one-piece, free-floating aluminum handguard shields the hands from the triple lapped, 1-in-10-inch twist stainless steel match barrel. The tubular handguard improves the rifle\u2019s handling without taking up real estate with full-length accessory rails that often go unused. A useable length of rail does grace the forend of the handguard, ready to accept custom mounting of bipods, lasers, lights and other accessories.\r\n\r\nThe massive stainless steel gas block is secured to the barrel with four large hex-head screws and redirects gas pressure through a direct impingement system. This gas block is also a front sight base that features a flip-up Midwest Industries (MI) post that co-witnesses with a MI flip-up backup sight affixed to the rear of the upper receiver\u2019s Picatinny rail.\r\n\r\nSince no flash suppressor or compensator is present, the recessed crown at the muzzle of the AR-10T protects the rifle\u2019s accuracy potential during heavy use or intense tactical operations. Combine a barrel made of stainless steel, an aluminum free-floated handguard, aluminum alloy receivers, a polymer stock and grip, and you have a weather-resistant tactical rifle. The AR-10T can withstand harsher environments like those encountered in sustained maritime operations while offering the effective energy transfer carried by a .338 slug. \u201cCoastal areas with salty environments and the moisture of the trunk in squad cars are hard on steel parts, especially the barrel,\u201d says ArmaLite. So stainless steel might be a better choice for these conditions.\r\n\r\n\"armalite6.jpg\"Shooting Impressions<\/strong>\r\nNow I\u2019m not going to lie and say that I found the AR-10T to be a sub-MOA tack-driver. For me, it wasn\u2019t. I have friends in this industry who tell me they achieved MOA accuracy verified by pictures on Jeff Quinn\u2019s gunblast.com<\/a> of multiple 3-shot groups fired from 100 yards rivaling the size of a penny. But this test was a representation of how a founding member of DHS envisions this rifle being used by law enforcement. On the scene, from the trunk of a vehicle, and across the hood.\r\n\r\nDriving down to the edge of North Carolina\u2019s Great Dismal Swamp brought me to a private range that required the careful use of four-wheelers to maneuver through knee-deep muck in order to get downrange and post targets. A pair of 12x18-inch ballistic steel plates were used to verify the new Leupold VX-3 6.5-20x50mm riflescope from 100 yards. Secured in ArmaLite\u2019s unique one-piece ring mount, this accessory removes a couple of variables that typically impact accuracy on other rifles.\r\n\r\nThe DHS agent fired first. And second. \u201cOh yeah, we\u2019re good.\u201d Our four-wheelers carried us across the swamp again just to verify the point-of-aim\/point-of-impact. Fingering the significant dimples created in the swinging AR-500 steel plate, he said, \u201cMan, that rifle has some thump to it!\u201d With paper targets ready, we drove back to the firing line and began the accuracy test.\r\n\r\n\"armalite8.jpg\"In rural parts of the US, it\u2019s not unusual to see a pick-up truck used as a law enforcement vehicle. To best simulate a tactical operation where a vehicle is used as cover and firing support, we positioned the vehicle at the firing line and loaded each (5-, 10-, and 20-round) magazine with the only load available for this test: Federal\u2019s lead-nose, copper jacketed, 210-grain Nosler Partition.\r\n\r\nThe first 3-shot group from each of us measured just under 2.5 inches. Making it downrange and changing out targets, we discovered an earlier sighter that went off course and punched through a 5-inch thick tree. Looking further back, we saw the bullet had actually passed without deflection through a total of six trees smaller in size and spaced about 4 feet before disappearing.\r\n\r\nMost accuracy results with other AR-style rifles are taken in 5-shot groups, so the next batch would follow this pattern. Five groups of five shots averaged nearly 3 inches off the semi-supported position with the best group measuring 1.94 inches. The most impressive observation came from our last test, a 20-shot magazine dump in quick succession. In a string of fire that lasted no more than 30 seconds, 20 shots were clustered together in a group measuring just 3.6 inches. This is practical accuracy you can expect of a trained officer that could put a definitive end to a given crisis.\r\n\r\nFinal Notes<\/strong>\r\n\u201cIf you benched it with a bipod, it\u2019d group a lot tighter,\u201d noted the DHS agent, \u201cbut this is realistic. This rifle is what you hope to have when you arrive to a dynamic situation forcing you to run what you have.\u201d\r\n\r\nArmaLite asserts, \u201cThe same principals apply to this caliber as the .458 SOCOM, only the AR-10T does it better. Placing this harder hitting round in this strong, proven platform was a perfect match. The .458 SOCOM in the smaller AR-15 platform has unpredictable penetration at any significant range and the smaller AR-15 platform is unproven to last with a large caliber.\u201d\r\n\r\nWith the AR-10T you get a heavier bullet, lower felt recoil and more energy transferred to the target. This lethal hammer is ready to meet the obstacles faced by LE in urban environments or on the maritime waters.\r\n\r\n\"federal2.jpg\"FEDERAL\u2019S BOLD .338<\/strong>\r\nThere are other .338s out there but none that can be easily integrated with fewer changes to the seasoned AR-10. The story here is as much about the united effort between ArmaLite and Federal Cartridge<\/strong><\/a> to assure the rifle and ammunition are perfectly matched. Snipers are already familiar with .338s including the .338 Lapua Mag and the .338 Win Mag. These two highly effective cartridges are known for their long-range effectiveness in bolt-action platforms. For most LE operations requiring the deployment of a rifle, a bolt gun presents a number of tactical drawbacks. Slower handling, more recoil, and slower follow-up shots.\r\n\r\nThe .338 Federal delivers the only modern .338 caliber load that isn\u2019t a magnum configuration. It delivers a larger diameter bullet for more weight and overall energy on target without magnum recoil. \u201cThe .338 Federal captures the capability of the longstanding .308 case and offers the respected performance of the .338 bullet,\u201d says Federal President Mark DeYoung. \u201cThese two mainstays have been proven time and again and are now brought together into a quality factory load,\u201d he adds.","post_title":"Armalite AR-10T .338 Federal","post_excerpt":"NEW BATTLE RIFLE chambered for Federal\u2019s powerhouse cartridge!","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"armalite-ar-10t-338-federal","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-10-31 23:08:29","post_modified_gmt":"2023-11-01 03:08:29","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2009\/09\/02\/armalite-ar-10t-338-federal\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":160816,"post_author":"374","post_date":"2009-04-24 14:48:05","post_date_gmt":"2009-04-24 20:48:05","post_content":"\r\n\r\nI have been a fan of the .308 cartridge (7.62x51mm) for many years and have always enjoyed its versatility. It has numerous useful applications for self-defense and law enforcement and one of my bolt-action rifles in that chambering is set up for medium- to-long range anti-personnel work.\r\n\r\n\"untitled-2.jpg\"I have used .308 rifles in bolt-action, lever-action, slide-action and semi-automatic configurations, the latter being in the form of the M14 battle rifle, which is what we cadets trained with in ROTC (Reserve Officers\u2019 Training Corps) I was very interested when Rock River Arms (RRA) introduced an AR-type rifle in the popular .308 caliber.\r\n\r\nThe rifle was the Mid-Length (M\/L) LAR-8 A4 (308A1239), which comes housed in a compartmented, electric blue plastic carrying case. In the case, the rifle is broken down into the upper-receiver\/barrel group and the lower-receiver\/stock group that allows the case to be a bit more compact length-wise. It is a great case for shipping the weapon, but unfortunately the case cannot be used once an optic sight is mounted on the LAR-8, which means that if you want to carry your RRA rifle in a gun case fully assembled with a sight mounted, you will be in the market for a new larger gun case.\r\n\r\nMy sample LAR-8 mid-length A4 came with a 16-inch Wilson chrome moly barrel having a 1-in-10-inch right-hand twist, six land and groove rifling and a Picatinny rail on the upper receiver and on top of the barrel at the front of the handguard as there are no iron sights. There is also an A2 version that has the same iron sight configuration that is found on the M16A2 rifle. Both of these rifles are fitted with a tactical CAR-style buttstock.\r\n\r\nOther RRA LAR-8 factory variations include Standard A2 and A4 models that have 20-inch barrels and a conventional AR-type butt stock, plus there is an A-4 Varmint Model that features a 26-inch Wilson air gauged, stainless steel bull barrel that is coupled with a free-floating, tubular aluminum handguard for increased long-distance accuracy.\r\n\r\nStandard Features <\/strong>\r\nStandard features on my LAR-8 M\/L A4 includes a rubber Hogue pistol grip, which is stippled and has finger grooves, a two-stage match trigger, upper receiver with bolt forward assist and ejection port door, plus brass deflector, ventilated polymer handguard, sling swivels and A2-type flash suppressor. The LAR-8 basically looks like a M16 on steroids, as the receiver has been beefed up to allow use of the .308 (7.62x51mm) cartridge.\r\n\r\nThe two big differences that the discerning eye will note is the magazine and the bolt catch. The factory-supplied magazine for the LAR-8 is basically the same as the 20-round magazine used in the famous FN\/FAL and L1A1 battle rifles. Entire articles and books could be and have been devoted to this fine weapon, so we won\u2019t delve into that subject here, but this Fabrique Nationale-designed rifle has been in service since 1953 and has armed some 60 countries around the world including Belgium, Great Britain, Canada, Australia, and Argentina.\r\n\r\nNeedless to say, there have been countless thousands of magazines made for the FN\/FAL and that fact pays dividends to the LAR-8 owner who has a wide selection to choose from. I did a little Internet surfing and came up with price ranges from $10 to $22 for used Mil-Spec 20-round magazines. There are also 30-round magazines out there that average around $50 more. They hang down a bit too far for comfortable prone shooting, so I\u2019m content to stick with the 20-rounders myself.\r\n\r\nThe bolt catch on the LAR-8 is not on the left side of the lower receiver as on the M16, but is positioned at the base of the magazine well at its juncture with the pivoting triggerguard. It is more reminiscent of the bolt catch found on the FN\/FAL and is made to be ambidextrous, and if your hand is large enough can be actuated by the trigger finger of whichever hand you use. The magazine release is located in the same area as on the M16 and the LAR-8 is also ambidextrous.\r\n\r\nWhile the manual safety lever, just above the pistol grip on the right of the receiver, is not ambidextrous, it appears to be easily changed to the left side of the receiver if that\u2019s the user\u2019s preference. On a whole the controls on this rifle are easily reached and manipulated without removing the hand from the pistol grip, certainly a plus in a patrol rifle. I had no trouble whatever operating them with my medium-sized hand.\r\n\r\nObviously, this rifle is going to pack more weight than the M16 and the LAR-8 M\/L A4 weighs in empty, sans sights, at a respectable 8.1 pounds. With the 6-position CAR buttstock fully extended it measures 38 inches. The weight and the propellant gas operation system of the action certainly help tame recoil, which is a good thing given the hard checkered butt of the CAR stock.\r\n\r\nThe standard polymer handguard is round in shape with flats on the top and bottom that are serrated and have holes for barrel ventilation. There are no rails on the standard handguard, but RRA does offer optional Daniel Defense Lite Quad Rails for both the Mid-Length and Standard LAR-8 A4 rifles. In fact, a visit to the RRA website will allow one to see the full list of optional items available that allow you to \u201chave it your way\u201d with just about any Rock River Arms\u2019 AR-type rifle.\r\n\r\nAs always, I gave the RRA LAR-8 Mid-Length A4 a top to bottom inspection and did not find anything wanting in overall fit and finish of the weapon. All the flats were flat, corners square and rounded surfaces done to perfection. No machine marks or other blemishes were visible and the black hard coat anodized finish was a good match to the black polymer material of the handguard and buttstock of the rifle.\r\n\r\nOptics Selection<\/strong>\r\nNow given that my RRA LAR-8 M\/L A4 comes without sights, it was time to select something with which to aim the rifle that would be fitting for my uses. I looked at a number of optical and sights of various manufacturers, but came away impressed with the Trijicon ACOG (Advanced Combat Optical Gunsight) 3.5x35mm .308 BDC\/FT.Chevron BAC riflescope for our test.\r\n\r\nAnyone that watches the network nightly news has seen the ACOG sights on the M16A2 rifles carried by many of our troops in Afghanistan and Iraq; their bell-shaped housings make them easily identifiable. They have been in use for many years by Army Special Forces, the Marines, Navy SEALs and the FBI, so I didn\u2019t see how I could go wrong. Trijicon is synonymous with the night sights that have been fitted on many of the most popular combat handguns for a couple of decades. However, Trijicon\u2019s founder Glyn Bindon wanted to build a sight for long arms that would bring together both-eyes-open shooting, an illuminated aiming point, plus magnified optics.\r\n\r\nWhat he discovered was what has since been termed the Bindon Aiming Concept (BAC), aiming with both eyes open, which gives a superior sense of balance and field of view, coupled with a magnified Trijicon sight, which offers the shooter a considerable advantage over his target using conventional sights. When used as designed, in the binocular mode, the operator sees only the red, chevron-shaped reticle (the pointed tip is the aiming point) transposed on the target at anywhere from across-the-room ranges to several hundred yards.\r\n\r\nMy sample ACOG 3.5x35mm scope came packaged in a well-padded Pelican case, which also held a black nylon, Scopecoat scope cover, a Lenspen lens cleaner and an ACOG thumbscrew flattop adapter for affixing the scope to the Picatinny rail of the LAR-8. The scope housing is 8 inches in length and is made of rugged forged aluminum; the black, hard-anodized finish matches almost exactly that of the RRA rifle. Scope weight without mounts adds only 14 ounces to the weight of the rifle.\r\n\r\nThe scope is calibrated for use with the .308 cartridge and is meant to be sighted in at 100 meters with an effective range of 800 meters on flattop rifles. The reticle also includes a rangefinder and the base of the chevron aiming point is 5.53 MOA (minute of angle), which at 300 meters is 19 inches allowing for good range estimation. Of course, during the day, the fiber-optic tube running along the top of the scope gathers light for the red aiming point and at night\/low light tritium is used to illuminate the chevron. The field of view at 100 yards is almost 29 feet, the eye relief is 2.4 inches and the adjustment is 4-inch clicks at 100 yards.\r\n\r\nRange Time<\/strong>\r\nNow it was time to go to my ammo locker and select some cartridges from my stock of .308 ammunition. I chose Black Hills Gold with a 168-grain Hornady A-Max bullet, which has a factory velocity of 2650 fps (feet per second). Next I picked Federal Gold Medal that has a Sierra 168-grain \u201cMatchKing\u201d BTHP bullet also rated at 2650 fps. To add a law enforcement-designed cartridge I included the one of the Hornady TAP loads in .308.\r\n\r\nAccording to their website, \u201cThe 155-grain A-MAX TAP Precision cartridge offers match accuracy with a high-ballistic coefficient providing superior long-range performance. This load demonstrates expansion and fragmentation similar to the 110-grain load, but with a noticeable increase in penetration and retained bullet weight. This bullet penetrates glass with minimal deflection and exhibits retained expansion and fragmentation characteristics.\u201d\r\n\r\nIt is also intended for use in a 1-in-10-inch or 1-in-12-inch twist rifle barrel such as that on the LAR-8. My final selection was the Winchester 150-grain Supreme Elite with \u201cThe new XP3 bullet that starts with a two-stage expansion design, then combines all the best-known bullet technology to offer delayed controlled expansion, deep penetration, and high retained weight.\u201d\r\n\r\nWith my rifle\/sight combination, plus test ammunition in hand, it was time for a field test. I did my shooting at the NRA Whittington Center during the 2008 Shootists Holiday and used the Center\u2019s Sight-In Range for my accuracy and chronograph testing session. I sighted the Trijicon ACOG 3.5x35mm scope in for 100 yards, then proceeded to shoot three 3-shot groups for record with each test cartridge, using the concrete benches and an MTM Casegard rest.\r\n\r\nMy best group was 0.82 of an inch using Federal Gold Medal loads, followed by 0.97 of an inch with the Hornady TAP ammo. All of the group averages stayed under 2 inches and my guess is that the rifle would have had no trouble out-shooting the shooter that day. I also set up my Oehler Model 35P chronograph to see what velocities I would get from the LAR-8 M\/L 16-inch barrel.\r\n\r\nNext I put a silhouette target out at 200 yards and fired a dozen shots using a mixed bag of .308 cartridges at center mass and scored 10 hits in the 10 and X-ring and two just out in the 9-ring. Three shots to the head resulted in three hits in the 10-ring. Lastly, I took the LAR-8 to the Animal Silhouette Range, where the backstop is a mountainside covered with nice big rocks.\r\n\r\nFrom the standing, off-hand position, again using a mix of my test ammo, I was able to make dust fly on rocks out as far as I could see them on the mountainside, which has been previously checked with a laser rangefinder to have shootable rocks out to some 475 yards. The best part besides the practical accuracy and \u201cshootability\u201d of the LAR-8 was the fact that it was 100-percent reliable and I did not note a single malfunction during the test.\r\n\r\nFinal Notes<\/strong>\r\nRRA has a winner here and mated with the Trijicon ACOG scope and good ammo, I can\u2019t think of anything I\u2019d rather take into harm\u2019s way.","post_title":"RRA Mid-Length LAR-8 A4 .308","post_excerpt":"Big-bore AR\/Trijicon ACOG combo proved 100% reliable and sub-MOA accurate!","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"rra-mid-lenght-lar-8-a4-308","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-05-31 20:23:23","post_modified_gmt":"2023-05-31 20:23:23","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2009\/04\/24\/rra-mid-lenght-lar-8-a4-308\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":161994,"post_author":"645","post_date":"2008-05-13 15:04:28","post_date_gmt":"2008-05-13 21:04:28","post_content":"\r\nThose marvels of Austrian ingenuity, GLOCK pistols, have a well-deserved reputation for arriving ready for concealed carry. No sharp edges abound to be rough on the hands or snag clothing during the draw. GLOCKs slide from the holster, point well, and are ready for immediate action. The GLOCK Safe Action design leaves worries regarding a complicated manual of arms in the dust. Cap that off with sizes and calibers to satisfy every taste, and GLOCK seems destined to maintain their edge.\r\n\r\nFew things are dearer to the American heart than .45-caliber handguns. Despite the presence of .36- and .44-caliber handguns during the settling of the West, the .45 Colt is viewed as the decisive caliber from that era. Just in time to take the place of this noble cartridge, the .45 Auto became a force to be reckoned with in the next century. There is something comforting about this large caliber, imbuing a sense of power.\r\n\r\nIn fact, many a breath was held after GLOCK entered the U. S. market, until the Austrian company announced the introduction of their Model 21 in .45 Auto. Exhaling a sigh of relief, the .45 culture had a polymer wonder to satisfy its desires.\r\n\r\nFor duty carry by officers, the GLOCK 21 proved a perfect choice, hearty and robust, with the renowned GLOCK reliability. Following Law Enforcement (LE) trends that pushed the GLOCK to the top of the LE realm, as concealed carry rights blossomed, those exercising their rights adopted GLOCKs in droves. However, it was obvious the GLOCK 21 would have a small concealed carry following. The very traits making it so popular for duty carry\u2014hearty and robust\u2014worked against discreet carry.\r\n\r\nNever one to be left out in the cold, GLOCK introduced the more compact Models 30 and 36 in .45 Auto with double- and single-stack magazines, respectively. The Model 30 still bore grip dimensions similar to that of the Model 21, frequently difficult for those with average hands. The 36, though thinner due to a single-column magazine, still bore a longer front-to-back grip because of the .45 Auto chambering, which can still be a problem for some.\r\n\r\nBoth models have fared well with the American concealed carrier, but their frames, sized as they were for the .45 Auto, still leave some carriers and shooters with average and smaller-sized hands wanting. Likewise, many in the LE community hankered for a pistol dimensionally like the immensely popular GLOCK 17\/19\/26 and 22\/23\/26, but in the .45 Auto. Of course, the .45 Auto just won\u2019t fit in these more comfortable frames.\r\n\r\nMAKE WAY FOR THE .45<\/strong>\r\nNever one to shy away from a challenge, the folks at GLOCK tackled the project with the help of the ballistic wizards at Speer. The resulting cartridge, equaling the ballistic performance of the .45 Auto, was christened the .45 GLOCK Automatic Pistol (G.A.P.). Squeezed into a 9x19\/.40 frame, the GLOCK 37 and the .45 G.A.P. answered the LE and civilian concealed carriers\u2019 request for a more-compact .45 pistol.\r\n\r\nThe full-sized GLOCK 37 was followed by the compact GLOCK 38, and sub-compact GLOCK 39, each chambering a fair number of the new stubby .45s. Initially it was hoped the Models 37, 38, and 39 might be exactly the same size as the corresponding 9x19\/.40 models, and regarding the frames that proved true. However, to ensure perfect performance, marginally larger slides became the norm. (17\/22 slides are 1.01 inches wide by 0.85-inch high, weighing 18 ounces. GLOCK 37 slides are 1.13 inches wide by 0.88-inch high and weigh 21 ounces.) The .45 G.A.P. pistols incorporate a longer steel locking-block.\r\n\r\nOne step in building a cartridge to fit in the smaller and handier frame was designing the .45 G.A.P. cartridge to be 0.13-inch shorter than the .45 Auto. This produces a case similar in length to the 9x19 (0.78-inches), but once loaded the G. A. P has an overall length of 1.08 inches, actually shorter than the 9x19. (This last design parameter allows the wide .45 G.A.P. bullet to fit in a shorter grip area.)\r\n\r\n\"imgp03.gif\"AN ALL-NEW CARTRIDGE<\/strong>\r\nAdditional changes include a slightly rebated rim on the G.A.P., and modified extractor groove. Inside the case, one finds a wall profile that differs noticeably from the .45 Auto, thus allowing for seating .45 bullets without case wall bulging, and outside the primer pocket is filled with a small pistol primer. (A large pistol primer reportedly caused over-ignition and excessive pressure.) All of this goes to the point that the G.A.P. is an entirely new cartridge case that cannot be safely built from a .45 Auto case! Using the most modern propellants, Speer succeeded in charging this smaller .45 cartridge to equal the .45 Auto ballistically, while keeping pressures near the .45 Auto range.\r\n\r\nThere is no paucity of loadings available for the .45 G.A.P. GLOCKs. Speer\u2019s initial .45 G.A.P. commercial loadings were 185- and 200-grain Gold Dot premium hollowpoints and the same weights of TMJ bullets in the Speer Lawman line for economical shooting. Under the ATK banner with Speer, Federal Cartridge has introduced 185-grain and 230-grain Hydra-Shok loadings in the Premium Personal Defense line and an economical 185-grain TMJ loading in the American Eagle line.\r\n\r\nWinchester and Remington are now loading the .45 G.A.P. cartridge in configurations similar to Speer and Federal. COR-BON stepped in with their 160-grain DPX load, the 165-grain Pow'R Ball, a jacketed soft point, and a 200-grain JHP. This means bullet weights of 160 grains, 165 grains, 185 grains, 200 grains and 230 grains are all available.\r\n\r\n.45 GAP PERFORMANCE<\/strong>\r\nThe .45 G.A.P. is quite a boon for those of us adhering to the notion that bigger is better! Concealed carriers and Law Enforcement personnel, in and out of uniform, have their wish for new handguns.\r\n\r\nFrom the concealed carriers\u2019 and non-uniformed LE perspective, I found four .45 GLOCKs most appropriate for their needs. The Model 21 has already been excluded, and the Model 37 will probably be as well by those seeking compactness for carry. This leaves us with the Models 30, 36, 38, and 39 for consideration.\r\n\r\nThis was my first experience with the .45 G.A.P., so I began my examination of the concealed carry candidates with range testing. Trigger-time revealed just what I had heard: the .45 G.A.P. pistols were just as easily handled during all the drills as similar GLOCK models accommodating the .45 Auto. The GLOCK 38 weighs virtually the same as the Model 30, while the same is true of the Models 36 and 39, and the velocities of similar weight bullets are close enough to produce the similar felt recoil in pistols all weighing the same. (Depending on the cartridge, the .45 G.A.P. recoil can feel similar to a .40 pistol.)\r\n\r\nWearing average-sized hands, I found all four offerings fit me well, with the GLOCK 30 on the upper end of comfort for me. That, of course, explains why there is more than one flavor of ice cream\u2014and size of GLOCK\u2014to provide needed variety!\r\n\r\nWith pistols to fit my hands and those of most others, in my favorite caliber and that of GLOCK\u2019s new offering\u2014which seems destined to offer the .45 Auto a run for its money\u2014I went forth to gather the opinions of other shooters and concealed carriers.\r\n\r\n\"gap-carry.gif\"SHOOTING & CARRYING GLOCK .45s<\/strong>\r\nI placed the four GLOCK .45 offerings in the hands of a variety of shooters, and received the expected plethora of preferences. Given a choice of .45 GLOCKs, each one selected their favorite based on how it fit their hands and rode on their waist. Recoil did not seem a factor.\r\n\r\nThose finding the .45 Auto pistols a tad largish found the pistols chambered for the .45 G.A.P. just right. Testers that found the .45 Auto pistols fitting them well expressed their appreciation of the trimmer G.A.P pistols. It seems that not only has GLOCK spawned a new caliber in which to chamber their pistols, they have found one that can satisfy the needs of big-bore concealed carriers (and no doubt uniformed officers) while doing so.\r\n\r\nWill this be the .45 of the 21st century? Only time will tell, but it seems the .45 G.A.P is making a good run at that distinction!\r\nHOLSTERING GLOCK .45s<\/strong>\r\nAs excellent as the size and calibers of the GLOCK .45s make them for concealment, they still miss one thing for concealed carry\u2014a holster! Luckily holster makers, just like users, have flocked to all GLOCK pistols. Finding leather, or non-leather, to tote one\u2019s choice of .45 should be relatively easy.\r\n\r\nToting a handgun\u2014any handgun, including a GLOCK\u2014should be accomplished using a quality holster. Holsters protect handguns from loss, or shifting during carry, ensuring it will be there when one reaches for it. Not only will the handgun be there when needed, but also a well-designed holster will snug a GLOCK .45 against the body, while not impeding a smooth, speedy draw. Regardless of the GLOCK .45 of choice, there should be a holster to allow carrying it comfortably, securely, and inconspicuously.\r\n\r\nA quick search of the Internet turned up offerings to carry some of GLOCK\u2019s .45s from Aker, Alessi, Bianchi, Blackhawk Bulman, Blade-Tech, Comp-Tac, DeSantis, Del Fatti, Don Hume, FIST, Fobus, Galco, Gould & Goodrich, Milt Sparks, Safariland, Sidearmor, and Uncle Mikes. There are more, but I stopped searching when it became obvious there was no end to holsters and suppliers.\r\n\r\nIt seems every commercial holster maker, and those in the custom world, offer one or more styles, to fit one or more of the .45 GLOCK pistols. Their wares are made from horse or cowhide, Kydex or other polymer, or some version of ballistic nylon. Styles include belt models, inside-the-waistband versions, shoulder holsters, and pocket models for the smaller pistols.\r\n\r\nI also did a scan of my holster collection, and found a number already on hand, including those wearing the GLOCK brand. (GLOCK has always offered holsters for their pistols.) Not surprisingly, I discovered many holsters specified for 9x19\/.40 pistols also fit quite nicely around a GLOCK 36 pistol, with a scant few fitting the marginally enlarged G.A.P. models. (This is, of course, not something most holster makers will announce, nor something one can count on, but if an ample selection of holsters is available, the fit is easily checked.) In addition, holsters for the GLOCK 30 will usually fit the G.A.P. offerings.\r\n\r\nPick a .45 GLOCK, a holster to meet your needs, and ammo from a high-performance source. Outfitted with this, today\u2019s big-bore carrier will be ready to go!","post_title":"Concealed-Carry .45s: The GLOCK Solution | Glock 45 Models","post_excerpt":"The .45 firepower favored by legions of officers is tough to keep out of sight. Not so with the GLOCK .45 G.A.P.\u2014the hideaway handgun with maximum performance.","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"concealed-carry-45s-the-glock-solution","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-10-31 23:10:49","post_modified_gmt":"2023-11-01 03:10:49","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2008\/05\/13\/concealed-carry-45s-the-glock-solution\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":true,"total_page":15},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

POPULAR

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n
\"Sig<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Sig Sauer P290 is only slightly larger overall than a .380 ACP. With an overall length of just 5.5 inches, a truncated height of 3.9 inches, barrel length of 2.9 inches, and overall weight of only 21.5 ounces (empty), the P290 provides the defensive capability of a 9mm in a gun that is remarkably flat, measuring less than an inch in width. It is bigger and \u201cchunkier\u201d than the Kimber Solo and just a hair smaller than the Ruger LC9. The internal mechanism is a traditional locked breech, Browning-type tilting barrel but with one distinguishing feature; a broadly flared muzzle that aligns with a corresponding channel in the slide.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

This design contributes to quicker cycling of the action; as soon as the slide starts its reward movement it releases the muzzle, allowing the barrel to tilt and drop the breechblock into line for reload. The P290 also employs a dual recoil spring assembly that makes this operation pretty snappy.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The frame is a lightweight, molded polymer with a slide machined from a solid billet. The finishes available are natural stainless or durable Nitron coating. Standard sights are dovetailed drift adjustable white dots. The P290 is a DAO hammer-fired pistol but with no manual cocking capability. In addition, the Sig Sauer has an automatic firing pin safety block, hammer safety intercept notch, and a trigger bar disconnect, making it safe for carry with a chambered round. And the Sig Sauer will fire with the magazine removed.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

An interesting option for Sig Sauer is the Integrated Laser Module (ILM), which is custom made for the P290. Lightweight and compact, the ILM seamlessly blends with the lines of the pistol. The laser has ambidextrous switches. The increase in weight of 0.8 ounces is negligible and the laser unit adds only 0.75 inches to the depth of the gun.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Overall, this is a rugged looking little gun that is relatively easy to carry concealed considering it packs 6+1 rounds of 9mm.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Kimber Solo Carry<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n
\"gun
Compact semi-autos like the Kimber Solo are effective fight-stoppers, but shooters with weaker hands might have trouble retracting their slides.<\/figcaption><\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Kimber Solo Carry is one of the most compact 9mm on the market measuring only 5.5 inches in length, 3.9 inches in height and a mere 0.995 inches in width. The all steel and alloy construction semi-auto weighs only 17 ounces empty. The compactness of the Solo is visually striking, being only slightly larger in overall dimension than most .380s. In order to achieve these scaled down proportions reminiscent of a 1911, the frame contours are smoother and more rounded with every possible edge reduced to its minimum possible tolerances. Easily operated ambidextrous magazine releases and perfectly sized ambidextrous safeties make ease of operation suitable for left or right-handed users.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Truly \u201cpocketable,\u201d the Solo utilizes a unique striker-fired system with a slight twist. When the slide is cycled and a round is chambered the striker (firing pin) is between 88 to 90 percent pre-tensioned. The trigger pull necessary to discharge the Solo then is only 10 to 12 percent of the total effort needed to finish the cycle and release the striker. Even though Kimber describes the Solo as a \u201csingle action striker-fired design,\u201d it is actually a double action as pulling the trigger has to finish tensioning the striker before the gun will discharge. While the lightweight semi-auto has a pretty hefty kick it is more than manageable and exceptionally accurate. As one of the smaller 9mm on the market, the Solo definitely has earned its mark.<\/p>\n","post_title":"Contemporary Subcompact Handguns","post_excerpt":"The Personal Defense Pocket Pistols: In the 21st century we have perfected the art of making as much gun as possible in the smallest package possible!","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"contemporary-subcompacts","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-10-19 15:38:22","post_modified_gmt":"2023-10-19 19:38:22","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2012\/11\/01\/contemporary-subcompacts\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":160508,"post_author":"645","post_date":"2009-09-02 15:20:48","post_date_gmt":"2009-09-02 21:20:48","post_content":"\r\n\r\nEven the gloved hands of today\u2019s uniformed officer will find ArmaLite\u2019s new AR-10T familiar. Draw the fixed stock into the shoulder, obtain sight picture and flip the selector. What makes the AR-10T different is more about what\u2019s on the inside. But on the outside, it all seems to feel the same.\r\n\r\nSince the creation of the Department of Homeland Security, law enforcement agencies have contended with how to use their budget to best enable their first responders to protect citizens against terror. Every agency has assessed vulnerabilities and many have chosen to acquire big bore rifles capable of penetrating a hard target or intercepting a vehicular threat. With just one shot to get it right, a team leader should have experience on the firing line.\r\n\r\nArmaLite\u2019s battle proven AR-10 has already served LE around the world including Canada\u2019s Ontario Provincial Police TRU (Tactics and Rescue Unit). Now loaded for the \"armalite3.jpg\"hard-hitting .338 Federal, the new AR-10T fills a department\u2019s medium-caliber gap without sacrificing ease of deployment, time for training, or familiar handling qualities of an officer\u2019s carbine.\r\n\r\nWhat some don\u2019t realize is that the AR-10\u2019s roots are more than 50 years old, pre-dating the AR-15\/M16\/M4. Clenching the checkered A2 pistol grip, controls are at the fingers. Saving more than a pound in weight over 7.62mm NATO infantry rifles of its time, Eugene Stoner\u2019s modular innovation is a source for the often-used term \u201cergonomic\u201d (as it applies to firearm design).\r\n\r\nThe anodized lower receiver is home to the ArmaLite tactical two-stage trigger set, the same trigger mechanism used in ArmaLite M-15 rifles. Pulling the trigger provides a crisp and smooth feel that doesn\u2019t interfere with accuracy. First and second stages are consistently passed at just 3 and 5 pounds before allowing the hammer to strike.\r\n\r\nBeing that the AR-10T is based on a 7.62mm NATO platform, the first question that usually comes to mind is how ArmaLite manages to stuff the high energy behind a .338 cartridge into an AR? An ArmaLite representative reports, \u201cArmaLite\u2019s refinements to the AR-10 over the many years placed it at a stage where the transfer to a harder hitting caliber such as the .338 Federal was not a problem. It\u2019s a short action .308-type cartridge so it transitions into our AR-10 platform perfectly. With some testing, we found that it\u2019s a fitting combination. We were able to use the same proven bolt and extractor, as well as the Generation II magazines. No design changes had to be made except re-chambering the AR-10 for a new caliber.\u201d\r\n\r\nThe bolt sits inside a gas impingement carrier group with four holes available to bleed off pressure and debris. The disassembly procedure is the same as an agency\u2019s M-15 carbine (just bigger parts). With the firing pin removed, one difference from other ARs is visually apparent. A spring shrouds the base of the firing pin pushing against the wall in the bolt carrier group. This feature helps reduce the risk of malfunctions and prevents the firing pin from bouncing during operation.\r\n\r\nA railed flat-top upper receiver marked \u201c.338 Federal\u201d brings the bolt together with the chamber of the stainless steel barrel. \u201cWe originally designed the .338 Federal as a hunting rifle, thus the stainless steel barrel,\u201d says ArmaLite. \u201cThe .338 Federal is a cartridge best suited for short and mid-range duties. We put a 22-inch barrel on the rifle, which provided the best ballistics for these situations. With that being said, we have seen the potential for different uses in this caliber, so we are spending some time testing a shorter rifle with a 16-inch barrel featuring a full size buttstock and a mid-length gas system to use in CQB operations.\u201d\r\n\r\n\"armalite4.jpg\"A tubular one-piece, free-floating aluminum handguard shields the hands from the triple lapped, 1-in-10-inch twist stainless steel match barrel. The tubular handguard improves the rifle\u2019s handling without taking up real estate with full-length accessory rails that often go unused. A useable length of rail does grace the forend of the handguard, ready to accept custom mounting of bipods, lasers, lights and other accessories.\r\n\r\nThe massive stainless steel gas block is secured to the barrel with four large hex-head screws and redirects gas pressure through a direct impingement system. This gas block is also a front sight base that features a flip-up Midwest Industries (MI) post that co-witnesses with a MI flip-up backup sight affixed to the rear of the upper receiver\u2019s Picatinny rail.\r\n\r\nSince no flash suppressor or compensator is present, the recessed crown at the muzzle of the AR-10T protects the rifle\u2019s accuracy potential during heavy use or intense tactical operations. Combine a barrel made of stainless steel, an aluminum free-floated handguard, aluminum alloy receivers, a polymer stock and grip, and you have a weather-resistant tactical rifle. The AR-10T can withstand harsher environments like those encountered in sustained maritime operations while offering the effective energy transfer carried by a .338 slug. \u201cCoastal areas with salty environments and the moisture of the trunk in squad cars are hard on steel parts, especially the barrel,\u201d says ArmaLite. So stainless steel might be a better choice for these conditions.\r\n\r\n\"armalite6.jpg\"Shooting Impressions<\/strong>\r\nNow I\u2019m not going to lie and say that I found the AR-10T to be a sub-MOA tack-driver. For me, it wasn\u2019t. I have friends in this industry who tell me they achieved MOA accuracy verified by pictures on Jeff Quinn\u2019s gunblast.com<\/a> of multiple 3-shot groups fired from 100 yards rivaling the size of a penny. But this test was a representation of how a founding member of DHS envisions this rifle being used by law enforcement. On the scene, from the trunk of a vehicle, and across the hood.\r\n\r\nDriving down to the edge of North Carolina\u2019s Great Dismal Swamp brought me to a private range that required the careful use of four-wheelers to maneuver through knee-deep muck in order to get downrange and post targets. A pair of 12x18-inch ballistic steel plates were used to verify the new Leupold VX-3 6.5-20x50mm riflescope from 100 yards. Secured in ArmaLite\u2019s unique one-piece ring mount, this accessory removes a couple of variables that typically impact accuracy on other rifles.\r\n\r\nThe DHS agent fired first. And second. \u201cOh yeah, we\u2019re good.\u201d Our four-wheelers carried us across the swamp again just to verify the point-of-aim\/point-of-impact. Fingering the significant dimples created in the swinging AR-500 steel plate, he said, \u201cMan, that rifle has some thump to it!\u201d With paper targets ready, we drove back to the firing line and began the accuracy test.\r\n\r\n\"armalite8.jpg\"In rural parts of the US, it\u2019s not unusual to see a pick-up truck used as a law enforcement vehicle. To best simulate a tactical operation where a vehicle is used as cover and firing support, we positioned the vehicle at the firing line and loaded each (5-, 10-, and 20-round) magazine with the only load available for this test: Federal\u2019s lead-nose, copper jacketed, 210-grain Nosler Partition.\r\n\r\nThe first 3-shot group from each of us measured just under 2.5 inches. Making it downrange and changing out targets, we discovered an earlier sighter that went off course and punched through a 5-inch thick tree. Looking further back, we saw the bullet had actually passed without deflection through a total of six trees smaller in size and spaced about 4 feet before disappearing.\r\n\r\nMost accuracy results with other AR-style rifles are taken in 5-shot groups, so the next batch would follow this pattern. Five groups of five shots averaged nearly 3 inches off the semi-supported position with the best group measuring 1.94 inches. The most impressive observation came from our last test, a 20-shot magazine dump in quick succession. In a string of fire that lasted no more than 30 seconds, 20 shots were clustered together in a group measuring just 3.6 inches. This is practical accuracy you can expect of a trained officer that could put a definitive end to a given crisis.\r\n\r\nFinal Notes<\/strong>\r\n\u201cIf you benched it with a bipod, it\u2019d group a lot tighter,\u201d noted the DHS agent, \u201cbut this is realistic. This rifle is what you hope to have when you arrive to a dynamic situation forcing you to run what you have.\u201d\r\n\r\nArmaLite asserts, \u201cThe same principals apply to this caliber as the .458 SOCOM, only the AR-10T does it better. Placing this harder hitting round in this strong, proven platform was a perfect match. The .458 SOCOM in the smaller AR-15 platform has unpredictable penetration at any significant range and the smaller AR-15 platform is unproven to last with a large caliber.\u201d\r\n\r\nWith the AR-10T you get a heavier bullet, lower felt recoil and more energy transferred to the target. This lethal hammer is ready to meet the obstacles faced by LE in urban environments or on the maritime waters.\r\n\r\n\"federal2.jpg\"FEDERAL\u2019S BOLD .338<\/strong>\r\nThere are other .338s out there but none that can be easily integrated with fewer changes to the seasoned AR-10. The story here is as much about the united effort between ArmaLite and Federal Cartridge<\/strong><\/a> to assure the rifle and ammunition are perfectly matched. Snipers are already familiar with .338s including the .338 Lapua Mag and the .338 Win Mag. These two highly effective cartridges are known for their long-range effectiveness in bolt-action platforms. For most LE operations requiring the deployment of a rifle, a bolt gun presents a number of tactical drawbacks. Slower handling, more recoil, and slower follow-up shots.\r\n\r\nThe .338 Federal delivers the only modern .338 caliber load that isn\u2019t a magnum configuration. It delivers a larger diameter bullet for more weight and overall energy on target without magnum recoil. \u201cThe .338 Federal captures the capability of the longstanding .308 case and offers the respected performance of the .338 bullet,\u201d says Federal President Mark DeYoung. \u201cThese two mainstays have been proven time and again and are now brought together into a quality factory load,\u201d he adds.","post_title":"Armalite AR-10T .338 Federal","post_excerpt":"NEW BATTLE RIFLE chambered for Federal\u2019s powerhouse cartridge!","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"armalite-ar-10t-338-federal","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-10-31 23:08:29","post_modified_gmt":"2023-11-01 03:08:29","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2009\/09\/02\/armalite-ar-10t-338-federal\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":160816,"post_author":"374","post_date":"2009-04-24 14:48:05","post_date_gmt":"2009-04-24 20:48:05","post_content":"\r\n\r\nI have been a fan of the .308 cartridge (7.62x51mm) for many years and have always enjoyed its versatility. It has numerous useful applications for self-defense and law enforcement and one of my bolt-action rifles in that chambering is set up for medium- to-long range anti-personnel work.\r\n\r\n\"untitled-2.jpg\"I have used .308 rifles in bolt-action, lever-action, slide-action and semi-automatic configurations, the latter being in the form of the M14 battle rifle, which is what we cadets trained with in ROTC (Reserve Officers\u2019 Training Corps) I was very interested when Rock River Arms (RRA) introduced an AR-type rifle in the popular .308 caliber.\r\n\r\nThe rifle was the Mid-Length (M\/L) LAR-8 A4 (308A1239), which comes housed in a compartmented, electric blue plastic carrying case. In the case, the rifle is broken down into the upper-receiver\/barrel group and the lower-receiver\/stock group that allows the case to be a bit more compact length-wise. It is a great case for shipping the weapon, but unfortunately the case cannot be used once an optic sight is mounted on the LAR-8, which means that if you want to carry your RRA rifle in a gun case fully assembled with a sight mounted, you will be in the market for a new larger gun case.\r\n\r\nMy sample LAR-8 mid-length A4 came with a 16-inch Wilson chrome moly barrel having a 1-in-10-inch right-hand twist, six land and groove rifling and a Picatinny rail on the upper receiver and on top of the barrel at the front of the handguard as there are no iron sights. There is also an A2 version that has the same iron sight configuration that is found on the M16A2 rifle. Both of these rifles are fitted with a tactical CAR-style buttstock.\r\n\r\nOther RRA LAR-8 factory variations include Standard A2 and A4 models that have 20-inch barrels and a conventional AR-type butt stock, plus there is an A-4 Varmint Model that features a 26-inch Wilson air gauged, stainless steel bull barrel that is coupled with a free-floating, tubular aluminum handguard for increased long-distance accuracy.\r\n\r\nStandard Features <\/strong>\r\nStandard features on my LAR-8 M\/L A4 includes a rubber Hogue pistol grip, which is stippled and has finger grooves, a two-stage match trigger, upper receiver with bolt forward assist and ejection port door, plus brass deflector, ventilated polymer handguard, sling swivels and A2-type flash suppressor. The LAR-8 basically looks like a M16 on steroids, as the receiver has been beefed up to allow use of the .308 (7.62x51mm) cartridge.\r\n\r\nThe two big differences that the discerning eye will note is the magazine and the bolt catch. The factory-supplied magazine for the LAR-8 is basically the same as the 20-round magazine used in the famous FN\/FAL and L1A1 battle rifles. Entire articles and books could be and have been devoted to this fine weapon, so we won\u2019t delve into that subject here, but this Fabrique Nationale-designed rifle has been in service since 1953 and has armed some 60 countries around the world including Belgium, Great Britain, Canada, Australia, and Argentina.\r\n\r\nNeedless to say, there have been countless thousands of magazines made for the FN\/FAL and that fact pays dividends to the LAR-8 owner who has a wide selection to choose from. I did a little Internet surfing and came up with price ranges from $10 to $22 for used Mil-Spec 20-round magazines. There are also 30-round magazines out there that average around $50 more. They hang down a bit too far for comfortable prone shooting, so I\u2019m content to stick with the 20-rounders myself.\r\n\r\nThe bolt catch on the LAR-8 is not on the left side of the lower receiver as on the M16, but is positioned at the base of the magazine well at its juncture with the pivoting triggerguard. It is more reminiscent of the bolt catch found on the FN\/FAL and is made to be ambidextrous, and if your hand is large enough can be actuated by the trigger finger of whichever hand you use. The magazine release is located in the same area as on the M16 and the LAR-8 is also ambidextrous.\r\n\r\nWhile the manual safety lever, just above the pistol grip on the right of the receiver, is not ambidextrous, it appears to be easily changed to the left side of the receiver if that\u2019s the user\u2019s preference. On a whole the controls on this rifle are easily reached and manipulated without removing the hand from the pistol grip, certainly a plus in a patrol rifle. I had no trouble whatever operating them with my medium-sized hand.\r\n\r\nObviously, this rifle is going to pack more weight than the M16 and the LAR-8 M\/L A4 weighs in empty, sans sights, at a respectable 8.1 pounds. With the 6-position CAR buttstock fully extended it measures 38 inches. The weight and the propellant gas operation system of the action certainly help tame recoil, which is a good thing given the hard checkered butt of the CAR stock.\r\n\r\nThe standard polymer handguard is round in shape with flats on the top and bottom that are serrated and have holes for barrel ventilation. There are no rails on the standard handguard, but RRA does offer optional Daniel Defense Lite Quad Rails for both the Mid-Length and Standard LAR-8 A4 rifles. In fact, a visit to the RRA website will allow one to see the full list of optional items available that allow you to \u201chave it your way\u201d with just about any Rock River Arms\u2019 AR-type rifle.\r\n\r\nAs always, I gave the RRA LAR-8 Mid-Length A4 a top to bottom inspection and did not find anything wanting in overall fit and finish of the weapon. All the flats were flat, corners square and rounded surfaces done to perfection. No machine marks or other blemishes were visible and the black hard coat anodized finish was a good match to the black polymer material of the handguard and buttstock of the rifle.\r\n\r\nOptics Selection<\/strong>\r\nNow given that my RRA LAR-8 M\/L A4 comes without sights, it was time to select something with which to aim the rifle that would be fitting for my uses. I looked at a number of optical and sights of various manufacturers, but came away impressed with the Trijicon ACOG (Advanced Combat Optical Gunsight) 3.5x35mm .308 BDC\/FT.Chevron BAC riflescope for our test.\r\n\r\nAnyone that watches the network nightly news has seen the ACOG sights on the M16A2 rifles carried by many of our troops in Afghanistan and Iraq; their bell-shaped housings make them easily identifiable. They have been in use for many years by Army Special Forces, the Marines, Navy SEALs and the FBI, so I didn\u2019t see how I could go wrong. Trijicon is synonymous with the night sights that have been fitted on many of the most popular combat handguns for a couple of decades. However, Trijicon\u2019s founder Glyn Bindon wanted to build a sight for long arms that would bring together both-eyes-open shooting, an illuminated aiming point, plus magnified optics.\r\n\r\nWhat he discovered was what has since been termed the Bindon Aiming Concept (BAC), aiming with both eyes open, which gives a superior sense of balance and field of view, coupled with a magnified Trijicon sight, which offers the shooter a considerable advantage over his target using conventional sights. When used as designed, in the binocular mode, the operator sees only the red, chevron-shaped reticle (the pointed tip is the aiming point) transposed on the target at anywhere from across-the-room ranges to several hundred yards.\r\n\r\nMy sample ACOG 3.5x35mm scope came packaged in a well-padded Pelican case, which also held a black nylon, Scopecoat scope cover, a Lenspen lens cleaner and an ACOG thumbscrew flattop adapter for affixing the scope to the Picatinny rail of the LAR-8. The scope housing is 8 inches in length and is made of rugged forged aluminum; the black, hard-anodized finish matches almost exactly that of the RRA rifle. Scope weight without mounts adds only 14 ounces to the weight of the rifle.\r\n\r\nThe scope is calibrated for use with the .308 cartridge and is meant to be sighted in at 100 meters with an effective range of 800 meters on flattop rifles. The reticle also includes a rangefinder and the base of the chevron aiming point is 5.53 MOA (minute of angle), which at 300 meters is 19 inches allowing for good range estimation. Of course, during the day, the fiber-optic tube running along the top of the scope gathers light for the red aiming point and at night\/low light tritium is used to illuminate the chevron. The field of view at 100 yards is almost 29 feet, the eye relief is 2.4 inches and the adjustment is 4-inch clicks at 100 yards.\r\n\r\nRange Time<\/strong>\r\nNow it was time to go to my ammo locker and select some cartridges from my stock of .308 ammunition. I chose Black Hills Gold with a 168-grain Hornady A-Max bullet, which has a factory velocity of 2650 fps (feet per second). Next I picked Federal Gold Medal that has a Sierra 168-grain \u201cMatchKing\u201d BTHP bullet also rated at 2650 fps. To add a law enforcement-designed cartridge I included the one of the Hornady TAP loads in .308.\r\n\r\nAccording to their website, \u201cThe 155-grain A-MAX TAP Precision cartridge offers match accuracy with a high-ballistic coefficient providing superior long-range performance. This load demonstrates expansion and fragmentation similar to the 110-grain load, but with a noticeable increase in penetration and retained bullet weight. This bullet penetrates glass with minimal deflection and exhibits retained expansion and fragmentation characteristics.\u201d\r\n\r\nIt is also intended for use in a 1-in-10-inch or 1-in-12-inch twist rifle barrel such as that on the LAR-8. My final selection was the Winchester 150-grain Supreme Elite with \u201cThe new XP3 bullet that starts with a two-stage expansion design, then combines all the best-known bullet technology to offer delayed controlled expansion, deep penetration, and high retained weight.\u201d\r\n\r\nWith my rifle\/sight combination, plus test ammunition in hand, it was time for a field test. I did my shooting at the NRA Whittington Center during the 2008 Shootists Holiday and used the Center\u2019s Sight-In Range for my accuracy and chronograph testing session. I sighted the Trijicon ACOG 3.5x35mm scope in for 100 yards, then proceeded to shoot three 3-shot groups for record with each test cartridge, using the concrete benches and an MTM Casegard rest.\r\n\r\nMy best group was 0.82 of an inch using Federal Gold Medal loads, followed by 0.97 of an inch with the Hornady TAP ammo. All of the group averages stayed under 2 inches and my guess is that the rifle would have had no trouble out-shooting the shooter that day. I also set up my Oehler Model 35P chronograph to see what velocities I would get from the LAR-8 M\/L 16-inch barrel.\r\n\r\nNext I put a silhouette target out at 200 yards and fired a dozen shots using a mixed bag of .308 cartridges at center mass and scored 10 hits in the 10 and X-ring and two just out in the 9-ring. Three shots to the head resulted in three hits in the 10-ring. Lastly, I took the LAR-8 to the Animal Silhouette Range, where the backstop is a mountainside covered with nice big rocks.\r\n\r\nFrom the standing, off-hand position, again using a mix of my test ammo, I was able to make dust fly on rocks out as far as I could see them on the mountainside, which has been previously checked with a laser rangefinder to have shootable rocks out to some 475 yards. The best part besides the practical accuracy and \u201cshootability\u201d of the LAR-8 was the fact that it was 100-percent reliable and I did not note a single malfunction during the test.\r\n\r\nFinal Notes<\/strong>\r\nRRA has a winner here and mated with the Trijicon ACOG scope and good ammo, I can\u2019t think of anything I\u2019d rather take into harm\u2019s way.","post_title":"RRA Mid-Length LAR-8 A4 .308","post_excerpt":"Big-bore AR\/Trijicon ACOG combo proved 100% reliable and sub-MOA accurate!","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"rra-mid-lenght-lar-8-a4-308","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-05-31 20:23:23","post_modified_gmt":"2023-05-31 20:23:23","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2009\/04\/24\/rra-mid-lenght-lar-8-a4-308\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":161994,"post_author":"645","post_date":"2008-05-13 15:04:28","post_date_gmt":"2008-05-13 21:04:28","post_content":"\r\nThose marvels of Austrian ingenuity, GLOCK pistols, have a well-deserved reputation for arriving ready for concealed carry. No sharp edges abound to be rough on the hands or snag clothing during the draw. GLOCKs slide from the holster, point well, and are ready for immediate action. The GLOCK Safe Action design leaves worries regarding a complicated manual of arms in the dust. Cap that off with sizes and calibers to satisfy every taste, and GLOCK seems destined to maintain their edge.\r\n\r\nFew things are dearer to the American heart than .45-caliber handguns. Despite the presence of .36- and .44-caliber handguns during the settling of the West, the .45 Colt is viewed as the decisive caliber from that era. Just in time to take the place of this noble cartridge, the .45 Auto became a force to be reckoned with in the next century. There is something comforting about this large caliber, imbuing a sense of power.\r\n\r\nIn fact, many a breath was held after GLOCK entered the U. S. market, until the Austrian company announced the introduction of their Model 21 in .45 Auto. Exhaling a sigh of relief, the .45 culture had a polymer wonder to satisfy its desires.\r\n\r\nFor duty carry by officers, the GLOCK 21 proved a perfect choice, hearty and robust, with the renowned GLOCK reliability. Following Law Enforcement (LE) trends that pushed the GLOCK to the top of the LE realm, as concealed carry rights blossomed, those exercising their rights adopted GLOCKs in droves. However, it was obvious the GLOCK 21 would have a small concealed carry following. The very traits making it so popular for duty carry\u2014hearty and robust\u2014worked against discreet carry.\r\n\r\nNever one to be left out in the cold, GLOCK introduced the more compact Models 30 and 36 in .45 Auto with double- and single-stack magazines, respectively. The Model 30 still bore grip dimensions similar to that of the Model 21, frequently difficult for those with average hands. The 36, though thinner due to a single-column magazine, still bore a longer front-to-back grip because of the .45 Auto chambering, which can still be a problem for some.\r\n\r\nBoth models have fared well with the American concealed carrier, but their frames, sized as they were for the .45 Auto, still leave some carriers and shooters with average and smaller-sized hands wanting. Likewise, many in the LE community hankered for a pistol dimensionally like the immensely popular GLOCK 17\/19\/26 and 22\/23\/26, but in the .45 Auto. Of course, the .45 Auto just won\u2019t fit in these more comfortable frames.\r\n\r\nMAKE WAY FOR THE .45<\/strong>\r\nNever one to shy away from a challenge, the folks at GLOCK tackled the project with the help of the ballistic wizards at Speer. The resulting cartridge, equaling the ballistic performance of the .45 Auto, was christened the .45 GLOCK Automatic Pistol (G.A.P.). Squeezed into a 9x19\/.40 frame, the GLOCK 37 and the .45 G.A.P. answered the LE and civilian concealed carriers\u2019 request for a more-compact .45 pistol.\r\n\r\nThe full-sized GLOCK 37 was followed by the compact GLOCK 38, and sub-compact GLOCK 39, each chambering a fair number of the new stubby .45s. Initially it was hoped the Models 37, 38, and 39 might be exactly the same size as the corresponding 9x19\/.40 models, and regarding the frames that proved true. However, to ensure perfect performance, marginally larger slides became the norm. (17\/22 slides are 1.01 inches wide by 0.85-inch high, weighing 18 ounces. GLOCK 37 slides are 1.13 inches wide by 0.88-inch high and weigh 21 ounces.) The .45 G.A.P. pistols incorporate a longer steel locking-block.\r\n\r\nOne step in building a cartridge to fit in the smaller and handier frame was designing the .45 G.A.P. cartridge to be 0.13-inch shorter than the .45 Auto. This produces a case similar in length to the 9x19 (0.78-inches), but once loaded the G. A. P has an overall length of 1.08 inches, actually shorter than the 9x19. (This last design parameter allows the wide .45 G.A.P. bullet to fit in a shorter grip area.)\r\n\r\n\"imgp03.gif\"AN ALL-NEW CARTRIDGE<\/strong>\r\nAdditional changes include a slightly rebated rim on the G.A.P., and modified extractor groove. Inside the case, one finds a wall profile that differs noticeably from the .45 Auto, thus allowing for seating .45 bullets without case wall bulging, and outside the primer pocket is filled with a small pistol primer. (A large pistol primer reportedly caused over-ignition and excessive pressure.) All of this goes to the point that the G.A.P. is an entirely new cartridge case that cannot be safely built from a .45 Auto case! Using the most modern propellants, Speer succeeded in charging this smaller .45 cartridge to equal the .45 Auto ballistically, while keeping pressures near the .45 Auto range.\r\n\r\nThere is no paucity of loadings available for the .45 G.A.P. GLOCKs. Speer\u2019s initial .45 G.A.P. commercial loadings were 185- and 200-grain Gold Dot premium hollowpoints and the same weights of TMJ bullets in the Speer Lawman line for economical shooting. Under the ATK banner with Speer, Federal Cartridge has introduced 185-grain and 230-grain Hydra-Shok loadings in the Premium Personal Defense line and an economical 185-grain TMJ loading in the American Eagle line.\r\n\r\nWinchester and Remington are now loading the .45 G.A.P. cartridge in configurations similar to Speer and Federal. COR-BON stepped in with their 160-grain DPX load, the 165-grain Pow'R Ball, a jacketed soft point, and a 200-grain JHP. This means bullet weights of 160 grains, 165 grains, 185 grains, 200 grains and 230 grains are all available.\r\n\r\n.45 GAP PERFORMANCE<\/strong>\r\nThe .45 G.A.P. is quite a boon for those of us adhering to the notion that bigger is better! Concealed carriers and Law Enforcement personnel, in and out of uniform, have their wish for new handguns.\r\n\r\nFrom the concealed carriers\u2019 and non-uniformed LE perspective, I found four .45 GLOCKs most appropriate for their needs. The Model 21 has already been excluded, and the Model 37 will probably be as well by those seeking compactness for carry. This leaves us with the Models 30, 36, 38, and 39 for consideration.\r\n\r\nThis was my first experience with the .45 G.A.P., so I began my examination of the concealed carry candidates with range testing. Trigger-time revealed just what I had heard: the .45 G.A.P. pistols were just as easily handled during all the drills as similar GLOCK models accommodating the .45 Auto. The GLOCK 38 weighs virtually the same as the Model 30, while the same is true of the Models 36 and 39, and the velocities of similar weight bullets are close enough to produce the similar felt recoil in pistols all weighing the same. (Depending on the cartridge, the .45 G.A.P. recoil can feel similar to a .40 pistol.)\r\n\r\nWearing average-sized hands, I found all four offerings fit me well, with the GLOCK 30 on the upper end of comfort for me. That, of course, explains why there is more than one flavor of ice cream\u2014and size of GLOCK\u2014to provide needed variety!\r\n\r\nWith pistols to fit my hands and those of most others, in my favorite caliber and that of GLOCK\u2019s new offering\u2014which seems destined to offer the .45 Auto a run for its money\u2014I went forth to gather the opinions of other shooters and concealed carriers.\r\n\r\n\"gap-carry.gif\"SHOOTING & CARRYING GLOCK .45s<\/strong>\r\nI placed the four GLOCK .45 offerings in the hands of a variety of shooters, and received the expected plethora of preferences. Given a choice of .45 GLOCKs, each one selected their favorite based on how it fit their hands and rode on their waist. Recoil did not seem a factor.\r\n\r\nThose finding the .45 Auto pistols a tad largish found the pistols chambered for the .45 G.A.P. just right. Testers that found the .45 Auto pistols fitting them well expressed their appreciation of the trimmer G.A.P pistols. It seems that not only has GLOCK spawned a new caliber in which to chamber their pistols, they have found one that can satisfy the needs of big-bore concealed carriers (and no doubt uniformed officers) while doing so.\r\n\r\nWill this be the .45 of the 21st century? Only time will tell, but it seems the .45 G.A.P is making a good run at that distinction!\r\nHOLSTERING GLOCK .45s<\/strong>\r\nAs excellent as the size and calibers of the GLOCK .45s make them for concealment, they still miss one thing for concealed carry\u2014a holster! Luckily holster makers, just like users, have flocked to all GLOCK pistols. Finding leather, or non-leather, to tote one\u2019s choice of .45 should be relatively easy.\r\n\r\nToting a handgun\u2014any handgun, including a GLOCK\u2014should be accomplished using a quality holster. Holsters protect handguns from loss, or shifting during carry, ensuring it will be there when one reaches for it. Not only will the handgun be there when needed, but also a well-designed holster will snug a GLOCK .45 against the body, while not impeding a smooth, speedy draw. Regardless of the GLOCK .45 of choice, there should be a holster to allow carrying it comfortably, securely, and inconspicuously.\r\n\r\nA quick search of the Internet turned up offerings to carry some of GLOCK\u2019s .45s from Aker, Alessi, Bianchi, Blackhawk Bulman, Blade-Tech, Comp-Tac, DeSantis, Del Fatti, Don Hume, FIST, Fobus, Galco, Gould & Goodrich, Milt Sparks, Safariland, Sidearmor, and Uncle Mikes. There are more, but I stopped searching when it became obvious there was no end to holsters and suppliers.\r\n\r\nIt seems every commercial holster maker, and those in the custom world, offer one or more styles, to fit one or more of the .45 GLOCK pistols. Their wares are made from horse or cowhide, Kydex or other polymer, or some version of ballistic nylon. Styles include belt models, inside-the-waistband versions, shoulder holsters, and pocket models for the smaller pistols.\r\n\r\nI also did a scan of my holster collection, and found a number already on hand, including those wearing the GLOCK brand. (GLOCK has always offered holsters for their pistols.) Not surprisingly, I discovered many holsters specified for 9x19\/.40 pistols also fit quite nicely around a GLOCK 36 pistol, with a scant few fitting the marginally enlarged G.A.P. models. (This is, of course, not something most holster makers will announce, nor something one can count on, but if an ample selection of holsters is available, the fit is easily checked.) In addition, holsters for the GLOCK 30 will usually fit the G.A.P. offerings.\r\n\r\nPick a .45 GLOCK, a holster to meet your needs, and ammo from a high-performance source. Outfitted with this, today\u2019s big-bore carrier will be ready to go!","post_title":"Concealed-Carry .45s: The GLOCK Solution | Glock 45 Models","post_excerpt":"The .45 firepower favored by legions of officers is tough to keep out of sight. Not so with the GLOCK .45 G.A.P.\u2014the hideaway handgun with maximum performance.","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"concealed-carry-45s-the-glock-solution","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-10-31 23:10:49","post_modified_gmt":"2023-11-01 03:10:49","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2008\/05\/13\/concealed-carry-45s-the-glock-solution\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":true,"total_page":15},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

POPULAR

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n

Sig Sauer P290<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n
\"Sig<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Sig Sauer P290 is only slightly larger overall than a .380 ACP. With an overall length of just 5.5 inches, a truncated height of 3.9 inches, barrel length of 2.9 inches, and overall weight of only 21.5 ounces (empty), the P290 provides the defensive capability of a 9mm in a gun that is remarkably flat, measuring less than an inch in width. It is bigger and \u201cchunkier\u201d than the Kimber Solo and just a hair smaller than the Ruger LC9. The internal mechanism is a traditional locked breech, Browning-type tilting barrel but with one distinguishing feature; a broadly flared muzzle that aligns with a corresponding channel in the slide.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

This design contributes to quicker cycling of the action; as soon as the slide starts its reward movement it releases the muzzle, allowing the barrel to tilt and drop the breechblock into line for reload. The P290 also employs a dual recoil spring assembly that makes this operation pretty snappy.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The frame is a lightweight, molded polymer with a slide machined from a solid billet. The finishes available are natural stainless or durable Nitron coating. Standard sights are dovetailed drift adjustable white dots. The P290 is a DAO hammer-fired pistol but with no manual cocking capability. In addition, the Sig Sauer has an automatic firing pin safety block, hammer safety intercept notch, and a trigger bar disconnect, making it safe for carry with a chambered round. And the Sig Sauer will fire with the magazine removed.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

An interesting option for Sig Sauer is the Integrated Laser Module (ILM), which is custom made for the P290. Lightweight and compact, the ILM seamlessly blends with the lines of the pistol. The laser has ambidextrous switches. The increase in weight of 0.8 ounces is negligible and the laser unit adds only 0.75 inches to the depth of the gun.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Overall, this is a rugged looking little gun that is relatively easy to carry concealed considering it packs 6+1 rounds of 9mm.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Kimber Solo Carry<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n
\"gun
Compact semi-autos like the Kimber Solo are effective fight-stoppers, but shooters with weaker hands might have trouble retracting their slides.<\/figcaption><\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Kimber Solo Carry is one of the most compact 9mm on the market measuring only 5.5 inches in length, 3.9 inches in height and a mere 0.995 inches in width. The all steel and alloy construction semi-auto weighs only 17 ounces empty. The compactness of the Solo is visually striking, being only slightly larger in overall dimension than most .380s. In order to achieve these scaled down proportions reminiscent of a 1911, the frame contours are smoother and more rounded with every possible edge reduced to its minimum possible tolerances. Easily operated ambidextrous magazine releases and perfectly sized ambidextrous safeties make ease of operation suitable for left or right-handed users.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Truly \u201cpocketable,\u201d the Solo utilizes a unique striker-fired system with a slight twist. When the slide is cycled and a round is chambered the striker (firing pin) is between 88 to 90 percent pre-tensioned. The trigger pull necessary to discharge the Solo then is only 10 to 12 percent of the total effort needed to finish the cycle and release the striker. Even though Kimber describes the Solo as a \u201csingle action striker-fired design,\u201d it is actually a double action as pulling the trigger has to finish tensioning the striker before the gun will discharge. While the lightweight semi-auto has a pretty hefty kick it is more than manageable and exceptionally accurate. As one of the smaller 9mm on the market, the Solo definitely has earned its mark.<\/p>\n","post_title":"Contemporary Subcompact Handguns","post_excerpt":"The Personal Defense Pocket Pistols: In the 21st century we have perfected the art of making as much gun as possible in the smallest package possible!","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"contemporary-subcompacts","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-10-19 15:38:22","post_modified_gmt":"2023-10-19 19:38:22","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2012\/11\/01\/contemporary-subcompacts\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":160508,"post_author":"645","post_date":"2009-09-02 15:20:48","post_date_gmt":"2009-09-02 21:20:48","post_content":"\r\n\r\nEven the gloved hands of today\u2019s uniformed officer will find ArmaLite\u2019s new AR-10T familiar. Draw the fixed stock into the shoulder, obtain sight picture and flip the selector. What makes the AR-10T different is more about what\u2019s on the inside. But on the outside, it all seems to feel the same.\r\n\r\nSince the creation of the Department of Homeland Security, law enforcement agencies have contended with how to use their budget to best enable their first responders to protect citizens against terror. Every agency has assessed vulnerabilities and many have chosen to acquire big bore rifles capable of penetrating a hard target or intercepting a vehicular threat. With just one shot to get it right, a team leader should have experience on the firing line.\r\n\r\nArmaLite\u2019s battle proven AR-10 has already served LE around the world including Canada\u2019s Ontario Provincial Police TRU (Tactics and Rescue Unit). Now loaded for the \"armalite3.jpg\"hard-hitting .338 Federal, the new AR-10T fills a department\u2019s medium-caliber gap without sacrificing ease of deployment, time for training, or familiar handling qualities of an officer\u2019s carbine.\r\n\r\nWhat some don\u2019t realize is that the AR-10\u2019s roots are more than 50 years old, pre-dating the AR-15\/M16\/M4. Clenching the checkered A2 pistol grip, controls are at the fingers. Saving more than a pound in weight over 7.62mm NATO infantry rifles of its time, Eugene Stoner\u2019s modular innovation is a source for the often-used term \u201cergonomic\u201d (as it applies to firearm design).\r\n\r\nThe anodized lower receiver is home to the ArmaLite tactical two-stage trigger set, the same trigger mechanism used in ArmaLite M-15 rifles. Pulling the trigger provides a crisp and smooth feel that doesn\u2019t interfere with accuracy. First and second stages are consistently passed at just 3 and 5 pounds before allowing the hammer to strike.\r\n\r\nBeing that the AR-10T is based on a 7.62mm NATO platform, the first question that usually comes to mind is how ArmaLite manages to stuff the high energy behind a .338 cartridge into an AR? An ArmaLite representative reports, \u201cArmaLite\u2019s refinements to the AR-10 over the many years placed it at a stage where the transfer to a harder hitting caliber such as the .338 Federal was not a problem. It\u2019s a short action .308-type cartridge so it transitions into our AR-10 platform perfectly. With some testing, we found that it\u2019s a fitting combination. We were able to use the same proven bolt and extractor, as well as the Generation II magazines. No design changes had to be made except re-chambering the AR-10 for a new caliber.\u201d\r\n\r\nThe bolt sits inside a gas impingement carrier group with four holes available to bleed off pressure and debris. The disassembly procedure is the same as an agency\u2019s M-15 carbine (just bigger parts). With the firing pin removed, one difference from other ARs is visually apparent. A spring shrouds the base of the firing pin pushing against the wall in the bolt carrier group. This feature helps reduce the risk of malfunctions and prevents the firing pin from bouncing during operation.\r\n\r\nA railed flat-top upper receiver marked \u201c.338 Federal\u201d brings the bolt together with the chamber of the stainless steel barrel. \u201cWe originally designed the .338 Federal as a hunting rifle, thus the stainless steel barrel,\u201d says ArmaLite. \u201cThe .338 Federal is a cartridge best suited for short and mid-range duties. We put a 22-inch barrel on the rifle, which provided the best ballistics for these situations. With that being said, we have seen the potential for different uses in this caliber, so we are spending some time testing a shorter rifle with a 16-inch barrel featuring a full size buttstock and a mid-length gas system to use in CQB operations.\u201d\r\n\r\n\"armalite4.jpg\"A tubular one-piece, free-floating aluminum handguard shields the hands from the triple lapped, 1-in-10-inch twist stainless steel match barrel. The tubular handguard improves the rifle\u2019s handling without taking up real estate with full-length accessory rails that often go unused. A useable length of rail does grace the forend of the handguard, ready to accept custom mounting of bipods, lasers, lights and other accessories.\r\n\r\nThe massive stainless steel gas block is secured to the barrel with four large hex-head screws and redirects gas pressure through a direct impingement system. This gas block is also a front sight base that features a flip-up Midwest Industries (MI) post that co-witnesses with a MI flip-up backup sight affixed to the rear of the upper receiver\u2019s Picatinny rail.\r\n\r\nSince no flash suppressor or compensator is present, the recessed crown at the muzzle of the AR-10T protects the rifle\u2019s accuracy potential during heavy use or intense tactical operations. Combine a barrel made of stainless steel, an aluminum free-floated handguard, aluminum alloy receivers, a polymer stock and grip, and you have a weather-resistant tactical rifle. The AR-10T can withstand harsher environments like those encountered in sustained maritime operations while offering the effective energy transfer carried by a .338 slug. \u201cCoastal areas with salty environments and the moisture of the trunk in squad cars are hard on steel parts, especially the barrel,\u201d says ArmaLite. So stainless steel might be a better choice for these conditions.\r\n\r\n\"armalite6.jpg\"Shooting Impressions<\/strong>\r\nNow I\u2019m not going to lie and say that I found the AR-10T to be a sub-MOA tack-driver. For me, it wasn\u2019t. I have friends in this industry who tell me they achieved MOA accuracy verified by pictures on Jeff Quinn\u2019s gunblast.com<\/a> of multiple 3-shot groups fired from 100 yards rivaling the size of a penny. But this test was a representation of how a founding member of DHS envisions this rifle being used by law enforcement. On the scene, from the trunk of a vehicle, and across the hood.\r\n\r\nDriving down to the edge of North Carolina\u2019s Great Dismal Swamp brought me to a private range that required the careful use of four-wheelers to maneuver through knee-deep muck in order to get downrange and post targets. A pair of 12x18-inch ballistic steel plates were used to verify the new Leupold VX-3 6.5-20x50mm riflescope from 100 yards. Secured in ArmaLite\u2019s unique one-piece ring mount, this accessory removes a couple of variables that typically impact accuracy on other rifles.\r\n\r\nThe DHS agent fired first. And second. \u201cOh yeah, we\u2019re good.\u201d Our four-wheelers carried us across the swamp again just to verify the point-of-aim\/point-of-impact. Fingering the significant dimples created in the swinging AR-500 steel plate, he said, \u201cMan, that rifle has some thump to it!\u201d With paper targets ready, we drove back to the firing line and began the accuracy test.\r\n\r\n\"armalite8.jpg\"In rural parts of the US, it\u2019s not unusual to see a pick-up truck used as a law enforcement vehicle. To best simulate a tactical operation where a vehicle is used as cover and firing support, we positioned the vehicle at the firing line and loaded each (5-, 10-, and 20-round) magazine with the only load available for this test: Federal\u2019s lead-nose, copper jacketed, 210-grain Nosler Partition.\r\n\r\nThe first 3-shot group from each of us measured just under 2.5 inches. Making it downrange and changing out targets, we discovered an earlier sighter that went off course and punched through a 5-inch thick tree. Looking further back, we saw the bullet had actually passed without deflection through a total of six trees smaller in size and spaced about 4 feet before disappearing.\r\n\r\nMost accuracy results with other AR-style rifles are taken in 5-shot groups, so the next batch would follow this pattern. Five groups of five shots averaged nearly 3 inches off the semi-supported position with the best group measuring 1.94 inches. The most impressive observation came from our last test, a 20-shot magazine dump in quick succession. In a string of fire that lasted no more than 30 seconds, 20 shots were clustered together in a group measuring just 3.6 inches. This is practical accuracy you can expect of a trained officer that could put a definitive end to a given crisis.\r\n\r\nFinal Notes<\/strong>\r\n\u201cIf you benched it with a bipod, it\u2019d group a lot tighter,\u201d noted the DHS agent, \u201cbut this is realistic. This rifle is what you hope to have when you arrive to a dynamic situation forcing you to run what you have.\u201d\r\n\r\nArmaLite asserts, \u201cThe same principals apply to this caliber as the .458 SOCOM, only the AR-10T does it better. Placing this harder hitting round in this strong, proven platform was a perfect match. The .458 SOCOM in the smaller AR-15 platform has unpredictable penetration at any significant range and the smaller AR-15 platform is unproven to last with a large caliber.\u201d\r\n\r\nWith the AR-10T you get a heavier bullet, lower felt recoil and more energy transferred to the target. This lethal hammer is ready to meet the obstacles faced by LE in urban environments or on the maritime waters.\r\n\r\n\"federal2.jpg\"FEDERAL\u2019S BOLD .338<\/strong>\r\nThere are other .338s out there but none that can be easily integrated with fewer changes to the seasoned AR-10. The story here is as much about the united effort between ArmaLite and Federal Cartridge<\/strong><\/a> to assure the rifle and ammunition are perfectly matched. Snipers are already familiar with .338s including the .338 Lapua Mag and the .338 Win Mag. These two highly effective cartridges are known for their long-range effectiveness in bolt-action platforms. For most LE operations requiring the deployment of a rifle, a bolt gun presents a number of tactical drawbacks. Slower handling, more recoil, and slower follow-up shots.\r\n\r\nThe .338 Federal delivers the only modern .338 caliber load that isn\u2019t a magnum configuration. It delivers a larger diameter bullet for more weight and overall energy on target without magnum recoil. \u201cThe .338 Federal captures the capability of the longstanding .308 case and offers the respected performance of the .338 bullet,\u201d says Federal President Mark DeYoung. \u201cThese two mainstays have been proven time and again and are now brought together into a quality factory load,\u201d he adds.","post_title":"Armalite AR-10T .338 Federal","post_excerpt":"NEW BATTLE RIFLE chambered for Federal\u2019s powerhouse cartridge!","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"armalite-ar-10t-338-federal","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-10-31 23:08:29","post_modified_gmt":"2023-11-01 03:08:29","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2009\/09\/02\/armalite-ar-10t-338-federal\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":160816,"post_author":"374","post_date":"2009-04-24 14:48:05","post_date_gmt":"2009-04-24 20:48:05","post_content":"\r\n\r\nI have been a fan of the .308 cartridge (7.62x51mm) for many years and have always enjoyed its versatility. It has numerous useful applications for self-defense and law enforcement and one of my bolt-action rifles in that chambering is set up for medium- to-long range anti-personnel work.\r\n\r\n\"untitled-2.jpg\"I have used .308 rifles in bolt-action, lever-action, slide-action and semi-automatic configurations, the latter being in the form of the M14 battle rifle, which is what we cadets trained with in ROTC (Reserve Officers\u2019 Training Corps) I was very interested when Rock River Arms (RRA) introduced an AR-type rifle in the popular .308 caliber.\r\n\r\nThe rifle was the Mid-Length (M\/L) LAR-8 A4 (308A1239), which comes housed in a compartmented, electric blue plastic carrying case. In the case, the rifle is broken down into the upper-receiver\/barrel group and the lower-receiver\/stock group that allows the case to be a bit more compact length-wise. It is a great case for shipping the weapon, but unfortunately the case cannot be used once an optic sight is mounted on the LAR-8, which means that if you want to carry your RRA rifle in a gun case fully assembled with a sight mounted, you will be in the market for a new larger gun case.\r\n\r\nMy sample LAR-8 mid-length A4 came with a 16-inch Wilson chrome moly barrel having a 1-in-10-inch right-hand twist, six land and groove rifling and a Picatinny rail on the upper receiver and on top of the barrel at the front of the handguard as there are no iron sights. There is also an A2 version that has the same iron sight configuration that is found on the M16A2 rifle. Both of these rifles are fitted with a tactical CAR-style buttstock.\r\n\r\nOther RRA LAR-8 factory variations include Standard A2 and A4 models that have 20-inch barrels and a conventional AR-type butt stock, plus there is an A-4 Varmint Model that features a 26-inch Wilson air gauged, stainless steel bull barrel that is coupled with a free-floating, tubular aluminum handguard for increased long-distance accuracy.\r\n\r\nStandard Features <\/strong>\r\nStandard features on my LAR-8 M\/L A4 includes a rubber Hogue pistol grip, which is stippled and has finger grooves, a two-stage match trigger, upper receiver with bolt forward assist and ejection port door, plus brass deflector, ventilated polymer handguard, sling swivels and A2-type flash suppressor. The LAR-8 basically looks like a M16 on steroids, as the receiver has been beefed up to allow use of the .308 (7.62x51mm) cartridge.\r\n\r\nThe two big differences that the discerning eye will note is the magazine and the bolt catch. The factory-supplied magazine for the LAR-8 is basically the same as the 20-round magazine used in the famous FN\/FAL and L1A1 battle rifles. Entire articles and books could be and have been devoted to this fine weapon, so we won\u2019t delve into that subject here, but this Fabrique Nationale-designed rifle has been in service since 1953 and has armed some 60 countries around the world including Belgium, Great Britain, Canada, Australia, and Argentina.\r\n\r\nNeedless to say, there have been countless thousands of magazines made for the FN\/FAL and that fact pays dividends to the LAR-8 owner who has a wide selection to choose from. I did a little Internet surfing and came up with price ranges from $10 to $22 for used Mil-Spec 20-round magazines. There are also 30-round magazines out there that average around $50 more. They hang down a bit too far for comfortable prone shooting, so I\u2019m content to stick with the 20-rounders myself.\r\n\r\nThe bolt catch on the LAR-8 is not on the left side of the lower receiver as on the M16, but is positioned at the base of the magazine well at its juncture with the pivoting triggerguard. It is more reminiscent of the bolt catch found on the FN\/FAL and is made to be ambidextrous, and if your hand is large enough can be actuated by the trigger finger of whichever hand you use. The magazine release is located in the same area as on the M16 and the LAR-8 is also ambidextrous.\r\n\r\nWhile the manual safety lever, just above the pistol grip on the right of the receiver, is not ambidextrous, it appears to be easily changed to the left side of the receiver if that\u2019s the user\u2019s preference. On a whole the controls on this rifle are easily reached and manipulated without removing the hand from the pistol grip, certainly a plus in a patrol rifle. I had no trouble whatever operating them with my medium-sized hand.\r\n\r\nObviously, this rifle is going to pack more weight than the M16 and the LAR-8 M\/L A4 weighs in empty, sans sights, at a respectable 8.1 pounds. With the 6-position CAR buttstock fully extended it measures 38 inches. The weight and the propellant gas operation system of the action certainly help tame recoil, which is a good thing given the hard checkered butt of the CAR stock.\r\n\r\nThe standard polymer handguard is round in shape with flats on the top and bottom that are serrated and have holes for barrel ventilation. There are no rails on the standard handguard, but RRA does offer optional Daniel Defense Lite Quad Rails for both the Mid-Length and Standard LAR-8 A4 rifles. In fact, a visit to the RRA website will allow one to see the full list of optional items available that allow you to \u201chave it your way\u201d with just about any Rock River Arms\u2019 AR-type rifle.\r\n\r\nAs always, I gave the RRA LAR-8 Mid-Length A4 a top to bottom inspection and did not find anything wanting in overall fit and finish of the weapon. All the flats were flat, corners square and rounded surfaces done to perfection. No machine marks or other blemishes were visible and the black hard coat anodized finish was a good match to the black polymer material of the handguard and buttstock of the rifle.\r\n\r\nOptics Selection<\/strong>\r\nNow given that my RRA LAR-8 M\/L A4 comes without sights, it was time to select something with which to aim the rifle that would be fitting for my uses. I looked at a number of optical and sights of various manufacturers, but came away impressed with the Trijicon ACOG (Advanced Combat Optical Gunsight) 3.5x35mm .308 BDC\/FT.Chevron BAC riflescope for our test.\r\n\r\nAnyone that watches the network nightly news has seen the ACOG sights on the M16A2 rifles carried by many of our troops in Afghanistan and Iraq; their bell-shaped housings make them easily identifiable. They have been in use for many years by Army Special Forces, the Marines, Navy SEALs and the FBI, so I didn\u2019t see how I could go wrong. Trijicon is synonymous with the night sights that have been fitted on many of the most popular combat handguns for a couple of decades. However, Trijicon\u2019s founder Glyn Bindon wanted to build a sight for long arms that would bring together both-eyes-open shooting, an illuminated aiming point, plus magnified optics.\r\n\r\nWhat he discovered was what has since been termed the Bindon Aiming Concept (BAC), aiming with both eyes open, which gives a superior sense of balance and field of view, coupled with a magnified Trijicon sight, which offers the shooter a considerable advantage over his target using conventional sights. When used as designed, in the binocular mode, the operator sees only the red, chevron-shaped reticle (the pointed tip is the aiming point) transposed on the target at anywhere from across-the-room ranges to several hundred yards.\r\n\r\nMy sample ACOG 3.5x35mm scope came packaged in a well-padded Pelican case, which also held a black nylon, Scopecoat scope cover, a Lenspen lens cleaner and an ACOG thumbscrew flattop adapter for affixing the scope to the Picatinny rail of the LAR-8. The scope housing is 8 inches in length and is made of rugged forged aluminum; the black, hard-anodized finish matches almost exactly that of the RRA rifle. Scope weight without mounts adds only 14 ounces to the weight of the rifle.\r\n\r\nThe scope is calibrated for use with the .308 cartridge and is meant to be sighted in at 100 meters with an effective range of 800 meters on flattop rifles. The reticle also includes a rangefinder and the base of the chevron aiming point is 5.53 MOA (minute of angle), which at 300 meters is 19 inches allowing for good range estimation. Of course, during the day, the fiber-optic tube running along the top of the scope gathers light for the red aiming point and at night\/low light tritium is used to illuminate the chevron. The field of view at 100 yards is almost 29 feet, the eye relief is 2.4 inches and the adjustment is 4-inch clicks at 100 yards.\r\n\r\nRange Time<\/strong>\r\nNow it was time to go to my ammo locker and select some cartridges from my stock of .308 ammunition. I chose Black Hills Gold with a 168-grain Hornady A-Max bullet, which has a factory velocity of 2650 fps (feet per second). Next I picked Federal Gold Medal that has a Sierra 168-grain \u201cMatchKing\u201d BTHP bullet also rated at 2650 fps. To add a law enforcement-designed cartridge I included the one of the Hornady TAP loads in .308.\r\n\r\nAccording to their website, \u201cThe 155-grain A-MAX TAP Precision cartridge offers match accuracy with a high-ballistic coefficient providing superior long-range performance. This load demonstrates expansion and fragmentation similar to the 110-grain load, but with a noticeable increase in penetration and retained bullet weight. This bullet penetrates glass with minimal deflection and exhibits retained expansion and fragmentation characteristics.\u201d\r\n\r\nIt is also intended for use in a 1-in-10-inch or 1-in-12-inch twist rifle barrel such as that on the LAR-8. My final selection was the Winchester 150-grain Supreme Elite with \u201cThe new XP3 bullet that starts with a two-stage expansion design, then combines all the best-known bullet technology to offer delayed controlled expansion, deep penetration, and high retained weight.\u201d\r\n\r\nWith my rifle\/sight combination, plus test ammunition in hand, it was time for a field test. I did my shooting at the NRA Whittington Center during the 2008 Shootists Holiday and used the Center\u2019s Sight-In Range for my accuracy and chronograph testing session. I sighted the Trijicon ACOG 3.5x35mm scope in for 100 yards, then proceeded to shoot three 3-shot groups for record with each test cartridge, using the concrete benches and an MTM Casegard rest.\r\n\r\nMy best group was 0.82 of an inch using Federal Gold Medal loads, followed by 0.97 of an inch with the Hornady TAP ammo. All of the group averages stayed under 2 inches and my guess is that the rifle would have had no trouble out-shooting the shooter that day. I also set up my Oehler Model 35P chronograph to see what velocities I would get from the LAR-8 M\/L 16-inch barrel.\r\n\r\nNext I put a silhouette target out at 200 yards and fired a dozen shots using a mixed bag of .308 cartridges at center mass and scored 10 hits in the 10 and X-ring and two just out in the 9-ring. Three shots to the head resulted in three hits in the 10-ring. Lastly, I took the LAR-8 to the Animal Silhouette Range, where the backstop is a mountainside covered with nice big rocks.\r\n\r\nFrom the standing, off-hand position, again using a mix of my test ammo, I was able to make dust fly on rocks out as far as I could see them on the mountainside, which has been previously checked with a laser rangefinder to have shootable rocks out to some 475 yards. The best part besides the practical accuracy and \u201cshootability\u201d of the LAR-8 was the fact that it was 100-percent reliable and I did not note a single malfunction during the test.\r\n\r\nFinal Notes<\/strong>\r\nRRA has a winner here and mated with the Trijicon ACOG scope and good ammo, I can\u2019t think of anything I\u2019d rather take into harm\u2019s way.","post_title":"RRA Mid-Length LAR-8 A4 .308","post_excerpt":"Big-bore AR\/Trijicon ACOG combo proved 100% reliable and sub-MOA accurate!","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"rra-mid-lenght-lar-8-a4-308","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-05-31 20:23:23","post_modified_gmt":"2023-05-31 20:23:23","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2009\/04\/24\/rra-mid-lenght-lar-8-a4-308\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":161994,"post_author":"645","post_date":"2008-05-13 15:04:28","post_date_gmt":"2008-05-13 21:04:28","post_content":"\r\nThose marvels of Austrian ingenuity, GLOCK pistols, have a well-deserved reputation for arriving ready for concealed carry. No sharp edges abound to be rough on the hands or snag clothing during the draw. GLOCKs slide from the holster, point well, and are ready for immediate action. The GLOCK Safe Action design leaves worries regarding a complicated manual of arms in the dust. Cap that off with sizes and calibers to satisfy every taste, and GLOCK seems destined to maintain their edge.\r\n\r\nFew things are dearer to the American heart than .45-caliber handguns. Despite the presence of .36- and .44-caliber handguns during the settling of the West, the .45 Colt is viewed as the decisive caliber from that era. Just in time to take the place of this noble cartridge, the .45 Auto became a force to be reckoned with in the next century. There is something comforting about this large caliber, imbuing a sense of power.\r\n\r\nIn fact, many a breath was held after GLOCK entered the U. S. market, until the Austrian company announced the introduction of their Model 21 in .45 Auto. Exhaling a sigh of relief, the .45 culture had a polymer wonder to satisfy its desires.\r\n\r\nFor duty carry by officers, the GLOCK 21 proved a perfect choice, hearty and robust, with the renowned GLOCK reliability. Following Law Enforcement (LE) trends that pushed the GLOCK to the top of the LE realm, as concealed carry rights blossomed, those exercising their rights adopted GLOCKs in droves. However, it was obvious the GLOCK 21 would have a small concealed carry following. The very traits making it so popular for duty carry\u2014hearty and robust\u2014worked against discreet carry.\r\n\r\nNever one to be left out in the cold, GLOCK introduced the more compact Models 30 and 36 in .45 Auto with double- and single-stack magazines, respectively. The Model 30 still bore grip dimensions similar to that of the Model 21, frequently difficult for those with average hands. The 36, though thinner due to a single-column magazine, still bore a longer front-to-back grip because of the .45 Auto chambering, which can still be a problem for some.\r\n\r\nBoth models have fared well with the American concealed carrier, but their frames, sized as they were for the .45 Auto, still leave some carriers and shooters with average and smaller-sized hands wanting. Likewise, many in the LE community hankered for a pistol dimensionally like the immensely popular GLOCK 17\/19\/26 and 22\/23\/26, but in the .45 Auto. Of course, the .45 Auto just won\u2019t fit in these more comfortable frames.\r\n\r\nMAKE WAY FOR THE .45<\/strong>\r\nNever one to shy away from a challenge, the folks at GLOCK tackled the project with the help of the ballistic wizards at Speer. The resulting cartridge, equaling the ballistic performance of the .45 Auto, was christened the .45 GLOCK Automatic Pistol (G.A.P.). Squeezed into a 9x19\/.40 frame, the GLOCK 37 and the .45 G.A.P. answered the LE and civilian concealed carriers\u2019 request for a more-compact .45 pistol.\r\n\r\nThe full-sized GLOCK 37 was followed by the compact GLOCK 38, and sub-compact GLOCK 39, each chambering a fair number of the new stubby .45s. Initially it was hoped the Models 37, 38, and 39 might be exactly the same size as the corresponding 9x19\/.40 models, and regarding the frames that proved true. However, to ensure perfect performance, marginally larger slides became the norm. (17\/22 slides are 1.01 inches wide by 0.85-inch high, weighing 18 ounces. GLOCK 37 slides are 1.13 inches wide by 0.88-inch high and weigh 21 ounces.) The .45 G.A.P. pistols incorporate a longer steel locking-block.\r\n\r\nOne step in building a cartridge to fit in the smaller and handier frame was designing the .45 G.A.P. cartridge to be 0.13-inch shorter than the .45 Auto. This produces a case similar in length to the 9x19 (0.78-inches), but once loaded the G. A. P has an overall length of 1.08 inches, actually shorter than the 9x19. (This last design parameter allows the wide .45 G.A.P. bullet to fit in a shorter grip area.)\r\n\r\n\"imgp03.gif\"AN ALL-NEW CARTRIDGE<\/strong>\r\nAdditional changes include a slightly rebated rim on the G.A.P., and modified extractor groove. Inside the case, one finds a wall profile that differs noticeably from the .45 Auto, thus allowing for seating .45 bullets without case wall bulging, and outside the primer pocket is filled with a small pistol primer. (A large pistol primer reportedly caused over-ignition and excessive pressure.) All of this goes to the point that the G.A.P. is an entirely new cartridge case that cannot be safely built from a .45 Auto case! Using the most modern propellants, Speer succeeded in charging this smaller .45 cartridge to equal the .45 Auto ballistically, while keeping pressures near the .45 Auto range.\r\n\r\nThere is no paucity of loadings available for the .45 G.A.P. GLOCKs. Speer\u2019s initial .45 G.A.P. commercial loadings were 185- and 200-grain Gold Dot premium hollowpoints and the same weights of TMJ bullets in the Speer Lawman line for economical shooting. Under the ATK banner with Speer, Federal Cartridge has introduced 185-grain and 230-grain Hydra-Shok loadings in the Premium Personal Defense line and an economical 185-grain TMJ loading in the American Eagle line.\r\n\r\nWinchester and Remington are now loading the .45 G.A.P. cartridge in configurations similar to Speer and Federal. COR-BON stepped in with their 160-grain DPX load, the 165-grain Pow'R Ball, a jacketed soft point, and a 200-grain JHP. This means bullet weights of 160 grains, 165 grains, 185 grains, 200 grains and 230 grains are all available.\r\n\r\n.45 GAP PERFORMANCE<\/strong>\r\nThe .45 G.A.P. is quite a boon for those of us adhering to the notion that bigger is better! Concealed carriers and Law Enforcement personnel, in and out of uniform, have their wish for new handguns.\r\n\r\nFrom the concealed carriers\u2019 and non-uniformed LE perspective, I found four .45 GLOCKs most appropriate for their needs. The Model 21 has already been excluded, and the Model 37 will probably be as well by those seeking compactness for carry. This leaves us with the Models 30, 36, 38, and 39 for consideration.\r\n\r\nThis was my first experience with the .45 G.A.P., so I began my examination of the concealed carry candidates with range testing. Trigger-time revealed just what I had heard: the .45 G.A.P. pistols were just as easily handled during all the drills as similar GLOCK models accommodating the .45 Auto. The GLOCK 38 weighs virtually the same as the Model 30, while the same is true of the Models 36 and 39, and the velocities of similar weight bullets are close enough to produce the similar felt recoil in pistols all weighing the same. (Depending on the cartridge, the .45 G.A.P. recoil can feel similar to a .40 pistol.)\r\n\r\nWearing average-sized hands, I found all four offerings fit me well, with the GLOCK 30 on the upper end of comfort for me. That, of course, explains why there is more than one flavor of ice cream\u2014and size of GLOCK\u2014to provide needed variety!\r\n\r\nWith pistols to fit my hands and those of most others, in my favorite caliber and that of GLOCK\u2019s new offering\u2014which seems destined to offer the .45 Auto a run for its money\u2014I went forth to gather the opinions of other shooters and concealed carriers.\r\n\r\n\"gap-carry.gif\"SHOOTING & CARRYING GLOCK .45s<\/strong>\r\nI placed the four GLOCK .45 offerings in the hands of a variety of shooters, and received the expected plethora of preferences. Given a choice of .45 GLOCKs, each one selected their favorite based on how it fit their hands and rode on their waist. Recoil did not seem a factor.\r\n\r\nThose finding the .45 Auto pistols a tad largish found the pistols chambered for the .45 G.A.P. just right. Testers that found the .45 Auto pistols fitting them well expressed their appreciation of the trimmer G.A.P pistols. It seems that not only has GLOCK spawned a new caliber in which to chamber their pistols, they have found one that can satisfy the needs of big-bore concealed carriers (and no doubt uniformed officers) while doing so.\r\n\r\nWill this be the .45 of the 21st century? Only time will tell, but it seems the .45 G.A.P is making a good run at that distinction!\r\nHOLSTERING GLOCK .45s<\/strong>\r\nAs excellent as the size and calibers of the GLOCK .45s make them for concealment, they still miss one thing for concealed carry\u2014a holster! Luckily holster makers, just like users, have flocked to all GLOCK pistols. Finding leather, or non-leather, to tote one\u2019s choice of .45 should be relatively easy.\r\n\r\nToting a handgun\u2014any handgun, including a GLOCK\u2014should be accomplished using a quality holster. Holsters protect handguns from loss, or shifting during carry, ensuring it will be there when one reaches for it. Not only will the handgun be there when needed, but also a well-designed holster will snug a GLOCK .45 against the body, while not impeding a smooth, speedy draw. Regardless of the GLOCK .45 of choice, there should be a holster to allow carrying it comfortably, securely, and inconspicuously.\r\n\r\nA quick search of the Internet turned up offerings to carry some of GLOCK\u2019s .45s from Aker, Alessi, Bianchi, Blackhawk Bulman, Blade-Tech, Comp-Tac, DeSantis, Del Fatti, Don Hume, FIST, Fobus, Galco, Gould & Goodrich, Milt Sparks, Safariland, Sidearmor, and Uncle Mikes. There are more, but I stopped searching when it became obvious there was no end to holsters and suppliers.\r\n\r\nIt seems every commercial holster maker, and those in the custom world, offer one or more styles, to fit one or more of the .45 GLOCK pistols. Their wares are made from horse or cowhide, Kydex or other polymer, or some version of ballistic nylon. Styles include belt models, inside-the-waistband versions, shoulder holsters, and pocket models for the smaller pistols.\r\n\r\nI also did a scan of my holster collection, and found a number already on hand, including those wearing the GLOCK brand. (GLOCK has always offered holsters for their pistols.) Not surprisingly, I discovered many holsters specified for 9x19\/.40 pistols also fit quite nicely around a GLOCK 36 pistol, with a scant few fitting the marginally enlarged G.A.P. models. (This is, of course, not something most holster makers will announce, nor something one can count on, but if an ample selection of holsters is available, the fit is easily checked.) In addition, holsters for the GLOCK 30 will usually fit the G.A.P. offerings.\r\n\r\nPick a .45 GLOCK, a holster to meet your needs, and ammo from a high-performance source. Outfitted with this, today\u2019s big-bore carrier will be ready to go!","post_title":"Concealed-Carry .45s: The GLOCK Solution | Glock 45 Models","post_excerpt":"The .45 firepower favored by legions of officers is tough to keep out of sight. Not so with the GLOCK .45 G.A.P.\u2014the hideaway handgun with maximum performance.","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"concealed-carry-45s-the-glock-solution","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-10-31 23:10:49","post_modified_gmt":"2023-11-01 03:10:49","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2008\/05\/13\/concealed-carry-45s-the-glock-solution\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":true,"total_page":15},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

POPULAR

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n

This is a well-balanced gun that is slightly muzzle heavy, an asset in managing recoil. The size, weight, and feel of the LC9 is very good and while the trigger pull is exceptionally long at 1.2 inches, it remains smooth and consistent allowing for quick follow-up shots. This is a function of both safety and the nature of the LC9\u2019s internal hammer design. Simply put, discharging the LC9 is like firing a DAO revolver. The LC9 has a magazine disconnect and will not fire a chambered round with the magazine removed. Overall this is a very capable small 9mm, which can also be equipped with a number of options including a Crimson Trace Laserguard.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Sig Sauer P290<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n
\"Sig<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Sig Sauer P290 is only slightly larger overall than a .380 ACP. With an overall length of just 5.5 inches, a truncated height of 3.9 inches, barrel length of 2.9 inches, and overall weight of only 21.5 ounces (empty), the P290 provides the defensive capability of a 9mm in a gun that is remarkably flat, measuring less than an inch in width. It is bigger and \u201cchunkier\u201d than the Kimber Solo and just a hair smaller than the Ruger LC9. The internal mechanism is a traditional locked breech, Browning-type tilting barrel but with one distinguishing feature; a broadly flared muzzle that aligns with a corresponding channel in the slide.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

This design contributes to quicker cycling of the action; as soon as the slide starts its reward movement it releases the muzzle, allowing the barrel to tilt and drop the breechblock into line for reload. The P290 also employs a dual recoil spring assembly that makes this operation pretty snappy.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The frame is a lightweight, molded polymer with a slide machined from a solid billet. The finishes available are natural stainless or durable Nitron coating. Standard sights are dovetailed drift adjustable white dots. The P290 is a DAO hammer-fired pistol but with no manual cocking capability. In addition, the Sig Sauer has an automatic firing pin safety block, hammer safety intercept notch, and a trigger bar disconnect, making it safe for carry with a chambered round. And the Sig Sauer will fire with the magazine removed.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

An interesting option for Sig Sauer is the Integrated Laser Module (ILM), which is custom made for the P290. Lightweight and compact, the ILM seamlessly blends with the lines of the pistol. The laser has ambidextrous switches. The increase in weight of 0.8 ounces is negligible and the laser unit adds only 0.75 inches to the depth of the gun.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Overall, this is a rugged looking little gun that is relatively easy to carry concealed considering it packs 6+1 rounds of 9mm.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Kimber Solo Carry<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n
\"gun
Compact semi-autos like the Kimber Solo are effective fight-stoppers, but shooters with weaker hands might have trouble retracting their slides.<\/figcaption><\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Kimber Solo Carry is one of the most compact 9mm on the market measuring only 5.5 inches in length, 3.9 inches in height and a mere 0.995 inches in width. The all steel and alloy construction semi-auto weighs only 17 ounces empty. The compactness of the Solo is visually striking, being only slightly larger in overall dimension than most .380s. In order to achieve these scaled down proportions reminiscent of a 1911, the frame contours are smoother and more rounded with every possible edge reduced to its minimum possible tolerances. Easily operated ambidextrous magazine releases and perfectly sized ambidextrous safeties make ease of operation suitable for left or right-handed users.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Truly \u201cpocketable,\u201d the Solo utilizes a unique striker-fired system with a slight twist. When the slide is cycled and a round is chambered the striker (firing pin) is between 88 to 90 percent pre-tensioned. The trigger pull necessary to discharge the Solo then is only 10 to 12 percent of the total effort needed to finish the cycle and release the striker. Even though Kimber describes the Solo as a \u201csingle action striker-fired design,\u201d it is actually a double action as pulling the trigger has to finish tensioning the striker before the gun will discharge. While the lightweight semi-auto has a pretty hefty kick it is more than manageable and exceptionally accurate. As one of the smaller 9mm on the market, the Solo definitely has earned its mark.<\/p>\n","post_title":"Contemporary Subcompact Handguns","post_excerpt":"The Personal Defense Pocket Pistols: In the 21st century we have perfected the art of making as much gun as possible in the smallest package possible!","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"contemporary-subcompacts","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-10-19 15:38:22","post_modified_gmt":"2023-10-19 19:38:22","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2012\/11\/01\/contemporary-subcompacts\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":160508,"post_author":"645","post_date":"2009-09-02 15:20:48","post_date_gmt":"2009-09-02 21:20:48","post_content":"\r\n\r\nEven the gloved hands of today\u2019s uniformed officer will find ArmaLite\u2019s new AR-10T familiar. Draw the fixed stock into the shoulder, obtain sight picture and flip the selector. What makes the AR-10T different is more about what\u2019s on the inside. But on the outside, it all seems to feel the same.\r\n\r\nSince the creation of the Department of Homeland Security, law enforcement agencies have contended with how to use their budget to best enable their first responders to protect citizens against terror. Every agency has assessed vulnerabilities and many have chosen to acquire big bore rifles capable of penetrating a hard target or intercepting a vehicular threat. With just one shot to get it right, a team leader should have experience on the firing line.\r\n\r\nArmaLite\u2019s battle proven AR-10 has already served LE around the world including Canada\u2019s Ontario Provincial Police TRU (Tactics and Rescue Unit). Now loaded for the \"armalite3.jpg\"hard-hitting .338 Federal, the new AR-10T fills a department\u2019s medium-caliber gap without sacrificing ease of deployment, time for training, or familiar handling qualities of an officer\u2019s carbine.\r\n\r\nWhat some don\u2019t realize is that the AR-10\u2019s roots are more than 50 years old, pre-dating the AR-15\/M16\/M4. Clenching the checkered A2 pistol grip, controls are at the fingers. Saving more than a pound in weight over 7.62mm NATO infantry rifles of its time, Eugene Stoner\u2019s modular innovation is a source for the often-used term \u201cergonomic\u201d (as it applies to firearm design).\r\n\r\nThe anodized lower receiver is home to the ArmaLite tactical two-stage trigger set, the same trigger mechanism used in ArmaLite M-15 rifles. Pulling the trigger provides a crisp and smooth feel that doesn\u2019t interfere with accuracy. First and second stages are consistently passed at just 3 and 5 pounds before allowing the hammer to strike.\r\n\r\nBeing that the AR-10T is based on a 7.62mm NATO platform, the first question that usually comes to mind is how ArmaLite manages to stuff the high energy behind a .338 cartridge into an AR? An ArmaLite representative reports, \u201cArmaLite\u2019s refinements to the AR-10 over the many years placed it at a stage where the transfer to a harder hitting caliber such as the .338 Federal was not a problem. It\u2019s a short action .308-type cartridge so it transitions into our AR-10 platform perfectly. With some testing, we found that it\u2019s a fitting combination. We were able to use the same proven bolt and extractor, as well as the Generation II magazines. No design changes had to be made except re-chambering the AR-10 for a new caliber.\u201d\r\n\r\nThe bolt sits inside a gas impingement carrier group with four holes available to bleed off pressure and debris. The disassembly procedure is the same as an agency\u2019s M-15 carbine (just bigger parts). With the firing pin removed, one difference from other ARs is visually apparent. A spring shrouds the base of the firing pin pushing against the wall in the bolt carrier group. This feature helps reduce the risk of malfunctions and prevents the firing pin from bouncing during operation.\r\n\r\nA railed flat-top upper receiver marked \u201c.338 Federal\u201d brings the bolt together with the chamber of the stainless steel barrel. \u201cWe originally designed the .338 Federal as a hunting rifle, thus the stainless steel barrel,\u201d says ArmaLite. \u201cThe .338 Federal is a cartridge best suited for short and mid-range duties. We put a 22-inch barrel on the rifle, which provided the best ballistics for these situations. With that being said, we have seen the potential for different uses in this caliber, so we are spending some time testing a shorter rifle with a 16-inch barrel featuring a full size buttstock and a mid-length gas system to use in CQB operations.\u201d\r\n\r\n\"armalite4.jpg\"A tubular one-piece, free-floating aluminum handguard shields the hands from the triple lapped, 1-in-10-inch twist stainless steel match barrel. The tubular handguard improves the rifle\u2019s handling without taking up real estate with full-length accessory rails that often go unused. A useable length of rail does grace the forend of the handguard, ready to accept custom mounting of bipods, lasers, lights and other accessories.\r\n\r\nThe massive stainless steel gas block is secured to the barrel with four large hex-head screws and redirects gas pressure through a direct impingement system. This gas block is also a front sight base that features a flip-up Midwest Industries (MI) post that co-witnesses with a MI flip-up backup sight affixed to the rear of the upper receiver\u2019s Picatinny rail.\r\n\r\nSince no flash suppressor or compensator is present, the recessed crown at the muzzle of the AR-10T protects the rifle\u2019s accuracy potential during heavy use or intense tactical operations. Combine a barrel made of stainless steel, an aluminum free-floated handguard, aluminum alloy receivers, a polymer stock and grip, and you have a weather-resistant tactical rifle. The AR-10T can withstand harsher environments like those encountered in sustained maritime operations while offering the effective energy transfer carried by a .338 slug. \u201cCoastal areas with salty environments and the moisture of the trunk in squad cars are hard on steel parts, especially the barrel,\u201d says ArmaLite. So stainless steel might be a better choice for these conditions.\r\n\r\n\"armalite6.jpg\"Shooting Impressions<\/strong>\r\nNow I\u2019m not going to lie and say that I found the AR-10T to be a sub-MOA tack-driver. For me, it wasn\u2019t. I have friends in this industry who tell me they achieved MOA accuracy verified by pictures on Jeff Quinn\u2019s gunblast.com<\/a> of multiple 3-shot groups fired from 100 yards rivaling the size of a penny. But this test was a representation of how a founding member of DHS envisions this rifle being used by law enforcement. On the scene, from the trunk of a vehicle, and across the hood.\r\n\r\nDriving down to the edge of North Carolina\u2019s Great Dismal Swamp brought me to a private range that required the careful use of four-wheelers to maneuver through knee-deep muck in order to get downrange and post targets. A pair of 12x18-inch ballistic steel plates were used to verify the new Leupold VX-3 6.5-20x50mm riflescope from 100 yards. Secured in ArmaLite\u2019s unique one-piece ring mount, this accessory removes a couple of variables that typically impact accuracy on other rifles.\r\n\r\nThe DHS agent fired first. And second. \u201cOh yeah, we\u2019re good.\u201d Our four-wheelers carried us across the swamp again just to verify the point-of-aim\/point-of-impact. Fingering the significant dimples created in the swinging AR-500 steel plate, he said, \u201cMan, that rifle has some thump to it!\u201d With paper targets ready, we drove back to the firing line and began the accuracy test.\r\n\r\n\"armalite8.jpg\"In rural parts of the US, it\u2019s not unusual to see a pick-up truck used as a law enforcement vehicle. To best simulate a tactical operation where a vehicle is used as cover and firing support, we positioned the vehicle at the firing line and loaded each (5-, 10-, and 20-round) magazine with the only load available for this test: Federal\u2019s lead-nose, copper jacketed, 210-grain Nosler Partition.\r\n\r\nThe first 3-shot group from each of us measured just under 2.5 inches. Making it downrange and changing out targets, we discovered an earlier sighter that went off course and punched through a 5-inch thick tree. Looking further back, we saw the bullet had actually passed without deflection through a total of six trees smaller in size and spaced about 4 feet before disappearing.\r\n\r\nMost accuracy results with other AR-style rifles are taken in 5-shot groups, so the next batch would follow this pattern. Five groups of five shots averaged nearly 3 inches off the semi-supported position with the best group measuring 1.94 inches. The most impressive observation came from our last test, a 20-shot magazine dump in quick succession. In a string of fire that lasted no more than 30 seconds, 20 shots were clustered together in a group measuring just 3.6 inches. This is practical accuracy you can expect of a trained officer that could put a definitive end to a given crisis.\r\n\r\nFinal Notes<\/strong>\r\n\u201cIf you benched it with a bipod, it\u2019d group a lot tighter,\u201d noted the DHS agent, \u201cbut this is realistic. This rifle is what you hope to have when you arrive to a dynamic situation forcing you to run what you have.\u201d\r\n\r\nArmaLite asserts, \u201cThe same principals apply to this caliber as the .458 SOCOM, only the AR-10T does it better. Placing this harder hitting round in this strong, proven platform was a perfect match. The .458 SOCOM in the smaller AR-15 platform has unpredictable penetration at any significant range and the smaller AR-15 platform is unproven to last with a large caliber.\u201d\r\n\r\nWith the AR-10T you get a heavier bullet, lower felt recoil and more energy transferred to the target. This lethal hammer is ready to meet the obstacles faced by LE in urban environments or on the maritime waters.\r\n\r\n\"federal2.jpg\"FEDERAL\u2019S BOLD .338<\/strong>\r\nThere are other .338s out there but none that can be easily integrated with fewer changes to the seasoned AR-10. The story here is as much about the united effort between ArmaLite and Federal Cartridge<\/strong><\/a> to assure the rifle and ammunition are perfectly matched. Snipers are already familiar with .338s including the .338 Lapua Mag and the .338 Win Mag. These two highly effective cartridges are known for their long-range effectiveness in bolt-action platforms. For most LE operations requiring the deployment of a rifle, a bolt gun presents a number of tactical drawbacks. Slower handling, more recoil, and slower follow-up shots.\r\n\r\nThe .338 Federal delivers the only modern .338 caliber load that isn\u2019t a magnum configuration. It delivers a larger diameter bullet for more weight and overall energy on target without magnum recoil. \u201cThe .338 Federal captures the capability of the longstanding .308 case and offers the respected performance of the .338 bullet,\u201d says Federal President Mark DeYoung. \u201cThese two mainstays have been proven time and again and are now brought together into a quality factory load,\u201d he adds.","post_title":"Armalite AR-10T .338 Federal","post_excerpt":"NEW BATTLE RIFLE chambered for Federal\u2019s powerhouse cartridge!","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"armalite-ar-10t-338-federal","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-10-31 23:08:29","post_modified_gmt":"2023-11-01 03:08:29","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2009\/09\/02\/armalite-ar-10t-338-federal\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":160816,"post_author":"374","post_date":"2009-04-24 14:48:05","post_date_gmt":"2009-04-24 20:48:05","post_content":"\r\n\r\nI have been a fan of the .308 cartridge (7.62x51mm) for many years and have always enjoyed its versatility. It has numerous useful applications for self-defense and law enforcement and one of my bolt-action rifles in that chambering is set up for medium- to-long range anti-personnel work.\r\n\r\n\"untitled-2.jpg\"I have used .308 rifles in bolt-action, lever-action, slide-action and semi-automatic configurations, the latter being in the form of the M14 battle rifle, which is what we cadets trained with in ROTC (Reserve Officers\u2019 Training Corps) I was very interested when Rock River Arms (RRA) introduced an AR-type rifle in the popular .308 caliber.\r\n\r\nThe rifle was the Mid-Length (M\/L) LAR-8 A4 (308A1239), which comes housed in a compartmented, electric blue plastic carrying case. In the case, the rifle is broken down into the upper-receiver\/barrel group and the lower-receiver\/stock group that allows the case to be a bit more compact length-wise. It is a great case for shipping the weapon, but unfortunately the case cannot be used once an optic sight is mounted on the LAR-8, which means that if you want to carry your RRA rifle in a gun case fully assembled with a sight mounted, you will be in the market for a new larger gun case.\r\n\r\nMy sample LAR-8 mid-length A4 came with a 16-inch Wilson chrome moly barrel having a 1-in-10-inch right-hand twist, six land and groove rifling and a Picatinny rail on the upper receiver and on top of the barrel at the front of the handguard as there are no iron sights. There is also an A2 version that has the same iron sight configuration that is found on the M16A2 rifle. Both of these rifles are fitted with a tactical CAR-style buttstock.\r\n\r\nOther RRA LAR-8 factory variations include Standard A2 and A4 models that have 20-inch barrels and a conventional AR-type butt stock, plus there is an A-4 Varmint Model that features a 26-inch Wilson air gauged, stainless steel bull barrel that is coupled with a free-floating, tubular aluminum handguard for increased long-distance accuracy.\r\n\r\nStandard Features <\/strong>\r\nStandard features on my LAR-8 M\/L A4 includes a rubber Hogue pistol grip, which is stippled and has finger grooves, a two-stage match trigger, upper receiver with bolt forward assist and ejection port door, plus brass deflector, ventilated polymer handguard, sling swivels and A2-type flash suppressor. The LAR-8 basically looks like a M16 on steroids, as the receiver has been beefed up to allow use of the .308 (7.62x51mm) cartridge.\r\n\r\nThe two big differences that the discerning eye will note is the magazine and the bolt catch. The factory-supplied magazine for the LAR-8 is basically the same as the 20-round magazine used in the famous FN\/FAL and L1A1 battle rifles. Entire articles and books could be and have been devoted to this fine weapon, so we won\u2019t delve into that subject here, but this Fabrique Nationale-designed rifle has been in service since 1953 and has armed some 60 countries around the world including Belgium, Great Britain, Canada, Australia, and Argentina.\r\n\r\nNeedless to say, there have been countless thousands of magazines made for the FN\/FAL and that fact pays dividends to the LAR-8 owner who has a wide selection to choose from. I did a little Internet surfing and came up with price ranges from $10 to $22 for used Mil-Spec 20-round magazines. There are also 30-round magazines out there that average around $50 more. They hang down a bit too far for comfortable prone shooting, so I\u2019m content to stick with the 20-rounders myself.\r\n\r\nThe bolt catch on the LAR-8 is not on the left side of the lower receiver as on the M16, but is positioned at the base of the magazine well at its juncture with the pivoting triggerguard. It is more reminiscent of the bolt catch found on the FN\/FAL and is made to be ambidextrous, and if your hand is large enough can be actuated by the trigger finger of whichever hand you use. The magazine release is located in the same area as on the M16 and the LAR-8 is also ambidextrous.\r\n\r\nWhile the manual safety lever, just above the pistol grip on the right of the receiver, is not ambidextrous, it appears to be easily changed to the left side of the receiver if that\u2019s the user\u2019s preference. On a whole the controls on this rifle are easily reached and manipulated without removing the hand from the pistol grip, certainly a plus in a patrol rifle. I had no trouble whatever operating them with my medium-sized hand.\r\n\r\nObviously, this rifle is going to pack more weight than the M16 and the LAR-8 M\/L A4 weighs in empty, sans sights, at a respectable 8.1 pounds. With the 6-position CAR buttstock fully extended it measures 38 inches. The weight and the propellant gas operation system of the action certainly help tame recoil, which is a good thing given the hard checkered butt of the CAR stock.\r\n\r\nThe standard polymer handguard is round in shape with flats on the top and bottom that are serrated and have holes for barrel ventilation. There are no rails on the standard handguard, but RRA does offer optional Daniel Defense Lite Quad Rails for both the Mid-Length and Standard LAR-8 A4 rifles. In fact, a visit to the RRA website will allow one to see the full list of optional items available that allow you to \u201chave it your way\u201d with just about any Rock River Arms\u2019 AR-type rifle.\r\n\r\nAs always, I gave the RRA LAR-8 Mid-Length A4 a top to bottom inspection and did not find anything wanting in overall fit and finish of the weapon. All the flats were flat, corners square and rounded surfaces done to perfection. No machine marks or other blemishes were visible and the black hard coat anodized finish was a good match to the black polymer material of the handguard and buttstock of the rifle.\r\n\r\nOptics Selection<\/strong>\r\nNow given that my RRA LAR-8 M\/L A4 comes without sights, it was time to select something with which to aim the rifle that would be fitting for my uses. I looked at a number of optical and sights of various manufacturers, but came away impressed with the Trijicon ACOG (Advanced Combat Optical Gunsight) 3.5x35mm .308 BDC\/FT.Chevron BAC riflescope for our test.\r\n\r\nAnyone that watches the network nightly news has seen the ACOG sights on the M16A2 rifles carried by many of our troops in Afghanistan and Iraq; their bell-shaped housings make them easily identifiable. They have been in use for many years by Army Special Forces, the Marines, Navy SEALs and the FBI, so I didn\u2019t see how I could go wrong. Trijicon is synonymous with the night sights that have been fitted on many of the most popular combat handguns for a couple of decades. However, Trijicon\u2019s founder Glyn Bindon wanted to build a sight for long arms that would bring together both-eyes-open shooting, an illuminated aiming point, plus magnified optics.\r\n\r\nWhat he discovered was what has since been termed the Bindon Aiming Concept (BAC), aiming with both eyes open, which gives a superior sense of balance and field of view, coupled with a magnified Trijicon sight, which offers the shooter a considerable advantage over his target using conventional sights. When used as designed, in the binocular mode, the operator sees only the red, chevron-shaped reticle (the pointed tip is the aiming point) transposed on the target at anywhere from across-the-room ranges to several hundred yards.\r\n\r\nMy sample ACOG 3.5x35mm scope came packaged in a well-padded Pelican case, which also held a black nylon, Scopecoat scope cover, a Lenspen lens cleaner and an ACOG thumbscrew flattop adapter for affixing the scope to the Picatinny rail of the LAR-8. The scope housing is 8 inches in length and is made of rugged forged aluminum; the black, hard-anodized finish matches almost exactly that of the RRA rifle. Scope weight without mounts adds only 14 ounces to the weight of the rifle.\r\n\r\nThe scope is calibrated for use with the .308 cartridge and is meant to be sighted in at 100 meters with an effective range of 800 meters on flattop rifles. The reticle also includes a rangefinder and the base of the chevron aiming point is 5.53 MOA (minute of angle), which at 300 meters is 19 inches allowing for good range estimation. Of course, during the day, the fiber-optic tube running along the top of the scope gathers light for the red aiming point and at night\/low light tritium is used to illuminate the chevron. The field of view at 100 yards is almost 29 feet, the eye relief is 2.4 inches and the adjustment is 4-inch clicks at 100 yards.\r\n\r\nRange Time<\/strong>\r\nNow it was time to go to my ammo locker and select some cartridges from my stock of .308 ammunition. I chose Black Hills Gold with a 168-grain Hornady A-Max bullet, which has a factory velocity of 2650 fps (feet per second). Next I picked Federal Gold Medal that has a Sierra 168-grain \u201cMatchKing\u201d BTHP bullet also rated at 2650 fps. To add a law enforcement-designed cartridge I included the one of the Hornady TAP loads in .308.\r\n\r\nAccording to their website, \u201cThe 155-grain A-MAX TAP Precision cartridge offers match accuracy with a high-ballistic coefficient providing superior long-range performance. This load demonstrates expansion and fragmentation similar to the 110-grain load, but with a noticeable increase in penetration and retained bullet weight. This bullet penetrates glass with minimal deflection and exhibits retained expansion and fragmentation characteristics.\u201d\r\n\r\nIt is also intended for use in a 1-in-10-inch or 1-in-12-inch twist rifle barrel such as that on the LAR-8. My final selection was the Winchester 150-grain Supreme Elite with \u201cThe new XP3 bullet that starts with a two-stage expansion design, then combines all the best-known bullet technology to offer delayed controlled expansion, deep penetration, and high retained weight.\u201d\r\n\r\nWith my rifle\/sight combination, plus test ammunition in hand, it was time for a field test. I did my shooting at the NRA Whittington Center during the 2008 Shootists Holiday and used the Center\u2019s Sight-In Range for my accuracy and chronograph testing session. I sighted the Trijicon ACOG 3.5x35mm scope in for 100 yards, then proceeded to shoot three 3-shot groups for record with each test cartridge, using the concrete benches and an MTM Casegard rest.\r\n\r\nMy best group was 0.82 of an inch using Federal Gold Medal loads, followed by 0.97 of an inch with the Hornady TAP ammo. All of the group averages stayed under 2 inches and my guess is that the rifle would have had no trouble out-shooting the shooter that day. I also set up my Oehler Model 35P chronograph to see what velocities I would get from the LAR-8 M\/L 16-inch barrel.\r\n\r\nNext I put a silhouette target out at 200 yards and fired a dozen shots using a mixed bag of .308 cartridges at center mass and scored 10 hits in the 10 and X-ring and two just out in the 9-ring. Three shots to the head resulted in three hits in the 10-ring. Lastly, I took the LAR-8 to the Animal Silhouette Range, where the backstop is a mountainside covered with nice big rocks.\r\n\r\nFrom the standing, off-hand position, again using a mix of my test ammo, I was able to make dust fly on rocks out as far as I could see them on the mountainside, which has been previously checked with a laser rangefinder to have shootable rocks out to some 475 yards. The best part besides the practical accuracy and \u201cshootability\u201d of the LAR-8 was the fact that it was 100-percent reliable and I did not note a single malfunction during the test.\r\n\r\nFinal Notes<\/strong>\r\nRRA has a winner here and mated with the Trijicon ACOG scope and good ammo, I can\u2019t think of anything I\u2019d rather take into harm\u2019s way.","post_title":"RRA Mid-Length LAR-8 A4 .308","post_excerpt":"Big-bore AR\/Trijicon ACOG combo proved 100% reliable and sub-MOA accurate!","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"rra-mid-lenght-lar-8-a4-308","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-05-31 20:23:23","post_modified_gmt":"2023-05-31 20:23:23","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2009\/04\/24\/rra-mid-lenght-lar-8-a4-308\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":161994,"post_author":"645","post_date":"2008-05-13 15:04:28","post_date_gmt":"2008-05-13 21:04:28","post_content":"\r\nThose marvels of Austrian ingenuity, GLOCK pistols, have a well-deserved reputation for arriving ready for concealed carry. No sharp edges abound to be rough on the hands or snag clothing during the draw. GLOCKs slide from the holster, point well, and are ready for immediate action. The GLOCK Safe Action design leaves worries regarding a complicated manual of arms in the dust. Cap that off with sizes and calibers to satisfy every taste, and GLOCK seems destined to maintain their edge.\r\n\r\nFew things are dearer to the American heart than .45-caliber handguns. Despite the presence of .36- and .44-caliber handguns during the settling of the West, the .45 Colt is viewed as the decisive caliber from that era. Just in time to take the place of this noble cartridge, the .45 Auto became a force to be reckoned with in the next century. There is something comforting about this large caliber, imbuing a sense of power.\r\n\r\nIn fact, many a breath was held after GLOCK entered the U. S. market, until the Austrian company announced the introduction of their Model 21 in .45 Auto. Exhaling a sigh of relief, the .45 culture had a polymer wonder to satisfy its desires.\r\n\r\nFor duty carry by officers, the GLOCK 21 proved a perfect choice, hearty and robust, with the renowned GLOCK reliability. Following Law Enforcement (LE) trends that pushed the GLOCK to the top of the LE realm, as concealed carry rights blossomed, those exercising their rights adopted GLOCKs in droves. However, it was obvious the GLOCK 21 would have a small concealed carry following. The very traits making it so popular for duty carry\u2014hearty and robust\u2014worked against discreet carry.\r\n\r\nNever one to be left out in the cold, GLOCK introduced the more compact Models 30 and 36 in .45 Auto with double- and single-stack magazines, respectively. The Model 30 still bore grip dimensions similar to that of the Model 21, frequently difficult for those with average hands. The 36, though thinner due to a single-column magazine, still bore a longer front-to-back grip because of the .45 Auto chambering, which can still be a problem for some.\r\n\r\nBoth models have fared well with the American concealed carrier, but their frames, sized as they were for the .45 Auto, still leave some carriers and shooters with average and smaller-sized hands wanting. Likewise, many in the LE community hankered for a pistol dimensionally like the immensely popular GLOCK 17\/19\/26 and 22\/23\/26, but in the .45 Auto. Of course, the .45 Auto just won\u2019t fit in these more comfortable frames.\r\n\r\nMAKE WAY FOR THE .45<\/strong>\r\nNever one to shy away from a challenge, the folks at GLOCK tackled the project with the help of the ballistic wizards at Speer. The resulting cartridge, equaling the ballistic performance of the .45 Auto, was christened the .45 GLOCK Automatic Pistol (G.A.P.). Squeezed into a 9x19\/.40 frame, the GLOCK 37 and the .45 G.A.P. answered the LE and civilian concealed carriers\u2019 request for a more-compact .45 pistol.\r\n\r\nThe full-sized GLOCK 37 was followed by the compact GLOCK 38, and sub-compact GLOCK 39, each chambering a fair number of the new stubby .45s. Initially it was hoped the Models 37, 38, and 39 might be exactly the same size as the corresponding 9x19\/.40 models, and regarding the frames that proved true. However, to ensure perfect performance, marginally larger slides became the norm. (17\/22 slides are 1.01 inches wide by 0.85-inch high, weighing 18 ounces. GLOCK 37 slides are 1.13 inches wide by 0.88-inch high and weigh 21 ounces.) The .45 G.A.P. pistols incorporate a longer steel locking-block.\r\n\r\nOne step in building a cartridge to fit in the smaller and handier frame was designing the .45 G.A.P. cartridge to be 0.13-inch shorter than the .45 Auto. This produces a case similar in length to the 9x19 (0.78-inches), but once loaded the G. A. P has an overall length of 1.08 inches, actually shorter than the 9x19. (This last design parameter allows the wide .45 G.A.P. bullet to fit in a shorter grip area.)\r\n\r\n\"imgp03.gif\"AN ALL-NEW CARTRIDGE<\/strong>\r\nAdditional changes include a slightly rebated rim on the G.A.P., and modified extractor groove. Inside the case, one finds a wall profile that differs noticeably from the .45 Auto, thus allowing for seating .45 bullets without case wall bulging, and outside the primer pocket is filled with a small pistol primer. (A large pistol primer reportedly caused over-ignition and excessive pressure.) All of this goes to the point that the G.A.P. is an entirely new cartridge case that cannot be safely built from a .45 Auto case! Using the most modern propellants, Speer succeeded in charging this smaller .45 cartridge to equal the .45 Auto ballistically, while keeping pressures near the .45 Auto range.\r\n\r\nThere is no paucity of loadings available for the .45 G.A.P. GLOCKs. Speer\u2019s initial .45 G.A.P. commercial loadings were 185- and 200-grain Gold Dot premium hollowpoints and the same weights of TMJ bullets in the Speer Lawman line for economical shooting. Under the ATK banner with Speer, Federal Cartridge has introduced 185-grain and 230-grain Hydra-Shok loadings in the Premium Personal Defense line and an economical 185-grain TMJ loading in the American Eagle line.\r\n\r\nWinchester and Remington are now loading the .45 G.A.P. cartridge in configurations similar to Speer and Federal. COR-BON stepped in with their 160-grain DPX load, the 165-grain Pow'R Ball, a jacketed soft point, and a 200-grain JHP. This means bullet weights of 160 grains, 165 grains, 185 grains, 200 grains and 230 grains are all available.\r\n\r\n.45 GAP PERFORMANCE<\/strong>\r\nThe .45 G.A.P. is quite a boon for those of us adhering to the notion that bigger is better! Concealed carriers and Law Enforcement personnel, in and out of uniform, have their wish for new handguns.\r\n\r\nFrom the concealed carriers\u2019 and non-uniformed LE perspective, I found four .45 GLOCKs most appropriate for their needs. The Model 21 has already been excluded, and the Model 37 will probably be as well by those seeking compactness for carry. This leaves us with the Models 30, 36, 38, and 39 for consideration.\r\n\r\nThis was my first experience with the .45 G.A.P., so I began my examination of the concealed carry candidates with range testing. Trigger-time revealed just what I had heard: the .45 G.A.P. pistols were just as easily handled during all the drills as similar GLOCK models accommodating the .45 Auto. The GLOCK 38 weighs virtually the same as the Model 30, while the same is true of the Models 36 and 39, and the velocities of similar weight bullets are close enough to produce the similar felt recoil in pistols all weighing the same. (Depending on the cartridge, the .45 G.A.P. recoil can feel similar to a .40 pistol.)\r\n\r\nWearing average-sized hands, I found all four offerings fit me well, with the GLOCK 30 on the upper end of comfort for me. That, of course, explains why there is more than one flavor of ice cream\u2014and size of GLOCK\u2014to provide needed variety!\r\n\r\nWith pistols to fit my hands and those of most others, in my favorite caliber and that of GLOCK\u2019s new offering\u2014which seems destined to offer the .45 Auto a run for its money\u2014I went forth to gather the opinions of other shooters and concealed carriers.\r\n\r\n\"gap-carry.gif\"SHOOTING & CARRYING GLOCK .45s<\/strong>\r\nI placed the four GLOCK .45 offerings in the hands of a variety of shooters, and received the expected plethora of preferences. Given a choice of .45 GLOCKs, each one selected their favorite based on how it fit their hands and rode on their waist. Recoil did not seem a factor.\r\n\r\nThose finding the .45 Auto pistols a tad largish found the pistols chambered for the .45 G.A.P. just right. Testers that found the .45 Auto pistols fitting them well expressed their appreciation of the trimmer G.A.P pistols. It seems that not only has GLOCK spawned a new caliber in which to chamber their pistols, they have found one that can satisfy the needs of big-bore concealed carriers (and no doubt uniformed officers) while doing so.\r\n\r\nWill this be the .45 of the 21st century? Only time will tell, but it seems the .45 G.A.P is making a good run at that distinction!\r\nHOLSTERING GLOCK .45s<\/strong>\r\nAs excellent as the size and calibers of the GLOCK .45s make them for concealment, they still miss one thing for concealed carry\u2014a holster! Luckily holster makers, just like users, have flocked to all GLOCK pistols. Finding leather, or non-leather, to tote one\u2019s choice of .45 should be relatively easy.\r\n\r\nToting a handgun\u2014any handgun, including a GLOCK\u2014should be accomplished using a quality holster. Holsters protect handguns from loss, or shifting during carry, ensuring it will be there when one reaches for it. Not only will the handgun be there when needed, but also a well-designed holster will snug a GLOCK .45 against the body, while not impeding a smooth, speedy draw. Regardless of the GLOCK .45 of choice, there should be a holster to allow carrying it comfortably, securely, and inconspicuously.\r\n\r\nA quick search of the Internet turned up offerings to carry some of GLOCK\u2019s .45s from Aker, Alessi, Bianchi, Blackhawk Bulman, Blade-Tech, Comp-Tac, DeSantis, Del Fatti, Don Hume, FIST, Fobus, Galco, Gould & Goodrich, Milt Sparks, Safariland, Sidearmor, and Uncle Mikes. There are more, but I stopped searching when it became obvious there was no end to holsters and suppliers.\r\n\r\nIt seems every commercial holster maker, and those in the custom world, offer one or more styles, to fit one or more of the .45 GLOCK pistols. Their wares are made from horse or cowhide, Kydex or other polymer, or some version of ballistic nylon. Styles include belt models, inside-the-waistband versions, shoulder holsters, and pocket models for the smaller pistols.\r\n\r\nI also did a scan of my holster collection, and found a number already on hand, including those wearing the GLOCK brand. (GLOCK has always offered holsters for their pistols.) Not surprisingly, I discovered many holsters specified for 9x19\/.40 pistols also fit quite nicely around a GLOCK 36 pistol, with a scant few fitting the marginally enlarged G.A.P. models. (This is, of course, not something most holster makers will announce, nor something one can count on, but if an ample selection of holsters is available, the fit is easily checked.) In addition, holsters for the GLOCK 30 will usually fit the G.A.P. offerings.\r\n\r\nPick a .45 GLOCK, a holster to meet your needs, and ammo from a high-performance source. Outfitted with this, today\u2019s big-bore carrier will be ready to go!","post_title":"Concealed-Carry .45s: The GLOCK Solution | Glock 45 Models","post_excerpt":"The .45 firepower favored by legions of officers is tough to keep out of sight. Not so with the GLOCK .45 G.A.P.\u2014the hideaway handgun with maximum performance.","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"concealed-carry-45s-the-glock-solution","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-10-31 23:10:49","post_modified_gmt":"2023-11-01 03:10:49","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2008\/05\/13\/concealed-carry-45s-the-glock-solution\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":true,"total_page":15},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

POPULAR

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n

Ruger\u2019s LC9 offers compact dimensions measuring 6.0 inches in length, 4.5 inches in height and a modest 0.90 inches in width, combined with a comparatively high capacity of 7+1 rounds and light carry weight of 17.1 ounces (empty). The LC9 is built with a composite frame of high-performance glass-filled Nylon supported by an aluminum grip frame (subframe), a through-hardened steel slide, and 3.12-inch steel barrel. The LC9\u2019s contours render a gun that ideally fits the average hand, placing the index finger directly alongside the triggerguard with a natural recess for the first joint to rest before moving to engage the trigger. On the left side, the contoured grip frame places the thumb in position for a single-handed hold. The LC9 has a loaded chamber indicator that rises upward from the top of the slide and is clearly stamped \u201cLOADED WHEN UP\u201d. It\u2019s a very obvious tell so bluffing is off the table.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

This is a well-balanced gun that is slightly muzzle heavy, an asset in managing recoil. The size, weight, and feel of the LC9 is very good and while the trigger pull is exceptionally long at 1.2 inches, it remains smooth and consistent allowing for quick follow-up shots. This is a function of both safety and the nature of the LC9\u2019s internal hammer design. Simply put, discharging the LC9 is like firing a DAO revolver. The LC9 has a magazine disconnect and will not fire a chambered round with the magazine removed. Overall this is a very capable small 9mm, which can also be equipped with a number of options including a Crimson Trace Laserguard.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Sig Sauer P290<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n
\"Sig<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Sig Sauer P290 is only slightly larger overall than a .380 ACP. With an overall length of just 5.5 inches, a truncated height of 3.9 inches, barrel length of 2.9 inches, and overall weight of only 21.5 ounces (empty), the P290 provides the defensive capability of a 9mm in a gun that is remarkably flat, measuring less than an inch in width. It is bigger and \u201cchunkier\u201d than the Kimber Solo and just a hair smaller than the Ruger LC9. The internal mechanism is a traditional locked breech, Browning-type tilting barrel but with one distinguishing feature; a broadly flared muzzle that aligns with a corresponding channel in the slide.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

This design contributes to quicker cycling of the action; as soon as the slide starts its reward movement it releases the muzzle, allowing the barrel to tilt and drop the breechblock into line for reload. The P290 also employs a dual recoil spring assembly that makes this operation pretty snappy.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The frame is a lightweight, molded polymer with a slide machined from a solid billet. The finishes available are natural stainless or durable Nitron coating. Standard sights are dovetailed drift adjustable white dots. The P290 is a DAO hammer-fired pistol but with no manual cocking capability. In addition, the Sig Sauer has an automatic firing pin safety block, hammer safety intercept notch, and a trigger bar disconnect, making it safe for carry with a chambered round. And the Sig Sauer will fire with the magazine removed.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

An interesting option for Sig Sauer is the Integrated Laser Module (ILM), which is custom made for the P290. Lightweight and compact, the ILM seamlessly blends with the lines of the pistol. The laser has ambidextrous switches. The increase in weight of 0.8 ounces is negligible and the laser unit adds only 0.75 inches to the depth of the gun.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Overall, this is a rugged looking little gun that is relatively easy to carry concealed considering it packs 6+1 rounds of 9mm.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Kimber Solo Carry<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n
\"gun
Compact semi-autos like the Kimber Solo are effective fight-stoppers, but shooters with weaker hands might have trouble retracting their slides.<\/figcaption><\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Kimber Solo Carry is one of the most compact 9mm on the market measuring only 5.5 inches in length, 3.9 inches in height and a mere 0.995 inches in width. The all steel and alloy construction semi-auto weighs only 17 ounces empty. The compactness of the Solo is visually striking, being only slightly larger in overall dimension than most .380s. In order to achieve these scaled down proportions reminiscent of a 1911, the frame contours are smoother and more rounded with every possible edge reduced to its minimum possible tolerances. Easily operated ambidextrous magazine releases and perfectly sized ambidextrous safeties make ease of operation suitable for left or right-handed users.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Truly \u201cpocketable,\u201d the Solo utilizes a unique striker-fired system with a slight twist. When the slide is cycled and a round is chambered the striker (firing pin) is between 88 to 90 percent pre-tensioned. The trigger pull necessary to discharge the Solo then is only 10 to 12 percent of the total effort needed to finish the cycle and release the striker. Even though Kimber describes the Solo as a \u201csingle action striker-fired design,\u201d it is actually a double action as pulling the trigger has to finish tensioning the striker before the gun will discharge. While the lightweight semi-auto has a pretty hefty kick it is more than manageable and exceptionally accurate. As one of the smaller 9mm on the market, the Solo definitely has earned its mark.<\/p>\n","post_title":"Contemporary Subcompact Handguns","post_excerpt":"The Personal Defense Pocket Pistols: In the 21st century we have perfected the art of making as much gun as possible in the smallest package possible!","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"contemporary-subcompacts","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-10-19 15:38:22","post_modified_gmt":"2023-10-19 19:38:22","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2012\/11\/01\/contemporary-subcompacts\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":160508,"post_author":"645","post_date":"2009-09-02 15:20:48","post_date_gmt":"2009-09-02 21:20:48","post_content":"\r\n\r\nEven the gloved hands of today\u2019s uniformed officer will find ArmaLite\u2019s new AR-10T familiar. Draw the fixed stock into the shoulder, obtain sight picture and flip the selector. What makes the AR-10T different is more about what\u2019s on the inside. But on the outside, it all seems to feel the same.\r\n\r\nSince the creation of the Department of Homeland Security, law enforcement agencies have contended with how to use their budget to best enable their first responders to protect citizens against terror. Every agency has assessed vulnerabilities and many have chosen to acquire big bore rifles capable of penetrating a hard target or intercepting a vehicular threat. With just one shot to get it right, a team leader should have experience on the firing line.\r\n\r\nArmaLite\u2019s battle proven AR-10 has already served LE around the world including Canada\u2019s Ontario Provincial Police TRU (Tactics and Rescue Unit). Now loaded for the \"armalite3.jpg\"hard-hitting .338 Federal, the new AR-10T fills a department\u2019s medium-caliber gap without sacrificing ease of deployment, time for training, or familiar handling qualities of an officer\u2019s carbine.\r\n\r\nWhat some don\u2019t realize is that the AR-10\u2019s roots are more than 50 years old, pre-dating the AR-15\/M16\/M4. Clenching the checkered A2 pistol grip, controls are at the fingers. Saving more than a pound in weight over 7.62mm NATO infantry rifles of its time, Eugene Stoner\u2019s modular innovation is a source for the often-used term \u201cergonomic\u201d (as it applies to firearm design).\r\n\r\nThe anodized lower receiver is home to the ArmaLite tactical two-stage trigger set, the same trigger mechanism used in ArmaLite M-15 rifles. Pulling the trigger provides a crisp and smooth feel that doesn\u2019t interfere with accuracy. First and second stages are consistently passed at just 3 and 5 pounds before allowing the hammer to strike.\r\n\r\nBeing that the AR-10T is based on a 7.62mm NATO platform, the first question that usually comes to mind is how ArmaLite manages to stuff the high energy behind a .338 cartridge into an AR? An ArmaLite representative reports, \u201cArmaLite\u2019s refinements to the AR-10 over the many years placed it at a stage where the transfer to a harder hitting caliber such as the .338 Federal was not a problem. It\u2019s a short action .308-type cartridge so it transitions into our AR-10 platform perfectly. With some testing, we found that it\u2019s a fitting combination. We were able to use the same proven bolt and extractor, as well as the Generation II magazines. No design changes had to be made except re-chambering the AR-10 for a new caliber.\u201d\r\n\r\nThe bolt sits inside a gas impingement carrier group with four holes available to bleed off pressure and debris. The disassembly procedure is the same as an agency\u2019s M-15 carbine (just bigger parts). With the firing pin removed, one difference from other ARs is visually apparent. A spring shrouds the base of the firing pin pushing against the wall in the bolt carrier group. This feature helps reduce the risk of malfunctions and prevents the firing pin from bouncing during operation.\r\n\r\nA railed flat-top upper receiver marked \u201c.338 Federal\u201d brings the bolt together with the chamber of the stainless steel barrel. \u201cWe originally designed the .338 Federal as a hunting rifle, thus the stainless steel barrel,\u201d says ArmaLite. \u201cThe .338 Federal is a cartridge best suited for short and mid-range duties. We put a 22-inch barrel on the rifle, which provided the best ballistics for these situations. With that being said, we have seen the potential for different uses in this caliber, so we are spending some time testing a shorter rifle with a 16-inch barrel featuring a full size buttstock and a mid-length gas system to use in CQB operations.\u201d\r\n\r\n\"armalite4.jpg\"A tubular one-piece, free-floating aluminum handguard shields the hands from the triple lapped, 1-in-10-inch twist stainless steel match barrel. The tubular handguard improves the rifle\u2019s handling without taking up real estate with full-length accessory rails that often go unused. A useable length of rail does grace the forend of the handguard, ready to accept custom mounting of bipods, lasers, lights and other accessories.\r\n\r\nThe massive stainless steel gas block is secured to the barrel with four large hex-head screws and redirects gas pressure through a direct impingement system. This gas block is also a front sight base that features a flip-up Midwest Industries (MI) post that co-witnesses with a MI flip-up backup sight affixed to the rear of the upper receiver\u2019s Picatinny rail.\r\n\r\nSince no flash suppressor or compensator is present, the recessed crown at the muzzle of the AR-10T protects the rifle\u2019s accuracy potential during heavy use or intense tactical operations. Combine a barrel made of stainless steel, an aluminum free-floated handguard, aluminum alloy receivers, a polymer stock and grip, and you have a weather-resistant tactical rifle. The AR-10T can withstand harsher environments like those encountered in sustained maritime operations while offering the effective energy transfer carried by a .338 slug. \u201cCoastal areas with salty environments and the moisture of the trunk in squad cars are hard on steel parts, especially the barrel,\u201d says ArmaLite. So stainless steel might be a better choice for these conditions.\r\n\r\n\"armalite6.jpg\"Shooting Impressions<\/strong>\r\nNow I\u2019m not going to lie and say that I found the AR-10T to be a sub-MOA tack-driver. For me, it wasn\u2019t. I have friends in this industry who tell me they achieved MOA accuracy verified by pictures on Jeff Quinn\u2019s gunblast.com<\/a> of multiple 3-shot groups fired from 100 yards rivaling the size of a penny. But this test was a representation of how a founding member of DHS envisions this rifle being used by law enforcement. On the scene, from the trunk of a vehicle, and across the hood.\r\n\r\nDriving down to the edge of North Carolina\u2019s Great Dismal Swamp brought me to a private range that required the careful use of four-wheelers to maneuver through knee-deep muck in order to get downrange and post targets. A pair of 12x18-inch ballistic steel plates were used to verify the new Leupold VX-3 6.5-20x50mm riflescope from 100 yards. Secured in ArmaLite\u2019s unique one-piece ring mount, this accessory removes a couple of variables that typically impact accuracy on other rifles.\r\n\r\nThe DHS agent fired first. And second. \u201cOh yeah, we\u2019re good.\u201d Our four-wheelers carried us across the swamp again just to verify the point-of-aim\/point-of-impact. Fingering the significant dimples created in the swinging AR-500 steel plate, he said, \u201cMan, that rifle has some thump to it!\u201d With paper targets ready, we drove back to the firing line and began the accuracy test.\r\n\r\n\"armalite8.jpg\"In rural parts of the US, it\u2019s not unusual to see a pick-up truck used as a law enforcement vehicle. To best simulate a tactical operation where a vehicle is used as cover and firing support, we positioned the vehicle at the firing line and loaded each (5-, 10-, and 20-round) magazine with the only load available for this test: Federal\u2019s lead-nose, copper jacketed, 210-grain Nosler Partition.\r\n\r\nThe first 3-shot group from each of us measured just under 2.5 inches. Making it downrange and changing out targets, we discovered an earlier sighter that went off course and punched through a 5-inch thick tree. Looking further back, we saw the bullet had actually passed without deflection through a total of six trees smaller in size and spaced about 4 feet before disappearing.\r\n\r\nMost accuracy results with other AR-style rifles are taken in 5-shot groups, so the next batch would follow this pattern. Five groups of five shots averaged nearly 3 inches off the semi-supported position with the best group measuring 1.94 inches. The most impressive observation came from our last test, a 20-shot magazine dump in quick succession. In a string of fire that lasted no more than 30 seconds, 20 shots were clustered together in a group measuring just 3.6 inches. This is practical accuracy you can expect of a trained officer that could put a definitive end to a given crisis.\r\n\r\nFinal Notes<\/strong>\r\n\u201cIf you benched it with a bipod, it\u2019d group a lot tighter,\u201d noted the DHS agent, \u201cbut this is realistic. This rifle is what you hope to have when you arrive to a dynamic situation forcing you to run what you have.\u201d\r\n\r\nArmaLite asserts, \u201cThe same principals apply to this caliber as the .458 SOCOM, only the AR-10T does it better. Placing this harder hitting round in this strong, proven platform was a perfect match. The .458 SOCOM in the smaller AR-15 platform has unpredictable penetration at any significant range and the smaller AR-15 platform is unproven to last with a large caliber.\u201d\r\n\r\nWith the AR-10T you get a heavier bullet, lower felt recoil and more energy transferred to the target. This lethal hammer is ready to meet the obstacles faced by LE in urban environments or on the maritime waters.\r\n\r\n\"federal2.jpg\"FEDERAL\u2019S BOLD .338<\/strong>\r\nThere are other .338s out there but none that can be easily integrated with fewer changes to the seasoned AR-10. The story here is as much about the united effort between ArmaLite and Federal Cartridge<\/strong><\/a> to assure the rifle and ammunition are perfectly matched. Snipers are already familiar with .338s including the .338 Lapua Mag and the .338 Win Mag. These two highly effective cartridges are known for their long-range effectiveness in bolt-action platforms. For most LE operations requiring the deployment of a rifle, a bolt gun presents a number of tactical drawbacks. Slower handling, more recoil, and slower follow-up shots.\r\n\r\nThe .338 Federal delivers the only modern .338 caliber load that isn\u2019t a magnum configuration. It delivers a larger diameter bullet for more weight and overall energy on target without magnum recoil. \u201cThe .338 Federal captures the capability of the longstanding .308 case and offers the respected performance of the .338 bullet,\u201d says Federal President Mark DeYoung. \u201cThese two mainstays have been proven time and again and are now brought together into a quality factory load,\u201d he adds.","post_title":"Armalite AR-10T .338 Federal","post_excerpt":"NEW BATTLE RIFLE chambered for Federal\u2019s powerhouse cartridge!","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"armalite-ar-10t-338-federal","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-10-31 23:08:29","post_modified_gmt":"2023-11-01 03:08:29","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2009\/09\/02\/armalite-ar-10t-338-federal\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":160816,"post_author":"374","post_date":"2009-04-24 14:48:05","post_date_gmt":"2009-04-24 20:48:05","post_content":"\r\n\r\nI have been a fan of the .308 cartridge (7.62x51mm) for many years and have always enjoyed its versatility. It has numerous useful applications for self-defense and law enforcement and one of my bolt-action rifles in that chambering is set up for medium- to-long range anti-personnel work.\r\n\r\n\"untitled-2.jpg\"I have used .308 rifles in bolt-action, lever-action, slide-action and semi-automatic configurations, the latter being in the form of the M14 battle rifle, which is what we cadets trained with in ROTC (Reserve Officers\u2019 Training Corps) I was very interested when Rock River Arms (RRA) introduced an AR-type rifle in the popular .308 caliber.\r\n\r\nThe rifle was the Mid-Length (M\/L) LAR-8 A4 (308A1239), which comes housed in a compartmented, electric blue plastic carrying case. In the case, the rifle is broken down into the upper-receiver\/barrel group and the lower-receiver\/stock group that allows the case to be a bit more compact length-wise. It is a great case for shipping the weapon, but unfortunately the case cannot be used once an optic sight is mounted on the LAR-8, which means that if you want to carry your RRA rifle in a gun case fully assembled with a sight mounted, you will be in the market for a new larger gun case.\r\n\r\nMy sample LAR-8 mid-length A4 came with a 16-inch Wilson chrome moly barrel having a 1-in-10-inch right-hand twist, six land and groove rifling and a Picatinny rail on the upper receiver and on top of the barrel at the front of the handguard as there are no iron sights. There is also an A2 version that has the same iron sight configuration that is found on the M16A2 rifle. Both of these rifles are fitted with a tactical CAR-style buttstock.\r\n\r\nOther RRA LAR-8 factory variations include Standard A2 and A4 models that have 20-inch barrels and a conventional AR-type butt stock, plus there is an A-4 Varmint Model that features a 26-inch Wilson air gauged, stainless steel bull barrel that is coupled with a free-floating, tubular aluminum handguard for increased long-distance accuracy.\r\n\r\nStandard Features <\/strong>\r\nStandard features on my LAR-8 M\/L A4 includes a rubber Hogue pistol grip, which is stippled and has finger grooves, a two-stage match trigger, upper receiver with bolt forward assist and ejection port door, plus brass deflector, ventilated polymer handguard, sling swivels and A2-type flash suppressor. The LAR-8 basically looks like a M16 on steroids, as the receiver has been beefed up to allow use of the .308 (7.62x51mm) cartridge.\r\n\r\nThe two big differences that the discerning eye will note is the magazine and the bolt catch. The factory-supplied magazine for the LAR-8 is basically the same as the 20-round magazine used in the famous FN\/FAL and L1A1 battle rifles. Entire articles and books could be and have been devoted to this fine weapon, so we won\u2019t delve into that subject here, but this Fabrique Nationale-designed rifle has been in service since 1953 and has armed some 60 countries around the world including Belgium, Great Britain, Canada, Australia, and Argentina.\r\n\r\nNeedless to say, there have been countless thousands of magazines made for the FN\/FAL and that fact pays dividends to the LAR-8 owner who has a wide selection to choose from. I did a little Internet surfing and came up with price ranges from $10 to $22 for used Mil-Spec 20-round magazines. There are also 30-round magazines out there that average around $50 more. They hang down a bit too far for comfortable prone shooting, so I\u2019m content to stick with the 20-rounders myself.\r\n\r\nThe bolt catch on the LAR-8 is not on the left side of the lower receiver as on the M16, but is positioned at the base of the magazine well at its juncture with the pivoting triggerguard. It is more reminiscent of the bolt catch found on the FN\/FAL and is made to be ambidextrous, and if your hand is large enough can be actuated by the trigger finger of whichever hand you use. The magazine release is located in the same area as on the M16 and the LAR-8 is also ambidextrous.\r\n\r\nWhile the manual safety lever, just above the pistol grip on the right of the receiver, is not ambidextrous, it appears to be easily changed to the left side of the receiver if that\u2019s the user\u2019s preference. On a whole the controls on this rifle are easily reached and manipulated without removing the hand from the pistol grip, certainly a plus in a patrol rifle. I had no trouble whatever operating them with my medium-sized hand.\r\n\r\nObviously, this rifle is going to pack more weight than the M16 and the LAR-8 M\/L A4 weighs in empty, sans sights, at a respectable 8.1 pounds. With the 6-position CAR buttstock fully extended it measures 38 inches. The weight and the propellant gas operation system of the action certainly help tame recoil, which is a good thing given the hard checkered butt of the CAR stock.\r\n\r\nThe standard polymer handguard is round in shape with flats on the top and bottom that are serrated and have holes for barrel ventilation. There are no rails on the standard handguard, but RRA does offer optional Daniel Defense Lite Quad Rails for both the Mid-Length and Standard LAR-8 A4 rifles. In fact, a visit to the RRA website will allow one to see the full list of optional items available that allow you to \u201chave it your way\u201d with just about any Rock River Arms\u2019 AR-type rifle.\r\n\r\nAs always, I gave the RRA LAR-8 Mid-Length A4 a top to bottom inspection and did not find anything wanting in overall fit and finish of the weapon. All the flats were flat, corners square and rounded surfaces done to perfection. No machine marks or other blemishes were visible and the black hard coat anodized finish was a good match to the black polymer material of the handguard and buttstock of the rifle.\r\n\r\nOptics Selection<\/strong>\r\nNow given that my RRA LAR-8 M\/L A4 comes without sights, it was time to select something with which to aim the rifle that would be fitting for my uses. I looked at a number of optical and sights of various manufacturers, but came away impressed with the Trijicon ACOG (Advanced Combat Optical Gunsight) 3.5x35mm .308 BDC\/FT.Chevron BAC riflescope for our test.\r\n\r\nAnyone that watches the network nightly news has seen the ACOG sights on the M16A2 rifles carried by many of our troops in Afghanistan and Iraq; their bell-shaped housings make them easily identifiable. They have been in use for many years by Army Special Forces, the Marines, Navy SEALs and the FBI, so I didn\u2019t see how I could go wrong. Trijicon is synonymous with the night sights that have been fitted on many of the most popular combat handguns for a couple of decades. However, Trijicon\u2019s founder Glyn Bindon wanted to build a sight for long arms that would bring together both-eyes-open shooting, an illuminated aiming point, plus magnified optics.\r\n\r\nWhat he discovered was what has since been termed the Bindon Aiming Concept (BAC), aiming with both eyes open, which gives a superior sense of balance and field of view, coupled with a magnified Trijicon sight, which offers the shooter a considerable advantage over his target using conventional sights. When used as designed, in the binocular mode, the operator sees only the red, chevron-shaped reticle (the pointed tip is the aiming point) transposed on the target at anywhere from across-the-room ranges to several hundred yards.\r\n\r\nMy sample ACOG 3.5x35mm scope came packaged in a well-padded Pelican case, which also held a black nylon, Scopecoat scope cover, a Lenspen lens cleaner and an ACOG thumbscrew flattop adapter for affixing the scope to the Picatinny rail of the LAR-8. The scope housing is 8 inches in length and is made of rugged forged aluminum; the black, hard-anodized finish matches almost exactly that of the RRA rifle. Scope weight without mounts adds only 14 ounces to the weight of the rifle.\r\n\r\nThe scope is calibrated for use with the .308 cartridge and is meant to be sighted in at 100 meters with an effective range of 800 meters on flattop rifles. The reticle also includes a rangefinder and the base of the chevron aiming point is 5.53 MOA (minute of angle), which at 300 meters is 19 inches allowing for good range estimation. Of course, during the day, the fiber-optic tube running along the top of the scope gathers light for the red aiming point and at night\/low light tritium is used to illuminate the chevron. The field of view at 100 yards is almost 29 feet, the eye relief is 2.4 inches and the adjustment is 4-inch clicks at 100 yards.\r\n\r\nRange Time<\/strong>\r\nNow it was time to go to my ammo locker and select some cartridges from my stock of .308 ammunition. I chose Black Hills Gold with a 168-grain Hornady A-Max bullet, which has a factory velocity of 2650 fps (feet per second). Next I picked Federal Gold Medal that has a Sierra 168-grain \u201cMatchKing\u201d BTHP bullet also rated at 2650 fps. To add a law enforcement-designed cartridge I included the one of the Hornady TAP loads in .308.\r\n\r\nAccording to their website, \u201cThe 155-grain A-MAX TAP Precision cartridge offers match accuracy with a high-ballistic coefficient providing superior long-range performance. This load demonstrates expansion and fragmentation similar to the 110-grain load, but with a noticeable increase in penetration and retained bullet weight. This bullet penetrates glass with minimal deflection and exhibits retained expansion and fragmentation characteristics.\u201d\r\n\r\nIt is also intended for use in a 1-in-10-inch or 1-in-12-inch twist rifle barrel such as that on the LAR-8. My final selection was the Winchester 150-grain Supreme Elite with \u201cThe new XP3 bullet that starts with a two-stage expansion design, then combines all the best-known bullet technology to offer delayed controlled expansion, deep penetration, and high retained weight.\u201d\r\n\r\nWith my rifle\/sight combination, plus test ammunition in hand, it was time for a field test. I did my shooting at the NRA Whittington Center during the 2008 Shootists Holiday and used the Center\u2019s Sight-In Range for my accuracy and chronograph testing session. I sighted the Trijicon ACOG 3.5x35mm scope in for 100 yards, then proceeded to shoot three 3-shot groups for record with each test cartridge, using the concrete benches and an MTM Casegard rest.\r\n\r\nMy best group was 0.82 of an inch using Federal Gold Medal loads, followed by 0.97 of an inch with the Hornady TAP ammo. All of the group averages stayed under 2 inches and my guess is that the rifle would have had no trouble out-shooting the shooter that day. I also set up my Oehler Model 35P chronograph to see what velocities I would get from the LAR-8 M\/L 16-inch barrel.\r\n\r\nNext I put a silhouette target out at 200 yards and fired a dozen shots using a mixed bag of .308 cartridges at center mass and scored 10 hits in the 10 and X-ring and two just out in the 9-ring. Three shots to the head resulted in three hits in the 10-ring. Lastly, I took the LAR-8 to the Animal Silhouette Range, where the backstop is a mountainside covered with nice big rocks.\r\n\r\nFrom the standing, off-hand position, again using a mix of my test ammo, I was able to make dust fly on rocks out as far as I could see them on the mountainside, which has been previously checked with a laser rangefinder to have shootable rocks out to some 475 yards. The best part besides the practical accuracy and \u201cshootability\u201d of the LAR-8 was the fact that it was 100-percent reliable and I did not note a single malfunction during the test.\r\n\r\nFinal Notes<\/strong>\r\nRRA has a winner here and mated with the Trijicon ACOG scope and good ammo, I can\u2019t think of anything I\u2019d rather take into harm\u2019s way.","post_title":"RRA Mid-Length LAR-8 A4 .308","post_excerpt":"Big-bore AR\/Trijicon ACOG combo proved 100% reliable and sub-MOA accurate!","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"rra-mid-lenght-lar-8-a4-308","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-05-31 20:23:23","post_modified_gmt":"2023-05-31 20:23:23","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2009\/04\/24\/rra-mid-lenght-lar-8-a4-308\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":161994,"post_author":"645","post_date":"2008-05-13 15:04:28","post_date_gmt":"2008-05-13 21:04:28","post_content":"\r\nThose marvels of Austrian ingenuity, GLOCK pistols, have a well-deserved reputation for arriving ready for concealed carry. No sharp edges abound to be rough on the hands or snag clothing during the draw. GLOCKs slide from the holster, point well, and are ready for immediate action. The GLOCK Safe Action design leaves worries regarding a complicated manual of arms in the dust. Cap that off with sizes and calibers to satisfy every taste, and GLOCK seems destined to maintain their edge.\r\n\r\nFew things are dearer to the American heart than .45-caliber handguns. Despite the presence of .36- and .44-caliber handguns during the settling of the West, the .45 Colt is viewed as the decisive caliber from that era. Just in time to take the place of this noble cartridge, the .45 Auto became a force to be reckoned with in the next century. There is something comforting about this large caliber, imbuing a sense of power.\r\n\r\nIn fact, many a breath was held after GLOCK entered the U. S. market, until the Austrian company announced the introduction of their Model 21 in .45 Auto. Exhaling a sigh of relief, the .45 culture had a polymer wonder to satisfy its desires.\r\n\r\nFor duty carry by officers, the GLOCK 21 proved a perfect choice, hearty and robust, with the renowned GLOCK reliability. Following Law Enforcement (LE) trends that pushed the GLOCK to the top of the LE realm, as concealed carry rights blossomed, those exercising their rights adopted GLOCKs in droves. However, it was obvious the GLOCK 21 would have a small concealed carry following. The very traits making it so popular for duty carry\u2014hearty and robust\u2014worked against discreet carry.\r\n\r\nNever one to be left out in the cold, GLOCK introduced the more compact Models 30 and 36 in .45 Auto with double- and single-stack magazines, respectively. The Model 30 still bore grip dimensions similar to that of the Model 21, frequently difficult for those with average hands. The 36, though thinner due to a single-column magazine, still bore a longer front-to-back grip because of the .45 Auto chambering, which can still be a problem for some.\r\n\r\nBoth models have fared well with the American concealed carrier, but their frames, sized as they were for the .45 Auto, still leave some carriers and shooters with average and smaller-sized hands wanting. Likewise, many in the LE community hankered for a pistol dimensionally like the immensely popular GLOCK 17\/19\/26 and 22\/23\/26, but in the .45 Auto. Of course, the .45 Auto just won\u2019t fit in these more comfortable frames.\r\n\r\nMAKE WAY FOR THE .45<\/strong>\r\nNever one to shy away from a challenge, the folks at GLOCK tackled the project with the help of the ballistic wizards at Speer. The resulting cartridge, equaling the ballistic performance of the .45 Auto, was christened the .45 GLOCK Automatic Pistol (G.A.P.). Squeezed into a 9x19\/.40 frame, the GLOCK 37 and the .45 G.A.P. answered the LE and civilian concealed carriers\u2019 request for a more-compact .45 pistol.\r\n\r\nThe full-sized GLOCK 37 was followed by the compact GLOCK 38, and sub-compact GLOCK 39, each chambering a fair number of the new stubby .45s. Initially it was hoped the Models 37, 38, and 39 might be exactly the same size as the corresponding 9x19\/.40 models, and regarding the frames that proved true. However, to ensure perfect performance, marginally larger slides became the norm. (17\/22 slides are 1.01 inches wide by 0.85-inch high, weighing 18 ounces. GLOCK 37 slides are 1.13 inches wide by 0.88-inch high and weigh 21 ounces.) The .45 G.A.P. pistols incorporate a longer steel locking-block.\r\n\r\nOne step in building a cartridge to fit in the smaller and handier frame was designing the .45 G.A.P. cartridge to be 0.13-inch shorter than the .45 Auto. This produces a case similar in length to the 9x19 (0.78-inches), but once loaded the G. A. P has an overall length of 1.08 inches, actually shorter than the 9x19. (This last design parameter allows the wide .45 G.A.P. bullet to fit in a shorter grip area.)\r\n\r\n\"imgp03.gif\"AN ALL-NEW CARTRIDGE<\/strong>\r\nAdditional changes include a slightly rebated rim on the G.A.P., and modified extractor groove. Inside the case, one finds a wall profile that differs noticeably from the .45 Auto, thus allowing for seating .45 bullets without case wall bulging, and outside the primer pocket is filled with a small pistol primer. (A large pistol primer reportedly caused over-ignition and excessive pressure.) All of this goes to the point that the G.A.P. is an entirely new cartridge case that cannot be safely built from a .45 Auto case! Using the most modern propellants, Speer succeeded in charging this smaller .45 cartridge to equal the .45 Auto ballistically, while keeping pressures near the .45 Auto range.\r\n\r\nThere is no paucity of loadings available for the .45 G.A.P. GLOCKs. Speer\u2019s initial .45 G.A.P. commercial loadings were 185- and 200-grain Gold Dot premium hollowpoints and the same weights of TMJ bullets in the Speer Lawman line for economical shooting. Under the ATK banner with Speer, Federal Cartridge has introduced 185-grain and 230-grain Hydra-Shok loadings in the Premium Personal Defense line and an economical 185-grain TMJ loading in the American Eagle line.\r\n\r\nWinchester and Remington are now loading the .45 G.A.P. cartridge in configurations similar to Speer and Federal. COR-BON stepped in with their 160-grain DPX load, the 165-grain Pow'R Ball, a jacketed soft point, and a 200-grain JHP. This means bullet weights of 160 grains, 165 grains, 185 grains, 200 grains and 230 grains are all available.\r\n\r\n.45 GAP PERFORMANCE<\/strong>\r\nThe .45 G.A.P. is quite a boon for those of us adhering to the notion that bigger is better! Concealed carriers and Law Enforcement personnel, in and out of uniform, have their wish for new handguns.\r\n\r\nFrom the concealed carriers\u2019 and non-uniformed LE perspective, I found four .45 GLOCKs most appropriate for their needs. The Model 21 has already been excluded, and the Model 37 will probably be as well by those seeking compactness for carry. This leaves us with the Models 30, 36, 38, and 39 for consideration.\r\n\r\nThis was my first experience with the .45 G.A.P., so I began my examination of the concealed carry candidates with range testing. Trigger-time revealed just what I had heard: the .45 G.A.P. pistols were just as easily handled during all the drills as similar GLOCK models accommodating the .45 Auto. The GLOCK 38 weighs virtually the same as the Model 30, while the same is true of the Models 36 and 39, and the velocities of similar weight bullets are close enough to produce the similar felt recoil in pistols all weighing the same. (Depending on the cartridge, the .45 G.A.P. recoil can feel similar to a .40 pistol.)\r\n\r\nWearing average-sized hands, I found all four offerings fit me well, with the GLOCK 30 on the upper end of comfort for me. That, of course, explains why there is more than one flavor of ice cream\u2014and size of GLOCK\u2014to provide needed variety!\r\n\r\nWith pistols to fit my hands and those of most others, in my favorite caliber and that of GLOCK\u2019s new offering\u2014which seems destined to offer the .45 Auto a run for its money\u2014I went forth to gather the opinions of other shooters and concealed carriers.\r\n\r\n\"gap-carry.gif\"SHOOTING & CARRYING GLOCK .45s<\/strong>\r\nI placed the four GLOCK .45 offerings in the hands of a variety of shooters, and received the expected plethora of preferences. Given a choice of .45 GLOCKs, each one selected their favorite based on how it fit their hands and rode on their waist. Recoil did not seem a factor.\r\n\r\nThose finding the .45 Auto pistols a tad largish found the pistols chambered for the .45 G.A.P. just right. Testers that found the .45 Auto pistols fitting them well expressed their appreciation of the trimmer G.A.P pistols. It seems that not only has GLOCK spawned a new caliber in which to chamber their pistols, they have found one that can satisfy the needs of big-bore concealed carriers (and no doubt uniformed officers) while doing so.\r\n\r\nWill this be the .45 of the 21st century? Only time will tell, but it seems the .45 G.A.P is making a good run at that distinction!\r\nHOLSTERING GLOCK .45s<\/strong>\r\nAs excellent as the size and calibers of the GLOCK .45s make them for concealment, they still miss one thing for concealed carry\u2014a holster! Luckily holster makers, just like users, have flocked to all GLOCK pistols. Finding leather, or non-leather, to tote one\u2019s choice of .45 should be relatively easy.\r\n\r\nToting a handgun\u2014any handgun, including a GLOCK\u2014should be accomplished using a quality holster. Holsters protect handguns from loss, or shifting during carry, ensuring it will be there when one reaches for it. Not only will the handgun be there when needed, but also a well-designed holster will snug a GLOCK .45 against the body, while not impeding a smooth, speedy draw. Regardless of the GLOCK .45 of choice, there should be a holster to allow carrying it comfortably, securely, and inconspicuously.\r\n\r\nA quick search of the Internet turned up offerings to carry some of GLOCK\u2019s .45s from Aker, Alessi, Bianchi, Blackhawk Bulman, Blade-Tech, Comp-Tac, DeSantis, Del Fatti, Don Hume, FIST, Fobus, Galco, Gould & Goodrich, Milt Sparks, Safariland, Sidearmor, and Uncle Mikes. There are more, but I stopped searching when it became obvious there was no end to holsters and suppliers.\r\n\r\nIt seems every commercial holster maker, and those in the custom world, offer one or more styles, to fit one or more of the .45 GLOCK pistols. Their wares are made from horse or cowhide, Kydex or other polymer, or some version of ballistic nylon. Styles include belt models, inside-the-waistband versions, shoulder holsters, and pocket models for the smaller pistols.\r\n\r\nI also did a scan of my holster collection, and found a number already on hand, including those wearing the GLOCK brand. (GLOCK has always offered holsters for their pistols.) Not surprisingly, I discovered many holsters specified for 9x19\/.40 pistols also fit quite nicely around a GLOCK 36 pistol, with a scant few fitting the marginally enlarged G.A.P. models. (This is, of course, not something most holster makers will announce, nor something one can count on, but if an ample selection of holsters is available, the fit is easily checked.) In addition, holsters for the GLOCK 30 will usually fit the G.A.P. offerings.\r\n\r\nPick a .45 GLOCK, a holster to meet your needs, and ammo from a high-performance source. Outfitted with this, today\u2019s big-bore carrier will be ready to go!","post_title":"Concealed-Carry .45s: The GLOCK Solution | Glock 45 Models","post_excerpt":"The .45 firepower favored by legions of officers is tough to keep out of sight. Not so with the GLOCK .45 G.A.P.\u2014the hideaway handgun with maximum performance.","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"concealed-carry-45s-the-glock-solution","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-10-31 23:10:49","post_modified_gmt":"2023-11-01 03:10:49","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2008\/05\/13\/concealed-carry-45s-the-glock-solution\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":true,"total_page":15},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

POPULAR

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n
\"ruger,<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Ruger\u2019s LC9 offers compact dimensions measuring 6.0 inches in length, 4.5 inches in height and a modest 0.90 inches in width, combined with a comparatively high capacity of 7+1 rounds and light carry weight of 17.1 ounces (empty). The LC9 is built with a composite frame of high-performance glass-filled Nylon supported by an aluminum grip frame (subframe), a through-hardened steel slide, and 3.12-inch steel barrel. The LC9\u2019s contours render a gun that ideally fits the average hand, placing the index finger directly alongside the triggerguard with a natural recess for the first joint to rest before moving to engage the trigger. On the left side, the contoured grip frame places the thumb in position for a single-handed hold. The LC9 has a loaded chamber indicator that rises upward from the top of the slide and is clearly stamped \u201cLOADED WHEN UP\u201d. It\u2019s a very obvious tell so bluffing is off the table.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

This is a well-balanced gun that is slightly muzzle heavy, an asset in managing recoil. The size, weight, and feel of the LC9 is very good and while the trigger pull is exceptionally long at 1.2 inches, it remains smooth and consistent allowing for quick follow-up shots. This is a function of both safety and the nature of the LC9\u2019s internal hammer design. Simply put, discharging the LC9 is like firing a DAO revolver. The LC9 has a magazine disconnect and will not fire a chambered round with the magazine removed. Overall this is a very capable small 9mm, which can also be equipped with a number of options including a Crimson Trace Laserguard.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Sig Sauer P290<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n
\"Sig<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Sig Sauer P290 is only slightly larger overall than a .380 ACP. With an overall length of just 5.5 inches, a truncated height of 3.9 inches, barrel length of 2.9 inches, and overall weight of only 21.5 ounces (empty), the P290 provides the defensive capability of a 9mm in a gun that is remarkably flat, measuring less than an inch in width. It is bigger and \u201cchunkier\u201d than the Kimber Solo and just a hair smaller than the Ruger LC9. The internal mechanism is a traditional locked breech, Browning-type tilting barrel but with one distinguishing feature; a broadly flared muzzle that aligns with a corresponding channel in the slide.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

This design contributes to quicker cycling of the action; as soon as the slide starts its reward movement it releases the muzzle, allowing the barrel to tilt and drop the breechblock into line for reload. The P290 also employs a dual recoil spring assembly that makes this operation pretty snappy.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The frame is a lightweight, molded polymer with a slide machined from a solid billet. The finishes available are natural stainless or durable Nitron coating. Standard sights are dovetailed drift adjustable white dots. The P290 is a DAO hammer-fired pistol but with no manual cocking capability. In addition, the Sig Sauer has an automatic firing pin safety block, hammer safety intercept notch, and a trigger bar disconnect, making it safe for carry with a chambered round. And the Sig Sauer will fire with the magazine removed.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

An interesting option for Sig Sauer is the Integrated Laser Module (ILM), which is custom made for the P290. Lightweight and compact, the ILM seamlessly blends with the lines of the pistol. The laser has ambidextrous switches. The increase in weight of 0.8 ounces is negligible and the laser unit adds only 0.75 inches to the depth of the gun.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Overall, this is a rugged looking little gun that is relatively easy to carry concealed considering it packs 6+1 rounds of 9mm.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Kimber Solo Carry<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n
\"gun
Compact semi-autos like the Kimber Solo are effective fight-stoppers, but shooters with weaker hands might have trouble retracting their slides.<\/figcaption><\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Kimber Solo Carry is one of the most compact 9mm on the market measuring only 5.5 inches in length, 3.9 inches in height and a mere 0.995 inches in width. The all steel and alloy construction semi-auto weighs only 17 ounces empty. The compactness of the Solo is visually striking, being only slightly larger in overall dimension than most .380s. In order to achieve these scaled down proportions reminiscent of a 1911, the frame contours are smoother and more rounded with every possible edge reduced to its minimum possible tolerances. Easily operated ambidextrous magazine releases and perfectly sized ambidextrous safeties make ease of operation suitable for left or right-handed users.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Truly \u201cpocketable,\u201d the Solo utilizes a unique striker-fired system with a slight twist. When the slide is cycled and a round is chambered the striker (firing pin) is between 88 to 90 percent pre-tensioned. The trigger pull necessary to discharge the Solo then is only 10 to 12 percent of the total effort needed to finish the cycle and release the striker. Even though Kimber describes the Solo as a \u201csingle action striker-fired design,\u201d it is actually a double action as pulling the trigger has to finish tensioning the striker before the gun will discharge. While the lightweight semi-auto has a pretty hefty kick it is more than manageable and exceptionally accurate. As one of the smaller 9mm on the market, the Solo definitely has earned its mark.<\/p>\n","post_title":"Contemporary Subcompact Handguns","post_excerpt":"The Personal Defense Pocket Pistols: In the 21st century we have perfected the art of making as much gun as possible in the smallest package possible!","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"contemporary-subcompacts","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-10-19 15:38:22","post_modified_gmt":"2023-10-19 19:38:22","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2012\/11\/01\/contemporary-subcompacts\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":160508,"post_author":"645","post_date":"2009-09-02 15:20:48","post_date_gmt":"2009-09-02 21:20:48","post_content":"\r\n\r\nEven the gloved hands of today\u2019s uniformed officer will find ArmaLite\u2019s new AR-10T familiar. Draw the fixed stock into the shoulder, obtain sight picture and flip the selector. What makes the AR-10T different is more about what\u2019s on the inside. But on the outside, it all seems to feel the same.\r\n\r\nSince the creation of the Department of Homeland Security, law enforcement agencies have contended with how to use their budget to best enable their first responders to protect citizens against terror. Every agency has assessed vulnerabilities and many have chosen to acquire big bore rifles capable of penetrating a hard target or intercepting a vehicular threat. With just one shot to get it right, a team leader should have experience on the firing line.\r\n\r\nArmaLite\u2019s battle proven AR-10 has already served LE around the world including Canada\u2019s Ontario Provincial Police TRU (Tactics and Rescue Unit). Now loaded for the \"armalite3.jpg\"hard-hitting .338 Federal, the new AR-10T fills a department\u2019s medium-caliber gap without sacrificing ease of deployment, time for training, or familiar handling qualities of an officer\u2019s carbine.\r\n\r\nWhat some don\u2019t realize is that the AR-10\u2019s roots are more than 50 years old, pre-dating the AR-15\/M16\/M4. Clenching the checkered A2 pistol grip, controls are at the fingers. Saving more than a pound in weight over 7.62mm NATO infantry rifles of its time, Eugene Stoner\u2019s modular innovation is a source for the often-used term \u201cergonomic\u201d (as it applies to firearm design).\r\n\r\nThe anodized lower receiver is home to the ArmaLite tactical two-stage trigger set, the same trigger mechanism used in ArmaLite M-15 rifles. Pulling the trigger provides a crisp and smooth feel that doesn\u2019t interfere with accuracy. First and second stages are consistently passed at just 3 and 5 pounds before allowing the hammer to strike.\r\n\r\nBeing that the AR-10T is based on a 7.62mm NATO platform, the first question that usually comes to mind is how ArmaLite manages to stuff the high energy behind a .338 cartridge into an AR? An ArmaLite representative reports, \u201cArmaLite\u2019s refinements to the AR-10 over the many years placed it at a stage where the transfer to a harder hitting caliber such as the .338 Federal was not a problem. It\u2019s a short action .308-type cartridge so it transitions into our AR-10 platform perfectly. With some testing, we found that it\u2019s a fitting combination. We were able to use the same proven bolt and extractor, as well as the Generation II magazines. No design changes had to be made except re-chambering the AR-10 for a new caliber.\u201d\r\n\r\nThe bolt sits inside a gas impingement carrier group with four holes available to bleed off pressure and debris. The disassembly procedure is the same as an agency\u2019s M-15 carbine (just bigger parts). With the firing pin removed, one difference from other ARs is visually apparent. A spring shrouds the base of the firing pin pushing against the wall in the bolt carrier group. This feature helps reduce the risk of malfunctions and prevents the firing pin from bouncing during operation.\r\n\r\nA railed flat-top upper receiver marked \u201c.338 Federal\u201d brings the bolt together with the chamber of the stainless steel barrel. \u201cWe originally designed the .338 Federal as a hunting rifle, thus the stainless steel barrel,\u201d says ArmaLite. \u201cThe .338 Federal is a cartridge best suited for short and mid-range duties. We put a 22-inch barrel on the rifle, which provided the best ballistics for these situations. With that being said, we have seen the potential for different uses in this caliber, so we are spending some time testing a shorter rifle with a 16-inch barrel featuring a full size buttstock and a mid-length gas system to use in CQB operations.\u201d\r\n\r\n\"armalite4.jpg\"A tubular one-piece, free-floating aluminum handguard shields the hands from the triple lapped, 1-in-10-inch twist stainless steel match barrel. The tubular handguard improves the rifle\u2019s handling without taking up real estate with full-length accessory rails that often go unused. A useable length of rail does grace the forend of the handguard, ready to accept custom mounting of bipods, lasers, lights and other accessories.\r\n\r\nThe massive stainless steel gas block is secured to the barrel with four large hex-head screws and redirects gas pressure through a direct impingement system. This gas block is also a front sight base that features a flip-up Midwest Industries (MI) post that co-witnesses with a MI flip-up backup sight affixed to the rear of the upper receiver\u2019s Picatinny rail.\r\n\r\nSince no flash suppressor or compensator is present, the recessed crown at the muzzle of the AR-10T protects the rifle\u2019s accuracy potential during heavy use or intense tactical operations. Combine a barrel made of stainless steel, an aluminum free-floated handguard, aluminum alloy receivers, a polymer stock and grip, and you have a weather-resistant tactical rifle. The AR-10T can withstand harsher environments like those encountered in sustained maritime operations while offering the effective energy transfer carried by a .338 slug. \u201cCoastal areas with salty environments and the moisture of the trunk in squad cars are hard on steel parts, especially the barrel,\u201d says ArmaLite. So stainless steel might be a better choice for these conditions.\r\n\r\n\"armalite6.jpg\"Shooting Impressions<\/strong>\r\nNow I\u2019m not going to lie and say that I found the AR-10T to be a sub-MOA tack-driver. For me, it wasn\u2019t. I have friends in this industry who tell me they achieved MOA accuracy verified by pictures on Jeff Quinn\u2019s gunblast.com<\/a> of multiple 3-shot groups fired from 100 yards rivaling the size of a penny. But this test was a representation of how a founding member of DHS envisions this rifle being used by law enforcement. On the scene, from the trunk of a vehicle, and across the hood.\r\n\r\nDriving down to the edge of North Carolina\u2019s Great Dismal Swamp brought me to a private range that required the careful use of four-wheelers to maneuver through knee-deep muck in order to get downrange and post targets. A pair of 12x18-inch ballistic steel plates were used to verify the new Leupold VX-3 6.5-20x50mm riflescope from 100 yards. Secured in ArmaLite\u2019s unique one-piece ring mount, this accessory removes a couple of variables that typically impact accuracy on other rifles.\r\n\r\nThe DHS agent fired first. And second. \u201cOh yeah, we\u2019re good.\u201d Our four-wheelers carried us across the swamp again just to verify the point-of-aim\/point-of-impact. Fingering the significant dimples created in the swinging AR-500 steel plate, he said, \u201cMan, that rifle has some thump to it!\u201d With paper targets ready, we drove back to the firing line and began the accuracy test.\r\n\r\n\"armalite8.jpg\"In rural parts of the US, it\u2019s not unusual to see a pick-up truck used as a law enforcement vehicle. To best simulate a tactical operation where a vehicle is used as cover and firing support, we positioned the vehicle at the firing line and loaded each (5-, 10-, and 20-round) magazine with the only load available for this test: Federal\u2019s lead-nose, copper jacketed, 210-grain Nosler Partition.\r\n\r\nThe first 3-shot group from each of us measured just under 2.5 inches. Making it downrange and changing out targets, we discovered an earlier sighter that went off course and punched through a 5-inch thick tree. Looking further back, we saw the bullet had actually passed without deflection through a total of six trees smaller in size and spaced about 4 feet before disappearing.\r\n\r\nMost accuracy results with other AR-style rifles are taken in 5-shot groups, so the next batch would follow this pattern. Five groups of five shots averaged nearly 3 inches off the semi-supported position with the best group measuring 1.94 inches. The most impressive observation came from our last test, a 20-shot magazine dump in quick succession. In a string of fire that lasted no more than 30 seconds, 20 shots were clustered together in a group measuring just 3.6 inches. This is practical accuracy you can expect of a trained officer that could put a definitive end to a given crisis.\r\n\r\nFinal Notes<\/strong>\r\n\u201cIf you benched it with a bipod, it\u2019d group a lot tighter,\u201d noted the DHS agent, \u201cbut this is realistic. This rifle is what you hope to have when you arrive to a dynamic situation forcing you to run what you have.\u201d\r\n\r\nArmaLite asserts, \u201cThe same principals apply to this caliber as the .458 SOCOM, only the AR-10T does it better. Placing this harder hitting round in this strong, proven platform was a perfect match. The .458 SOCOM in the smaller AR-15 platform has unpredictable penetration at any significant range and the smaller AR-15 platform is unproven to last with a large caliber.\u201d\r\n\r\nWith the AR-10T you get a heavier bullet, lower felt recoil and more energy transferred to the target. This lethal hammer is ready to meet the obstacles faced by LE in urban environments or on the maritime waters.\r\n\r\n\"federal2.jpg\"FEDERAL\u2019S BOLD .338<\/strong>\r\nThere are other .338s out there but none that can be easily integrated with fewer changes to the seasoned AR-10. The story here is as much about the united effort between ArmaLite and Federal Cartridge<\/strong><\/a> to assure the rifle and ammunition are perfectly matched. Snipers are already familiar with .338s including the .338 Lapua Mag and the .338 Win Mag. These two highly effective cartridges are known for their long-range effectiveness in bolt-action platforms. For most LE operations requiring the deployment of a rifle, a bolt gun presents a number of tactical drawbacks. Slower handling, more recoil, and slower follow-up shots.\r\n\r\nThe .338 Federal delivers the only modern .338 caliber load that isn\u2019t a magnum configuration. It delivers a larger diameter bullet for more weight and overall energy on target without magnum recoil. \u201cThe .338 Federal captures the capability of the longstanding .308 case and offers the respected performance of the .338 bullet,\u201d says Federal President Mark DeYoung. \u201cThese two mainstays have been proven time and again and are now brought together into a quality factory load,\u201d he adds.","post_title":"Armalite AR-10T .338 Federal","post_excerpt":"NEW BATTLE RIFLE chambered for Federal\u2019s powerhouse cartridge!","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"armalite-ar-10t-338-federal","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-10-31 23:08:29","post_modified_gmt":"2023-11-01 03:08:29","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2009\/09\/02\/armalite-ar-10t-338-federal\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":160816,"post_author":"374","post_date":"2009-04-24 14:48:05","post_date_gmt":"2009-04-24 20:48:05","post_content":"\r\n\r\nI have been a fan of the .308 cartridge (7.62x51mm) for many years and have always enjoyed its versatility. It has numerous useful applications for self-defense and law enforcement and one of my bolt-action rifles in that chambering is set up for medium- to-long range anti-personnel work.\r\n\r\n\"untitled-2.jpg\"I have used .308 rifles in bolt-action, lever-action, slide-action and semi-automatic configurations, the latter being in the form of the M14 battle rifle, which is what we cadets trained with in ROTC (Reserve Officers\u2019 Training Corps) I was very interested when Rock River Arms (RRA) introduced an AR-type rifle in the popular .308 caliber.\r\n\r\nThe rifle was the Mid-Length (M\/L) LAR-8 A4 (308A1239), which comes housed in a compartmented, electric blue plastic carrying case. In the case, the rifle is broken down into the upper-receiver\/barrel group and the lower-receiver\/stock group that allows the case to be a bit more compact length-wise. It is a great case for shipping the weapon, but unfortunately the case cannot be used once an optic sight is mounted on the LAR-8, which means that if you want to carry your RRA rifle in a gun case fully assembled with a sight mounted, you will be in the market for a new larger gun case.\r\n\r\nMy sample LAR-8 mid-length A4 came with a 16-inch Wilson chrome moly barrel having a 1-in-10-inch right-hand twist, six land and groove rifling and a Picatinny rail on the upper receiver and on top of the barrel at the front of the handguard as there are no iron sights. There is also an A2 version that has the same iron sight configuration that is found on the M16A2 rifle. Both of these rifles are fitted with a tactical CAR-style buttstock.\r\n\r\nOther RRA LAR-8 factory variations include Standard A2 and A4 models that have 20-inch barrels and a conventional AR-type butt stock, plus there is an A-4 Varmint Model that features a 26-inch Wilson air gauged, stainless steel bull barrel that is coupled with a free-floating, tubular aluminum handguard for increased long-distance accuracy.\r\n\r\nStandard Features <\/strong>\r\nStandard features on my LAR-8 M\/L A4 includes a rubber Hogue pistol grip, which is stippled and has finger grooves, a two-stage match trigger, upper receiver with bolt forward assist and ejection port door, plus brass deflector, ventilated polymer handguard, sling swivels and A2-type flash suppressor. The LAR-8 basically looks like a M16 on steroids, as the receiver has been beefed up to allow use of the .308 (7.62x51mm) cartridge.\r\n\r\nThe two big differences that the discerning eye will note is the magazine and the bolt catch. The factory-supplied magazine for the LAR-8 is basically the same as the 20-round magazine used in the famous FN\/FAL and L1A1 battle rifles. Entire articles and books could be and have been devoted to this fine weapon, so we won\u2019t delve into that subject here, but this Fabrique Nationale-designed rifle has been in service since 1953 and has armed some 60 countries around the world including Belgium, Great Britain, Canada, Australia, and Argentina.\r\n\r\nNeedless to say, there have been countless thousands of magazines made for the FN\/FAL and that fact pays dividends to the LAR-8 owner who has a wide selection to choose from. I did a little Internet surfing and came up with price ranges from $10 to $22 for used Mil-Spec 20-round magazines. There are also 30-round magazines out there that average around $50 more. They hang down a bit too far for comfortable prone shooting, so I\u2019m content to stick with the 20-rounders myself.\r\n\r\nThe bolt catch on the LAR-8 is not on the left side of the lower receiver as on the M16, but is positioned at the base of the magazine well at its juncture with the pivoting triggerguard. It is more reminiscent of the bolt catch found on the FN\/FAL and is made to be ambidextrous, and if your hand is large enough can be actuated by the trigger finger of whichever hand you use. The magazine release is located in the same area as on the M16 and the LAR-8 is also ambidextrous.\r\n\r\nWhile the manual safety lever, just above the pistol grip on the right of the receiver, is not ambidextrous, it appears to be easily changed to the left side of the receiver if that\u2019s the user\u2019s preference. On a whole the controls on this rifle are easily reached and manipulated without removing the hand from the pistol grip, certainly a plus in a patrol rifle. I had no trouble whatever operating them with my medium-sized hand.\r\n\r\nObviously, this rifle is going to pack more weight than the M16 and the LAR-8 M\/L A4 weighs in empty, sans sights, at a respectable 8.1 pounds. With the 6-position CAR buttstock fully extended it measures 38 inches. The weight and the propellant gas operation system of the action certainly help tame recoil, which is a good thing given the hard checkered butt of the CAR stock.\r\n\r\nThe standard polymer handguard is round in shape with flats on the top and bottom that are serrated and have holes for barrel ventilation. There are no rails on the standard handguard, but RRA does offer optional Daniel Defense Lite Quad Rails for both the Mid-Length and Standard LAR-8 A4 rifles. In fact, a visit to the RRA website will allow one to see the full list of optional items available that allow you to \u201chave it your way\u201d with just about any Rock River Arms\u2019 AR-type rifle.\r\n\r\nAs always, I gave the RRA LAR-8 Mid-Length A4 a top to bottom inspection and did not find anything wanting in overall fit and finish of the weapon. All the flats were flat, corners square and rounded surfaces done to perfection. No machine marks or other blemishes were visible and the black hard coat anodized finish was a good match to the black polymer material of the handguard and buttstock of the rifle.\r\n\r\nOptics Selection<\/strong>\r\nNow given that my RRA LAR-8 M\/L A4 comes without sights, it was time to select something with which to aim the rifle that would be fitting for my uses. I looked at a number of optical and sights of various manufacturers, but came away impressed with the Trijicon ACOG (Advanced Combat Optical Gunsight) 3.5x35mm .308 BDC\/FT.Chevron BAC riflescope for our test.\r\n\r\nAnyone that watches the network nightly news has seen the ACOG sights on the M16A2 rifles carried by many of our troops in Afghanistan and Iraq; their bell-shaped housings make them easily identifiable. They have been in use for many years by Army Special Forces, the Marines, Navy SEALs and the FBI, so I didn\u2019t see how I could go wrong. Trijicon is synonymous with the night sights that have been fitted on many of the most popular combat handguns for a couple of decades. However, Trijicon\u2019s founder Glyn Bindon wanted to build a sight for long arms that would bring together both-eyes-open shooting, an illuminated aiming point, plus magnified optics.\r\n\r\nWhat he discovered was what has since been termed the Bindon Aiming Concept (BAC), aiming with both eyes open, which gives a superior sense of balance and field of view, coupled with a magnified Trijicon sight, which offers the shooter a considerable advantage over his target using conventional sights. When used as designed, in the binocular mode, the operator sees only the red, chevron-shaped reticle (the pointed tip is the aiming point) transposed on the target at anywhere from across-the-room ranges to several hundred yards.\r\n\r\nMy sample ACOG 3.5x35mm scope came packaged in a well-padded Pelican case, which also held a black nylon, Scopecoat scope cover, a Lenspen lens cleaner and an ACOG thumbscrew flattop adapter for affixing the scope to the Picatinny rail of the LAR-8. The scope housing is 8 inches in length and is made of rugged forged aluminum; the black, hard-anodized finish matches almost exactly that of the RRA rifle. Scope weight without mounts adds only 14 ounces to the weight of the rifle.\r\n\r\nThe scope is calibrated for use with the .308 cartridge and is meant to be sighted in at 100 meters with an effective range of 800 meters on flattop rifles. The reticle also includes a rangefinder and the base of the chevron aiming point is 5.53 MOA (minute of angle), which at 300 meters is 19 inches allowing for good range estimation. Of course, during the day, the fiber-optic tube running along the top of the scope gathers light for the red aiming point and at night\/low light tritium is used to illuminate the chevron. The field of view at 100 yards is almost 29 feet, the eye relief is 2.4 inches and the adjustment is 4-inch clicks at 100 yards.\r\n\r\nRange Time<\/strong>\r\nNow it was time to go to my ammo locker and select some cartridges from my stock of .308 ammunition. I chose Black Hills Gold with a 168-grain Hornady A-Max bullet, which has a factory velocity of 2650 fps (feet per second). Next I picked Federal Gold Medal that has a Sierra 168-grain \u201cMatchKing\u201d BTHP bullet also rated at 2650 fps. To add a law enforcement-designed cartridge I included the one of the Hornady TAP loads in .308.\r\n\r\nAccording to their website, \u201cThe 155-grain A-MAX TAP Precision cartridge offers match accuracy with a high-ballistic coefficient providing superior long-range performance. This load demonstrates expansion and fragmentation similar to the 110-grain load, but with a noticeable increase in penetration and retained bullet weight. This bullet penetrates glass with minimal deflection and exhibits retained expansion and fragmentation characteristics.\u201d\r\n\r\nIt is also intended for use in a 1-in-10-inch or 1-in-12-inch twist rifle barrel such as that on the LAR-8. My final selection was the Winchester 150-grain Supreme Elite with \u201cThe new XP3 bullet that starts with a two-stage expansion design, then combines all the best-known bullet technology to offer delayed controlled expansion, deep penetration, and high retained weight.\u201d\r\n\r\nWith my rifle\/sight combination, plus test ammunition in hand, it was time for a field test. I did my shooting at the NRA Whittington Center during the 2008 Shootists Holiday and used the Center\u2019s Sight-In Range for my accuracy and chronograph testing session. I sighted the Trijicon ACOG 3.5x35mm scope in for 100 yards, then proceeded to shoot three 3-shot groups for record with each test cartridge, using the concrete benches and an MTM Casegard rest.\r\n\r\nMy best group was 0.82 of an inch using Federal Gold Medal loads, followed by 0.97 of an inch with the Hornady TAP ammo. All of the group averages stayed under 2 inches and my guess is that the rifle would have had no trouble out-shooting the shooter that day. I also set up my Oehler Model 35P chronograph to see what velocities I would get from the LAR-8 M\/L 16-inch barrel.\r\n\r\nNext I put a silhouette target out at 200 yards and fired a dozen shots using a mixed bag of .308 cartridges at center mass and scored 10 hits in the 10 and X-ring and two just out in the 9-ring. Three shots to the head resulted in three hits in the 10-ring. Lastly, I took the LAR-8 to the Animal Silhouette Range, where the backstop is a mountainside covered with nice big rocks.\r\n\r\nFrom the standing, off-hand position, again using a mix of my test ammo, I was able to make dust fly on rocks out as far as I could see them on the mountainside, which has been previously checked with a laser rangefinder to have shootable rocks out to some 475 yards. The best part besides the practical accuracy and \u201cshootability\u201d of the LAR-8 was the fact that it was 100-percent reliable and I did not note a single malfunction during the test.\r\n\r\nFinal Notes<\/strong>\r\nRRA has a winner here and mated with the Trijicon ACOG scope and good ammo, I can\u2019t think of anything I\u2019d rather take into harm\u2019s way.","post_title":"RRA Mid-Length LAR-8 A4 .308","post_excerpt":"Big-bore AR\/Trijicon ACOG combo proved 100% reliable and sub-MOA accurate!","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"rra-mid-lenght-lar-8-a4-308","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-05-31 20:23:23","post_modified_gmt":"2023-05-31 20:23:23","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2009\/04\/24\/rra-mid-lenght-lar-8-a4-308\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":161994,"post_author":"645","post_date":"2008-05-13 15:04:28","post_date_gmt":"2008-05-13 21:04:28","post_content":"\r\nThose marvels of Austrian ingenuity, GLOCK pistols, have a well-deserved reputation for arriving ready for concealed carry. No sharp edges abound to be rough on the hands or snag clothing during the draw. GLOCKs slide from the holster, point well, and are ready for immediate action. The GLOCK Safe Action design leaves worries regarding a complicated manual of arms in the dust. Cap that off with sizes and calibers to satisfy every taste, and GLOCK seems destined to maintain their edge.\r\n\r\nFew things are dearer to the American heart than .45-caliber handguns. Despite the presence of .36- and .44-caliber handguns during the settling of the West, the .45 Colt is viewed as the decisive caliber from that era. Just in time to take the place of this noble cartridge, the .45 Auto became a force to be reckoned with in the next century. There is something comforting about this large caliber, imbuing a sense of power.\r\n\r\nIn fact, many a breath was held after GLOCK entered the U. S. market, until the Austrian company announced the introduction of their Model 21 in .45 Auto. Exhaling a sigh of relief, the .45 culture had a polymer wonder to satisfy its desires.\r\n\r\nFor duty carry by officers, the GLOCK 21 proved a perfect choice, hearty and robust, with the renowned GLOCK reliability. Following Law Enforcement (LE) trends that pushed the GLOCK to the top of the LE realm, as concealed carry rights blossomed, those exercising their rights adopted GLOCKs in droves. However, it was obvious the GLOCK 21 would have a small concealed carry following. The very traits making it so popular for duty carry\u2014hearty and robust\u2014worked against discreet carry.\r\n\r\nNever one to be left out in the cold, GLOCK introduced the more compact Models 30 and 36 in .45 Auto with double- and single-stack magazines, respectively. The Model 30 still bore grip dimensions similar to that of the Model 21, frequently difficult for those with average hands. The 36, though thinner due to a single-column magazine, still bore a longer front-to-back grip because of the .45 Auto chambering, which can still be a problem for some.\r\n\r\nBoth models have fared well with the American concealed carrier, but their frames, sized as they were for the .45 Auto, still leave some carriers and shooters with average and smaller-sized hands wanting. Likewise, many in the LE community hankered for a pistol dimensionally like the immensely popular GLOCK 17\/19\/26 and 22\/23\/26, but in the .45 Auto. Of course, the .45 Auto just won\u2019t fit in these more comfortable frames.\r\n\r\nMAKE WAY FOR THE .45<\/strong>\r\nNever one to shy away from a challenge, the folks at GLOCK tackled the project with the help of the ballistic wizards at Speer. The resulting cartridge, equaling the ballistic performance of the .45 Auto, was christened the .45 GLOCK Automatic Pistol (G.A.P.). Squeezed into a 9x19\/.40 frame, the GLOCK 37 and the .45 G.A.P. answered the LE and civilian concealed carriers\u2019 request for a more-compact .45 pistol.\r\n\r\nThe full-sized GLOCK 37 was followed by the compact GLOCK 38, and sub-compact GLOCK 39, each chambering a fair number of the new stubby .45s. Initially it was hoped the Models 37, 38, and 39 might be exactly the same size as the corresponding 9x19\/.40 models, and regarding the frames that proved true. However, to ensure perfect performance, marginally larger slides became the norm. (17\/22 slides are 1.01 inches wide by 0.85-inch high, weighing 18 ounces. GLOCK 37 slides are 1.13 inches wide by 0.88-inch high and weigh 21 ounces.) The .45 G.A.P. pistols incorporate a longer steel locking-block.\r\n\r\nOne step in building a cartridge to fit in the smaller and handier frame was designing the .45 G.A.P. cartridge to be 0.13-inch shorter than the .45 Auto. This produces a case similar in length to the 9x19 (0.78-inches), but once loaded the G. A. P has an overall length of 1.08 inches, actually shorter than the 9x19. (This last design parameter allows the wide .45 G.A.P. bullet to fit in a shorter grip area.)\r\n\r\n\"imgp03.gif\"AN ALL-NEW CARTRIDGE<\/strong>\r\nAdditional changes include a slightly rebated rim on the G.A.P., and modified extractor groove. Inside the case, one finds a wall profile that differs noticeably from the .45 Auto, thus allowing for seating .45 bullets without case wall bulging, and outside the primer pocket is filled with a small pistol primer. (A large pistol primer reportedly caused over-ignition and excessive pressure.) All of this goes to the point that the G.A.P. is an entirely new cartridge case that cannot be safely built from a .45 Auto case! Using the most modern propellants, Speer succeeded in charging this smaller .45 cartridge to equal the .45 Auto ballistically, while keeping pressures near the .45 Auto range.\r\n\r\nThere is no paucity of loadings available for the .45 G.A.P. GLOCKs. Speer\u2019s initial .45 G.A.P. commercial loadings were 185- and 200-grain Gold Dot premium hollowpoints and the same weights of TMJ bullets in the Speer Lawman line for economical shooting. Under the ATK banner with Speer, Federal Cartridge has introduced 185-grain and 230-grain Hydra-Shok loadings in the Premium Personal Defense line and an economical 185-grain TMJ loading in the American Eagle line.\r\n\r\nWinchester and Remington are now loading the .45 G.A.P. cartridge in configurations similar to Speer and Federal. COR-BON stepped in with their 160-grain DPX load, the 165-grain Pow'R Ball, a jacketed soft point, and a 200-grain JHP. This means bullet weights of 160 grains, 165 grains, 185 grains, 200 grains and 230 grains are all available.\r\n\r\n.45 GAP PERFORMANCE<\/strong>\r\nThe .45 G.A.P. is quite a boon for those of us adhering to the notion that bigger is better! Concealed carriers and Law Enforcement personnel, in and out of uniform, have their wish for new handguns.\r\n\r\nFrom the concealed carriers\u2019 and non-uniformed LE perspective, I found four .45 GLOCKs most appropriate for their needs. The Model 21 has already been excluded, and the Model 37 will probably be as well by those seeking compactness for carry. This leaves us with the Models 30, 36, 38, and 39 for consideration.\r\n\r\nThis was my first experience with the .45 G.A.P., so I began my examination of the concealed carry candidates with range testing. Trigger-time revealed just what I had heard: the .45 G.A.P. pistols were just as easily handled during all the drills as similar GLOCK models accommodating the .45 Auto. The GLOCK 38 weighs virtually the same as the Model 30, while the same is true of the Models 36 and 39, and the velocities of similar weight bullets are close enough to produce the similar felt recoil in pistols all weighing the same. (Depending on the cartridge, the .45 G.A.P. recoil can feel similar to a .40 pistol.)\r\n\r\nWearing average-sized hands, I found all four offerings fit me well, with the GLOCK 30 on the upper end of comfort for me. That, of course, explains why there is more than one flavor of ice cream\u2014and size of GLOCK\u2014to provide needed variety!\r\n\r\nWith pistols to fit my hands and those of most others, in my favorite caliber and that of GLOCK\u2019s new offering\u2014which seems destined to offer the .45 Auto a run for its money\u2014I went forth to gather the opinions of other shooters and concealed carriers.\r\n\r\n\"gap-carry.gif\"SHOOTING & CARRYING GLOCK .45s<\/strong>\r\nI placed the four GLOCK .45 offerings in the hands of a variety of shooters, and received the expected plethora of preferences. Given a choice of .45 GLOCKs, each one selected their favorite based on how it fit their hands and rode on their waist. Recoil did not seem a factor.\r\n\r\nThose finding the .45 Auto pistols a tad largish found the pistols chambered for the .45 G.A.P. just right. Testers that found the .45 Auto pistols fitting them well expressed their appreciation of the trimmer G.A.P pistols. It seems that not only has GLOCK spawned a new caliber in which to chamber their pistols, they have found one that can satisfy the needs of big-bore concealed carriers (and no doubt uniformed officers) while doing so.\r\n\r\nWill this be the .45 of the 21st century? Only time will tell, but it seems the .45 G.A.P is making a good run at that distinction!\r\nHOLSTERING GLOCK .45s<\/strong>\r\nAs excellent as the size and calibers of the GLOCK .45s make them for concealment, they still miss one thing for concealed carry\u2014a holster! Luckily holster makers, just like users, have flocked to all GLOCK pistols. Finding leather, or non-leather, to tote one\u2019s choice of .45 should be relatively easy.\r\n\r\nToting a handgun\u2014any handgun, including a GLOCK\u2014should be accomplished using a quality holster. Holsters protect handguns from loss, or shifting during carry, ensuring it will be there when one reaches for it. Not only will the handgun be there when needed, but also a well-designed holster will snug a GLOCK .45 against the body, while not impeding a smooth, speedy draw. Regardless of the GLOCK .45 of choice, there should be a holster to allow carrying it comfortably, securely, and inconspicuously.\r\n\r\nA quick search of the Internet turned up offerings to carry some of GLOCK\u2019s .45s from Aker, Alessi, Bianchi, Blackhawk Bulman, Blade-Tech, Comp-Tac, DeSantis, Del Fatti, Don Hume, FIST, Fobus, Galco, Gould & Goodrich, Milt Sparks, Safariland, Sidearmor, and Uncle Mikes. There are more, but I stopped searching when it became obvious there was no end to holsters and suppliers.\r\n\r\nIt seems every commercial holster maker, and those in the custom world, offer one or more styles, to fit one or more of the .45 GLOCK pistols. Their wares are made from horse or cowhide, Kydex or other polymer, or some version of ballistic nylon. Styles include belt models, inside-the-waistband versions, shoulder holsters, and pocket models for the smaller pistols.\r\n\r\nI also did a scan of my holster collection, and found a number already on hand, including those wearing the GLOCK brand. (GLOCK has always offered holsters for their pistols.) Not surprisingly, I discovered many holsters specified for 9x19\/.40 pistols also fit quite nicely around a GLOCK 36 pistol, with a scant few fitting the marginally enlarged G.A.P. models. (This is, of course, not something most holster makers will announce, nor something one can count on, but if an ample selection of holsters is available, the fit is easily checked.) In addition, holsters for the GLOCK 30 will usually fit the G.A.P. offerings.\r\n\r\nPick a .45 GLOCK, a holster to meet your needs, and ammo from a high-performance source. Outfitted with this, today\u2019s big-bore carrier will be ready to go!","post_title":"Concealed-Carry .45s: The GLOCK Solution | Glock 45 Models","post_excerpt":"The .45 firepower favored by legions of officers is tough to keep out of sight. Not so with the GLOCK .45 G.A.P.\u2014the hideaway handgun with maximum performance.","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"concealed-carry-45s-the-glock-solution","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-10-31 23:10:49","post_modified_gmt":"2023-11-01 03:10:49","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2008\/05\/13\/concealed-carry-45s-the-glock-solution\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":true,"total_page":15},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

POPULAR

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n

Ruger LC9<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n
\"ruger,<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Ruger\u2019s LC9 offers compact dimensions measuring 6.0 inches in length, 4.5 inches in height and a modest 0.90 inches in width, combined with a comparatively high capacity of 7+1 rounds and light carry weight of 17.1 ounces (empty). The LC9 is built with a composite frame of high-performance glass-filled Nylon supported by an aluminum grip frame (subframe), a through-hardened steel slide, and 3.12-inch steel barrel. The LC9\u2019s contours render a gun that ideally fits the average hand, placing the index finger directly alongside the triggerguard with a natural recess for the first joint to rest before moving to engage the trigger. On the left side, the contoured grip frame places the thumb in position for a single-handed hold. The LC9 has a loaded chamber indicator that rises upward from the top of the slide and is clearly stamped \u201cLOADED WHEN UP\u201d. It\u2019s a very obvious tell so bluffing is off the table.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

This is a well-balanced gun that is slightly muzzle heavy, an asset in managing recoil. The size, weight, and feel of the LC9 is very good and while the trigger pull is exceptionally long at 1.2 inches, it remains smooth and consistent allowing for quick follow-up shots. This is a function of both safety and the nature of the LC9\u2019s internal hammer design. Simply put, discharging the LC9 is like firing a DAO revolver. The LC9 has a magazine disconnect and will not fire a chambered round with the magazine removed. Overall this is a very capable small 9mm, which can also be equipped with a number of options including a Crimson Trace Laserguard.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Sig Sauer P290<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n
\"Sig<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Sig Sauer P290 is only slightly larger overall than a .380 ACP. With an overall length of just 5.5 inches, a truncated height of 3.9 inches, barrel length of 2.9 inches, and overall weight of only 21.5 ounces (empty), the P290 provides the defensive capability of a 9mm in a gun that is remarkably flat, measuring less than an inch in width. It is bigger and \u201cchunkier\u201d than the Kimber Solo and just a hair smaller than the Ruger LC9. The internal mechanism is a traditional locked breech, Browning-type tilting barrel but with one distinguishing feature; a broadly flared muzzle that aligns with a corresponding channel in the slide.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

This design contributes to quicker cycling of the action; as soon as the slide starts its reward movement it releases the muzzle, allowing the barrel to tilt and drop the breechblock into line for reload. The P290 also employs a dual recoil spring assembly that makes this operation pretty snappy.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The frame is a lightweight, molded polymer with a slide machined from a solid billet. The finishes available are natural stainless or durable Nitron coating. Standard sights are dovetailed drift adjustable white dots. The P290 is a DAO hammer-fired pistol but with no manual cocking capability. In addition, the Sig Sauer has an automatic firing pin safety block, hammer safety intercept notch, and a trigger bar disconnect, making it safe for carry with a chambered round. And the Sig Sauer will fire with the magazine removed.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

An interesting option for Sig Sauer is the Integrated Laser Module (ILM), which is custom made for the P290. Lightweight and compact, the ILM seamlessly blends with the lines of the pistol. The laser has ambidextrous switches. The increase in weight of 0.8 ounces is negligible and the laser unit adds only 0.75 inches to the depth of the gun.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Overall, this is a rugged looking little gun that is relatively easy to carry concealed considering it packs 6+1 rounds of 9mm.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Kimber Solo Carry<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n
\"gun
Compact semi-autos like the Kimber Solo are effective fight-stoppers, but shooters with weaker hands might have trouble retracting their slides.<\/figcaption><\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Kimber Solo Carry is one of the most compact 9mm on the market measuring only 5.5 inches in length, 3.9 inches in height and a mere 0.995 inches in width. The all steel and alloy construction semi-auto weighs only 17 ounces empty. The compactness of the Solo is visually striking, being only slightly larger in overall dimension than most .380s. In order to achieve these scaled down proportions reminiscent of a 1911, the frame contours are smoother and more rounded with every possible edge reduced to its minimum possible tolerances. Easily operated ambidextrous magazine releases and perfectly sized ambidextrous safeties make ease of operation suitable for left or right-handed users.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Truly \u201cpocketable,\u201d the Solo utilizes a unique striker-fired system with a slight twist. When the slide is cycled and a round is chambered the striker (firing pin) is between 88 to 90 percent pre-tensioned. The trigger pull necessary to discharge the Solo then is only 10 to 12 percent of the total effort needed to finish the cycle and release the striker. Even though Kimber describes the Solo as a \u201csingle action striker-fired design,\u201d it is actually a double action as pulling the trigger has to finish tensioning the striker before the gun will discharge. While the lightweight semi-auto has a pretty hefty kick it is more than manageable and exceptionally accurate. As one of the smaller 9mm on the market, the Solo definitely has earned its mark.<\/p>\n","post_title":"Contemporary Subcompact Handguns","post_excerpt":"The Personal Defense Pocket Pistols: In the 21st century we have perfected the art of making as much gun as possible in the smallest package possible!","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"contemporary-subcompacts","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-10-19 15:38:22","post_modified_gmt":"2023-10-19 19:38:22","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2012\/11\/01\/contemporary-subcompacts\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":160508,"post_author":"645","post_date":"2009-09-02 15:20:48","post_date_gmt":"2009-09-02 21:20:48","post_content":"\r\n\r\nEven the gloved hands of today\u2019s uniformed officer will find ArmaLite\u2019s new AR-10T familiar. Draw the fixed stock into the shoulder, obtain sight picture and flip the selector. What makes the AR-10T different is more about what\u2019s on the inside. But on the outside, it all seems to feel the same.\r\n\r\nSince the creation of the Department of Homeland Security, law enforcement agencies have contended with how to use their budget to best enable their first responders to protect citizens against terror. Every agency has assessed vulnerabilities and many have chosen to acquire big bore rifles capable of penetrating a hard target or intercepting a vehicular threat. With just one shot to get it right, a team leader should have experience on the firing line.\r\n\r\nArmaLite\u2019s battle proven AR-10 has already served LE around the world including Canada\u2019s Ontario Provincial Police TRU (Tactics and Rescue Unit). Now loaded for the \"armalite3.jpg\"hard-hitting .338 Federal, the new AR-10T fills a department\u2019s medium-caliber gap without sacrificing ease of deployment, time for training, or familiar handling qualities of an officer\u2019s carbine.\r\n\r\nWhat some don\u2019t realize is that the AR-10\u2019s roots are more than 50 years old, pre-dating the AR-15\/M16\/M4. Clenching the checkered A2 pistol grip, controls are at the fingers. Saving more than a pound in weight over 7.62mm NATO infantry rifles of its time, Eugene Stoner\u2019s modular innovation is a source for the often-used term \u201cergonomic\u201d (as it applies to firearm design).\r\n\r\nThe anodized lower receiver is home to the ArmaLite tactical two-stage trigger set, the same trigger mechanism used in ArmaLite M-15 rifles. Pulling the trigger provides a crisp and smooth feel that doesn\u2019t interfere with accuracy. First and second stages are consistently passed at just 3 and 5 pounds before allowing the hammer to strike.\r\n\r\nBeing that the AR-10T is based on a 7.62mm NATO platform, the first question that usually comes to mind is how ArmaLite manages to stuff the high energy behind a .338 cartridge into an AR? An ArmaLite representative reports, \u201cArmaLite\u2019s refinements to the AR-10 over the many years placed it at a stage where the transfer to a harder hitting caliber such as the .338 Federal was not a problem. It\u2019s a short action .308-type cartridge so it transitions into our AR-10 platform perfectly. With some testing, we found that it\u2019s a fitting combination. We were able to use the same proven bolt and extractor, as well as the Generation II magazines. No design changes had to be made except re-chambering the AR-10 for a new caliber.\u201d\r\n\r\nThe bolt sits inside a gas impingement carrier group with four holes available to bleed off pressure and debris. The disassembly procedure is the same as an agency\u2019s M-15 carbine (just bigger parts). With the firing pin removed, one difference from other ARs is visually apparent. A spring shrouds the base of the firing pin pushing against the wall in the bolt carrier group. This feature helps reduce the risk of malfunctions and prevents the firing pin from bouncing during operation.\r\n\r\nA railed flat-top upper receiver marked \u201c.338 Federal\u201d brings the bolt together with the chamber of the stainless steel barrel. \u201cWe originally designed the .338 Federal as a hunting rifle, thus the stainless steel barrel,\u201d says ArmaLite. \u201cThe .338 Federal is a cartridge best suited for short and mid-range duties. We put a 22-inch barrel on the rifle, which provided the best ballistics for these situations. With that being said, we have seen the potential for different uses in this caliber, so we are spending some time testing a shorter rifle with a 16-inch barrel featuring a full size buttstock and a mid-length gas system to use in CQB operations.\u201d\r\n\r\n\"armalite4.jpg\"A tubular one-piece, free-floating aluminum handguard shields the hands from the triple lapped, 1-in-10-inch twist stainless steel match barrel. The tubular handguard improves the rifle\u2019s handling without taking up real estate with full-length accessory rails that often go unused. A useable length of rail does grace the forend of the handguard, ready to accept custom mounting of bipods, lasers, lights and other accessories.\r\n\r\nThe massive stainless steel gas block is secured to the barrel with four large hex-head screws and redirects gas pressure through a direct impingement system. This gas block is also a front sight base that features a flip-up Midwest Industries (MI) post that co-witnesses with a MI flip-up backup sight affixed to the rear of the upper receiver\u2019s Picatinny rail.\r\n\r\nSince no flash suppressor or compensator is present, the recessed crown at the muzzle of the AR-10T protects the rifle\u2019s accuracy potential during heavy use or intense tactical operations. Combine a barrel made of stainless steel, an aluminum free-floated handguard, aluminum alloy receivers, a polymer stock and grip, and you have a weather-resistant tactical rifle. The AR-10T can withstand harsher environments like those encountered in sustained maritime operations while offering the effective energy transfer carried by a .338 slug. \u201cCoastal areas with salty environments and the moisture of the trunk in squad cars are hard on steel parts, especially the barrel,\u201d says ArmaLite. So stainless steel might be a better choice for these conditions.\r\n\r\n\"armalite6.jpg\"Shooting Impressions<\/strong>\r\nNow I\u2019m not going to lie and say that I found the AR-10T to be a sub-MOA tack-driver. For me, it wasn\u2019t. I have friends in this industry who tell me they achieved MOA accuracy verified by pictures on Jeff Quinn\u2019s gunblast.com<\/a> of multiple 3-shot groups fired from 100 yards rivaling the size of a penny. But this test was a representation of how a founding member of DHS envisions this rifle being used by law enforcement. On the scene, from the trunk of a vehicle, and across the hood.\r\n\r\nDriving down to the edge of North Carolina\u2019s Great Dismal Swamp brought me to a private range that required the careful use of four-wheelers to maneuver through knee-deep muck in order to get downrange and post targets. A pair of 12x18-inch ballistic steel plates were used to verify the new Leupold VX-3 6.5-20x50mm riflescope from 100 yards. Secured in ArmaLite\u2019s unique one-piece ring mount, this accessory removes a couple of variables that typically impact accuracy on other rifles.\r\n\r\nThe DHS agent fired first. And second. \u201cOh yeah, we\u2019re good.\u201d Our four-wheelers carried us across the swamp again just to verify the point-of-aim\/point-of-impact. Fingering the significant dimples created in the swinging AR-500 steel plate, he said, \u201cMan, that rifle has some thump to it!\u201d With paper targets ready, we drove back to the firing line and began the accuracy test.\r\n\r\n\"armalite8.jpg\"In rural parts of the US, it\u2019s not unusual to see a pick-up truck used as a law enforcement vehicle. To best simulate a tactical operation where a vehicle is used as cover and firing support, we positioned the vehicle at the firing line and loaded each (5-, 10-, and 20-round) magazine with the only load available for this test: Federal\u2019s lead-nose, copper jacketed, 210-grain Nosler Partition.\r\n\r\nThe first 3-shot group from each of us measured just under 2.5 inches. Making it downrange and changing out targets, we discovered an earlier sighter that went off course and punched through a 5-inch thick tree. Looking further back, we saw the bullet had actually passed without deflection through a total of six trees smaller in size and spaced about 4 feet before disappearing.\r\n\r\nMost accuracy results with other AR-style rifles are taken in 5-shot groups, so the next batch would follow this pattern. Five groups of five shots averaged nearly 3 inches off the semi-supported position with the best group measuring 1.94 inches. The most impressive observation came from our last test, a 20-shot magazine dump in quick succession. In a string of fire that lasted no more than 30 seconds, 20 shots were clustered together in a group measuring just 3.6 inches. This is practical accuracy you can expect of a trained officer that could put a definitive end to a given crisis.\r\n\r\nFinal Notes<\/strong>\r\n\u201cIf you benched it with a bipod, it\u2019d group a lot tighter,\u201d noted the DHS agent, \u201cbut this is realistic. This rifle is what you hope to have when you arrive to a dynamic situation forcing you to run what you have.\u201d\r\n\r\nArmaLite asserts, \u201cThe same principals apply to this caliber as the .458 SOCOM, only the AR-10T does it better. Placing this harder hitting round in this strong, proven platform was a perfect match. The .458 SOCOM in the smaller AR-15 platform has unpredictable penetration at any significant range and the smaller AR-15 platform is unproven to last with a large caliber.\u201d\r\n\r\nWith the AR-10T you get a heavier bullet, lower felt recoil and more energy transferred to the target. This lethal hammer is ready to meet the obstacles faced by LE in urban environments or on the maritime waters.\r\n\r\n\"federal2.jpg\"FEDERAL\u2019S BOLD .338<\/strong>\r\nThere are other .338s out there but none that can be easily integrated with fewer changes to the seasoned AR-10. The story here is as much about the united effort between ArmaLite and Federal Cartridge<\/strong><\/a> to assure the rifle and ammunition are perfectly matched. Snipers are already familiar with .338s including the .338 Lapua Mag and the .338 Win Mag. These two highly effective cartridges are known for their long-range effectiveness in bolt-action platforms. For most LE operations requiring the deployment of a rifle, a bolt gun presents a number of tactical drawbacks. Slower handling, more recoil, and slower follow-up shots.\r\n\r\nThe .338 Federal delivers the only modern .338 caliber load that isn\u2019t a magnum configuration. It delivers a larger diameter bullet for more weight and overall energy on target without magnum recoil. \u201cThe .338 Federal captures the capability of the longstanding .308 case and offers the respected performance of the .338 bullet,\u201d says Federal President Mark DeYoung. \u201cThese two mainstays have been proven time and again and are now brought together into a quality factory load,\u201d he adds.","post_title":"Armalite AR-10T .338 Federal","post_excerpt":"NEW BATTLE RIFLE chambered for Federal\u2019s powerhouse cartridge!","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"armalite-ar-10t-338-federal","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-10-31 23:08:29","post_modified_gmt":"2023-11-01 03:08:29","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2009\/09\/02\/armalite-ar-10t-338-federal\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":160816,"post_author":"374","post_date":"2009-04-24 14:48:05","post_date_gmt":"2009-04-24 20:48:05","post_content":"\r\n\r\nI have been a fan of the .308 cartridge (7.62x51mm) for many years and have always enjoyed its versatility. It has numerous useful applications for self-defense and law enforcement and one of my bolt-action rifles in that chambering is set up for medium- to-long range anti-personnel work.\r\n\r\n\"untitled-2.jpg\"I have used .308 rifles in bolt-action, lever-action, slide-action and semi-automatic configurations, the latter being in the form of the M14 battle rifle, which is what we cadets trained with in ROTC (Reserve Officers\u2019 Training Corps) I was very interested when Rock River Arms (RRA) introduced an AR-type rifle in the popular .308 caliber.\r\n\r\nThe rifle was the Mid-Length (M\/L) LAR-8 A4 (308A1239), which comes housed in a compartmented, electric blue plastic carrying case. In the case, the rifle is broken down into the upper-receiver\/barrel group and the lower-receiver\/stock group that allows the case to be a bit more compact length-wise. It is a great case for shipping the weapon, but unfortunately the case cannot be used once an optic sight is mounted on the LAR-8, which means that if you want to carry your RRA rifle in a gun case fully assembled with a sight mounted, you will be in the market for a new larger gun case.\r\n\r\nMy sample LAR-8 mid-length A4 came with a 16-inch Wilson chrome moly barrel having a 1-in-10-inch right-hand twist, six land and groove rifling and a Picatinny rail on the upper receiver and on top of the barrel at the front of the handguard as there are no iron sights. There is also an A2 version that has the same iron sight configuration that is found on the M16A2 rifle. Both of these rifles are fitted with a tactical CAR-style buttstock.\r\n\r\nOther RRA LAR-8 factory variations include Standard A2 and A4 models that have 20-inch barrels and a conventional AR-type butt stock, plus there is an A-4 Varmint Model that features a 26-inch Wilson air gauged, stainless steel bull barrel that is coupled with a free-floating, tubular aluminum handguard for increased long-distance accuracy.\r\n\r\nStandard Features <\/strong>\r\nStandard features on my LAR-8 M\/L A4 includes a rubber Hogue pistol grip, which is stippled and has finger grooves, a two-stage match trigger, upper receiver with bolt forward assist and ejection port door, plus brass deflector, ventilated polymer handguard, sling swivels and A2-type flash suppressor. The LAR-8 basically looks like a M16 on steroids, as the receiver has been beefed up to allow use of the .308 (7.62x51mm) cartridge.\r\n\r\nThe two big differences that the discerning eye will note is the magazine and the bolt catch. The factory-supplied magazine for the LAR-8 is basically the same as the 20-round magazine used in the famous FN\/FAL and L1A1 battle rifles. Entire articles and books could be and have been devoted to this fine weapon, so we won\u2019t delve into that subject here, but this Fabrique Nationale-designed rifle has been in service since 1953 and has armed some 60 countries around the world including Belgium, Great Britain, Canada, Australia, and Argentina.\r\n\r\nNeedless to say, there have been countless thousands of magazines made for the FN\/FAL and that fact pays dividends to the LAR-8 owner who has a wide selection to choose from. I did a little Internet surfing and came up with price ranges from $10 to $22 for used Mil-Spec 20-round magazines. There are also 30-round magazines out there that average around $50 more. They hang down a bit too far for comfortable prone shooting, so I\u2019m content to stick with the 20-rounders myself.\r\n\r\nThe bolt catch on the LAR-8 is not on the left side of the lower receiver as on the M16, but is positioned at the base of the magazine well at its juncture with the pivoting triggerguard. It is more reminiscent of the bolt catch found on the FN\/FAL and is made to be ambidextrous, and if your hand is large enough can be actuated by the trigger finger of whichever hand you use. The magazine release is located in the same area as on the M16 and the LAR-8 is also ambidextrous.\r\n\r\nWhile the manual safety lever, just above the pistol grip on the right of the receiver, is not ambidextrous, it appears to be easily changed to the left side of the receiver if that\u2019s the user\u2019s preference. On a whole the controls on this rifle are easily reached and manipulated without removing the hand from the pistol grip, certainly a plus in a patrol rifle. I had no trouble whatever operating them with my medium-sized hand.\r\n\r\nObviously, this rifle is going to pack more weight than the M16 and the LAR-8 M\/L A4 weighs in empty, sans sights, at a respectable 8.1 pounds. With the 6-position CAR buttstock fully extended it measures 38 inches. The weight and the propellant gas operation system of the action certainly help tame recoil, which is a good thing given the hard checkered butt of the CAR stock.\r\n\r\nThe standard polymer handguard is round in shape with flats on the top and bottom that are serrated and have holes for barrel ventilation. There are no rails on the standard handguard, but RRA does offer optional Daniel Defense Lite Quad Rails for both the Mid-Length and Standard LAR-8 A4 rifles. In fact, a visit to the RRA website will allow one to see the full list of optional items available that allow you to \u201chave it your way\u201d with just about any Rock River Arms\u2019 AR-type rifle.\r\n\r\nAs always, I gave the RRA LAR-8 Mid-Length A4 a top to bottom inspection and did not find anything wanting in overall fit and finish of the weapon. All the flats were flat, corners square and rounded surfaces done to perfection. No machine marks or other blemishes were visible and the black hard coat anodized finish was a good match to the black polymer material of the handguard and buttstock of the rifle.\r\n\r\nOptics Selection<\/strong>\r\nNow given that my RRA LAR-8 M\/L A4 comes without sights, it was time to select something with which to aim the rifle that would be fitting for my uses. I looked at a number of optical and sights of various manufacturers, but came away impressed with the Trijicon ACOG (Advanced Combat Optical Gunsight) 3.5x35mm .308 BDC\/FT.Chevron BAC riflescope for our test.\r\n\r\nAnyone that watches the network nightly news has seen the ACOG sights on the M16A2 rifles carried by many of our troops in Afghanistan and Iraq; their bell-shaped housings make them easily identifiable. They have been in use for many years by Army Special Forces, the Marines, Navy SEALs and the FBI, so I didn\u2019t see how I could go wrong. Trijicon is synonymous with the night sights that have been fitted on many of the most popular combat handguns for a couple of decades. However, Trijicon\u2019s founder Glyn Bindon wanted to build a sight for long arms that would bring together both-eyes-open shooting, an illuminated aiming point, plus magnified optics.\r\n\r\nWhat he discovered was what has since been termed the Bindon Aiming Concept (BAC), aiming with both eyes open, which gives a superior sense of balance and field of view, coupled with a magnified Trijicon sight, which offers the shooter a considerable advantage over his target using conventional sights. When used as designed, in the binocular mode, the operator sees only the red, chevron-shaped reticle (the pointed tip is the aiming point) transposed on the target at anywhere from across-the-room ranges to several hundred yards.\r\n\r\nMy sample ACOG 3.5x35mm scope came packaged in a well-padded Pelican case, which also held a black nylon, Scopecoat scope cover, a Lenspen lens cleaner and an ACOG thumbscrew flattop adapter for affixing the scope to the Picatinny rail of the LAR-8. The scope housing is 8 inches in length and is made of rugged forged aluminum; the black, hard-anodized finish matches almost exactly that of the RRA rifle. Scope weight without mounts adds only 14 ounces to the weight of the rifle.\r\n\r\nThe scope is calibrated for use with the .308 cartridge and is meant to be sighted in at 100 meters with an effective range of 800 meters on flattop rifles. The reticle also includes a rangefinder and the base of the chevron aiming point is 5.53 MOA (minute of angle), which at 300 meters is 19 inches allowing for good range estimation. Of course, during the day, the fiber-optic tube running along the top of the scope gathers light for the red aiming point and at night\/low light tritium is used to illuminate the chevron. The field of view at 100 yards is almost 29 feet, the eye relief is 2.4 inches and the adjustment is 4-inch clicks at 100 yards.\r\n\r\nRange Time<\/strong>\r\nNow it was time to go to my ammo locker and select some cartridges from my stock of .308 ammunition. I chose Black Hills Gold with a 168-grain Hornady A-Max bullet, which has a factory velocity of 2650 fps (feet per second). Next I picked Federal Gold Medal that has a Sierra 168-grain \u201cMatchKing\u201d BTHP bullet also rated at 2650 fps. To add a law enforcement-designed cartridge I included the one of the Hornady TAP loads in .308.\r\n\r\nAccording to their website, \u201cThe 155-grain A-MAX TAP Precision cartridge offers match accuracy with a high-ballistic coefficient providing superior long-range performance. This load demonstrates expansion and fragmentation similar to the 110-grain load, but with a noticeable increase in penetration and retained bullet weight. This bullet penetrates glass with minimal deflection and exhibits retained expansion and fragmentation characteristics.\u201d\r\n\r\nIt is also intended for use in a 1-in-10-inch or 1-in-12-inch twist rifle barrel such as that on the LAR-8. My final selection was the Winchester 150-grain Supreme Elite with \u201cThe new XP3 bullet that starts with a two-stage expansion design, then combines all the best-known bullet technology to offer delayed controlled expansion, deep penetration, and high retained weight.\u201d\r\n\r\nWith my rifle\/sight combination, plus test ammunition in hand, it was time for a field test. I did my shooting at the NRA Whittington Center during the 2008 Shootists Holiday and used the Center\u2019s Sight-In Range for my accuracy and chronograph testing session. I sighted the Trijicon ACOG 3.5x35mm scope in for 100 yards, then proceeded to shoot three 3-shot groups for record with each test cartridge, using the concrete benches and an MTM Casegard rest.\r\n\r\nMy best group was 0.82 of an inch using Federal Gold Medal loads, followed by 0.97 of an inch with the Hornady TAP ammo. All of the group averages stayed under 2 inches and my guess is that the rifle would have had no trouble out-shooting the shooter that day. I also set up my Oehler Model 35P chronograph to see what velocities I would get from the LAR-8 M\/L 16-inch barrel.\r\n\r\nNext I put a silhouette target out at 200 yards and fired a dozen shots using a mixed bag of .308 cartridges at center mass and scored 10 hits in the 10 and X-ring and two just out in the 9-ring. Three shots to the head resulted in three hits in the 10-ring. Lastly, I took the LAR-8 to the Animal Silhouette Range, where the backstop is a mountainside covered with nice big rocks.\r\n\r\nFrom the standing, off-hand position, again using a mix of my test ammo, I was able to make dust fly on rocks out as far as I could see them on the mountainside, which has been previously checked with a laser rangefinder to have shootable rocks out to some 475 yards. The best part besides the practical accuracy and \u201cshootability\u201d of the LAR-8 was the fact that it was 100-percent reliable and I did not note a single malfunction during the test.\r\n\r\nFinal Notes<\/strong>\r\nRRA has a winner here and mated with the Trijicon ACOG scope and good ammo, I can\u2019t think of anything I\u2019d rather take into harm\u2019s way.","post_title":"RRA Mid-Length LAR-8 A4 .308","post_excerpt":"Big-bore AR\/Trijicon ACOG combo proved 100% reliable and sub-MOA accurate!","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"rra-mid-lenght-lar-8-a4-308","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-05-31 20:23:23","post_modified_gmt":"2023-05-31 20:23:23","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2009\/04\/24\/rra-mid-lenght-lar-8-a4-308\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":161994,"post_author":"645","post_date":"2008-05-13 15:04:28","post_date_gmt":"2008-05-13 21:04:28","post_content":"\r\nThose marvels of Austrian ingenuity, GLOCK pistols, have a well-deserved reputation for arriving ready for concealed carry. No sharp edges abound to be rough on the hands or snag clothing during the draw. GLOCKs slide from the holster, point well, and are ready for immediate action. The GLOCK Safe Action design leaves worries regarding a complicated manual of arms in the dust. Cap that off with sizes and calibers to satisfy every taste, and GLOCK seems destined to maintain their edge.\r\n\r\nFew things are dearer to the American heart than .45-caliber handguns. Despite the presence of .36- and .44-caliber handguns during the settling of the West, the .45 Colt is viewed as the decisive caliber from that era. Just in time to take the place of this noble cartridge, the .45 Auto became a force to be reckoned with in the next century. There is something comforting about this large caliber, imbuing a sense of power.\r\n\r\nIn fact, many a breath was held after GLOCK entered the U. S. market, until the Austrian company announced the introduction of their Model 21 in .45 Auto. Exhaling a sigh of relief, the .45 culture had a polymer wonder to satisfy its desires.\r\n\r\nFor duty carry by officers, the GLOCK 21 proved a perfect choice, hearty and robust, with the renowned GLOCK reliability. Following Law Enforcement (LE) trends that pushed the GLOCK to the top of the LE realm, as concealed carry rights blossomed, those exercising their rights adopted GLOCKs in droves. However, it was obvious the GLOCK 21 would have a small concealed carry following. The very traits making it so popular for duty carry\u2014hearty and robust\u2014worked against discreet carry.\r\n\r\nNever one to be left out in the cold, GLOCK introduced the more compact Models 30 and 36 in .45 Auto with double- and single-stack magazines, respectively. The Model 30 still bore grip dimensions similar to that of the Model 21, frequently difficult for those with average hands. The 36, though thinner due to a single-column magazine, still bore a longer front-to-back grip because of the .45 Auto chambering, which can still be a problem for some.\r\n\r\nBoth models have fared well with the American concealed carrier, but their frames, sized as they were for the .45 Auto, still leave some carriers and shooters with average and smaller-sized hands wanting. Likewise, many in the LE community hankered for a pistol dimensionally like the immensely popular GLOCK 17\/19\/26 and 22\/23\/26, but in the .45 Auto. Of course, the .45 Auto just won\u2019t fit in these more comfortable frames.\r\n\r\nMAKE WAY FOR THE .45<\/strong>\r\nNever one to shy away from a challenge, the folks at GLOCK tackled the project with the help of the ballistic wizards at Speer. The resulting cartridge, equaling the ballistic performance of the .45 Auto, was christened the .45 GLOCK Automatic Pistol (G.A.P.). Squeezed into a 9x19\/.40 frame, the GLOCK 37 and the .45 G.A.P. answered the LE and civilian concealed carriers\u2019 request for a more-compact .45 pistol.\r\n\r\nThe full-sized GLOCK 37 was followed by the compact GLOCK 38, and sub-compact GLOCK 39, each chambering a fair number of the new stubby .45s. Initially it was hoped the Models 37, 38, and 39 might be exactly the same size as the corresponding 9x19\/.40 models, and regarding the frames that proved true. However, to ensure perfect performance, marginally larger slides became the norm. (17\/22 slides are 1.01 inches wide by 0.85-inch high, weighing 18 ounces. GLOCK 37 slides are 1.13 inches wide by 0.88-inch high and weigh 21 ounces.) The .45 G.A.P. pistols incorporate a longer steel locking-block.\r\n\r\nOne step in building a cartridge to fit in the smaller and handier frame was designing the .45 G.A.P. cartridge to be 0.13-inch shorter than the .45 Auto. This produces a case similar in length to the 9x19 (0.78-inches), but once loaded the G. A. P has an overall length of 1.08 inches, actually shorter than the 9x19. (This last design parameter allows the wide .45 G.A.P. bullet to fit in a shorter grip area.)\r\n\r\n\"imgp03.gif\"AN ALL-NEW CARTRIDGE<\/strong>\r\nAdditional changes include a slightly rebated rim on the G.A.P., and modified extractor groove. Inside the case, one finds a wall profile that differs noticeably from the .45 Auto, thus allowing for seating .45 bullets without case wall bulging, and outside the primer pocket is filled with a small pistol primer. (A large pistol primer reportedly caused over-ignition and excessive pressure.) All of this goes to the point that the G.A.P. is an entirely new cartridge case that cannot be safely built from a .45 Auto case! Using the most modern propellants, Speer succeeded in charging this smaller .45 cartridge to equal the .45 Auto ballistically, while keeping pressures near the .45 Auto range.\r\n\r\nThere is no paucity of loadings available for the .45 G.A.P. GLOCKs. Speer\u2019s initial .45 G.A.P. commercial loadings were 185- and 200-grain Gold Dot premium hollowpoints and the same weights of TMJ bullets in the Speer Lawman line for economical shooting. Under the ATK banner with Speer, Federal Cartridge has introduced 185-grain and 230-grain Hydra-Shok loadings in the Premium Personal Defense line and an economical 185-grain TMJ loading in the American Eagle line.\r\n\r\nWinchester and Remington are now loading the .45 G.A.P. cartridge in configurations similar to Speer and Federal. COR-BON stepped in with their 160-grain DPX load, the 165-grain Pow'R Ball, a jacketed soft point, and a 200-grain JHP. This means bullet weights of 160 grains, 165 grains, 185 grains, 200 grains and 230 grains are all available.\r\n\r\n.45 GAP PERFORMANCE<\/strong>\r\nThe .45 G.A.P. is quite a boon for those of us adhering to the notion that bigger is better! Concealed carriers and Law Enforcement personnel, in and out of uniform, have their wish for new handguns.\r\n\r\nFrom the concealed carriers\u2019 and non-uniformed LE perspective, I found four .45 GLOCKs most appropriate for their needs. The Model 21 has already been excluded, and the Model 37 will probably be as well by those seeking compactness for carry. This leaves us with the Models 30, 36, 38, and 39 for consideration.\r\n\r\nThis was my first experience with the .45 G.A.P., so I began my examination of the concealed carry candidates with range testing. Trigger-time revealed just what I had heard: the .45 G.A.P. pistols were just as easily handled during all the drills as similar GLOCK models accommodating the .45 Auto. The GLOCK 38 weighs virtually the same as the Model 30, while the same is true of the Models 36 and 39, and the velocities of similar weight bullets are close enough to produce the similar felt recoil in pistols all weighing the same. (Depending on the cartridge, the .45 G.A.P. recoil can feel similar to a .40 pistol.)\r\n\r\nWearing average-sized hands, I found all four offerings fit me well, with the GLOCK 30 on the upper end of comfort for me. That, of course, explains why there is more than one flavor of ice cream\u2014and size of GLOCK\u2014to provide needed variety!\r\n\r\nWith pistols to fit my hands and those of most others, in my favorite caliber and that of GLOCK\u2019s new offering\u2014which seems destined to offer the .45 Auto a run for its money\u2014I went forth to gather the opinions of other shooters and concealed carriers.\r\n\r\n\"gap-carry.gif\"SHOOTING & CARRYING GLOCK .45s<\/strong>\r\nI placed the four GLOCK .45 offerings in the hands of a variety of shooters, and received the expected plethora of preferences. Given a choice of .45 GLOCKs, each one selected their favorite based on how it fit their hands and rode on their waist. Recoil did not seem a factor.\r\n\r\nThose finding the .45 Auto pistols a tad largish found the pistols chambered for the .45 G.A.P. just right. Testers that found the .45 Auto pistols fitting them well expressed their appreciation of the trimmer G.A.P pistols. It seems that not only has GLOCK spawned a new caliber in which to chamber their pistols, they have found one that can satisfy the needs of big-bore concealed carriers (and no doubt uniformed officers) while doing so.\r\n\r\nWill this be the .45 of the 21st century? Only time will tell, but it seems the .45 G.A.P is making a good run at that distinction!\r\nHOLSTERING GLOCK .45s<\/strong>\r\nAs excellent as the size and calibers of the GLOCK .45s make them for concealment, they still miss one thing for concealed carry\u2014a holster! Luckily holster makers, just like users, have flocked to all GLOCK pistols. Finding leather, or non-leather, to tote one\u2019s choice of .45 should be relatively easy.\r\n\r\nToting a handgun\u2014any handgun, including a GLOCK\u2014should be accomplished using a quality holster. Holsters protect handguns from loss, or shifting during carry, ensuring it will be there when one reaches for it. Not only will the handgun be there when needed, but also a well-designed holster will snug a GLOCK .45 against the body, while not impeding a smooth, speedy draw. Regardless of the GLOCK .45 of choice, there should be a holster to allow carrying it comfortably, securely, and inconspicuously.\r\n\r\nA quick search of the Internet turned up offerings to carry some of GLOCK\u2019s .45s from Aker, Alessi, Bianchi, Blackhawk Bulman, Blade-Tech, Comp-Tac, DeSantis, Del Fatti, Don Hume, FIST, Fobus, Galco, Gould & Goodrich, Milt Sparks, Safariland, Sidearmor, and Uncle Mikes. There are more, but I stopped searching when it became obvious there was no end to holsters and suppliers.\r\n\r\nIt seems every commercial holster maker, and those in the custom world, offer one or more styles, to fit one or more of the .45 GLOCK pistols. Their wares are made from horse or cowhide, Kydex or other polymer, or some version of ballistic nylon. Styles include belt models, inside-the-waistband versions, shoulder holsters, and pocket models for the smaller pistols.\r\n\r\nI also did a scan of my holster collection, and found a number already on hand, including those wearing the GLOCK brand. (GLOCK has always offered holsters for their pistols.) Not surprisingly, I discovered many holsters specified for 9x19\/.40 pistols also fit quite nicely around a GLOCK 36 pistol, with a scant few fitting the marginally enlarged G.A.P. models. (This is, of course, not something most holster makers will announce, nor something one can count on, but if an ample selection of holsters is available, the fit is easily checked.) In addition, holsters for the GLOCK 30 will usually fit the G.A.P. offerings.\r\n\r\nPick a .45 GLOCK, a holster to meet your needs, and ammo from a high-performance source. Outfitted with this, today\u2019s big-bore carrier will be ready to go!","post_title":"Concealed-Carry .45s: The GLOCK Solution | Glock 45 Models","post_excerpt":"The .45 firepower favored by legions of officers is tough to keep out of sight. Not so with the GLOCK .45 G.A.P.\u2014the hideaway handgun with maximum performance.","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"concealed-carry-45s-the-glock-solution","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-10-31 23:10:49","post_modified_gmt":"2023-11-01 03:10:49","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2008\/05\/13\/concealed-carry-45s-the-glock-solution\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":true,"total_page":15},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

POPULAR

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n

Globally the 9mm remains the most popular cartridge in the world, used by more law enforcement and military organizations than any other. The 9mm is also favored within the foreign civilian marketplace because many nations outlaw the use of larger caliber handguns except by the military. The 9mm cartridge has been in use now for over 100 years.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Ruger LC9<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n
\"ruger,<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Ruger\u2019s LC9 offers compact dimensions measuring 6.0 inches in length, 4.5 inches in height and a modest 0.90 inches in width, combined with a comparatively high capacity of 7+1 rounds and light carry weight of 17.1 ounces (empty). The LC9 is built with a composite frame of high-performance glass-filled Nylon supported by an aluminum grip frame (subframe), a through-hardened steel slide, and 3.12-inch steel barrel. The LC9\u2019s contours render a gun that ideally fits the average hand, placing the index finger directly alongside the triggerguard with a natural recess for the first joint to rest before moving to engage the trigger. On the left side, the contoured grip frame places the thumb in position for a single-handed hold. The LC9 has a loaded chamber indicator that rises upward from the top of the slide and is clearly stamped \u201cLOADED WHEN UP\u201d. It\u2019s a very obvious tell so bluffing is off the table.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

This is a well-balanced gun that is slightly muzzle heavy, an asset in managing recoil. The size, weight, and feel of the LC9 is very good and while the trigger pull is exceptionally long at 1.2 inches, it remains smooth and consistent allowing for quick follow-up shots. This is a function of both safety and the nature of the LC9\u2019s internal hammer design. Simply put, discharging the LC9 is like firing a DAO revolver. The LC9 has a magazine disconnect and will not fire a chambered round with the magazine removed. Overall this is a very capable small 9mm, which can also be equipped with a number of options including a Crimson Trace Laserguard.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Sig Sauer P290<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n
\"Sig<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Sig Sauer P290 is only slightly larger overall than a .380 ACP. With an overall length of just 5.5 inches, a truncated height of 3.9 inches, barrel length of 2.9 inches, and overall weight of only 21.5 ounces (empty), the P290 provides the defensive capability of a 9mm in a gun that is remarkably flat, measuring less than an inch in width. It is bigger and \u201cchunkier\u201d than the Kimber Solo and just a hair smaller than the Ruger LC9. The internal mechanism is a traditional locked breech, Browning-type tilting barrel but with one distinguishing feature; a broadly flared muzzle that aligns with a corresponding channel in the slide.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

This design contributes to quicker cycling of the action; as soon as the slide starts its reward movement it releases the muzzle, allowing the barrel to tilt and drop the breechblock into line for reload. The P290 also employs a dual recoil spring assembly that makes this operation pretty snappy.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The frame is a lightweight, molded polymer with a slide machined from a solid billet. The finishes available are natural stainless or durable Nitron coating. Standard sights are dovetailed drift adjustable white dots. The P290 is a DAO hammer-fired pistol but with no manual cocking capability. In addition, the Sig Sauer has an automatic firing pin safety block, hammer safety intercept notch, and a trigger bar disconnect, making it safe for carry with a chambered round. And the Sig Sauer will fire with the magazine removed.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

An interesting option for Sig Sauer is the Integrated Laser Module (ILM), which is custom made for the P290. Lightweight and compact, the ILM seamlessly blends with the lines of the pistol. The laser has ambidextrous switches. The increase in weight of 0.8 ounces is negligible and the laser unit adds only 0.75 inches to the depth of the gun.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Overall, this is a rugged looking little gun that is relatively easy to carry concealed considering it packs 6+1 rounds of 9mm.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Kimber Solo Carry<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n
\"gun
Compact semi-autos like the Kimber Solo are effective fight-stoppers, but shooters with weaker hands might have trouble retracting their slides.<\/figcaption><\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Kimber Solo Carry is one of the most compact 9mm on the market measuring only 5.5 inches in length, 3.9 inches in height and a mere 0.995 inches in width. The all steel and alloy construction semi-auto weighs only 17 ounces empty. The compactness of the Solo is visually striking, being only slightly larger in overall dimension than most .380s. In order to achieve these scaled down proportions reminiscent of a 1911, the frame contours are smoother and more rounded with every possible edge reduced to its minimum possible tolerances. Easily operated ambidextrous magazine releases and perfectly sized ambidextrous safeties make ease of operation suitable for left or right-handed users.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Truly \u201cpocketable,\u201d the Solo utilizes a unique striker-fired system with a slight twist. When the slide is cycled and a round is chambered the striker (firing pin) is between 88 to 90 percent pre-tensioned. The trigger pull necessary to discharge the Solo then is only 10 to 12 percent of the total effort needed to finish the cycle and release the striker. Even though Kimber describes the Solo as a \u201csingle action striker-fired design,\u201d it is actually a double action as pulling the trigger has to finish tensioning the striker before the gun will discharge. While the lightweight semi-auto has a pretty hefty kick it is more than manageable and exceptionally accurate. As one of the smaller 9mm on the market, the Solo definitely has earned its mark.<\/p>\n","post_title":"Contemporary Subcompact Handguns","post_excerpt":"The Personal Defense Pocket Pistols: In the 21st century we have perfected the art of making as much gun as possible in the smallest package possible!","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"contemporary-subcompacts","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-10-19 15:38:22","post_modified_gmt":"2023-10-19 19:38:22","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2012\/11\/01\/contemporary-subcompacts\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":160508,"post_author":"645","post_date":"2009-09-02 15:20:48","post_date_gmt":"2009-09-02 21:20:48","post_content":"\r\n\r\nEven the gloved hands of today\u2019s uniformed officer will find ArmaLite\u2019s new AR-10T familiar. Draw the fixed stock into the shoulder, obtain sight picture and flip the selector. What makes the AR-10T different is more about what\u2019s on the inside. But on the outside, it all seems to feel the same.\r\n\r\nSince the creation of the Department of Homeland Security, law enforcement agencies have contended with how to use their budget to best enable their first responders to protect citizens against terror. Every agency has assessed vulnerabilities and many have chosen to acquire big bore rifles capable of penetrating a hard target or intercepting a vehicular threat. With just one shot to get it right, a team leader should have experience on the firing line.\r\n\r\nArmaLite\u2019s battle proven AR-10 has already served LE around the world including Canada\u2019s Ontario Provincial Police TRU (Tactics and Rescue Unit). Now loaded for the \"armalite3.jpg\"hard-hitting .338 Federal, the new AR-10T fills a department\u2019s medium-caliber gap without sacrificing ease of deployment, time for training, or familiar handling qualities of an officer\u2019s carbine.\r\n\r\nWhat some don\u2019t realize is that the AR-10\u2019s roots are more than 50 years old, pre-dating the AR-15\/M16\/M4. Clenching the checkered A2 pistol grip, controls are at the fingers. Saving more than a pound in weight over 7.62mm NATO infantry rifles of its time, Eugene Stoner\u2019s modular innovation is a source for the often-used term \u201cergonomic\u201d (as it applies to firearm design).\r\n\r\nThe anodized lower receiver is home to the ArmaLite tactical two-stage trigger set, the same trigger mechanism used in ArmaLite M-15 rifles. Pulling the trigger provides a crisp and smooth feel that doesn\u2019t interfere with accuracy. First and second stages are consistently passed at just 3 and 5 pounds before allowing the hammer to strike.\r\n\r\nBeing that the AR-10T is based on a 7.62mm NATO platform, the first question that usually comes to mind is how ArmaLite manages to stuff the high energy behind a .338 cartridge into an AR? An ArmaLite representative reports, \u201cArmaLite\u2019s refinements to the AR-10 over the many years placed it at a stage where the transfer to a harder hitting caliber such as the .338 Federal was not a problem. It\u2019s a short action .308-type cartridge so it transitions into our AR-10 platform perfectly. With some testing, we found that it\u2019s a fitting combination. We were able to use the same proven bolt and extractor, as well as the Generation II magazines. No design changes had to be made except re-chambering the AR-10 for a new caliber.\u201d\r\n\r\nThe bolt sits inside a gas impingement carrier group with four holes available to bleed off pressure and debris. The disassembly procedure is the same as an agency\u2019s M-15 carbine (just bigger parts). With the firing pin removed, one difference from other ARs is visually apparent. A spring shrouds the base of the firing pin pushing against the wall in the bolt carrier group. This feature helps reduce the risk of malfunctions and prevents the firing pin from bouncing during operation.\r\n\r\nA railed flat-top upper receiver marked \u201c.338 Federal\u201d brings the bolt together with the chamber of the stainless steel barrel. \u201cWe originally designed the .338 Federal as a hunting rifle, thus the stainless steel barrel,\u201d says ArmaLite. \u201cThe .338 Federal is a cartridge best suited for short and mid-range duties. We put a 22-inch barrel on the rifle, which provided the best ballistics for these situations. With that being said, we have seen the potential for different uses in this caliber, so we are spending some time testing a shorter rifle with a 16-inch barrel featuring a full size buttstock and a mid-length gas system to use in CQB operations.\u201d\r\n\r\n\"armalite4.jpg\"A tubular one-piece, free-floating aluminum handguard shields the hands from the triple lapped, 1-in-10-inch twist stainless steel match barrel. The tubular handguard improves the rifle\u2019s handling without taking up real estate with full-length accessory rails that often go unused. A useable length of rail does grace the forend of the handguard, ready to accept custom mounting of bipods, lasers, lights and other accessories.\r\n\r\nThe massive stainless steel gas block is secured to the barrel with four large hex-head screws and redirects gas pressure through a direct impingement system. This gas block is also a front sight base that features a flip-up Midwest Industries (MI) post that co-witnesses with a MI flip-up backup sight affixed to the rear of the upper receiver\u2019s Picatinny rail.\r\n\r\nSince no flash suppressor or compensator is present, the recessed crown at the muzzle of the AR-10T protects the rifle\u2019s accuracy potential during heavy use or intense tactical operations. Combine a barrel made of stainless steel, an aluminum free-floated handguard, aluminum alloy receivers, a polymer stock and grip, and you have a weather-resistant tactical rifle. The AR-10T can withstand harsher environments like those encountered in sustained maritime operations while offering the effective energy transfer carried by a .338 slug. \u201cCoastal areas with salty environments and the moisture of the trunk in squad cars are hard on steel parts, especially the barrel,\u201d says ArmaLite. So stainless steel might be a better choice for these conditions.\r\n\r\n\"armalite6.jpg\"Shooting Impressions<\/strong>\r\nNow I\u2019m not going to lie and say that I found the AR-10T to be a sub-MOA tack-driver. For me, it wasn\u2019t. I have friends in this industry who tell me they achieved MOA accuracy verified by pictures on Jeff Quinn\u2019s gunblast.com<\/a> of multiple 3-shot groups fired from 100 yards rivaling the size of a penny. But this test was a representation of how a founding member of DHS envisions this rifle being used by law enforcement. On the scene, from the trunk of a vehicle, and across the hood.\r\n\r\nDriving down to the edge of North Carolina\u2019s Great Dismal Swamp brought me to a private range that required the careful use of four-wheelers to maneuver through knee-deep muck in order to get downrange and post targets. A pair of 12x18-inch ballistic steel plates were used to verify the new Leupold VX-3 6.5-20x50mm riflescope from 100 yards. Secured in ArmaLite\u2019s unique one-piece ring mount, this accessory removes a couple of variables that typically impact accuracy on other rifles.\r\n\r\nThe DHS agent fired first. And second. \u201cOh yeah, we\u2019re good.\u201d Our four-wheelers carried us across the swamp again just to verify the point-of-aim\/point-of-impact. Fingering the significant dimples created in the swinging AR-500 steel plate, he said, \u201cMan, that rifle has some thump to it!\u201d With paper targets ready, we drove back to the firing line and began the accuracy test.\r\n\r\n\"armalite8.jpg\"In rural parts of the US, it\u2019s not unusual to see a pick-up truck used as a law enforcement vehicle. To best simulate a tactical operation where a vehicle is used as cover and firing support, we positioned the vehicle at the firing line and loaded each (5-, 10-, and 20-round) magazine with the only load available for this test: Federal\u2019s lead-nose, copper jacketed, 210-grain Nosler Partition.\r\n\r\nThe first 3-shot group from each of us measured just under 2.5 inches. Making it downrange and changing out targets, we discovered an earlier sighter that went off course and punched through a 5-inch thick tree. Looking further back, we saw the bullet had actually passed without deflection through a total of six trees smaller in size and spaced about 4 feet before disappearing.\r\n\r\nMost accuracy results with other AR-style rifles are taken in 5-shot groups, so the next batch would follow this pattern. Five groups of five shots averaged nearly 3 inches off the semi-supported position with the best group measuring 1.94 inches. The most impressive observation came from our last test, a 20-shot magazine dump in quick succession. In a string of fire that lasted no more than 30 seconds, 20 shots were clustered together in a group measuring just 3.6 inches. This is practical accuracy you can expect of a trained officer that could put a definitive end to a given crisis.\r\n\r\nFinal Notes<\/strong>\r\n\u201cIf you benched it with a bipod, it\u2019d group a lot tighter,\u201d noted the DHS agent, \u201cbut this is realistic. This rifle is what you hope to have when you arrive to a dynamic situation forcing you to run what you have.\u201d\r\n\r\nArmaLite asserts, \u201cThe same principals apply to this caliber as the .458 SOCOM, only the AR-10T does it better. Placing this harder hitting round in this strong, proven platform was a perfect match. The .458 SOCOM in the smaller AR-15 platform has unpredictable penetration at any significant range and the smaller AR-15 platform is unproven to last with a large caliber.\u201d\r\n\r\nWith the AR-10T you get a heavier bullet, lower felt recoil and more energy transferred to the target. This lethal hammer is ready to meet the obstacles faced by LE in urban environments or on the maritime waters.\r\n\r\n\"federal2.jpg\"FEDERAL\u2019S BOLD .338<\/strong>\r\nThere are other .338s out there but none that can be easily integrated with fewer changes to the seasoned AR-10. The story here is as much about the united effort between ArmaLite and Federal Cartridge<\/strong><\/a> to assure the rifle and ammunition are perfectly matched. Snipers are already familiar with .338s including the .338 Lapua Mag and the .338 Win Mag. These two highly effective cartridges are known for their long-range effectiveness in bolt-action platforms. For most LE operations requiring the deployment of a rifle, a bolt gun presents a number of tactical drawbacks. Slower handling, more recoil, and slower follow-up shots.\r\n\r\nThe .338 Federal delivers the only modern .338 caliber load that isn\u2019t a magnum configuration. It delivers a larger diameter bullet for more weight and overall energy on target without magnum recoil. \u201cThe .338 Federal captures the capability of the longstanding .308 case and offers the respected performance of the .338 bullet,\u201d says Federal President Mark DeYoung. \u201cThese two mainstays have been proven time and again and are now brought together into a quality factory load,\u201d he adds.","post_title":"Armalite AR-10T .338 Federal","post_excerpt":"NEW BATTLE RIFLE chambered for Federal\u2019s powerhouse cartridge!","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"armalite-ar-10t-338-federal","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-10-31 23:08:29","post_modified_gmt":"2023-11-01 03:08:29","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2009\/09\/02\/armalite-ar-10t-338-federal\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":160816,"post_author":"374","post_date":"2009-04-24 14:48:05","post_date_gmt":"2009-04-24 20:48:05","post_content":"\r\n\r\nI have been a fan of the .308 cartridge (7.62x51mm) for many years and have always enjoyed its versatility. It has numerous useful applications for self-defense and law enforcement and one of my bolt-action rifles in that chambering is set up for medium- to-long range anti-personnel work.\r\n\r\n\"untitled-2.jpg\"I have used .308 rifles in bolt-action, lever-action, slide-action and semi-automatic configurations, the latter being in the form of the M14 battle rifle, which is what we cadets trained with in ROTC (Reserve Officers\u2019 Training Corps) I was very interested when Rock River Arms (RRA) introduced an AR-type rifle in the popular .308 caliber.\r\n\r\nThe rifle was the Mid-Length (M\/L) LAR-8 A4 (308A1239), which comes housed in a compartmented, electric blue plastic carrying case. In the case, the rifle is broken down into the upper-receiver\/barrel group and the lower-receiver\/stock group that allows the case to be a bit more compact length-wise. It is a great case for shipping the weapon, but unfortunately the case cannot be used once an optic sight is mounted on the LAR-8, which means that if you want to carry your RRA rifle in a gun case fully assembled with a sight mounted, you will be in the market for a new larger gun case.\r\n\r\nMy sample LAR-8 mid-length A4 came with a 16-inch Wilson chrome moly barrel having a 1-in-10-inch right-hand twist, six land and groove rifling and a Picatinny rail on the upper receiver and on top of the barrel at the front of the handguard as there are no iron sights. There is also an A2 version that has the same iron sight configuration that is found on the M16A2 rifle. Both of these rifles are fitted with a tactical CAR-style buttstock.\r\n\r\nOther RRA LAR-8 factory variations include Standard A2 and A4 models that have 20-inch barrels and a conventional AR-type butt stock, plus there is an A-4 Varmint Model that features a 26-inch Wilson air gauged, stainless steel bull barrel that is coupled with a free-floating, tubular aluminum handguard for increased long-distance accuracy.\r\n\r\nStandard Features <\/strong>\r\nStandard features on my LAR-8 M\/L A4 includes a rubber Hogue pistol grip, which is stippled and has finger grooves, a two-stage match trigger, upper receiver with bolt forward assist and ejection port door, plus brass deflector, ventilated polymer handguard, sling swivels and A2-type flash suppressor. The LAR-8 basically looks like a M16 on steroids, as the receiver has been beefed up to allow use of the .308 (7.62x51mm) cartridge.\r\n\r\nThe two big differences that the discerning eye will note is the magazine and the bolt catch. The factory-supplied magazine for the LAR-8 is basically the same as the 20-round magazine used in the famous FN\/FAL and L1A1 battle rifles. Entire articles and books could be and have been devoted to this fine weapon, so we won\u2019t delve into that subject here, but this Fabrique Nationale-designed rifle has been in service since 1953 and has armed some 60 countries around the world including Belgium, Great Britain, Canada, Australia, and Argentina.\r\n\r\nNeedless to say, there have been countless thousands of magazines made for the FN\/FAL and that fact pays dividends to the LAR-8 owner who has a wide selection to choose from. I did a little Internet surfing and came up with price ranges from $10 to $22 for used Mil-Spec 20-round magazines. There are also 30-round magazines out there that average around $50 more. They hang down a bit too far for comfortable prone shooting, so I\u2019m content to stick with the 20-rounders myself.\r\n\r\nThe bolt catch on the LAR-8 is not on the left side of the lower receiver as on the M16, but is positioned at the base of the magazine well at its juncture with the pivoting triggerguard. It is more reminiscent of the bolt catch found on the FN\/FAL and is made to be ambidextrous, and if your hand is large enough can be actuated by the trigger finger of whichever hand you use. The magazine release is located in the same area as on the M16 and the LAR-8 is also ambidextrous.\r\n\r\nWhile the manual safety lever, just above the pistol grip on the right of the receiver, is not ambidextrous, it appears to be easily changed to the left side of the receiver if that\u2019s the user\u2019s preference. On a whole the controls on this rifle are easily reached and manipulated without removing the hand from the pistol grip, certainly a plus in a patrol rifle. I had no trouble whatever operating them with my medium-sized hand.\r\n\r\nObviously, this rifle is going to pack more weight than the M16 and the LAR-8 M\/L A4 weighs in empty, sans sights, at a respectable 8.1 pounds. With the 6-position CAR buttstock fully extended it measures 38 inches. The weight and the propellant gas operation system of the action certainly help tame recoil, which is a good thing given the hard checkered butt of the CAR stock.\r\n\r\nThe standard polymer handguard is round in shape with flats on the top and bottom that are serrated and have holes for barrel ventilation. There are no rails on the standard handguard, but RRA does offer optional Daniel Defense Lite Quad Rails for both the Mid-Length and Standard LAR-8 A4 rifles. In fact, a visit to the RRA website will allow one to see the full list of optional items available that allow you to \u201chave it your way\u201d with just about any Rock River Arms\u2019 AR-type rifle.\r\n\r\nAs always, I gave the RRA LAR-8 Mid-Length A4 a top to bottom inspection and did not find anything wanting in overall fit and finish of the weapon. All the flats were flat, corners square and rounded surfaces done to perfection. No machine marks or other blemishes were visible and the black hard coat anodized finish was a good match to the black polymer material of the handguard and buttstock of the rifle.\r\n\r\nOptics Selection<\/strong>\r\nNow given that my RRA LAR-8 M\/L A4 comes without sights, it was time to select something with which to aim the rifle that would be fitting for my uses. I looked at a number of optical and sights of various manufacturers, but came away impressed with the Trijicon ACOG (Advanced Combat Optical Gunsight) 3.5x35mm .308 BDC\/FT.Chevron BAC riflescope for our test.\r\n\r\nAnyone that watches the network nightly news has seen the ACOG sights on the M16A2 rifles carried by many of our troops in Afghanistan and Iraq; their bell-shaped housings make them easily identifiable. They have been in use for many years by Army Special Forces, the Marines, Navy SEALs and the FBI, so I didn\u2019t see how I could go wrong. Trijicon is synonymous with the night sights that have been fitted on many of the most popular combat handguns for a couple of decades. However, Trijicon\u2019s founder Glyn Bindon wanted to build a sight for long arms that would bring together both-eyes-open shooting, an illuminated aiming point, plus magnified optics.\r\n\r\nWhat he discovered was what has since been termed the Bindon Aiming Concept (BAC), aiming with both eyes open, which gives a superior sense of balance and field of view, coupled with a magnified Trijicon sight, which offers the shooter a considerable advantage over his target using conventional sights. When used as designed, in the binocular mode, the operator sees only the red, chevron-shaped reticle (the pointed tip is the aiming point) transposed on the target at anywhere from across-the-room ranges to several hundred yards.\r\n\r\nMy sample ACOG 3.5x35mm scope came packaged in a well-padded Pelican case, which also held a black nylon, Scopecoat scope cover, a Lenspen lens cleaner and an ACOG thumbscrew flattop adapter for affixing the scope to the Picatinny rail of the LAR-8. The scope housing is 8 inches in length and is made of rugged forged aluminum; the black, hard-anodized finish matches almost exactly that of the RRA rifle. Scope weight without mounts adds only 14 ounces to the weight of the rifle.\r\n\r\nThe scope is calibrated for use with the .308 cartridge and is meant to be sighted in at 100 meters with an effective range of 800 meters on flattop rifles. The reticle also includes a rangefinder and the base of the chevron aiming point is 5.53 MOA (minute of angle), which at 300 meters is 19 inches allowing for good range estimation. Of course, during the day, the fiber-optic tube running along the top of the scope gathers light for the red aiming point and at night\/low light tritium is used to illuminate the chevron. The field of view at 100 yards is almost 29 feet, the eye relief is 2.4 inches and the adjustment is 4-inch clicks at 100 yards.\r\n\r\nRange Time<\/strong>\r\nNow it was time to go to my ammo locker and select some cartridges from my stock of .308 ammunition. I chose Black Hills Gold with a 168-grain Hornady A-Max bullet, which has a factory velocity of 2650 fps (feet per second). Next I picked Federal Gold Medal that has a Sierra 168-grain \u201cMatchKing\u201d BTHP bullet also rated at 2650 fps. To add a law enforcement-designed cartridge I included the one of the Hornady TAP loads in .308.\r\n\r\nAccording to their website, \u201cThe 155-grain A-MAX TAP Precision cartridge offers match accuracy with a high-ballistic coefficient providing superior long-range performance. This load demonstrates expansion and fragmentation similar to the 110-grain load, but with a noticeable increase in penetration and retained bullet weight. This bullet penetrates glass with minimal deflection and exhibits retained expansion and fragmentation characteristics.\u201d\r\n\r\nIt is also intended for use in a 1-in-10-inch or 1-in-12-inch twist rifle barrel such as that on the LAR-8. My final selection was the Winchester 150-grain Supreme Elite with \u201cThe new XP3 bullet that starts with a two-stage expansion design, then combines all the best-known bullet technology to offer delayed controlled expansion, deep penetration, and high retained weight.\u201d\r\n\r\nWith my rifle\/sight combination, plus test ammunition in hand, it was time for a field test. I did my shooting at the NRA Whittington Center during the 2008 Shootists Holiday and used the Center\u2019s Sight-In Range for my accuracy and chronograph testing session. I sighted the Trijicon ACOG 3.5x35mm scope in for 100 yards, then proceeded to shoot three 3-shot groups for record with each test cartridge, using the concrete benches and an MTM Casegard rest.\r\n\r\nMy best group was 0.82 of an inch using Federal Gold Medal loads, followed by 0.97 of an inch with the Hornady TAP ammo. All of the group averages stayed under 2 inches and my guess is that the rifle would have had no trouble out-shooting the shooter that day. I also set up my Oehler Model 35P chronograph to see what velocities I would get from the LAR-8 M\/L 16-inch barrel.\r\n\r\nNext I put a silhouette target out at 200 yards and fired a dozen shots using a mixed bag of .308 cartridges at center mass and scored 10 hits in the 10 and X-ring and two just out in the 9-ring. Three shots to the head resulted in three hits in the 10-ring. Lastly, I took the LAR-8 to the Animal Silhouette Range, where the backstop is a mountainside covered with nice big rocks.\r\n\r\nFrom the standing, off-hand position, again using a mix of my test ammo, I was able to make dust fly on rocks out as far as I could see them on the mountainside, which has been previously checked with a laser rangefinder to have shootable rocks out to some 475 yards. The best part besides the practical accuracy and \u201cshootability\u201d of the LAR-8 was the fact that it was 100-percent reliable and I did not note a single malfunction during the test.\r\n\r\nFinal Notes<\/strong>\r\nRRA has a winner here and mated with the Trijicon ACOG scope and good ammo, I can\u2019t think of anything I\u2019d rather take into harm\u2019s way.","post_title":"RRA Mid-Length LAR-8 A4 .308","post_excerpt":"Big-bore AR\/Trijicon ACOG combo proved 100% reliable and sub-MOA accurate!","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"rra-mid-lenght-lar-8-a4-308","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-05-31 20:23:23","post_modified_gmt":"2023-05-31 20:23:23","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2009\/04\/24\/rra-mid-lenght-lar-8-a4-308\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":161994,"post_author":"645","post_date":"2008-05-13 15:04:28","post_date_gmt":"2008-05-13 21:04:28","post_content":"\r\nThose marvels of Austrian ingenuity, GLOCK pistols, have a well-deserved reputation for arriving ready for concealed carry. No sharp edges abound to be rough on the hands or snag clothing during the draw. GLOCKs slide from the holster, point well, and are ready for immediate action. The GLOCK Safe Action design leaves worries regarding a complicated manual of arms in the dust. Cap that off with sizes and calibers to satisfy every taste, and GLOCK seems destined to maintain their edge.\r\n\r\nFew things are dearer to the American heart than .45-caliber handguns. Despite the presence of .36- and .44-caliber handguns during the settling of the West, the .45 Colt is viewed as the decisive caliber from that era. Just in time to take the place of this noble cartridge, the .45 Auto became a force to be reckoned with in the next century. There is something comforting about this large caliber, imbuing a sense of power.\r\n\r\nIn fact, many a breath was held after GLOCK entered the U. S. market, until the Austrian company announced the introduction of their Model 21 in .45 Auto. Exhaling a sigh of relief, the .45 culture had a polymer wonder to satisfy its desires.\r\n\r\nFor duty carry by officers, the GLOCK 21 proved a perfect choice, hearty and robust, with the renowned GLOCK reliability. Following Law Enforcement (LE) trends that pushed the GLOCK to the top of the LE realm, as concealed carry rights blossomed, those exercising their rights adopted GLOCKs in droves. However, it was obvious the GLOCK 21 would have a small concealed carry following. The very traits making it so popular for duty carry\u2014hearty and robust\u2014worked against discreet carry.\r\n\r\nNever one to be left out in the cold, GLOCK introduced the more compact Models 30 and 36 in .45 Auto with double- and single-stack magazines, respectively. The Model 30 still bore grip dimensions similar to that of the Model 21, frequently difficult for those with average hands. The 36, though thinner due to a single-column magazine, still bore a longer front-to-back grip because of the .45 Auto chambering, which can still be a problem for some.\r\n\r\nBoth models have fared well with the American concealed carrier, but their frames, sized as they were for the .45 Auto, still leave some carriers and shooters with average and smaller-sized hands wanting. Likewise, many in the LE community hankered for a pistol dimensionally like the immensely popular GLOCK 17\/19\/26 and 22\/23\/26, but in the .45 Auto. Of course, the .45 Auto just won\u2019t fit in these more comfortable frames.\r\n\r\nMAKE WAY FOR THE .45<\/strong>\r\nNever one to shy away from a challenge, the folks at GLOCK tackled the project with the help of the ballistic wizards at Speer. The resulting cartridge, equaling the ballistic performance of the .45 Auto, was christened the .45 GLOCK Automatic Pistol (G.A.P.). Squeezed into a 9x19\/.40 frame, the GLOCK 37 and the .45 G.A.P. answered the LE and civilian concealed carriers\u2019 request for a more-compact .45 pistol.\r\n\r\nThe full-sized GLOCK 37 was followed by the compact GLOCK 38, and sub-compact GLOCK 39, each chambering a fair number of the new stubby .45s. Initially it was hoped the Models 37, 38, and 39 might be exactly the same size as the corresponding 9x19\/.40 models, and regarding the frames that proved true. However, to ensure perfect performance, marginally larger slides became the norm. (17\/22 slides are 1.01 inches wide by 0.85-inch high, weighing 18 ounces. GLOCK 37 slides are 1.13 inches wide by 0.88-inch high and weigh 21 ounces.) The .45 G.A.P. pistols incorporate a longer steel locking-block.\r\n\r\nOne step in building a cartridge to fit in the smaller and handier frame was designing the .45 G.A.P. cartridge to be 0.13-inch shorter than the .45 Auto. This produces a case similar in length to the 9x19 (0.78-inches), but once loaded the G. A. P has an overall length of 1.08 inches, actually shorter than the 9x19. (This last design parameter allows the wide .45 G.A.P. bullet to fit in a shorter grip area.)\r\n\r\n\"imgp03.gif\"AN ALL-NEW CARTRIDGE<\/strong>\r\nAdditional changes include a slightly rebated rim on the G.A.P., and modified extractor groove. Inside the case, one finds a wall profile that differs noticeably from the .45 Auto, thus allowing for seating .45 bullets without case wall bulging, and outside the primer pocket is filled with a small pistol primer. (A large pistol primer reportedly caused over-ignition and excessive pressure.) All of this goes to the point that the G.A.P. is an entirely new cartridge case that cannot be safely built from a .45 Auto case! Using the most modern propellants, Speer succeeded in charging this smaller .45 cartridge to equal the .45 Auto ballistically, while keeping pressures near the .45 Auto range.\r\n\r\nThere is no paucity of loadings available for the .45 G.A.P. GLOCKs. Speer\u2019s initial .45 G.A.P. commercial loadings were 185- and 200-grain Gold Dot premium hollowpoints and the same weights of TMJ bullets in the Speer Lawman line for economical shooting. Under the ATK banner with Speer, Federal Cartridge has introduced 185-grain and 230-grain Hydra-Shok loadings in the Premium Personal Defense line and an economical 185-grain TMJ loading in the American Eagle line.\r\n\r\nWinchester and Remington are now loading the .45 G.A.P. cartridge in configurations similar to Speer and Federal. COR-BON stepped in with their 160-grain DPX load, the 165-grain Pow'R Ball, a jacketed soft point, and a 200-grain JHP. This means bullet weights of 160 grains, 165 grains, 185 grains, 200 grains and 230 grains are all available.\r\n\r\n.45 GAP PERFORMANCE<\/strong>\r\nThe .45 G.A.P. is quite a boon for those of us adhering to the notion that bigger is better! Concealed carriers and Law Enforcement personnel, in and out of uniform, have their wish for new handguns.\r\n\r\nFrom the concealed carriers\u2019 and non-uniformed LE perspective, I found four .45 GLOCKs most appropriate for their needs. The Model 21 has already been excluded, and the Model 37 will probably be as well by those seeking compactness for carry. This leaves us with the Models 30, 36, 38, and 39 for consideration.\r\n\r\nThis was my first experience with the .45 G.A.P., so I began my examination of the concealed carry candidates with range testing. Trigger-time revealed just what I had heard: the .45 G.A.P. pistols were just as easily handled during all the drills as similar GLOCK models accommodating the .45 Auto. The GLOCK 38 weighs virtually the same as the Model 30, while the same is true of the Models 36 and 39, and the velocities of similar weight bullets are close enough to produce the similar felt recoil in pistols all weighing the same. (Depending on the cartridge, the .45 G.A.P. recoil can feel similar to a .40 pistol.)\r\n\r\nWearing average-sized hands, I found all four offerings fit me well, with the GLOCK 30 on the upper end of comfort for me. That, of course, explains why there is more than one flavor of ice cream\u2014and size of GLOCK\u2014to provide needed variety!\r\n\r\nWith pistols to fit my hands and those of most others, in my favorite caliber and that of GLOCK\u2019s new offering\u2014which seems destined to offer the .45 Auto a run for its money\u2014I went forth to gather the opinions of other shooters and concealed carriers.\r\n\r\n\"gap-carry.gif\"SHOOTING & CARRYING GLOCK .45s<\/strong>\r\nI placed the four GLOCK .45 offerings in the hands of a variety of shooters, and received the expected plethora of preferences. Given a choice of .45 GLOCKs, each one selected their favorite based on how it fit their hands and rode on their waist. Recoil did not seem a factor.\r\n\r\nThose finding the .45 Auto pistols a tad largish found the pistols chambered for the .45 G.A.P. just right. Testers that found the .45 Auto pistols fitting them well expressed their appreciation of the trimmer G.A.P pistols. It seems that not only has GLOCK spawned a new caliber in which to chamber their pistols, they have found one that can satisfy the needs of big-bore concealed carriers (and no doubt uniformed officers) while doing so.\r\n\r\nWill this be the .45 of the 21st century? Only time will tell, but it seems the .45 G.A.P is making a good run at that distinction!\r\nHOLSTERING GLOCK .45s<\/strong>\r\nAs excellent as the size and calibers of the GLOCK .45s make them for concealment, they still miss one thing for concealed carry\u2014a holster! Luckily holster makers, just like users, have flocked to all GLOCK pistols. Finding leather, or non-leather, to tote one\u2019s choice of .45 should be relatively easy.\r\n\r\nToting a handgun\u2014any handgun, including a GLOCK\u2014should be accomplished using a quality holster. Holsters protect handguns from loss, or shifting during carry, ensuring it will be there when one reaches for it. Not only will the handgun be there when needed, but also a well-designed holster will snug a GLOCK .45 against the body, while not impeding a smooth, speedy draw. Regardless of the GLOCK .45 of choice, there should be a holster to allow carrying it comfortably, securely, and inconspicuously.\r\n\r\nA quick search of the Internet turned up offerings to carry some of GLOCK\u2019s .45s from Aker, Alessi, Bianchi, Blackhawk Bulman, Blade-Tech, Comp-Tac, DeSantis, Del Fatti, Don Hume, FIST, Fobus, Galco, Gould & Goodrich, Milt Sparks, Safariland, Sidearmor, and Uncle Mikes. There are more, but I stopped searching when it became obvious there was no end to holsters and suppliers.\r\n\r\nIt seems every commercial holster maker, and those in the custom world, offer one or more styles, to fit one or more of the .45 GLOCK pistols. Their wares are made from horse or cowhide, Kydex or other polymer, or some version of ballistic nylon. Styles include belt models, inside-the-waistband versions, shoulder holsters, and pocket models for the smaller pistols.\r\n\r\nI also did a scan of my holster collection, and found a number already on hand, including those wearing the GLOCK brand. (GLOCK has always offered holsters for their pistols.) Not surprisingly, I discovered many holsters specified for 9x19\/.40 pistols also fit quite nicely around a GLOCK 36 pistol, with a scant few fitting the marginally enlarged G.A.P. models. (This is, of course, not something most holster makers will announce, nor something one can count on, but if an ample selection of holsters is available, the fit is easily checked.) In addition, holsters for the GLOCK 30 will usually fit the G.A.P. offerings.\r\n\r\nPick a .45 GLOCK, a holster to meet your needs, and ammo from a high-performance source. Outfitted with this, today\u2019s big-bore carrier will be ready to go!","post_title":"Concealed-Carry .45s: The GLOCK Solution | Glock 45 Models","post_excerpt":"The .45 firepower favored by legions of officers is tough to keep out of sight. Not so with the GLOCK .45 G.A.P.\u2014the hideaway handgun with maximum performance.","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"concealed-carry-45s-the-glock-solution","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-10-31 23:10:49","post_modified_gmt":"2023-11-01 03:10:49","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2008\/05\/13\/concealed-carry-45s-the-glock-solution\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":true,"total_page":15},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

POPULAR

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n

9mm<\/strong> Subcompact Handguns<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Globally the 9mm remains the most popular cartridge in the world, used by more law enforcement and military organizations than any other. The 9mm is also favored within the foreign civilian marketplace because many nations outlaw the use of larger caliber handguns except by the military. The 9mm cartridge has been in use now for over 100 years.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Ruger LC9<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n
\"ruger,<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Ruger\u2019s LC9 offers compact dimensions measuring 6.0 inches in length, 4.5 inches in height and a modest 0.90 inches in width, combined with a comparatively high capacity of 7+1 rounds and light carry weight of 17.1 ounces (empty). The LC9 is built with a composite frame of high-performance glass-filled Nylon supported by an aluminum grip frame (subframe), a through-hardened steel slide, and 3.12-inch steel barrel. The LC9\u2019s contours render a gun that ideally fits the average hand, placing the index finger directly alongside the triggerguard with a natural recess for the first joint to rest before moving to engage the trigger. On the left side, the contoured grip frame places the thumb in position for a single-handed hold. The LC9 has a loaded chamber indicator that rises upward from the top of the slide and is clearly stamped \u201cLOADED WHEN UP\u201d. It\u2019s a very obvious tell so bluffing is off the table.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

This is a well-balanced gun that is slightly muzzle heavy, an asset in managing recoil. The size, weight, and feel of the LC9 is very good and while the trigger pull is exceptionally long at 1.2 inches, it remains smooth and consistent allowing for quick follow-up shots. This is a function of both safety and the nature of the LC9\u2019s internal hammer design. Simply put, discharging the LC9 is like firing a DAO revolver. The LC9 has a magazine disconnect and will not fire a chambered round with the magazine removed. Overall this is a very capable small 9mm, which can also be equipped with a number of options including a Crimson Trace Laserguard.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Sig Sauer P290<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n
\"Sig<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Sig Sauer P290 is only slightly larger overall than a .380 ACP. With an overall length of just 5.5 inches, a truncated height of 3.9 inches, barrel length of 2.9 inches, and overall weight of only 21.5 ounces (empty), the P290 provides the defensive capability of a 9mm in a gun that is remarkably flat, measuring less than an inch in width. It is bigger and \u201cchunkier\u201d than the Kimber Solo and just a hair smaller than the Ruger LC9. The internal mechanism is a traditional locked breech, Browning-type tilting barrel but with one distinguishing feature; a broadly flared muzzle that aligns with a corresponding channel in the slide.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

This design contributes to quicker cycling of the action; as soon as the slide starts its reward movement it releases the muzzle, allowing the barrel to tilt and drop the breechblock into line for reload. The P290 also employs a dual recoil spring assembly that makes this operation pretty snappy.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The frame is a lightweight, molded polymer with a slide machined from a solid billet. The finishes available are natural stainless or durable Nitron coating. Standard sights are dovetailed drift adjustable white dots. The P290 is a DAO hammer-fired pistol but with no manual cocking capability. In addition, the Sig Sauer has an automatic firing pin safety block, hammer safety intercept notch, and a trigger bar disconnect, making it safe for carry with a chambered round. And the Sig Sauer will fire with the magazine removed.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

An interesting option for Sig Sauer is the Integrated Laser Module (ILM), which is custom made for the P290. Lightweight and compact, the ILM seamlessly blends with the lines of the pistol. The laser has ambidextrous switches. The increase in weight of 0.8 ounces is negligible and the laser unit adds only 0.75 inches to the depth of the gun.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Overall, this is a rugged looking little gun that is relatively easy to carry concealed considering it packs 6+1 rounds of 9mm.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Kimber Solo Carry<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n
\"gun
Compact semi-autos like the Kimber Solo are effective fight-stoppers, but shooters with weaker hands might have trouble retracting their slides.<\/figcaption><\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Kimber Solo Carry is one of the most compact 9mm on the market measuring only 5.5 inches in length, 3.9 inches in height and a mere 0.995 inches in width. The all steel and alloy construction semi-auto weighs only 17 ounces empty. The compactness of the Solo is visually striking, being only slightly larger in overall dimension than most .380s. In order to achieve these scaled down proportions reminiscent of a 1911, the frame contours are smoother and more rounded with every possible edge reduced to its minimum possible tolerances. Easily operated ambidextrous magazine releases and perfectly sized ambidextrous safeties make ease of operation suitable for left or right-handed users.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Truly \u201cpocketable,\u201d the Solo utilizes a unique striker-fired system with a slight twist. When the slide is cycled and a round is chambered the striker (firing pin) is between 88 to 90 percent pre-tensioned. The trigger pull necessary to discharge the Solo then is only 10 to 12 percent of the total effort needed to finish the cycle and release the striker. Even though Kimber describes the Solo as a \u201csingle action striker-fired design,\u201d it is actually a double action as pulling the trigger has to finish tensioning the striker before the gun will discharge. While the lightweight semi-auto has a pretty hefty kick it is more than manageable and exceptionally accurate. As one of the smaller 9mm on the market, the Solo definitely has earned its mark.<\/p>\n","post_title":"Contemporary Subcompact Handguns","post_excerpt":"The Personal Defense Pocket Pistols: In the 21st century we have perfected the art of making as much gun as possible in the smallest package possible!","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"contemporary-subcompacts","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-10-19 15:38:22","post_modified_gmt":"2023-10-19 19:38:22","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2012\/11\/01\/contemporary-subcompacts\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":160508,"post_author":"645","post_date":"2009-09-02 15:20:48","post_date_gmt":"2009-09-02 21:20:48","post_content":"\r\n\r\nEven the gloved hands of today\u2019s uniformed officer will find ArmaLite\u2019s new AR-10T familiar. Draw the fixed stock into the shoulder, obtain sight picture and flip the selector. What makes the AR-10T different is more about what\u2019s on the inside. But on the outside, it all seems to feel the same.\r\n\r\nSince the creation of the Department of Homeland Security, law enforcement agencies have contended with how to use their budget to best enable their first responders to protect citizens against terror. Every agency has assessed vulnerabilities and many have chosen to acquire big bore rifles capable of penetrating a hard target or intercepting a vehicular threat. With just one shot to get it right, a team leader should have experience on the firing line.\r\n\r\nArmaLite\u2019s battle proven AR-10 has already served LE around the world including Canada\u2019s Ontario Provincial Police TRU (Tactics and Rescue Unit). Now loaded for the \"armalite3.jpg\"hard-hitting .338 Federal, the new AR-10T fills a department\u2019s medium-caliber gap without sacrificing ease of deployment, time for training, or familiar handling qualities of an officer\u2019s carbine.\r\n\r\nWhat some don\u2019t realize is that the AR-10\u2019s roots are more than 50 years old, pre-dating the AR-15\/M16\/M4. Clenching the checkered A2 pistol grip, controls are at the fingers. Saving more than a pound in weight over 7.62mm NATO infantry rifles of its time, Eugene Stoner\u2019s modular innovation is a source for the often-used term \u201cergonomic\u201d (as it applies to firearm design).\r\n\r\nThe anodized lower receiver is home to the ArmaLite tactical two-stage trigger set, the same trigger mechanism used in ArmaLite M-15 rifles. Pulling the trigger provides a crisp and smooth feel that doesn\u2019t interfere with accuracy. First and second stages are consistently passed at just 3 and 5 pounds before allowing the hammer to strike.\r\n\r\nBeing that the AR-10T is based on a 7.62mm NATO platform, the first question that usually comes to mind is how ArmaLite manages to stuff the high energy behind a .338 cartridge into an AR? An ArmaLite representative reports, \u201cArmaLite\u2019s refinements to the AR-10 over the many years placed it at a stage where the transfer to a harder hitting caliber such as the .338 Federal was not a problem. It\u2019s a short action .308-type cartridge so it transitions into our AR-10 platform perfectly. With some testing, we found that it\u2019s a fitting combination. We were able to use the same proven bolt and extractor, as well as the Generation II magazines. No design changes had to be made except re-chambering the AR-10 for a new caliber.\u201d\r\n\r\nThe bolt sits inside a gas impingement carrier group with four holes available to bleed off pressure and debris. The disassembly procedure is the same as an agency\u2019s M-15 carbine (just bigger parts). With the firing pin removed, one difference from other ARs is visually apparent. A spring shrouds the base of the firing pin pushing against the wall in the bolt carrier group. This feature helps reduce the risk of malfunctions and prevents the firing pin from bouncing during operation.\r\n\r\nA railed flat-top upper receiver marked \u201c.338 Federal\u201d brings the bolt together with the chamber of the stainless steel barrel. \u201cWe originally designed the .338 Federal as a hunting rifle, thus the stainless steel barrel,\u201d says ArmaLite. \u201cThe .338 Federal is a cartridge best suited for short and mid-range duties. We put a 22-inch barrel on the rifle, which provided the best ballistics for these situations. With that being said, we have seen the potential for different uses in this caliber, so we are spending some time testing a shorter rifle with a 16-inch barrel featuring a full size buttstock and a mid-length gas system to use in CQB operations.\u201d\r\n\r\n\"armalite4.jpg\"A tubular one-piece, free-floating aluminum handguard shields the hands from the triple lapped, 1-in-10-inch twist stainless steel match barrel. The tubular handguard improves the rifle\u2019s handling without taking up real estate with full-length accessory rails that often go unused. A useable length of rail does grace the forend of the handguard, ready to accept custom mounting of bipods, lasers, lights and other accessories.\r\n\r\nThe massive stainless steel gas block is secured to the barrel with four large hex-head screws and redirects gas pressure through a direct impingement system. This gas block is also a front sight base that features a flip-up Midwest Industries (MI) post that co-witnesses with a MI flip-up backup sight affixed to the rear of the upper receiver\u2019s Picatinny rail.\r\n\r\nSince no flash suppressor or compensator is present, the recessed crown at the muzzle of the AR-10T protects the rifle\u2019s accuracy potential during heavy use or intense tactical operations. Combine a barrel made of stainless steel, an aluminum free-floated handguard, aluminum alloy receivers, a polymer stock and grip, and you have a weather-resistant tactical rifle. The AR-10T can withstand harsher environments like those encountered in sustained maritime operations while offering the effective energy transfer carried by a .338 slug. \u201cCoastal areas with salty environments and the moisture of the trunk in squad cars are hard on steel parts, especially the barrel,\u201d says ArmaLite. So stainless steel might be a better choice for these conditions.\r\n\r\n\"armalite6.jpg\"Shooting Impressions<\/strong>\r\nNow I\u2019m not going to lie and say that I found the AR-10T to be a sub-MOA tack-driver. For me, it wasn\u2019t. I have friends in this industry who tell me they achieved MOA accuracy verified by pictures on Jeff Quinn\u2019s gunblast.com<\/a> of multiple 3-shot groups fired from 100 yards rivaling the size of a penny. But this test was a representation of how a founding member of DHS envisions this rifle being used by law enforcement. On the scene, from the trunk of a vehicle, and across the hood.\r\n\r\nDriving down to the edge of North Carolina\u2019s Great Dismal Swamp brought me to a private range that required the careful use of four-wheelers to maneuver through knee-deep muck in order to get downrange and post targets. A pair of 12x18-inch ballistic steel plates were used to verify the new Leupold VX-3 6.5-20x50mm riflescope from 100 yards. Secured in ArmaLite\u2019s unique one-piece ring mount, this accessory removes a couple of variables that typically impact accuracy on other rifles.\r\n\r\nThe DHS agent fired first. And second. \u201cOh yeah, we\u2019re good.\u201d Our four-wheelers carried us across the swamp again just to verify the point-of-aim\/point-of-impact. Fingering the significant dimples created in the swinging AR-500 steel plate, he said, \u201cMan, that rifle has some thump to it!\u201d With paper targets ready, we drove back to the firing line and began the accuracy test.\r\n\r\n\"armalite8.jpg\"In rural parts of the US, it\u2019s not unusual to see a pick-up truck used as a law enforcement vehicle. To best simulate a tactical operation where a vehicle is used as cover and firing support, we positioned the vehicle at the firing line and loaded each (5-, 10-, and 20-round) magazine with the only load available for this test: Federal\u2019s lead-nose, copper jacketed, 210-grain Nosler Partition.\r\n\r\nThe first 3-shot group from each of us measured just under 2.5 inches. Making it downrange and changing out targets, we discovered an earlier sighter that went off course and punched through a 5-inch thick tree. Looking further back, we saw the bullet had actually passed without deflection through a total of six trees smaller in size and spaced about 4 feet before disappearing.\r\n\r\nMost accuracy results with other AR-style rifles are taken in 5-shot groups, so the next batch would follow this pattern. Five groups of five shots averaged nearly 3 inches off the semi-supported position with the best group measuring 1.94 inches. The most impressive observation came from our last test, a 20-shot magazine dump in quick succession. In a string of fire that lasted no more than 30 seconds, 20 shots were clustered together in a group measuring just 3.6 inches. This is practical accuracy you can expect of a trained officer that could put a definitive end to a given crisis.\r\n\r\nFinal Notes<\/strong>\r\n\u201cIf you benched it with a bipod, it\u2019d group a lot tighter,\u201d noted the DHS agent, \u201cbut this is realistic. This rifle is what you hope to have when you arrive to a dynamic situation forcing you to run what you have.\u201d\r\n\r\nArmaLite asserts, \u201cThe same principals apply to this caliber as the .458 SOCOM, only the AR-10T does it better. Placing this harder hitting round in this strong, proven platform was a perfect match. The .458 SOCOM in the smaller AR-15 platform has unpredictable penetration at any significant range and the smaller AR-15 platform is unproven to last with a large caliber.\u201d\r\n\r\nWith the AR-10T you get a heavier bullet, lower felt recoil and more energy transferred to the target. This lethal hammer is ready to meet the obstacles faced by LE in urban environments or on the maritime waters.\r\n\r\n\"federal2.jpg\"FEDERAL\u2019S BOLD .338<\/strong>\r\nThere are other .338s out there but none that can be easily integrated with fewer changes to the seasoned AR-10. The story here is as much about the united effort between ArmaLite and Federal Cartridge<\/strong><\/a> to assure the rifle and ammunition are perfectly matched. Snipers are already familiar with .338s including the .338 Lapua Mag and the .338 Win Mag. These two highly effective cartridges are known for their long-range effectiveness in bolt-action platforms. For most LE operations requiring the deployment of a rifle, a bolt gun presents a number of tactical drawbacks. Slower handling, more recoil, and slower follow-up shots.\r\n\r\nThe .338 Federal delivers the only modern .338 caliber load that isn\u2019t a magnum configuration. It delivers a larger diameter bullet for more weight and overall energy on target without magnum recoil. \u201cThe .338 Federal captures the capability of the longstanding .308 case and offers the respected performance of the .338 bullet,\u201d says Federal President Mark DeYoung. \u201cThese two mainstays have been proven time and again and are now brought together into a quality factory load,\u201d he adds.","post_title":"Armalite AR-10T .338 Federal","post_excerpt":"NEW BATTLE RIFLE chambered for Federal\u2019s powerhouse cartridge!","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"armalite-ar-10t-338-federal","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-10-31 23:08:29","post_modified_gmt":"2023-11-01 03:08:29","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2009\/09\/02\/armalite-ar-10t-338-federal\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":160816,"post_author":"374","post_date":"2009-04-24 14:48:05","post_date_gmt":"2009-04-24 20:48:05","post_content":"\r\n\r\nI have been a fan of the .308 cartridge (7.62x51mm) for many years and have always enjoyed its versatility. It has numerous useful applications for self-defense and law enforcement and one of my bolt-action rifles in that chambering is set up for medium- to-long range anti-personnel work.\r\n\r\n\"untitled-2.jpg\"I have used .308 rifles in bolt-action, lever-action, slide-action and semi-automatic configurations, the latter being in the form of the M14 battle rifle, which is what we cadets trained with in ROTC (Reserve Officers\u2019 Training Corps) I was very interested when Rock River Arms (RRA) introduced an AR-type rifle in the popular .308 caliber.\r\n\r\nThe rifle was the Mid-Length (M\/L) LAR-8 A4 (308A1239), which comes housed in a compartmented, electric blue plastic carrying case. In the case, the rifle is broken down into the upper-receiver\/barrel group and the lower-receiver\/stock group that allows the case to be a bit more compact length-wise. It is a great case for shipping the weapon, but unfortunately the case cannot be used once an optic sight is mounted on the LAR-8, which means that if you want to carry your RRA rifle in a gun case fully assembled with a sight mounted, you will be in the market for a new larger gun case.\r\n\r\nMy sample LAR-8 mid-length A4 came with a 16-inch Wilson chrome moly barrel having a 1-in-10-inch right-hand twist, six land and groove rifling and a Picatinny rail on the upper receiver and on top of the barrel at the front of the handguard as there are no iron sights. There is also an A2 version that has the same iron sight configuration that is found on the M16A2 rifle. Both of these rifles are fitted with a tactical CAR-style buttstock.\r\n\r\nOther RRA LAR-8 factory variations include Standard A2 and A4 models that have 20-inch barrels and a conventional AR-type butt stock, plus there is an A-4 Varmint Model that features a 26-inch Wilson air gauged, stainless steel bull barrel that is coupled with a free-floating, tubular aluminum handguard for increased long-distance accuracy.\r\n\r\nStandard Features <\/strong>\r\nStandard features on my LAR-8 M\/L A4 includes a rubber Hogue pistol grip, which is stippled and has finger grooves, a two-stage match trigger, upper receiver with bolt forward assist and ejection port door, plus brass deflector, ventilated polymer handguard, sling swivels and A2-type flash suppressor. The LAR-8 basically looks like a M16 on steroids, as the receiver has been beefed up to allow use of the .308 (7.62x51mm) cartridge.\r\n\r\nThe two big differences that the discerning eye will note is the magazine and the bolt catch. The factory-supplied magazine for the LAR-8 is basically the same as the 20-round magazine used in the famous FN\/FAL and L1A1 battle rifles. Entire articles and books could be and have been devoted to this fine weapon, so we won\u2019t delve into that subject here, but this Fabrique Nationale-designed rifle has been in service since 1953 and has armed some 60 countries around the world including Belgium, Great Britain, Canada, Australia, and Argentina.\r\n\r\nNeedless to say, there have been countless thousands of magazines made for the FN\/FAL and that fact pays dividends to the LAR-8 owner who has a wide selection to choose from. I did a little Internet surfing and came up with price ranges from $10 to $22 for used Mil-Spec 20-round magazines. There are also 30-round magazines out there that average around $50 more. They hang down a bit too far for comfortable prone shooting, so I\u2019m content to stick with the 20-rounders myself.\r\n\r\nThe bolt catch on the LAR-8 is not on the left side of the lower receiver as on the M16, but is positioned at the base of the magazine well at its juncture with the pivoting triggerguard. It is more reminiscent of the bolt catch found on the FN\/FAL and is made to be ambidextrous, and if your hand is large enough can be actuated by the trigger finger of whichever hand you use. The magazine release is located in the same area as on the M16 and the LAR-8 is also ambidextrous.\r\n\r\nWhile the manual safety lever, just above the pistol grip on the right of the receiver, is not ambidextrous, it appears to be easily changed to the left side of the receiver if that\u2019s the user\u2019s preference. On a whole the controls on this rifle are easily reached and manipulated without removing the hand from the pistol grip, certainly a plus in a patrol rifle. I had no trouble whatever operating them with my medium-sized hand.\r\n\r\nObviously, this rifle is going to pack more weight than the M16 and the LAR-8 M\/L A4 weighs in empty, sans sights, at a respectable 8.1 pounds. With the 6-position CAR buttstock fully extended it measures 38 inches. The weight and the propellant gas operation system of the action certainly help tame recoil, which is a good thing given the hard checkered butt of the CAR stock.\r\n\r\nThe standard polymer handguard is round in shape with flats on the top and bottom that are serrated and have holes for barrel ventilation. There are no rails on the standard handguard, but RRA does offer optional Daniel Defense Lite Quad Rails for both the Mid-Length and Standard LAR-8 A4 rifles. In fact, a visit to the RRA website will allow one to see the full list of optional items available that allow you to \u201chave it your way\u201d with just about any Rock River Arms\u2019 AR-type rifle.\r\n\r\nAs always, I gave the RRA LAR-8 Mid-Length A4 a top to bottom inspection and did not find anything wanting in overall fit and finish of the weapon. All the flats were flat, corners square and rounded surfaces done to perfection. No machine marks or other blemishes were visible and the black hard coat anodized finish was a good match to the black polymer material of the handguard and buttstock of the rifle.\r\n\r\nOptics Selection<\/strong>\r\nNow given that my RRA LAR-8 M\/L A4 comes without sights, it was time to select something with which to aim the rifle that would be fitting for my uses. I looked at a number of optical and sights of various manufacturers, but came away impressed with the Trijicon ACOG (Advanced Combat Optical Gunsight) 3.5x35mm .308 BDC\/FT.Chevron BAC riflescope for our test.\r\n\r\nAnyone that watches the network nightly news has seen the ACOG sights on the M16A2 rifles carried by many of our troops in Afghanistan and Iraq; their bell-shaped housings make them easily identifiable. They have been in use for many years by Army Special Forces, the Marines, Navy SEALs and the FBI, so I didn\u2019t see how I could go wrong. Trijicon is synonymous with the night sights that have been fitted on many of the most popular combat handguns for a couple of decades. However, Trijicon\u2019s founder Glyn Bindon wanted to build a sight for long arms that would bring together both-eyes-open shooting, an illuminated aiming point, plus magnified optics.\r\n\r\nWhat he discovered was what has since been termed the Bindon Aiming Concept (BAC), aiming with both eyes open, which gives a superior sense of balance and field of view, coupled with a magnified Trijicon sight, which offers the shooter a considerable advantage over his target using conventional sights. When used as designed, in the binocular mode, the operator sees only the red, chevron-shaped reticle (the pointed tip is the aiming point) transposed on the target at anywhere from across-the-room ranges to several hundred yards.\r\n\r\nMy sample ACOG 3.5x35mm scope came packaged in a well-padded Pelican case, which also held a black nylon, Scopecoat scope cover, a Lenspen lens cleaner and an ACOG thumbscrew flattop adapter for affixing the scope to the Picatinny rail of the LAR-8. The scope housing is 8 inches in length and is made of rugged forged aluminum; the black, hard-anodized finish matches almost exactly that of the RRA rifle. Scope weight without mounts adds only 14 ounces to the weight of the rifle.\r\n\r\nThe scope is calibrated for use with the .308 cartridge and is meant to be sighted in at 100 meters with an effective range of 800 meters on flattop rifles. The reticle also includes a rangefinder and the base of the chevron aiming point is 5.53 MOA (minute of angle), which at 300 meters is 19 inches allowing for good range estimation. Of course, during the day, the fiber-optic tube running along the top of the scope gathers light for the red aiming point and at night\/low light tritium is used to illuminate the chevron. The field of view at 100 yards is almost 29 feet, the eye relief is 2.4 inches and the adjustment is 4-inch clicks at 100 yards.\r\n\r\nRange Time<\/strong>\r\nNow it was time to go to my ammo locker and select some cartridges from my stock of .308 ammunition. I chose Black Hills Gold with a 168-grain Hornady A-Max bullet, which has a factory velocity of 2650 fps (feet per second). Next I picked Federal Gold Medal that has a Sierra 168-grain \u201cMatchKing\u201d BTHP bullet also rated at 2650 fps. To add a law enforcement-designed cartridge I included the one of the Hornady TAP loads in .308.\r\n\r\nAccording to their website, \u201cThe 155-grain A-MAX TAP Precision cartridge offers match accuracy with a high-ballistic coefficient providing superior long-range performance. This load demonstrates expansion and fragmentation similar to the 110-grain load, but with a noticeable increase in penetration and retained bullet weight. This bullet penetrates glass with minimal deflection and exhibits retained expansion and fragmentation characteristics.\u201d\r\n\r\nIt is also intended for use in a 1-in-10-inch or 1-in-12-inch twist rifle barrel such as that on the LAR-8. My final selection was the Winchester 150-grain Supreme Elite with \u201cThe new XP3 bullet that starts with a two-stage expansion design, then combines all the best-known bullet technology to offer delayed controlled expansion, deep penetration, and high retained weight.\u201d\r\n\r\nWith my rifle\/sight combination, plus test ammunition in hand, it was time for a field test. I did my shooting at the NRA Whittington Center during the 2008 Shootists Holiday and used the Center\u2019s Sight-In Range for my accuracy and chronograph testing session. I sighted the Trijicon ACOG 3.5x35mm scope in for 100 yards, then proceeded to shoot three 3-shot groups for record with each test cartridge, using the concrete benches and an MTM Casegard rest.\r\n\r\nMy best group was 0.82 of an inch using Federal Gold Medal loads, followed by 0.97 of an inch with the Hornady TAP ammo. All of the group averages stayed under 2 inches and my guess is that the rifle would have had no trouble out-shooting the shooter that day. I also set up my Oehler Model 35P chronograph to see what velocities I would get from the LAR-8 M\/L 16-inch barrel.\r\n\r\nNext I put a silhouette target out at 200 yards and fired a dozen shots using a mixed bag of .308 cartridges at center mass and scored 10 hits in the 10 and X-ring and two just out in the 9-ring. Three shots to the head resulted in three hits in the 10-ring. Lastly, I took the LAR-8 to the Animal Silhouette Range, where the backstop is a mountainside covered with nice big rocks.\r\n\r\nFrom the standing, off-hand position, again using a mix of my test ammo, I was able to make dust fly on rocks out as far as I could see them on the mountainside, which has been previously checked with a laser rangefinder to have shootable rocks out to some 475 yards. The best part besides the practical accuracy and \u201cshootability\u201d of the LAR-8 was the fact that it was 100-percent reliable and I did not note a single malfunction during the test.\r\n\r\nFinal Notes<\/strong>\r\nRRA has a winner here and mated with the Trijicon ACOG scope and good ammo, I can\u2019t think of anything I\u2019d rather take into harm\u2019s way.","post_title":"RRA Mid-Length LAR-8 A4 .308","post_excerpt":"Big-bore AR\/Trijicon ACOG combo proved 100% reliable and sub-MOA accurate!","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"rra-mid-lenght-lar-8-a4-308","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-05-31 20:23:23","post_modified_gmt":"2023-05-31 20:23:23","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2009\/04\/24\/rra-mid-lenght-lar-8-a4-308\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":161994,"post_author":"645","post_date":"2008-05-13 15:04:28","post_date_gmt":"2008-05-13 21:04:28","post_content":"\r\nThose marvels of Austrian ingenuity, GLOCK pistols, have a well-deserved reputation for arriving ready for concealed carry. No sharp edges abound to be rough on the hands or snag clothing during the draw. GLOCKs slide from the holster, point well, and are ready for immediate action. The GLOCK Safe Action design leaves worries regarding a complicated manual of arms in the dust. Cap that off with sizes and calibers to satisfy every taste, and GLOCK seems destined to maintain their edge.\r\n\r\nFew things are dearer to the American heart than .45-caliber handguns. Despite the presence of .36- and .44-caliber handguns during the settling of the West, the .45 Colt is viewed as the decisive caliber from that era. Just in time to take the place of this noble cartridge, the .45 Auto became a force to be reckoned with in the next century. There is something comforting about this large caliber, imbuing a sense of power.\r\n\r\nIn fact, many a breath was held after GLOCK entered the U. S. market, until the Austrian company announced the introduction of their Model 21 in .45 Auto. Exhaling a sigh of relief, the .45 culture had a polymer wonder to satisfy its desires.\r\n\r\nFor duty carry by officers, the GLOCK 21 proved a perfect choice, hearty and robust, with the renowned GLOCK reliability. Following Law Enforcement (LE) trends that pushed the GLOCK to the top of the LE realm, as concealed carry rights blossomed, those exercising their rights adopted GLOCKs in droves. However, it was obvious the GLOCK 21 would have a small concealed carry following. The very traits making it so popular for duty carry\u2014hearty and robust\u2014worked against discreet carry.\r\n\r\nNever one to be left out in the cold, GLOCK introduced the more compact Models 30 and 36 in .45 Auto with double- and single-stack magazines, respectively. The Model 30 still bore grip dimensions similar to that of the Model 21, frequently difficult for those with average hands. The 36, though thinner due to a single-column magazine, still bore a longer front-to-back grip because of the .45 Auto chambering, which can still be a problem for some.\r\n\r\nBoth models have fared well with the American concealed carrier, but their frames, sized as they were for the .45 Auto, still leave some carriers and shooters with average and smaller-sized hands wanting. Likewise, many in the LE community hankered for a pistol dimensionally like the immensely popular GLOCK 17\/19\/26 and 22\/23\/26, but in the .45 Auto. Of course, the .45 Auto just won\u2019t fit in these more comfortable frames.\r\n\r\nMAKE WAY FOR THE .45<\/strong>\r\nNever one to shy away from a challenge, the folks at GLOCK tackled the project with the help of the ballistic wizards at Speer. The resulting cartridge, equaling the ballistic performance of the .45 Auto, was christened the .45 GLOCK Automatic Pistol (G.A.P.). Squeezed into a 9x19\/.40 frame, the GLOCK 37 and the .45 G.A.P. answered the LE and civilian concealed carriers\u2019 request for a more-compact .45 pistol.\r\n\r\nThe full-sized GLOCK 37 was followed by the compact GLOCK 38, and sub-compact GLOCK 39, each chambering a fair number of the new stubby .45s. Initially it was hoped the Models 37, 38, and 39 might be exactly the same size as the corresponding 9x19\/.40 models, and regarding the frames that proved true. However, to ensure perfect performance, marginally larger slides became the norm. (17\/22 slides are 1.01 inches wide by 0.85-inch high, weighing 18 ounces. GLOCK 37 slides are 1.13 inches wide by 0.88-inch high and weigh 21 ounces.) The .45 G.A.P. pistols incorporate a longer steel locking-block.\r\n\r\nOne step in building a cartridge to fit in the smaller and handier frame was designing the .45 G.A.P. cartridge to be 0.13-inch shorter than the .45 Auto. This produces a case similar in length to the 9x19 (0.78-inches), but once loaded the G. A. P has an overall length of 1.08 inches, actually shorter than the 9x19. (This last design parameter allows the wide .45 G.A.P. bullet to fit in a shorter grip area.)\r\n\r\n\"imgp03.gif\"AN ALL-NEW CARTRIDGE<\/strong>\r\nAdditional changes include a slightly rebated rim on the G.A.P., and modified extractor groove. Inside the case, one finds a wall profile that differs noticeably from the .45 Auto, thus allowing for seating .45 bullets without case wall bulging, and outside the primer pocket is filled with a small pistol primer. (A large pistol primer reportedly caused over-ignition and excessive pressure.) All of this goes to the point that the G.A.P. is an entirely new cartridge case that cannot be safely built from a .45 Auto case! Using the most modern propellants, Speer succeeded in charging this smaller .45 cartridge to equal the .45 Auto ballistically, while keeping pressures near the .45 Auto range.\r\n\r\nThere is no paucity of loadings available for the .45 G.A.P. GLOCKs. Speer\u2019s initial .45 G.A.P. commercial loadings were 185- and 200-grain Gold Dot premium hollowpoints and the same weights of TMJ bullets in the Speer Lawman line for economical shooting. Under the ATK banner with Speer, Federal Cartridge has introduced 185-grain and 230-grain Hydra-Shok loadings in the Premium Personal Defense line and an economical 185-grain TMJ loading in the American Eagle line.\r\n\r\nWinchester and Remington are now loading the .45 G.A.P. cartridge in configurations similar to Speer and Federal. COR-BON stepped in with their 160-grain DPX load, the 165-grain Pow'R Ball, a jacketed soft point, and a 200-grain JHP. This means bullet weights of 160 grains, 165 grains, 185 grains, 200 grains and 230 grains are all available.\r\n\r\n.45 GAP PERFORMANCE<\/strong>\r\nThe .45 G.A.P. is quite a boon for those of us adhering to the notion that bigger is better! Concealed carriers and Law Enforcement personnel, in and out of uniform, have their wish for new handguns.\r\n\r\nFrom the concealed carriers\u2019 and non-uniformed LE perspective, I found four .45 GLOCKs most appropriate for their needs. The Model 21 has already been excluded, and the Model 37 will probably be as well by those seeking compactness for carry. This leaves us with the Models 30, 36, 38, and 39 for consideration.\r\n\r\nThis was my first experience with the .45 G.A.P., so I began my examination of the concealed carry candidates with range testing. Trigger-time revealed just what I had heard: the .45 G.A.P. pistols were just as easily handled during all the drills as similar GLOCK models accommodating the .45 Auto. The GLOCK 38 weighs virtually the same as the Model 30, while the same is true of the Models 36 and 39, and the velocities of similar weight bullets are close enough to produce the similar felt recoil in pistols all weighing the same. (Depending on the cartridge, the .45 G.A.P. recoil can feel similar to a .40 pistol.)\r\n\r\nWearing average-sized hands, I found all four offerings fit me well, with the GLOCK 30 on the upper end of comfort for me. That, of course, explains why there is more than one flavor of ice cream\u2014and size of GLOCK\u2014to provide needed variety!\r\n\r\nWith pistols to fit my hands and those of most others, in my favorite caliber and that of GLOCK\u2019s new offering\u2014which seems destined to offer the .45 Auto a run for its money\u2014I went forth to gather the opinions of other shooters and concealed carriers.\r\n\r\n\"gap-carry.gif\"SHOOTING & CARRYING GLOCK .45s<\/strong>\r\nI placed the four GLOCK .45 offerings in the hands of a variety of shooters, and received the expected plethora of preferences. Given a choice of .45 GLOCKs, each one selected their favorite based on how it fit their hands and rode on their waist. Recoil did not seem a factor.\r\n\r\nThose finding the .45 Auto pistols a tad largish found the pistols chambered for the .45 G.A.P. just right. Testers that found the .45 Auto pistols fitting them well expressed their appreciation of the trimmer G.A.P pistols. It seems that not only has GLOCK spawned a new caliber in which to chamber their pistols, they have found one that can satisfy the needs of big-bore concealed carriers (and no doubt uniformed officers) while doing so.\r\n\r\nWill this be the .45 of the 21st century? Only time will tell, but it seems the .45 G.A.P is making a good run at that distinction!\r\nHOLSTERING GLOCK .45s<\/strong>\r\nAs excellent as the size and calibers of the GLOCK .45s make them for concealment, they still miss one thing for concealed carry\u2014a holster! Luckily holster makers, just like users, have flocked to all GLOCK pistols. Finding leather, or non-leather, to tote one\u2019s choice of .45 should be relatively easy.\r\n\r\nToting a handgun\u2014any handgun, including a GLOCK\u2014should be accomplished using a quality holster. Holsters protect handguns from loss, or shifting during carry, ensuring it will be there when one reaches for it. Not only will the handgun be there when needed, but also a well-designed holster will snug a GLOCK .45 against the body, while not impeding a smooth, speedy draw. Regardless of the GLOCK .45 of choice, there should be a holster to allow carrying it comfortably, securely, and inconspicuously.\r\n\r\nA quick search of the Internet turned up offerings to carry some of GLOCK\u2019s .45s from Aker, Alessi, Bianchi, Blackhawk Bulman, Blade-Tech, Comp-Tac, DeSantis, Del Fatti, Don Hume, FIST, Fobus, Galco, Gould & Goodrich, Milt Sparks, Safariland, Sidearmor, and Uncle Mikes. There are more, but I stopped searching when it became obvious there was no end to holsters and suppliers.\r\n\r\nIt seems every commercial holster maker, and those in the custom world, offer one or more styles, to fit one or more of the .45 GLOCK pistols. Their wares are made from horse or cowhide, Kydex or other polymer, or some version of ballistic nylon. Styles include belt models, inside-the-waistband versions, shoulder holsters, and pocket models for the smaller pistols.\r\n\r\nI also did a scan of my holster collection, and found a number already on hand, including those wearing the GLOCK brand. (GLOCK has always offered holsters for their pistols.) Not surprisingly, I discovered many holsters specified for 9x19\/.40 pistols also fit quite nicely around a GLOCK 36 pistol, with a scant few fitting the marginally enlarged G.A.P. models. (This is, of course, not something most holster makers will announce, nor something one can count on, but if an ample selection of holsters is available, the fit is easily checked.) In addition, holsters for the GLOCK 30 will usually fit the G.A.P. offerings.\r\n\r\nPick a .45 GLOCK, a holster to meet your needs, and ammo from a high-performance source. Outfitted with this, today\u2019s big-bore carrier will be ready to go!","post_title":"Concealed-Carry .45s: The GLOCK Solution | Glock 45 Models","post_excerpt":"The .45 firepower favored by legions of officers is tough to keep out of sight. Not so with the GLOCK .45 G.A.P.\u2014the hideaway handgun with maximum performance.","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"concealed-carry-45s-the-glock-solution","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-10-31 23:10:49","post_modified_gmt":"2023-11-01 03:10:49","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2008\/05\/13\/concealed-carry-45s-the-glock-solution\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":true,"total_page":15},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

POPULAR

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n

The latest XDM Compact, chambered in .40 S&W (with an impressive 11+1 capacity) offers the same match grade 3.8-inch barrel as the XDM 3.8, but with a shorter grip frame like those used on the XD Sub-Compact (X-Treme Duty) models, making this a dedicated concealed carry sidearm. But there\u2019s more. The gun also comes with an extended capacity magazine upping the cartridge total to 16+1 rounds of .40 S&W thereby making this an ideal handgun for home protection. The XDM Compact, like all XD models utilizes a dual safety system comprised of a pivoting trigger toggle and a 1911-type frame-mounted grip safety. The gun features tapered ambidextrous magazine releases, drift adjustable front and rear white dot sights, ambidextrous indexing thumb rests, interchangeable backstrap panels, and deeply angled front and rear slide serrations (three in front, six in back). The Compact\u2019s slide is just slightly wider at the bottom, tapering out to provide a little more surface area to grasp when chambering the first round or clearing the gun. The XDM Compact is a top choice in the .40 S&W caliber.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

9mm<\/strong> Subcompact Handguns<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Globally the 9mm remains the most popular cartridge in the world, used by more law enforcement and military organizations than any other. The 9mm is also favored within the foreign civilian marketplace because many nations outlaw the use of larger caliber handguns except by the military. The 9mm cartridge has been in use now for over 100 years.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Ruger LC9<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n
\"ruger,<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Ruger\u2019s LC9 offers compact dimensions measuring 6.0 inches in length, 4.5 inches in height and a modest 0.90 inches in width, combined with a comparatively high capacity of 7+1 rounds and light carry weight of 17.1 ounces (empty). The LC9 is built with a composite frame of high-performance glass-filled Nylon supported by an aluminum grip frame (subframe), a through-hardened steel slide, and 3.12-inch steel barrel. The LC9\u2019s contours render a gun that ideally fits the average hand, placing the index finger directly alongside the triggerguard with a natural recess for the first joint to rest before moving to engage the trigger. On the left side, the contoured grip frame places the thumb in position for a single-handed hold. The LC9 has a loaded chamber indicator that rises upward from the top of the slide and is clearly stamped \u201cLOADED WHEN UP\u201d. It\u2019s a very obvious tell so bluffing is off the table.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

This is a well-balanced gun that is slightly muzzle heavy, an asset in managing recoil. The size, weight, and feel of the LC9 is very good and while the trigger pull is exceptionally long at 1.2 inches, it remains smooth and consistent allowing for quick follow-up shots. This is a function of both safety and the nature of the LC9\u2019s internal hammer design. Simply put, discharging the LC9 is like firing a DAO revolver. The LC9 has a magazine disconnect and will not fire a chambered round with the magazine removed. Overall this is a very capable small 9mm, which can also be equipped with a number of options including a Crimson Trace Laserguard.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Sig Sauer P290<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n
\"Sig<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Sig Sauer P290 is only slightly larger overall than a .380 ACP. With an overall length of just 5.5 inches, a truncated height of 3.9 inches, barrel length of 2.9 inches, and overall weight of only 21.5 ounces (empty), the P290 provides the defensive capability of a 9mm in a gun that is remarkably flat, measuring less than an inch in width. It is bigger and \u201cchunkier\u201d than the Kimber Solo and just a hair smaller than the Ruger LC9. The internal mechanism is a traditional locked breech, Browning-type tilting barrel but with one distinguishing feature; a broadly flared muzzle that aligns with a corresponding channel in the slide.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

This design contributes to quicker cycling of the action; as soon as the slide starts its reward movement it releases the muzzle, allowing the barrel to tilt and drop the breechblock into line for reload. The P290 also employs a dual recoil spring assembly that makes this operation pretty snappy.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The frame is a lightweight, molded polymer with a slide machined from a solid billet. The finishes available are natural stainless or durable Nitron coating. Standard sights are dovetailed drift adjustable white dots. The P290 is a DAO hammer-fired pistol but with no manual cocking capability. In addition, the Sig Sauer has an automatic firing pin safety block, hammer safety intercept notch, and a trigger bar disconnect, making it safe for carry with a chambered round. And the Sig Sauer will fire with the magazine removed.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

An interesting option for Sig Sauer is the Integrated Laser Module (ILM), which is custom made for the P290. Lightweight and compact, the ILM seamlessly blends with the lines of the pistol. The laser has ambidextrous switches. The increase in weight of 0.8 ounces is negligible and the laser unit adds only 0.75 inches to the depth of the gun.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Overall, this is a rugged looking little gun that is relatively easy to carry concealed considering it packs 6+1 rounds of 9mm.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Kimber Solo Carry<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n
\"gun
Compact semi-autos like the Kimber Solo are effective fight-stoppers, but shooters with weaker hands might have trouble retracting their slides.<\/figcaption><\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Kimber Solo Carry is one of the most compact 9mm on the market measuring only 5.5 inches in length, 3.9 inches in height and a mere 0.995 inches in width. The all steel and alloy construction semi-auto weighs only 17 ounces empty. The compactness of the Solo is visually striking, being only slightly larger in overall dimension than most .380s. In order to achieve these scaled down proportions reminiscent of a 1911, the frame contours are smoother and more rounded with every possible edge reduced to its minimum possible tolerances. Easily operated ambidextrous magazine releases and perfectly sized ambidextrous safeties make ease of operation suitable for left or right-handed users.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Truly \u201cpocketable,\u201d the Solo utilizes a unique striker-fired system with a slight twist. When the slide is cycled and a round is chambered the striker (firing pin) is between 88 to 90 percent pre-tensioned. The trigger pull necessary to discharge the Solo then is only 10 to 12 percent of the total effort needed to finish the cycle and release the striker. Even though Kimber describes the Solo as a \u201csingle action striker-fired design,\u201d it is actually a double action as pulling the trigger has to finish tensioning the striker before the gun will discharge. While the lightweight semi-auto has a pretty hefty kick it is more than manageable and exceptionally accurate. As one of the smaller 9mm on the market, the Solo definitely has earned its mark.<\/p>\n","post_title":"Contemporary Subcompact Handguns","post_excerpt":"The Personal Defense Pocket Pistols: In the 21st century we have perfected the art of making as much gun as possible in the smallest package possible!","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"contemporary-subcompacts","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-10-19 15:38:22","post_modified_gmt":"2023-10-19 19:38:22","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2012\/11\/01\/contemporary-subcompacts\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":160508,"post_author":"645","post_date":"2009-09-02 15:20:48","post_date_gmt":"2009-09-02 21:20:48","post_content":"\r\n\r\nEven the gloved hands of today\u2019s uniformed officer will find ArmaLite\u2019s new AR-10T familiar. Draw the fixed stock into the shoulder, obtain sight picture and flip the selector. What makes the AR-10T different is more about what\u2019s on the inside. But on the outside, it all seems to feel the same.\r\n\r\nSince the creation of the Department of Homeland Security, law enforcement agencies have contended with how to use their budget to best enable their first responders to protect citizens against terror. Every agency has assessed vulnerabilities and many have chosen to acquire big bore rifles capable of penetrating a hard target or intercepting a vehicular threat. With just one shot to get it right, a team leader should have experience on the firing line.\r\n\r\nArmaLite\u2019s battle proven AR-10 has already served LE around the world including Canada\u2019s Ontario Provincial Police TRU (Tactics and Rescue Unit). Now loaded for the \"armalite3.jpg\"hard-hitting .338 Federal, the new AR-10T fills a department\u2019s medium-caliber gap without sacrificing ease of deployment, time for training, or familiar handling qualities of an officer\u2019s carbine.\r\n\r\nWhat some don\u2019t realize is that the AR-10\u2019s roots are more than 50 years old, pre-dating the AR-15\/M16\/M4. Clenching the checkered A2 pistol grip, controls are at the fingers. Saving more than a pound in weight over 7.62mm NATO infantry rifles of its time, Eugene Stoner\u2019s modular innovation is a source for the often-used term \u201cergonomic\u201d (as it applies to firearm design).\r\n\r\nThe anodized lower receiver is home to the ArmaLite tactical two-stage trigger set, the same trigger mechanism used in ArmaLite M-15 rifles. Pulling the trigger provides a crisp and smooth feel that doesn\u2019t interfere with accuracy. First and second stages are consistently passed at just 3 and 5 pounds before allowing the hammer to strike.\r\n\r\nBeing that the AR-10T is based on a 7.62mm NATO platform, the first question that usually comes to mind is how ArmaLite manages to stuff the high energy behind a .338 cartridge into an AR? An ArmaLite representative reports, \u201cArmaLite\u2019s refinements to the AR-10 over the many years placed it at a stage where the transfer to a harder hitting caliber such as the .338 Federal was not a problem. It\u2019s a short action .308-type cartridge so it transitions into our AR-10 platform perfectly. With some testing, we found that it\u2019s a fitting combination. We were able to use the same proven bolt and extractor, as well as the Generation II magazines. No design changes had to be made except re-chambering the AR-10 for a new caliber.\u201d\r\n\r\nThe bolt sits inside a gas impingement carrier group with four holes available to bleed off pressure and debris. The disassembly procedure is the same as an agency\u2019s M-15 carbine (just bigger parts). With the firing pin removed, one difference from other ARs is visually apparent. A spring shrouds the base of the firing pin pushing against the wall in the bolt carrier group. This feature helps reduce the risk of malfunctions and prevents the firing pin from bouncing during operation.\r\n\r\nA railed flat-top upper receiver marked \u201c.338 Federal\u201d brings the bolt together with the chamber of the stainless steel barrel. \u201cWe originally designed the .338 Federal as a hunting rifle, thus the stainless steel barrel,\u201d says ArmaLite. \u201cThe .338 Federal is a cartridge best suited for short and mid-range duties. We put a 22-inch barrel on the rifle, which provided the best ballistics for these situations. With that being said, we have seen the potential for different uses in this caliber, so we are spending some time testing a shorter rifle with a 16-inch barrel featuring a full size buttstock and a mid-length gas system to use in CQB operations.\u201d\r\n\r\n\"armalite4.jpg\"A tubular one-piece, free-floating aluminum handguard shields the hands from the triple lapped, 1-in-10-inch twist stainless steel match barrel. The tubular handguard improves the rifle\u2019s handling without taking up real estate with full-length accessory rails that often go unused. A useable length of rail does grace the forend of the handguard, ready to accept custom mounting of bipods, lasers, lights and other accessories.\r\n\r\nThe massive stainless steel gas block is secured to the barrel with four large hex-head screws and redirects gas pressure through a direct impingement system. This gas block is also a front sight base that features a flip-up Midwest Industries (MI) post that co-witnesses with a MI flip-up backup sight affixed to the rear of the upper receiver\u2019s Picatinny rail.\r\n\r\nSince no flash suppressor or compensator is present, the recessed crown at the muzzle of the AR-10T protects the rifle\u2019s accuracy potential during heavy use or intense tactical operations. Combine a barrel made of stainless steel, an aluminum free-floated handguard, aluminum alloy receivers, a polymer stock and grip, and you have a weather-resistant tactical rifle. The AR-10T can withstand harsher environments like those encountered in sustained maritime operations while offering the effective energy transfer carried by a .338 slug. \u201cCoastal areas with salty environments and the moisture of the trunk in squad cars are hard on steel parts, especially the barrel,\u201d says ArmaLite. So stainless steel might be a better choice for these conditions.\r\n\r\n\"armalite6.jpg\"Shooting Impressions<\/strong>\r\nNow I\u2019m not going to lie and say that I found the AR-10T to be a sub-MOA tack-driver. For me, it wasn\u2019t. I have friends in this industry who tell me they achieved MOA accuracy verified by pictures on Jeff Quinn\u2019s gunblast.com<\/a> of multiple 3-shot groups fired from 100 yards rivaling the size of a penny. But this test was a representation of how a founding member of DHS envisions this rifle being used by law enforcement. On the scene, from the trunk of a vehicle, and across the hood.\r\n\r\nDriving down to the edge of North Carolina\u2019s Great Dismal Swamp brought me to a private range that required the careful use of four-wheelers to maneuver through knee-deep muck in order to get downrange and post targets. A pair of 12x18-inch ballistic steel plates were used to verify the new Leupold VX-3 6.5-20x50mm riflescope from 100 yards. Secured in ArmaLite\u2019s unique one-piece ring mount, this accessory removes a couple of variables that typically impact accuracy on other rifles.\r\n\r\nThe DHS agent fired first. And second. \u201cOh yeah, we\u2019re good.\u201d Our four-wheelers carried us across the swamp again just to verify the point-of-aim\/point-of-impact. Fingering the significant dimples created in the swinging AR-500 steel plate, he said, \u201cMan, that rifle has some thump to it!\u201d With paper targets ready, we drove back to the firing line and began the accuracy test.\r\n\r\n\"armalite8.jpg\"In rural parts of the US, it\u2019s not unusual to see a pick-up truck used as a law enforcement vehicle. To best simulate a tactical operation where a vehicle is used as cover and firing support, we positioned the vehicle at the firing line and loaded each (5-, 10-, and 20-round) magazine with the only load available for this test: Federal\u2019s lead-nose, copper jacketed, 210-grain Nosler Partition.\r\n\r\nThe first 3-shot group from each of us measured just under 2.5 inches. Making it downrange and changing out targets, we discovered an earlier sighter that went off course and punched through a 5-inch thick tree. Looking further back, we saw the bullet had actually passed without deflection through a total of six trees smaller in size and spaced about 4 feet before disappearing.\r\n\r\nMost accuracy results with other AR-style rifles are taken in 5-shot groups, so the next batch would follow this pattern. Five groups of five shots averaged nearly 3 inches off the semi-supported position with the best group measuring 1.94 inches. The most impressive observation came from our last test, a 20-shot magazine dump in quick succession. In a string of fire that lasted no more than 30 seconds, 20 shots were clustered together in a group measuring just 3.6 inches. This is practical accuracy you can expect of a trained officer that could put a definitive end to a given crisis.\r\n\r\nFinal Notes<\/strong>\r\n\u201cIf you benched it with a bipod, it\u2019d group a lot tighter,\u201d noted the DHS agent, \u201cbut this is realistic. This rifle is what you hope to have when you arrive to a dynamic situation forcing you to run what you have.\u201d\r\n\r\nArmaLite asserts, \u201cThe same principals apply to this caliber as the .458 SOCOM, only the AR-10T does it better. Placing this harder hitting round in this strong, proven platform was a perfect match. The .458 SOCOM in the smaller AR-15 platform has unpredictable penetration at any significant range and the smaller AR-15 platform is unproven to last with a large caliber.\u201d\r\n\r\nWith the AR-10T you get a heavier bullet, lower felt recoil and more energy transferred to the target. This lethal hammer is ready to meet the obstacles faced by LE in urban environments or on the maritime waters.\r\n\r\n\"federal2.jpg\"FEDERAL\u2019S BOLD .338<\/strong>\r\nThere are other .338s out there but none that can be easily integrated with fewer changes to the seasoned AR-10. The story here is as much about the united effort between ArmaLite and Federal Cartridge<\/strong><\/a> to assure the rifle and ammunition are perfectly matched. Snipers are already familiar with .338s including the .338 Lapua Mag and the .338 Win Mag. These two highly effective cartridges are known for their long-range effectiveness in bolt-action platforms. For most LE operations requiring the deployment of a rifle, a bolt gun presents a number of tactical drawbacks. Slower handling, more recoil, and slower follow-up shots.\r\n\r\nThe .338 Federal delivers the only modern .338 caliber load that isn\u2019t a magnum configuration. It delivers a larger diameter bullet for more weight and overall energy on target without magnum recoil. \u201cThe .338 Federal captures the capability of the longstanding .308 case and offers the respected performance of the .338 bullet,\u201d says Federal President Mark DeYoung. \u201cThese two mainstays have been proven time and again and are now brought together into a quality factory load,\u201d he adds.","post_title":"Armalite AR-10T .338 Federal","post_excerpt":"NEW BATTLE RIFLE chambered for Federal\u2019s powerhouse cartridge!","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"armalite-ar-10t-338-federal","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-10-31 23:08:29","post_modified_gmt":"2023-11-01 03:08:29","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2009\/09\/02\/armalite-ar-10t-338-federal\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":160816,"post_author":"374","post_date":"2009-04-24 14:48:05","post_date_gmt":"2009-04-24 20:48:05","post_content":"\r\n\r\nI have been a fan of the .308 cartridge (7.62x51mm) for many years and have always enjoyed its versatility. It has numerous useful applications for self-defense and law enforcement and one of my bolt-action rifles in that chambering is set up for medium- to-long range anti-personnel work.\r\n\r\n\"untitled-2.jpg\"I have used .308 rifles in bolt-action, lever-action, slide-action and semi-automatic configurations, the latter being in the form of the M14 battle rifle, which is what we cadets trained with in ROTC (Reserve Officers\u2019 Training Corps) I was very interested when Rock River Arms (RRA) introduced an AR-type rifle in the popular .308 caliber.\r\n\r\nThe rifle was the Mid-Length (M\/L) LAR-8 A4 (308A1239), which comes housed in a compartmented, electric blue plastic carrying case. In the case, the rifle is broken down into the upper-receiver\/barrel group and the lower-receiver\/stock group that allows the case to be a bit more compact length-wise. It is a great case for shipping the weapon, but unfortunately the case cannot be used once an optic sight is mounted on the LAR-8, which means that if you want to carry your RRA rifle in a gun case fully assembled with a sight mounted, you will be in the market for a new larger gun case.\r\n\r\nMy sample LAR-8 mid-length A4 came with a 16-inch Wilson chrome moly barrel having a 1-in-10-inch right-hand twist, six land and groove rifling and a Picatinny rail on the upper receiver and on top of the barrel at the front of the handguard as there are no iron sights. There is also an A2 version that has the same iron sight configuration that is found on the M16A2 rifle. Both of these rifles are fitted with a tactical CAR-style buttstock.\r\n\r\nOther RRA LAR-8 factory variations include Standard A2 and A4 models that have 20-inch barrels and a conventional AR-type butt stock, plus there is an A-4 Varmint Model that features a 26-inch Wilson air gauged, stainless steel bull barrel that is coupled with a free-floating, tubular aluminum handguard for increased long-distance accuracy.\r\n\r\nStandard Features <\/strong>\r\nStandard features on my LAR-8 M\/L A4 includes a rubber Hogue pistol grip, which is stippled and has finger grooves, a two-stage match trigger, upper receiver with bolt forward assist and ejection port door, plus brass deflector, ventilated polymer handguard, sling swivels and A2-type flash suppressor. The LAR-8 basically looks like a M16 on steroids, as the receiver has been beefed up to allow use of the .308 (7.62x51mm) cartridge.\r\n\r\nThe two big differences that the discerning eye will note is the magazine and the bolt catch. The factory-supplied magazine for the LAR-8 is basically the same as the 20-round magazine used in the famous FN\/FAL and L1A1 battle rifles. Entire articles and books could be and have been devoted to this fine weapon, so we won\u2019t delve into that subject here, but this Fabrique Nationale-designed rifle has been in service since 1953 and has armed some 60 countries around the world including Belgium, Great Britain, Canada, Australia, and Argentina.\r\n\r\nNeedless to say, there have been countless thousands of magazines made for the FN\/FAL and that fact pays dividends to the LAR-8 owner who has a wide selection to choose from. I did a little Internet surfing and came up with price ranges from $10 to $22 for used Mil-Spec 20-round magazines. There are also 30-round magazines out there that average around $50 more. They hang down a bit too far for comfortable prone shooting, so I\u2019m content to stick with the 20-rounders myself.\r\n\r\nThe bolt catch on the LAR-8 is not on the left side of the lower receiver as on the M16, but is positioned at the base of the magazine well at its juncture with the pivoting triggerguard. It is more reminiscent of the bolt catch found on the FN\/FAL and is made to be ambidextrous, and if your hand is large enough can be actuated by the trigger finger of whichever hand you use. The magazine release is located in the same area as on the M16 and the LAR-8 is also ambidextrous.\r\n\r\nWhile the manual safety lever, just above the pistol grip on the right of the receiver, is not ambidextrous, it appears to be easily changed to the left side of the receiver if that\u2019s the user\u2019s preference. On a whole the controls on this rifle are easily reached and manipulated without removing the hand from the pistol grip, certainly a plus in a patrol rifle. I had no trouble whatever operating them with my medium-sized hand.\r\n\r\nObviously, this rifle is going to pack more weight than the M16 and the LAR-8 M\/L A4 weighs in empty, sans sights, at a respectable 8.1 pounds. With the 6-position CAR buttstock fully extended it measures 38 inches. The weight and the propellant gas operation system of the action certainly help tame recoil, which is a good thing given the hard checkered butt of the CAR stock.\r\n\r\nThe standard polymer handguard is round in shape with flats on the top and bottom that are serrated and have holes for barrel ventilation. There are no rails on the standard handguard, but RRA does offer optional Daniel Defense Lite Quad Rails for both the Mid-Length and Standard LAR-8 A4 rifles. In fact, a visit to the RRA website will allow one to see the full list of optional items available that allow you to \u201chave it your way\u201d with just about any Rock River Arms\u2019 AR-type rifle.\r\n\r\nAs always, I gave the RRA LAR-8 Mid-Length A4 a top to bottom inspection and did not find anything wanting in overall fit and finish of the weapon. All the flats were flat, corners square and rounded surfaces done to perfection. No machine marks or other blemishes were visible and the black hard coat anodized finish was a good match to the black polymer material of the handguard and buttstock of the rifle.\r\n\r\nOptics Selection<\/strong>\r\nNow given that my RRA LAR-8 M\/L A4 comes without sights, it was time to select something with which to aim the rifle that would be fitting for my uses. I looked at a number of optical and sights of various manufacturers, but came away impressed with the Trijicon ACOG (Advanced Combat Optical Gunsight) 3.5x35mm .308 BDC\/FT.Chevron BAC riflescope for our test.\r\n\r\nAnyone that watches the network nightly news has seen the ACOG sights on the M16A2 rifles carried by many of our troops in Afghanistan and Iraq; their bell-shaped housings make them easily identifiable. They have been in use for many years by Army Special Forces, the Marines, Navy SEALs and the FBI, so I didn\u2019t see how I could go wrong. Trijicon is synonymous with the night sights that have been fitted on many of the most popular combat handguns for a couple of decades. However, Trijicon\u2019s founder Glyn Bindon wanted to build a sight for long arms that would bring together both-eyes-open shooting, an illuminated aiming point, plus magnified optics.\r\n\r\nWhat he discovered was what has since been termed the Bindon Aiming Concept (BAC), aiming with both eyes open, which gives a superior sense of balance and field of view, coupled with a magnified Trijicon sight, which offers the shooter a considerable advantage over his target using conventional sights. When used as designed, in the binocular mode, the operator sees only the red, chevron-shaped reticle (the pointed tip is the aiming point) transposed on the target at anywhere from across-the-room ranges to several hundred yards.\r\n\r\nMy sample ACOG 3.5x35mm scope came packaged in a well-padded Pelican case, which also held a black nylon, Scopecoat scope cover, a Lenspen lens cleaner and an ACOG thumbscrew flattop adapter for affixing the scope to the Picatinny rail of the LAR-8. The scope housing is 8 inches in length and is made of rugged forged aluminum; the black, hard-anodized finish matches almost exactly that of the RRA rifle. Scope weight without mounts adds only 14 ounces to the weight of the rifle.\r\n\r\nThe scope is calibrated for use with the .308 cartridge and is meant to be sighted in at 100 meters with an effective range of 800 meters on flattop rifles. The reticle also includes a rangefinder and the base of the chevron aiming point is 5.53 MOA (minute of angle), which at 300 meters is 19 inches allowing for good range estimation. Of course, during the day, the fiber-optic tube running along the top of the scope gathers light for the red aiming point and at night\/low light tritium is used to illuminate the chevron. The field of view at 100 yards is almost 29 feet, the eye relief is 2.4 inches and the adjustment is 4-inch clicks at 100 yards.\r\n\r\nRange Time<\/strong>\r\nNow it was time to go to my ammo locker and select some cartridges from my stock of .308 ammunition. I chose Black Hills Gold with a 168-grain Hornady A-Max bullet, which has a factory velocity of 2650 fps (feet per second). Next I picked Federal Gold Medal that has a Sierra 168-grain \u201cMatchKing\u201d BTHP bullet also rated at 2650 fps. To add a law enforcement-designed cartridge I included the one of the Hornady TAP loads in .308.\r\n\r\nAccording to their website, \u201cThe 155-grain A-MAX TAP Precision cartridge offers match accuracy with a high-ballistic coefficient providing superior long-range performance. This load demonstrates expansion and fragmentation similar to the 110-grain load, but with a noticeable increase in penetration and retained bullet weight. This bullet penetrates glass with minimal deflection and exhibits retained expansion and fragmentation characteristics.\u201d\r\n\r\nIt is also intended for use in a 1-in-10-inch or 1-in-12-inch twist rifle barrel such as that on the LAR-8. My final selection was the Winchester 150-grain Supreme Elite with \u201cThe new XP3 bullet that starts with a two-stage expansion design, then combines all the best-known bullet technology to offer delayed controlled expansion, deep penetration, and high retained weight.\u201d\r\n\r\nWith my rifle\/sight combination, plus test ammunition in hand, it was time for a field test. I did my shooting at the NRA Whittington Center during the 2008 Shootists Holiday and used the Center\u2019s Sight-In Range for my accuracy and chronograph testing session. I sighted the Trijicon ACOG 3.5x35mm scope in for 100 yards, then proceeded to shoot three 3-shot groups for record with each test cartridge, using the concrete benches and an MTM Casegard rest.\r\n\r\nMy best group was 0.82 of an inch using Federal Gold Medal loads, followed by 0.97 of an inch with the Hornady TAP ammo. All of the group averages stayed under 2 inches and my guess is that the rifle would have had no trouble out-shooting the shooter that day. I also set up my Oehler Model 35P chronograph to see what velocities I would get from the LAR-8 M\/L 16-inch barrel.\r\n\r\nNext I put a silhouette target out at 200 yards and fired a dozen shots using a mixed bag of .308 cartridges at center mass and scored 10 hits in the 10 and X-ring and two just out in the 9-ring. Three shots to the head resulted in three hits in the 10-ring. Lastly, I took the LAR-8 to the Animal Silhouette Range, where the backstop is a mountainside covered with nice big rocks.\r\n\r\nFrom the standing, off-hand position, again using a mix of my test ammo, I was able to make dust fly on rocks out as far as I could see them on the mountainside, which has been previously checked with a laser rangefinder to have shootable rocks out to some 475 yards. The best part besides the practical accuracy and \u201cshootability\u201d of the LAR-8 was the fact that it was 100-percent reliable and I did not note a single malfunction during the test.\r\n\r\nFinal Notes<\/strong>\r\nRRA has a winner here and mated with the Trijicon ACOG scope and good ammo, I can\u2019t think of anything I\u2019d rather take into harm\u2019s way.","post_title":"RRA Mid-Length LAR-8 A4 .308","post_excerpt":"Big-bore AR\/Trijicon ACOG combo proved 100% reliable and sub-MOA accurate!","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"rra-mid-lenght-lar-8-a4-308","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-05-31 20:23:23","post_modified_gmt":"2023-05-31 20:23:23","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2009\/04\/24\/rra-mid-lenght-lar-8-a4-308\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":161994,"post_author":"645","post_date":"2008-05-13 15:04:28","post_date_gmt":"2008-05-13 21:04:28","post_content":"\r\nThose marvels of Austrian ingenuity, GLOCK pistols, have a well-deserved reputation for arriving ready for concealed carry. No sharp edges abound to be rough on the hands or snag clothing during the draw. GLOCKs slide from the holster, point well, and are ready for immediate action. The GLOCK Safe Action design leaves worries regarding a complicated manual of arms in the dust. Cap that off with sizes and calibers to satisfy every taste, and GLOCK seems destined to maintain their edge.\r\n\r\nFew things are dearer to the American heart than .45-caliber handguns. Despite the presence of .36- and .44-caliber handguns during the settling of the West, the .45 Colt is viewed as the decisive caliber from that era. Just in time to take the place of this noble cartridge, the .45 Auto became a force to be reckoned with in the next century. There is something comforting about this large caliber, imbuing a sense of power.\r\n\r\nIn fact, many a breath was held after GLOCK entered the U. S. market, until the Austrian company announced the introduction of their Model 21 in .45 Auto. Exhaling a sigh of relief, the .45 culture had a polymer wonder to satisfy its desires.\r\n\r\nFor duty carry by officers, the GLOCK 21 proved a perfect choice, hearty and robust, with the renowned GLOCK reliability. Following Law Enforcement (LE) trends that pushed the GLOCK to the top of the LE realm, as concealed carry rights blossomed, those exercising their rights adopted GLOCKs in droves. However, it was obvious the GLOCK 21 would have a small concealed carry following. The very traits making it so popular for duty carry\u2014hearty and robust\u2014worked against discreet carry.\r\n\r\nNever one to be left out in the cold, GLOCK introduced the more compact Models 30 and 36 in .45 Auto with double- and single-stack magazines, respectively. The Model 30 still bore grip dimensions similar to that of the Model 21, frequently difficult for those with average hands. The 36, though thinner due to a single-column magazine, still bore a longer front-to-back grip because of the .45 Auto chambering, which can still be a problem for some.\r\n\r\nBoth models have fared well with the American concealed carrier, but their frames, sized as they were for the .45 Auto, still leave some carriers and shooters with average and smaller-sized hands wanting. Likewise, many in the LE community hankered for a pistol dimensionally like the immensely popular GLOCK 17\/19\/26 and 22\/23\/26, but in the .45 Auto. Of course, the .45 Auto just won\u2019t fit in these more comfortable frames.\r\n\r\nMAKE WAY FOR THE .45<\/strong>\r\nNever one to shy away from a challenge, the folks at GLOCK tackled the project with the help of the ballistic wizards at Speer. The resulting cartridge, equaling the ballistic performance of the .45 Auto, was christened the .45 GLOCK Automatic Pistol (G.A.P.). Squeezed into a 9x19\/.40 frame, the GLOCK 37 and the .45 G.A.P. answered the LE and civilian concealed carriers\u2019 request for a more-compact .45 pistol.\r\n\r\nThe full-sized GLOCK 37 was followed by the compact GLOCK 38, and sub-compact GLOCK 39, each chambering a fair number of the new stubby .45s. Initially it was hoped the Models 37, 38, and 39 might be exactly the same size as the corresponding 9x19\/.40 models, and regarding the frames that proved true. However, to ensure perfect performance, marginally larger slides became the norm. (17\/22 slides are 1.01 inches wide by 0.85-inch high, weighing 18 ounces. GLOCK 37 slides are 1.13 inches wide by 0.88-inch high and weigh 21 ounces.) The .45 G.A.P. pistols incorporate a longer steel locking-block.\r\n\r\nOne step in building a cartridge to fit in the smaller and handier frame was designing the .45 G.A.P. cartridge to be 0.13-inch shorter than the .45 Auto. This produces a case similar in length to the 9x19 (0.78-inches), but once loaded the G. A. P has an overall length of 1.08 inches, actually shorter than the 9x19. (This last design parameter allows the wide .45 G.A.P. bullet to fit in a shorter grip area.)\r\n\r\n\"imgp03.gif\"AN ALL-NEW CARTRIDGE<\/strong>\r\nAdditional changes include a slightly rebated rim on the G.A.P., and modified extractor groove. Inside the case, one finds a wall profile that differs noticeably from the .45 Auto, thus allowing for seating .45 bullets without case wall bulging, and outside the primer pocket is filled with a small pistol primer. (A large pistol primer reportedly caused over-ignition and excessive pressure.) All of this goes to the point that the G.A.P. is an entirely new cartridge case that cannot be safely built from a .45 Auto case! Using the most modern propellants, Speer succeeded in charging this smaller .45 cartridge to equal the .45 Auto ballistically, while keeping pressures near the .45 Auto range.\r\n\r\nThere is no paucity of loadings available for the .45 G.A.P. GLOCKs. Speer\u2019s initial .45 G.A.P. commercial loadings were 185- and 200-grain Gold Dot premium hollowpoints and the same weights of TMJ bullets in the Speer Lawman line for economical shooting. Under the ATK banner with Speer, Federal Cartridge has introduced 185-grain and 230-grain Hydra-Shok loadings in the Premium Personal Defense line and an economical 185-grain TMJ loading in the American Eagle line.\r\n\r\nWinchester and Remington are now loading the .45 G.A.P. cartridge in configurations similar to Speer and Federal. COR-BON stepped in with their 160-grain DPX load, the 165-grain Pow'R Ball, a jacketed soft point, and a 200-grain JHP. This means bullet weights of 160 grains, 165 grains, 185 grains, 200 grains and 230 grains are all available.\r\n\r\n.45 GAP PERFORMANCE<\/strong>\r\nThe .45 G.A.P. is quite a boon for those of us adhering to the notion that bigger is better! Concealed carriers and Law Enforcement personnel, in and out of uniform, have their wish for new handguns.\r\n\r\nFrom the concealed carriers\u2019 and non-uniformed LE perspective, I found four .45 GLOCKs most appropriate for their needs. The Model 21 has already been excluded, and the Model 37 will probably be as well by those seeking compactness for carry. This leaves us with the Models 30, 36, 38, and 39 for consideration.\r\n\r\nThis was my first experience with the .45 G.A.P., so I began my examination of the concealed carry candidates with range testing. Trigger-time revealed just what I had heard: the .45 G.A.P. pistols were just as easily handled during all the drills as similar GLOCK models accommodating the .45 Auto. The GLOCK 38 weighs virtually the same as the Model 30, while the same is true of the Models 36 and 39, and the velocities of similar weight bullets are close enough to produce the similar felt recoil in pistols all weighing the same. (Depending on the cartridge, the .45 G.A.P. recoil can feel similar to a .40 pistol.)\r\n\r\nWearing average-sized hands, I found all four offerings fit me well, with the GLOCK 30 on the upper end of comfort for me. That, of course, explains why there is more than one flavor of ice cream\u2014and size of GLOCK\u2014to provide needed variety!\r\n\r\nWith pistols to fit my hands and those of most others, in my favorite caliber and that of GLOCK\u2019s new offering\u2014which seems destined to offer the .45 Auto a run for its money\u2014I went forth to gather the opinions of other shooters and concealed carriers.\r\n\r\n\"gap-carry.gif\"SHOOTING & CARRYING GLOCK .45s<\/strong>\r\nI placed the four GLOCK .45 offerings in the hands of a variety of shooters, and received the expected plethora of preferences. Given a choice of .45 GLOCKs, each one selected their favorite based on how it fit their hands and rode on their waist. Recoil did not seem a factor.\r\n\r\nThose finding the .45 Auto pistols a tad largish found the pistols chambered for the .45 G.A.P. just right. Testers that found the .45 Auto pistols fitting them well expressed their appreciation of the trimmer G.A.P pistols. It seems that not only has GLOCK spawned a new caliber in which to chamber their pistols, they have found one that can satisfy the needs of big-bore concealed carriers (and no doubt uniformed officers) while doing so.\r\n\r\nWill this be the .45 of the 21st century? Only time will tell, but it seems the .45 G.A.P is making a good run at that distinction!\r\nHOLSTERING GLOCK .45s<\/strong>\r\nAs excellent as the size and calibers of the GLOCK .45s make them for concealment, they still miss one thing for concealed carry\u2014a holster! Luckily holster makers, just like users, have flocked to all GLOCK pistols. Finding leather, or non-leather, to tote one\u2019s choice of .45 should be relatively easy.\r\n\r\nToting a handgun\u2014any handgun, including a GLOCK\u2014should be accomplished using a quality holster. Holsters protect handguns from loss, or shifting during carry, ensuring it will be there when one reaches for it. Not only will the handgun be there when needed, but also a well-designed holster will snug a GLOCK .45 against the body, while not impeding a smooth, speedy draw. Regardless of the GLOCK .45 of choice, there should be a holster to allow carrying it comfortably, securely, and inconspicuously.\r\n\r\nA quick search of the Internet turned up offerings to carry some of GLOCK\u2019s .45s from Aker, Alessi, Bianchi, Blackhawk Bulman, Blade-Tech, Comp-Tac, DeSantis, Del Fatti, Don Hume, FIST, Fobus, Galco, Gould & Goodrich, Milt Sparks, Safariland, Sidearmor, and Uncle Mikes. There are more, but I stopped searching when it became obvious there was no end to holsters and suppliers.\r\n\r\nIt seems every commercial holster maker, and those in the custom world, offer one or more styles, to fit one or more of the .45 GLOCK pistols. Their wares are made from horse or cowhide, Kydex or other polymer, or some version of ballistic nylon. Styles include belt models, inside-the-waistband versions, shoulder holsters, and pocket models for the smaller pistols.\r\n\r\nI also did a scan of my holster collection, and found a number already on hand, including those wearing the GLOCK brand. (GLOCK has always offered holsters for their pistols.) Not surprisingly, I discovered many holsters specified for 9x19\/.40 pistols also fit quite nicely around a GLOCK 36 pistol, with a scant few fitting the marginally enlarged G.A.P. models. (This is, of course, not something most holster makers will announce, nor something one can count on, but if an ample selection of holsters is available, the fit is easily checked.) In addition, holsters for the GLOCK 30 will usually fit the G.A.P. offerings.\r\n\r\nPick a .45 GLOCK, a holster to meet your needs, and ammo from a high-performance source. Outfitted with this, today\u2019s big-bore carrier will be ready to go!","post_title":"Concealed-Carry .45s: The GLOCK Solution | Glock 45 Models","post_excerpt":"The .45 firepower favored by legions of officers is tough to keep out of sight. Not so with the GLOCK .45 G.A.P.\u2014the hideaway handgun with maximum performance.","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"concealed-carry-45s-the-glock-solution","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-10-31 23:10:49","post_modified_gmt":"2023-11-01 03:10:49","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2008\/05\/13\/concealed-carry-45s-the-glock-solution\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":true,"total_page":15},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

POPULAR

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n

With the addition of the XDM Series of guns introduced in 2008, Springfield raised the bar on multi-purpose sidearms. While the XD pistols have found great acceptance within the general firearms community, the XDM Series is more in tune with today\u2019s personal protection and concealed carry needs, flavored with Springfield\u2019s penchant for building high-capacity pistols on standard sized frames.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The latest XDM Compact, chambered in .40 S&W (with an impressive 11+1 capacity) offers the same match grade 3.8-inch barrel as the XDM 3.8, but with a shorter grip frame like those used on the XD Sub-Compact (X-Treme Duty) models, making this a dedicated concealed carry sidearm. But there\u2019s more. The gun also comes with an extended capacity magazine upping the cartridge total to 16+1 rounds of .40 S&W thereby making this an ideal handgun for home protection. The XDM Compact, like all XD models utilizes a dual safety system comprised of a pivoting trigger toggle and a 1911-type frame-mounted grip safety. The gun features tapered ambidextrous magazine releases, drift adjustable front and rear white dot sights, ambidextrous indexing thumb rests, interchangeable backstrap panels, and deeply angled front and rear slide serrations (three in front, six in back). The Compact\u2019s slide is just slightly wider at the bottom, tapering out to provide a little more surface area to grasp when chambering the first round or clearing the gun. The XDM Compact is a top choice in the .40 S&W caliber.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

9mm<\/strong> Subcompact Handguns<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Globally the 9mm remains the most popular cartridge in the world, used by more law enforcement and military organizations than any other. The 9mm is also favored within the foreign civilian marketplace because many nations outlaw the use of larger caliber handguns except by the military. The 9mm cartridge has been in use now for over 100 years.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Ruger LC9<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n
\"ruger,<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Ruger\u2019s LC9 offers compact dimensions measuring 6.0 inches in length, 4.5 inches in height and a modest 0.90 inches in width, combined with a comparatively high capacity of 7+1 rounds and light carry weight of 17.1 ounces (empty). The LC9 is built with a composite frame of high-performance glass-filled Nylon supported by an aluminum grip frame (subframe), a through-hardened steel slide, and 3.12-inch steel barrel. The LC9\u2019s contours render a gun that ideally fits the average hand, placing the index finger directly alongside the triggerguard with a natural recess for the first joint to rest before moving to engage the trigger. On the left side, the contoured grip frame places the thumb in position for a single-handed hold. The LC9 has a loaded chamber indicator that rises upward from the top of the slide and is clearly stamped \u201cLOADED WHEN UP\u201d. It\u2019s a very obvious tell so bluffing is off the table.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

This is a well-balanced gun that is slightly muzzle heavy, an asset in managing recoil. The size, weight, and feel of the LC9 is very good and while the trigger pull is exceptionally long at 1.2 inches, it remains smooth and consistent allowing for quick follow-up shots. This is a function of both safety and the nature of the LC9\u2019s internal hammer design. Simply put, discharging the LC9 is like firing a DAO revolver. The LC9 has a magazine disconnect and will not fire a chambered round with the magazine removed. Overall this is a very capable small 9mm, which can also be equipped with a number of options including a Crimson Trace Laserguard.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Sig Sauer P290<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n
\"Sig<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Sig Sauer P290 is only slightly larger overall than a .380 ACP. With an overall length of just 5.5 inches, a truncated height of 3.9 inches, barrel length of 2.9 inches, and overall weight of only 21.5 ounces (empty), the P290 provides the defensive capability of a 9mm in a gun that is remarkably flat, measuring less than an inch in width. It is bigger and \u201cchunkier\u201d than the Kimber Solo and just a hair smaller than the Ruger LC9. The internal mechanism is a traditional locked breech, Browning-type tilting barrel but with one distinguishing feature; a broadly flared muzzle that aligns with a corresponding channel in the slide.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

This design contributes to quicker cycling of the action; as soon as the slide starts its reward movement it releases the muzzle, allowing the barrel to tilt and drop the breechblock into line for reload. The P290 also employs a dual recoil spring assembly that makes this operation pretty snappy.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The frame is a lightweight, molded polymer with a slide machined from a solid billet. The finishes available are natural stainless or durable Nitron coating. Standard sights are dovetailed drift adjustable white dots. The P290 is a DAO hammer-fired pistol but with no manual cocking capability. In addition, the Sig Sauer has an automatic firing pin safety block, hammer safety intercept notch, and a trigger bar disconnect, making it safe for carry with a chambered round. And the Sig Sauer will fire with the magazine removed.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

An interesting option for Sig Sauer is the Integrated Laser Module (ILM), which is custom made for the P290. Lightweight and compact, the ILM seamlessly blends with the lines of the pistol. The laser has ambidextrous switches. The increase in weight of 0.8 ounces is negligible and the laser unit adds only 0.75 inches to the depth of the gun.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Overall, this is a rugged looking little gun that is relatively easy to carry concealed considering it packs 6+1 rounds of 9mm.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Kimber Solo Carry<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n
\"gun
Compact semi-autos like the Kimber Solo are effective fight-stoppers, but shooters with weaker hands might have trouble retracting their slides.<\/figcaption><\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Kimber Solo Carry is one of the most compact 9mm on the market measuring only 5.5 inches in length, 3.9 inches in height and a mere 0.995 inches in width. The all steel and alloy construction semi-auto weighs only 17 ounces empty. The compactness of the Solo is visually striking, being only slightly larger in overall dimension than most .380s. In order to achieve these scaled down proportions reminiscent of a 1911, the frame contours are smoother and more rounded with every possible edge reduced to its minimum possible tolerances. Easily operated ambidextrous magazine releases and perfectly sized ambidextrous safeties make ease of operation suitable for left or right-handed users.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Truly \u201cpocketable,\u201d the Solo utilizes a unique striker-fired system with a slight twist. When the slide is cycled and a round is chambered the striker (firing pin) is between 88 to 90 percent pre-tensioned. The trigger pull necessary to discharge the Solo then is only 10 to 12 percent of the total effort needed to finish the cycle and release the striker. Even though Kimber describes the Solo as a \u201csingle action striker-fired design,\u201d it is actually a double action as pulling the trigger has to finish tensioning the striker before the gun will discharge. While the lightweight semi-auto has a pretty hefty kick it is more than manageable and exceptionally accurate. As one of the smaller 9mm on the market, the Solo definitely has earned its mark.<\/p>\n","post_title":"Contemporary Subcompact Handguns","post_excerpt":"The Personal Defense Pocket Pistols: In the 21st century we have perfected the art of making as much gun as possible in the smallest package possible!","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"contemporary-subcompacts","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-10-19 15:38:22","post_modified_gmt":"2023-10-19 19:38:22","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2012\/11\/01\/contemporary-subcompacts\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":160508,"post_author":"645","post_date":"2009-09-02 15:20:48","post_date_gmt":"2009-09-02 21:20:48","post_content":"\r\n\r\nEven the gloved hands of today\u2019s uniformed officer will find ArmaLite\u2019s new AR-10T familiar. Draw the fixed stock into the shoulder, obtain sight picture and flip the selector. What makes the AR-10T different is more about what\u2019s on the inside. But on the outside, it all seems to feel the same.\r\n\r\nSince the creation of the Department of Homeland Security, law enforcement agencies have contended with how to use their budget to best enable their first responders to protect citizens against terror. Every agency has assessed vulnerabilities and many have chosen to acquire big bore rifles capable of penetrating a hard target or intercepting a vehicular threat. With just one shot to get it right, a team leader should have experience on the firing line.\r\n\r\nArmaLite\u2019s battle proven AR-10 has already served LE around the world including Canada\u2019s Ontario Provincial Police TRU (Tactics and Rescue Unit). Now loaded for the \"armalite3.jpg\"hard-hitting .338 Federal, the new AR-10T fills a department\u2019s medium-caliber gap without sacrificing ease of deployment, time for training, or familiar handling qualities of an officer\u2019s carbine.\r\n\r\nWhat some don\u2019t realize is that the AR-10\u2019s roots are more than 50 years old, pre-dating the AR-15\/M16\/M4. Clenching the checkered A2 pistol grip, controls are at the fingers. Saving more than a pound in weight over 7.62mm NATO infantry rifles of its time, Eugene Stoner\u2019s modular innovation is a source for the often-used term \u201cergonomic\u201d (as it applies to firearm design).\r\n\r\nThe anodized lower receiver is home to the ArmaLite tactical two-stage trigger set, the same trigger mechanism used in ArmaLite M-15 rifles. Pulling the trigger provides a crisp and smooth feel that doesn\u2019t interfere with accuracy. First and second stages are consistently passed at just 3 and 5 pounds before allowing the hammer to strike.\r\n\r\nBeing that the AR-10T is based on a 7.62mm NATO platform, the first question that usually comes to mind is how ArmaLite manages to stuff the high energy behind a .338 cartridge into an AR? An ArmaLite representative reports, \u201cArmaLite\u2019s refinements to the AR-10 over the many years placed it at a stage where the transfer to a harder hitting caliber such as the .338 Federal was not a problem. It\u2019s a short action .308-type cartridge so it transitions into our AR-10 platform perfectly. With some testing, we found that it\u2019s a fitting combination. We were able to use the same proven bolt and extractor, as well as the Generation II magazines. No design changes had to be made except re-chambering the AR-10 for a new caliber.\u201d\r\n\r\nThe bolt sits inside a gas impingement carrier group with four holes available to bleed off pressure and debris. The disassembly procedure is the same as an agency\u2019s M-15 carbine (just bigger parts). With the firing pin removed, one difference from other ARs is visually apparent. A spring shrouds the base of the firing pin pushing against the wall in the bolt carrier group. This feature helps reduce the risk of malfunctions and prevents the firing pin from bouncing during operation.\r\n\r\nA railed flat-top upper receiver marked \u201c.338 Federal\u201d brings the bolt together with the chamber of the stainless steel barrel. \u201cWe originally designed the .338 Federal as a hunting rifle, thus the stainless steel barrel,\u201d says ArmaLite. \u201cThe .338 Federal is a cartridge best suited for short and mid-range duties. We put a 22-inch barrel on the rifle, which provided the best ballistics for these situations. With that being said, we have seen the potential for different uses in this caliber, so we are spending some time testing a shorter rifle with a 16-inch barrel featuring a full size buttstock and a mid-length gas system to use in CQB operations.\u201d\r\n\r\n\"armalite4.jpg\"A tubular one-piece, free-floating aluminum handguard shields the hands from the triple lapped, 1-in-10-inch twist stainless steel match barrel. The tubular handguard improves the rifle\u2019s handling without taking up real estate with full-length accessory rails that often go unused. A useable length of rail does grace the forend of the handguard, ready to accept custom mounting of bipods, lasers, lights and other accessories.\r\n\r\nThe massive stainless steel gas block is secured to the barrel with four large hex-head screws and redirects gas pressure through a direct impingement system. This gas block is also a front sight base that features a flip-up Midwest Industries (MI) post that co-witnesses with a MI flip-up backup sight affixed to the rear of the upper receiver\u2019s Picatinny rail.\r\n\r\nSince no flash suppressor or compensator is present, the recessed crown at the muzzle of the AR-10T protects the rifle\u2019s accuracy potential during heavy use or intense tactical operations. Combine a barrel made of stainless steel, an aluminum free-floated handguard, aluminum alloy receivers, a polymer stock and grip, and you have a weather-resistant tactical rifle. The AR-10T can withstand harsher environments like those encountered in sustained maritime operations while offering the effective energy transfer carried by a .338 slug. \u201cCoastal areas with salty environments and the moisture of the trunk in squad cars are hard on steel parts, especially the barrel,\u201d says ArmaLite. So stainless steel might be a better choice for these conditions.\r\n\r\n\"armalite6.jpg\"Shooting Impressions<\/strong>\r\nNow I\u2019m not going to lie and say that I found the AR-10T to be a sub-MOA tack-driver. For me, it wasn\u2019t. I have friends in this industry who tell me they achieved MOA accuracy verified by pictures on Jeff Quinn\u2019s gunblast.com<\/a> of multiple 3-shot groups fired from 100 yards rivaling the size of a penny. But this test was a representation of how a founding member of DHS envisions this rifle being used by law enforcement. On the scene, from the trunk of a vehicle, and across the hood.\r\n\r\nDriving down to the edge of North Carolina\u2019s Great Dismal Swamp brought me to a private range that required the careful use of four-wheelers to maneuver through knee-deep muck in order to get downrange and post targets. A pair of 12x18-inch ballistic steel plates were used to verify the new Leupold VX-3 6.5-20x50mm riflescope from 100 yards. Secured in ArmaLite\u2019s unique one-piece ring mount, this accessory removes a couple of variables that typically impact accuracy on other rifles.\r\n\r\nThe DHS agent fired first. And second. \u201cOh yeah, we\u2019re good.\u201d Our four-wheelers carried us across the swamp again just to verify the point-of-aim\/point-of-impact. Fingering the significant dimples created in the swinging AR-500 steel plate, he said, \u201cMan, that rifle has some thump to it!\u201d With paper targets ready, we drove back to the firing line and began the accuracy test.\r\n\r\n\"armalite8.jpg\"In rural parts of the US, it\u2019s not unusual to see a pick-up truck used as a law enforcement vehicle. To best simulate a tactical operation where a vehicle is used as cover and firing support, we positioned the vehicle at the firing line and loaded each (5-, 10-, and 20-round) magazine with the only load available for this test: Federal\u2019s lead-nose, copper jacketed, 210-grain Nosler Partition.\r\n\r\nThe first 3-shot group from each of us measured just under 2.5 inches. Making it downrange and changing out targets, we discovered an earlier sighter that went off course and punched through a 5-inch thick tree. Looking further back, we saw the bullet had actually passed without deflection through a total of six trees smaller in size and spaced about 4 feet before disappearing.\r\n\r\nMost accuracy results with other AR-style rifles are taken in 5-shot groups, so the next batch would follow this pattern. Five groups of five shots averaged nearly 3 inches off the semi-supported position with the best group measuring 1.94 inches. The most impressive observation came from our last test, a 20-shot magazine dump in quick succession. In a string of fire that lasted no more than 30 seconds, 20 shots were clustered together in a group measuring just 3.6 inches. This is practical accuracy you can expect of a trained officer that could put a definitive end to a given crisis.\r\n\r\nFinal Notes<\/strong>\r\n\u201cIf you benched it with a bipod, it\u2019d group a lot tighter,\u201d noted the DHS agent, \u201cbut this is realistic. This rifle is what you hope to have when you arrive to a dynamic situation forcing you to run what you have.\u201d\r\n\r\nArmaLite asserts, \u201cThe same principals apply to this caliber as the .458 SOCOM, only the AR-10T does it better. Placing this harder hitting round in this strong, proven platform was a perfect match. The .458 SOCOM in the smaller AR-15 platform has unpredictable penetration at any significant range and the smaller AR-15 platform is unproven to last with a large caliber.\u201d\r\n\r\nWith the AR-10T you get a heavier bullet, lower felt recoil and more energy transferred to the target. This lethal hammer is ready to meet the obstacles faced by LE in urban environments or on the maritime waters.\r\n\r\n\"federal2.jpg\"FEDERAL\u2019S BOLD .338<\/strong>\r\nThere are other .338s out there but none that can be easily integrated with fewer changes to the seasoned AR-10. The story here is as much about the united effort between ArmaLite and Federal Cartridge<\/strong><\/a> to assure the rifle and ammunition are perfectly matched. Snipers are already familiar with .338s including the .338 Lapua Mag and the .338 Win Mag. These two highly effective cartridges are known for their long-range effectiveness in bolt-action platforms. For most LE operations requiring the deployment of a rifle, a bolt gun presents a number of tactical drawbacks. Slower handling, more recoil, and slower follow-up shots.\r\n\r\nThe .338 Federal delivers the only modern .338 caliber load that isn\u2019t a magnum configuration. It delivers a larger diameter bullet for more weight and overall energy on target without magnum recoil. \u201cThe .338 Federal captures the capability of the longstanding .308 case and offers the respected performance of the .338 bullet,\u201d says Federal President Mark DeYoung. \u201cThese two mainstays have been proven time and again and are now brought together into a quality factory load,\u201d he adds.","post_title":"Armalite AR-10T .338 Federal","post_excerpt":"NEW BATTLE RIFLE chambered for Federal\u2019s powerhouse cartridge!","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"armalite-ar-10t-338-federal","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-10-31 23:08:29","post_modified_gmt":"2023-11-01 03:08:29","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2009\/09\/02\/armalite-ar-10t-338-federal\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":160816,"post_author":"374","post_date":"2009-04-24 14:48:05","post_date_gmt":"2009-04-24 20:48:05","post_content":"\r\n\r\nI have been a fan of the .308 cartridge (7.62x51mm) for many years and have always enjoyed its versatility. It has numerous useful applications for self-defense and law enforcement and one of my bolt-action rifles in that chambering is set up for medium- to-long range anti-personnel work.\r\n\r\n\"untitled-2.jpg\"I have used .308 rifles in bolt-action, lever-action, slide-action and semi-automatic configurations, the latter being in the form of the M14 battle rifle, which is what we cadets trained with in ROTC (Reserve Officers\u2019 Training Corps) I was very interested when Rock River Arms (RRA) introduced an AR-type rifle in the popular .308 caliber.\r\n\r\nThe rifle was the Mid-Length (M\/L) LAR-8 A4 (308A1239), which comes housed in a compartmented, electric blue plastic carrying case. In the case, the rifle is broken down into the upper-receiver\/barrel group and the lower-receiver\/stock group that allows the case to be a bit more compact length-wise. It is a great case for shipping the weapon, but unfortunately the case cannot be used once an optic sight is mounted on the LAR-8, which means that if you want to carry your RRA rifle in a gun case fully assembled with a sight mounted, you will be in the market for a new larger gun case.\r\n\r\nMy sample LAR-8 mid-length A4 came with a 16-inch Wilson chrome moly barrel having a 1-in-10-inch right-hand twist, six land and groove rifling and a Picatinny rail on the upper receiver and on top of the barrel at the front of the handguard as there are no iron sights. There is also an A2 version that has the same iron sight configuration that is found on the M16A2 rifle. Both of these rifles are fitted with a tactical CAR-style buttstock.\r\n\r\nOther RRA LAR-8 factory variations include Standard A2 and A4 models that have 20-inch barrels and a conventional AR-type butt stock, plus there is an A-4 Varmint Model that features a 26-inch Wilson air gauged, stainless steel bull barrel that is coupled with a free-floating, tubular aluminum handguard for increased long-distance accuracy.\r\n\r\nStandard Features <\/strong>\r\nStandard features on my LAR-8 M\/L A4 includes a rubber Hogue pistol grip, which is stippled and has finger grooves, a two-stage match trigger, upper receiver with bolt forward assist and ejection port door, plus brass deflector, ventilated polymer handguard, sling swivels and A2-type flash suppressor. The LAR-8 basically looks like a M16 on steroids, as the receiver has been beefed up to allow use of the .308 (7.62x51mm) cartridge.\r\n\r\nThe two big differences that the discerning eye will note is the magazine and the bolt catch. The factory-supplied magazine for the LAR-8 is basically the same as the 20-round magazine used in the famous FN\/FAL and L1A1 battle rifles. Entire articles and books could be and have been devoted to this fine weapon, so we won\u2019t delve into that subject here, but this Fabrique Nationale-designed rifle has been in service since 1953 and has armed some 60 countries around the world including Belgium, Great Britain, Canada, Australia, and Argentina.\r\n\r\nNeedless to say, there have been countless thousands of magazines made for the FN\/FAL and that fact pays dividends to the LAR-8 owner who has a wide selection to choose from. I did a little Internet surfing and came up with price ranges from $10 to $22 for used Mil-Spec 20-round magazines. There are also 30-round magazines out there that average around $50 more. They hang down a bit too far for comfortable prone shooting, so I\u2019m content to stick with the 20-rounders myself.\r\n\r\nThe bolt catch on the LAR-8 is not on the left side of the lower receiver as on the M16, but is positioned at the base of the magazine well at its juncture with the pivoting triggerguard. It is more reminiscent of the bolt catch found on the FN\/FAL and is made to be ambidextrous, and if your hand is large enough can be actuated by the trigger finger of whichever hand you use. The magazine release is located in the same area as on the M16 and the LAR-8 is also ambidextrous.\r\n\r\nWhile the manual safety lever, just above the pistol grip on the right of the receiver, is not ambidextrous, it appears to be easily changed to the left side of the receiver if that\u2019s the user\u2019s preference. On a whole the controls on this rifle are easily reached and manipulated without removing the hand from the pistol grip, certainly a plus in a patrol rifle. I had no trouble whatever operating them with my medium-sized hand.\r\n\r\nObviously, this rifle is going to pack more weight than the M16 and the LAR-8 M\/L A4 weighs in empty, sans sights, at a respectable 8.1 pounds. With the 6-position CAR buttstock fully extended it measures 38 inches. The weight and the propellant gas operation system of the action certainly help tame recoil, which is a good thing given the hard checkered butt of the CAR stock.\r\n\r\nThe standard polymer handguard is round in shape with flats on the top and bottom that are serrated and have holes for barrel ventilation. There are no rails on the standard handguard, but RRA does offer optional Daniel Defense Lite Quad Rails for both the Mid-Length and Standard LAR-8 A4 rifles. In fact, a visit to the RRA website will allow one to see the full list of optional items available that allow you to \u201chave it your way\u201d with just about any Rock River Arms\u2019 AR-type rifle.\r\n\r\nAs always, I gave the RRA LAR-8 Mid-Length A4 a top to bottom inspection and did not find anything wanting in overall fit and finish of the weapon. All the flats were flat, corners square and rounded surfaces done to perfection. No machine marks or other blemishes were visible and the black hard coat anodized finish was a good match to the black polymer material of the handguard and buttstock of the rifle.\r\n\r\nOptics Selection<\/strong>\r\nNow given that my RRA LAR-8 M\/L A4 comes without sights, it was time to select something with which to aim the rifle that would be fitting for my uses. I looked at a number of optical and sights of various manufacturers, but came away impressed with the Trijicon ACOG (Advanced Combat Optical Gunsight) 3.5x35mm .308 BDC\/FT.Chevron BAC riflescope for our test.\r\n\r\nAnyone that watches the network nightly news has seen the ACOG sights on the M16A2 rifles carried by many of our troops in Afghanistan and Iraq; their bell-shaped housings make them easily identifiable. They have been in use for many years by Army Special Forces, the Marines, Navy SEALs and the FBI, so I didn\u2019t see how I could go wrong. Trijicon is synonymous with the night sights that have been fitted on many of the most popular combat handguns for a couple of decades. However, Trijicon\u2019s founder Glyn Bindon wanted to build a sight for long arms that would bring together both-eyes-open shooting, an illuminated aiming point, plus magnified optics.\r\n\r\nWhat he discovered was what has since been termed the Bindon Aiming Concept (BAC), aiming with both eyes open, which gives a superior sense of balance and field of view, coupled with a magnified Trijicon sight, which offers the shooter a considerable advantage over his target using conventional sights. When used as designed, in the binocular mode, the operator sees only the red, chevron-shaped reticle (the pointed tip is the aiming point) transposed on the target at anywhere from across-the-room ranges to several hundred yards.\r\n\r\nMy sample ACOG 3.5x35mm scope came packaged in a well-padded Pelican case, which also held a black nylon, Scopecoat scope cover, a Lenspen lens cleaner and an ACOG thumbscrew flattop adapter for affixing the scope to the Picatinny rail of the LAR-8. The scope housing is 8 inches in length and is made of rugged forged aluminum; the black, hard-anodized finish matches almost exactly that of the RRA rifle. Scope weight without mounts adds only 14 ounces to the weight of the rifle.\r\n\r\nThe scope is calibrated for use with the .308 cartridge and is meant to be sighted in at 100 meters with an effective range of 800 meters on flattop rifles. The reticle also includes a rangefinder and the base of the chevron aiming point is 5.53 MOA (minute of angle), which at 300 meters is 19 inches allowing for good range estimation. Of course, during the day, the fiber-optic tube running along the top of the scope gathers light for the red aiming point and at night\/low light tritium is used to illuminate the chevron. The field of view at 100 yards is almost 29 feet, the eye relief is 2.4 inches and the adjustment is 4-inch clicks at 100 yards.\r\n\r\nRange Time<\/strong>\r\nNow it was time to go to my ammo locker and select some cartridges from my stock of .308 ammunition. I chose Black Hills Gold with a 168-grain Hornady A-Max bullet, which has a factory velocity of 2650 fps (feet per second). Next I picked Federal Gold Medal that has a Sierra 168-grain \u201cMatchKing\u201d BTHP bullet also rated at 2650 fps. To add a law enforcement-designed cartridge I included the one of the Hornady TAP loads in .308.\r\n\r\nAccording to their website, \u201cThe 155-grain A-MAX TAP Precision cartridge offers match accuracy with a high-ballistic coefficient providing superior long-range performance. This load demonstrates expansion and fragmentation similar to the 110-grain load, but with a noticeable increase in penetration and retained bullet weight. This bullet penetrates glass with minimal deflection and exhibits retained expansion and fragmentation characteristics.\u201d\r\n\r\nIt is also intended for use in a 1-in-10-inch or 1-in-12-inch twist rifle barrel such as that on the LAR-8. My final selection was the Winchester 150-grain Supreme Elite with \u201cThe new XP3 bullet that starts with a two-stage expansion design, then combines all the best-known bullet technology to offer delayed controlled expansion, deep penetration, and high retained weight.\u201d\r\n\r\nWith my rifle\/sight combination, plus test ammunition in hand, it was time for a field test. I did my shooting at the NRA Whittington Center during the 2008 Shootists Holiday and used the Center\u2019s Sight-In Range for my accuracy and chronograph testing session. I sighted the Trijicon ACOG 3.5x35mm scope in for 100 yards, then proceeded to shoot three 3-shot groups for record with each test cartridge, using the concrete benches and an MTM Casegard rest.\r\n\r\nMy best group was 0.82 of an inch using Federal Gold Medal loads, followed by 0.97 of an inch with the Hornady TAP ammo. All of the group averages stayed under 2 inches and my guess is that the rifle would have had no trouble out-shooting the shooter that day. I also set up my Oehler Model 35P chronograph to see what velocities I would get from the LAR-8 M\/L 16-inch barrel.\r\n\r\nNext I put a silhouette target out at 200 yards and fired a dozen shots using a mixed bag of .308 cartridges at center mass and scored 10 hits in the 10 and X-ring and two just out in the 9-ring. Three shots to the head resulted in three hits in the 10-ring. Lastly, I took the LAR-8 to the Animal Silhouette Range, where the backstop is a mountainside covered with nice big rocks.\r\n\r\nFrom the standing, off-hand position, again using a mix of my test ammo, I was able to make dust fly on rocks out as far as I could see them on the mountainside, which has been previously checked with a laser rangefinder to have shootable rocks out to some 475 yards. The best part besides the practical accuracy and \u201cshootability\u201d of the LAR-8 was the fact that it was 100-percent reliable and I did not note a single malfunction during the test.\r\n\r\nFinal Notes<\/strong>\r\nRRA has a winner here and mated with the Trijicon ACOG scope and good ammo, I can\u2019t think of anything I\u2019d rather take into harm\u2019s way.","post_title":"RRA Mid-Length LAR-8 A4 .308","post_excerpt":"Big-bore AR\/Trijicon ACOG combo proved 100% reliable and sub-MOA accurate!","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"rra-mid-lenght-lar-8-a4-308","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-05-31 20:23:23","post_modified_gmt":"2023-05-31 20:23:23","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2009\/04\/24\/rra-mid-lenght-lar-8-a4-308\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":161994,"post_author":"645","post_date":"2008-05-13 15:04:28","post_date_gmt":"2008-05-13 21:04:28","post_content":"\r\nThose marvels of Austrian ingenuity, GLOCK pistols, have a well-deserved reputation for arriving ready for concealed carry. No sharp edges abound to be rough on the hands or snag clothing during the draw. GLOCKs slide from the holster, point well, and are ready for immediate action. The GLOCK Safe Action design leaves worries regarding a complicated manual of arms in the dust. Cap that off with sizes and calibers to satisfy every taste, and GLOCK seems destined to maintain their edge.\r\n\r\nFew things are dearer to the American heart than .45-caliber handguns. Despite the presence of .36- and .44-caliber handguns during the settling of the West, the .45 Colt is viewed as the decisive caliber from that era. Just in time to take the place of this noble cartridge, the .45 Auto became a force to be reckoned with in the next century. There is something comforting about this large caliber, imbuing a sense of power.\r\n\r\nIn fact, many a breath was held after GLOCK entered the U. S. market, until the Austrian company announced the introduction of their Model 21 in .45 Auto. Exhaling a sigh of relief, the .45 culture had a polymer wonder to satisfy its desires.\r\n\r\nFor duty carry by officers, the GLOCK 21 proved a perfect choice, hearty and robust, with the renowned GLOCK reliability. Following Law Enforcement (LE) trends that pushed the GLOCK to the top of the LE realm, as concealed carry rights blossomed, those exercising their rights adopted GLOCKs in droves. However, it was obvious the GLOCK 21 would have a small concealed carry following. The very traits making it so popular for duty carry\u2014hearty and robust\u2014worked against discreet carry.\r\n\r\nNever one to be left out in the cold, GLOCK introduced the more compact Models 30 and 36 in .45 Auto with double- and single-stack magazines, respectively. The Model 30 still bore grip dimensions similar to that of the Model 21, frequently difficult for those with average hands. The 36, though thinner due to a single-column magazine, still bore a longer front-to-back grip because of the .45 Auto chambering, which can still be a problem for some.\r\n\r\nBoth models have fared well with the American concealed carrier, but their frames, sized as they were for the .45 Auto, still leave some carriers and shooters with average and smaller-sized hands wanting. Likewise, many in the LE community hankered for a pistol dimensionally like the immensely popular GLOCK 17\/19\/26 and 22\/23\/26, but in the .45 Auto. Of course, the .45 Auto just won\u2019t fit in these more comfortable frames.\r\n\r\nMAKE WAY FOR THE .45<\/strong>\r\nNever one to shy away from a challenge, the folks at GLOCK tackled the project with the help of the ballistic wizards at Speer. The resulting cartridge, equaling the ballistic performance of the .45 Auto, was christened the .45 GLOCK Automatic Pistol (G.A.P.). Squeezed into a 9x19\/.40 frame, the GLOCK 37 and the .45 G.A.P. answered the LE and civilian concealed carriers\u2019 request for a more-compact .45 pistol.\r\n\r\nThe full-sized GLOCK 37 was followed by the compact GLOCK 38, and sub-compact GLOCK 39, each chambering a fair number of the new stubby .45s. Initially it was hoped the Models 37, 38, and 39 might be exactly the same size as the corresponding 9x19\/.40 models, and regarding the frames that proved true. However, to ensure perfect performance, marginally larger slides became the norm. (17\/22 slides are 1.01 inches wide by 0.85-inch high, weighing 18 ounces. GLOCK 37 slides are 1.13 inches wide by 0.88-inch high and weigh 21 ounces.) The .45 G.A.P. pistols incorporate a longer steel locking-block.\r\n\r\nOne step in building a cartridge to fit in the smaller and handier frame was designing the .45 G.A.P. cartridge to be 0.13-inch shorter than the .45 Auto. This produces a case similar in length to the 9x19 (0.78-inches), but once loaded the G. A. P has an overall length of 1.08 inches, actually shorter than the 9x19. (This last design parameter allows the wide .45 G.A.P. bullet to fit in a shorter grip area.)\r\n\r\n\"imgp03.gif\"AN ALL-NEW CARTRIDGE<\/strong>\r\nAdditional changes include a slightly rebated rim on the G.A.P., and modified extractor groove. Inside the case, one finds a wall profile that differs noticeably from the .45 Auto, thus allowing for seating .45 bullets without case wall bulging, and outside the primer pocket is filled with a small pistol primer. (A large pistol primer reportedly caused over-ignition and excessive pressure.) All of this goes to the point that the G.A.P. is an entirely new cartridge case that cannot be safely built from a .45 Auto case! Using the most modern propellants, Speer succeeded in charging this smaller .45 cartridge to equal the .45 Auto ballistically, while keeping pressures near the .45 Auto range.\r\n\r\nThere is no paucity of loadings available for the .45 G.A.P. GLOCKs. Speer\u2019s initial .45 G.A.P. commercial loadings were 185- and 200-grain Gold Dot premium hollowpoints and the same weights of TMJ bullets in the Speer Lawman line for economical shooting. Under the ATK banner with Speer, Federal Cartridge has introduced 185-grain and 230-grain Hydra-Shok loadings in the Premium Personal Defense line and an economical 185-grain TMJ loading in the American Eagle line.\r\n\r\nWinchester and Remington are now loading the .45 G.A.P. cartridge in configurations similar to Speer and Federal. COR-BON stepped in with their 160-grain DPX load, the 165-grain Pow'R Ball, a jacketed soft point, and a 200-grain JHP. This means bullet weights of 160 grains, 165 grains, 185 grains, 200 grains and 230 grains are all available.\r\n\r\n.45 GAP PERFORMANCE<\/strong>\r\nThe .45 G.A.P. is quite a boon for those of us adhering to the notion that bigger is better! Concealed carriers and Law Enforcement personnel, in and out of uniform, have their wish for new handguns.\r\n\r\nFrom the concealed carriers\u2019 and non-uniformed LE perspective, I found four .45 GLOCKs most appropriate for their needs. The Model 21 has already been excluded, and the Model 37 will probably be as well by those seeking compactness for carry. This leaves us with the Models 30, 36, 38, and 39 for consideration.\r\n\r\nThis was my first experience with the .45 G.A.P., so I began my examination of the concealed carry candidates with range testing. Trigger-time revealed just what I had heard: the .45 G.A.P. pistols were just as easily handled during all the drills as similar GLOCK models accommodating the .45 Auto. The GLOCK 38 weighs virtually the same as the Model 30, while the same is true of the Models 36 and 39, and the velocities of similar weight bullets are close enough to produce the similar felt recoil in pistols all weighing the same. (Depending on the cartridge, the .45 G.A.P. recoil can feel similar to a .40 pistol.)\r\n\r\nWearing average-sized hands, I found all four offerings fit me well, with the GLOCK 30 on the upper end of comfort for me. That, of course, explains why there is more than one flavor of ice cream\u2014and size of GLOCK\u2014to provide needed variety!\r\n\r\nWith pistols to fit my hands and those of most others, in my favorite caliber and that of GLOCK\u2019s new offering\u2014which seems destined to offer the .45 Auto a run for its money\u2014I went forth to gather the opinions of other shooters and concealed carriers.\r\n\r\n\"gap-carry.gif\"SHOOTING & CARRYING GLOCK .45s<\/strong>\r\nI placed the four GLOCK .45 offerings in the hands of a variety of shooters, and received the expected plethora of preferences. Given a choice of .45 GLOCKs, each one selected their favorite based on how it fit their hands and rode on their waist. Recoil did not seem a factor.\r\n\r\nThose finding the .45 Auto pistols a tad largish found the pistols chambered for the .45 G.A.P. just right. Testers that found the .45 Auto pistols fitting them well expressed their appreciation of the trimmer G.A.P pistols. It seems that not only has GLOCK spawned a new caliber in which to chamber their pistols, they have found one that can satisfy the needs of big-bore concealed carriers (and no doubt uniformed officers) while doing so.\r\n\r\nWill this be the .45 of the 21st century? Only time will tell, but it seems the .45 G.A.P is making a good run at that distinction!\r\nHOLSTERING GLOCK .45s<\/strong>\r\nAs excellent as the size and calibers of the GLOCK .45s make them for concealment, they still miss one thing for concealed carry\u2014a holster! Luckily holster makers, just like users, have flocked to all GLOCK pistols. Finding leather, or non-leather, to tote one\u2019s choice of .45 should be relatively easy.\r\n\r\nToting a handgun\u2014any handgun, including a GLOCK\u2014should be accomplished using a quality holster. Holsters protect handguns from loss, or shifting during carry, ensuring it will be there when one reaches for it. Not only will the handgun be there when needed, but also a well-designed holster will snug a GLOCK .45 against the body, while not impeding a smooth, speedy draw. Regardless of the GLOCK .45 of choice, there should be a holster to allow carrying it comfortably, securely, and inconspicuously.\r\n\r\nA quick search of the Internet turned up offerings to carry some of GLOCK\u2019s .45s from Aker, Alessi, Bianchi, Blackhawk Bulman, Blade-Tech, Comp-Tac, DeSantis, Del Fatti, Don Hume, FIST, Fobus, Galco, Gould & Goodrich, Milt Sparks, Safariland, Sidearmor, and Uncle Mikes. There are more, but I stopped searching when it became obvious there was no end to holsters and suppliers.\r\n\r\nIt seems every commercial holster maker, and those in the custom world, offer one or more styles, to fit one or more of the .45 GLOCK pistols. Their wares are made from horse or cowhide, Kydex or other polymer, or some version of ballistic nylon. Styles include belt models, inside-the-waistband versions, shoulder holsters, and pocket models for the smaller pistols.\r\n\r\nI also did a scan of my holster collection, and found a number already on hand, including those wearing the GLOCK brand. (GLOCK has always offered holsters for their pistols.) Not surprisingly, I discovered many holsters specified for 9x19\/.40 pistols also fit quite nicely around a GLOCK 36 pistol, with a scant few fitting the marginally enlarged G.A.P. models. (This is, of course, not something most holster makers will announce, nor something one can count on, but if an ample selection of holsters is available, the fit is easily checked.) In addition, holsters for the GLOCK 30 will usually fit the G.A.P. offerings.\r\n\r\nPick a .45 GLOCK, a holster to meet your needs, and ammo from a high-performance source. Outfitted with this, today\u2019s big-bore carrier will be ready to go!","post_title":"Concealed-Carry .45s: The GLOCK Solution | Glock 45 Models","post_excerpt":"The .45 firepower favored by legions of officers is tough to keep out of sight. Not so with the GLOCK .45 G.A.P.\u2014the hideaway handgun with maximum performance.","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"concealed-carry-45s-the-glock-solution","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-10-31 23:10:49","post_modified_gmt":"2023-11-01 03:10:49","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2008\/05\/13\/concealed-carry-45s-the-glock-solution\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":true,"total_page":15},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

POPULAR

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n
\"Springfield<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

With the addition of the XDM Series of guns introduced in 2008, Springfield raised the bar on multi-purpose sidearms. While the XD pistols have found great acceptance within the general firearms community, the XDM Series is more in tune with today\u2019s personal protection and concealed carry needs, flavored with Springfield\u2019s penchant for building high-capacity pistols on standard sized frames.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The latest XDM Compact, chambered in .40 S&W (with an impressive 11+1 capacity) offers the same match grade 3.8-inch barrel as the XDM 3.8, but with a shorter grip frame like those used on the XD Sub-Compact (X-Treme Duty) models, making this a dedicated concealed carry sidearm. But there\u2019s more. The gun also comes with an extended capacity magazine upping the cartridge total to 16+1 rounds of .40 S&W thereby making this an ideal handgun for home protection. The XDM Compact, like all XD models utilizes a dual safety system comprised of a pivoting trigger toggle and a 1911-type frame-mounted grip safety. The gun features tapered ambidextrous magazine releases, drift adjustable front and rear white dot sights, ambidextrous indexing thumb rests, interchangeable backstrap panels, and deeply angled front and rear slide serrations (three in front, six in back). The Compact\u2019s slide is just slightly wider at the bottom, tapering out to provide a little more surface area to grasp when chambering the first round or clearing the gun. The XDM Compact is a top choice in the .40 S&W caliber.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

9mm<\/strong> Subcompact Handguns<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Globally the 9mm remains the most popular cartridge in the world, used by more law enforcement and military organizations than any other. The 9mm is also favored within the foreign civilian marketplace because many nations outlaw the use of larger caliber handguns except by the military. The 9mm cartridge has been in use now for over 100 years.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Ruger LC9<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n
\"ruger,<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Ruger\u2019s LC9 offers compact dimensions measuring 6.0 inches in length, 4.5 inches in height and a modest 0.90 inches in width, combined with a comparatively high capacity of 7+1 rounds and light carry weight of 17.1 ounces (empty). The LC9 is built with a composite frame of high-performance glass-filled Nylon supported by an aluminum grip frame (subframe), a through-hardened steel slide, and 3.12-inch steel barrel. The LC9\u2019s contours render a gun that ideally fits the average hand, placing the index finger directly alongside the triggerguard with a natural recess for the first joint to rest before moving to engage the trigger. On the left side, the contoured grip frame places the thumb in position for a single-handed hold. The LC9 has a loaded chamber indicator that rises upward from the top of the slide and is clearly stamped \u201cLOADED WHEN UP\u201d. It\u2019s a very obvious tell so bluffing is off the table.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

This is a well-balanced gun that is slightly muzzle heavy, an asset in managing recoil. The size, weight, and feel of the LC9 is very good and while the trigger pull is exceptionally long at 1.2 inches, it remains smooth and consistent allowing for quick follow-up shots. This is a function of both safety and the nature of the LC9\u2019s internal hammer design. Simply put, discharging the LC9 is like firing a DAO revolver. The LC9 has a magazine disconnect and will not fire a chambered round with the magazine removed. Overall this is a very capable small 9mm, which can also be equipped with a number of options including a Crimson Trace Laserguard.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Sig Sauer P290<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n
\"Sig<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Sig Sauer P290 is only slightly larger overall than a .380 ACP. With an overall length of just 5.5 inches, a truncated height of 3.9 inches, barrel length of 2.9 inches, and overall weight of only 21.5 ounces (empty), the P290 provides the defensive capability of a 9mm in a gun that is remarkably flat, measuring less than an inch in width. It is bigger and \u201cchunkier\u201d than the Kimber Solo and just a hair smaller than the Ruger LC9. The internal mechanism is a traditional locked breech, Browning-type tilting barrel but with one distinguishing feature; a broadly flared muzzle that aligns with a corresponding channel in the slide.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

This design contributes to quicker cycling of the action; as soon as the slide starts its reward movement it releases the muzzle, allowing the barrel to tilt and drop the breechblock into line for reload. The P290 also employs a dual recoil spring assembly that makes this operation pretty snappy.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The frame is a lightweight, molded polymer with a slide machined from a solid billet. The finishes available are natural stainless or durable Nitron coating. Standard sights are dovetailed drift adjustable white dots. The P290 is a DAO hammer-fired pistol but with no manual cocking capability. In addition, the Sig Sauer has an automatic firing pin safety block, hammer safety intercept notch, and a trigger bar disconnect, making it safe for carry with a chambered round. And the Sig Sauer will fire with the magazine removed.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

An interesting option for Sig Sauer is the Integrated Laser Module (ILM), which is custom made for the P290. Lightweight and compact, the ILM seamlessly blends with the lines of the pistol. The laser has ambidextrous switches. The increase in weight of 0.8 ounces is negligible and the laser unit adds only 0.75 inches to the depth of the gun.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Overall, this is a rugged looking little gun that is relatively easy to carry concealed considering it packs 6+1 rounds of 9mm.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Kimber Solo Carry<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n
\"gun
Compact semi-autos like the Kimber Solo are effective fight-stoppers, but shooters with weaker hands might have trouble retracting their slides.<\/figcaption><\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Kimber Solo Carry is one of the most compact 9mm on the market measuring only 5.5 inches in length, 3.9 inches in height and a mere 0.995 inches in width. The all steel and alloy construction semi-auto weighs only 17 ounces empty. The compactness of the Solo is visually striking, being only slightly larger in overall dimension than most .380s. In order to achieve these scaled down proportions reminiscent of a 1911, the frame contours are smoother and more rounded with every possible edge reduced to its minimum possible tolerances. Easily operated ambidextrous magazine releases and perfectly sized ambidextrous safeties make ease of operation suitable for left or right-handed users.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Truly \u201cpocketable,\u201d the Solo utilizes a unique striker-fired system with a slight twist. When the slide is cycled and a round is chambered the striker (firing pin) is between 88 to 90 percent pre-tensioned. The trigger pull necessary to discharge the Solo then is only 10 to 12 percent of the total effort needed to finish the cycle and release the striker. Even though Kimber describes the Solo as a \u201csingle action striker-fired design,\u201d it is actually a double action as pulling the trigger has to finish tensioning the striker before the gun will discharge. While the lightweight semi-auto has a pretty hefty kick it is more than manageable and exceptionally accurate. As one of the smaller 9mm on the market, the Solo definitely has earned its mark.<\/p>\n","post_title":"Contemporary Subcompact Handguns","post_excerpt":"The Personal Defense Pocket Pistols: In the 21st century we have perfected the art of making as much gun as possible in the smallest package possible!","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"contemporary-subcompacts","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-10-19 15:38:22","post_modified_gmt":"2023-10-19 19:38:22","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2012\/11\/01\/contemporary-subcompacts\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":160508,"post_author":"645","post_date":"2009-09-02 15:20:48","post_date_gmt":"2009-09-02 21:20:48","post_content":"\r\n\r\nEven the gloved hands of today\u2019s uniformed officer will find ArmaLite\u2019s new AR-10T familiar. Draw the fixed stock into the shoulder, obtain sight picture and flip the selector. What makes the AR-10T different is more about what\u2019s on the inside. But on the outside, it all seems to feel the same.\r\n\r\nSince the creation of the Department of Homeland Security, law enforcement agencies have contended with how to use their budget to best enable their first responders to protect citizens against terror. Every agency has assessed vulnerabilities and many have chosen to acquire big bore rifles capable of penetrating a hard target or intercepting a vehicular threat. With just one shot to get it right, a team leader should have experience on the firing line.\r\n\r\nArmaLite\u2019s battle proven AR-10 has already served LE around the world including Canada\u2019s Ontario Provincial Police TRU (Tactics and Rescue Unit). Now loaded for the \"armalite3.jpg\"hard-hitting .338 Federal, the new AR-10T fills a department\u2019s medium-caliber gap without sacrificing ease of deployment, time for training, or familiar handling qualities of an officer\u2019s carbine.\r\n\r\nWhat some don\u2019t realize is that the AR-10\u2019s roots are more than 50 years old, pre-dating the AR-15\/M16\/M4. Clenching the checkered A2 pistol grip, controls are at the fingers. Saving more than a pound in weight over 7.62mm NATO infantry rifles of its time, Eugene Stoner\u2019s modular innovation is a source for the often-used term \u201cergonomic\u201d (as it applies to firearm design).\r\n\r\nThe anodized lower receiver is home to the ArmaLite tactical two-stage trigger set, the same trigger mechanism used in ArmaLite M-15 rifles. Pulling the trigger provides a crisp and smooth feel that doesn\u2019t interfere with accuracy. First and second stages are consistently passed at just 3 and 5 pounds before allowing the hammer to strike.\r\n\r\nBeing that the AR-10T is based on a 7.62mm NATO platform, the first question that usually comes to mind is how ArmaLite manages to stuff the high energy behind a .338 cartridge into an AR? An ArmaLite representative reports, \u201cArmaLite\u2019s refinements to the AR-10 over the many years placed it at a stage where the transfer to a harder hitting caliber such as the .338 Federal was not a problem. It\u2019s a short action .308-type cartridge so it transitions into our AR-10 platform perfectly. With some testing, we found that it\u2019s a fitting combination. We were able to use the same proven bolt and extractor, as well as the Generation II magazines. No design changes had to be made except re-chambering the AR-10 for a new caliber.\u201d\r\n\r\nThe bolt sits inside a gas impingement carrier group with four holes available to bleed off pressure and debris. The disassembly procedure is the same as an agency\u2019s M-15 carbine (just bigger parts). With the firing pin removed, one difference from other ARs is visually apparent. A spring shrouds the base of the firing pin pushing against the wall in the bolt carrier group. This feature helps reduce the risk of malfunctions and prevents the firing pin from bouncing during operation.\r\n\r\nA railed flat-top upper receiver marked \u201c.338 Federal\u201d brings the bolt together with the chamber of the stainless steel barrel. \u201cWe originally designed the .338 Federal as a hunting rifle, thus the stainless steel barrel,\u201d says ArmaLite. \u201cThe .338 Federal is a cartridge best suited for short and mid-range duties. We put a 22-inch barrel on the rifle, which provided the best ballistics for these situations. With that being said, we have seen the potential for different uses in this caliber, so we are spending some time testing a shorter rifle with a 16-inch barrel featuring a full size buttstock and a mid-length gas system to use in CQB operations.\u201d\r\n\r\n\"armalite4.jpg\"A tubular one-piece, free-floating aluminum handguard shields the hands from the triple lapped, 1-in-10-inch twist stainless steel match barrel. The tubular handguard improves the rifle\u2019s handling without taking up real estate with full-length accessory rails that often go unused. A useable length of rail does grace the forend of the handguard, ready to accept custom mounting of bipods, lasers, lights and other accessories.\r\n\r\nThe massive stainless steel gas block is secured to the barrel with four large hex-head screws and redirects gas pressure through a direct impingement system. This gas block is also a front sight base that features a flip-up Midwest Industries (MI) post that co-witnesses with a MI flip-up backup sight affixed to the rear of the upper receiver\u2019s Picatinny rail.\r\n\r\nSince no flash suppressor or compensator is present, the recessed crown at the muzzle of the AR-10T protects the rifle\u2019s accuracy potential during heavy use or intense tactical operations. Combine a barrel made of stainless steel, an aluminum free-floated handguard, aluminum alloy receivers, a polymer stock and grip, and you have a weather-resistant tactical rifle. The AR-10T can withstand harsher environments like those encountered in sustained maritime operations while offering the effective energy transfer carried by a .338 slug. \u201cCoastal areas with salty environments and the moisture of the trunk in squad cars are hard on steel parts, especially the barrel,\u201d says ArmaLite. So stainless steel might be a better choice for these conditions.\r\n\r\n\"armalite6.jpg\"Shooting Impressions<\/strong>\r\nNow I\u2019m not going to lie and say that I found the AR-10T to be a sub-MOA tack-driver. For me, it wasn\u2019t. I have friends in this industry who tell me they achieved MOA accuracy verified by pictures on Jeff Quinn\u2019s gunblast.com<\/a> of multiple 3-shot groups fired from 100 yards rivaling the size of a penny. But this test was a representation of how a founding member of DHS envisions this rifle being used by law enforcement. On the scene, from the trunk of a vehicle, and across the hood.\r\n\r\nDriving down to the edge of North Carolina\u2019s Great Dismal Swamp brought me to a private range that required the careful use of four-wheelers to maneuver through knee-deep muck in order to get downrange and post targets. A pair of 12x18-inch ballistic steel plates were used to verify the new Leupold VX-3 6.5-20x50mm riflescope from 100 yards. Secured in ArmaLite\u2019s unique one-piece ring mount, this accessory removes a couple of variables that typically impact accuracy on other rifles.\r\n\r\nThe DHS agent fired first. And second. \u201cOh yeah, we\u2019re good.\u201d Our four-wheelers carried us across the swamp again just to verify the point-of-aim\/point-of-impact. Fingering the significant dimples created in the swinging AR-500 steel plate, he said, \u201cMan, that rifle has some thump to it!\u201d With paper targets ready, we drove back to the firing line and began the accuracy test.\r\n\r\n\"armalite8.jpg\"In rural parts of the US, it\u2019s not unusual to see a pick-up truck used as a law enforcement vehicle. To best simulate a tactical operation where a vehicle is used as cover and firing support, we positioned the vehicle at the firing line and loaded each (5-, 10-, and 20-round) magazine with the only load available for this test: Federal\u2019s lead-nose, copper jacketed, 210-grain Nosler Partition.\r\n\r\nThe first 3-shot group from each of us measured just under 2.5 inches. Making it downrange and changing out targets, we discovered an earlier sighter that went off course and punched through a 5-inch thick tree. Looking further back, we saw the bullet had actually passed without deflection through a total of six trees smaller in size and spaced about 4 feet before disappearing.\r\n\r\nMost accuracy results with other AR-style rifles are taken in 5-shot groups, so the next batch would follow this pattern. Five groups of five shots averaged nearly 3 inches off the semi-supported position with the best group measuring 1.94 inches. The most impressive observation came from our last test, a 20-shot magazine dump in quick succession. In a string of fire that lasted no more than 30 seconds, 20 shots were clustered together in a group measuring just 3.6 inches. This is practical accuracy you can expect of a trained officer that could put a definitive end to a given crisis.\r\n\r\nFinal Notes<\/strong>\r\n\u201cIf you benched it with a bipod, it\u2019d group a lot tighter,\u201d noted the DHS agent, \u201cbut this is realistic. This rifle is what you hope to have when you arrive to a dynamic situation forcing you to run what you have.\u201d\r\n\r\nArmaLite asserts, \u201cThe same principals apply to this caliber as the .458 SOCOM, only the AR-10T does it better. Placing this harder hitting round in this strong, proven platform was a perfect match. The .458 SOCOM in the smaller AR-15 platform has unpredictable penetration at any significant range and the smaller AR-15 platform is unproven to last with a large caliber.\u201d\r\n\r\nWith the AR-10T you get a heavier bullet, lower felt recoil and more energy transferred to the target. This lethal hammer is ready to meet the obstacles faced by LE in urban environments or on the maritime waters.\r\n\r\n\"federal2.jpg\"FEDERAL\u2019S BOLD .338<\/strong>\r\nThere are other .338s out there but none that can be easily integrated with fewer changes to the seasoned AR-10. The story here is as much about the united effort between ArmaLite and Federal Cartridge<\/strong><\/a> to assure the rifle and ammunition are perfectly matched. Snipers are already familiar with .338s including the .338 Lapua Mag and the .338 Win Mag. These two highly effective cartridges are known for their long-range effectiveness in bolt-action platforms. For most LE operations requiring the deployment of a rifle, a bolt gun presents a number of tactical drawbacks. Slower handling, more recoil, and slower follow-up shots.\r\n\r\nThe .338 Federal delivers the only modern .338 caliber load that isn\u2019t a magnum configuration. It delivers a larger diameter bullet for more weight and overall energy on target without magnum recoil. \u201cThe .338 Federal captures the capability of the longstanding .308 case and offers the respected performance of the .338 bullet,\u201d says Federal President Mark DeYoung. \u201cThese two mainstays have been proven time and again and are now brought together into a quality factory load,\u201d he adds.","post_title":"Armalite AR-10T .338 Federal","post_excerpt":"NEW BATTLE RIFLE chambered for Federal\u2019s powerhouse cartridge!","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"armalite-ar-10t-338-federal","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-10-31 23:08:29","post_modified_gmt":"2023-11-01 03:08:29","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2009\/09\/02\/armalite-ar-10t-338-federal\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":160816,"post_author":"374","post_date":"2009-04-24 14:48:05","post_date_gmt":"2009-04-24 20:48:05","post_content":"\r\n\r\nI have been a fan of the .308 cartridge (7.62x51mm) for many years and have always enjoyed its versatility. It has numerous useful applications for self-defense and law enforcement and one of my bolt-action rifles in that chambering is set up for medium- to-long range anti-personnel work.\r\n\r\n\"untitled-2.jpg\"I have used .308 rifles in bolt-action, lever-action, slide-action and semi-automatic configurations, the latter being in the form of the M14 battle rifle, which is what we cadets trained with in ROTC (Reserve Officers\u2019 Training Corps) I was very interested when Rock River Arms (RRA) introduced an AR-type rifle in the popular .308 caliber.\r\n\r\nThe rifle was the Mid-Length (M\/L) LAR-8 A4 (308A1239), which comes housed in a compartmented, electric blue plastic carrying case. In the case, the rifle is broken down into the upper-receiver\/barrel group and the lower-receiver\/stock group that allows the case to be a bit more compact length-wise. It is a great case for shipping the weapon, but unfortunately the case cannot be used once an optic sight is mounted on the LAR-8, which means that if you want to carry your RRA rifle in a gun case fully assembled with a sight mounted, you will be in the market for a new larger gun case.\r\n\r\nMy sample LAR-8 mid-length A4 came with a 16-inch Wilson chrome moly barrel having a 1-in-10-inch right-hand twist, six land and groove rifling and a Picatinny rail on the upper receiver and on top of the barrel at the front of the handguard as there are no iron sights. There is also an A2 version that has the same iron sight configuration that is found on the M16A2 rifle. Both of these rifles are fitted with a tactical CAR-style buttstock.\r\n\r\nOther RRA LAR-8 factory variations include Standard A2 and A4 models that have 20-inch barrels and a conventional AR-type butt stock, plus there is an A-4 Varmint Model that features a 26-inch Wilson air gauged, stainless steel bull barrel that is coupled with a free-floating, tubular aluminum handguard for increased long-distance accuracy.\r\n\r\nStandard Features <\/strong>\r\nStandard features on my LAR-8 M\/L A4 includes a rubber Hogue pistol grip, which is stippled and has finger grooves, a two-stage match trigger, upper receiver with bolt forward assist and ejection port door, plus brass deflector, ventilated polymer handguard, sling swivels and A2-type flash suppressor. The LAR-8 basically looks like a M16 on steroids, as the receiver has been beefed up to allow use of the .308 (7.62x51mm) cartridge.\r\n\r\nThe two big differences that the discerning eye will note is the magazine and the bolt catch. The factory-supplied magazine for the LAR-8 is basically the same as the 20-round magazine used in the famous FN\/FAL and L1A1 battle rifles. Entire articles and books could be and have been devoted to this fine weapon, so we won\u2019t delve into that subject here, but this Fabrique Nationale-designed rifle has been in service since 1953 and has armed some 60 countries around the world including Belgium, Great Britain, Canada, Australia, and Argentina.\r\n\r\nNeedless to say, there have been countless thousands of magazines made for the FN\/FAL and that fact pays dividends to the LAR-8 owner who has a wide selection to choose from. I did a little Internet surfing and came up with price ranges from $10 to $22 for used Mil-Spec 20-round magazines. There are also 30-round magazines out there that average around $50 more. They hang down a bit too far for comfortable prone shooting, so I\u2019m content to stick with the 20-rounders myself.\r\n\r\nThe bolt catch on the LAR-8 is not on the left side of the lower receiver as on the M16, but is positioned at the base of the magazine well at its juncture with the pivoting triggerguard. It is more reminiscent of the bolt catch found on the FN\/FAL and is made to be ambidextrous, and if your hand is large enough can be actuated by the trigger finger of whichever hand you use. The magazine release is located in the same area as on the M16 and the LAR-8 is also ambidextrous.\r\n\r\nWhile the manual safety lever, just above the pistol grip on the right of the receiver, is not ambidextrous, it appears to be easily changed to the left side of the receiver if that\u2019s the user\u2019s preference. On a whole the controls on this rifle are easily reached and manipulated without removing the hand from the pistol grip, certainly a plus in a patrol rifle. I had no trouble whatever operating them with my medium-sized hand.\r\n\r\nObviously, this rifle is going to pack more weight than the M16 and the LAR-8 M\/L A4 weighs in empty, sans sights, at a respectable 8.1 pounds. With the 6-position CAR buttstock fully extended it measures 38 inches. The weight and the propellant gas operation system of the action certainly help tame recoil, which is a good thing given the hard checkered butt of the CAR stock.\r\n\r\nThe standard polymer handguard is round in shape with flats on the top and bottom that are serrated and have holes for barrel ventilation. There are no rails on the standard handguard, but RRA does offer optional Daniel Defense Lite Quad Rails for both the Mid-Length and Standard LAR-8 A4 rifles. In fact, a visit to the RRA website will allow one to see the full list of optional items available that allow you to \u201chave it your way\u201d with just about any Rock River Arms\u2019 AR-type rifle.\r\n\r\nAs always, I gave the RRA LAR-8 Mid-Length A4 a top to bottom inspection and did not find anything wanting in overall fit and finish of the weapon. All the flats were flat, corners square and rounded surfaces done to perfection. No machine marks or other blemishes were visible and the black hard coat anodized finish was a good match to the black polymer material of the handguard and buttstock of the rifle.\r\n\r\nOptics Selection<\/strong>\r\nNow given that my RRA LAR-8 M\/L A4 comes without sights, it was time to select something with which to aim the rifle that would be fitting for my uses. I looked at a number of optical and sights of various manufacturers, but came away impressed with the Trijicon ACOG (Advanced Combat Optical Gunsight) 3.5x35mm .308 BDC\/FT.Chevron BAC riflescope for our test.\r\n\r\nAnyone that watches the network nightly news has seen the ACOG sights on the M16A2 rifles carried by many of our troops in Afghanistan and Iraq; their bell-shaped housings make them easily identifiable. They have been in use for many years by Army Special Forces, the Marines, Navy SEALs and the FBI, so I didn\u2019t see how I could go wrong. Trijicon is synonymous with the night sights that have been fitted on many of the most popular combat handguns for a couple of decades. However, Trijicon\u2019s founder Glyn Bindon wanted to build a sight for long arms that would bring together both-eyes-open shooting, an illuminated aiming point, plus magnified optics.\r\n\r\nWhat he discovered was what has since been termed the Bindon Aiming Concept (BAC), aiming with both eyes open, which gives a superior sense of balance and field of view, coupled with a magnified Trijicon sight, which offers the shooter a considerable advantage over his target using conventional sights. When used as designed, in the binocular mode, the operator sees only the red, chevron-shaped reticle (the pointed tip is the aiming point) transposed on the target at anywhere from across-the-room ranges to several hundred yards.\r\n\r\nMy sample ACOG 3.5x35mm scope came packaged in a well-padded Pelican case, which also held a black nylon, Scopecoat scope cover, a Lenspen lens cleaner and an ACOG thumbscrew flattop adapter for affixing the scope to the Picatinny rail of the LAR-8. The scope housing is 8 inches in length and is made of rugged forged aluminum; the black, hard-anodized finish matches almost exactly that of the RRA rifle. Scope weight without mounts adds only 14 ounces to the weight of the rifle.\r\n\r\nThe scope is calibrated for use with the .308 cartridge and is meant to be sighted in at 100 meters with an effective range of 800 meters on flattop rifles. The reticle also includes a rangefinder and the base of the chevron aiming point is 5.53 MOA (minute of angle), which at 300 meters is 19 inches allowing for good range estimation. Of course, during the day, the fiber-optic tube running along the top of the scope gathers light for the red aiming point and at night\/low light tritium is used to illuminate the chevron. The field of view at 100 yards is almost 29 feet, the eye relief is 2.4 inches and the adjustment is 4-inch clicks at 100 yards.\r\n\r\nRange Time<\/strong>\r\nNow it was time to go to my ammo locker and select some cartridges from my stock of .308 ammunition. I chose Black Hills Gold with a 168-grain Hornady A-Max bullet, which has a factory velocity of 2650 fps (feet per second). Next I picked Federal Gold Medal that has a Sierra 168-grain \u201cMatchKing\u201d BTHP bullet also rated at 2650 fps. To add a law enforcement-designed cartridge I included the one of the Hornady TAP loads in .308.\r\n\r\nAccording to their website, \u201cThe 155-grain A-MAX TAP Precision cartridge offers match accuracy with a high-ballistic coefficient providing superior long-range performance. This load demonstrates expansion and fragmentation similar to the 110-grain load, but with a noticeable increase in penetration and retained bullet weight. This bullet penetrates glass with minimal deflection and exhibits retained expansion and fragmentation characteristics.\u201d\r\n\r\nIt is also intended for use in a 1-in-10-inch or 1-in-12-inch twist rifle barrel such as that on the LAR-8. My final selection was the Winchester 150-grain Supreme Elite with \u201cThe new XP3 bullet that starts with a two-stage expansion design, then combines all the best-known bullet technology to offer delayed controlled expansion, deep penetration, and high retained weight.\u201d\r\n\r\nWith my rifle\/sight combination, plus test ammunition in hand, it was time for a field test. I did my shooting at the NRA Whittington Center during the 2008 Shootists Holiday and used the Center\u2019s Sight-In Range for my accuracy and chronograph testing session. I sighted the Trijicon ACOG 3.5x35mm scope in for 100 yards, then proceeded to shoot three 3-shot groups for record with each test cartridge, using the concrete benches and an MTM Casegard rest.\r\n\r\nMy best group was 0.82 of an inch using Federal Gold Medal loads, followed by 0.97 of an inch with the Hornady TAP ammo. All of the group averages stayed under 2 inches and my guess is that the rifle would have had no trouble out-shooting the shooter that day. I also set up my Oehler Model 35P chronograph to see what velocities I would get from the LAR-8 M\/L 16-inch barrel.\r\n\r\nNext I put a silhouette target out at 200 yards and fired a dozen shots using a mixed bag of .308 cartridges at center mass and scored 10 hits in the 10 and X-ring and two just out in the 9-ring. Three shots to the head resulted in three hits in the 10-ring. Lastly, I took the LAR-8 to the Animal Silhouette Range, where the backstop is a mountainside covered with nice big rocks.\r\n\r\nFrom the standing, off-hand position, again using a mix of my test ammo, I was able to make dust fly on rocks out as far as I could see them on the mountainside, which has been previously checked with a laser rangefinder to have shootable rocks out to some 475 yards. The best part besides the practical accuracy and \u201cshootability\u201d of the LAR-8 was the fact that it was 100-percent reliable and I did not note a single malfunction during the test.\r\n\r\nFinal Notes<\/strong>\r\nRRA has a winner here and mated with the Trijicon ACOG scope and good ammo, I can\u2019t think of anything I\u2019d rather take into harm\u2019s way.","post_title":"RRA Mid-Length LAR-8 A4 .308","post_excerpt":"Big-bore AR\/Trijicon ACOG combo proved 100% reliable and sub-MOA accurate!","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"rra-mid-lenght-lar-8-a4-308","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-05-31 20:23:23","post_modified_gmt":"2023-05-31 20:23:23","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2009\/04\/24\/rra-mid-lenght-lar-8-a4-308\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":161994,"post_author":"645","post_date":"2008-05-13 15:04:28","post_date_gmt":"2008-05-13 21:04:28","post_content":"\r\nThose marvels of Austrian ingenuity, GLOCK pistols, have a well-deserved reputation for arriving ready for concealed carry. No sharp edges abound to be rough on the hands or snag clothing during the draw. GLOCKs slide from the holster, point well, and are ready for immediate action. The GLOCK Safe Action design leaves worries regarding a complicated manual of arms in the dust. Cap that off with sizes and calibers to satisfy every taste, and GLOCK seems destined to maintain their edge.\r\n\r\nFew things are dearer to the American heart than .45-caliber handguns. Despite the presence of .36- and .44-caliber handguns during the settling of the West, the .45 Colt is viewed as the decisive caliber from that era. Just in time to take the place of this noble cartridge, the .45 Auto became a force to be reckoned with in the next century. There is something comforting about this large caliber, imbuing a sense of power.\r\n\r\nIn fact, many a breath was held after GLOCK entered the U. S. market, until the Austrian company announced the introduction of their Model 21 in .45 Auto. Exhaling a sigh of relief, the .45 culture had a polymer wonder to satisfy its desires.\r\n\r\nFor duty carry by officers, the GLOCK 21 proved a perfect choice, hearty and robust, with the renowned GLOCK reliability. Following Law Enforcement (LE) trends that pushed the GLOCK to the top of the LE realm, as concealed carry rights blossomed, those exercising their rights adopted GLOCKs in droves. However, it was obvious the GLOCK 21 would have a small concealed carry following. The very traits making it so popular for duty carry\u2014hearty and robust\u2014worked against discreet carry.\r\n\r\nNever one to be left out in the cold, GLOCK introduced the more compact Models 30 and 36 in .45 Auto with double- and single-stack magazines, respectively. The Model 30 still bore grip dimensions similar to that of the Model 21, frequently difficult for those with average hands. The 36, though thinner due to a single-column magazine, still bore a longer front-to-back grip because of the .45 Auto chambering, which can still be a problem for some.\r\n\r\nBoth models have fared well with the American concealed carrier, but their frames, sized as they were for the .45 Auto, still leave some carriers and shooters with average and smaller-sized hands wanting. Likewise, many in the LE community hankered for a pistol dimensionally like the immensely popular GLOCK 17\/19\/26 and 22\/23\/26, but in the .45 Auto. Of course, the .45 Auto just won\u2019t fit in these more comfortable frames.\r\n\r\nMAKE WAY FOR THE .45<\/strong>\r\nNever one to shy away from a challenge, the folks at GLOCK tackled the project with the help of the ballistic wizards at Speer. The resulting cartridge, equaling the ballistic performance of the .45 Auto, was christened the .45 GLOCK Automatic Pistol (G.A.P.). Squeezed into a 9x19\/.40 frame, the GLOCK 37 and the .45 G.A.P. answered the LE and civilian concealed carriers\u2019 request for a more-compact .45 pistol.\r\n\r\nThe full-sized GLOCK 37 was followed by the compact GLOCK 38, and sub-compact GLOCK 39, each chambering a fair number of the new stubby .45s. Initially it was hoped the Models 37, 38, and 39 might be exactly the same size as the corresponding 9x19\/.40 models, and regarding the frames that proved true. However, to ensure perfect performance, marginally larger slides became the norm. (17\/22 slides are 1.01 inches wide by 0.85-inch high, weighing 18 ounces. GLOCK 37 slides are 1.13 inches wide by 0.88-inch high and weigh 21 ounces.) The .45 G.A.P. pistols incorporate a longer steel locking-block.\r\n\r\nOne step in building a cartridge to fit in the smaller and handier frame was designing the .45 G.A.P. cartridge to be 0.13-inch shorter than the .45 Auto. This produces a case similar in length to the 9x19 (0.78-inches), but once loaded the G. A. P has an overall length of 1.08 inches, actually shorter than the 9x19. (This last design parameter allows the wide .45 G.A.P. bullet to fit in a shorter grip area.)\r\n\r\n\"imgp03.gif\"AN ALL-NEW CARTRIDGE<\/strong>\r\nAdditional changes include a slightly rebated rim on the G.A.P., and modified extractor groove. Inside the case, one finds a wall profile that differs noticeably from the .45 Auto, thus allowing for seating .45 bullets without case wall bulging, and outside the primer pocket is filled with a small pistol primer. (A large pistol primer reportedly caused over-ignition and excessive pressure.) All of this goes to the point that the G.A.P. is an entirely new cartridge case that cannot be safely built from a .45 Auto case! Using the most modern propellants, Speer succeeded in charging this smaller .45 cartridge to equal the .45 Auto ballistically, while keeping pressures near the .45 Auto range.\r\n\r\nThere is no paucity of loadings available for the .45 G.A.P. GLOCKs. Speer\u2019s initial .45 G.A.P. commercial loadings were 185- and 200-grain Gold Dot premium hollowpoints and the same weights of TMJ bullets in the Speer Lawman line for economical shooting. Under the ATK banner with Speer, Federal Cartridge has introduced 185-grain and 230-grain Hydra-Shok loadings in the Premium Personal Defense line and an economical 185-grain TMJ loading in the American Eagle line.\r\n\r\nWinchester and Remington are now loading the .45 G.A.P. cartridge in configurations similar to Speer and Federal. COR-BON stepped in with their 160-grain DPX load, the 165-grain Pow'R Ball, a jacketed soft point, and a 200-grain JHP. This means bullet weights of 160 grains, 165 grains, 185 grains, 200 grains and 230 grains are all available.\r\n\r\n.45 GAP PERFORMANCE<\/strong>\r\nThe .45 G.A.P. is quite a boon for those of us adhering to the notion that bigger is better! Concealed carriers and Law Enforcement personnel, in and out of uniform, have their wish for new handguns.\r\n\r\nFrom the concealed carriers\u2019 and non-uniformed LE perspective, I found four .45 GLOCKs most appropriate for their needs. The Model 21 has already been excluded, and the Model 37 will probably be as well by those seeking compactness for carry. This leaves us with the Models 30, 36, 38, and 39 for consideration.\r\n\r\nThis was my first experience with the .45 G.A.P., so I began my examination of the concealed carry candidates with range testing. Trigger-time revealed just what I had heard: the .45 G.A.P. pistols were just as easily handled during all the drills as similar GLOCK models accommodating the .45 Auto. The GLOCK 38 weighs virtually the same as the Model 30, while the same is true of the Models 36 and 39, and the velocities of similar weight bullets are close enough to produce the similar felt recoil in pistols all weighing the same. (Depending on the cartridge, the .45 G.A.P. recoil can feel similar to a .40 pistol.)\r\n\r\nWearing average-sized hands, I found all four offerings fit me well, with the GLOCK 30 on the upper end of comfort for me. That, of course, explains why there is more than one flavor of ice cream\u2014and size of GLOCK\u2014to provide needed variety!\r\n\r\nWith pistols to fit my hands and those of most others, in my favorite caliber and that of GLOCK\u2019s new offering\u2014which seems destined to offer the .45 Auto a run for its money\u2014I went forth to gather the opinions of other shooters and concealed carriers.\r\n\r\n\"gap-carry.gif\"SHOOTING & CARRYING GLOCK .45s<\/strong>\r\nI placed the four GLOCK .45 offerings in the hands of a variety of shooters, and received the expected plethora of preferences. Given a choice of .45 GLOCKs, each one selected their favorite based on how it fit their hands and rode on their waist. Recoil did not seem a factor.\r\n\r\nThose finding the .45 Auto pistols a tad largish found the pistols chambered for the .45 G.A.P. just right. Testers that found the .45 Auto pistols fitting them well expressed their appreciation of the trimmer G.A.P pistols. It seems that not only has GLOCK spawned a new caliber in which to chamber their pistols, they have found one that can satisfy the needs of big-bore concealed carriers (and no doubt uniformed officers) while doing so.\r\n\r\nWill this be the .45 of the 21st century? Only time will tell, but it seems the .45 G.A.P is making a good run at that distinction!\r\nHOLSTERING GLOCK .45s<\/strong>\r\nAs excellent as the size and calibers of the GLOCK .45s make them for concealment, they still miss one thing for concealed carry\u2014a holster! Luckily holster makers, just like users, have flocked to all GLOCK pistols. Finding leather, or non-leather, to tote one\u2019s choice of .45 should be relatively easy.\r\n\r\nToting a handgun\u2014any handgun, including a GLOCK\u2014should be accomplished using a quality holster. Holsters protect handguns from loss, or shifting during carry, ensuring it will be there when one reaches for it. Not only will the handgun be there when needed, but also a well-designed holster will snug a GLOCK .45 against the body, while not impeding a smooth, speedy draw. Regardless of the GLOCK .45 of choice, there should be a holster to allow carrying it comfortably, securely, and inconspicuously.\r\n\r\nA quick search of the Internet turned up offerings to carry some of GLOCK\u2019s .45s from Aker, Alessi, Bianchi, Blackhawk Bulman, Blade-Tech, Comp-Tac, DeSantis, Del Fatti, Don Hume, FIST, Fobus, Galco, Gould & Goodrich, Milt Sparks, Safariland, Sidearmor, and Uncle Mikes. There are more, but I stopped searching when it became obvious there was no end to holsters and suppliers.\r\n\r\nIt seems every commercial holster maker, and those in the custom world, offer one or more styles, to fit one or more of the .45 GLOCK pistols. Their wares are made from horse or cowhide, Kydex or other polymer, or some version of ballistic nylon. Styles include belt models, inside-the-waistband versions, shoulder holsters, and pocket models for the smaller pistols.\r\n\r\nI also did a scan of my holster collection, and found a number already on hand, including those wearing the GLOCK brand. (GLOCK has always offered holsters for their pistols.) Not surprisingly, I discovered many holsters specified for 9x19\/.40 pistols also fit quite nicely around a GLOCK 36 pistol, with a scant few fitting the marginally enlarged G.A.P. models. (This is, of course, not something most holster makers will announce, nor something one can count on, but if an ample selection of holsters is available, the fit is easily checked.) In addition, holsters for the GLOCK 30 will usually fit the G.A.P. offerings.\r\n\r\nPick a .45 GLOCK, a holster to meet your needs, and ammo from a high-performance source. Outfitted with this, today\u2019s big-bore carrier will be ready to go!","post_title":"Concealed-Carry .45s: The GLOCK Solution | Glock 45 Models","post_excerpt":"The .45 firepower favored by legions of officers is tough to keep out of sight. Not so with the GLOCK .45 G.A.P.\u2014the hideaway handgun with maximum performance.","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"concealed-carry-45s-the-glock-solution","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-10-31 23:10:49","post_modified_gmt":"2023-11-01 03:10:49","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2008\/05\/13\/concealed-carry-45s-the-glock-solution\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":true,"total_page":15},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

POPULAR

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n

Springfield XDM Compact 3.8<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n
\"Springfield<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

With the addition of the XDM Series of guns introduced in 2008, Springfield raised the bar on multi-purpose sidearms. While the XD pistols have found great acceptance within the general firearms community, the XDM Series is more in tune with today\u2019s personal protection and concealed carry needs, flavored with Springfield\u2019s penchant for building high-capacity pistols on standard sized frames.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The latest XDM Compact, chambered in .40 S&W (with an impressive 11+1 capacity) offers the same match grade 3.8-inch barrel as the XDM 3.8, but with a shorter grip frame like those used on the XD Sub-Compact (X-Treme Duty) models, making this a dedicated concealed carry sidearm. But there\u2019s more. The gun also comes with an extended capacity magazine upping the cartridge total to 16+1 rounds of .40 S&W thereby making this an ideal handgun for home protection. The XDM Compact, like all XD models utilizes a dual safety system comprised of a pivoting trigger toggle and a 1911-type frame-mounted grip safety. The gun features tapered ambidextrous magazine releases, drift adjustable front and rear white dot sights, ambidextrous indexing thumb rests, interchangeable backstrap panels, and deeply angled front and rear slide serrations (three in front, six in back). The Compact\u2019s slide is just slightly wider at the bottom, tapering out to provide a little more surface area to grasp when chambering the first round or clearing the gun. The XDM Compact is a top choice in the .40 S&W caliber.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

9mm<\/strong> Subcompact Handguns<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Globally the 9mm remains the most popular cartridge in the world, used by more law enforcement and military organizations than any other. The 9mm is also favored within the foreign civilian marketplace because many nations outlaw the use of larger caliber handguns except by the military. The 9mm cartridge has been in use now for over 100 years.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Ruger LC9<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n
\"ruger,<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Ruger\u2019s LC9 offers compact dimensions measuring 6.0 inches in length, 4.5 inches in height and a modest 0.90 inches in width, combined with a comparatively high capacity of 7+1 rounds and light carry weight of 17.1 ounces (empty). The LC9 is built with a composite frame of high-performance glass-filled Nylon supported by an aluminum grip frame (subframe), a through-hardened steel slide, and 3.12-inch steel barrel. The LC9\u2019s contours render a gun that ideally fits the average hand, placing the index finger directly alongside the triggerguard with a natural recess for the first joint to rest before moving to engage the trigger. On the left side, the contoured grip frame places the thumb in position for a single-handed hold. The LC9 has a loaded chamber indicator that rises upward from the top of the slide and is clearly stamped \u201cLOADED WHEN UP\u201d. It\u2019s a very obvious tell so bluffing is off the table.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

This is a well-balanced gun that is slightly muzzle heavy, an asset in managing recoil. The size, weight, and feel of the LC9 is very good and while the trigger pull is exceptionally long at 1.2 inches, it remains smooth and consistent allowing for quick follow-up shots. This is a function of both safety and the nature of the LC9\u2019s internal hammer design. Simply put, discharging the LC9 is like firing a DAO revolver. The LC9 has a magazine disconnect and will not fire a chambered round with the magazine removed. Overall this is a very capable small 9mm, which can also be equipped with a number of options including a Crimson Trace Laserguard.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Sig Sauer P290<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n
\"Sig<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Sig Sauer P290 is only slightly larger overall than a .380 ACP. With an overall length of just 5.5 inches, a truncated height of 3.9 inches, barrel length of 2.9 inches, and overall weight of only 21.5 ounces (empty), the P290 provides the defensive capability of a 9mm in a gun that is remarkably flat, measuring less than an inch in width. It is bigger and \u201cchunkier\u201d than the Kimber Solo and just a hair smaller than the Ruger LC9. The internal mechanism is a traditional locked breech, Browning-type tilting barrel but with one distinguishing feature; a broadly flared muzzle that aligns with a corresponding channel in the slide.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

This design contributes to quicker cycling of the action; as soon as the slide starts its reward movement it releases the muzzle, allowing the barrel to tilt and drop the breechblock into line for reload. The P290 also employs a dual recoil spring assembly that makes this operation pretty snappy.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The frame is a lightweight, molded polymer with a slide machined from a solid billet. The finishes available are natural stainless or durable Nitron coating. Standard sights are dovetailed drift adjustable white dots. The P290 is a DAO hammer-fired pistol but with no manual cocking capability. In addition, the Sig Sauer has an automatic firing pin safety block, hammer safety intercept notch, and a trigger bar disconnect, making it safe for carry with a chambered round. And the Sig Sauer will fire with the magazine removed.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

An interesting option for Sig Sauer is the Integrated Laser Module (ILM), which is custom made for the P290. Lightweight and compact, the ILM seamlessly blends with the lines of the pistol. The laser has ambidextrous switches. The increase in weight of 0.8 ounces is negligible and the laser unit adds only 0.75 inches to the depth of the gun.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Overall, this is a rugged looking little gun that is relatively easy to carry concealed considering it packs 6+1 rounds of 9mm.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Kimber Solo Carry<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n
\"gun
Compact semi-autos like the Kimber Solo are effective fight-stoppers, but shooters with weaker hands might have trouble retracting their slides.<\/figcaption><\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Kimber Solo Carry is one of the most compact 9mm on the market measuring only 5.5 inches in length, 3.9 inches in height and a mere 0.995 inches in width. The all steel and alloy construction semi-auto weighs only 17 ounces empty. The compactness of the Solo is visually striking, being only slightly larger in overall dimension than most .380s. In order to achieve these scaled down proportions reminiscent of a 1911, the frame contours are smoother and more rounded with every possible edge reduced to its minimum possible tolerances. Easily operated ambidextrous magazine releases and perfectly sized ambidextrous safeties make ease of operation suitable for left or right-handed users.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Truly \u201cpocketable,\u201d the Solo utilizes a unique striker-fired system with a slight twist. When the slide is cycled and a round is chambered the striker (firing pin) is between 88 to 90 percent pre-tensioned. The trigger pull necessary to discharge the Solo then is only 10 to 12 percent of the total effort needed to finish the cycle and release the striker. Even though Kimber describes the Solo as a \u201csingle action striker-fired design,\u201d it is actually a double action as pulling the trigger has to finish tensioning the striker before the gun will discharge. While the lightweight semi-auto has a pretty hefty kick it is more than manageable and exceptionally accurate. As one of the smaller 9mm on the market, the Solo definitely has earned its mark.<\/p>\n","post_title":"Contemporary Subcompact Handguns","post_excerpt":"The Personal Defense Pocket Pistols: In the 21st century we have perfected the art of making as much gun as possible in the smallest package possible!","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"contemporary-subcompacts","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-10-19 15:38:22","post_modified_gmt":"2023-10-19 19:38:22","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2012\/11\/01\/contemporary-subcompacts\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":160508,"post_author":"645","post_date":"2009-09-02 15:20:48","post_date_gmt":"2009-09-02 21:20:48","post_content":"\r\n\r\nEven the gloved hands of today\u2019s uniformed officer will find ArmaLite\u2019s new AR-10T familiar. Draw the fixed stock into the shoulder, obtain sight picture and flip the selector. What makes the AR-10T different is more about what\u2019s on the inside. But on the outside, it all seems to feel the same.\r\n\r\nSince the creation of the Department of Homeland Security, law enforcement agencies have contended with how to use their budget to best enable their first responders to protect citizens against terror. Every agency has assessed vulnerabilities and many have chosen to acquire big bore rifles capable of penetrating a hard target or intercepting a vehicular threat. With just one shot to get it right, a team leader should have experience on the firing line.\r\n\r\nArmaLite\u2019s battle proven AR-10 has already served LE around the world including Canada\u2019s Ontario Provincial Police TRU (Tactics and Rescue Unit). Now loaded for the \"armalite3.jpg\"hard-hitting .338 Federal, the new AR-10T fills a department\u2019s medium-caliber gap without sacrificing ease of deployment, time for training, or familiar handling qualities of an officer\u2019s carbine.\r\n\r\nWhat some don\u2019t realize is that the AR-10\u2019s roots are more than 50 years old, pre-dating the AR-15\/M16\/M4. Clenching the checkered A2 pistol grip, controls are at the fingers. Saving more than a pound in weight over 7.62mm NATO infantry rifles of its time, Eugene Stoner\u2019s modular innovation is a source for the often-used term \u201cergonomic\u201d (as it applies to firearm design).\r\n\r\nThe anodized lower receiver is home to the ArmaLite tactical two-stage trigger set, the same trigger mechanism used in ArmaLite M-15 rifles. Pulling the trigger provides a crisp and smooth feel that doesn\u2019t interfere with accuracy. First and second stages are consistently passed at just 3 and 5 pounds before allowing the hammer to strike.\r\n\r\nBeing that the AR-10T is based on a 7.62mm NATO platform, the first question that usually comes to mind is how ArmaLite manages to stuff the high energy behind a .338 cartridge into an AR? An ArmaLite representative reports, \u201cArmaLite\u2019s refinements to the AR-10 over the many years placed it at a stage where the transfer to a harder hitting caliber such as the .338 Federal was not a problem. It\u2019s a short action .308-type cartridge so it transitions into our AR-10 platform perfectly. With some testing, we found that it\u2019s a fitting combination. We were able to use the same proven bolt and extractor, as well as the Generation II magazines. No design changes had to be made except re-chambering the AR-10 for a new caliber.\u201d\r\n\r\nThe bolt sits inside a gas impingement carrier group with four holes available to bleed off pressure and debris. The disassembly procedure is the same as an agency\u2019s M-15 carbine (just bigger parts). With the firing pin removed, one difference from other ARs is visually apparent. A spring shrouds the base of the firing pin pushing against the wall in the bolt carrier group. This feature helps reduce the risk of malfunctions and prevents the firing pin from bouncing during operation.\r\n\r\nA railed flat-top upper receiver marked \u201c.338 Federal\u201d brings the bolt together with the chamber of the stainless steel barrel. \u201cWe originally designed the .338 Federal as a hunting rifle, thus the stainless steel barrel,\u201d says ArmaLite. \u201cThe .338 Federal is a cartridge best suited for short and mid-range duties. We put a 22-inch barrel on the rifle, which provided the best ballistics for these situations. With that being said, we have seen the potential for different uses in this caliber, so we are spending some time testing a shorter rifle with a 16-inch barrel featuring a full size buttstock and a mid-length gas system to use in CQB operations.\u201d\r\n\r\n\"armalite4.jpg\"A tubular one-piece, free-floating aluminum handguard shields the hands from the triple lapped, 1-in-10-inch twist stainless steel match barrel. The tubular handguard improves the rifle\u2019s handling without taking up real estate with full-length accessory rails that often go unused. A useable length of rail does grace the forend of the handguard, ready to accept custom mounting of bipods, lasers, lights and other accessories.\r\n\r\nThe massive stainless steel gas block is secured to the barrel with four large hex-head screws and redirects gas pressure through a direct impingement system. This gas block is also a front sight base that features a flip-up Midwest Industries (MI) post that co-witnesses with a MI flip-up backup sight affixed to the rear of the upper receiver\u2019s Picatinny rail.\r\n\r\nSince no flash suppressor or compensator is present, the recessed crown at the muzzle of the AR-10T protects the rifle\u2019s accuracy potential during heavy use or intense tactical operations. Combine a barrel made of stainless steel, an aluminum free-floated handguard, aluminum alloy receivers, a polymer stock and grip, and you have a weather-resistant tactical rifle. The AR-10T can withstand harsher environments like those encountered in sustained maritime operations while offering the effective energy transfer carried by a .338 slug. \u201cCoastal areas with salty environments and the moisture of the trunk in squad cars are hard on steel parts, especially the barrel,\u201d says ArmaLite. So stainless steel might be a better choice for these conditions.\r\n\r\n\"armalite6.jpg\"Shooting Impressions<\/strong>\r\nNow I\u2019m not going to lie and say that I found the AR-10T to be a sub-MOA tack-driver. For me, it wasn\u2019t. I have friends in this industry who tell me they achieved MOA accuracy verified by pictures on Jeff Quinn\u2019s gunblast.com<\/a> of multiple 3-shot groups fired from 100 yards rivaling the size of a penny. But this test was a representation of how a founding member of DHS envisions this rifle being used by law enforcement. On the scene, from the trunk of a vehicle, and across the hood.\r\n\r\nDriving down to the edge of North Carolina\u2019s Great Dismal Swamp brought me to a private range that required the careful use of four-wheelers to maneuver through knee-deep muck in order to get downrange and post targets. A pair of 12x18-inch ballistic steel plates were used to verify the new Leupold VX-3 6.5-20x50mm riflescope from 100 yards. Secured in ArmaLite\u2019s unique one-piece ring mount, this accessory removes a couple of variables that typically impact accuracy on other rifles.\r\n\r\nThe DHS agent fired first. And second. \u201cOh yeah, we\u2019re good.\u201d Our four-wheelers carried us across the swamp again just to verify the point-of-aim\/point-of-impact. Fingering the significant dimples created in the swinging AR-500 steel plate, he said, \u201cMan, that rifle has some thump to it!\u201d With paper targets ready, we drove back to the firing line and began the accuracy test.\r\n\r\n\"armalite8.jpg\"In rural parts of the US, it\u2019s not unusual to see a pick-up truck used as a law enforcement vehicle. To best simulate a tactical operation where a vehicle is used as cover and firing support, we positioned the vehicle at the firing line and loaded each (5-, 10-, and 20-round) magazine with the only load available for this test: Federal\u2019s lead-nose, copper jacketed, 210-grain Nosler Partition.\r\n\r\nThe first 3-shot group from each of us measured just under 2.5 inches. Making it downrange and changing out targets, we discovered an earlier sighter that went off course and punched through a 5-inch thick tree. Looking further back, we saw the bullet had actually passed without deflection through a total of six trees smaller in size and spaced about 4 feet before disappearing.\r\n\r\nMost accuracy results with other AR-style rifles are taken in 5-shot groups, so the next batch would follow this pattern. Five groups of five shots averaged nearly 3 inches off the semi-supported position with the best group measuring 1.94 inches. The most impressive observation came from our last test, a 20-shot magazine dump in quick succession. In a string of fire that lasted no more than 30 seconds, 20 shots were clustered together in a group measuring just 3.6 inches. This is practical accuracy you can expect of a trained officer that could put a definitive end to a given crisis.\r\n\r\nFinal Notes<\/strong>\r\n\u201cIf you benched it with a bipod, it\u2019d group a lot tighter,\u201d noted the DHS agent, \u201cbut this is realistic. This rifle is what you hope to have when you arrive to a dynamic situation forcing you to run what you have.\u201d\r\n\r\nArmaLite asserts, \u201cThe same principals apply to this caliber as the .458 SOCOM, only the AR-10T does it better. Placing this harder hitting round in this strong, proven platform was a perfect match. The .458 SOCOM in the smaller AR-15 platform has unpredictable penetration at any significant range and the smaller AR-15 platform is unproven to last with a large caliber.\u201d\r\n\r\nWith the AR-10T you get a heavier bullet, lower felt recoil and more energy transferred to the target. This lethal hammer is ready to meet the obstacles faced by LE in urban environments or on the maritime waters.\r\n\r\n\"federal2.jpg\"FEDERAL\u2019S BOLD .338<\/strong>\r\nThere are other .338s out there but none that can be easily integrated with fewer changes to the seasoned AR-10. The story here is as much about the united effort between ArmaLite and Federal Cartridge<\/strong><\/a> to assure the rifle and ammunition are perfectly matched. Snipers are already familiar with .338s including the .338 Lapua Mag and the .338 Win Mag. These two highly effective cartridges are known for their long-range effectiveness in bolt-action platforms. For most LE operations requiring the deployment of a rifle, a bolt gun presents a number of tactical drawbacks. Slower handling, more recoil, and slower follow-up shots.\r\n\r\nThe .338 Federal delivers the only modern .338 caliber load that isn\u2019t a magnum configuration. It delivers a larger diameter bullet for more weight and overall energy on target without magnum recoil. \u201cThe .338 Federal captures the capability of the longstanding .308 case and offers the respected performance of the .338 bullet,\u201d says Federal President Mark DeYoung. \u201cThese two mainstays have been proven time and again and are now brought together into a quality factory load,\u201d he adds.","post_title":"Armalite AR-10T .338 Federal","post_excerpt":"NEW BATTLE RIFLE chambered for Federal\u2019s powerhouse cartridge!","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"armalite-ar-10t-338-federal","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-10-31 23:08:29","post_modified_gmt":"2023-11-01 03:08:29","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2009\/09\/02\/armalite-ar-10t-338-federal\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":160816,"post_author":"374","post_date":"2009-04-24 14:48:05","post_date_gmt":"2009-04-24 20:48:05","post_content":"\r\n\r\nI have been a fan of the .308 cartridge (7.62x51mm) for many years and have always enjoyed its versatility. It has numerous useful applications for self-defense and law enforcement and one of my bolt-action rifles in that chambering is set up for medium- to-long range anti-personnel work.\r\n\r\n\"untitled-2.jpg\"I have used .308 rifles in bolt-action, lever-action, slide-action and semi-automatic configurations, the latter being in the form of the M14 battle rifle, which is what we cadets trained with in ROTC (Reserve Officers\u2019 Training Corps) I was very interested when Rock River Arms (RRA) introduced an AR-type rifle in the popular .308 caliber.\r\n\r\nThe rifle was the Mid-Length (M\/L) LAR-8 A4 (308A1239), which comes housed in a compartmented, electric blue plastic carrying case. In the case, the rifle is broken down into the upper-receiver\/barrel group and the lower-receiver\/stock group that allows the case to be a bit more compact length-wise. It is a great case for shipping the weapon, but unfortunately the case cannot be used once an optic sight is mounted on the LAR-8, which means that if you want to carry your RRA rifle in a gun case fully assembled with a sight mounted, you will be in the market for a new larger gun case.\r\n\r\nMy sample LAR-8 mid-length A4 came with a 16-inch Wilson chrome moly barrel having a 1-in-10-inch right-hand twist, six land and groove rifling and a Picatinny rail on the upper receiver and on top of the barrel at the front of the handguard as there are no iron sights. There is also an A2 version that has the same iron sight configuration that is found on the M16A2 rifle. Both of these rifles are fitted with a tactical CAR-style buttstock.\r\n\r\nOther RRA LAR-8 factory variations include Standard A2 and A4 models that have 20-inch barrels and a conventional AR-type butt stock, plus there is an A-4 Varmint Model that features a 26-inch Wilson air gauged, stainless steel bull barrel that is coupled with a free-floating, tubular aluminum handguard for increased long-distance accuracy.\r\n\r\nStandard Features <\/strong>\r\nStandard features on my LAR-8 M\/L A4 includes a rubber Hogue pistol grip, which is stippled and has finger grooves, a two-stage match trigger, upper receiver with bolt forward assist and ejection port door, plus brass deflector, ventilated polymer handguard, sling swivels and A2-type flash suppressor. The LAR-8 basically looks like a M16 on steroids, as the receiver has been beefed up to allow use of the .308 (7.62x51mm) cartridge.\r\n\r\nThe two big differences that the discerning eye will note is the magazine and the bolt catch. The factory-supplied magazine for the LAR-8 is basically the same as the 20-round magazine used in the famous FN\/FAL and L1A1 battle rifles. Entire articles and books could be and have been devoted to this fine weapon, so we won\u2019t delve into that subject here, but this Fabrique Nationale-designed rifle has been in service since 1953 and has armed some 60 countries around the world including Belgium, Great Britain, Canada, Australia, and Argentina.\r\n\r\nNeedless to say, there have been countless thousands of magazines made for the FN\/FAL and that fact pays dividends to the LAR-8 owner who has a wide selection to choose from. I did a little Internet surfing and came up with price ranges from $10 to $22 for used Mil-Spec 20-round magazines. There are also 30-round magazines out there that average around $50 more. They hang down a bit too far for comfortable prone shooting, so I\u2019m content to stick with the 20-rounders myself.\r\n\r\nThe bolt catch on the LAR-8 is not on the left side of the lower receiver as on the M16, but is positioned at the base of the magazine well at its juncture with the pivoting triggerguard. It is more reminiscent of the bolt catch found on the FN\/FAL and is made to be ambidextrous, and if your hand is large enough can be actuated by the trigger finger of whichever hand you use. The magazine release is located in the same area as on the M16 and the LAR-8 is also ambidextrous.\r\n\r\nWhile the manual safety lever, just above the pistol grip on the right of the receiver, is not ambidextrous, it appears to be easily changed to the left side of the receiver if that\u2019s the user\u2019s preference. On a whole the controls on this rifle are easily reached and manipulated without removing the hand from the pistol grip, certainly a plus in a patrol rifle. I had no trouble whatever operating them with my medium-sized hand.\r\n\r\nObviously, this rifle is going to pack more weight than the M16 and the LAR-8 M\/L A4 weighs in empty, sans sights, at a respectable 8.1 pounds. With the 6-position CAR buttstock fully extended it measures 38 inches. The weight and the propellant gas operation system of the action certainly help tame recoil, which is a good thing given the hard checkered butt of the CAR stock.\r\n\r\nThe standard polymer handguard is round in shape with flats on the top and bottom that are serrated and have holes for barrel ventilation. There are no rails on the standard handguard, but RRA does offer optional Daniel Defense Lite Quad Rails for both the Mid-Length and Standard LAR-8 A4 rifles. In fact, a visit to the RRA website will allow one to see the full list of optional items available that allow you to \u201chave it your way\u201d with just about any Rock River Arms\u2019 AR-type rifle.\r\n\r\nAs always, I gave the RRA LAR-8 Mid-Length A4 a top to bottom inspection and did not find anything wanting in overall fit and finish of the weapon. All the flats were flat, corners square and rounded surfaces done to perfection. No machine marks or other blemishes were visible and the black hard coat anodized finish was a good match to the black polymer material of the handguard and buttstock of the rifle.\r\n\r\nOptics Selection<\/strong>\r\nNow given that my RRA LAR-8 M\/L A4 comes without sights, it was time to select something with which to aim the rifle that would be fitting for my uses. I looked at a number of optical and sights of various manufacturers, but came away impressed with the Trijicon ACOG (Advanced Combat Optical Gunsight) 3.5x35mm .308 BDC\/FT.Chevron BAC riflescope for our test.\r\n\r\nAnyone that watches the network nightly news has seen the ACOG sights on the M16A2 rifles carried by many of our troops in Afghanistan and Iraq; their bell-shaped housings make them easily identifiable. They have been in use for many years by Army Special Forces, the Marines, Navy SEALs and the FBI, so I didn\u2019t see how I could go wrong. Trijicon is synonymous with the night sights that have been fitted on many of the most popular combat handguns for a couple of decades. However, Trijicon\u2019s founder Glyn Bindon wanted to build a sight for long arms that would bring together both-eyes-open shooting, an illuminated aiming point, plus magnified optics.\r\n\r\nWhat he discovered was what has since been termed the Bindon Aiming Concept (BAC), aiming with both eyes open, which gives a superior sense of balance and field of view, coupled with a magnified Trijicon sight, which offers the shooter a considerable advantage over his target using conventional sights. When used as designed, in the binocular mode, the operator sees only the red, chevron-shaped reticle (the pointed tip is the aiming point) transposed on the target at anywhere from across-the-room ranges to several hundred yards.\r\n\r\nMy sample ACOG 3.5x35mm scope came packaged in a well-padded Pelican case, which also held a black nylon, Scopecoat scope cover, a Lenspen lens cleaner and an ACOG thumbscrew flattop adapter for affixing the scope to the Picatinny rail of the LAR-8. The scope housing is 8 inches in length and is made of rugged forged aluminum; the black, hard-anodized finish matches almost exactly that of the RRA rifle. Scope weight without mounts adds only 14 ounces to the weight of the rifle.\r\n\r\nThe scope is calibrated for use with the .308 cartridge and is meant to be sighted in at 100 meters with an effective range of 800 meters on flattop rifles. The reticle also includes a rangefinder and the base of the chevron aiming point is 5.53 MOA (minute of angle), which at 300 meters is 19 inches allowing for good range estimation. Of course, during the day, the fiber-optic tube running along the top of the scope gathers light for the red aiming point and at night\/low light tritium is used to illuminate the chevron. The field of view at 100 yards is almost 29 feet, the eye relief is 2.4 inches and the adjustment is 4-inch clicks at 100 yards.\r\n\r\nRange Time<\/strong>\r\nNow it was time to go to my ammo locker and select some cartridges from my stock of .308 ammunition. I chose Black Hills Gold with a 168-grain Hornady A-Max bullet, which has a factory velocity of 2650 fps (feet per second). Next I picked Federal Gold Medal that has a Sierra 168-grain \u201cMatchKing\u201d BTHP bullet also rated at 2650 fps. To add a law enforcement-designed cartridge I included the one of the Hornady TAP loads in .308.\r\n\r\nAccording to their website, \u201cThe 155-grain A-MAX TAP Precision cartridge offers match accuracy with a high-ballistic coefficient providing superior long-range performance. This load demonstrates expansion and fragmentation similar to the 110-grain load, but with a noticeable increase in penetration and retained bullet weight. This bullet penetrates glass with minimal deflection and exhibits retained expansion and fragmentation characteristics.\u201d\r\n\r\nIt is also intended for use in a 1-in-10-inch or 1-in-12-inch twist rifle barrel such as that on the LAR-8. My final selection was the Winchester 150-grain Supreme Elite with \u201cThe new XP3 bullet that starts with a two-stage expansion design, then combines all the best-known bullet technology to offer delayed controlled expansion, deep penetration, and high retained weight.\u201d\r\n\r\nWith my rifle\/sight combination, plus test ammunition in hand, it was time for a field test. I did my shooting at the NRA Whittington Center during the 2008 Shootists Holiday and used the Center\u2019s Sight-In Range for my accuracy and chronograph testing session. I sighted the Trijicon ACOG 3.5x35mm scope in for 100 yards, then proceeded to shoot three 3-shot groups for record with each test cartridge, using the concrete benches and an MTM Casegard rest.\r\n\r\nMy best group was 0.82 of an inch using Federal Gold Medal loads, followed by 0.97 of an inch with the Hornady TAP ammo. All of the group averages stayed under 2 inches and my guess is that the rifle would have had no trouble out-shooting the shooter that day. I also set up my Oehler Model 35P chronograph to see what velocities I would get from the LAR-8 M\/L 16-inch barrel.\r\n\r\nNext I put a silhouette target out at 200 yards and fired a dozen shots using a mixed bag of .308 cartridges at center mass and scored 10 hits in the 10 and X-ring and two just out in the 9-ring. Three shots to the head resulted in three hits in the 10-ring. Lastly, I took the LAR-8 to the Animal Silhouette Range, where the backstop is a mountainside covered with nice big rocks.\r\n\r\nFrom the standing, off-hand position, again using a mix of my test ammo, I was able to make dust fly on rocks out as far as I could see them on the mountainside, which has been previously checked with a laser rangefinder to have shootable rocks out to some 475 yards. The best part besides the practical accuracy and \u201cshootability\u201d of the LAR-8 was the fact that it was 100-percent reliable and I did not note a single malfunction during the test.\r\n\r\nFinal Notes<\/strong>\r\nRRA has a winner here and mated with the Trijicon ACOG scope and good ammo, I can\u2019t think of anything I\u2019d rather take into harm\u2019s way.","post_title":"RRA Mid-Length LAR-8 A4 .308","post_excerpt":"Big-bore AR\/Trijicon ACOG combo proved 100% reliable and sub-MOA accurate!","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"rra-mid-lenght-lar-8-a4-308","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-05-31 20:23:23","post_modified_gmt":"2023-05-31 20:23:23","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2009\/04\/24\/rra-mid-lenght-lar-8-a4-308\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":161994,"post_author":"645","post_date":"2008-05-13 15:04:28","post_date_gmt":"2008-05-13 21:04:28","post_content":"\r\nThose marvels of Austrian ingenuity, GLOCK pistols, have a well-deserved reputation for arriving ready for concealed carry. No sharp edges abound to be rough on the hands or snag clothing during the draw. GLOCKs slide from the holster, point well, and are ready for immediate action. The GLOCK Safe Action design leaves worries regarding a complicated manual of arms in the dust. Cap that off with sizes and calibers to satisfy every taste, and GLOCK seems destined to maintain their edge.\r\n\r\nFew things are dearer to the American heart than .45-caliber handguns. Despite the presence of .36- and .44-caliber handguns during the settling of the West, the .45 Colt is viewed as the decisive caliber from that era. Just in time to take the place of this noble cartridge, the .45 Auto became a force to be reckoned with in the next century. There is something comforting about this large caliber, imbuing a sense of power.\r\n\r\nIn fact, many a breath was held after GLOCK entered the U. S. market, until the Austrian company announced the introduction of their Model 21 in .45 Auto. Exhaling a sigh of relief, the .45 culture had a polymer wonder to satisfy its desires.\r\n\r\nFor duty carry by officers, the GLOCK 21 proved a perfect choice, hearty and robust, with the renowned GLOCK reliability. Following Law Enforcement (LE) trends that pushed the GLOCK to the top of the LE realm, as concealed carry rights blossomed, those exercising their rights adopted GLOCKs in droves. However, it was obvious the GLOCK 21 would have a small concealed carry following. The very traits making it so popular for duty carry\u2014hearty and robust\u2014worked against discreet carry.\r\n\r\nNever one to be left out in the cold, GLOCK introduced the more compact Models 30 and 36 in .45 Auto with double- and single-stack magazines, respectively. The Model 30 still bore grip dimensions similar to that of the Model 21, frequently difficult for those with average hands. The 36, though thinner due to a single-column magazine, still bore a longer front-to-back grip because of the .45 Auto chambering, which can still be a problem for some.\r\n\r\nBoth models have fared well with the American concealed carrier, but their frames, sized as they were for the .45 Auto, still leave some carriers and shooters with average and smaller-sized hands wanting. Likewise, many in the LE community hankered for a pistol dimensionally like the immensely popular GLOCK 17\/19\/26 and 22\/23\/26, but in the .45 Auto. Of course, the .45 Auto just won\u2019t fit in these more comfortable frames.\r\n\r\nMAKE WAY FOR THE .45<\/strong>\r\nNever one to shy away from a challenge, the folks at GLOCK tackled the project with the help of the ballistic wizards at Speer. The resulting cartridge, equaling the ballistic performance of the .45 Auto, was christened the .45 GLOCK Automatic Pistol (G.A.P.). Squeezed into a 9x19\/.40 frame, the GLOCK 37 and the .45 G.A.P. answered the LE and civilian concealed carriers\u2019 request for a more-compact .45 pistol.\r\n\r\nThe full-sized GLOCK 37 was followed by the compact GLOCK 38, and sub-compact GLOCK 39, each chambering a fair number of the new stubby .45s. Initially it was hoped the Models 37, 38, and 39 might be exactly the same size as the corresponding 9x19\/.40 models, and regarding the frames that proved true. However, to ensure perfect performance, marginally larger slides became the norm. (17\/22 slides are 1.01 inches wide by 0.85-inch high, weighing 18 ounces. GLOCK 37 slides are 1.13 inches wide by 0.88-inch high and weigh 21 ounces.) The .45 G.A.P. pistols incorporate a longer steel locking-block.\r\n\r\nOne step in building a cartridge to fit in the smaller and handier frame was designing the .45 G.A.P. cartridge to be 0.13-inch shorter than the .45 Auto. This produces a case similar in length to the 9x19 (0.78-inches), but once loaded the G. A. P has an overall length of 1.08 inches, actually shorter than the 9x19. (This last design parameter allows the wide .45 G.A.P. bullet to fit in a shorter grip area.)\r\n\r\n\"imgp03.gif\"AN ALL-NEW CARTRIDGE<\/strong>\r\nAdditional changes include a slightly rebated rim on the G.A.P., and modified extractor groove. Inside the case, one finds a wall profile that differs noticeably from the .45 Auto, thus allowing for seating .45 bullets without case wall bulging, and outside the primer pocket is filled with a small pistol primer. (A large pistol primer reportedly caused over-ignition and excessive pressure.) All of this goes to the point that the G.A.P. is an entirely new cartridge case that cannot be safely built from a .45 Auto case! Using the most modern propellants, Speer succeeded in charging this smaller .45 cartridge to equal the .45 Auto ballistically, while keeping pressures near the .45 Auto range.\r\n\r\nThere is no paucity of loadings available for the .45 G.A.P. GLOCKs. Speer\u2019s initial .45 G.A.P. commercial loadings were 185- and 200-grain Gold Dot premium hollowpoints and the same weights of TMJ bullets in the Speer Lawman line for economical shooting. Under the ATK banner with Speer, Federal Cartridge has introduced 185-grain and 230-grain Hydra-Shok loadings in the Premium Personal Defense line and an economical 185-grain TMJ loading in the American Eagle line.\r\n\r\nWinchester and Remington are now loading the .45 G.A.P. cartridge in configurations similar to Speer and Federal. COR-BON stepped in with their 160-grain DPX load, the 165-grain Pow'R Ball, a jacketed soft point, and a 200-grain JHP. This means bullet weights of 160 grains, 165 grains, 185 grains, 200 grains and 230 grains are all available.\r\n\r\n.45 GAP PERFORMANCE<\/strong>\r\nThe .45 G.A.P. is quite a boon for those of us adhering to the notion that bigger is better! Concealed carriers and Law Enforcement personnel, in and out of uniform, have their wish for new handguns.\r\n\r\nFrom the concealed carriers\u2019 and non-uniformed LE perspective, I found four .45 GLOCKs most appropriate for their needs. The Model 21 has already been excluded, and the Model 37 will probably be as well by those seeking compactness for carry. This leaves us with the Models 30, 36, 38, and 39 for consideration.\r\n\r\nThis was my first experience with the .45 G.A.P., so I began my examination of the concealed carry candidates with range testing. Trigger-time revealed just what I had heard: the .45 G.A.P. pistols were just as easily handled during all the drills as similar GLOCK models accommodating the .45 Auto. The GLOCK 38 weighs virtually the same as the Model 30, while the same is true of the Models 36 and 39, and the velocities of similar weight bullets are close enough to produce the similar felt recoil in pistols all weighing the same. (Depending on the cartridge, the .45 G.A.P. recoil can feel similar to a .40 pistol.)\r\n\r\nWearing average-sized hands, I found all four offerings fit me well, with the GLOCK 30 on the upper end of comfort for me. That, of course, explains why there is more than one flavor of ice cream\u2014and size of GLOCK\u2014to provide needed variety!\r\n\r\nWith pistols to fit my hands and those of most others, in my favorite caliber and that of GLOCK\u2019s new offering\u2014which seems destined to offer the .45 Auto a run for its money\u2014I went forth to gather the opinions of other shooters and concealed carriers.\r\n\r\n\"gap-carry.gif\"SHOOTING & CARRYING GLOCK .45s<\/strong>\r\nI placed the four GLOCK .45 offerings in the hands of a variety of shooters, and received the expected plethora of preferences. Given a choice of .45 GLOCKs, each one selected their favorite based on how it fit their hands and rode on their waist. Recoil did not seem a factor.\r\n\r\nThose finding the .45 Auto pistols a tad largish found the pistols chambered for the .45 G.A.P. just right. Testers that found the .45 Auto pistols fitting them well expressed their appreciation of the trimmer G.A.P pistols. It seems that not only has GLOCK spawned a new caliber in which to chamber their pistols, they have found one that can satisfy the needs of big-bore concealed carriers (and no doubt uniformed officers) while doing so.\r\n\r\nWill this be the .45 of the 21st century? Only time will tell, but it seems the .45 G.A.P is making a good run at that distinction!\r\nHOLSTERING GLOCK .45s<\/strong>\r\nAs excellent as the size and calibers of the GLOCK .45s make them for concealment, they still miss one thing for concealed carry\u2014a holster! Luckily holster makers, just like users, have flocked to all GLOCK pistols. Finding leather, or non-leather, to tote one\u2019s choice of .45 should be relatively easy.\r\n\r\nToting a handgun\u2014any handgun, including a GLOCK\u2014should be accomplished using a quality holster. Holsters protect handguns from loss, or shifting during carry, ensuring it will be there when one reaches for it. Not only will the handgun be there when needed, but also a well-designed holster will snug a GLOCK .45 against the body, while not impeding a smooth, speedy draw. Regardless of the GLOCK .45 of choice, there should be a holster to allow carrying it comfortably, securely, and inconspicuously.\r\n\r\nA quick search of the Internet turned up offerings to carry some of GLOCK\u2019s .45s from Aker, Alessi, Bianchi, Blackhawk Bulman, Blade-Tech, Comp-Tac, DeSantis, Del Fatti, Don Hume, FIST, Fobus, Galco, Gould & Goodrich, Milt Sparks, Safariland, Sidearmor, and Uncle Mikes. There are more, but I stopped searching when it became obvious there was no end to holsters and suppliers.\r\n\r\nIt seems every commercial holster maker, and those in the custom world, offer one or more styles, to fit one or more of the .45 GLOCK pistols. Their wares are made from horse or cowhide, Kydex or other polymer, or some version of ballistic nylon. Styles include belt models, inside-the-waistband versions, shoulder holsters, and pocket models for the smaller pistols.\r\n\r\nI also did a scan of my holster collection, and found a number already on hand, including those wearing the GLOCK brand. (GLOCK has always offered holsters for their pistols.) Not surprisingly, I discovered many holsters specified for 9x19\/.40 pistols also fit quite nicely around a GLOCK 36 pistol, with a scant few fitting the marginally enlarged G.A.P. models. (This is, of course, not something most holster makers will announce, nor something one can count on, but if an ample selection of holsters is available, the fit is easily checked.) In addition, holsters for the GLOCK 30 will usually fit the G.A.P. offerings.\r\n\r\nPick a .45 GLOCK, a holster to meet your needs, and ammo from a high-performance source. Outfitted with this, today\u2019s big-bore carrier will be ready to go!","post_title":"Concealed-Carry .45s: The GLOCK Solution | Glock 45 Models","post_excerpt":"The .45 firepower favored by legions of officers is tough to keep out of sight. Not so with the GLOCK .45 G.A.P.\u2014the hideaway handgun with maximum performance.","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"concealed-carry-45s-the-glock-solution","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-10-31 23:10:49","post_modified_gmt":"2023-11-01 03:10:49","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2008\/05\/13\/concealed-carry-45s-the-glock-solution\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":true,"total_page":15},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

POPULAR

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n

While slightly larger than a Subcompact 9mm, the modest increase in overall size is offset by its capacity and ease of use. While the .40 S&W imparts a pretty hefty kick (compared to a 9mm), the Glock 27 Gen4 has very linear muzzle flip allowing quick target reacquisition. Overall, the Glock isn\u2019t the handful you expect from subcompact handguns, and with the right backstrap attached becomes a hand-filling, manageable semi-auto that puts the power of the .40 S&W cartridge into a size ideal for concealed carry use. The overall size is 6.29 inches in length with a 3.46-inch barrel, 4.17 inches in height, 1.18 inches in width, and a modest weight of 21.7 ounces empty.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Springfield XDM Compact 3.8<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n
\"Springfield<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

With the addition of the XDM Series of guns introduced in 2008, Springfield raised the bar on multi-purpose sidearms. While the XD pistols have found great acceptance within the general firearms community, the XDM Series is more in tune with today\u2019s personal protection and concealed carry needs, flavored with Springfield\u2019s penchant for building high-capacity pistols on standard sized frames.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The latest XDM Compact, chambered in .40 S&W (with an impressive 11+1 capacity) offers the same match grade 3.8-inch barrel as the XDM 3.8, but with a shorter grip frame like those used on the XD Sub-Compact (X-Treme Duty) models, making this a dedicated concealed carry sidearm. But there\u2019s more. The gun also comes with an extended capacity magazine upping the cartridge total to 16+1 rounds of .40 S&W thereby making this an ideal handgun for home protection. The XDM Compact, like all XD models utilizes a dual safety system comprised of a pivoting trigger toggle and a 1911-type frame-mounted grip safety. The gun features tapered ambidextrous magazine releases, drift adjustable front and rear white dot sights, ambidextrous indexing thumb rests, interchangeable backstrap panels, and deeply angled front and rear slide serrations (three in front, six in back). The Compact\u2019s slide is just slightly wider at the bottom, tapering out to provide a little more surface area to grasp when chambering the first round or clearing the gun. The XDM Compact is a top choice in the .40 S&W caliber.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

9mm<\/strong> Subcompact Handguns<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Globally the 9mm remains the most popular cartridge in the world, used by more law enforcement and military organizations than any other. The 9mm is also favored within the foreign civilian marketplace because many nations outlaw the use of larger caliber handguns except by the military. The 9mm cartridge has been in use now for over 100 years.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Ruger LC9<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n
\"ruger,<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Ruger\u2019s LC9 offers compact dimensions measuring 6.0 inches in length, 4.5 inches in height and a modest 0.90 inches in width, combined with a comparatively high capacity of 7+1 rounds and light carry weight of 17.1 ounces (empty). The LC9 is built with a composite frame of high-performance glass-filled Nylon supported by an aluminum grip frame (subframe), a through-hardened steel slide, and 3.12-inch steel barrel. The LC9\u2019s contours render a gun that ideally fits the average hand, placing the index finger directly alongside the triggerguard with a natural recess for the first joint to rest before moving to engage the trigger. On the left side, the contoured grip frame places the thumb in position for a single-handed hold. The LC9 has a loaded chamber indicator that rises upward from the top of the slide and is clearly stamped \u201cLOADED WHEN UP\u201d. It\u2019s a very obvious tell so bluffing is off the table.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

This is a well-balanced gun that is slightly muzzle heavy, an asset in managing recoil. The size, weight, and feel of the LC9 is very good and while the trigger pull is exceptionally long at 1.2 inches, it remains smooth and consistent allowing for quick follow-up shots. This is a function of both safety and the nature of the LC9\u2019s internal hammer design. Simply put, discharging the LC9 is like firing a DAO revolver. The LC9 has a magazine disconnect and will not fire a chambered round with the magazine removed. Overall this is a very capable small 9mm, which can also be equipped with a number of options including a Crimson Trace Laserguard.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Sig Sauer P290<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n
\"Sig<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Sig Sauer P290 is only slightly larger overall than a .380 ACP. With an overall length of just 5.5 inches, a truncated height of 3.9 inches, barrel length of 2.9 inches, and overall weight of only 21.5 ounces (empty), the P290 provides the defensive capability of a 9mm in a gun that is remarkably flat, measuring less than an inch in width. It is bigger and \u201cchunkier\u201d than the Kimber Solo and just a hair smaller than the Ruger LC9. The internal mechanism is a traditional locked breech, Browning-type tilting barrel but with one distinguishing feature; a broadly flared muzzle that aligns with a corresponding channel in the slide.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

This design contributes to quicker cycling of the action; as soon as the slide starts its reward movement it releases the muzzle, allowing the barrel to tilt and drop the breechblock into line for reload. The P290 also employs a dual recoil spring assembly that makes this operation pretty snappy.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The frame is a lightweight, molded polymer with a slide machined from a solid billet. The finishes available are natural stainless or durable Nitron coating. Standard sights are dovetailed drift adjustable white dots. The P290 is a DAO hammer-fired pistol but with no manual cocking capability. In addition, the Sig Sauer has an automatic firing pin safety block, hammer safety intercept notch, and a trigger bar disconnect, making it safe for carry with a chambered round. And the Sig Sauer will fire with the magazine removed.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

An interesting option for Sig Sauer is the Integrated Laser Module (ILM), which is custom made for the P290. Lightweight and compact, the ILM seamlessly blends with the lines of the pistol. The laser has ambidextrous switches. The increase in weight of 0.8 ounces is negligible and the laser unit adds only 0.75 inches to the depth of the gun.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Overall, this is a rugged looking little gun that is relatively easy to carry concealed considering it packs 6+1 rounds of 9mm.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Kimber Solo Carry<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n
\"gun
Compact semi-autos like the Kimber Solo are effective fight-stoppers, but shooters with weaker hands might have trouble retracting their slides.<\/figcaption><\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Kimber Solo Carry is one of the most compact 9mm on the market measuring only 5.5 inches in length, 3.9 inches in height and a mere 0.995 inches in width. The all steel and alloy construction semi-auto weighs only 17 ounces empty. The compactness of the Solo is visually striking, being only slightly larger in overall dimension than most .380s. In order to achieve these scaled down proportions reminiscent of a 1911, the frame contours are smoother and more rounded with every possible edge reduced to its minimum possible tolerances. Easily operated ambidextrous magazine releases and perfectly sized ambidextrous safeties make ease of operation suitable for left or right-handed users.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Truly \u201cpocketable,\u201d the Solo utilizes a unique striker-fired system with a slight twist. When the slide is cycled and a round is chambered the striker (firing pin) is between 88 to 90 percent pre-tensioned. The trigger pull necessary to discharge the Solo then is only 10 to 12 percent of the total effort needed to finish the cycle and release the striker. Even though Kimber describes the Solo as a \u201csingle action striker-fired design,\u201d it is actually a double action as pulling the trigger has to finish tensioning the striker before the gun will discharge. While the lightweight semi-auto has a pretty hefty kick it is more than manageable and exceptionally accurate. As one of the smaller 9mm on the market, the Solo definitely has earned its mark.<\/p>\n","post_title":"Contemporary Subcompact Handguns","post_excerpt":"The Personal Defense Pocket Pistols: In the 21st century we have perfected the art of making as much gun as possible in the smallest package possible!","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"contemporary-subcompacts","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-10-19 15:38:22","post_modified_gmt":"2023-10-19 19:38:22","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2012\/11\/01\/contemporary-subcompacts\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":160508,"post_author":"645","post_date":"2009-09-02 15:20:48","post_date_gmt":"2009-09-02 21:20:48","post_content":"\r\n\r\nEven the gloved hands of today\u2019s uniformed officer will find ArmaLite\u2019s new AR-10T familiar. Draw the fixed stock into the shoulder, obtain sight picture and flip the selector. What makes the AR-10T different is more about what\u2019s on the inside. But on the outside, it all seems to feel the same.\r\n\r\nSince the creation of the Department of Homeland Security, law enforcement agencies have contended with how to use their budget to best enable their first responders to protect citizens against terror. Every agency has assessed vulnerabilities and many have chosen to acquire big bore rifles capable of penetrating a hard target or intercepting a vehicular threat. With just one shot to get it right, a team leader should have experience on the firing line.\r\n\r\nArmaLite\u2019s battle proven AR-10 has already served LE around the world including Canada\u2019s Ontario Provincial Police TRU (Tactics and Rescue Unit). Now loaded for the \"armalite3.jpg\"hard-hitting .338 Federal, the new AR-10T fills a department\u2019s medium-caliber gap without sacrificing ease of deployment, time for training, or familiar handling qualities of an officer\u2019s carbine.\r\n\r\nWhat some don\u2019t realize is that the AR-10\u2019s roots are more than 50 years old, pre-dating the AR-15\/M16\/M4. Clenching the checkered A2 pistol grip, controls are at the fingers. Saving more than a pound in weight over 7.62mm NATO infantry rifles of its time, Eugene Stoner\u2019s modular innovation is a source for the often-used term \u201cergonomic\u201d (as it applies to firearm design).\r\n\r\nThe anodized lower receiver is home to the ArmaLite tactical two-stage trigger set, the same trigger mechanism used in ArmaLite M-15 rifles. Pulling the trigger provides a crisp and smooth feel that doesn\u2019t interfere with accuracy. First and second stages are consistently passed at just 3 and 5 pounds before allowing the hammer to strike.\r\n\r\nBeing that the AR-10T is based on a 7.62mm NATO platform, the first question that usually comes to mind is how ArmaLite manages to stuff the high energy behind a .338 cartridge into an AR? An ArmaLite representative reports, \u201cArmaLite\u2019s refinements to the AR-10 over the many years placed it at a stage where the transfer to a harder hitting caliber such as the .338 Federal was not a problem. It\u2019s a short action .308-type cartridge so it transitions into our AR-10 platform perfectly. With some testing, we found that it\u2019s a fitting combination. We were able to use the same proven bolt and extractor, as well as the Generation II magazines. No design changes had to be made except re-chambering the AR-10 for a new caliber.\u201d\r\n\r\nThe bolt sits inside a gas impingement carrier group with four holes available to bleed off pressure and debris. The disassembly procedure is the same as an agency\u2019s M-15 carbine (just bigger parts). With the firing pin removed, one difference from other ARs is visually apparent. A spring shrouds the base of the firing pin pushing against the wall in the bolt carrier group. This feature helps reduce the risk of malfunctions and prevents the firing pin from bouncing during operation.\r\n\r\nA railed flat-top upper receiver marked \u201c.338 Federal\u201d brings the bolt together with the chamber of the stainless steel barrel. \u201cWe originally designed the .338 Federal as a hunting rifle, thus the stainless steel barrel,\u201d says ArmaLite. \u201cThe .338 Federal is a cartridge best suited for short and mid-range duties. We put a 22-inch barrel on the rifle, which provided the best ballistics for these situations. With that being said, we have seen the potential for different uses in this caliber, so we are spending some time testing a shorter rifle with a 16-inch barrel featuring a full size buttstock and a mid-length gas system to use in CQB operations.\u201d\r\n\r\n\"armalite4.jpg\"A tubular one-piece, free-floating aluminum handguard shields the hands from the triple lapped, 1-in-10-inch twist stainless steel match barrel. The tubular handguard improves the rifle\u2019s handling without taking up real estate with full-length accessory rails that often go unused. A useable length of rail does grace the forend of the handguard, ready to accept custom mounting of bipods, lasers, lights and other accessories.\r\n\r\nThe massive stainless steel gas block is secured to the barrel with four large hex-head screws and redirects gas pressure through a direct impingement system. This gas block is also a front sight base that features a flip-up Midwest Industries (MI) post that co-witnesses with a MI flip-up backup sight affixed to the rear of the upper receiver\u2019s Picatinny rail.\r\n\r\nSince no flash suppressor or compensator is present, the recessed crown at the muzzle of the AR-10T protects the rifle\u2019s accuracy potential during heavy use or intense tactical operations. Combine a barrel made of stainless steel, an aluminum free-floated handguard, aluminum alloy receivers, a polymer stock and grip, and you have a weather-resistant tactical rifle. The AR-10T can withstand harsher environments like those encountered in sustained maritime operations while offering the effective energy transfer carried by a .338 slug. \u201cCoastal areas with salty environments and the moisture of the trunk in squad cars are hard on steel parts, especially the barrel,\u201d says ArmaLite. So stainless steel might be a better choice for these conditions.\r\n\r\n\"armalite6.jpg\"Shooting Impressions<\/strong>\r\nNow I\u2019m not going to lie and say that I found the AR-10T to be a sub-MOA tack-driver. For me, it wasn\u2019t. I have friends in this industry who tell me they achieved MOA accuracy verified by pictures on Jeff Quinn\u2019s gunblast.com<\/a> of multiple 3-shot groups fired from 100 yards rivaling the size of a penny. But this test was a representation of how a founding member of DHS envisions this rifle being used by law enforcement. On the scene, from the trunk of a vehicle, and across the hood.\r\n\r\nDriving down to the edge of North Carolina\u2019s Great Dismal Swamp brought me to a private range that required the careful use of four-wheelers to maneuver through knee-deep muck in order to get downrange and post targets. A pair of 12x18-inch ballistic steel plates were used to verify the new Leupold VX-3 6.5-20x50mm riflescope from 100 yards. Secured in ArmaLite\u2019s unique one-piece ring mount, this accessory removes a couple of variables that typically impact accuracy on other rifles.\r\n\r\nThe DHS agent fired first. And second. \u201cOh yeah, we\u2019re good.\u201d Our four-wheelers carried us across the swamp again just to verify the point-of-aim\/point-of-impact. Fingering the significant dimples created in the swinging AR-500 steel plate, he said, \u201cMan, that rifle has some thump to it!\u201d With paper targets ready, we drove back to the firing line and began the accuracy test.\r\n\r\n\"armalite8.jpg\"In rural parts of the US, it\u2019s not unusual to see a pick-up truck used as a law enforcement vehicle. To best simulate a tactical operation where a vehicle is used as cover and firing support, we positioned the vehicle at the firing line and loaded each (5-, 10-, and 20-round) magazine with the only load available for this test: Federal\u2019s lead-nose, copper jacketed, 210-grain Nosler Partition.\r\n\r\nThe first 3-shot group from each of us measured just under 2.5 inches. Making it downrange and changing out targets, we discovered an earlier sighter that went off course and punched through a 5-inch thick tree. Looking further back, we saw the bullet had actually passed without deflection through a total of six trees smaller in size and spaced about 4 feet before disappearing.\r\n\r\nMost accuracy results with other AR-style rifles are taken in 5-shot groups, so the next batch would follow this pattern. Five groups of five shots averaged nearly 3 inches off the semi-supported position with the best group measuring 1.94 inches. The most impressive observation came from our last test, a 20-shot magazine dump in quick succession. In a string of fire that lasted no more than 30 seconds, 20 shots were clustered together in a group measuring just 3.6 inches. This is practical accuracy you can expect of a trained officer that could put a definitive end to a given crisis.\r\n\r\nFinal Notes<\/strong>\r\n\u201cIf you benched it with a bipod, it\u2019d group a lot tighter,\u201d noted the DHS agent, \u201cbut this is realistic. This rifle is what you hope to have when you arrive to a dynamic situation forcing you to run what you have.\u201d\r\n\r\nArmaLite asserts, \u201cThe same principals apply to this caliber as the .458 SOCOM, only the AR-10T does it better. Placing this harder hitting round in this strong, proven platform was a perfect match. The .458 SOCOM in the smaller AR-15 platform has unpredictable penetration at any significant range and the smaller AR-15 platform is unproven to last with a large caliber.\u201d\r\n\r\nWith the AR-10T you get a heavier bullet, lower felt recoil and more energy transferred to the target. This lethal hammer is ready to meet the obstacles faced by LE in urban environments or on the maritime waters.\r\n\r\n\"federal2.jpg\"FEDERAL\u2019S BOLD .338<\/strong>\r\nThere are other .338s out there but none that can be easily integrated with fewer changes to the seasoned AR-10. The story here is as much about the united effort between ArmaLite and Federal Cartridge<\/strong><\/a> to assure the rifle and ammunition are perfectly matched. Snipers are already familiar with .338s including the .338 Lapua Mag and the .338 Win Mag. These two highly effective cartridges are known for their long-range effectiveness in bolt-action platforms. For most LE operations requiring the deployment of a rifle, a bolt gun presents a number of tactical drawbacks. Slower handling, more recoil, and slower follow-up shots.\r\n\r\nThe .338 Federal delivers the only modern .338 caliber load that isn\u2019t a magnum configuration. It delivers a larger diameter bullet for more weight and overall energy on target without magnum recoil. \u201cThe .338 Federal captures the capability of the longstanding .308 case and offers the respected performance of the .338 bullet,\u201d says Federal President Mark DeYoung. \u201cThese two mainstays have been proven time and again and are now brought together into a quality factory load,\u201d he adds.","post_title":"Armalite AR-10T .338 Federal","post_excerpt":"NEW BATTLE RIFLE chambered for Federal\u2019s powerhouse cartridge!","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"armalite-ar-10t-338-federal","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-10-31 23:08:29","post_modified_gmt":"2023-11-01 03:08:29","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2009\/09\/02\/armalite-ar-10t-338-federal\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":160816,"post_author":"374","post_date":"2009-04-24 14:48:05","post_date_gmt":"2009-04-24 20:48:05","post_content":"\r\n\r\nI have been a fan of the .308 cartridge (7.62x51mm) for many years and have always enjoyed its versatility. It has numerous useful applications for self-defense and law enforcement and one of my bolt-action rifles in that chambering is set up for medium- to-long range anti-personnel work.\r\n\r\n\"untitled-2.jpg\"I have used .308 rifles in bolt-action, lever-action, slide-action and semi-automatic configurations, the latter being in the form of the M14 battle rifle, which is what we cadets trained with in ROTC (Reserve Officers\u2019 Training Corps) I was very interested when Rock River Arms (RRA) introduced an AR-type rifle in the popular .308 caliber.\r\n\r\nThe rifle was the Mid-Length (M\/L) LAR-8 A4 (308A1239), which comes housed in a compartmented, electric blue plastic carrying case. In the case, the rifle is broken down into the upper-receiver\/barrel group and the lower-receiver\/stock group that allows the case to be a bit more compact length-wise. It is a great case for shipping the weapon, but unfortunately the case cannot be used once an optic sight is mounted on the LAR-8, which means that if you want to carry your RRA rifle in a gun case fully assembled with a sight mounted, you will be in the market for a new larger gun case.\r\n\r\nMy sample LAR-8 mid-length A4 came with a 16-inch Wilson chrome moly barrel having a 1-in-10-inch right-hand twist, six land and groove rifling and a Picatinny rail on the upper receiver and on top of the barrel at the front of the handguard as there are no iron sights. There is also an A2 version that has the same iron sight configuration that is found on the M16A2 rifle. Both of these rifles are fitted with a tactical CAR-style buttstock.\r\n\r\nOther RRA LAR-8 factory variations include Standard A2 and A4 models that have 20-inch barrels and a conventional AR-type butt stock, plus there is an A-4 Varmint Model that features a 26-inch Wilson air gauged, stainless steel bull barrel that is coupled with a free-floating, tubular aluminum handguard for increased long-distance accuracy.\r\n\r\nStandard Features <\/strong>\r\nStandard features on my LAR-8 M\/L A4 includes a rubber Hogue pistol grip, which is stippled and has finger grooves, a two-stage match trigger, upper receiver with bolt forward assist and ejection port door, plus brass deflector, ventilated polymer handguard, sling swivels and A2-type flash suppressor. The LAR-8 basically looks like a M16 on steroids, as the receiver has been beefed up to allow use of the .308 (7.62x51mm) cartridge.\r\n\r\nThe two big differences that the discerning eye will note is the magazine and the bolt catch. The factory-supplied magazine for the LAR-8 is basically the same as the 20-round magazine used in the famous FN\/FAL and L1A1 battle rifles. Entire articles and books could be and have been devoted to this fine weapon, so we won\u2019t delve into that subject here, but this Fabrique Nationale-designed rifle has been in service since 1953 and has armed some 60 countries around the world including Belgium, Great Britain, Canada, Australia, and Argentina.\r\n\r\nNeedless to say, there have been countless thousands of magazines made for the FN\/FAL and that fact pays dividends to the LAR-8 owner who has a wide selection to choose from. I did a little Internet surfing and came up with price ranges from $10 to $22 for used Mil-Spec 20-round magazines. There are also 30-round magazines out there that average around $50 more. They hang down a bit too far for comfortable prone shooting, so I\u2019m content to stick with the 20-rounders myself.\r\n\r\nThe bolt catch on the LAR-8 is not on the left side of the lower receiver as on the M16, but is positioned at the base of the magazine well at its juncture with the pivoting triggerguard. It is more reminiscent of the bolt catch found on the FN\/FAL and is made to be ambidextrous, and if your hand is large enough can be actuated by the trigger finger of whichever hand you use. The magazine release is located in the same area as on the M16 and the LAR-8 is also ambidextrous.\r\n\r\nWhile the manual safety lever, just above the pistol grip on the right of the receiver, is not ambidextrous, it appears to be easily changed to the left side of the receiver if that\u2019s the user\u2019s preference. On a whole the controls on this rifle are easily reached and manipulated without removing the hand from the pistol grip, certainly a plus in a patrol rifle. I had no trouble whatever operating them with my medium-sized hand.\r\n\r\nObviously, this rifle is going to pack more weight than the M16 and the LAR-8 M\/L A4 weighs in empty, sans sights, at a respectable 8.1 pounds. With the 6-position CAR buttstock fully extended it measures 38 inches. The weight and the propellant gas operation system of the action certainly help tame recoil, which is a good thing given the hard checkered butt of the CAR stock.\r\n\r\nThe standard polymer handguard is round in shape with flats on the top and bottom that are serrated and have holes for barrel ventilation. There are no rails on the standard handguard, but RRA does offer optional Daniel Defense Lite Quad Rails for both the Mid-Length and Standard LAR-8 A4 rifles. In fact, a visit to the RRA website will allow one to see the full list of optional items available that allow you to \u201chave it your way\u201d with just about any Rock River Arms\u2019 AR-type rifle.\r\n\r\nAs always, I gave the RRA LAR-8 Mid-Length A4 a top to bottom inspection and did not find anything wanting in overall fit and finish of the weapon. All the flats were flat, corners square and rounded surfaces done to perfection. No machine marks or other blemishes were visible and the black hard coat anodized finish was a good match to the black polymer material of the handguard and buttstock of the rifle.\r\n\r\nOptics Selection<\/strong>\r\nNow given that my RRA LAR-8 M\/L A4 comes without sights, it was time to select something with which to aim the rifle that would be fitting for my uses. I looked at a number of optical and sights of various manufacturers, but came away impressed with the Trijicon ACOG (Advanced Combat Optical Gunsight) 3.5x35mm .308 BDC\/FT.Chevron BAC riflescope for our test.\r\n\r\nAnyone that watches the network nightly news has seen the ACOG sights on the M16A2 rifles carried by many of our troops in Afghanistan and Iraq; their bell-shaped housings make them easily identifiable. They have been in use for many years by Army Special Forces, the Marines, Navy SEALs and the FBI, so I didn\u2019t see how I could go wrong. Trijicon is synonymous with the night sights that have been fitted on many of the most popular combat handguns for a couple of decades. However, Trijicon\u2019s founder Glyn Bindon wanted to build a sight for long arms that would bring together both-eyes-open shooting, an illuminated aiming point, plus magnified optics.\r\n\r\nWhat he discovered was what has since been termed the Bindon Aiming Concept (BAC), aiming with both eyes open, which gives a superior sense of balance and field of view, coupled with a magnified Trijicon sight, which offers the shooter a considerable advantage over his target using conventional sights. When used as designed, in the binocular mode, the operator sees only the red, chevron-shaped reticle (the pointed tip is the aiming point) transposed on the target at anywhere from across-the-room ranges to several hundred yards.\r\n\r\nMy sample ACOG 3.5x35mm scope came packaged in a well-padded Pelican case, which also held a black nylon, Scopecoat scope cover, a Lenspen lens cleaner and an ACOG thumbscrew flattop adapter for affixing the scope to the Picatinny rail of the LAR-8. The scope housing is 8 inches in length and is made of rugged forged aluminum; the black, hard-anodized finish matches almost exactly that of the RRA rifle. Scope weight without mounts adds only 14 ounces to the weight of the rifle.\r\n\r\nThe scope is calibrated for use with the .308 cartridge and is meant to be sighted in at 100 meters with an effective range of 800 meters on flattop rifles. The reticle also includes a rangefinder and the base of the chevron aiming point is 5.53 MOA (minute of angle), which at 300 meters is 19 inches allowing for good range estimation. Of course, during the day, the fiber-optic tube running along the top of the scope gathers light for the red aiming point and at night\/low light tritium is used to illuminate the chevron. The field of view at 100 yards is almost 29 feet, the eye relief is 2.4 inches and the adjustment is 4-inch clicks at 100 yards.\r\n\r\nRange Time<\/strong>\r\nNow it was time to go to my ammo locker and select some cartridges from my stock of .308 ammunition. I chose Black Hills Gold with a 168-grain Hornady A-Max bullet, which has a factory velocity of 2650 fps (feet per second). Next I picked Federal Gold Medal that has a Sierra 168-grain \u201cMatchKing\u201d BTHP bullet also rated at 2650 fps. To add a law enforcement-designed cartridge I included the one of the Hornady TAP loads in .308.\r\n\r\nAccording to their website, \u201cThe 155-grain A-MAX TAP Precision cartridge offers match accuracy with a high-ballistic coefficient providing superior long-range performance. This load demonstrates expansion and fragmentation similar to the 110-grain load, but with a noticeable increase in penetration and retained bullet weight. This bullet penetrates glass with minimal deflection and exhibits retained expansion and fragmentation characteristics.\u201d\r\n\r\nIt is also intended for use in a 1-in-10-inch or 1-in-12-inch twist rifle barrel such as that on the LAR-8. My final selection was the Winchester 150-grain Supreme Elite with \u201cThe new XP3 bullet that starts with a two-stage expansion design, then combines all the best-known bullet technology to offer delayed controlled expansion, deep penetration, and high retained weight.\u201d\r\n\r\nWith my rifle\/sight combination, plus test ammunition in hand, it was time for a field test. I did my shooting at the NRA Whittington Center during the 2008 Shootists Holiday and used the Center\u2019s Sight-In Range for my accuracy and chronograph testing session. I sighted the Trijicon ACOG 3.5x35mm scope in for 100 yards, then proceeded to shoot three 3-shot groups for record with each test cartridge, using the concrete benches and an MTM Casegard rest.\r\n\r\nMy best group was 0.82 of an inch using Federal Gold Medal loads, followed by 0.97 of an inch with the Hornady TAP ammo. All of the group averages stayed under 2 inches and my guess is that the rifle would have had no trouble out-shooting the shooter that day. I also set up my Oehler Model 35P chronograph to see what velocities I would get from the LAR-8 M\/L 16-inch barrel.\r\n\r\nNext I put a silhouette target out at 200 yards and fired a dozen shots using a mixed bag of .308 cartridges at center mass and scored 10 hits in the 10 and X-ring and two just out in the 9-ring. Three shots to the head resulted in three hits in the 10-ring. Lastly, I took the LAR-8 to the Animal Silhouette Range, where the backstop is a mountainside covered with nice big rocks.\r\n\r\nFrom the standing, off-hand position, again using a mix of my test ammo, I was able to make dust fly on rocks out as far as I could see them on the mountainside, which has been previously checked with a laser rangefinder to have shootable rocks out to some 475 yards. The best part besides the practical accuracy and \u201cshootability\u201d of the LAR-8 was the fact that it was 100-percent reliable and I did not note a single malfunction during the test.\r\n\r\nFinal Notes<\/strong>\r\nRRA has a winner here and mated with the Trijicon ACOG scope and good ammo, I can\u2019t think of anything I\u2019d rather take into harm\u2019s way.","post_title":"RRA Mid-Length LAR-8 A4 .308","post_excerpt":"Big-bore AR\/Trijicon ACOG combo proved 100% reliable and sub-MOA accurate!","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"rra-mid-lenght-lar-8-a4-308","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-05-31 20:23:23","post_modified_gmt":"2023-05-31 20:23:23","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2009\/04\/24\/rra-mid-lenght-lar-8-a4-308\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":161994,"post_author":"645","post_date":"2008-05-13 15:04:28","post_date_gmt":"2008-05-13 21:04:28","post_content":"\r\nThose marvels of Austrian ingenuity, GLOCK pistols, have a well-deserved reputation for arriving ready for concealed carry. No sharp edges abound to be rough on the hands or snag clothing during the draw. GLOCKs slide from the holster, point well, and are ready for immediate action. The GLOCK Safe Action design leaves worries regarding a complicated manual of arms in the dust. Cap that off with sizes and calibers to satisfy every taste, and GLOCK seems destined to maintain their edge.\r\n\r\nFew things are dearer to the American heart than .45-caliber handguns. Despite the presence of .36- and .44-caliber handguns during the settling of the West, the .45 Colt is viewed as the decisive caliber from that era. Just in time to take the place of this noble cartridge, the .45 Auto became a force to be reckoned with in the next century. There is something comforting about this large caliber, imbuing a sense of power.\r\n\r\nIn fact, many a breath was held after GLOCK entered the U. S. market, until the Austrian company announced the introduction of their Model 21 in .45 Auto. Exhaling a sigh of relief, the .45 culture had a polymer wonder to satisfy its desires.\r\n\r\nFor duty carry by officers, the GLOCK 21 proved a perfect choice, hearty and robust, with the renowned GLOCK reliability. Following Law Enforcement (LE) trends that pushed the GLOCK to the top of the LE realm, as concealed carry rights blossomed, those exercising their rights adopted GLOCKs in droves. However, it was obvious the GLOCK 21 would have a small concealed carry following. The very traits making it so popular for duty carry\u2014hearty and robust\u2014worked against discreet carry.\r\n\r\nNever one to be left out in the cold, GLOCK introduced the more compact Models 30 and 36 in .45 Auto with double- and single-stack magazines, respectively. The Model 30 still bore grip dimensions similar to that of the Model 21, frequently difficult for those with average hands. The 36, though thinner due to a single-column magazine, still bore a longer front-to-back grip because of the .45 Auto chambering, which can still be a problem for some.\r\n\r\nBoth models have fared well with the American concealed carrier, but their frames, sized as they were for the .45 Auto, still leave some carriers and shooters with average and smaller-sized hands wanting. Likewise, many in the LE community hankered for a pistol dimensionally like the immensely popular GLOCK 17\/19\/26 and 22\/23\/26, but in the .45 Auto. Of course, the .45 Auto just won\u2019t fit in these more comfortable frames.\r\n\r\nMAKE WAY FOR THE .45<\/strong>\r\nNever one to shy away from a challenge, the folks at GLOCK tackled the project with the help of the ballistic wizards at Speer. The resulting cartridge, equaling the ballistic performance of the .45 Auto, was christened the .45 GLOCK Automatic Pistol (G.A.P.). Squeezed into a 9x19\/.40 frame, the GLOCK 37 and the .45 G.A.P. answered the LE and civilian concealed carriers\u2019 request for a more-compact .45 pistol.\r\n\r\nThe full-sized GLOCK 37 was followed by the compact GLOCK 38, and sub-compact GLOCK 39, each chambering a fair number of the new stubby .45s. Initially it was hoped the Models 37, 38, and 39 might be exactly the same size as the corresponding 9x19\/.40 models, and regarding the frames that proved true. However, to ensure perfect performance, marginally larger slides became the norm. (17\/22 slides are 1.01 inches wide by 0.85-inch high, weighing 18 ounces. GLOCK 37 slides are 1.13 inches wide by 0.88-inch high and weigh 21 ounces.) The .45 G.A.P. pistols incorporate a longer steel locking-block.\r\n\r\nOne step in building a cartridge to fit in the smaller and handier frame was designing the .45 G.A.P. cartridge to be 0.13-inch shorter than the .45 Auto. This produces a case similar in length to the 9x19 (0.78-inches), but once loaded the G. A. P has an overall length of 1.08 inches, actually shorter than the 9x19. (This last design parameter allows the wide .45 G.A.P. bullet to fit in a shorter grip area.)\r\n\r\n\"imgp03.gif\"AN ALL-NEW CARTRIDGE<\/strong>\r\nAdditional changes include a slightly rebated rim on the G.A.P., and modified extractor groove. Inside the case, one finds a wall profile that differs noticeably from the .45 Auto, thus allowing for seating .45 bullets without case wall bulging, and outside the primer pocket is filled with a small pistol primer. (A large pistol primer reportedly caused over-ignition and excessive pressure.) All of this goes to the point that the G.A.P. is an entirely new cartridge case that cannot be safely built from a .45 Auto case! Using the most modern propellants, Speer succeeded in charging this smaller .45 cartridge to equal the .45 Auto ballistically, while keeping pressures near the .45 Auto range.\r\n\r\nThere is no paucity of loadings available for the .45 G.A.P. GLOCKs. Speer\u2019s initial .45 G.A.P. commercial loadings were 185- and 200-grain Gold Dot premium hollowpoints and the same weights of TMJ bullets in the Speer Lawman line for economical shooting. Under the ATK banner with Speer, Federal Cartridge has introduced 185-grain and 230-grain Hydra-Shok loadings in the Premium Personal Defense line and an economical 185-grain TMJ loading in the American Eagle line.\r\n\r\nWinchester and Remington are now loading the .45 G.A.P. cartridge in configurations similar to Speer and Federal. COR-BON stepped in with their 160-grain DPX load, the 165-grain Pow'R Ball, a jacketed soft point, and a 200-grain JHP. This means bullet weights of 160 grains, 165 grains, 185 grains, 200 grains and 230 grains are all available.\r\n\r\n.45 GAP PERFORMANCE<\/strong>\r\nThe .45 G.A.P. is quite a boon for those of us adhering to the notion that bigger is better! Concealed carriers and Law Enforcement personnel, in and out of uniform, have their wish for new handguns.\r\n\r\nFrom the concealed carriers\u2019 and non-uniformed LE perspective, I found four .45 GLOCKs most appropriate for their needs. The Model 21 has already been excluded, and the Model 37 will probably be as well by those seeking compactness for carry. This leaves us with the Models 30, 36, 38, and 39 for consideration.\r\n\r\nThis was my first experience with the .45 G.A.P., so I began my examination of the concealed carry candidates with range testing. Trigger-time revealed just what I had heard: the .45 G.A.P. pistols were just as easily handled during all the drills as similar GLOCK models accommodating the .45 Auto. The GLOCK 38 weighs virtually the same as the Model 30, while the same is true of the Models 36 and 39, and the velocities of similar weight bullets are close enough to produce the similar felt recoil in pistols all weighing the same. (Depending on the cartridge, the .45 G.A.P. recoil can feel similar to a .40 pistol.)\r\n\r\nWearing average-sized hands, I found all four offerings fit me well, with the GLOCK 30 on the upper end of comfort for me. That, of course, explains why there is more than one flavor of ice cream\u2014and size of GLOCK\u2014to provide needed variety!\r\n\r\nWith pistols to fit my hands and those of most others, in my favorite caliber and that of GLOCK\u2019s new offering\u2014which seems destined to offer the .45 Auto a run for its money\u2014I went forth to gather the opinions of other shooters and concealed carriers.\r\n\r\n\"gap-carry.gif\"SHOOTING & CARRYING GLOCK .45s<\/strong>\r\nI placed the four GLOCK .45 offerings in the hands of a variety of shooters, and received the expected plethora of preferences. Given a choice of .45 GLOCKs, each one selected their favorite based on how it fit their hands and rode on their waist. Recoil did not seem a factor.\r\n\r\nThose finding the .45 Auto pistols a tad largish found the pistols chambered for the .45 G.A.P. just right. Testers that found the .45 Auto pistols fitting them well expressed their appreciation of the trimmer G.A.P pistols. It seems that not only has GLOCK spawned a new caliber in which to chamber their pistols, they have found one that can satisfy the needs of big-bore concealed carriers (and no doubt uniformed officers) while doing so.\r\n\r\nWill this be the .45 of the 21st century? Only time will tell, but it seems the .45 G.A.P is making a good run at that distinction!\r\nHOLSTERING GLOCK .45s<\/strong>\r\nAs excellent as the size and calibers of the GLOCK .45s make them for concealment, they still miss one thing for concealed carry\u2014a holster! Luckily holster makers, just like users, have flocked to all GLOCK pistols. Finding leather, or non-leather, to tote one\u2019s choice of .45 should be relatively easy.\r\n\r\nToting a handgun\u2014any handgun, including a GLOCK\u2014should be accomplished using a quality holster. Holsters protect handguns from loss, or shifting during carry, ensuring it will be there when one reaches for it. Not only will the handgun be there when needed, but also a well-designed holster will snug a GLOCK .45 against the body, while not impeding a smooth, speedy draw. Regardless of the GLOCK .45 of choice, there should be a holster to allow carrying it comfortably, securely, and inconspicuously.\r\n\r\nA quick search of the Internet turned up offerings to carry some of GLOCK\u2019s .45s from Aker, Alessi, Bianchi, Blackhawk Bulman, Blade-Tech, Comp-Tac, DeSantis, Del Fatti, Don Hume, FIST, Fobus, Galco, Gould & Goodrich, Milt Sparks, Safariland, Sidearmor, and Uncle Mikes. There are more, but I stopped searching when it became obvious there was no end to holsters and suppliers.\r\n\r\nIt seems every commercial holster maker, and those in the custom world, offer one or more styles, to fit one or more of the .45 GLOCK pistols. Their wares are made from horse or cowhide, Kydex or other polymer, or some version of ballistic nylon. Styles include belt models, inside-the-waistband versions, shoulder holsters, and pocket models for the smaller pistols.\r\n\r\nI also did a scan of my holster collection, and found a number already on hand, including those wearing the GLOCK brand. (GLOCK has always offered holsters for their pistols.) Not surprisingly, I discovered many holsters specified for 9x19\/.40 pistols also fit quite nicely around a GLOCK 36 pistol, with a scant few fitting the marginally enlarged G.A.P. models. (This is, of course, not something most holster makers will announce, nor something one can count on, but if an ample selection of holsters is available, the fit is easily checked.) In addition, holsters for the GLOCK 30 will usually fit the G.A.P. offerings.\r\n\r\nPick a .45 GLOCK, a holster to meet your needs, and ammo from a high-performance source. Outfitted with this, today\u2019s big-bore carrier will be ready to go!","post_title":"Concealed-Carry .45s: The GLOCK Solution | Glock 45 Models","post_excerpt":"The .45 firepower favored by legions of officers is tough to keep out of sight. Not so with the GLOCK .45 G.A.P.\u2014the hideaway handgun with maximum performance.","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"concealed-carry-45s-the-glock-solution","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-10-31 23:10:49","post_modified_gmt":"2023-11-01 03:10:49","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2008\/05\/13\/concealed-carry-45s-the-glock-solution\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":true,"total_page":15},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

POPULAR

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n

Glock calls the .40 S&W Glock 27 Gen4 the \u201cthinking person\u2019s\u201d deep concealment gun. In its newest Gen4 configuration with interchangeable backstrap panels, the 9+1 standard capacity Glock continues the 27\u2019s history as a consummate backup gun for law enforcement. It has also become an ideal concealed carry <\/a>sidearm for the civilian market.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

While slightly larger than a Subcompact 9mm, the modest increase in overall size is offset by its capacity and ease of use. While the .40 S&W imparts a pretty hefty kick (compared to a 9mm), the Glock 27 Gen4 has very linear muzzle flip allowing quick target reacquisition. Overall, the Glock isn\u2019t the handful you expect from subcompact handguns, and with the right backstrap attached becomes a hand-filling, manageable semi-auto that puts the power of the .40 S&W cartridge into a size ideal for concealed carry use. The overall size is 6.29 inches in length with a 3.46-inch barrel, 4.17 inches in height, 1.18 inches in width, and a modest weight of 21.7 ounces empty.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Springfield XDM Compact 3.8<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n
\"Springfield<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

With the addition of the XDM Series of guns introduced in 2008, Springfield raised the bar on multi-purpose sidearms. While the XD pistols have found great acceptance within the general firearms community, the XDM Series is more in tune with today\u2019s personal protection and concealed carry needs, flavored with Springfield\u2019s penchant for building high-capacity pistols on standard sized frames.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The latest XDM Compact, chambered in .40 S&W (with an impressive 11+1 capacity) offers the same match grade 3.8-inch barrel as the XDM 3.8, but with a shorter grip frame like those used on the XD Sub-Compact (X-Treme Duty) models, making this a dedicated concealed carry sidearm. But there\u2019s more. The gun also comes with an extended capacity magazine upping the cartridge total to 16+1 rounds of .40 S&W thereby making this an ideal handgun for home protection. The XDM Compact, like all XD models utilizes a dual safety system comprised of a pivoting trigger toggle and a 1911-type frame-mounted grip safety. The gun features tapered ambidextrous magazine releases, drift adjustable front and rear white dot sights, ambidextrous indexing thumb rests, interchangeable backstrap panels, and deeply angled front and rear slide serrations (three in front, six in back). The Compact\u2019s slide is just slightly wider at the bottom, tapering out to provide a little more surface area to grasp when chambering the first round or clearing the gun. The XDM Compact is a top choice in the .40 S&W caliber.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

9mm<\/strong> Subcompact Handguns<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Globally the 9mm remains the most popular cartridge in the world, used by more law enforcement and military organizations than any other. The 9mm is also favored within the foreign civilian marketplace because many nations outlaw the use of larger caliber handguns except by the military. The 9mm cartridge has been in use now for over 100 years.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Ruger LC9<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n
\"ruger,<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Ruger\u2019s LC9 offers compact dimensions measuring 6.0 inches in length, 4.5 inches in height and a modest 0.90 inches in width, combined with a comparatively high capacity of 7+1 rounds and light carry weight of 17.1 ounces (empty). The LC9 is built with a composite frame of high-performance glass-filled Nylon supported by an aluminum grip frame (subframe), a through-hardened steel slide, and 3.12-inch steel barrel. The LC9\u2019s contours render a gun that ideally fits the average hand, placing the index finger directly alongside the triggerguard with a natural recess for the first joint to rest before moving to engage the trigger. On the left side, the contoured grip frame places the thumb in position for a single-handed hold. The LC9 has a loaded chamber indicator that rises upward from the top of the slide and is clearly stamped \u201cLOADED WHEN UP\u201d. It\u2019s a very obvious tell so bluffing is off the table.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

This is a well-balanced gun that is slightly muzzle heavy, an asset in managing recoil. The size, weight, and feel of the LC9 is very good and while the trigger pull is exceptionally long at 1.2 inches, it remains smooth and consistent allowing for quick follow-up shots. This is a function of both safety and the nature of the LC9\u2019s internal hammer design. Simply put, discharging the LC9 is like firing a DAO revolver. The LC9 has a magazine disconnect and will not fire a chambered round with the magazine removed. Overall this is a very capable small 9mm, which can also be equipped with a number of options including a Crimson Trace Laserguard.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Sig Sauer P290<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n
\"Sig<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Sig Sauer P290 is only slightly larger overall than a .380 ACP. With an overall length of just 5.5 inches, a truncated height of 3.9 inches, barrel length of 2.9 inches, and overall weight of only 21.5 ounces (empty), the P290 provides the defensive capability of a 9mm in a gun that is remarkably flat, measuring less than an inch in width. It is bigger and \u201cchunkier\u201d than the Kimber Solo and just a hair smaller than the Ruger LC9. The internal mechanism is a traditional locked breech, Browning-type tilting barrel but with one distinguishing feature; a broadly flared muzzle that aligns with a corresponding channel in the slide.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

This design contributes to quicker cycling of the action; as soon as the slide starts its reward movement it releases the muzzle, allowing the barrel to tilt and drop the breechblock into line for reload. The P290 also employs a dual recoil spring assembly that makes this operation pretty snappy.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The frame is a lightweight, molded polymer with a slide machined from a solid billet. The finishes available are natural stainless or durable Nitron coating. Standard sights are dovetailed drift adjustable white dots. The P290 is a DAO hammer-fired pistol but with no manual cocking capability. In addition, the Sig Sauer has an automatic firing pin safety block, hammer safety intercept notch, and a trigger bar disconnect, making it safe for carry with a chambered round. And the Sig Sauer will fire with the magazine removed.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

An interesting option for Sig Sauer is the Integrated Laser Module (ILM), which is custom made for the P290. Lightweight and compact, the ILM seamlessly blends with the lines of the pistol. The laser has ambidextrous switches. The increase in weight of 0.8 ounces is negligible and the laser unit adds only 0.75 inches to the depth of the gun.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Overall, this is a rugged looking little gun that is relatively easy to carry concealed considering it packs 6+1 rounds of 9mm.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Kimber Solo Carry<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n
\"gun
Compact semi-autos like the Kimber Solo are effective fight-stoppers, but shooters with weaker hands might have trouble retracting their slides.<\/figcaption><\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Kimber Solo Carry is one of the most compact 9mm on the market measuring only 5.5 inches in length, 3.9 inches in height and a mere 0.995 inches in width. The all steel and alloy construction semi-auto weighs only 17 ounces empty. The compactness of the Solo is visually striking, being only slightly larger in overall dimension than most .380s. In order to achieve these scaled down proportions reminiscent of a 1911, the frame contours are smoother and more rounded with every possible edge reduced to its minimum possible tolerances. Easily operated ambidextrous magazine releases and perfectly sized ambidextrous safeties make ease of operation suitable for left or right-handed users.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Truly \u201cpocketable,\u201d the Solo utilizes a unique striker-fired system with a slight twist. When the slide is cycled and a round is chambered the striker (firing pin) is between 88 to 90 percent pre-tensioned. The trigger pull necessary to discharge the Solo then is only 10 to 12 percent of the total effort needed to finish the cycle and release the striker. Even though Kimber describes the Solo as a \u201csingle action striker-fired design,\u201d it is actually a double action as pulling the trigger has to finish tensioning the striker before the gun will discharge. While the lightweight semi-auto has a pretty hefty kick it is more than manageable and exceptionally accurate. As one of the smaller 9mm on the market, the Solo definitely has earned its mark.<\/p>\n","post_title":"Contemporary Subcompact Handguns","post_excerpt":"The Personal Defense Pocket Pistols: In the 21st century we have perfected the art of making as much gun as possible in the smallest package possible!","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"contemporary-subcompacts","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-10-19 15:38:22","post_modified_gmt":"2023-10-19 19:38:22","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2012\/11\/01\/contemporary-subcompacts\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":160508,"post_author":"645","post_date":"2009-09-02 15:20:48","post_date_gmt":"2009-09-02 21:20:48","post_content":"\r\n\r\nEven the gloved hands of today\u2019s uniformed officer will find ArmaLite\u2019s new AR-10T familiar. Draw the fixed stock into the shoulder, obtain sight picture and flip the selector. What makes the AR-10T different is more about what\u2019s on the inside. But on the outside, it all seems to feel the same.\r\n\r\nSince the creation of the Department of Homeland Security, law enforcement agencies have contended with how to use their budget to best enable their first responders to protect citizens against terror. Every agency has assessed vulnerabilities and many have chosen to acquire big bore rifles capable of penetrating a hard target or intercepting a vehicular threat. With just one shot to get it right, a team leader should have experience on the firing line.\r\n\r\nArmaLite\u2019s battle proven AR-10 has already served LE around the world including Canada\u2019s Ontario Provincial Police TRU (Tactics and Rescue Unit). Now loaded for the \"armalite3.jpg\"hard-hitting .338 Federal, the new AR-10T fills a department\u2019s medium-caliber gap without sacrificing ease of deployment, time for training, or familiar handling qualities of an officer\u2019s carbine.\r\n\r\nWhat some don\u2019t realize is that the AR-10\u2019s roots are more than 50 years old, pre-dating the AR-15\/M16\/M4. Clenching the checkered A2 pistol grip, controls are at the fingers. Saving more than a pound in weight over 7.62mm NATO infantry rifles of its time, Eugene Stoner\u2019s modular innovation is a source for the often-used term \u201cergonomic\u201d (as it applies to firearm design).\r\n\r\nThe anodized lower receiver is home to the ArmaLite tactical two-stage trigger set, the same trigger mechanism used in ArmaLite M-15 rifles. Pulling the trigger provides a crisp and smooth feel that doesn\u2019t interfere with accuracy. First and second stages are consistently passed at just 3 and 5 pounds before allowing the hammer to strike.\r\n\r\nBeing that the AR-10T is based on a 7.62mm NATO platform, the first question that usually comes to mind is how ArmaLite manages to stuff the high energy behind a .338 cartridge into an AR? An ArmaLite representative reports, \u201cArmaLite\u2019s refinements to the AR-10 over the many years placed it at a stage where the transfer to a harder hitting caliber such as the .338 Federal was not a problem. It\u2019s a short action .308-type cartridge so it transitions into our AR-10 platform perfectly. With some testing, we found that it\u2019s a fitting combination. We were able to use the same proven bolt and extractor, as well as the Generation II magazines. No design changes had to be made except re-chambering the AR-10 for a new caliber.\u201d\r\n\r\nThe bolt sits inside a gas impingement carrier group with four holes available to bleed off pressure and debris. The disassembly procedure is the same as an agency\u2019s M-15 carbine (just bigger parts). With the firing pin removed, one difference from other ARs is visually apparent. A spring shrouds the base of the firing pin pushing against the wall in the bolt carrier group. This feature helps reduce the risk of malfunctions and prevents the firing pin from bouncing during operation.\r\n\r\nA railed flat-top upper receiver marked \u201c.338 Federal\u201d brings the bolt together with the chamber of the stainless steel barrel. \u201cWe originally designed the .338 Federal as a hunting rifle, thus the stainless steel barrel,\u201d says ArmaLite. \u201cThe .338 Federal is a cartridge best suited for short and mid-range duties. We put a 22-inch barrel on the rifle, which provided the best ballistics for these situations. With that being said, we have seen the potential for different uses in this caliber, so we are spending some time testing a shorter rifle with a 16-inch barrel featuring a full size buttstock and a mid-length gas system to use in CQB operations.\u201d\r\n\r\n\"armalite4.jpg\"A tubular one-piece, free-floating aluminum handguard shields the hands from the triple lapped, 1-in-10-inch twist stainless steel match barrel. The tubular handguard improves the rifle\u2019s handling without taking up real estate with full-length accessory rails that often go unused. A useable length of rail does grace the forend of the handguard, ready to accept custom mounting of bipods, lasers, lights and other accessories.\r\n\r\nThe massive stainless steel gas block is secured to the barrel with four large hex-head screws and redirects gas pressure through a direct impingement system. This gas block is also a front sight base that features a flip-up Midwest Industries (MI) post that co-witnesses with a MI flip-up backup sight affixed to the rear of the upper receiver\u2019s Picatinny rail.\r\n\r\nSince no flash suppressor or compensator is present, the recessed crown at the muzzle of the AR-10T protects the rifle\u2019s accuracy potential during heavy use or intense tactical operations. Combine a barrel made of stainless steel, an aluminum free-floated handguard, aluminum alloy receivers, a polymer stock and grip, and you have a weather-resistant tactical rifle. The AR-10T can withstand harsher environments like those encountered in sustained maritime operations while offering the effective energy transfer carried by a .338 slug. \u201cCoastal areas with salty environments and the moisture of the trunk in squad cars are hard on steel parts, especially the barrel,\u201d says ArmaLite. So stainless steel might be a better choice for these conditions.\r\n\r\n\"armalite6.jpg\"Shooting Impressions<\/strong>\r\nNow I\u2019m not going to lie and say that I found the AR-10T to be a sub-MOA tack-driver. For me, it wasn\u2019t. I have friends in this industry who tell me they achieved MOA accuracy verified by pictures on Jeff Quinn\u2019s gunblast.com<\/a> of multiple 3-shot groups fired from 100 yards rivaling the size of a penny. But this test was a representation of how a founding member of DHS envisions this rifle being used by law enforcement. On the scene, from the trunk of a vehicle, and across the hood.\r\n\r\nDriving down to the edge of North Carolina\u2019s Great Dismal Swamp brought me to a private range that required the careful use of four-wheelers to maneuver through knee-deep muck in order to get downrange and post targets. A pair of 12x18-inch ballistic steel plates were used to verify the new Leupold VX-3 6.5-20x50mm riflescope from 100 yards. Secured in ArmaLite\u2019s unique one-piece ring mount, this accessory removes a couple of variables that typically impact accuracy on other rifles.\r\n\r\nThe DHS agent fired first. And second. \u201cOh yeah, we\u2019re good.\u201d Our four-wheelers carried us across the swamp again just to verify the point-of-aim\/point-of-impact. Fingering the significant dimples created in the swinging AR-500 steel plate, he said, \u201cMan, that rifle has some thump to it!\u201d With paper targets ready, we drove back to the firing line and began the accuracy test.\r\n\r\n\"armalite8.jpg\"In rural parts of the US, it\u2019s not unusual to see a pick-up truck used as a law enforcement vehicle. To best simulate a tactical operation where a vehicle is used as cover and firing support, we positioned the vehicle at the firing line and loaded each (5-, 10-, and 20-round) magazine with the only load available for this test: Federal\u2019s lead-nose, copper jacketed, 210-grain Nosler Partition.\r\n\r\nThe first 3-shot group from each of us measured just under 2.5 inches. Making it downrange and changing out targets, we discovered an earlier sighter that went off course and punched through a 5-inch thick tree. Looking further back, we saw the bullet had actually passed without deflection through a total of six trees smaller in size and spaced about 4 feet before disappearing.\r\n\r\nMost accuracy results with other AR-style rifles are taken in 5-shot groups, so the next batch would follow this pattern. Five groups of five shots averaged nearly 3 inches off the semi-supported position with the best group measuring 1.94 inches. The most impressive observation came from our last test, a 20-shot magazine dump in quick succession. In a string of fire that lasted no more than 30 seconds, 20 shots were clustered together in a group measuring just 3.6 inches. This is practical accuracy you can expect of a trained officer that could put a definitive end to a given crisis.\r\n\r\nFinal Notes<\/strong>\r\n\u201cIf you benched it with a bipod, it\u2019d group a lot tighter,\u201d noted the DHS agent, \u201cbut this is realistic. This rifle is what you hope to have when you arrive to a dynamic situation forcing you to run what you have.\u201d\r\n\r\nArmaLite asserts, \u201cThe same principals apply to this caliber as the .458 SOCOM, only the AR-10T does it better. Placing this harder hitting round in this strong, proven platform was a perfect match. The .458 SOCOM in the smaller AR-15 platform has unpredictable penetration at any significant range and the smaller AR-15 platform is unproven to last with a large caliber.\u201d\r\n\r\nWith the AR-10T you get a heavier bullet, lower felt recoil and more energy transferred to the target. This lethal hammer is ready to meet the obstacles faced by LE in urban environments or on the maritime waters.\r\n\r\n\"federal2.jpg\"FEDERAL\u2019S BOLD .338<\/strong>\r\nThere are other .338s out there but none that can be easily integrated with fewer changes to the seasoned AR-10. The story here is as much about the united effort between ArmaLite and Federal Cartridge<\/strong><\/a> to assure the rifle and ammunition are perfectly matched. Snipers are already familiar with .338s including the .338 Lapua Mag and the .338 Win Mag. These two highly effective cartridges are known for their long-range effectiveness in bolt-action platforms. For most LE operations requiring the deployment of a rifle, a bolt gun presents a number of tactical drawbacks. Slower handling, more recoil, and slower follow-up shots.\r\n\r\nThe .338 Federal delivers the only modern .338 caliber load that isn\u2019t a magnum configuration. It delivers a larger diameter bullet for more weight and overall energy on target without magnum recoil. \u201cThe .338 Federal captures the capability of the longstanding .308 case and offers the respected performance of the .338 bullet,\u201d says Federal President Mark DeYoung. \u201cThese two mainstays have been proven time and again and are now brought together into a quality factory load,\u201d he adds.","post_title":"Armalite AR-10T .338 Federal","post_excerpt":"NEW BATTLE RIFLE chambered for Federal\u2019s powerhouse cartridge!","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"armalite-ar-10t-338-federal","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-10-31 23:08:29","post_modified_gmt":"2023-11-01 03:08:29","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2009\/09\/02\/armalite-ar-10t-338-federal\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":160816,"post_author":"374","post_date":"2009-04-24 14:48:05","post_date_gmt":"2009-04-24 20:48:05","post_content":"\r\n\r\nI have been a fan of the .308 cartridge (7.62x51mm) for many years and have always enjoyed its versatility. It has numerous useful applications for self-defense and law enforcement and one of my bolt-action rifles in that chambering is set up for medium- to-long range anti-personnel work.\r\n\r\n\"untitled-2.jpg\"I have used .308 rifles in bolt-action, lever-action, slide-action and semi-automatic configurations, the latter being in the form of the M14 battle rifle, which is what we cadets trained with in ROTC (Reserve Officers\u2019 Training Corps) I was very interested when Rock River Arms (RRA) introduced an AR-type rifle in the popular .308 caliber.\r\n\r\nThe rifle was the Mid-Length (M\/L) LAR-8 A4 (308A1239), which comes housed in a compartmented, electric blue plastic carrying case. In the case, the rifle is broken down into the upper-receiver\/barrel group and the lower-receiver\/stock group that allows the case to be a bit more compact length-wise. It is a great case for shipping the weapon, but unfortunately the case cannot be used once an optic sight is mounted on the LAR-8, which means that if you want to carry your RRA rifle in a gun case fully assembled with a sight mounted, you will be in the market for a new larger gun case.\r\n\r\nMy sample LAR-8 mid-length A4 came with a 16-inch Wilson chrome moly barrel having a 1-in-10-inch right-hand twist, six land and groove rifling and a Picatinny rail on the upper receiver and on top of the barrel at the front of the handguard as there are no iron sights. There is also an A2 version that has the same iron sight configuration that is found on the M16A2 rifle. Both of these rifles are fitted with a tactical CAR-style buttstock.\r\n\r\nOther RRA LAR-8 factory variations include Standard A2 and A4 models that have 20-inch barrels and a conventional AR-type butt stock, plus there is an A-4 Varmint Model that features a 26-inch Wilson air gauged, stainless steel bull barrel that is coupled with a free-floating, tubular aluminum handguard for increased long-distance accuracy.\r\n\r\nStandard Features <\/strong>\r\nStandard features on my LAR-8 M\/L A4 includes a rubber Hogue pistol grip, which is stippled and has finger grooves, a two-stage match trigger, upper receiver with bolt forward assist and ejection port door, plus brass deflector, ventilated polymer handguard, sling swivels and A2-type flash suppressor. The LAR-8 basically looks like a M16 on steroids, as the receiver has been beefed up to allow use of the .308 (7.62x51mm) cartridge.\r\n\r\nThe two big differences that the discerning eye will note is the magazine and the bolt catch. The factory-supplied magazine for the LAR-8 is basically the same as the 20-round magazine used in the famous FN\/FAL and L1A1 battle rifles. Entire articles and books could be and have been devoted to this fine weapon, so we won\u2019t delve into that subject here, but this Fabrique Nationale-designed rifle has been in service since 1953 and has armed some 60 countries around the world including Belgium, Great Britain, Canada, Australia, and Argentina.\r\n\r\nNeedless to say, there have been countless thousands of magazines made for the FN\/FAL and that fact pays dividends to the LAR-8 owner who has a wide selection to choose from. I did a little Internet surfing and came up with price ranges from $10 to $22 for used Mil-Spec 20-round magazines. There are also 30-round magazines out there that average around $50 more. They hang down a bit too far for comfortable prone shooting, so I\u2019m content to stick with the 20-rounders myself.\r\n\r\nThe bolt catch on the LAR-8 is not on the left side of the lower receiver as on the M16, but is positioned at the base of the magazine well at its juncture with the pivoting triggerguard. It is more reminiscent of the bolt catch found on the FN\/FAL and is made to be ambidextrous, and if your hand is large enough can be actuated by the trigger finger of whichever hand you use. The magazine release is located in the same area as on the M16 and the LAR-8 is also ambidextrous.\r\n\r\nWhile the manual safety lever, just above the pistol grip on the right of the receiver, is not ambidextrous, it appears to be easily changed to the left side of the receiver if that\u2019s the user\u2019s preference. On a whole the controls on this rifle are easily reached and manipulated without removing the hand from the pistol grip, certainly a plus in a patrol rifle. I had no trouble whatever operating them with my medium-sized hand.\r\n\r\nObviously, this rifle is going to pack more weight than the M16 and the LAR-8 M\/L A4 weighs in empty, sans sights, at a respectable 8.1 pounds. With the 6-position CAR buttstock fully extended it measures 38 inches. The weight and the propellant gas operation system of the action certainly help tame recoil, which is a good thing given the hard checkered butt of the CAR stock.\r\n\r\nThe standard polymer handguard is round in shape with flats on the top and bottom that are serrated and have holes for barrel ventilation. There are no rails on the standard handguard, but RRA does offer optional Daniel Defense Lite Quad Rails for both the Mid-Length and Standard LAR-8 A4 rifles. In fact, a visit to the RRA website will allow one to see the full list of optional items available that allow you to \u201chave it your way\u201d with just about any Rock River Arms\u2019 AR-type rifle.\r\n\r\nAs always, I gave the RRA LAR-8 Mid-Length A4 a top to bottom inspection and did not find anything wanting in overall fit and finish of the weapon. All the flats were flat, corners square and rounded surfaces done to perfection. No machine marks or other blemishes were visible and the black hard coat anodized finish was a good match to the black polymer material of the handguard and buttstock of the rifle.\r\n\r\nOptics Selection<\/strong>\r\nNow given that my RRA LAR-8 M\/L A4 comes without sights, it was time to select something with which to aim the rifle that would be fitting for my uses. I looked at a number of optical and sights of various manufacturers, but came away impressed with the Trijicon ACOG (Advanced Combat Optical Gunsight) 3.5x35mm .308 BDC\/FT.Chevron BAC riflescope for our test.\r\n\r\nAnyone that watches the network nightly news has seen the ACOG sights on the M16A2 rifles carried by many of our troops in Afghanistan and Iraq; their bell-shaped housings make them easily identifiable. They have been in use for many years by Army Special Forces, the Marines, Navy SEALs and the FBI, so I didn\u2019t see how I could go wrong. Trijicon is synonymous with the night sights that have been fitted on many of the most popular combat handguns for a couple of decades. However, Trijicon\u2019s founder Glyn Bindon wanted to build a sight for long arms that would bring together both-eyes-open shooting, an illuminated aiming point, plus magnified optics.\r\n\r\nWhat he discovered was what has since been termed the Bindon Aiming Concept (BAC), aiming with both eyes open, which gives a superior sense of balance and field of view, coupled with a magnified Trijicon sight, which offers the shooter a considerable advantage over his target using conventional sights. When used as designed, in the binocular mode, the operator sees only the red, chevron-shaped reticle (the pointed tip is the aiming point) transposed on the target at anywhere from across-the-room ranges to several hundred yards.\r\n\r\nMy sample ACOG 3.5x35mm scope came packaged in a well-padded Pelican case, which also held a black nylon, Scopecoat scope cover, a Lenspen lens cleaner and an ACOG thumbscrew flattop adapter for affixing the scope to the Picatinny rail of the LAR-8. The scope housing is 8 inches in length and is made of rugged forged aluminum; the black, hard-anodized finish matches almost exactly that of the RRA rifle. Scope weight without mounts adds only 14 ounces to the weight of the rifle.\r\n\r\nThe scope is calibrated for use with the .308 cartridge and is meant to be sighted in at 100 meters with an effective range of 800 meters on flattop rifles. The reticle also includes a rangefinder and the base of the chevron aiming point is 5.53 MOA (minute of angle), which at 300 meters is 19 inches allowing for good range estimation. Of course, during the day, the fiber-optic tube running along the top of the scope gathers light for the red aiming point and at night\/low light tritium is used to illuminate the chevron. The field of view at 100 yards is almost 29 feet, the eye relief is 2.4 inches and the adjustment is 4-inch clicks at 100 yards.\r\n\r\nRange Time<\/strong>\r\nNow it was time to go to my ammo locker and select some cartridges from my stock of .308 ammunition. I chose Black Hills Gold with a 168-grain Hornady A-Max bullet, which has a factory velocity of 2650 fps (feet per second). Next I picked Federal Gold Medal that has a Sierra 168-grain \u201cMatchKing\u201d BTHP bullet also rated at 2650 fps. To add a law enforcement-designed cartridge I included the one of the Hornady TAP loads in .308.\r\n\r\nAccording to their website, \u201cThe 155-grain A-MAX TAP Precision cartridge offers match accuracy with a high-ballistic coefficient providing superior long-range performance. This load demonstrates expansion and fragmentation similar to the 110-grain load, but with a noticeable increase in penetration and retained bullet weight. This bullet penetrates glass with minimal deflection and exhibits retained expansion and fragmentation characteristics.\u201d\r\n\r\nIt is also intended for use in a 1-in-10-inch or 1-in-12-inch twist rifle barrel such as that on the LAR-8. My final selection was the Winchester 150-grain Supreme Elite with \u201cThe new XP3 bullet that starts with a two-stage expansion design, then combines all the best-known bullet technology to offer delayed controlled expansion, deep penetration, and high retained weight.\u201d\r\n\r\nWith my rifle\/sight combination, plus test ammunition in hand, it was time for a field test. I did my shooting at the NRA Whittington Center during the 2008 Shootists Holiday and used the Center\u2019s Sight-In Range for my accuracy and chronograph testing session. I sighted the Trijicon ACOG 3.5x35mm scope in for 100 yards, then proceeded to shoot three 3-shot groups for record with each test cartridge, using the concrete benches and an MTM Casegard rest.\r\n\r\nMy best group was 0.82 of an inch using Federal Gold Medal loads, followed by 0.97 of an inch with the Hornady TAP ammo. All of the group averages stayed under 2 inches and my guess is that the rifle would have had no trouble out-shooting the shooter that day. I also set up my Oehler Model 35P chronograph to see what velocities I would get from the LAR-8 M\/L 16-inch barrel.\r\n\r\nNext I put a silhouette target out at 200 yards and fired a dozen shots using a mixed bag of .308 cartridges at center mass and scored 10 hits in the 10 and X-ring and two just out in the 9-ring. Three shots to the head resulted in three hits in the 10-ring. Lastly, I took the LAR-8 to the Animal Silhouette Range, where the backstop is a mountainside covered with nice big rocks.\r\n\r\nFrom the standing, off-hand position, again using a mix of my test ammo, I was able to make dust fly on rocks out as far as I could see them on the mountainside, which has been previously checked with a laser rangefinder to have shootable rocks out to some 475 yards. The best part besides the practical accuracy and \u201cshootability\u201d of the LAR-8 was the fact that it was 100-percent reliable and I did not note a single malfunction during the test.\r\n\r\nFinal Notes<\/strong>\r\nRRA has a winner here and mated with the Trijicon ACOG scope and good ammo, I can\u2019t think of anything I\u2019d rather take into harm\u2019s way.","post_title":"RRA Mid-Length LAR-8 A4 .308","post_excerpt":"Big-bore AR\/Trijicon ACOG combo proved 100% reliable and sub-MOA accurate!","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"rra-mid-lenght-lar-8-a4-308","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-05-31 20:23:23","post_modified_gmt":"2023-05-31 20:23:23","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2009\/04\/24\/rra-mid-lenght-lar-8-a4-308\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":161994,"post_author":"645","post_date":"2008-05-13 15:04:28","post_date_gmt":"2008-05-13 21:04:28","post_content":"\r\nThose marvels of Austrian ingenuity, GLOCK pistols, have a well-deserved reputation for arriving ready for concealed carry. No sharp edges abound to be rough on the hands or snag clothing during the draw. GLOCKs slide from the holster, point well, and are ready for immediate action. The GLOCK Safe Action design leaves worries regarding a complicated manual of arms in the dust. Cap that off with sizes and calibers to satisfy every taste, and GLOCK seems destined to maintain their edge.\r\n\r\nFew things are dearer to the American heart than .45-caliber handguns. Despite the presence of .36- and .44-caliber handguns during the settling of the West, the .45 Colt is viewed as the decisive caliber from that era. Just in time to take the place of this noble cartridge, the .45 Auto became a force to be reckoned with in the next century. There is something comforting about this large caliber, imbuing a sense of power.\r\n\r\nIn fact, many a breath was held after GLOCK entered the U. S. market, until the Austrian company announced the introduction of their Model 21 in .45 Auto. Exhaling a sigh of relief, the .45 culture had a polymer wonder to satisfy its desires.\r\n\r\nFor duty carry by officers, the GLOCK 21 proved a perfect choice, hearty and robust, with the renowned GLOCK reliability. Following Law Enforcement (LE) trends that pushed the GLOCK to the top of the LE realm, as concealed carry rights blossomed, those exercising their rights adopted GLOCKs in droves. However, it was obvious the GLOCK 21 would have a small concealed carry following. The very traits making it so popular for duty carry\u2014hearty and robust\u2014worked against discreet carry.\r\n\r\nNever one to be left out in the cold, GLOCK introduced the more compact Models 30 and 36 in .45 Auto with double- and single-stack magazines, respectively. The Model 30 still bore grip dimensions similar to that of the Model 21, frequently difficult for those with average hands. The 36, though thinner due to a single-column magazine, still bore a longer front-to-back grip because of the .45 Auto chambering, which can still be a problem for some.\r\n\r\nBoth models have fared well with the American concealed carrier, but their frames, sized as they were for the .45 Auto, still leave some carriers and shooters with average and smaller-sized hands wanting. Likewise, many in the LE community hankered for a pistol dimensionally like the immensely popular GLOCK 17\/19\/26 and 22\/23\/26, but in the .45 Auto. Of course, the .45 Auto just won\u2019t fit in these more comfortable frames.\r\n\r\nMAKE WAY FOR THE .45<\/strong>\r\nNever one to shy away from a challenge, the folks at GLOCK tackled the project with the help of the ballistic wizards at Speer. The resulting cartridge, equaling the ballistic performance of the .45 Auto, was christened the .45 GLOCK Automatic Pistol (G.A.P.). Squeezed into a 9x19\/.40 frame, the GLOCK 37 and the .45 G.A.P. answered the LE and civilian concealed carriers\u2019 request for a more-compact .45 pistol.\r\n\r\nThe full-sized GLOCK 37 was followed by the compact GLOCK 38, and sub-compact GLOCK 39, each chambering a fair number of the new stubby .45s. Initially it was hoped the Models 37, 38, and 39 might be exactly the same size as the corresponding 9x19\/.40 models, and regarding the frames that proved true. However, to ensure perfect performance, marginally larger slides became the norm. (17\/22 slides are 1.01 inches wide by 0.85-inch high, weighing 18 ounces. GLOCK 37 slides are 1.13 inches wide by 0.88-inch high and weigh 21 ounces.) The .45 G.A.P. pistols incorporate a longer steel locking-block.\r\n\r\nOne step in building a cartridge to fit in the smaller and handier frame was designing the .45 G.A.P. cartridge to be 0.13-inch shorter than the .45 Auto. This produces a case similar in length to the 9x19 (0.78-inches), but once loaded the G. A. P has an overall length of 1.08 inches, actually shorter than the 9x19. (This last design parameter allows the wide .45 G.A.P. bullet to fit in a shorter grip area.)\r\n\r\n\"imgp03.gif\"AN ALL-NEW CARTRIDGE<\/strong>\r\nAdditional changes include a slightly rebated rim on the G.A.P., and modified extractor groove. Inside the case, one finds a wall profile that differs noticeably from the .45 Auto, thus allowing for seating .45 bullets without case wall bulging, and outside the primer pocket is filled with a small pistol primer. (A large pistol primer reportedly caused over-ignition and excessive pressure.) All of this goes to the point that the G.A.P. is an entirely new cartridge case that cannot be safely built from a .45 Auto case! Using the most modern propellants, Speer succeeded in charging this smaller .45 cartridge to equal the .45 Auto ballistically, while keeping pressures near the .45 Auto range.\r\n\r\nThere is no paucity of loadings available for the .45 G.A.P. GLOCKs. Speer\u2019s initial .45 G.A.P. commercial loadings were 185- and 200-grain Gold Dot premium hollowpoints and the same weights of TMJ bullets in the Speer Lawman line for economical shooting. Under the ATK banner with Speer, Federal Cartridge has introduced 185-grain and 230-grain Hydra-Shok loadings in the Premium Personal Defense line and an economical 185-grain TMJ loading in the American Eagle line.\r\n\r\nWinchester and Remington are now loading the .45 G.A.P. cartridge in configurations similar to Speer and Federal. COR-BON stepped in with their 160-grain DPX load, the 165-grain Pow'R Ball, a jacketed soft point, and a 200-grain JHP. This means bullet weights of 160 grains, 165 grains, 185 grains, 200 grains and 230 grains are all available.\r\n\r\n.45 GAP PERFORMANCE<\/strong>\r\nThe .45 G.A.P. is quite a boon for those of us adhering to the notion that bigger is better! Concealed carriers and Law Enforcement personnel, in and out of uniform, have their wish for new handguns.\r\n\r\nFrom the concealed carriers\u2019 and non-uniformed LE perspective, I found four .45 GLOCKs most appropriate for their needs. The Model 21 has already been excluded, and the Model 37 will probably be as well by those seeking compactness for carry. This leaves us with the Models 30, 36, 38, and 39 for consideration.\r\n\r\nThis was my first experience with the .45 G.A.P., so I began my examination of the concealed carry candidates with range testing. Trigger-time revealed just what I had heard: the .45 G.A.P. pistols were just as easily handled during all the drills as similar GLOCK models accommodating the .45 Auto. The GLOCK 38 weighs virtually the same as the Model 30, while the same is true of the Models 36 and 39, and the velocities of similar weight bullets are close enough to produce the similar felt recoil in pistols all weighing the same. (Depending on the cartridge, the .45 G.A.P. recoil can feel similar to a .40 pistol.)\r\n\r\nWearing average-sized hands, I found all four offerings fit me well, with the GLOCK 30 on the upper end of comfort for me. That, of course, explains why there is more than one flavor of ice cream\u2014and size of GLOCK\u2014to provide needed variety!\r\n\r\nWith pistols to fit my hands and those of most others, in my favorite caliber and that of GLOCK\u2019s new offering\u2014which seems destined to offer the .45 Auto a run for its money\u2014I went forth to gather the opinions of other shooters and concealed carriers.\r\n\r\n\"gap-carry.gif\"SHOOTING & CARRYING GLOCK .45s<\/strong>\r\nI placed the four GLOCK .45 offerings in the hands of a variety of shooters, and received the expected plethora of preferences. Given a choice of .45 GLOCKs, each one selected their favorite based on how it fit their hands and rode on their waist. Recoil did not seem a factor.\r\n\r\nThose finding the .45 Auto pistols a tad largish found the pistols chambered for the .45 G.A.P. just right. Testers that found the .45 Auto pistols fitting them well expressed their appreciation of the trimmer G.A.P pistols. It seems that not only has GLOCK spawned a new caliber in which to chamber their pistols, they have found one that can satisfy the needs of big-bore concealed carriers (and no doubt uniformed officers) while doing so.\r\n\r\nWill this be the .45 of the 21st century? Only time will tell, but it seems the .45 G.A.P is making a good run at that distinction!\r\nHOLSTERING GLOCK .45s<\/strong>\r\nAs excellent as the size and calibers of the GLOCK .45s make them for concealment, they still miss one thing for concealed carry\u2014a holster! Luckily holster makers, just like users, have flocked to all GLOCK pistols. Finding leather, or non-leather, to tote one\u2019s choice of .45 should be relatively easy.\r\n\r\nToting a handgun\u2014any handgun, including a GLOCK\u2014should be accomplished using a quality holster. Holsters protect handguns from loss, or shifting during carry, ensuring it will be there when one reaches for it. Not only will the handgun be there when needed, but also a well-designed holster will snug a GLOCK .45 against the body, while not impeding a smooth, speedy draw. Regardless of the GLOCK .45 of choice, there should be a holster to allow carrying it comfortably, securely, and inconspicuously.\r\n\r\nA quick search of the Internet turned up offerings to carry some of GLOCK\u2019s .45s from Aker, Alessi, Bianchi, Blackhawk Bulman, Blade-Tech, Comp-Tac, DeSantis, Del Fatti, Don Hume, FIST, Fobus, Galco, Gould & Goodrich, Milt Sparks, Safariland, Sidearmor, and Uncle Mikes. There are more, but I stopped searching when it became obvious there was no end to holsters and suppliers.\r\n\r\nIt seems every commercial holster maker, and those in the custom world, offer one or more styles, to fit one or more of the .45 GLOCK pistols. Their wares are made from horse or cowhide, Kydex or other polymer, or some version of ballistic nylon. Styles include belt models, inside-the-waistband versions, shoulder holsters, and pocket models for the smaller pistols.\r\n\r\nI also did a scan of my holster collection, and found a number already on hand, including those wearing the GLOCK brand. (GLOCK has always offered holsters for their pistols.) Not surprisingly, I discovered many holsters specified for 9x19\/.40 pistols also fit quite nicely around a GLOCK 36 pistol, with a scant few fitting the marginally enlarged G.A.P. models. (This is, of course, not something most holster makers will announce, nor something one can count on, but if an ample selection of holsters is available, the fit is easily checked.) In addition, holsters for the GLOCK 30 will usually fit the G.A.P. offerings.\r\n\r\nPick a .45 GLOCK, a holster to meet your needs, and ammo from a high-performance source. Outfitted with this, today\u2019s big-bore carrier will be ready to go!","post_title":"Concealed-Carry .45s: The GLOCK Solution | Glock 45 Models","post_excerpt":"The .45 firepower favored by legions of officers is tough to keep out of sight. Not so with the GLOCK .45 G.A.P.\u2014the hideaway handgun with maximum performance.","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"concealed-carry-45s-the-glock-solution","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-10-31 23:10:49","post_modified_gmt":"2023-11-01 03:10:49","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2008\/05\/13\/concealed-carry-45s-the-glock-solution\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":true,"total_page":15},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

POPULAR

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n
\"Glock<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Glock calls the .40 S&W Glock 27 Gen4 the \u201cthinking person\u2019s\u201d deep concealment gun. In its newest Gen4 configuration with interchangeable backstrap panels, the 9+1 standard capacity Glock continues the 27\u2019s history as a consummate backup gun for law enforcement. It has also become an ideal concealed carry <\/a>sidearm for the civilian market.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

While slightly larger than a Subcompact 9mm, the modest increase in overall size is offset by its capacity and ease of use. While the .40 S&W imparts a pretty hefty kick (compared to a 9mm), the Glock 27 Gen4 has very linear muzzle flip allowing quick target reacquisition. Overall, the Glock isn\u2019t the handful you expect from subcompact handguns, and with the right backstrap attached becomes a hand-filling, manageable semi-auto that puts the power of the .40 S&W cartridge into a size ideal for concealed carry use. The overall size is 6.29 inches in length with a 3.46-inch barrel, 4.17 inches in height, 1.18 inches in width, and a modest weight of 21.7 ounces empty.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Springfield XDM Compact 3.8<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n
\"Springfield<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

With the addition of the XDM Series of guns introduced in 2008, Springfield raised the bar on multi-purpose sidearms. While the XD pistols have found great acceptance within the general firearms community, the XDM Series is more in tune with today\u2019s personal protection and concealed carry needs, flavored with Springfield\u2019s penchant for building high-capacity pistols on standard sized frames.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The latest XDM Compact, chambered in .40 S&W (with an impressive 11+1 capacity) offers the same match grade 3.8-inch barrel as the XDM 3.8, but with a shorter grip frame like those used on the XD Sub-Compact (X-Treme Duty) models, making this a dedicated concealed carry sidearm. But there\u2019s more. The gun also comes with an extended capacity magazine upping the cartridge total to 16+1 rounds of .40 S&W thereby making this an ideal handgun for home protection. The XDM Compact, like all XD models utilizes a dual safety system comprised of a pivoting trigger toggle and a 1911-type frame-mounted grip safety. The gun features tapered ambidextrous magazine releases, drift adjustable front and rear white dot sights, ambidextrous indexing thumb rests, interchangeable backstrap panels, and deeply angled front and rear slide serrations (three in front, six in back). The Compact\u2019s slide is just slightly wider at the bottom, tapering out to provide a little more surface area to grasp when chambering the first round or clearing the gun. The XDM Compact is a top choice in the .40 S&W caliber.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

9mm<\/strong> Subcompact Handguns<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Globally the 9mm remains the most popular cartridge in the world, used by more law enforcement and military organizations than any other. The 9mm is also favored within the foreign civilian marketplace because many nations outlaw the use of larger caliber handguns except by the military. The 9mm cartridge has been in use now for over 100 years.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Ruger LC9<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n
\"ruger,<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Ruger\u2019s LC9 offers compact dimensions measuring 6.0 inches in length, 4.5 inches in height and a modest 0.90 inches in width, combined with a comparatively high capacity of 7+1 rounds and light carry weight of 17.1 ounces (empty). The LC9 is built with a composite frame of high-performance glass-filled Nylon supported by an aluminum grip frame (subframe), a through-hardened steel slide, and 3.12-inch steel barrel. The LC9\u2019s contours render a gun that ideally fits the average hand, placing the index finger directly alongside the triggerguard with a natural recess for the first joint to rest before moving to engage the trigger. On the left side, the contoured grip frame places the thumb in position for a single-handed hold. The LC9 has a loaded chamber indicator that rises upward from the top of the slide and is clearly stamped \u201cLOADED WHEN UP\u201d. It\u2019s a very obvious tell so bluffing is off the table.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

This is a well-balanced gun that is slightly muzzle heavy, an asset in managing recoil. The size, weight, and feel of the LC9 is very good and while the trigger pull is exceptionally long at 1.2 inches, it remains smooth and consistent allowing for quick follow-up shots. This is a function of both safety and the nature of the LC9\u2019s internal hammer design. Simply put, discharging the LC9 is like firing a DAO revolver. The LC9 has a magazine disconnect and will not fire a chambered round with the magazine removed. Overall this is a very capable small 9mm, which can also be equipped with a number of options including a Crimson Trace Laserguard.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Sig Sauer P290<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n
\"Sig<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Sig Sauer P290 is only slightly larger overall than a .380 ACP. With an overall length of just 5.5 inches, a truncated height of 3.9 inches, barrel length of 2.9 inches, and overall weight of only 21.5 ounces (empty), the P290 provides the defensive capability of a 9mm in a gun that is remarkably flat, measuring less than an inch in width. It is bigger and \u201cchunkier\u201d than the Kimber Solo and just a hair smaller than the Ruger LC9. The internal mechanism is a traditional locked breech, Browning-type tilting barrel but with one distinguishing feature; a broadly flared muzzle that aligns with a corresponding channel in the slide.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

This design contributes to quicker cycling of the action; as soon as the slide starts its reward movement it releases the muzzle, allowing the barrel to tilt and drop the breechblock into line for reload. The P290 also employs a dual recoil spring assembly that makes this operation pretty snappy.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The frame is a lightweight, molded polymer with a slide machined from a solid billet. The finishes available are natural stainless or durable Nitron coating. Standard sights are dovetailed drift adjustable white dots. The P290 is a DAO hammer-fired pistol but with no manual cocking capability. In addition, the Sig Sauer has an automatic firing pin safety block, hammer safety intercept notch, and a trigger bar disconnect, making it safe for carry with a chambered round. And the Sig Sauer will fire with the magazine removed.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

An interesting option for Sig Sauer is the Integrated Laser Module (ILM), which is custom made for the P290. Lightweight and compact, the ILM seamlessly blends with the lines of the pistol. The laser has ambidextrous switches. The increase in weight of 0.8 ounces is negligible and the laser unit adds only 0.75 inches to the depth of the gun.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Overall, this is a rugged looking little gun that is relatively easy to carry concealed considering it packs 6+1 rounds of 9mm.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Kimber Solo Carry<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n
\"gun
Compact semi-autos like the Kimber Solo are effective fight-stoppers, but shooters with weaker hands might have trouble retracting their slides.<\/figcaption><\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Kimber Solo Carry is one of the most compact 9mm on the market measuring only 5.5 inches in length, 3.9 inches in height and a mere 0.995 inches in width. The all steel and alloy construction semi-auto weighs only 17 ounces empty. The compactness of the Solo is visually striking, being only slightly larger in overall dimension than most .380s. In order to achieve these scaled down proportions reminiscent of a 1911, the frame contours are smoother and more rounded with every possible edge reduced to its minimum possible tolerances. Easily operated ambidextrous magazine releases and perfectly sized ambidextrous safeties make ease of operation suitable for left or right-handed users.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Truly \u201cpocketable,\u201d the Solo utilizes a unique striker-fired system with a slight twist. When the slide is cycled and a round is chambered the striker (firing pin) is between 88 to 90 percent pre-tensioned. The trigger pull necessary to discharge the Solo then is only 10 to 12 percent of the total effort needed to finish the cycle and release the striker. Even though Kimber describes the Solo as a \u201csingle action striker-fired design,\u201d it is actually a double action as pulling the trigger has to finish tensioning the striker before the gun will discharge. While the lightweight semi-auto has a pretty hefty kick it is more than manageable and exceptionally accurate. As one of the smaller 9mm on the market, the Solo definitely has earned its mark.<\/p>\n","post_title":"Contemporary Subcompact Handguns","post_excerpt":"The Personal Defense Pocket Pistols: In the 21st century we have perfected the art of making as much gun as possible in the smallest package possible!","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"contemporary-subcompacts","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-10-19 15:38:22","post_modified_gmt":"2023-10-19 19:38:22","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2012\/11\/01\/contemporary-subcompacts\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":160508,"post_author":"645","post_date":"2009-09-02 15:20:48","post_date_gmt":"2009-09-02 21:20:48","post_content":"\r\n\r\nEven the gloved hands of today\u2019s uniformed officer will find ArmaLite\u2019s new AR-10T familiar. Draw the fixed stock into the shoulder, obtain sight picture and flip the selector. What makes the AR-10T different is more about what\u2019s on the inside. But on the outside, it all seems to feel the same.\r\n\r\nSince the creation of the Department of Homeland Security, law enforcement agencies have contended with how to use their budget to best enable their first responders to protect citizens against terror. Every agency has assessed vulnerabilities and many have chosen to acquire big bore rifles capable of penetrating a hard target or intercepting a vehicular threat. With just one shot to get it right, a team leader should have experience on the firing line.\r\n\r\nArmaLite\u2019s battle proven AR-10 has already served LE around the world including Canada\u2019s Ontario Provincial Police TRU (Tactics and Rescue Unit). Now loaded for the \"armalite3.jpg\"hard-hitting .338 Federal, the new AR-10T fills a department\u2019s medium-caliber gap without sacrificing ease of deployment, time for training, or familiar handling qualities of an officer\u2019s carbine.\r\n\r\nWhat some don\u2019t realize is that the AR-10\u2019s roots are more than 50 years old, pre-dating the AR-15\/M16\/M4. Clenching the checkered A2 pistol grip, controls are at the fingers. Saving more than a pound in weight over 7.62mm NATO infantry rifles of its time, Eugene Stoner\u2019s modular innovation is a source for the often-used term \u201cergonomic\u201d (as it applies to firearm design).\r\n\r\nThe anodized lower receiver is home to the ArmaLite tactical two-stage trigger set, the same trigger mechanism used in ArmaLite M-15 rifles. Pulling the trigger provides a crisp and smooth feel that doesn\u2019t interfere with accuracy. First and second stages are consistently passed at just 3 and 5 pounds before allowing the hammer to strike.\r\n\r\nBeing that the AR-10T is based on a 7.62mm NATO platform, the first question that usually comes to mind is how ArmaLite manages to stuff the high energy behind a .338 cartridge into an AR? An ArmaLite representative reports, \u201cArmaLite\u2019s refinements to the AR-10 over the many years placed it at a stage where the transfer to a harder hitting caliber such as the .338 Federal was not a problem. It\u2019s a short action .308-type cartridge so it transitions into our AR-10 platform perfectly. With some testing, we found that it\u2019s a fitting combination. We were able to use the same proven bolt and extractor, as well as the Generation II magazines. No design changes had to be made except re-chambering the AR-10 for a new caliber.\u201d\r\n\r\nThe bolt sits inside a gas impingement carrier group with four holes available to bleed off pressure and debris. The disassembly procedure is the same as an agency\u2019s M-15 carbine (just bigger parts). With the firing pin removed, one difference from other ARs is visually apparent. A spring shrouds the base of the firing pin pushing against the wall in the bolt carrier group. This feature helps reduce the risk of malfunctions and prevents the firing pin from bouncing during operation.\r\n\r\nA railed flat-top upper receiver marked \u201c.338 Federal\u201d brings the bolt together with the chamber of the stainless steel barrel. \u201cWe originally designed the .338 Federal as a hunting rifle, thus the stainless steel barrel,\u201d says ArmaLite. \u201cThe .338 Federal is a cartridge best suited for short and mid-range duties. We put a 22-inch barrel on the rifle, which provided the best ballistics for these situations. With that being said, we have seen the potential for different uses in this caliber, so we are spending some time testing a shorter rifle with a 16-inch barrel featuring a full size buttstock and a mid-length gas system to use in CQB operations.\u201d\r\n\r\n\"armalite4.jpg\"A tubular one-piece, free-floating aluminum handguard shields the hands from the triple lapped, 1-in-10-inch twist stainless steel match barrel. The tubular handguard improves the rifle\u2019s handling without taking up real estate with full-length accessory rails that often go unused. A useable length of rail does grace the forend of the handguard, ready to accept custom mounting of bipods, lasers, lights and other accessories.\r\n\r\nThe massive stainless steel gas block is secured to the barrel with four large hex-head screws and redirects gas pressure through a direct impingement system. This gas block is also a front sight base that features a flip-up Midwest Industries (MI) post that co-witnesses with a MI flip-up backup sight affixed to the rear of the upper receiver\u2019s Picatinny rail.\r\n\r\nSince no flash suppressor or compensator is present, the recessed crown at the muzzle of the AR-10T protects the rifle\u2019s accuracy potential during heavy use or intense tactical operations. Combine a barrel made of stainless steel, an aluminum free-floated handguard, aluminum alloy receivers, a polymer stock and grip, and you have a weather-resistant tactical rifle. The AR-10T can withstand harsher environments like those encountered in sustained maritime operations while offering the effective energy transfer carried by a .338 slug. \u201cCoastal areas with salty environments and the moisture of the trunk in squad cars are hard on steel parts, especially the barrel,\u201d says ArmaLite. So stainless steel might be a better choice for these conditions.\r\n\r\n\"armalite6.jpg\"Shooting Impressions<\/strong>\r\nNow I\u2019m not going to lie and say that I found the AR-10T to be a sub-MOA tack-driver. For me, it wasn\u2019t. I have friends in this industry who tell me they achieved MOA accuracy verified by pictures on Jeff Quinn\u2019s gunblast.com<\/a> of multiple 3-shot groups fired from 100 yards rivaling the size of a penny. But this test was a representation of how a founding member of DHS envisions this rifle being used by law enforcement. On the scene, from the trunk of a vehicle, and across the hood.\r\n\r\nDriving down to the edge of North Carolina\u2019s Great Dismal Swamp brought me to a private range that required the careful use of four-wheelers to maneuver through knee-deep muck in order to get downrange and post targets. A pair of 12x18-inch ballistic steel plates were used to verify the new Leupold VX-3 6.5-20x50mm riflescope from 100 yards. Secured in ArmaLite\u2019s unique one-piece ring mount, this accessory removes a couple of variables that typically impact accuracy on other rifles.\r\n\r\nThe DHS agent fired first. And second. \u201cOh yeah, we\u2019re good.\u201d Our four-wheelers carried us across the swamp again just to verify the point-of-aim\/point-of-impact. Fingering the significant dimples created in the swinging AR-500 steel plate, he said, \u201cMan, that rifle has some thump to it!\u201d With paper targets ready, we drove back to the firing line and began the accuracy test.\r\n\r\n\"armalite8.jpg\"In rural parts of the US, it\u2019s not unusual to see a pick-up truck used as a law enforcement vehicle. To best simulate a tactical operation where a vehicle is used as cover and firing support, we positioned the vehicle at the firing line and loaded each (5-, 10-, and 20-round) magazine with the only load available for this test: Federal\u2019s lead-nose, copper jacketed, 210-grain Nosler Partition.\r\n\r\nThe first 3-shot group from each of us measured just under 2.5 inches. Making it downrange and changing out targets, we discovered an earlier sighter that went off course and punched through a 5-inch thick tree. Looking further back, we saw the bullet had actually passed without deflection through a total of six trees smaller in size and spaced about 4 feet before disappearing.\r\n\r\nMost accuracy results with other AR-style rifles are taken in 5-shot groups, so the next batch would follow this pattern. Five groups of five shots averaged nearly 3 inches off the semi-supported position with the best group measuring 1.94 inches. The most impressive observation came from our last test, a 20-shot magazine dump in quick succession. In a string of fire that lasted no more than 30 seconds, 20 shots were clustered together in a group measuring just 3.6 inches. This is practical accuracy you can expect of a trained officer that could put a definitive end to a given crisis.\r\n\r\nFinal Notes<\/strong>\r\n\u201cIf you benched it with a bipod, it\u2019d group a lot tighter,\u201d noted the DHS agent, \u201cbut this is realistic. This rifle is what you hope to have when you arrive to a dynamic situation forcing you to run what you have.\u201d\r\n\r\nArmaLite asserts, \u201cThe same principals apply to this caliber as the .458 SOCOM, only the AR-10T does it better. Placing this harder hitting round in this strong, proven platform was a perfect match. The .458 SOCOM in the smaller AR-15 platform has unpredictable penetration at any significant range and the smaller AR-15 platform is unproven to last with a large caliber.\u201d\r\n\r\nWith the AR-10T you get a heavier bullet, lower felt recoil and more energy transferred to the target. This lethal hammer is ready to meet the obstacles faced by LE in urban environments or on the maritime waters.\r\n\r\n\"federal2.jpg\"FEDERAL\u2019S BOLD .338<\/strong>\r\nThere are other .338s out there but none that can be easily integrated with fewer changes to the seasoned AR-10. The story here is as much about the united effort between ArmaLite and Federal Cartridge<\/strong><\/a> to assure the rifle and ammunition are perfectly matched. Snipers are already familiar with .338s including the .338 Lapua Mag and the .338 Win Mag. These two highly effective cartridges are known for their long-range effectiveness in bolt-action platforms. For most LE operations requiring the deployment of a rifle, a bolt gun presents a number of tactical drawbacks. Slower handling, more recoil, and slower follow-up shots.\r\n\r\nThe .338 Federal delivers the only modern .338 caliber load that isn\u2019t a magnum configuration. It delivers a larger diameter bullet for more weight and overall energy on target without magnum recoil. \u201cThe .338 Federal captures the capability of the longstanding .308 case and offers the respected performance of the .338 bullet,\u201d says Federal President Mark DeYoung. \u201cThese two mainstays have been proven time and again and are now brought together into a quality factory load,\u201d he adds.","post_title":"Armalite AR-10T .338 Federal","post_excerpt":"NEW BATTLE RIFLE chambered for Federal\u2019s powerhouse cartridge!","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"armalite-ar-10t-338-federal","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-10-31 23:08:29","post_modified_gmt":"2023-11-01 03:08:29","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2009\/09\/02\/armalite-ar-10t-338-federal\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":160816,"post_author":"374","post_date":"2009-04-24 14:48:05","post_date_gmt":"2009-04-24 20:48:05","post_content":"\r\n\r\nI have been a fan of the .308 cartridge (7.62x51mm) for many years and have always enjoyed its versatility. It has numerous useful applications for self-defense and law enforcement and one of my bolt-action rifles in that chambering is set up for medium- to-long range anti-personnel work.\r\n\r\n\"untitled-2.jpg\"I have used .308 rifles in bolt-action, lever-action, slide-action and semi-automatic configurations, the latter being in the form of the M14 battle rifle, which is what we cadets trained with in ROTC (Reserve Officers\u2019 Training Corps) I was very interested when Rock River Arms (RRA) introduced an AR-type rifle in the popular .308 caliber.\r\n\r\nThe rifle was the Mid-Length (M\/L) LAR-8 A4 (308A1239), which comes housed in a compartmented, electric blue plastic carrying case. In the case, the rifle is broken down into the upper-receiver\/barrel group and the lower-receiver\/stock group that allows the case to be a bit more compact length-wise. It is a great case for shipping the weapon, but unfortunately the case cannot be used once an optic sight is mounted on the LAR-8, which means that if you want to carry your RRA rifle in a gun case fully assembled with a sight mounted, you will be in the market for a new larger gun case.\r\n\r\nMy sample LAR-8 mid-length A4 came with a 16-inch Wilson chrome moly barrel having a 1-in-10-inch right-hand twist, six land and groove rifling and a Picatinny rail on the upper receiver and on top of the barrel at the front of the handguard as there are no iron sights. There is also an A2 version that has the same iron sight configuration that is found on the M16A2 rifle. Both of these rifles are fitted with a tactical CAR-style buttstock.\r\n\r\nOther RRA LAR-8 factory variations include Standard A2 and A4 models that have 20-inch barrels and a conventional AR-type butt stock, plus there is an A-4 Varmint Model that features a 26-inch Wilson air gauged, stainless steel bull barrel that is coupled with a free-floating, tubular aluminum handguard for increased long-distance accuracy.\r\n\r\nStandard Features <\/strong>\r\nStandard features on my LAR-8 M\/L A4 includes a rubber Hogue pistol grip, which is stippled and has finger grooves, a two-stage match trigger, upper receiver with bolt forward assist and ejection port door, plus brass deflector, ventilated polymer handguard, sling swivels and A2-type flash suppressor. The LAR-8 basically looks like a M16 on steroids, as the receiver has been beefed up to allow use of the .308 (7.62x51mm) cartridge.\r\n\r\nThe two big differences that the discerning eye will note is the magazine and the bolt catch. The factory-supplied magazine for the LAR-8 is basically the same as the 20-round magazine used in the famous FN\/FAL and L1A1 battle rifles. Entire articles and books could be and have been devoted to this fine weapon, so we won\u2019t delve into that subject here, but this Fabrique Nationale-designed rifle has been in service since 1953 and has armed some 60 countries around the world including Belgium, Great Britain, Canada, Australia, and Argentina.\r\n\r\nNeedless to say, there have been countless thousands of magazines made for the FN\/FAL and that fact pays dividends to the LAR-8 owner who has a wide selection to choose from. I did a little Internet surfing and came up with price ranges from $10 to $22 for used Mil-Spec 20-round magazines. There are also 30-round magazines out there that average around $50 more. They hang down a bit too far for comfortable prone shooting, so I\u2019m content to stick with the 20-rounders myself.\r\n\r\nThe bolt catch on the LAR-8 is not on the left side of the lower receiver as on the M16, but is positioned at the base of the magazine well at its juncture with the pivoting triggerguard. It is more reminiscent of the bolt catch found on the FN\/FAL and is made to be ambidextrous, and if your hand is large enough can be actuated by the trigger finger of whichever hand you use. The magazine release is located in the same area as on the M16 and the LAR-8 is also ambidextrous.\r\n\r\nWhile the manual safety lever, just above the pistol grip on the right of the receiver, is not ambidextrous, it appears to be easily changed to the left side of the receiver if that\u2019s the user\u2019s preference. On a whole the controls on this rifle are easily reached and manipulated without removing the hand from the pistol grip, certainly a plus in a patrol rifle. I had no trouble whatever operating them with my medium-sized hand.\r\n\r\nObviously, this rifle is going to pack more weight than the M16 and the LAR-8 M\/L A4 weighs in empty, sans sights, at a respectable 8.1 pounds. With the 6-position CAR buttstock fully extended it measures 38 inches. The weight and the propellant gas operation system of the action certainly help tame recoil, which is a good thing given the hard checkered butt of the CAR stock.\r\n\r\nThe standard polymer handguard is round in shape with flats on the top and bottom that are serrated and have holes for barrel ventilation. There are no rails on the standard handguard, but RRA does offer optional Daniel Defense Lite Quad Rails for both the Mid-Length and Standard LAR-8 A4 rifles. In fact, a visit to the RRA website will allow one to see the full list of optional items available that allow you to \u201chave it your way\u201d with just about any Rock River Arms\u2019 AR-type rifle.\r\n\r\nAs always, I gave the RRA LAR-8 Mid-Length A4 a top to bottom inspection and did not find anything wanting in overall fit and finish of the weapon. All the flats were flat, corners square and rounded surfaces done to perfection. No machine marks or other blemishes were visible and the black hard coat anodized finish was a good match to the black polymer material of the handguard and buttstock of the rifle.\r\n\r\nOptics Selection<\/strong>\r\nNow given that my RRA LAR-8 M\/L A4 comes without sights, it was time to select something with which to aim the rifle that would be fitting for my uses. I looked at a number of optical and sights of various manufacturers, but came away impressed with the Trijicon ACOG (Advanced Combat Optical Gunsight) 3.5x35mm .308 BDC\/FT.Chevron BAC riflescope for our test.\r\n\r\nAnyone that watches the network nightly news has seen the ACOG sights on the M16A2 rifles carried by many of our troops in Afghanistan and Iraq; their bell-shaped housings make them easily identifiable. They have been in use for many years by Army Special Forces, the Marines, Navy SEALs and the FBI, so I didn\u2019t see how I could go wrong. Trijicon is synonymous with the night sights that have been fitted on many of the most popular combat handguns for a couple of decades. However, Trijicon\u2019s founder Glyn Bindon wanted to build a sight for long arms that would bring together both-eyes-open shooting, an illuminated aiming point, plus magnified optics.\r\n\r\nWhat he discovered was what has since been termed the Bindon Aiming Concept (BAC), aiming with both eyes open, which gives a superior sense of balance and field of view, coupled with a magnified Trijicon sight, which offers the shooter a considerable advantage over his target using conventional sights. When used as designed, in the binocular mode, the operator sees only the red, chevron-shaped reticle (the pointed tip is the aiming point) transposed on the target at anywhere from across-the-room ranges to several hundred yards.\r\n\r\nMy sample ACOG 3.5x35mm scope came packaged in a well-padded Pelican case, which also held a black nylon, Scopecoat scope cover, a Lenspen lens cleaner and an ACOG thumbscrew flattop adapter for affixing the scope to the Picatinny rail of the LAR-8. The scope housing is 8 inches in length and is made of rugged forged aluminum; the black, hard-anodized finish matches almost exactly that of the RRA rifle. Scope weight without mounts adds only 14 ounces to the weight of the rifle.\r\n\r\nThe scope is calibrated for use with the .308 cartridge and is meant to be sighted in at 100 meters with an effective range of 800 meters on flattop rifles. The reticle also includes a rangefinder and the base of the chevron aiming point is 5.53 MOA (minute of angle), which at 300 meters is 19 inches allowing for good range estimation. Of course, during the day, the fiber-optic tube running along the top of the scope gathers light for the red aiming point and at night\/low light tritium is used to illuminate the chevron. The field of view at 100 yards is almost 29 feet, the eye relief is 2.4 inches and the adjustment is 4-inch clicks at 100 yards.\r\n\r\nRange Time<\/strong>\r\nNow it was time to go to my ammo locker and select some cartridges from my stock of .308 ammunition. I chose Black Hills Gold with a 168-grain Hornady A-Max bullet, which has a factory velocity of 2650 fps (feet per second). Next I picked Federal Gold Medal that has a Sierra 168-grain \u201cMatchKing\u201d BTHP bullet also rated at 2650 fps. To add a law enforcement-designed cartridge I included the one of the Hornady TAP loads in .308.\r\n\r\nAccording to their website, \u201cThe 155-grain A-MAX TAP Precision cartridge offers match accuracy with a high-ballistic coefficient providing superior long-range performance. This load demonstrates expansion and fragmentation similar to the 110-grain load, but with a noticeable increase in penetration and retained bullet weight. This bullet penetrates glass with minimal deflection and exhibits retained expansion and fragmentation characteristics.\u201d\r\n\r\nIt is also intended for use in a 1-in-10-inch or 1-in-12-inch twist rifle barrel such as that on the LAR-8. My final selection was the Winchester 150-grain Supreme Elite with \u201cThe new XP3 bullet that starts with a two-stage expansion design, then combines all the best-known bullet technology to offer delayed controlled expansion, deep penetration, and high retained weight.\u201d\r\n\r\nWith my rifle\/sight combination, plus test ammunition in hand, it was time for a field test. I did my shooting at the NRA Whittington Center during the 2008 Shootists Holiday and used the Center\u2019s Sight-In Range for my accuracy and chronograph testing session. I sighted the Trijicon ACOG 3.5x35mm scope in for 100 yards, then proceeded to shoot three 3-shot groups for record with each test cartridge, using the concrete benches and an MTM Casegard rest.\r\n\r\nMy best group was 0.82 of an inch using Federal Gold Medal loads, followed by 0.97 of an inch with the Hornady TAP ammo. All of the group averages stayed under 2 inches and my guess is that the rifle would have had no trouble out-shooting the shooter that day. I also set up my Oehler Model 35P chronograph to see what velocities I would get from the LAR-8 M\/L 16-inch barrel.\r\n\r\nNext I put a silhouette target out at 200 yards and fired a dozen shots using a mixed bag of .308 cartridges at center mass and scored 10 hits in the 10 and X-ring and two just out in the 9-ring. Three shots to the head resulted in three hits in the 10-ring. Lastly, I took the LAR-8 to the Animal Silhouette Range, where the backstop is a mountainside covered with nice big rocks.\r\n\r\nFrom the standing, off-hand position, again using a mix of my test ammo, I was able to make dust fly on rocks out as far as I could see them on the mountainside, which has been previously checked with a laser rangefinder to have shootable rocks out to some 475 yards. The best part besides the practical accuracy and \u201cshootability\u201d of the LAR-8 was the fact that it was 100-percent reliable and I did not note a single malfunction during the test.\r\n\r\nFinal Notes<\/strong>\r\nRRA has a winner here and mated with the Trijicon ACOG scope and good ammo, I can\u2019t think of anything I\u2019d rather take into harm\u2019s way.","post_title":"RRA Mid-Length LAR-8 A4 .308","post_excerpt":"Big-bore AR\/Trijicon ACOG combo proved 100% reliable and sub-MOA accurate!","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"rra-mid-lenght-lar-8-a4-308","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-05-31 20:23:23","post_modified_gmt":"2023-05-31 20:23:23","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2009\/04\/24\/rra-mid-lenght-lar-8-a4-308\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":161994,"post_author":"645","post_date":"2008-05-13 15:04:28","post_date_gmt":"2008-05-13 21:04:28","post_content":"\r\nThose marvels of Austrian ingenuity, GLOCK pistols, have a well-deserved reputation for arriving ready for concealed carry. No sharp edges abound to be rough on the hands or snag clothing during the draw. GLOCKs slide from the holster, point well, and are ready for immediate action. The GLOCK Safe Action design leaves worries regarding a complicated manual of arms in the dust. Cap that off with sizes and calibers to satisfy every taste, and GLOCK seems destined to maintain their edge.\r\n\r\nFew things are dearer to the American heart than .45-caliber handguns. Despite the presence of .36- and .44-caliber handguns during the settling of the West, the .45 Colt is viewed as the decisive caliber from that era. Just in time to take the place of this noble cartridge, the .45 Auto became a force to be reckoned with in the next century. There is something comforting about this large caliber, imbuing a sense of power.\r\n\r\nIn fact, many a breath was held after GLOCK entered the U. S. market, until the Austrian company announced the introduction of their Model 21 in .45 Auto. Exhaling a sigh of relief, the .45 culture had a polymer wonder to satisfy its desires.\r\n\r\nFor duty carry by officers, the GLOCK 21 proved a perfect choice, hearty and robust, with the renowned GLOCK reliability. Following Law Enforcement (LE) trends that pushed the GLOCK to the top of the LE realm, as concealed carry rights blossomed, those exercising their rights adopted GLOCKs in droves. However, it was obvious the GLOCK 21 would have a small concealed carry following. The very traits making it so popular for duty carry\u2014hearty and robust\u2014worked against discreet carry.\r\n\r\nNever one to be left out in the cold, GLOCK introduced the more compact Models 30 and 36 in .45 Auto with double- and single-stack magazines, respectively. The Model 30 still bore grip dimensions similar to that of the Model 21, frequently difficult for those with average hands. The 36, though thinner due to a single-column magazine, still bore a longer front-to-back grip because of the .45 Auto chambering, which can still be a problem for some.\r\n\r\nBoth models have fared well with the American concealed carrier, but their frames, sized as they were for the .45 Auto, still leave some carriers and shooters with average and smaller-sized hands wanting. Likewise, many in the LE community hankered for a pistol dimensionally like the immensely popular GLOCK 17\/19\/26 and 22\/23\/26, but in the .45 Auto. Of course, the .45 Auto just won\u2019t fit in these more comfortable frames.\r\n\r\nMAKE WAY FOR THE .45<\/strong>\r\nNever one to shy away from a challenge, the folks at GLOCK tackled the project with the help of the ballistic wizards at Speer. The resulting cartridge, equaling the ballistic performance of the .45 Auto, was christened the .45 GLOCK Automatic Pistol (G.A.P.). Squeezed into a 9x19\/.40 frame, the GLOCK 37 and the .45 G.A.P. answered the LE and civilian concealed carriers\u2019 request for a more-compact .45 pistol.\r\n\r\nThe full-sized GLOCK 37 was followed by the compact GLOCK 38, and sub-compact GLOCK 39, each chambering a fair number of the new stubby .45s. Initially it was hoped the Models 37, 38, and 39 might be exactly the same size as the corresponding 9x19\/.40 models, and regarding the frames that proved true. However, to ensure perfect performance, marginally larger slides became the norm. (17\/22 slides are 1.01 inches wide by 0.85-inch high, weighing 18 ounces. GLOCK 37 slides are 1.13 inches wide by 0.88-inch high and weigh 21 ounces.) The .45 G.A.P. pistols incorporate a longer steel locking-block.\r\n\r\nOne step in building a cartridge to fit in the smaller and handier frame was designing the .45 G.A.P. cartridge to be 0.13-inch shorter than the .45 Auto. This produces a case similar in length to the 9x19 (0.78-inches), but once loaded the G. A. P has an overall length of 1.08 inches, actually shorter than the 9x19. (This last design parameter allows the wide .45 G.A.P. bullet to fit in a shorter grip area.)\r\n\r\n\"imgp03.gif\"AN ALL-NEW CARTRIDGE<\/strong>\r\nAdditional changes include a slightly rebated rim on the G.A.P., and modified extractor groove. Inside the case, one finds a wall profile that differs noticeably from the .45 Auto, thus allowing for seating .45 bullets without case wall bulging, and outside the primer pocket is filled with a small pistol primer. (A large pistol primer reportedly caused over-ignition and excessive pressure.) All of this goes to the point that the G.A.P. is an entirely new cartridge case that cannot be safely built from a .45 Auto case! Using the most modern propellants, Speer succeeded in charging this smaller .45 cartridge to equal the .45 Auto ballistically, while keeping pressures near the .45 Auto range.\r\n\r\nThere is no paucity of loadings available for the .45 G.A.P. GLOCKs. Speer\u2019s initial .45 G.A.P. commercial loadings were 185- and 200-grain Gold Dot premium hollowpoints and the same weights of TMJ bullets in the Speer Lawman line for economical shooting. Under the ATK banner with Speer, Federal Cartridge has introduced 185-grain and 230-grain Hydra-Shok loadings in the Premium Personal Defense line and an economical 185-grain TMJ loading in the American Eagle line.\r\n\r\nWinchester and Remington are now loading the .45 G.A.P. cartridge in configurations similar to Speer and Federal. COR-BON stepped in with their 160-grain DPX load, the 165-grain Pow'R Ball, a jacketed soft point, and a 200-grain JHP. This means bullet weights of 160 grains, 165 grains, 185 grains, 200 grains and 230 grains are all available.\r\n\r\n.45 GAP PERFORMANCE<\/strong>\r\nThe .45 G.A.P. is quite a boon for those of us adhering to the notion that bigger is better! Concealed carriers and Law Enforcement personnel, in and out of uniform, have their wish for new handguns.\r\n\r\nFrom the concealed carriers\u2019 and non-uniformed LE perspective, I found four .45 GLOCKs most appropriate for their needs. The Model 21 has already been excluded, and the Model 37 will probably be as well by those seeking compactness for carry. This leaves us with the Models 30, 36, 38, and 39 for consideration.\r\n\r\nThis was my first experience with the .45 G.A.P., so I began my examination of the concealed carry candidates with range testing. Trigger-time revealed just what I had heard: the .45 G.A.P. pistols were just as easily handled during all the drills as similar GLOCK models accommodating the .45 Auto. The GLOCK 38 weighs virtually the same as the Model 30, while the same is true of the Models 36 and 39, and the velocities of similar weight bullets are close enough to produce the similar felt recoil in pistols all weighing the same. (Depending on the cartridge, the .45 G.A.P. recoil can feel similar to a .40 pistol.)\r\n\r\nWearing average-sized hands, I found all four offerings fit me well, with the GLOCK 30 on the upper end of comfort for me. That, of course, explains why there is more than one flavor of ice cream\u2014and size of GLOCK\u2014to provide needed variety!\r\n\r\nWith pistols to fit my hands and those of most others, in my favorite caliber and that of GLOCK\u2019s new offering\u2014which seems destined to offer the .45 Auto a run for its money\u2014I went forth to gather the opinions of other shooters and concealed carriers.\r\n\r\n\"gap-carry.gif\"SHOOTING & CARRYING GLOCK .45s<\/strong>\r\nI placed the four GLOCK .45 offerings in the hands of a variety of shooters, and received the expected plethora of preferences. Given a choice of .45 GLOCKs, each one selected their favorite based on how it fit their hands and rode on their waist. Recoil did not seem a factor.\r\n\r\nThose finding the .45 Auto pistols a tad largish found the pistols chambered for the .45 G.A.P. just right. Testers that found the .45 Auto pistols fitting them well expressed their appreciation of the trimmer G.A.P pistols. It seems that not only has GLOCK spawned a new caliber in which to chamber their pistols, they have found one that can satisfy the needs of big-bore concealed carriers (and no doubt uniformed officers) while doing so.\r\n\r\nWill this be the .45 of the 21st century? Only time will tell, but it seems the .45 G.A.P is making a good run at that distinction!\r\nHOLSTERING GLOCK .45s<\/strong>\r\nAs excellent as the size and calibers of the GLOCK .45s make them for concealment, they still miss one thing for concealed carry\u2014a holster! Luckily holster makers, just like users, have flocked to all GLOCK pistols. Finding leather, or non-leather, to tote one\u2019s choice of .45 should be relatively easy.\r\n\r\nToting a handgun\u2014any handgun, including a GLOCK\u2014should be accomplished using a quality holster. Holsters protect handguns from loss, or shifting during carry, ensuring it will be there when one reaches for it. Not only will the handgun be there when needed, but also a well-designed holster will snug a GLOCK .45 against the body, while not impeding a smooth, speedy draw. Regardless of the GLOCK .45 of choice, there should be a holster to allow carrying it comfortably, securely, and inconspicuously.\r\n\r\nA quick search of the Internet turned up offerings to carry some of GLOCK\u2019s .45s from Aker, Alessi, Bianchi, Blackhawk Bulman, Blade-Tech, Comp-Tac, DeSantis, Del Fatti, Don Hume, FIST, Fobus, Galco, Gould & Goodrich, Milt Sparks, Safariland, Sidearmor, and Uncle Mikes. There are more, but I stopped searching when it became obvious there was no end to holsters and suppliers.\r\n\r\nIt seems every commercial holster maker, and those in the custom world, offer one or more styles, to fit one or more of the .45 GLOCK pistols. Their wares are made from horse or cowhide, Kydex or other polymer, or some version of ballistic nylon. Styles include belt models, inside-the-waistband versions, shoulder holsters, and pocket models for the smaller pistols.\r\n\r\nI also did a scan of my holster collection, and found a number already on hand, including those wearing the GLOCK brand. (GLOCK has always offered holsters for their pistols.) Not surprisingly, I discovered many holsters specified for 9x19\/.40 pistols also fit quite nicely around a GLOCK 36 pistol, with a scant few fitting the marginally enlarged G.A.P. models. (This is, of course, not something most holster makers will announce, nor something one can count on, but if an ample selection of holsters is available, the fit is easily checked.) In addition, holsters for the GLOCK 30 will usually fit the G.A.P. offerings.\r\n\r\nPick a .45 GLOCK, a holster to meet your needs, and ammo from a high-performance source. Outfitted with this, today\u2019s big-bore carrier will be ready to go!","post_title":"Concealed-Carry .45s: The GLOCK Solution | Glock 45 Models","post_excerpt":"The .45 firepower favored by legions of officers is tough to keep out of sight. Not so with the GLOCK .45 G.A.P.\u2014the hideaway handgun with maximum performance.","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"concealed-carry-45s-the-glock-solution","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-10-31 23:10:49","post_modified_gmt":"2023-11-01 03:10:49","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2008\/05\/13\/concealed-carry-45s-the-glock-solution\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":true,"total_page":15},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

POPULAR

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n

Glock 27 Gen4<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n
\"Glock<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Glock calls the .40 S&W Glock 27 Gen4 the \u201cthinking person\u2019s\u201d deep concealment gun. In its newest Gen4 configuration with interchangeable backstrap panels, the 9+1 standard capacity Glock continues the 27\u2019s history as a consummate backup gun for law enforcement. It has also become an ideal concealed carry <\/a>sidearm for the civilian market.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

While slightly larger than a Subcompact 9mm, the modest increase in overall size is offset by its capacity and ease of use. While the .40 S&W imparts a pretty hefty kick (compared to a 9mm), the Glock 27 Gen4 has very linear muzzle flip allowing quick target reacquisition. Overall, the Glock isn\u2019t the handful you expect from subcompact handguns, and with the right backstrap attached becomes a hand-filling, manageable semi-auto that puts the power of the .40 S&W cartridge into a size ideal for concealed carry use. The overall size is 6.29 inches in length with a 3.46-inch barrel, 4.17 inches in height, 1.18 inches in width, and a modest weight of 21.7 ounces empty.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Springfield XDM Compact 3.8<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n
\"Springfield<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

With the addition of the XDM Series of guns introduced in 2008, Springfield raised the bar on multi-purpose sidearms. While the XD pistols have found great acceptance within the general firearms community, the XDM Series is more in tune with today\u2019s personal protection and concealed carry needs, flavored with Springfield\u2019s penchant for building high-capacity pistols on standard sized frames.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The latest XDM Compact, chambered in .40 S&W (with an impressive 11+1 capacity) offers the same match grade 3.8-inch barrel as the XDM 3.8, but with a shorter grip frame like those used on the XD Sub-Compact (X-Treme Duty) models, making this a dedicated concealed carry sidearm. But there\u2019s more. The gun also comes with an extended capacity magazine upping the cartridge total to 16+1 rounds of .40 S&W thereby making this an ideal handgun for home protection. The XDM Compact, like all XD models utilizes a dual safety system comprised of a pivoting trigger toggle and a 1911-type frame-mounted grip safety. The gun features tapered ambidextrous magazine releases, drift adjustable front and rear white dot sights, ambidextrous indexing thumb rests, interchangeable backstrap panels, and deeply angled front and rear slide serrations (three in front, six in back). The Compact\u2019s slide is just slightly wider at the bottom, tapering out to provide a little more surface area to grasp when chambering the first round or clearing the gun. The XDM Compact is a top choice in the .40 S&W caliber.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

9mm<\/strong> Subcompact Handguns<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Globally the 9mm remains the most popular cartridge in the world, used by more law enforcement and military organizations than any other. The 9mm is also favored within the foreign civilian marketplace because many nations outlaw the use of larger caliber handguns except by the military. The 9mm cartridge has been in use now for over 100 years.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Ruger LC9<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n
\"ruger,<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Ruger\u2019s LC9 offers compact dimensions measuring 6.0 inches in length, 4.5 inches in height and a modest 0.90 inches in width, combined with a comparatively high capacity of 7+1 rounds and light carry weight of 17.1 ounces (empty). The LC9 is built with a composite frame of high-performance glass-filled Nylon supported by an aluminum grip frame (subframe), a through-hardened steel slide, and 3.12-inch steel barrel. The LC9\u2019s contours render a gun that ideally fits the average hand, placing the index finger directly alongside the triggerguard with a natural recess for the first joint to rest before moving to engage the trigger. On the left side, the contoured grip frame places the thumb in position for a single-handed hold. The LC9 has a loaded chamber indicator that rises upward from the top of the slide and is clearly stamped \u201cLOADED WHEN UP\u201d. It\u2019s a very obvious tell so bluffing is off the table.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

This is a well-balanced gun that is slightly muzzle heavy, an asset in managing recoil. The size, weight, and feel of the LC9 is very good and while the trigger pull is exceptionally long at 1.2 inches, it remains smooth and consistent allowing for quick follow-up shots. This is a function of both safety and the nature of the LC9\u2019s internal hammer design. Simply put, discharging the LC9 is like firing a DAO revolver. The LC9 has a magazine disconnect and will not fire a chambered round with the magazine removed. Overall this is a very capable small 9mm, which can also be equipped with a number of options including a Crimson Trace Laserguard.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Sig Sauer P290<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n
\"Sig<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Sig Sauer P290 is only slightly larger overall than a .380 ACP. With an overall length of just 5.5 inches, a truncated height of 3.9 inches, barrel length of 2.9 inches, and overall weight of only 21.5 ounces (empty), the P290 provides the defensive capability of a 9mm in a gun that is remarkably flat, measuring less than an inch in width. It is bigger and \u201cchunkier\u201d than the Kimber Solo and just a hair smaller than the Ruger LC9. The internal mechanism is a traditional locked breech, Browning-type tilting barrel but with one distinguishing feature; a broadly flared muzzle that aligns with a corresponding channel in the slide.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

This design contributes to quicker cycling of the action; as soon as the slide starts its reward movement it releases the muzzle, allowing the barrel to tilt and drop the breechblock into line for reload. The P290 also employs a dual recoil spring assembly that makes this operation pretty snappy.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The frame is a lightweight, molded polymer with a slide machined from a solid billet. The finishes available are natural stainless or durable Nitron coating. Standard sights are dovetailed drift adjustable white dots. The P290 is a DAO hammer-fired pistol but with no manual cocking capability. In addition, the Sig Sauer has an automatic firing pin safety block, hammer safety intercept notch, and a trigger bar disconnect, making it safe for carry with a chambered round. And the Sig Sauer will fire with the magazine removed.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

An interesting option for Sig Sauer is the Integrated Laser Module (ILM), which is custom made for the P290. Lightweight and compact, the ILM seamlessly blends with the lines of the pistol. The laser has ambidextrous switches. The increase in weight of 0.8 ounces is negligible and the laser unit adds only 0.75 inches to the depth of the gun.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Overall, this is a rugged looking little gun that is relatively easy to carry concealed considering it packs 6+1 rounds of 9mm.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Kimber Solo Carry<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n
\"gun
Compact semi-autos like the Kimber Solo are effective fight-stoppers, but shooters with weaker hands might have trouble retracting their slides.<\/figcaption><\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Kimber Solo Carry is one of the most compact 9mm on the market measuring only 5.5 inches in length, 3.9 inches in height and a mere 0.995 inches in width. The all steel and alloy construction semi-auto weighs only 17 ounces empty. The compactness of the Solo is visually striking, being only slightly larger in overall dimension than most .380s. In order to achieve these scaled down proportions reminiscent of a 1911, the frame contours are smoother and more rounded with every possible edge reduced to its minimum possible tolerances. Easily operated ambidextrous magazine releases and perfectly sized ambidextrous safeties make ease of operation suitable for left or right-handed users.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Truly \u201cpocketable,\u201d the Solo utilizes a unique striker-fired system with a slight twist. When the slide is cycled and a round is chambered the striker (firing pin) is between 88 to 90 percent pre-tensioned. The trigger pull necessary to discharge the Solo then is only 10 to 12 percent of the total effort needed to finish the cycle and release the striker. Even though Kimber describes the Solo as a \u201csingle action striker-fired design,\u201d it is actually a double action as pulling the trigger has to finish tensioning the striker before the gun will discharge. While the lightweight semi-auto has a pretty hefty kick it is more than manageable and exceptionally accurate. As one of the smaller 9mm on the market, the Solo definitely has earned its mark.<\/p>\n","post_title":"Contemporary Subcompact Handguns","post_excerpt":"The Personal Defense Pocket Pistols: In the 21st century we have perfected the art of making as much gun as possible in the smallest package possible!","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"contemporary-subcompacts","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-10-19 15:38:22","post_modified_gmt":"2023-10-19 19:38:22","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2012\/11\/01\/contemporary-subcompacts\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":160508,"post_author":"645","post_date":"2009-09-02 15:20:48","post_date_gmt":"2009-09-02 21:20:48","post_content":"\r\n\r\nEven the gloved hands of today\u2019s uniformed officer will find ArmaLite\u2019s new AR-10T familiar. Draw the fixed stock into the shoulder, obtain sight picture and flip the selector. What makes the AR-10T different is more about what\u2019s on the inside. But on the outside, it all seems to feel the same.\r\n\r\nSince the creation of the Department of Homeland Security, law enforcement agencies have contended with how to use their budget to best enable their first responders to protect citizens against terror. Every agency has assessed vulnerabilities and many have chosen to acquire big bore rifles capable of penetrating a hard target or intercepting a vehicular threat. With just one shot to get it right, a team leader should have experience on the firing line.\r\n\r\nArmaLite\u2019s battle proven AR-10 has already served LE around the world including Canada\u2019s Ontario Provincial Police TRU (Tactics and Rescue Unit). Now loaded for the \"armalite3.jpg\"hard-hitting .338 Federal, the new AR-10T fills a department\u2019s medium-caliber gap without sacrificing ease of deployment, time for training, or familiar handling qualities of an officer\u2019s carbine.\r\n\r\nWhat some don\u2019t realize is that the AR-10\u2019s roots are more than 50 years old, pre-dating the AR-15\/M16\/M4. Clenching the checkered A2 pistol grip, controls are at the fingers. Saving more than a pound in weight over 7.62mm NATO infantry rifles of its time, Eugene Stoner\u2019s modular innovation is a source for the often-used term \u201cergonomic\u201d (as it applies to firearm design).\r\n\r\nThe anodized lower receiver is home to the ArmaLite tactical two-stage trigger set, the same trigger mechanism used in ArmaLite M-15 rifles. Pulling the trigger provides a crisp and smooth feel that doesn\u2019t interfere with accuracy. First and second stages are consistently passed at just 3 and 5 pounds before allowing the hammer to strike.\r\n\r\nBeing that the AR-10T is based on a 7.62mm NATO platform, the first question that usually comes to mind is how ArmaLite manages to stuff the high energy behind a .338 cartridge into an AR? An ArmaLite representative reports, \u201cArmaLite\u2019s refinements to the AR-10 over the many years placed it at a stage where the transfer to a harder hitting caliber such as the .338 Federal was not a problem. It\u2019s a short action .308-type cartridge so it transitions into our AR-10 platform perfectly. With some testing, we found that it\u2019s a fitting combination. We were able to use the same proven bolt and extractor, as well as the Generation II magazines. No design changes had to be made except re-chambering the AR-10 for a new caliber.\u201d\r\n\r\nThe bolt sits inside a gas impingement carrier group with four holes available to bleed off pressure and debris. The disassembly procedure is the same as an agency\u2019s M-15 carbine (just bigger parts). With the firing pin removed, one difference from other ARs is visually apparent. A spring shrouds the base of the firing pin pushing against the wall in the bolt carrier group. This feature helps reduce the risk of malfunctions and prevents the firing pin from bouncing during operation.\r\n\r\nA railed flat-top upper receiver marked \u201c.338 Federal\u201d brings the bolt together with the chamber of the stainless steel barrel. \u201cWe originally designed the .338 Federal as a hunting rifle, thus the stainless steel barrel,\u201d says ArmaLite. \u201cThe .338 Federal is a cartridge best suited for short and mid-range duties. We put a 22-inch barrel on the rifle, which provided the best ballistics for these situations. With that being said, we have seen the potential for different uses in this caliber, so we are spending some time testing a shorter rifle with a 16-inch barrel featuring a full size buttstock and a mid-length gas system to use in CQB operations.\u201d\r\n\r\n\"armalite4.jpg\"A tubular one-piece, free-floating aluminum handguard shields the hands from the triple lapped, 1-in-10-inch twist stainless steel match barrel. The tubular handguard improves the rifle\u2019s handling without taking up real estate with full-length accessory rails that often go unused. A useable length of rail does grace the forend of the handguard, ready to accept custom mounting of bipods, lasers, lights and other accessories.\r\n\r\nThe massive stainless steel gas block is secured to the barrel with four large hex-head screws and redirects gas pressure through a direct impingement system. This gas block is also a front sight base that features a flip-up Midwest Industries (MI) post that co-witnesses with a MI flip-up backup sight affixed to the rear of the upper receiver\u2019s Picatinny rail.\r\n\r\nSince no flash suppressor or compensator is present, the recessed crown at the muzzle of the AR-10T protects the rifle\u2019s accuracy potential during heavy use or intense tactical operations. Combine a barrel made of stainless steel, an aluminum free-floated handguard, aluminum alloy receivers, a polymer stock and grip, and you have a weather-resistant tactical rifle. The AR-10T can withstand harsher environments like those encountered in sustained maritime operations while offering the effective energy transfer carried by a .338 slug. \u201cCoastal areas with salty environments and the moisture of the trunk in squad cars are hard on steel parts, especially the barrel,\u201d says ArmaLite. So stainless steel might be a better choice for these conditions.\r\n\r\n\"armalite6.jpg\"Shooting Impressions<\/strong>\r\nNow I\u2019m not going to lie and say that I found the AR-10T to be a sub-MOA tack-driver. For me, it wasn\u2019t. I have friends in this industry who tell me they achieved MOA accuracy verified by pictures on Jeff Quinn\u2019s gunblast.com<\/a> of multiple 3-shot groups fired from 100 yards rivaling the size of a penny. But this test was a representation of how a founding member of DHS envisions this rifle being used by law enforcement. On the scene, from the trunk of a vehicle, and across the hood.\r\n\r\nDriving down to the edge of North Carolina\u2019s Great Dismal Swamp brought me to a private range that required the careful use of four-wheelers to maneuver through knee-deep muck in order to get downrange and post targets. A pair of 12x18-inch ballistic steel plates were used to verify the new Leupold VX-3 6.5-20x50mm riflescope from 100 yards. Secured in ArmaLite\u2019s unique one-piece ring mount, this accessory removes a couple of variables that typically impact accuracy on other rifles.\r\n\r\nThe DHS agent fired first. And second. \u201cOh yeah, we\u2019re good.\u201d Our four-wheelers carried us across the swamp again just to verify the point-of-aim\/point-of-impact. Fingering the significant dimples created in the swinging AR-500 steel plate, he said, \u201cMan, that rifle has some thump to it!\u201d With paper targets ready, we drove back to the firing line and began the accuracy test.\r\n\r\n\"armalite8.jpg\"In rural parts of the US, it\u2019s not unusual to see a pick-up truck used as a law enforcement vehicle. To best simulate a tactical operation where a vehicle is used as cover and firing support, we positioned the vehicle at the firing line and loaded each (5-, 10-, and 20-round) magazine with the only load available for this test: Federal\u2019s lead-nose, copper jacketed, 210-grain Nosler Partition.\r\n\r\nThe first 3-shot group from each of us measured just under 2.5 inches. Making it downrange and changing out targets, we discovered an earlier sighter that went off course and punched through a 5-inch thick tree. Looking further back, we saw the bullet had actually passed without deflection through a total of six trees smaller in size and spaced about 4 feet before disappearing.\r\n\r\nMost accuracy results with other AR-style rifles are taken in 5-shot groups, so the next batch would follow this pattern. Five groups of five shots averaged nearly 3 inches off the semi-supported position with the best group measuring 1.94 inches. The most impressive observation came from our last test, a 20-shot magazine dump in quick succession. In a string of fire that lasted no more than 30 seconds, 20 shots were clustered together in a group measuring just 3.6 inches. This is practical accuracy you can expect of a trained officer that could put a definitive end to a given crisis.\r\n\r\nFinal Notes<\/strong>\r\n\u201cIf you benched it with a bipod, it\u2019d group a lot tighter,\u201d noted the DHS agent, \u201cbut this is realistic. This rifle is what you hope to have when you arrive to a dynamic situation forcing you to run what you have.\u201d\r\n\r\nArmaLite asserts, \u201cThe same principals apply to this caliber as the .458 SOCOM, only the AR-10T does it better. Placing this harder hitting round in this strong, proven platform was a perfect match. The .458 SOCOM in the smaller AR-15 platform has unpredictable penetration at any significant range and the smaller AR-15 platform is unproven to last with a large caliber.\u201d\r\n\r\nWith the AR-10T you get a heavier bullet, lower felt recoil and more energy transferred to the target. This lethal hammer is ready to meet the obstacles faced by LE in urban environments or on the maritime waters.\r\n\r\n\"federal2.jpg\"FEDERAL\u2019S BOLD .338<\/strong>\r\nThere are other .338s out there but none that can be easily integrated with fewer changes to the seasoned AR-10. The story here is as much about the united effort between ArmaLite and Federal Cartridge<\/strong><\/a> to assure the rifle and ammunition are perfectly matched. Snipers are already familiar with .338s including the .338 Lapua Mag and the .338 Win Mag. These two highly effective cartridges are known for their long-range effectiveness in bolt-action platforms. For most LE operations requiring the deployment of a rifle, a bolt gun presents a number of tactical drawbacks. Slower handling, more recoil, and slower follow-up shots.\r\n\r\nThe .338 Federal delivers the only modern .338 caliber load that isn\u2019t a magnum configuration. It delivers a larger diameter bullet for more weight and overall energy on target without magnum recoil. \u201cThe .338 Federal captures the capability of the longstanding .308 case and offers the respected performance of the .338 bullet,\u201d says Federal President Mark DeYoung. \u201cThese two mainstays have been proven time and again and are now brought together into a quality factory load,\u201d he adds.","post_title":"Armalite AR-10T .338 Federal","post_excerpt":"NEW BATTLE RIFLE chambered for Federal\u2019s powerhouse cartridge!","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"armalite-ar-10t-338-federal","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-10-31 23:08:29","post_modified_gmt":"2023-11-01 03:08:29","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2009\/09\/02\/armalite-ar-10t-338-federal\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":160816,"post_author":"374","post_date":"2009-04-24 14:48:05","post_date_gmt":"2009-04-24 20:48:05","post_content":"\r\n\r\nI have been a fan of the .308 cartridge (7.62x51mm) for many years and have always enjoyed its versatility. It has numerous useful applications for self-defense and law enforcement and one of my bolt-action rifles in that chambering is set up for medium- to-long range anti-personnel work.\r\n\r\n\"untitled-2.jpg\"I have used .308 rifles in bolt-action, lever-action, slide-action and semi-automatic configurations, the latter being in the form of the M14 battle rifle, which is what we cadets trained with in ROTC (Reserve Officers\u2019 Training Corps) I was very interested when Rock River Arms (RRA) introduced an AR-type rifle in the popular .308 caliber.\r\n\r\nThe rifle was the Mid-Length (M\/L) LAR-8 A4 (308A1239), which comes housed in a compartmented, electric blue plastic carrying case. In the case, the rifle is broken down into the upper-receiver\/barrel group and the lower-receiver\/stock group that allows the case to be a bit more compact length-wise. It is a great case for shipping the weapon, but unfortunately the case cannot be used once an optic sight is mounted on the LAR-8, which means that if you want to carry your RRA rifle in a gun case fully assembled with a sight mounted, you will be in the market for a new larger gun case.\r\n\r\nMy sample LAR-8 mid-length A4 came with a 16-inch Wilson chrome moly barrel having a 1-in-10-inch right-hand twist, six land and groove rifling and a Picatinny rail on the upper receiver and on top of the barrel at the front of the handguard as there are no iron sights. There is also an A2 version that has the same iron sight configuration that is found on the M16A2 rifle. Both of these rifles are fitted with a tactical CAR-style buttstock.\r\n\r\nOther RRA LAR-8 factory variations include Standard A2 and A4 models that have 20-inch barrels and a conventional AR-type butt stock, plus there is an A-4 Varmint Model that features a 26-inch Wilson air gauged, stainless steel bull barrel that is coupled with a free-floating, tubular aluminum handguard for increased long-distance accuracy.\r\n\r\nStandard Features <\/strong>\r\nStandard features on my LAR-8 M\/L A4 includes a rubber Hogue pistol grip, which is stippled and has finger grooves, a two-stage match trigger, upper receiver with bolt forward assist and ejection port door, plus brass deflector, ventilated polymer handguard, sling swivels and A2-type flash suppressor. The LAR-8 basically looks like a M16 on steroids, as the receiver has been beefed up to allow use of the .308 (7.62x51mm) cartridge.\r\n\r\nThe two big differences that the discerning eye will note is the magazine and the bolt catch. The factory-supplied magazine for the LAR-8 is basically the same as the 20-round magazine used in the famous FN\/FAL and L1A1 battle rifles. Entire articles and books could be and have been devoted to this fine weapon, so we won\u2019t delve into that subject here, but this Fabrique Nationale-designed rifle has been in service since 1953 and has armed some 60 countries around the world including Belgium, Great Britain, Canada, Australia, and Argentina.\r\n\r\nNeedless to say, there have been countless thousands of magazines made for the FN\/FAL and that fact pays dividends to the LAR-8 owner who has a wide selection to choose from. I did a little Internet surfing and came up with price ranges from $10 to $22 for used Mil-Spec 20-round magazines. There are also 30-round magazines out there that average around $50 more. They hang down a bit too far for comfortable prone shooting, so I\u2019m content to stick with the 20-rounders myself.\r\n\r\nThe bolt catch on the LAR-8 is not on the left side of the lower receiver as on the M16, but is positioned at the base of the magazine well at its juncture with the pivoting triggerguard. It is more reminiscent of the bolt catch found on the FN\/FAL and is made to be ambidextrous, and if your hand is large enough can be actuated by the trigger finger of whichever hand you use. The magazine release is located in the same area as on the M16 and the LAR-8 is also ambidextrous.\r\n\r\nWhile the manual safety lever, just above the pistol grip on the right of the receiver, is not ambidextrous, it appears to be easily changed to the left side of the receiver if that\u2019s the user\u2019s preference. On a whole the controls on this rifle are easily reached and manipulated without removing the hand from the pistol grip, certainly a plus in a patrol rifle. I had no trouble whatever operating them with my medium-sized hand.\r\n\r\nObviously, this rifle is going to pack more weight than the M16 and the LAR-8 M\/L A4 weighs in empty, sans sights, at a respectable 8.1 pounds. With the 6-position CAR buttstock fully extended it measures 38 inches. The weight and the propellant gas operation system of the action certainly help tame recoil, which is a good thing given the hard checkered butt of the CAR stock.\r\n\r\nThe standard polymer handguard is round in shape with flats on the top and bottom that are serrated and have holes for barrel ventilation. There are no rails on the standard handguard, but RRA does offer optional Daniel Defense Lite Quad Rails for both the Mid-Length and Standard LAR-8 A4 rifles. In fact, a visit to the RRA website will allow one to see the full list of optional items available that allow you to \u201chave it your way\u201d with just about any Rock River Arms\u2019 AR-type rifle.\r\n\r\nAs always, I gave the RRA LAR-8 Mid-Length A4 a top to bottom inspection and did not find anything wanting in overall fit and finish of the weapon. All the flats were flat, corners square and rounded surfaces done to perfection. No machine marks or other blemishes were visible and the black hard coat anodized finish was a good match to the black polymer material of the handguard and buttstock of the rifle.\r\n\r\nOptics Selection<\/strong>\r\nNow given that my RRA LAR-8 M\/L A4 comes without sights, it was time to select something with which to aim the rifle that would be fitting for my uses. I looked at a number of optical and sights of various manufacturers, but came away impressed with the Trijicon ACOG (Advanced Combat Optical Gunsight) 3.5x35mm .308 BDC\/FT.Chevron BAC riflescope for our test.\r\n\r\nAnyone that watches the network nightly news has seen the ACOG sights on the M16A2 rifles carried by many of our troops in Afghanistan and Iraq; their bell-shaped housings make them easily identifiable. They have been in use for many years by Army Special Forces, the Marines, Navy SEALs and the FBI, so I didn\u2019t see how I could go wrong. Trijicon is synonymous with the night sights that have been fitted on many of the most popular combat handguns for a couple of decades. However, Trijicon\u2019s founder Glyn Bindon wanted to build a sight for long arms that would bring together both-eyes-open shooting, an illuminated aiming point, plus magnified optics.\r\n\r\nWhat he discovered was what has since been termed the Bindon Aiming Concept (BAC), aiming with both eyes open, which gives a superior sense of balance and field of view, coupled with a magnified Trijicon sight, which offers the shooter a considerable advantage over his target using conventional sights. When used as designed, in the binocular mode, the operator sees only the red, chevron-shaped reticle (the pointed tip is the aiming point) transposed on the target at anywhere from across-the-room ranges to several hundred yards.\r\n\r\nMy sample ACOG 3.5x35mm scope came packaged in a well-padded Pelican case, which also held a black nylon, Scopecoat scope cover, a Lenspen lens cleaner and an ACOG thumbscrew flattop adapter for affixing the scope to the Picatinny rail of the LAR-8. The scope housing is 8 inches in length and is made of rugged forged aluminum; the black, hard-anodized finish matches almost exactly that of the RRA rifle. Scope weight without mounts adds only 14 ounces to the weight of the rifle.\r\n\r\nThe scope is calibrated for use with the .308 cartridge and is meant to be sighted in at 100 meters with an effective range of 800 meters on flattop rifles. The reticle also includes a rangefinder and the base of the chevron aiming point is 5.53 MOA (minute of angle), which at 300 meters is 19 inches allowing for good range estimation. Of course, during the day, the fiber-optic tube running along the top of the scope gathers light for the red aiming point and at night\/low light tritium is used to illuminate the chevron. The field of view at 100 yards is almost 29 feet, the eye relief is 2.4 inches and the adjustment is 4-inch clicks at 100 yards.\r\n\r\nRange Time<\/strong>\r\nNow it was time to go to my ammo locker and select some cartridges from my stock of .308 ammunition. I chose Black Hills Gold with a 168-grain Hornady A-Max bullet, which has a factory velocity of 2650 fps (feet per second). Next I picked Federal Gold Medal that has a Sierra 168-grain \u201cMatchKing\u201d BTHP bullet also rated at 2650 fps. To add a law enforcement-designed cartridge I included the one of the Hornady TAP loads in .308.\r\n\r\nAccording to their website, \u201cThe 155-grain A-MAX TAP Precision cartridge offers match accuracy with a high-ballistic coefficient providing superior long-range performance. This load demonstrates expansion and fragmentation similar to the 110-grain load, but with a noticeable increase in penetration and retained bullet weight. This bullet penetrates glass with minimal deflection and exhibits retained expansion and fragmentation characteristics.\u201d\r\n\r\nIt is also intended for use in a 1-in-10-inch or 1-in-12-inch twist rifle barrel such as that on the LAR-8. My final selection was the Winchester 150-grain Supreme Elite with \u201cThe new XP3 bullet that starts with a two-stage expansion design, then combines all the best-known bullet technology to offer delayed controlled expansion, deep penetration, and high retained weight.\u201d\r\n\r\nWith my rifle\/sight combination, plus test ammunition in hand, it was time for a field test. I did my shooting at the NRA Whittington Center during the 2008 Shootists Holiday and used the Center\u2019s Sight-In Range for my accuracy and chronograph testing session. I sighted the Trijicon ACOG 3.5x35mm scope in for 100 yards, then proceeded to shoot three 3-shot groups for record with each test cartridge, using the concrete benches and an MTM Casegard rest.\r\n\r\nMy best group was 0.82 of an inch using Federal Gold Medal loads, followed by 0.97 of an inch with the Hornady TAP ammo. All of the group averages stayed under 2 inches and my guess is that the rifle would have had no trouble out-shooting the shooter that day. I also set up my Oehler Model 35P chronograph to see what velocities I would get from the LAR-8 M\/L 16-inch barrel.\r\n\r\nNext I put a silhouette target out at 200 yards and fired a dozen shots using a mixed bag of .308 cartridges at center mass and scored 10 hits in the 10 and X-ring and two just out in the 9-ring. Three shots to the head resulted in three hits in the 10-ring. Lastly, I took the LAR-8 to the Animal Silhouette Range, where the backstop is a mountainside covered with nice big rocks.\r\n\r\nFrom the standing, off-hand position, again using a mix of my test ammo, I was able to make dust fly on rocks out as far as I could see them on the mountainside, which has been previously checked with a laser rangefinder to have shootable rocks out to some 475 yards. The best part besides the practical accuracy and \u201cshootability\u201d of the LAR-8 was the fact that it was 100-percent reliable and I did not note a single malfunction during the test.\r\n\r\nFinal Notes<\/strong>\r\nRRA has a winner here and mated with the Trijicon ACOG scope and good ammo, I can\u2019t think of anything I\u2019d rather take into harm\u2019s way.","post_title":"RRA Mid-Length LAR-8 A4 .308","post_excerpt":"Big-bore AR\/Trijicon ACOG combo proved 100% reliable and sub-MOA accurate!","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"rra-mid-lenght-lar-8-a4-308","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-05-31 20:23:23","post_modified_gmt":"2023-05-31 20:23:23","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2009\/04\/24\/rra-mid-lenght-lar-8-a4-308\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":161994,"post_author":"645","post_date":"2008-05-13 15:04:28","post_date_gmt":"2008-05-13 21:04:28","post_content":"\r\nThose marvels of Austrian ingenuity, GLOCK pistols, have a well-deserved reputation for arriving ready for concealed carry. No sharp edges abound to be rough on the hands or snag clothing during the draw. GLOCKs slide from the holster, point well, and are ready for immediate action. The GLOCK Safe Action design leaves worries regarding a complicated manual of arms in the dust. Cap that off with sizes and calibers to satisfy every taste, and GLOCK seems destined to maintain their edge.\r\n\r\nFew things are dearer to the American heart than .45-caliber handguns. Despite the presence of .36- and .44-caliber handguns during the settling of the West, the .45 Colt is viewed as the decisive caliber from that era. Just in time to take the place of this noble cartridge, the .45 Auto became a force to be reckoned with in the next century. There is something comforting about this large caliber, imbuing a sense of power.\r\n\r\nIn fact, many a breath was held after GLOCK entered the U. S. market, until the Austrian company announced the introduction of their Model 21 in .45 Auto. Exhaling a sigh of relief, the .45 culture had a polymer wonder to satisfy its desires.\r\n\r\nFor duty carry by officers, the GLOCK 21 proved a perfect choice, hearty and robust, with the renowned GLOCK reliability. Following Law Enforcement (LE) trends that pushed the GLOCK to the top of the LE realm, as concealed carry rights blossomed, those exercising their rights adopted GLOCKs in droves. However, it was obvious the GLOCK 21 would have a small concealed carry following. The very traits making it so popular for duty carry\u2014hearty and robust\u2014worked against discreet carry.\r\n\r\nNever one to be left out in the cold, GLOCK introduced the more compact Models 30 and 36 in .45 Auto with double- and single-stack magazines, respectively. The Model 30 still bore grip dimensions similar to that of the Model 21, frequently difficult for those with average hands. The 36, though thinner due to a single-column magazine, still bore a longer front-to-back grip because of the .45 Auto chambering, which can still be a problem for some.\r\n\r\nBoth models have fared well with the American concealed carrier, but their frames, sized as they were for the .45 Auto, still leave some carriers and shooters with average and smaller-sized hands wanting. Likewise, many in the LE community hankered for a pistol dimensionally like the immensely popular GLOCK 17\/19\/26 and 22\/23\/26, but in the .45 Auto. Of course, the .45 Auto just won\u2019t fit in these more comfortable frames.\r\n\r\nMAKE WAY FOR THE .45<\/strong>\r\nNever one to shy away from a challenge, the folks at GLOCK tackled the project with the help of the ballistic wizards at Speer. The resulting cartridge, equaling the ballistic performance of the .45 Auto, was christened the .45 GLOCK Automatic Pistol (G.A.P.). Squeezed into a 9x19\/.40 frame, the GLOCK 37 and the .45 G.A.P. answered the LE and civilian concealed carriers\u2019 request for a more-compact .45 pistol.\r\n\r\nThe full-sized GLOCK 37 was followed by the compact GLOCK 38, and sub-compact GLOCK 39, each chambering a fair number of the new stubby .45s. Initially it was hoped the Models 37, 38, and 39 might be exactly the same size as the corresponding 9x19\/.40 models, and regarding the frames that proved true. However, to ensure perfect performance, marginally larger slides became the norm. (17\/22 slides are 1.01 inches wide by 0.85-inch high, weighing 18 ounces. GLOCK 37 slides are 1.13 inches wide by 0.88-inch high and weigh 21 ounces.) The .45 G.A.P. pistols incorporate a longer steel locking-block.\r\n\r\nOne step in building a cartridge to fit in the smaller and handier frame was designing the .45 G.A.P. cartridge to be 0.13-inch shorter than the .45 Auto. This produces a case similar in length to the 9x19 (0.78-inches), but once loaded the G. A. P has an overall length of 1.08 inches, actually shorter than the 9x19. (This last design parameter allows the wide .45 G.A.P. bullet to fit in a shorter grip area.)\r\n\r\n\"imgp03.gif\"AN ALL-NEW CARTRIDGE<\/strong>\r\nAdditional changes include a slightly rebated rim on the G.A.P., and modified extractor groove. Inside the case, one finds a wall profile that differs noticeably from the .45 Auto, thus allowing for seating .45 bullets without case wall bulging, and outside the primer pocket is filled with a small pistol primer. (A large pistol primer reportedly caused over-ignition and excessive pressure.) All of this goes to the point that the G.A.P. is an entirely new cartridge case that cannot be safely built from a .45 Auto case! Using the most modern propellants, Speer succeeded in charging this smaller .45 cartridge to equal the .45 Auto ballistically, while keeping pressures near the .45 Auto range.\r\n\r\nThere is no paucity of loadings available for the .45 G.A.P. GLOCKs. Speer\u2019s initial .45 G.A.P. commercial loadings were 185- and 200-grain Gold Dot premium hollowpoints and the same weights of TMJ bullets in the Speer Lawman line for economical shooting. Under the ATK banner with Speer, Federal Cartridge has introduced 185-grain and 230-grain Hydra-Shok loadings in the Premium Personal Defense line and an economical 185-grain TMJ loading in the American Eagle line.\r\n\r\nWinchester and Remington are now loading the .45 G.A.P. cartridge in configurations similar to Speer and Federal. COR-BON stepped in with their 160-grain DPX load, the 165-grain Pow'R Ball, a jacketed soft point, and a 200-grain JHP. This means bullet weights of 160 grains, 165 grains, 185 grains, 200 grains and 230 grains are all available.\r\n\r\n.45 GAP PERFORMANCE<\/strong>\r\nThe .45 G.A.P. is quite a boon for those of us adhering to the notion that bigger is better! Concealed carriers and Law Enforcement personnel, in and out of uniform, have their wish for new handguns.\r\n\r\nFrom the concealed carriers\u2019 and non-uniformed LE perspective, I found four .45 GLOCKs most appropriate for their needs. The Model 21 has already been excluded, and the Model 37 will probably be as well by those seeking compactness for carry. This leaves us with the Models 30, 36, 38, and 39 for consideration.\r\n\r\nThis was my first experience with the .45 G.A.P., so I began my examination of the concealed carry candidates with range testing. Trigger-time revealed just what I had heard: the .45 G.A.P. pistols were just as easily handled during all the drills as similar GLOCK models accommodating the .45 Auto. The GLOCK 38 weighs virtually the same as the Model 30, while the same is true of the Models 36 and 39, and the velocities of similar weight bullets are close enough to produce the similar felt recoil in pistols all weighing the same. (Depending on the cartridge, the .45 G.A.P. recoil can feel similar to a .40 pistol.)\r\n\r\nWearing average-sized hands, I found all four offerings fit me well, with the GLOCK 30 on the upper end of comfort for me. That, of course, explains why there is more than one flavor of ice cream\u2014and size of GLOCK\u2014to provide needed variety!\r\n\r\nWith pistols to fit my hands and those of most others, in my favorite caliber and that of GLOCK\u2019s new offering\u2014which seems destined to offer the .45 Auto a run for its money\u2014I went forth to gather the opinions of other shooters and concealed carriers.\r\n\r\n\"gap-carry.gif\"SHOOTING & CARRYING GLOCK .45s<\/strong>\r\nI placed the four GLOCK .45 offerings in the hands of a variety of shooters, and received the expected plethora of preferences. Given a choice of .45 GLOCKs, each one selected their favorite based on how it fit their hands and rode on their waist. Recoil did not seem a factor.\r\n\r\nThose finding the .45 Auto pistols a tad largish found the pistols chambered for the .45 G.A.P. just right. Testers that found the .45 Auto pistols fitting them well expressed their appreciation of the trimmer G.A.P pistols. It seems that not only has GLOCK spawned a new caliber in which to chamber their pistols, they have found one that can satisfy the needs of big-bore concealed carriers (and no doubt uniformed officers) while doing so.\r\n\r\nWill this be the .45 of the 21st century? Only time will tell, but it seems the .45 G.A.P is making a good run at that distinction!\r\nHOLSTERING GLOCK .45s<\/strong>\r\nAs excellent as the size and calibers of the GLOCK .45s make them for concealment, they still miss one thing for concealed carry\u2014a holster! Luckily holster makers, just like users, have flocked to all GLOCK pistols. Finding leather, or non-leather, to tote one\u2019s choice of .45 should be relatively easy.\r\n\r\nToting a handgun\u2014any handgun, including a GLOCK\u2014should be accomplished using a quality holster. Holsters protect handguns from loss, or shifting during carry, ensuring it will be there when one reaches for it. Not only will the handgun be there when needed, but also a well-designed holster will snug a GLOCK .45 against the body, while not impeding a smooth, speedy draw. Regardless of the GLOCK .45 of choice, there should be a holster to allow carrying it comfortably, securely, and inconspicuously.\r\n\r\nA quick search of the Internet turned up offerings to carry some of GLOCK\u2019s .45s from Aker, Alessi, Bianchi, Blackhawk Bulman, Blade-Tech, Comp-Tac, DeSantis, Del Fatti, Don Hume, FIST, Fobus, Galco, Gould & Goodrich, Milt Sparks, Safariland, Sidearmor, and Uncle Mikes. There are more, but I stopped searching when it became obvious there was no end to holsters and suppliers.\r\n\r\nIt seems every commercial holster maker, and those in the custom world, offer one or more styles, to fit one or more of the .45 GLOCK pistols. Their wares are made from horse or cowhide, Kydex or other polymer, or some version of ballistic nylon. Styles include belt models, inside-the-waistband versions, shoulder holsters, and pocket models for the smaller pistols.\r\n\r\nI also did a scan of my holster collection, and found a number already on hand, including those wearing the GLOCK brand. (GLOCK has always offered holsters for their pistols.) Not surprisingly, I discovered many holsters specified for 9x19\/.40 pistols also fit quite nicely around a GLOCK 36 pistol, with a scant few fitting the marginally enlarged G.A.P. models. (This is, of course, not something most holster makers will announce, nor something one can count on, but if an ample selection of holsters is available, the fit is easily checked.) In addition, holsters for the GLOCK 30 will usually fit the G.A.P. offerings.\r\n\r\nPick a .45 GLOCK, a holster to meet your needs, and ammo from a high-performance source. Outfitted with this, today\u2019s big-bore carrier will be ready to go!","post_title":"Concealed-Carry .45s: The GLOCK Solution | Glock 45 Models","post_excerpt":"The .45 firepower favored by legions of officers is tough to keep out of sight. Not so with the GLOCK .45 G.A.P.\u2014the hideaway handgun with maximum performance.","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"concealed-carry-45s-the-glock-solution","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-10-31 23:10:49","post_modified_gmt":"2023-11-01 03:10:49","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2008\/05\/13\/concealed-carry-45s-the-glock-solution\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":true,"total_page":15},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

POPULAR

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n

Over the last 20-plus years the .40 S&W cartridge has overtaken the venerable 9mm as the most preferred round for U.S. law enforcement. The step up in caliber provides greater stopping power than a 9mm with less recoil than a .45 ACP. That of course has become more debatable in recent years with specialized .45 ACP rounds and guns specifically designed for them, however, the .40 S&W reigns supreme with law enforcement, while maintaining an equally enthusiastic following among civilians.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Glock 27 Gen4<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n
\"Glock<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Glock calls the .40 S&W Glock 27 Gen4 the \u201cthinking person\u2019s\u201d deep concealment gun. In its newest Gen4 configuration with interchangeable backstrap panels, the 9+1 standard capacity Glock continues the 27\u2019s history as a consummate backup gun for law enforcement. It has also become an ideal concealed carry <\/a>sidearm for the civilian market.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

While slightly larger than a Subcompact 9mm, the modest increase in overall size is offset by its capacity and ease of use. While the .40 S&W imparts a pretty hefty kick (compared to a 9mm), the Glock 27 Gen4 has very linear muzzle flip allowing quick target reacquisition. Overall, the Glock isn\u2019t the handful you expect from subcompact handguns, and with the right backstrap attached becomes a hand-filling, manageable semi-auto that puts the power of the .40 S&W cartridge into a size ideal for concealed carry use. The overall size is 6.29 inches in length with a 3.46-inch barrel, 4.17 inches in height, 1.18 inches in width, and a modest weight of 21.7 ounces empty.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Springfield XDM Compact 3.8<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n
\"Springfield<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

With the addition of the XDM Series of guns introduced in 2008, Springfield raised the bar on multi-purpose sidearms. While the XD pistols have found great acceptance within the general firearms community, the XDM Series is more in tune with today\u2019s personal protection and concealed carry needs, flavored with Springfield\u2019s penchant for building high-capacity pistols on standard sized frames.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The latest XDM Compact, chambered in .40 S&W (with an impressive 11+1 capacity) offers the same match grade 3.8-inch barrel as the XDM 3.8, but with a shorter grip frame like those used on the XD Sub-Compact (X-Treme Duty) models, making this a dedicated concealed carry sidearm. But there\u2019s more. The gun also comes with an extended capacity magazine upping the cartridge total to 16+1 rounds of .40 S&W thereby making this an ideal handgun for home protection. The XDM Compact, like all XD models utilizes a dual safety system comprised of a pivoting trigger toggle and a 1911-type frame-mounted grip safety. The gun features tapered ambidextrous magazine releases, drift adjustable front and rear white dot sights, ambidextrous indexing thumb rests, interchangeable backstrap panels, and deeply angled front and rear slide serrations (three in front, six in back). The Compact\u2019s slide is just slightly wider at the bottom, tapering out to provide a little more surface area to grasp when chambering the first round or clearing the gun. The XDM Compact is a top choice in the .40 S&W caliber.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

9mm<\/strong> Subcompact Handguns<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Globally the 9mm remains the most popular cartridge in the world, used by more law enforcement and military organizations than any other. The 9mm is also favored within the foreign civilian marketplace because many nations outlaw the use of larger caliber handguns except by the military. The 9mm cartridge has been in use now for over 100 years.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Ruger LC9<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n
\"ruger,<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Ruger\u2019s LC9 offers compact dimensions measuring 6.0 inches in length, 4.5 inches in height and a modest 0.90 inches in width, combined with a comparatively high capacity of 7+1 rounds and light carry weight of 17.1 ounces (empty). The LC9 is built with a composite frame of high-performance glass-filled Nylon supported by an aluminum grip frame (subframe), a through-hardened steel slide, and 3.12-inch steel barrel. The LC9\u2019s contours render a gun that ideally fits the average hand, placing the index finger directly alongside the triggerguard with a natural recess for the first joint to rest before moving to engage the trigger. On the left side, the contoured grip frame places the thumb in position for a single-handed hold. The LC9 has a loaded chamber indicator that rises upward from the top of the slide and is clearly stamped \u201cLOADED WHEN UP\u201d. It\u2019s a very obvious tell so bluffing is off the table.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

This is a well-balanced gun that is slightly muzzle heavy, an asset in managing recoil. The size, weight, and feel of the LC9 is very good and while the trigger pull is exceptionally long at 1.2 inches, it remains smooth and consistent allowing for quick follow-up shots. This is a function of both safety and the nature of the LC9\u2019s internal hammer design. Simply put, discharging the LC9 is like firing a DAO revolver. The LC9 has a magazine disconnect and will not fire a chambered round with the magazine removed. Overall this is a very capable small 9mm, which can also be equipped with a number of options including a Crimson Trace Laserguard.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Sig Sauer P290<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n
\"Sig<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Sig Sauer P290 is only slightly larger overall than a .380 ACP. With an overall length of just 5.5 inches, a truncated height of 3.9 inches, barrel length of 2.9 inches, and overall weight of only 21.5 ounces (empty), the P290 provides the defensive capability of a 9mm in a gun that is remarkably flat, measuring less than an inch in width. It is bigger and \u201cchunkier\u201d than the Kimber Solo and just a hair smaller than the Ruger LC9. The internal mechanism is a traditional locked breech, Browning-type tilting barrel but with one distinguishing feature; a broadly flared muzzle that aligns with a corresponding channel in the slide.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

This design contributes to quicker cycling of the action; as soon as the slide starts its reward movement it releases the muzzle, allowing the barrel to tilt and drop the breechblock into line for reload. The P290 also employs a dual recoil spring assembly that makes this operation pretty snappy.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The frame is a lightweight, molded polymer with a slide machined from a solid billet. The finishes available are natural stainless or durable Nitron coating. Standard sights are dovetailed drift adjustable white dots. The P290 is a DAO hammer-fired pistol but with no manual cocking capability. In addition, the Sig Sauer has an automatic firing pin safety block, hammer safety intercept notch, and a trigger bar disconnect, making it safe for carry with a chambered round. And the Sig Sauer will fire with the magazine removed.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

An interesting option for Sig Sauer is the Integrated Laser Module (ILM), which is custom made for the P290. Lightweight and compact, the ILM seamlessly blends with the lines of the pistol. The laser has ambidextrous switches. The increase in weight of 0.8 ounces is negligible and the laser unit adds only 0.75 inches to the depth of the gun.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Overall, this is a rugged looking little gun that is relatively easy to carry concealed considering it packs 6+1 rounds of 9mm.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Kimber Solo Carry<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n
\"gun
Compact semi-autos like the Kimber Solo are effective fight-stoppers, but shooters with weaker hands might have trouble retracting their slides.<\/figcaption><\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Kimber Solo Carry is one of the most compact 9mm on the market measuring only 5.5 inches in length, 3.9 inches in height and a mere 0.995 inches in width. The all steel and alloy construction semi-auto weighs only 17 ounces empty. The compactness of the Solo is visually striking, being only slightly larger in overall dimension than most .380s. In order to achieve these scaled down proportions reminiscent of a 1911, the frame contours are smoother and more rounded with every possible edge reduced to its minimum possible tolerances. Easily operated ambidextrous magazine releases and perfectly sized ambidextrous safeties make ease of operation suitable for left or right-handed users.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Truly \u201cpocketable,\u201d the Solo utilizes a unique striker-fired system with a slight twist. When the slide is cycled and a round is chambered the striker (firing pin) is between 88 to 90 percent pre-tensioned. The trigger pull necessary to discharge the Solo then is only 10 to 12 percent of the total effort needed to finish the cycle and release the striker. Even though Kimber describes the Solo as a \u201csingle action striker-fired design,\u201d it is actually a double action as pulling the trigger has to finish tensioning the striker before the gun will discharge. While the lightweight semi-auto has a pretty hefty kick it is more than manageable and exceptionally accurate. As one of the smaller 9mm on the market, the Solo definitely has earned its mark.<\/p>\n","post_title":"Contemporary Subcompact Handguns","post_excerpt":"The Personal Defense Pocket Pistols: In the 21st century we have perfected the art of making as much gun as possible in the smallest package possible!","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"contemporary-subcompacts","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-10-19 15:38:22","post_modified_gmt":"2023-10-19 19:38:22","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2012\/11\/01\/contemporary-subcompacts\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":160508,"post_author":"645","post_date":"2009-09-02 15:20:48","post_date_gmt":"2009-09-02 21:20:48","post_content":"\r\n\r\nEven the gloved hands of today\u2019s uniformed officer will find ArmaLite\u2019s new AR-10T familiar. Draw the fixed stock into the shoulder, obtain sight picture and flip the selector. What makes the AR-10T different is more about what\u2019s on the inside. But on the outside, it all seems to feel the same.\r\n\r\nSince the creation of the Department of Homeland Security, law enforcement agencies have contended with how to use their budget to best enable their first responders to protect citizens against terror. Every agency has assessed vulnerabilities and many have chosen to acquire big bore rifles capable of penetrating a hard target or intercepting a vehicular threat. With just one shot to get it right, a team leader should have experience on the firing line.\r\n\r\nArmaLite\u2019s battle proven AR-10 has already served LE around the world including Canada\u2019s Ontario Provincial Police TRU (Tactics and Rescue Unit). Now loaded for the \"armalite3.jpg\"hard-hitting .338 Federal, the new AR-10T fills a department\u2019s medium-caliber gap without sacrificing ease of deployment, time for training, or familiar handling qualities of an officer\u2019s carbine.\r\n\r\nWhat some don\u2019t realize is that the AR-10\u2019s roots are more than 50 years old, pre-dating the AR-15\/M16\/M4. Clenching the checkered A2 pistol grip, controls are at the fingers. Saving more than a pound in weight over 7.62mm NATO infantry rifles of its time, Eugene Stoner\u2019s modular innovation is a source for the often-used term \u201cergonomic\u201d (as it applies to firearm design).\r\n\r\nThe anodized lower receiver is home to the ArmaLite tactical two-stage trigger set, the same trigger mechanism used in ArmaLite M-15 rifles. Pulling the trigger provides a crisp and smooth feel that doesn\u2019t interfere with accuracy. First and second stages are consistently passed at just 3 and 5 pounds before allowing the hammer to strike.\r\n\r\nBeing that the AR-10T is based on a 7.62mm NATO platform, the first question that usually comes to mind is how ArmaLite manages to stuff the high energy behind a .338 cartridge into an AR? An ArmaLite representative reports, \u201cArmaLite\u2019s refinements to the AR-10 over the many years placed it at a stage where the transfer to a harder hitting caliber such as the .338 Federal was not a problem. It\u2019s a short action .308-type cartridge so it transitions into our AR-10 platform perfectly. With some testing, we found that it\u2019s a fitting combination. We were able to use the same proven bolt and extractor, as well as the Generation II magazines. No design changes had to be made except re-chambering the AR-10 for a new caliber.\u201d\r\n\r\nThe bolt sits inside a gas impingement carrier group with four holes available to bleed off pressure and debris. The disassembly procedure is the same as an agency\u2019s M-15 carbine (just bigger parts). With the firing pin removed, one difference from other ARs is visually apparent. A spring shrouds the base of the firing pin pushing against the wall in the bolt carrier group. This feature helps reduce the risk of malfunctions and prevents the firing pin from bouncing during operation.\r\n\r\nA railed flat-top upper receiver marked \u201c.338 Federal\u201d brings the bolt together with the chamber of the stainless steel barrel. \u201cWe originally designed the .338 Federal as a hunting rifle, thus the stainless steel barrel,\u201d says ArmaLite. \u201cThe .338 Federal is a cartridge best suited for short and mid-range duties. We put a 22-inch barrel on the rifle, which provided the best ballistics for these situations. With that being said, we have seen the potential for different uses in this caliber, so we are spending some time testing a shorter rifle with a 16-inch barrel featuring a full size buttstock and a mid-length gas system to use in CQB operations.\u201d\r\n\r\n\"armalite4.jpg\"A tubular one-piece, free-floating aluminum handguard shields the hands from the triple lapped, 1-in-10-inch twist stainless steel match barrel. The tubular handguard improves the rifle\u2019s handling without taking up real estate with full-length accessory rails that often go unused. A useable length of rail does grace the forend of the handguard, ready to accept custom mounting of bipods, lasers, lights and other accessories.\r\n\r\nThe massive stainless steel gas block is secured to the barrel with four large hex-head screws and redirects gas pressure through a direct impingement system. This gas block is also a front sight base that features a flip-up Midwest Industries (MI) post that co-witnesses with a MI flip-up backup sight affixed to the rear of the upper receiver\u2019s Picatinny rail.\r\n\r\nSince no flash suppressor or compensator is present, the recessed crown at the muzzle of the AR-10T protects the rifle\u2019s accuracy potential during heavy use or intense tactical operations. Combine a barrel made of stainless steel, an aluminum free-floated handguard, aluminum alloy receivers, a polymer stock and grip, and you have a weather-resistant tactical rifle. The AR-10T can withstand harsher environments like those encountered in sustained maritime operations while offering the effective energy transfer carried by a .338 slug. \u201cCoastal areas with salty environments and the moisture of the trunk in squad cars are hard on steel parts, especially the barrel,\u201d says ArmaLite. So stainless steel might be a better choice for these conditions.\r\n\r\n\"armalite6.jpg\"Shooting Impressions<\/strong>\r\nNow I\u2019m not going to lie and say that I found the AR-10T to be a sub-MOA tack-driver. For me, it wasn\u2019t. I have friends in this industry who tell me they achieved MOA accuracy verified by pictures on Jeff Quinn\u2019s gunblast.com<\/a> of multiple 3-shot groups fired from 100 yards rivaling the size of a penny. But this test was a representation of how a founding member of DHS envisions this rifle being used by law enforcement. On the scene, from the trunk of a vehicle, and across the hood.\r\n\r\nDriving down to the edge of North Carolina\u2019s Great Dismal Swamp brought me to a private range that required the careful use of four-wheelers to maneuver through knee-deep muck in order to get downrange and post targets. A pair of 12x18-inch ballistic steel plates were used to verify the new Leupold VX-3 6.5-20x50mm riflescope from 100 yards. Secured in ArmaLite\u2019s unique one-piece ring mount, this accessory removes a couple of variables that typically impact accuracy on other rifles.\r\n\r\nThe DHS agent fired first. And second. \u201cOh yeah, we\u2019re good.\u201d Our four-wheelers carried us across the swamp again just to verify the point-of-aim\/point-of-impact. Fingering the significant dimples created in the swinging AR-500 steel plate, he said, \u201cMan, that rifle has some thump to it!\u201d With paper targets ready, we drove back to the firing line and began the accuracy test.\r\n\r\n\"armalite8.jpg\"In rural parts of the US, it\u2019s not unusual to see a pick-up truck used as a law enforcement vehicle. To best simulate a tactical operation where a vehicle is used as cover and firing support, we positioned the vehicle at the firing line and loaded each (5-, 10-, and 20-round) magazine with the only load available for this test: Federal\u2019s lead-nose, copper jacketed, 210-grain Nosler Partition.\r\n\r\nThe first 3-shot group from each of us measured just under 2.5 inches. Making it downrange and changing out targets, we discovered an earlier sighter that went off course and punched through a 5-inch thick tree. Looking further back, we saw the bullet had actually passed without deflection through a total of six trees smaller in size and spaced about 4 feet before disappearing.\r\n\r\nMost accuracy results with other AR-style rifles are taken in 5-shot groups, so the next batch would follow this pattern. Five groups of five shots averaged nearly 3 inches off the semi-supported position with the best group measuring 1.94 inches. The most impressive observation came from our last test, a 20-shot magazine dump in quick succession. In a string of fire that lasted no more than 30 seconds, 20 shots were clustered together in a group measuring just 3.6 inches. This is practical accuracy you can expect of a trained officer that could put a definitive end to a given crisis.\r\n\r\nFinal Notes<\/strong>\r\n\u201cIf you benched it with a bipod, it\u2019d group a lot tighter,\u201d noted the DHS agent, \u201cbut this is realistic. This rifle is what you hope to have when you arrive to a dynamic situation forcing you to run what you have.\u201d\r\n\r\nArmaLite asserts, \u201cThe same principals apply to this caliber as the .458 SOCOM, only the AR-10T does it better. Placing this harder hitting round in this strong, proven platform was a perfect match. The .458 SOCOM in the smaller AR-15 platform has unpredictable penetration at any significant range and the smaller AR-15 platform is unproven to last with a large caliber.\u201d\r\n\r\nWith the AR-10T you get a heavier bullet, lower felt recoil and more energy transferred to the target. This lethal hammer is ready to meet the obstacles faced by LE in urban environments or on the maritime waters.\r\n\r\n\"federal2.jpg\"FEDERAL\u2019S BOLD .338<\/strong>\r\nThere are other .338s out there but none that can be easily integrated with fewer changes to the seasoned AR-10. The story here is as much about the united effort between ArmaLite and Federal Cartridge<\/strong><\/a> to assure the rifle and ammunition are perfectly matched. Snipers are already familiar with .338s including the .338 Lapua Mag and the .338 Win Mag. These two highly effective cartridges are known for their long-range effectiveness in bolt-action platforms. For most LE operations requiring the deployment of a rifle, a bolt gun presents a number of tactical drawbacks. Slower handling, more recoil, and slower follow-up shots.\r\n\r\nThe .338 Federal delivers the only modern .338 caliber load that isn\u2019t a magnum configuration. It delivers a larger diameter bullet for more weight and overall energy on target without magnum recoil. \u201cThe .338 Federal captures the capability of the longstanding .308 case and offers the respected performance of the .338 bullet,\u201d says Federal President Mark DeYoung. \u201cThese two mainstays have been proven time and again and are now brought together into a quality factory load,\u201d he adds.","post_title":"Armalite AR-10T .338 Federal","post_excerpt":"NEW BATTLE RIFLE chambered for Federal\u2019s powerhouse cartridge!","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"armalite-ar-10t-338-federal","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-10-31 23:08:29","post_modified_gmt":"2023-11-01 03:08:29","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2009\/09\/02\/armalite-ar-10t-338-federal\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":160816,"post_author":"374","post_date":"2009-04-24 14:48:05","post_date_gmt":"2009-04-24 20:48:05","post_content":"\r\n\r\nI have been a fan of the .308 cartridge (7.62x51mm) for many years and have always enjoyed its versatility. It has numerous useful applications for self-defense and law enforcement and one of my bolt-action rifles in that chambering is set up for medium- to-long range anti-personnel work.\r\n\r\n\"untitled-2.jpg\"I have used .308 rifles in bolt-action, lever-action, slide-action and semi-automatic configurations, the latter being in the form of the M14 battle rifle, which is what we cadets trained with in ROTC (Reserve Officers\u2019 Training Corps) I was very interested when Rock River Arms (RRA) introduced an AR-type rifle in the popular .308 caliber.\r\n\r\nThe rifle was the Mid-Length (M\/L) LAR-8 A4 (308A1239), which comes housed in a compartmented, electric blue plastic carrying case. In the case, the rifle is broken down into the upper-receiver\/barrel group and the lower-receiver\/stock group that allows the case to be a bit more compact length-wise. It is a great case for shipping the weapon, but unfortunately the case cannot be used once an optic sight is mounted on the LAR-8, which means that if you want to carry your RRA rifle in a gun case fully assembled with a sight mounted, you will be in the market for a new larger gun case.\r\n\r\nMy sample LAR-8 mid-length A4 came with a 16-inch Wilson chrome moly barrel having a 1-in-10-inch right-hand twist, six land and groove rifling and a Picatinny rail on the upper receiver and on top of the barrel at the front of the handguard as there are no iron sights. There is also an A2 version that has the same iron sight configuration that is found on the M16A2 rifle. Both of these rifles are fitted with a tactical CAR-style buttstock.\r\n\r\nOther RRA LAR-8 factory variations include Standard A2 and A4 models that have 20-inch barrels and a conventional AR-type butt stock, plus there is an A-4 Varmint Model that features a 26-inch Wilson air gauged, stainless steel bull barrel that is coupled with a free-floating, tubular aluminum handguard for increased long-distance accuracy.\r\n\r\nStandard Features <\/strong>\r\nStandard features on my LAR-8 M\/L A4 includes a rubber Hogue pistol grip, which is stippled and has finger grooves, a two-stage match trigger, upper receiver with bolt forward assist and ejection port door, plus brass deflector, ventilated polymer handguard, sling swivels and A2-type flash suppressor. The LAR-8 basically looks like a M16 on steroids, as the receiver has been beefed up to allow use of the .308 (7.62x51mm) cartridge.\r\n\r\nThe two big differences that the discerning eye will note is the magazine and the bolt catch. The factory-supplied magazine for the LAR-8 is basically the same as the 20-round magazine used in the famous FN\/FAL and L1A1 battle rifles. Entire articles and books could be and have been devoted to this fine weapon, so we won\u2019t delve into that subject here, but this Fabrique Nationale-designed rifle has been in service since 1953 and has armed some 60 countries around the world including Belgium, Great Britain, Canada, Australia, and Argentina.\r\n\r\nNeedless to say, there have been countless thousands of magazines made for the FN\/FAL and that fact pays dividends to the LAR-8 owner who has a wide selection to choose from. I did a little Internet surfing and came up with price ranges from $10 to $22 for used Mil-Spec 20-round magazines. There are also 30-round magazines out there that average around $50 more. They hang down a bit too far for comfortable prone shooting, so I\u2019m content to stick with the 20-rounders myself.\r\n\r\nThe bolt catch on the LAR-8 is not on the left side of the lower receiver as on the M16, but is positioned at the base of the magazine well at its juncture with the pivoting triggerguard. It is more reminiscent of the bolt catch found on the FN\/FAL and is made to be ambidextrous, and if your hand is large enough can be actuated by the trigger finger of whichever hand you use. The magazine release is located in the same area as on the M16 and the LAR-8 is also ambidextrous.\r\n\r\nWhile the manual safety lever, just above the pistol grip on the right of the receiver, is not ambidextrous, it appears to be easily changed to the left side of the receiver if that\u2019s the user\u2019s preference. On a whole the controls on this rifle are easily reached and manipulated without removing the hand from the pistol grip, certainly a plus in a patrol rifle. I had no trouble whatever operating them with my medium-sized hand.\r\n\r\nObviously, this rifle is going to pack more weight than the M16 and the LAR-8 M\/L A4 weighs in empty, sans sights, at a respectable 8.1 pounds. With the 6-position CAR buttstock fully extended it measures 38 inches. The weight and the propellant gas operation system of the action certainly help tame recoil, which is a good thing given the hard checkered butt of the CAR stock.\r\n\r\nThe standard polymer handguard is round in shape with flats on the top and bottom that are serrated and have holes for barrel ventilation. There are no rails on the standard handguard, but RRA does offer optional Daniel Defense Lite Quad Rails for both the Mid-Length and Standard LAR-8 A4 rifles. In fact, a visit to the RRA website will allow one to see the full list of optional items available that allow you to \u201chave it your way\u201d with just about any Rock River Arms\u2019 AR-type rifle.\r\n\r\nAs always, I gave the RRA LAR-8 Mid-Length A4 a top to bottom inspection and did not find anything wanting in overall fit and finish of the weapon. All the flats were flat, corners square and rounded surfaces done to perfection. No machine marks or other blemishes were visible and the black hard coat anodized finish was a good match to the black polymer material of the handguard and buttstock of the rifle.\r\n\r\nOptics Selection<\/strong>\r\nNow given that my RRA LAR-8 M\/L A4 comes without sights, it was time to select something with which to aim the rifle that would be fitting for my uses. I looked at a number of optical and sights of various manufacturers, but came away impressed with the Trijicon ACOG (Advanced Combat Optical Gunsight) 3.5x35mm .308 BDC\/FT.Chevron BAC riflescope for our test.\r\n\r\nAnyone that watches the network nightly news has seen the ACOG sights on the M16A2 rifles carried by many of our troops in Afghanistan and Iraq; their bell-shaped housings make them easily identifiable. They have been in use for many years by Army Special Forces, the Marines, Navy SEALs and the FBI, so I didn\u2019t see how I could go wrong. Trijicon is synonymous with the night sights that have been fitted on many of the most popular combat handguns for a couple of decades. However, Trijicon\u2019s founder Glyn Bindon wanted to build a sight for long arms that would bring together both-eyes-open shooting, an illuminated aiming point, plus magnified optics.\r\n\r\nWhat he discovered was what has since been termed the Bindon Aiming Concept (BAC), aiming with both eyes open, which gives a superior sense of balance and field of view, coupled with a magnified Trijicon sight, which offers the shooter a considerable advantage over his target using conventional sights. When used as designed, in the binocular mode, the operator sees only the red, chevron-shaped reticle (the pointed tip is the aiming point) transposed on the target at anywhere from across-the-room ranges to several hundred yards.\r\n\r\nMy sample ACOG 3.5x35mm scope came packaged in a well-padded Pelican case, which also held a black nylon, Scopecoat scope cover, a Lenspen lens cleaner and an ACOG thumbscrew flattop adapter for affixing the scope to the Picatinny rail of the LAR-8. The scope housing is 8 inches in length and is made of rugged forged aluminum; the black, hard-anodized finish matches almost exactly that of the RRA rifle. Scope weight without mounts adds only 14 ounces to the weight of the rifle.\r\n\r\nThe scope is calibrated for use with the .308 cartridge and is meant to be sighted in at 100 meters with an effective range of 800 meters on flattop rifles. The reticle also includes a rangefinder and the base of the chevron aiming point is 5.53 MOA (minute of angle), which at 300 meters is 19 inches allowing for good range estimation. Of course, during the day, the fiber-optic tube running along the top of the scope gathers light for the red aiming point and at night\/low light tritium is used to illuminate the chevron. The field of view at 100 yards is almost 29 feet, the eye relief is 2.4 inches and the adjustment is 4-inch clicks at 100 yards.\r\n\r\nRange Time<\/strong>\r\nNow it was time to go to my ammo locker and select some cartridges from my stock of .308 ammunition. I chose Black Hills Gold with a 168-grain Hornady A-Max bullet, which has a factory velocity of 2650 fps (feet per second). Next I picked Federal Gold Medal that has a Sierra 168-grain \u201cMatchKing\u201d BTHP bullet also rated at 2650 fps. To add a law enforcement-designed cartridge I included the one of the Hornady TAP loads in .308.\r\n\r\nAccording to their website, \u201cThe 155-grain A-MAX TAP Precision cartridge offers match accuracy with a high-ballistic coefficient providing superior long-range performance. This load demonstrates expansion and fragmentation similar to the 110-grain load, but with a noticeable increase in penetration and retained bullet weight. This bullet penetrates glass with minimal deflection and exhibits retained expansion and fragmentation characteristics.\u201d\r\n\r\nIt is also intended for use in a 1-in-10-inch or 1-in-12-inch twist rifle barrel such as that on the LAR-8. My final selection was the Winchester 150-grain Supreme Elite with \u201cThe new XP3 bullet that starts with a two-stage expansion design, then combines all the best-known bullet technology to offer delayed controlled expansion, deep penetration, and high retained weight.\u201d\r\n\r\nWith my rifle\/sight combination, plus test ammunition in hand, it was time for a field test. I did my shooting at the NRA Whittington Center during the 2008 Shootists Holiday and used the Center\u2019s Sight-In Range for my accuracy and chronograph testing session. I sighted the Trijicon ACOG 3.5x35mm scope in for 100 yards, then proceeded to shoot three 3-shot groups for record with each test cartridge, using the concrete benches and an MTM Casegard rest.\r\n\r\nMy best group was 0.82 of an inch using Federal Gold Medal loads, followed by 0.97 of an inch with the Hornady TAP ammo. All of the group averages stayed under 2 inches and my guess is that the rifle would have had no trouble out-shooting the shooter that day. I also set up my Oehler Model 35P chronograph to see what velocities I would get from the LAR-8 M\/L 16-inch barrel.\r\n\r\nNext I put a silhouette target out at 200 yards and fired a dozen shots using a mixed bag of .308 cartridges at center mass and scored 10 hits in the 10 and X-ring and two just out in the 9-ring. Three shots to the head resulted in three hits in the 10-ring. Lastly, I took the LAR-8 to the Animal Silhouette Range, where the backstop is a mountainside covered with nice big rocks.\r\n\r\nFrom the standing, off-hand position, again using a mix of my test ammo, I was able to make dust fly on rocks out as far as I could see them on the mountainside, which has been previously checked with a laser rangefinder to have shootable rocks out to some 475 yards. The best part besides the practical accuracy and \u201cshootability\u201d of the LAR-8 was the fact that it was 100-percent reliable and I did not note a single malfunction during the test.\r\n\r\nFinal Notes<\/strong>\r\nRRA has a winner here and mated with the Trijicon ACOG scope and good ammo, I can\u2019t think of anything I\u2019d rather take into harm\u2019s way.","post_title":"RRA Mid-Length LAR-8 A4 .308","post_excerpt":"Big-bore AR\/Trijicon ACOG combo proved 100% reliable and sub-MOA accurate!","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"rra-mid-lenght-lar-8-a4-308","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-05-31 20:23:23","post_modified_gmt":"2023-05-31 20:23:23","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2009\/04\/24\/rra-mid-lenght-lar-8-a4-308\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":161994,"post_author":"645","post_date":"2008-05-13 15:04:28","post_date_gmt":"2008-05-13 21:04:28","post_content":"\r\nThose marvels of Austrian ingenuity, GLOCK pistols, have a well-deserved reputation for arriving ready for concealed carry. No sharp edges abound to be rough on the hands or snag clothing during the draw. GLOCKs slide from the holster, point well, and are ready for immediate action. The GLOCK Safe Action design leaves worries regarding a complicated manual of arms in the dust. Cap that off with sizes and calibers to satisfy every taste, and GLOCK seems destined to maintain their edge.\r\n\r\nFew things are dearer to the American heart than .45-caliber handguns. Despite the presence of .36- and .44-caliber handguns during the settling of the West, the .45 Colt is viewed as the decisive caliber from that era. Just in time to take the place of this noble cartridge, the .45 Auto became a force to be reckoned with in the next century. There is something comforting about this large caliber, imbuing a sense of power.\r\n\r\nIn fact, many a breath was held after GLOCK entered the U. S. market, until the Austrian company announced the introduction of their Model 21 in .45 Auto. Exhaling a sigh of relief, the .45 culture had a polymer wonder to satisfy its desires.\r\n\r\nFor duty carry by officers, the GLOCK 21 proved a perfect choice, hearty and robust, with the renowned GLOCK reliability. Following Law Enforcement (LE) trends that pushed the GLOCK to the top of the LE realm, as concealed carry rights blossomed, those exercising their rights adopted GLOCKs in droves. However, it was obvious the GLOCK 21 would have a small concealed carry following. The very traits making it so popular for duty carry\u2014hearty and robust\u2014worked against discreet carry.\r\n\r\nNever one to be left out in the cold, GLOCK introduced the more compact Models 30 and 36 in .45 Auto with double- and single-stack magazines, respectively. The Model 30 still bore grip dimensions similar to that of the Model 21, frequently difficult for those with average hands. The 36, though thinner due to a single-column magazine, still bore a longer front-to-back grip because of the .45 Auto chambering, which can still be a problem for some.\r\n\r\nBoth models have fared well with the American concealed carrier, but their frames, sized as they were for the .45 Auto, still leave some carriers and shooters with average and smaller-sized hands wanting. Likewise, many in the LE community hankered for a pistol dimensionally like the immensely popular GLOCK 17\/19\/26 and 22\/23\/26, but in the .45 Auto. Of course, the .45 Auto just won\u2019t fit in these more comfortable frames.\r\n\r\nMAKE WAY FOR THE .45<\/strong>\r\nNever one to shy away from a challenge, the folks at GLOCK tackled the project with the help of the ballistic wizards at Speer. The resulting cartridge, equaling the ballistic performance of the .45 Auto, was christened the .45 GLOCK Automatic Pistol (G.A.P.). Squeezed into a 9x19\/.40 frame, the GLOCK 37 and the .45 G.A.P. answered the LE and civilian concealed carriers\u2019 request for a more-compact .45 pistol.\r\n\r\nThe full-sized GLOCK 37 was followed by the compact GLOCK 38, and sub-compact GLOCK 39, each chambering a fair number of the new stubby .45s. Initially it was hoped the Models 37, 38, and 39 might be exactly the same size as the corresponding 9x19\/.40 models, and regarding the frames that proved true. However, to ensure perfect performance, marginally larger slides became the norm. (17\/22 slides are 1.01 inches wide by 0.85-inch high, weighing 18 ounces. GLOCK 37 slides are 1.13 inches wide by 0.88-inch high and weigh 21 ounces.) The .45 G.A.P. pistols incorporate a longer steel locking-block.\r\n\r\nOne step in building a cartridge to fit in the smaller and handier frame was designing the .45 G.A.P. cartridge to be 0.13-inch shorter than the .45 Auto. This produces a case similar in length to the 9x19 (0.78-inches), but once loaded the G. A. P has an overall length of 1.08 inches, actually shorter than the 9x19. (This last design parameter allows the wide .45 G.A.P. bullet to fit in a shorter grip area.)\r\n\r\n\"imgp03.gif\"AN ALL-NEW CARTRIDGE<\/strong>\r\nAdditional changes include a slightly rebated rim on the G.A.P., and modified extractor groove. Inside the case, one finds a wall profile that differs noticeably from the .45 Auto, thus allowing for seating .45 bullets without case wall bulging, and outside the primer pocket is filled with a small pistol primer. (A large pistol primer reportedly caused over-ignition and excessive pressure.) All of this goes to the point that the G.A.P. is an entirely new cartridge case that cannot be safely built from a .45 Auto case! Using the most modern propellants, Speer succeeded in charging this smaller .45 cartridge to equal the .45 Auto ballistically, while keeping pressures near the .45 Auto range.\r\n\r\nThere is no paucity of loadings available for the .45 G.A.P. GLOCKs. Speer\u2019s initial .45 G.A.P. commercial loadings were 185- and 200-grain Gold Dot premium hollowpoints and the same weights of TMJ bullets in the Speer Lawman line for economical shooting. Under the ATK banner with Speer, Federal Cartridge has introduced 185-grain and 230-grain Hydra-Shok loadings in the Premium Personal Defense line and an economical 185-grain TMJ loading in the American Eagle line.\r\n\r\nWinchester and Remington are now loading the .45 G.A.P. cartridge in configurations similar to Speer and Federal. COR-BON stepped in with their 160-grain DPX load, the 165-grain Pow'R Ball, a jacketed soft point, and a 200-grain JHP. This means bullet weights of 160 grains, 165 grains, 185 grains, 200 grains and 230 grains are all available.\r\n\r\n.45 GAP PERFORMANCE<\/strong>\r\nThe .45 G.A.P. is quite a boon for those of us adhering to the notion that bigger is better! Concealed carriers and Law Enforcement personnel, in and out of uniform, have their wish for new handguns.\r\n\r\nFrom the concealed carriers\u2019 and non-uniformed LE perspective, I found four .45 GLOCKs most appropriate for their needs. The Model 21 has already been excluded, and the Model 37 will probably be as well by those seeking compactness for carry. This leaves us with the Models 30, 36, 38, and 39 for consideration.\r\n\r\nThis was my first experience with the .45 G.A.P., so I began my examination of the concealed carry candidates with range testing. Trigger-time revealed just what I had heard: the .45 G.A.P. pistols were just as easily handled during all the drills as similar GLOCK models accommodating the .45 Auto. The GLOCK 38 weighs virtually the same as the Model 30, while the same is true of the Models 36 and 39, and the velocities of similar weight bullets are close enough to produce the similar felt recoil in pistols all weighing the same. (Depending on the cartridge, the .45 G.A.P. recoil can feel similar to a .40 pistol.)\r\n\r\nWearing average-sized hands, I found all four offerings fit me well, with the GLOCK 30 on the upper end of comfort for me. That, of course, explains why there is more than one flavor of ice cream\u2014and size of GLOCK\u2014to provide needed variety!\r\n\r\nWith pistols to fit my hands and those of most others, in my favorite caliber and that of GLOCK\u2019s new offering\u2014which seems destined to offer the .45 Auto a run for its money\u2014I went forth to gather the opinions of other shooters and concealed carriers.\r\n\r\n\"gap-carry.gif\"SHOOTING & CARRYING GLOCK .45s<\/strong>\r\nI placed the four GLOCK .45 offerings in the hands of a variety of shooters, and received the expected plethora of preferences. Given a choice of .45 GLOCKs, each one selected their favorite based on how it fit their hands and rode on their waist. Recoil did not seem a factor.\r\n\r\nThose finding the .45 Auto pistols a tad largish found the pistols chambered for the .45 G.A.P. just right. Testers that found the .45 Auto pistols fitting them well expressed their appreciation of the trimmer G.A.P pistols. It seems that not only has GLOCK spawned a new caliber in which to chamber their pistols, they have found one that can satisfy the needs of big-bore concealed carriers (and no doubt uniformed officers) while doing so.\r\n\r\nWill this be the .45 of the 21st century? Only time will tell, but it seems the .45 G.A.P is making a good run at that distinction!\r\nHOLSTERING GLOCK .45s<\/strong>\r\nAs excellent as the size and calibers of the GLOCK .45s make them for concealment, they still miss one thing for concealed carry\u2014a holster! Luckily holster makers, just like users, have flocked to all GLOCK pistols. Finding leather, or non-leather, to tote one\u2019s choice of .45 should be relatively easy.\r\n\r\nToting a handgun\u2014any handgun, including a GLOCK\u2014should be accomplished using a quality holster. Holsters protect handguns from loss, or shifting during carry, ensuring it will be there when one reaches for it. Not only will the handgun be there when needed, but also a well-designed holster will snug a GLOCK .45 against the body, while not impeding a smooth, speedy draw. Regardless of the GLOCK .45 of choice, there should be a holster to allow carrying it comfortably, securely, and inconspicuously.\r\n\r\nA quick search of the Internet turned up offerings to carry some of GLOCK\u2019s .45s from Aker, Alessi, Bianchi, Blackhawk Bulman, Blade-Tech, Comp-Tac, DeSantis, Del Fatti, Don Hume, FIST, Fobus, Galco, Gould & Goodrich, Milt Sparks, Safariland, Sidearmor, and Uncle Mikes. There are more, but I stopped searching when it became obvious there was no end to holsters and suppliers.\r\n\r\nIt seems every commercial holster maker, and those in the custom world, offer one or more styles, to fit one or more of the .45 GLOCK pistols. Their wares are made from horse or cowhide, Kydex or other polymer, or some version of ballistic nylon. Styles include belt models, inside-the-waistband versions, shoulder holsters, and pocket models for the smaller pistols.\r\n\r\nI also did a scan of my holster collection, and found a number already on hand, including those wearing the GLOCK brand. (GLOCK has always offered holsters for their pistols.) Not surprisingly, I discovered many holsters specified for 9x19\/.40 pistols also fit quite nicely around a GLOCK 36 pistol, with a scant few fitting the marginally enlarged G.A.P. models. (This is, of course, not something most holster makers will announce, nor something one can count on, but if an ample selection of holsters is available, the fit is easily checked.) In addition, holsters for the GLOCK 30 will usually fit the G.A.P. offerings.\r\n\r\nPick a .45 GLOCK, a holster to meet your needs, and ammo from a high-performance source. Outfitted with this, today\u2019s big-bore carrier will be ready to go!","post_title":"Concealed-Carry .45s: The GLOCK Solution | Glock 45 Models","post_excerpt":"The .45 firepower favored by legions of officers is tough to keep out of sight. Not so with the GLOCK .45 G.A.P.\u2014the hideaway handgun with maximum performance.","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"concealed-carry-45s-the-glock-solution","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-10-31 23:10:49","post_modified_gmt":"2023-11-01 03:10:49","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2008\/05\/13\/concealed-carry-45s-the-glock-solution\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":true,"total_page":15},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

POPULAR

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n

The .40 S&W Choice<\/strong> for Subcompact Handguns<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Over the last 20-plus years the .40 S&W cartridge has overtaken the venerable 9mm as the most preferred round for U.S. law enforcement. The step up in caliber provides greater stopping power than a 9mm with less recoil than a .45 ACP. That of course has become more debatable in recent years with specialized .45 ACP rounds and guns specifically designed for them, however, the .40 S&W reigns supreme with law enforcement, while maintaining an equally enthusiastic following among civilians.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Glock 27 Gen4<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n
\"Glock<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Glock calls the .40 S&W Glock 27 Gen4 the \u201cthinking person\u2019s\u201d deep concealment gun. In its newest Gen4 configuration with interchangeable backstrap panels, the 9+1 standard capacity Glock continues the 27\u2019s history as a consummate backup gun for law enforcement. It has also become an ideal concealed carry <\/a>sidearm for the civilian market.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

While slightly larger than a Subcompact 9mm, the modest increase in overall size is offset by its capacity and ease of use. While the .40 S&W imparts a pretty hefty kick (compared to a 9mm), the Glock 27 Gen4 has very linear muzzle flip allowing quick target reacquisition. Overall, the Glock isn\u2019t the handful you expect from subcompact handguns, and with the right backstrap attached becomes a hand-filling, manageable semi-auto that puts the power of the .40 S&W cartridge into a size ideal for concealed carry use. The overall size is 6.29 inches in length with a 3.46-inch barrel, 4.17 inches in height, 1.18 inches in width, and a modest weight of 21.7 ounces empty.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Springfield XDM Compact 3.8<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n
\"Springfield<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

With the addition of the XDM Series of guns introduced in 2008, Springfield raised the bar on multi-purpose sidearms. While the XD pistols have found great acceptance within the general firearms community, the XDM Series is more in tune with today\u2019s personal protection and concealed carry needs, flavored with Springfield\u2019s penchant for building high-capacity pistols on standard sized frames.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The latest XDM Compact, chambered in .40 S&W (with an impressive 11+1 capacity) offers the same match grade 3.8-inch barrel as the XDM 3.8, but with a shorter grip frame like those used on the XD Sub-Compact (X-Treme Duty) models, making this a dedicated concealed carry sidearm. But there\u2019s more. The gun also comes with an extended capacity magazine upping the cartridge total to 16+1 rounds of .40 S&W thereby making this an ideal handgun for home protection. The XDM Compact, like all XD models utilizes a dual safety system comprised of a pivoting trigger toggle and a 1911-type frame-mounted grip safety. The gun features tapered ambidextrous magazine releases, drift adjustable front and rear white dot sights, ambidextrous indexing thumb rests, interchangeable backstrap panels, and deeply angled front and rear slide serrations (three in front, six in back). The Compact\u2019s slide is just slightly wider at the bottom, tapering out to provide a little more surface area to grasp when chambering the first round or clearing the gun. The XDM Compact is a top choice in the .40 S&W caliber.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

9mm<\/strong> Subcompact Handguns<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Globally the 9mm remains the most popular cartridge in the world, used by more law enforcement and military organizations than any other. The 9mm is also favored within the foreign civilian marketplace because many nations outlaw the use of larger caliber handguns except by the military. The 9mm cartridge has been in use now for over 100 years.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Ruger LC9<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n
\"ruger,<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Ruger\u2019s LC9 offers compact dimensions measuring 6.0 inches in length, 4.5 inches in height and a modest 0.90 inches in width, combined with a comparatively high capacity of 7+1 rounds and light carry weight of 17.1 ounces (empty). The LC9 is built with a composite frame of high-performance glass-filled Nylon supported by an aluminum grip frame (subframe), a through-hardened steel slide, and 3.12-inch steel barrel. The LC9\u2019s contours render a gun that ideally fits the average hand, placing the index finger directly alongside the triggerguard with a natural recess for the first joint to rest before moving to engage the trigger. On the left side, the contoured grip frame places the thumb in position for a single-handed hold. The LC9 has a loaded chamber indicator that rises upward from the top of the slide and is clearly stamped \u201cLOADED WHEN UP\u201d. It\u2019s a very obvious tell so bluffing is off the table.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

This is a well-balanced gun that is slightly muzzle heavy, an asset in managing recoil. The size, weight, and feel of the LC9 is very good and while the trigger pull is exceptionally long at 1.2 inches, it remains smooth and consistent allowing for quick follow-up shots. This is a function of both safety and the nature of the LC9\u2019s internal hammer design. Simply put, discharging the LC9 is like firing a DAO revolver. The LC9 has a magazine disconnect and will not fire a chambered round with the magazine removed. Overall this is a very capable small 9mm, which can also be equipped with a number of options including a Crimson Trace Laserguard.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Sig Sauer P290<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n
\"Sig<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Sig Sauer P290 is only slightly larger overall than a .380 ACP. With an overall length of just 5.5 inches, a truncated height of 3.9 inches, barrel length of 2.9 inches, and overall weight of only 21.5 ounces (empty), the P290 provides the defensive capability of a 9mm in a gun that is remarkably flat, measuring less than an inch in width. It is bigger and \u201cchunkier\u201d than the Kimber Solo and just a hair smaller than the Ruger LC9. The internal mechanism is a traditional locked breech, Browning-type tilting barrel but with one distinguishing feature; a broadly flared muzzle that aligns with a corresponding channel in the slide.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

This design contributes to quicker cycling of the action; as soon as the slide starts its reward movement it releases the muzzle, allowing the barrel to tilt and drop the breechblock into line for reload. The P290 also employs a dual recoil spring assembly that makes this operation pretty snappy.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The frame is a lightweight, molded polymer with a slide machined from a solid billet. The finishes available are natural stainless or durable Nitron coating. Standard sights are dovetailed drift adjustable white dots. The P290 is a DAO hammer-fired pistol but with no manual cocking capability. In addition, the Sig Sauer has an automatic firing pin safety block, hammer safety intercept notch, and a trigger bar disconnect, making it safe for carry with a chambered round. And the Sig Sauer will fire with the magazine removed.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

An interesting option for Sig Sauer is the Integrated Laser Module (ILM), which is custom made for the P290. Lightweight and compact, the ILM seamlessly blends with the lines of the pistol. The laser has ambidextrous switches. The increase in weight of 0.8 ounces is negligible and the laser unit adds only 0.75 inches to the depth of the gun.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Overall, this is a rugged looking little gun that is relatively easy to carry concealed considering it packs 6+1 rounds of 9mm.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Kimber Solo Carry<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n
\"gun
Compact semi-autos like the Kimber Solo are effective fight-stoppers, but shooters with weaker hands might have trouble retracting their slides.<\/figcaption><\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Kimber Solo Carry is one of the most compact 9mm on the market measuring only 5.5 inches in length, 3.9 inches in height and a mere 0.995 inches in width. The all steel and alloy construction semi-auto weighs only 17 ounces empty. The compactness of the Solo is visually striking, being only slightly larger in overall dimension than most .380s. In order to achieve these scaled down proportions reminiscent of a 1911, the frame contours are smoother and more rounded with every possible edge reduced to its minimum possible tolerances. Easily operated ambidextrous magazine releases and perfectly sized ambidextrous safeties make ease of operation suitable for left or right-handed users.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Truly \u201cpocketable,\u201d the Solo utilizes a unique striker-fired system with a slight twist. When the slide is cycled and a round is chambered the striker (firing pin) is between 88 to 90 percent pre-tensioned. The trigger pull necessary to discharge the Solo then is only 10 to 12 percent of the total effort needed to finish the cycle and release the striker. Even though Kimber describes the Solo as a \u201csingle action striker-fired design,\u201d it is actually a double action as pulling the trigger has to finish tensioning the striker before the gun will discharge. While the lightweight semi-auto has a pretty hefty kick it is more than manageable and exceptionally accurate. As one of the smaller 9mm on the market, the Solo definitely has earned its mark.<\/p>\n","post_title":"Contemporary Subcompact Handguns","post_excerpt":"The Personal Defense Pocket Pistols: In the 21st century we have perfected the art of making as much gun as possible in the smallest package possible!","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"contemporary-subcompacts","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-10-19 15:38:22","post_modified_gmt":"2023-10-19 19:38:22","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2012\/11\/01\/contemporary-subcompacts\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":160508,"post_author":"645","post_date":"2009-09-02 15:20:48","post_date_gmt":"2009-09-02 21:20:48","post_content":"\r\n\r\nEven the gloved hands of today\u2019s uniformed officer will find ArmaLite\u2019s new AR-10T familiar. Draw the fixed stock into the shoulder, obtain sight picture and flip the selector. What makes the AR-10T different is more about what\u2019s on the inside. But on the outside, it all seems to feel the same.\r\n\r\nSince the creation of the Department of Homeland Security, law enforcement agencies have contended with how to use their budget to best enable their first responders to protect citizens against terror. Every agency has assessed vulnerabilities and many have chosen to acquire big bore rifles capable of penetrating a hard target or intercepting a vehicular threat. With just one shot to get it right, a team leader should have experience on the firing line.\r\n\r\nArmaLite\u2019s battle proven AR-10 has already served LE around the world including Canada\u2019s Ontario Provincial Police TRU (Tactics and Rescue Unit). Now loaded for the \"armalite3.jpg\"hard-hitting .338 Federal, the new AR-10T fills a department\u2019s medium-caliber gap without sacrificing ease of deployment, time for training, or familiar handling qualities of an officer\u2019s carbine.\r\n\r\nWhat some don\u2019t realize is that the AR-10\u2019s roots are more than 50 years old, pre-dating the AR-15\/M16\/M4. Clenching the checkered A2 pistol grip, controls are at the fingers. Saving more than a pound in weight over 7.62mm NATO infantry rifles of its time, Eugene Stoner\u2019s modular innovation is a source for the often-used term \u201cergonomic\u201d (as it applies to firearm design).\r\n\r\nThe anodized lower receiver is home to the ArmaLite tactical two-stage trigger set, the same trigger mechanism used in ArmaLite M-15 rifles. Pulling the trigger provides a crisp and smooth feel that doesn\u2019t interfere with accuracy. First and second stages are consistently passed at just 3 and 5 pounds before allowing the hammer to strike.\r\n\r\nBeing that the AR-10T is based on a 7.62mm NATO platform, the first question that usually comes to mind is how ArmaLite manages to stuff the high energy behind a .338 cartridge into an AR? An ArmaLite representative reports, \u201cArmaLite\u2019s refinements to the AR-10 over the many years placed it at a stage where the transfer to a harder hitting caliber such as the .338 Federal was not a problem. It\u2019s a short action .308-type cartridge so it transitions into our AR-10 platform perfectly. With some testing, we found that it\u2019s a fitting combination. We were able to use the same proven bolt and extractor, as well as the Generation II magazines. No design changes had to be made except re-chambering the AR-10 for a new caliber.\u201d\r\n\r\nThe bolt sits inside a gas impingement carrier group with four holes available to bleed off pressure and debris. The disassembly procedure is the same as an agency\u2019s M-15 carbine (just bigger parts). With the firing pin removed, one difference from other ARs is visually apparent. A spring shrouds the base of the firing pin pushing against the wall in the bolt carrier group. This feature helps reduce the risk of malfunctions and prevents the firing pin from bouncing during operation.\r\n\r\nA railed flat-top upper receiver marked \u201c.338 Federal\u201d brings the bolt together with the chamber of the stainless steel barrel. \u201cWe originally designed the .338 Federal as a hunting rifle, thus the stainless steel barrel,\u201d says ArmaLite. \u201cThe .338 Federal is a cartridge best suited for short and mid-range duties. We put a 22-inch barrel on the rifle, which provided the best ballistics for these situations. With that being said, we have seen the potential for different uses in this caliber, so we are spending some time testing a shorter rifle with a 16-inch barrel featuring a full size buttstock and a mid-length gas system to use in CQB operations.\u201d\r\n\r\n\"armalite4.jpg\"A tubular one-piece, free-floating aluminum handguard shields the hands from the triple lapped, 1-in-10-inch twist stainless steel match barrel. The tubular handguard improves the rifle\u2019s handling without taking up real estate with full-length accessory rails that often go unused. A useable length of rail does grace the forend of the handguard, ready to accept custom mounting of bipods, lasers, lights and other accessories.\r\n\r\nThe massive stainless steel gas block is secured to the barrel with four large hex-head screws and redirects gas pressure through a direct impingement system. This gas block is also a front sight base that features a flip-up Midwest Industries (MI) post that co-witnesses with a MI flip-up backup sight affixed to the rear of the upper receiver\u2019s Picatinny rail.\r\n\r\nSince no flash suppressor or compensator is present, the recessed crown at the muzzle of the AR-10T protects the rifle\u2019s accuracy potential during heavy use or intense tactical operations. Combine a barrel made of stainless steel, an aluminum free-floated handguard, aluminum alloy receivers, a polymer stock and grip, and you have a weather-resistant tactical rifle. The AR-10T can withstand harsher environments like those encountered in sustained maritime operations while offering the effective energy transfer carried by a .338 slug. \u201cCoastal areas with salty environments and the moisture of the trunk in squad cars are hard on steel parts, especially the barrel,\u201d says ArmaLite. So stainless steel might be a better choice for these conditions.\r\n\r\n\"armalite6.jpg\"Shooting Impressions<\/strong>\r\nNow I\u2019m not going to lie and say that I found the AR-10T to be a sub-MOA tack-driver. For me, it wasn\u2019t. I have friends in this industry who tell me they achieved MOA accuracy verified by pictures on Jeff Quinn\u2019s gunblast.com<\/a> of multiple 3-shot groups fired from 100 yards rivaling the size of a penny. But this test was a representation of how a founding member of DHS envisions this rifle being used by law enforcement. On the scene, from the trunk of a vehicle, and across the hood.\r\n\r\nDriving down to the edge of North Carolina\u2019s Great Dismal Swamp brought me to a private range that required the careful use of four-wheelers to maneuver through knee-deep muck in order to get downrange and post targets. A pair of 12x18-inch ballistic steel plates were used to verify the new Leupold VX-3 6.5-20x50mm riflescope from 100 yards. Secured in ArmaLite\u2019s unique one-piece ring mount, this accessory removes a couple of variables that typically impact accuracy on other rifles.\r\n\r\nThe DHS agent fired first. And second. \u201cOh yeah, we\u2019re good.\u201d Our four-wheelers carried us across the swamp again just to verify the point-of-aim\/point-of-impact. Fingering the significant dimples created in the swinging AR-500 steel plate, he said, \u201cMan, that rifle has some thump to it!\u201d With paper targets ready, we drove back to the firing line and began the accuracy test.\r\n\r\n\"armalite8.jpg\"In rural parts of the US, it\u2019s not unusual to see a pick-up truck used as a law enforcement vehicle. To best simulate a tactical operation where a vehicle is used as cover and firing support, we positioned the vehicle at the firing line and loaded each (5-, 10-, and 20-round) magazine with the only load available for this test: Federal\u2019s lead-nose, copper jacketed, 210-grain Nosler Partition.\r\n\r\nThe first 3-shot group from each of us measured just under 2.5 inches. Making it downrange and changing out targets, we discovered an earlier sighter that went off course and punched through a 5-inch thick tree. Looking further back, we saw the bullet had actually passed without deflection through a total of six trees smaller in size and spaced about 4 feet before disappearing.\r\n\r\nMost accuracy results with other AR-style rifles are taken in 5-shot groups, so the next batch would follow this pattern. Five groups of five shots averaged nearly 3 inches off the semi-supported position with the best group measuring 1.94 inches. The most impressive observation came from our last test, a 20-shot magazine dump in quick succession. In a string of fire that lasted no more than 30 seconds, 20 shots were clustered together in a group measuring just 3.6 inches. This is practical accuracy you can expect of a trained officer that could put a definitive end to a given crisis.\r\n\r\nFinal Notes<\/strong>\r\n\u201cIf you benched it with a bipod, it\u2019d group a lot tighter,\u201d noted the DHS agent, \u201cbut this is realistic. This rifle is what you hope to have when you arrive to a dynamic situation forcing you to run what you have.\u201d\r\n\r\nArmaLite asserts, \u201cThe same principals apply to this caliber as the .458 SOCOM, only the AR-10T does it better. Placing this harder hitting round in this strong, proven platform was a perfect match. The .458 SOCOM in the smaller AR-15 platform has unpredictable penetration at any significant range and the smaller AR-15 platform is unproven to last with a large caliber.\u201d\r\n\r\nWith the AR-10T you get a heavier bullet, lower felt recoil and more energy transferred to the target. This lethal hammer is ready to meet the obstacles faced by LE in urban environments or on the maritime waters.\r\n\r\n\"federal2.jpg\"FEDERAL\u2019S BOLD .338<\/strong>\r\nThere are other .338s out there but none that can be easily integrated with fewer changes to the seasoned AR-10. The story here is as much about the united effort between ArmaLite and Federal Cartridge<\/strong><\/a> to assure the rifle and ammunition are perfectly matched. Snipers are already familiar with .338s including the .338 Lapua Mag and the .338 Win Mag. These two highly effective cartridges are known for their long-range effectiveness in bolt-action platforms. For most LE operations requiring the deployment of a rifle, a bolt gun presents a number of tactical drawbacks. Slower handling, more recoil, and slower follow-up shots.\r\n\r\nThe .338 Federal delivers the only modern .338 caliber load that isn\u2019t a magnum configuration. It delivers a larger diameter bullet for more weight and overall energy on target without magnum recoil. \u201cThe .338 Federal captures the capability of the longstanding .308 case and offers the respected performance of the .338 bullet,\u201d says Federal President Mark DeYoung. \u201cThese two mainstays have been proven time and again and are now brought together into a quality factory load,\u201d he adds.","post_title":"Armalite AR-10T .338 Federal","post_excerpt":"NEW BATTLE RIFLE chambered for Federal\u2019s powerhouse cartridge!","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"armalite-ar-10t-338-federal","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-10-31 23:08:29","post_modified_gmt":"2023-11-01 03:08:29","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2009\/09\/02\/armalite-ar-10t-338-federal\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":160816,"post_author":"374","post_date":"2009-04-24 14:48:05","post_date_gmt":"2009-04-24 20:48:05","post_content":"\r\n\r\nI have been a fan of the .308 cartridge (7.62x51mm) for many years and have always enjoyed its versatility. It has numerous useful applications for self-defense and law enforcement and one of my bolt-action rifles in that chambering is set up for medium- to-long range anti-personnel work.\r\n\r\n\"untitled-2.jpg\"I have used .308 rifles in bolt-action, lever-action, slide-action and semi-automatic configurations, the latter being in the form of the M14 battle rifle, which is what we cadets trained with in ROTC (Reserve Officers\u2019 Training Corps) I was very interested when Rock River Arms (RRA) introduced an AR-type rifle in the popular .308 caliber.\r\n\r\nThe rifle was the Mid-Length (M\/L) LAR-8 A4 (308A1239), which comes housed in a compartmented, electric blue plastic carrying case. In the case, the rifle is broken down into the upper-receiver\/barrel group and the lower-receiver\/stock group that allows the case to be a bit more compact length-wise. It is a great case for shipping the weapon, but unfortunately the case cannot be used once an optic sight is mounted on the LAR-8, which means that if you want to carry your RRA rifle in a gun case fully assembled with a sight mounted, you will be in the market for a new larger gun case.\r\n\r\nMy sample LAR-8 mid-length A4 came with a 16-inch Wilson chrome moly barrel having a 1-in-10-inch right-hand twist, six land and groove rifling and a Picatinny rail on the upper receiver and on top of the barrel at the front of the handguard as there are no iron sights. There is also an A2 version that has the same iron sight configuration that is found on the M16A2 rifle. Both of these rifles are fitted with a tactical CAR-style buttstock.\r\n\r\nOther RRA LAR-8 factory variations include Standard A2 and A4 models that have 20-inch barrels and a conventional AR-type butt stock, plus there is an A-4 Varmint Model that features a 26-inch Wilson air gauged, stainless steel bull barrel that is coupled with a free-floating, tubular aluminum handguard for increased long-distance accuracy.\r\n\r\nStandard Features <\/strong>\r\nStandard features on my LAR-8 M\/L A4 includes a rubber Hogue pistol grip, which is stippled and has finger grooves, a two-stage match trigger, upper receiver with bolt forward assist and ejection port door, plus brass deflector, ventilated polymer handguard, sling swivels and A2-type flash suppressor. The LAR-8 basically looks like a M16 on steroids, as the receiver has been beefed up to allow use of the .308 (7.62x51mm) cartridge.\r\n\r\nThe two big differences that the discerning eye will note is the magazine and the bolt catch. The factory-supplied magazine for the LAR-8 is basically the same as the 20-round magazine used in the famous FN\/FAL and L1A1 battle rifles. Entire articles and books could be and have been devoted to this fine weapon, so we won\u2019t delve into that subject here, but this Fabrique Nationale-designed rifle has been in service since 1953 and has armed some 60 countries around the world including Belgium, Great Britain, Canada, Australia, and Argentina.\r\n\r\nNeedless to say, there have been countless thousands of magazines made for the FN\/FAL and that fact pays dividends to the LAR-8 owner who has a wide selection to choose from. I did a little Internet surfing and came up with price ranges from $10 to $22 for used Mil-Spec 20-round magazines. There are also 30-round magazines out there that average around $50 more. They hang down a bit too far for comfortable prone shooting, so I\u2019m content to stick with the 20-rounders myself.\r\n\r\nThe bolt catch on the LAR-8 is not on the left side of the lower receiver as on the M16, but is positioned at the base of the magazine well at its juncture with the pivoting triggerguard. It is more reminiscent of the bolt catch found on the FN\/FAL and is made to be ambidextrous, and if your hand is large enough can be actuated by the trigger finger of whichever hand you use. The magazine release is located in the same area as on the M16 and the LAR-8 is also ambidextrous.\r\n\r\nWhile the manual safety lever, just above the pistol grip on the right of the receiver, is not ambidextrous, it appears to be easily changed to the left side of the receiver if that\u2019s the user\u2019s preference. On a whole the controls on this rifle are easily reached and manipulated without removing the hand from the pistol grip, certainly a plus in a patrol rifle. I had no trouble whatever operating them with my medium-sized hand.\r\n\r\nObviously, this rifle is going to pack more weight than the M16 and the LAR-8 M\/L A4 weighs in empty, sans sights, at a respectable 8.1 pounds. With the 6-position CAR buttstock fully extended it measures 38 inches. The weight and the propellant gas operation system of the action certainly help tame recoil, which is a good thing given the hard checkered butt of the CAR stock.\r\n\r\nThe standard polymer handguard is round in shape with flats on the top and bottom that are serrated and have holes for barrel ventilation. There are no rails on the standard handguard, but RRA does offer optional Daniel Defense Lite Quad Rails for both the Mid-Length and Standard LAR-8 A4 rifles. In fact, a visit to the RRA website will allow one to see the full list of optional items available that allow you to \u201chave it your way\u201d with just about any Rock River Arms\u2019 AR-type rifle.\r\n\r\nAs always, I gave the RRA LAR-8 Mid-Length A4 a top to bottom inspection and did not find anything wanting in overall fit and finish of the weapon. All the flats were flat, corners square and rounded surfaces done to perfection. No machine marks or other blemishes were visible and the black hard coat anodized finish was a good match to the black polymer material of the handguard and buttstock of the rifle.\r\n\r\nOptics Selection<\/strong>\r\nNow given that my RRA LAR-8 M\/L A4 comes without sights, it was time to select something with which to aim the rifle that would be fitting for my uses. I looked at a number of optical and sights of various manufacturers, but came away impressed with the Trijicon ACOG (Advanced Combat Optical Gunsight) 3.5x35mm .308 BDC\/FT.Chevron BAC riflescope for our test.\r\n\r\nAnyone that watches the network nightly news has seen the ACOG sights on the M16A2 rifles carried by many of our troops in Afghanistan and Iraq; their bell-shaped housings make them easily identifiable. They have been in use for many years by Army Special Forces, the Marines, Navy SEALs and the FBI, so I didn\u2019t see how I could go wrong. Trijicon is synonymous with the night sights that have been fitted on many of the most popular combat handguns for a couple of decades. However, Trijicon\u2019s founder Glyn Bindon wanted to build a sight for long arms that would bring together both-eyes-open shooting, an illuminated aiming point, plus magnified optics.\r\n\r\nWhat he discovered was what has since been termed the Bindon Aiming Concept (BAC), aiming with both eyes open, which gives a superior sense of balance and field of view, coupled with a magnified Trijicon sight, which offers the shooter a considerable advantage over his target using conventional sights. When used as designed, in the binocular mode, the operator sees only the red, chevron-shaped reticle (the pointed tip is the aiming point) transposed on the target at anywhere from across-the-room ranges to several hundred yards.\r\n\r\nMy sample ACOG 3.5x35mm scope came packaged in a well-padded Pelican case, which also held a black nylon, Scopecoat scope cover, a Lenspen lens cleaner and an ACOG thumbscrew flattop adapter for affixing the scope to the Picatinny rail of the LAR-8. The scope housing is 8 inches in length and is made of rugged forged aluminum; the black, hard-anodized finish matches almost exactly that of the RRA rifle. Scope weight without mounts adds only 14 ounces to the weight of the rifle.\r\n\r\nThe scope is calibrated for use with the .308 cartridge and is meant to be sighted in at 100 meters with an effective range of 800 meters on flattop rifles. The reticle also includes a rangefinder and the base of the chevron aiming point is 5.53 MOA (minute of angle), which at 300 meters is 19 inches allowing for good range estimation. Of course, during the day, the fiber-optic tube running along the top of the scope gathers light for the red aiming point and at night\/low light tritium is used to illuminate the chevron. The field of view at 100 yards is almost 29 feet, the eye relief is 2.4 inches and the adjustment is 4-inch clicks at 100 yards.\r\n\r\nRange Time<\/strong>\r\nNow it was time to go to my ammo locker and select some cartridges from my stock of .308 ammunition. I chose Black Hills Gold with a 168-grain Hornady A-Max bullet, which has a factory velocity of 2650 fps (feet per second). Next I picked Federal Gold Medal that has a Sierra 168-grain \u201cMatchKing\u201d BTHP bullet also rated at 2650 fps. To add a law enforcement-designed cartridge I included the one of the Hornady TAP loads in .308.\r\n\r\nAccording to their website, \u201cThe 155-grain A-MAX TAP Precision cartridge offers match accuracy with a high-ballistic coefficient providing superior long-range performance. This load demonstrates expansion and fragmentation similar to the 110-grain load, but with a noticeable increase in penetration and retained bullet weight. This bullet penetrates glass with minimal deflection and exhibits retained expansion and fragmentation characteristics.\u201d\r\n\r\nIt is also intended for use in a 1-in-10-inch or 1-in-12-inch twist rifle barrel such as that on the LAR-8. My final selection was the Winchester 150-grain Supreme Elite with \u201cThe new XP3 bullet that starts with a two-stage expansion design, then combines all the best-known bullet technology to offer delayed controlled expansion, deep penetration, and high retained weight.\u201d\r\n\r\nWith my rifle\/sight combination, plus test ammunition in hand, it was time for a field test. I did my shooting at the NRA Whittington Center during the 2008 Shootists Holiday and used the Center\u2019s Sight-In Range for my accuracy and chronograph testing session. I sighted the Trijicon ACOG 3.5x35mm scope in for 100 yards, then proceeded to shoot three 3-shot groups for record with each test cartridge, using the concrete benches and an MTM Casegard rest.\r\n\r\nMy best group was 0.82 of an inch using Federal Gold Medal loads, followed by 0.97 of an inch with the Hornady TAP ammo. All of the group averages stayed under 2 inches and my guess is that the rifle would have had no trouble out-shooting the shooter that day. I also set up my Oehler Model 35P chronograph to see what velocities I would get from the LAR-8 M\/L 16-inch barrel.\r\n\r\nNext I put a silhouette target out at 200 yards and fired a dozen shots using a mixed bag of .308 cartridges at center mass and scored 10 hits in the 10 and X-ring and two just out in the 9-ring. Three shots to the head resulted in three hits in the 10-ring. Lastly, I took the LAR-8 to the Animal Silhouette Range, where the backstop is a mountainside covered with nice big rocks.\r\n\r\nFrom the standing, off-hand position, again using a mix of my test ammo, I was able to make dust fly on rocks out as far as I could see them on the mountainside, which has been previously checked with a laser rangefinder to have shootable rocks out to some 475 yards. The best part besides the practical accuracy and \u201cshootability\u201d of the LAR-8 was the fact that it was 100-percent reliable and I did not note a single malfunction during the test.\r\n\r\nFinal Notes<\/strong>\r\nRRA has a winner here and mated with the Trijicon ACOG scope and good ammo, I can\u2019t think of anything I\u2019d rather take into harm\u2019s way.","post_title":"RRA Mid-Length LAR-8 A4 .308","post_excerpt":"Big-bore AR\/Trijicon ACOG combo proved 100% reliable and sub-MOA accurate!","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"rra-mid-lenght-lar-8-a4-308","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-05-31 20:23:23","post_modified_gmt":"2023-05-31 20:23:23","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2009\/04\/24\/rra-mid-lenght-lar-8-a4-308\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":161994,"post_author":"645","post_date":"2008-05-13 15:04:28","post_date_gmt":"2008-05-13 21:04:28","post_content":"\r\nThose marvels of Austrian ingenuity, GLOCK pistols, have a well-deserved reputation for arriving ready for concealed carry. No sharp edges abound to be rough on the hands or snag clothing during the draw. GLOCKs slide from the holster, point well, and are ready for immediate action. The GLOCK Safe Action design leaves worries regarding a complicated manual of arms in the dust. Cap that off with sizes and calibers to satisfy every taste, and GLOCK seems destined to maintain their edge.\r\n\r\nFew things are dearer to the American heart than .45-caliber handguns. Despite the presence of .36- and .44-caliber handguns during the settling of the West, the .45 Colt is viewed as the decisive caliber from that era. Just in time to take the place of this noble cartridge, the .45 Auto became a force to be reckoned with in the next century. There is something comforting about this large caliber, imbuing a sense of power.\r\n\r\nIn fact, many a breath was held after GLOCK entered the U. S. market, until the Austrian company announced the introduction of their Model 21 in .45 Auto. Exhaling a sigh of relief, the .45 culture had a polymer wonder to satisfy its desires.\r\n\r\nFor duty carry by officers, the GLOCK 21 proved a perfect choice, hearty and robust, with the renowned GLOCK reliability. Following Law Enforcement (LE) trends that pushed the GLOCK to the top of the LE realm, as concealed carry rights blossomed, those exercising their rights adopted GLOCKs in droves. However, it was obvious the GLOCK 21 would have a small concealed carry following. The very traits making it so popular for duty carry\u2014hearty and robust\u2014worked against discreet carry.\r\n\r\nNever one to be left out in the cold, GLOCK introduced the more compact Models 30 and 36 in .45 Auto with double- and single-stack magazines, respectively. The Model 30 still bore grip dimensions similar to that of the Model 21, frequently difficult for those with average hands. The 36, though thinner due to a single-column magazine, still bore a longer front-to-back grip because of the .45 Auto chambering, which can still be a problem for some.\r\n\r\nBoth models have fared well with the American concealed carrier, but their frames, sized as they were for the .45 Auto, still leave some carriers and shooters with average and smaller-sized hands wanting. Likewise, many in the LE community hankered for a pistol dimensionally like the immensely popular GLOCK 17\/19\/26 and 22\/23\/26, but in the .45 Auto. Of course, the .45 Auto just won\u2019t fit in these more comfortable frames.\r\n\r\nMAKE WAY FOR THE .45<\/strong>\r\nNever one to shy away from a challenge, the folks at GLOCK tackled the project with the help of the ballistic wizards at Speer. The resulting cartridge, equaling the ballistic performance of the .45 Auto, was christened the .45 GLOCK Automatic Pistol (G.A.P.). Squeezed into a 9x19\/.40 frame, the GLOCK 37 and the .45 G.A.P. answered the LE and civilian concealed carriers\u2019 request for a more-compact .45 pistol.\r\n\r\nThe full-sized GLOCK 37 was followed by the compact GLOCK 38, and sub-compact GLOCK 39, each chambering a fair number of the new stubby .45s. Initially it was hoped the Models 37, 38, and 39 might be exactly the same size as the corresponding 9x19\/.40 models, and regarding the frames that proved true. However, to ensure perfect performance, marginally larger slides became the norm. (17\/22 slides are 1.01 inches wide by 0.85-inch high, weighing 18 ounces. GLOCK 37 slides are 1.13 inches wide by 0.88-inch high and weigh 21 ounces.) The .45 G.A.P. pistols incorporate a longer steel locking-block.\r\n\r\nOne step in building a cartridge to fit in the smaller and handier frame was designing the .45 G.A.P. cartridge to be 0.13-inch shorter than the .45 Auto. This produces a case similar in length to the 9x19 (0.78-inches), but once loaded the G. A. P has an overall length of 1.08 inches, actually shorter than the 9x19. (This last design parameter allows the wide .45 G.A.P. bullet to fit in a shorter grip area.)\r\n\r\n\"imgp03.gif\"AN ALL-NEW CARTRIDGE<\/strong>\r\nAdditional changes include a slightly rebated rim on the G.A.P., and modified extractor groove. Inside the case, one finds a wall profile that differs noticeably from the .45 Auto, thus allowing for seating .45 bullets without case wall bulging, and outside the primer pocket is filled with a small pistol primer. (A large pistol primer reportedly caused over-ignition and excessive pressure.) All of this goes to the point that the G.A.P. is an entirely new cartridge case that cannot be safely built from a .45 Auto case! Using the most modern propellants, Speer succeeded in charging this smaller .45 cartridge to equal the .45 Auto ballistically, while keeping pressures near the .45 Auto range.\r\n\r\nThere is no paucity of loadings available for the .45 G.A.P. GLOCKs. Speer\u2019s initial .45 G.A.P. commercial loadings were 185- and 200-grain Gold Dot premium hollowpoints and the same weights of TMJ bullets in the Speer Lawman line for economical shooting. Under the ATK banner with Speer, Federal Cartridge has introduced 185-grain and 230-grain Hydra-Shok loadings in the Premium Personal Defense line and an economical 185-grain TMJ loading in the American Eagle line.\r\n\r\nWinchester and Remington are now loading the .45 G.A.P. cartridge in configurations similar to Speer and Federal. COR-BON stepped in with their 160-grain DPX load, the 165-grain Pow'R Ball, a jacketed soft point, and a 200-grain JHP. This means bullet weights of 160 grains, 165 grains, 185 grains, 200 grains and 230 grains are all available.\r\n\r\n.45 GAP PERFORMANCE<\/strong>\r\nThe .45 G.A.P. is quite a boon for those of us adhering to the notion that bigger is better! Concealed carriers and Law Enforcement personnel, in and out of uniform, have their wish for new handguns.\r\n\r\nFrom the concealed carriers\u2019 and non-uniformed LE perspective, I found four .45 GLOCKs most appropriate for their needs. The Model 21 has already been excluded, and the Model 37 will probably be as well by those seeking compactness for carry. This leaves us with the Models 30, 36, 38, and 39 for consideration.\r\n\r\nThis was my first experience with the .45 G.A.P., so I began my examination of the concealed carry candidates with range testing. Trigger-time revealed just what I had heard: the .45 G.A.P. pistols were just as easily handled during all the drills as similar GLOCK models accommodating the .45 Auto. The GLOCK 38 weighs virtually the same as the Model 30, while the same is true of the Models 36 and 39, and the velocities of similar weight bullets are close enough to produce the similar felt recoil in pistols all weighing the same. (Depending on the cartridge, the .45 G.A.P. recoil can feel similar to a .40 pistol.)\r\n\r\nWearing average-sized hands, I found all four offerings fit me well, with the GLOCK 30 on the upper end of comfort for me. That, of course, explains why there is more than one flavor of ice cream\u2014and size of GLOCK\u2014to provide needed variety!\r\n\r\nWith pistols to fit my hands and those of most others, in my favorite caliber and that of GLOCK\u2019s new offering\u2014which seems destined to offer the .45 Auto a run for its money\u2014I went forth to gather the opinions of other shooters and concealed carriers.\r\n\r\n\"gap-carry.gif\"SHOOTING & CARRYING GLOCK .45s<\/strong>\r\nI placed the four GLOCK .45 offerings in the hands of a variety of shooters, and received the expected plethora of preferences. Given a choice of .45 GLOCKs, each one selected their favorite based on how it fit their hands and rode on their waist. Recoil did not seem a factor.\r\n\r\nThose finding the .45 Auto pistols a tad largish found the pistols chambered for the .45 G.A.P. just right. Testers that found the .45 Auto pistols fitting them well expressed their appreciation of the trimmer G.A.P pistols. It seems that not only has GLOCK spawned a new caliber in which to chamber their pistols, they have found one that can satisfy the needs of big-bore concealed carriers (and no doubt uniformed officers) while doing so.\r\n\r\nWill this be the .45 of the 21st century? Only time will tell, but it seems the .45 G.A.P is making a good run at that distinction!\r\nHOLSTERING GLOCK .45s<\/strong>\r\nAs excellent as the size and calibers of the GLOCK .45s make them for concealment, they still miss one thing for concealed carry\u2014a holster! Luckily holster makers, just like users, have flocked to all GLOCK pistols. Finding leather, or non-leather, to tote one\u2019s choice of .45 should be relatively easy.\r\n\r\nToting a handgun\u2014any handgun, including a GLOCK\u2014should be accomplished using a quality holster. Holsters protect handguns from loss, or shifting during carry, ensuring it will be there when one reaches for it. Not only will the handgun be there when needed, but also a well-designed holster will snug a GLOCK .45 against the body, while not impeding a smooth, speedy draw. Regardless of the GLOCK .45 of choice, there should be a holster to allow carrying it comfortably, securely, and inconspicuously.\r\n\r\nA quick search of the Internet turned up offerings to carry some of GLOCK\u2019s .45s from Aker, Alessi, Bianchi, Blackhawk Bulman, Blade-Tech, Comp-Tac, DeSantis, Del Fatti, Don Hume, FIST, Fobus, Galco, Gould & Goodrich, Milt Sparks, Safariland, Sidearmor, and Uncle Mikes. There are more, but I stopped searching when it became obvious there was no end to holsters and suppliers.\r\n\r\nIt seems every commercial holster maker, and those in the custom world, offer one or more styles, to fit one or more of the .45 GLOCK pistols. Their wares are made from horse or cowhide, Kydex or other polymer, or some version of ballistic nylon. Styles include belt models, inside-the-waistband versions, shoulder holsters, and pocket models for the smaller pistols.\r\n\r\nI also did a scan of my holster collection, and found a number already on hand, including those wearing the GLOCK brand. (GLOCK has always offered holsters for their pistols.) Not surprisingly, I discovered many holsters specified for 9x19\/.40 pistols also fit quite nicely around a GLOCK 36 pistol, with a scant few fitting the marginally enlarged G.A.P. models. (This is, of course, not something most holster makers will announce, nor something one can count on, but if an ample selection of holsters is available, the fit is easily checked.) In addition, holsters for the GLOCK 30 will usually fit the G.A.P. offerings.\r\n\r\nPick a .45 GLOCK, a holster to meet your needs, and ammo from a high-performance source. Outfitted with this, today\u2019s big-bore carrier will be ready to go!","post_title":"Concealed-Carry .45s: The GLOCK Solution | Glock 45 Models","post_excerpt":"The .45 firepower favored by legions of officers is tough to keep out of sight. Not so with the GLOCK .45 G.A.P.\u2014the hideaway handgun with maximum performance.","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"concealed-carry-45s-the-glock-solution","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-10-31 23:10:49","post_modified_gmt":"2023-11-01 03:10:49","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2008\/05\/13\/concealed-carry-45s-the-glock-solution\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":true,"total_page":15},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

POPULAR

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n

If the Sig Sauer Ultra Compact 1911\u2019s general appearance seems familiar it is simply a function of design, since it is based on the most famous semiautomatic pistol in history. What the Sig Sauer version adds, aside from somewhat smaller dimensions, are standard features that are generally extra cost options. As a concealed carry .45 ACP semi-auto the Sig Sauer measures up.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The .40 S&W Choice<\/strong> for Subcompact Handguns<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Over the last 20-plus years the .40 S&W cartridge has overtaken the venerable 9mm as the most preferred round for U.S. law enforcement. The step up in caliber provides greater stopping power than a 9mm with less recoil than a .45 ACP. That of course has become more debatable in recent years with specialized .45 ACP rounds and guns specifically designed for them, however, the .40 S&W reigns supreme with law enforcement, while maintaining an equally enthusiastic following among civilians.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Glock 27 Gen4<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n
\"Glock<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Glock calls the .40 S&W Glock 27 Gen4 the \u201cthinking person\u2019s\u201d deep concealment gun. In its newest Gen4 configuration with interchangeable backstrap panels, the 9+1 standard capacity Glock continues the 27\u2019s history as a consummate backup gun for law enforcement. It has also become an ideal concealed carry <\/a>sidearm for the civilian market.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

While slightly larger than a Subcompact 9mm, the modest increase in overall size is offset by its capacity and ease of use. While the .40 S&W imparts a pretty hefty kick (compared to a 9mm), the Glock 27 Gen4 has very linear muzzle flip allowing quick target reacquisition. Overall, the Glock isn\u2019t the handful you expect from subcompact handguns, and with the right backstrap attached becomes a hand-filling, manageable semi-auto that puts the power of the .40 S&W cartridge into a size ideal for concealed carry use. The overall size is 6.29 inches in length with a 3.46-inch barrel, 4.17 inches in height, 1.18 inches in width, and a modest weight of 21.7 ounces empty.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Springfield XDM Compact 3.8<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n
\"Springfield<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

With the addition of the XDM Series of guns introduced in 2008, Springfield raised the bar on multi-purpose sidearms. While the XD pistols have found great acceptance within the general firearms community, the XDM Series is more in tune with today\u2019s personal protection and concealed carry needs, flavored with Springfield\u2019s penchant for building high-capacity pistols on standard sized frames.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The latest XDM Compact, chambered in .40 S&W (with an impressive 11+1 capacity) offers the same match grade 3.8-inch barrel as the XDM 3.8, but with a shorter grip frame like those used on the XD Sub-Compact (X-Treme Duty) models, making this a dedicated concealed carry sidearm. But there\u2019s more. The gun also comes with an extended capacity magazine upping the cartridge total to 16+1 rounds of .40 S&W thereby making this an ideal handgun for home protection. The XDM Compact, like all XD models utilizes a dual safety system comprised of a pivoting trigger toggle and a 1911-type frame-mounted grip safety. The gun features tapered ambidextrous magazine releases, drift adjustable front and rear white dot sights, ambidextrous indexing thumb rests, interchangeable backstrap panels, and deeply angled front and rear slide serrations (three in front, six in back). The Compact\u2019s slide is just slightly wider at the bottom, tapering out to provide a little more surface area to grasp when chambering the first round or clearing the gun. The XDM Compact is a top choice in the .40 S&W caliber.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

9mm<\/strong> Subcompact Handguns<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Globally the 9mm remains the most popular cartridge in the world, used by more law enforcement and military organizations than any other. The 9mm is also favored within the foreign civilian marketplace because many nations outlaw the use of larger caliber handguns except by the military. The 9mm cartridge has been in use now for over 100 years.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Ruger LC9<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n
\"ruger,<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Ruger\u2019s LC9 offers compact dimensions measuring 6.0 inches in length, 4.5 inches in height and a modest 0.90 inches in width, combined with a comparatively high capacity of 7+1 rounds and light carry weight of 17.1 ounces (empty). The LC9 is built with a composite frame of high-performance glass-filled Nylon supported by an aluminum grip frame (subframe), a through-hardened steel slide, and 3.12-inch steel barrel. The LC9\u2019s contours render a gun that ideally fits the average hand, placing the index finger directly alongside the triggerguard with a natural recess for the first joint to rest before moving to engage the trigger. On the left side, the contoured grip frame places the thumb in position for a single-handed hold. The LC9 has a loaded chamber indicator that rises upward from the top of the slide and is clearly stamped \u201cLOADED WHEN UP\u201d. It\u2019s a very obvious tell so bluffing is off the table.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

This is a well-balanced gun that is slightly muzzle heavy, an asset in managing recoil. The size, weight, and feel of the LC9 is very good and while the trigger pull is exceptionally long at 1.2 inches, it remains smooth and consistent allowing for quick follow-up shots. This is a function of both safety and the nature of the LC9\u2019s internal hammer design. Simply put, discharging the LC9 is like firing a DAO revolver. The LC9 has a magazine disconnect and will not fire a chambered round with the magazine removed. Overall this is a very capable small 9mm, which can also be equipped with a number of options including a Crimson Trace Laserguard.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Sig Sauer P290<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n
\"Sig<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Sig Sauer P290 is only slightly larger overall than a .380 ACP. With an overall length of just 5.5 inches, a truncated height of 3.9 inches, barrel length of 2.9 inches, and overall weight of only 21.5 ounces (empty), the P290 provides the defensive capability of a 9mm in a gun that is remarkably flat, measuring less than an inch in width. It is bigger and \u201cchunkier\u201d than the Kimber Solo and just a hair smaller than the Ruger LC9. The internal mechanism is a traditional locked breech, Browning-type tilting barrel but with one distinguishing feature; a broadly flared muzzle that aligns with a corresponding channel in the slide.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

This design contributes to quicker cycling of the action; as soon as the slide starts its reward movement it releases the muzzle, allowing the barrel to tilt and drop the breechblock into line for reload. The P290 also employs a dual recoil spring assembly that makes this operation pretty snappy.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The frame is a lightweight, molded polymer with a slide machined from a solid billet. The finishes available are natural stainless or durable Nitron coating. Standard sights are dovetailed drift adjustable white dots. The P290 is a DAO hammer-fired pistol but with no manual cocking capability. In addition, the Sig Sauer has an automatic firing pin safety block, hammer safety intercept notch, and a trigger bar disconnect, making it safe for carry with a chambered round. And the Sig Sauer will fire with the magazine removed.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

An interesting option for Sig Sauer is the Integrated Laser Module (ILM), which is custom made for the P290. Lightweight and compact, the ILM seamlessly blends with the lines of the pistol. The laser has ambidextrous switches. The increase in weight of 0.8 ounces is negligible and the laser unit adds only 0.75 inches to the depth of the gun.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Overall, this is a rugged looking little gun that is relatively easy to carry concealed considering it packs 6+1 rounds of 9mm.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Kimber Solo Carry<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n
\"gun
Compact semi-autos like the Kimber Solo are effective fight-stoppers, but shooters with weaker hands might have trouble retracting their slides.<\/figcaption><\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Kimber Solo Carry is one of the most compact 9mm on the market measuring only 5.5 inches in length, 3.9 inches in height and a mere 0.995 inches in width. The all steel and alloy construction semi-auto weighs only 17 ounces empty. The compactness of the Solo is visually striking, being only slightly larger in overall dimension than most .380s. In order to achieve these scaled down proportions reminiscent of a 1911, the frame contours are smoother and more rounded with every possible edge reduced to its minimum possible tolerances. Easily operated ambidextrous magazine releases and perfectly sized ambidextrous safeties make ease of operation suitable for left or right-handed users.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Truly \u201cpocketable,\u201d the Solo utilizes a unique striker-fired system with a slight twist. When the slide is cycled and a round is chambered the striker (firing pin) is between 88 to 90 percent pre-tensioned. The trigger pull necessary to discharge the Solo then is only 10 to 12 percent of the total effort needed to finish the cycle and release the striker. Even though Kimber describes the Solo as a \u201csingle action striker-fired design,\u201d it is actually a double action as pulling the trigger has to finish tensioning the striker before the gun will discharge. While the lightweight semi-auto has a pretty hefty kick it is more than manageable and exceptionally accurate. As one of the smaller 9mm on the market, the Solo definitely has earned its mark.<\/p>\n","post_title":"Contemporary Subcompact Handguns","post_excerpt":"The Personal Defense Pocket Pistols: In the 21st century we have perfected the art of making as much gun as possible in the smallest package possible!","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"contemporary-subcompacts","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-10-19 15:38:22","post_modified_gmt":"2023-10-19 19:38:22","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2012\/11\/01\/contemporary-subcompacts\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":160508,"post_author":"645","post_date":"2009-09-02 15:20:48","post_date_gmt":"2009-09-02 21:20:48","post_content":"\r\n\r\nEven the gloved hands of today\u2019s uniformed officer will find ArmaLite\u2019s new AR-10T familiar. Draw the fixed stock into the shoulder, obtain sight picture and flip the selector. What makes the AR-10T different is more about what\u2019s on the inside. But on the outside, it all seems to feel the same.\r\n\r\nSince the creation of the Department of Homeland Security, law enforcement agencies have contended with how to use their budget to best enable their first responders to protect citizens against terror. Every agency has assessed vulnerabilities and many have chosen to acquire big bore rifles capable of penetrating a hard target or intercepting a vehicular threat. With just one shot to get it right, a team leader should have experience on the firing line.\r\n\r\nArmaLite\u2019s battle proven AR-10 has already served LE around the world including Canada\u2019s Ontario Provincial Police TRU (Tactics and Rescue Unit). Now loaded for the \"armalite3.jpg\"hard-hitting .338 Federal, the new AR-10T fills a department\u2019s medium-caliber gap without sacrificing ease of deployment, time for training, or familiar handling qualities of an officer\u2019s carbine.\r\n\r\nWhat some don\u2019t realize is that the AR-10\u2019s roots are more than 50 years old, pre-dating the AR-15\/M16\/M4. Clenching the checkered A2 pistol grip, controls are at the fingers. Saving more than a pound in weight over 7.62mm NATO infantry rifles of its time, Eugene Stoner\u2019s modular innovation is a source for the often-used term \u201cergonomic\u201d (as it applies to firearm design).\r\n\r\nThe anodized lower receiver is home to the ArmaLite tactical two-stage trigger set, the same trigger mechanism used in ArmaLite M-15 rifles. Pulling the trigger provides a crisp and smooth feel that doesn\u2019t interfere with accuracy. First and second stages are consistently passed at just 3 and 5 pounds before allowing the hammer to strike.\r\n\r\nBeing that the AR-10T is based on a 7.62mm NATO platform, the first question that usually comes to mind is how ArmaLite manages to stuff the high energy behind a .338 cartridge into an AR? An ArmaLite representative reports, \u201cArmaLite\u2019s refinements to the AR-10 over the many years placed it at a stage where the transfer to a harder hitting caliber such as the .338 Federal was not a problem. It\u2019s a short action .308-type cartridge so it transitions into our AR-10 platform perfectly. With some testing, we found that it\u2019s a fitting combination. We were able to use the same proven bolt and extractor, as well as the Generation II magazines. No design changes had to be made except re-chambering the AR-10 for a new caliber.\u201d\r\n\r\nThe bolt sits inside a gas impingement carrier group with four holes available to bleed off pressure and debris. The disassembly procedure is the same as an agency\u2019s M-15 carbine (just bigger parts). With the firing pin removed, one difference from other ARs is visually apparent. A spring shrouds the base of the firing pin pushing against the wall in the bolt carrier group. This feature helps reduce the risk of malfunctions and prevents the firing pin from bouncing during operation.\r\n\r\nA railed flat-top upper receiver marked \u201c.338 Federal\u201d brings the bolt together with the chamber of the stainless steel barrel. \u201cWe originally designed the .338 Federal as a hunting rifle, thus the stainless steel barrel,\u201d says ArmaLite. \u201cThe .338 Federal is a cartridge best suited for short and mid-range duties. We put a 22-inch barrel on the rifle, which provided the best ballistics for these situations. With that being said, we have seen the potential for different uses in this caliber, so we are spending some time testing a shorter rifle with a 16-inch barrel featuring a full size buttstock and a mid-length gas system to use in CQB operations.\u201d\r\n\r\n\"armalite4.jpg\"A tubular one-piece, free-floating aluminum handguard shields the hands from the triple lapped, 1-in-10-inch twist stainless steel match barrel. The tubular handguard improves the rifle\u2019s handling without taking up real estate with full-length accessory rails that often go unused. A useable length of rail does grace the forend of the handguard, ready to accept custom mounting of bipods, lasers, lights and other accessories.\r\n\r\nThe massive stainless steel gas block is secured to the barrel with four large hex-head screws and redirects gas pressure through a direct impingement system. This gas block is also a front sight base that features a flip-up Midwest Industries (MI) post that co-witnesses with a MI flip-up backup sight affixed to the rear of the upper receiver\u2019s Picatinny rail.\r\n\r\nSince no flash suppressor or compensator is present, the recessed crown at the muzzle of the AR-10T protects the rifle\u2019s accuracy potential during heavy use or intense tactical operations. Combine a barrel made of stainless steel, an aluminum free-floated handguard, aluminum alloy receivers, a polymer stock and grip, and you have a weather-resistant tactical rifle. The AR-10T can withstand harsher environments like those encountered in sustained maritime operations while offering the effective energy transfer carried by a .338 slug. \u201cCoastal areas with salty environments and the moisture of the trunk in squad cars are hard on steel parts, especially the barrel,\u201d says ArmaLite. So stainless steel might be a better choice for these conditions.\r\n\r\n\"armalite6.jpg\"Shooting Impressions<\/strong>\r\nNow I\u2019m not going to lie and say that I found the AR-10T to be a sub-MOA tack-driver. For me, it wasn\u2019t. I have friends in this industry who tell me they achieved MOA accuracy verified by pictures on Jeff Quinn\u2019s gunblast.com<\/a> of multiple 3-shot groups fired from 100 yards rivaling the size of a penny. But this test was a representation of how a founding member of DHS envisions this rifle being used by law enforcement. On the scene, from the trunk of a vehicle, and across the hood.\r\n\r\nDriving down to the edge of North Carolina\u2019s Great Dismal Swamp brought me to a private range that required the careful use of four-wheelers to maneuver through knee-deep muck in order to get downrange and post targets. A pair of 12x18-inch ballistic steel plates were used to verify the new Leupold VX-3 6.5-20x50mm riflescope from 100 yards. Secured in ArmaLite\u2019s unique one-piece ring mount, this accessory removes a couple of variables that typically impact accuracy on other rifles.\r\n\r\nThe DHS agent fired first. And second. \u201cOh yeah, we\u2019re good.\u201d Our four-wheelers carried us across the swamp again just to verify the point-of-aim\/point-of-impact. Fingering the significant dimples created in the swinging AR-500 steel plate, he said, \u201cMan, that rifle has some thump to it!\u201d With paper targets ready, we drove back to the firing line and began the accuracy test.\r\n\r\n\"armalite8.jpg\"In rural parts of the US, it\u2019s not unusual to see a pick-up truck used as a law enforcement vehicle. To best simulate a tactical operation where a vehicle is used as cover and firing support, we positioned the vehicle at the firing line and loaded each (5-, 10-, and 20-round) magazine with the only load available for this test: Federal\u2019s lead-nose, copper jacketed, 210-grain Nosler Partition.\r\n\r\nThe first 3-shot group from each of us measured just under 2.5 inches. Making it downrange and changing out targets, we discovered an earlier sighter that went off course and punched through a 5-inch thick tree. Looking further back, we saw the bullet had actually passed without deflection through a total of six trees smaller in size and spaced about 4 feet before disappearing.\r\n\r\nMost accuracy results with other AR-style rifles are taken in 5-shot groups, so the next batch would follow this pattern. Five groups of five shots averaged nearly 3 inches off the semi-supported position with the best group measuring 1.94 inches. The most impressive observation came from our last test, a 20-shot magazine dump in quick succession. In a string of fire that lasted no more than 30 seconds, 20 shots were clustered together in a group measuring just 3.6 inches. This is practical accuracy you can expect of a trained officer that could put a definitive end to a given crisis.\r\n\r\nFinal Notes<\/strong>\r\n\u201cIf you benched it with a bipod, it\u2019d group a lot tighter,\u201d noted the DHS agent, \u201cbut this is realistic. This rifle is what you hope to have when you arrive to a dynamic situation forcing you to run what you have.\u201d\r\n\r\nArmaLite asserts, \u201cThe same principals apply to this caliber as the .458 SOCOM, only the AR-10T does it better. Placing this harder hitting round in this strong, proven platform was a perfect match. The .458 SOCOM in the smaller AR-15 platform has unpredictable penetration at any significant range and the smaller AR-15 platform is unproven to last with a large caliber.\u201d\r\n\r\nWith the AR-10T you get a heavier bullet, lower felt recoil and more energy transferred to the target. This lethal hammer is ready to meet the obstacles faced by LE in urban environments or on the maritime waters.\r\n\r\n\"federal2.jpg\"FEDERAL\u2019S BOLD .338<\/strong>\r\nThere are other .338s out there but none that can be easily integrated with fewer changes to the seasoned AR-10. The story here is as much about the united effort between ArmaLite and Federal Cartridge<\/strong><\/a> to assure the rifle and ammunition are perfectly matched. Snipers are already familiar with .338s including the .338 Lapua Mag and the .338 Win Mag. These two highly effective cartridges are known for their long-range effectiveness in bolt-action platforms. For most LE operations requiring the deployment of a rifle, a bolt gun presents a number of tactical drawbacks. Slower handling, more recoil, and slower follow-up shots.\r\n\r\nThe .338 Federal delivers the only modern .338 caliber load that isn\u2019t a magnum configuration. It delivers a larger diameter bullet for more weight and overall energy on target without magnum recoil. \u201cThe .338 Federal captures the capability of the longstanding .308 case and offers the respected performance of the .338 bullet,\u201d says Federal President Mark DeYoung. \u201cThese two mainstays have been proven time and again and are now brought together into a quality factory load,\u201d he adds.","post_title":"Armalite AR-10T .338 Federal","post_excerpt":"NEW BATTLE RIFLE chambered for Federal\u2019s powerhouse cartridge!","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"armalite-ar-10t-338-federal","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-10-31 23:08:29","post_modified_gmt":"2023-11-01 03:08:29","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2009\/09\/02\/armalite-ar-10t-338-federal\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":160816,"post_author":"374","post_date":"2009-04-24 14:48:05","post_date_gmt":"2009-04-24 20:48:05","post_content":"\r\n\r\nI have been a fan of the .308 cartridge (7.62x51mm) for many years and have always enjoyed its versatility. It has numerous useful applications for self-defense and law enforcement and one of my bolt-action rifles in that chambering is set up for medium- to-long range anti-personnel work.\r\n\r\n\"untitled-2.jpg\"I have used .308 rifles in bolt-action, lever-action, slide-action and semi-automatic configurations, the latter being in the form of the M14 battle rifle, which is what we cadets trained with in ROTC (Reserve Officers\u2019 Training Corps) I was very interested when Rock River Arms (RRA) introduced an AR-type rifle in the popular .308 caliber.\r\n\r\nThe rifle was the Mid-Length (M\/L) LAR-8 A4 (308A1239), which comes housed in a compartmented, electric blue plastic carrying case. In the case, the rifle is broken down into the upper-receiver\/barrel group and the lower-receiver\/stock group that allows the case to be a bit more compact length-wise. It is a great case for shipping the weapon, but unfortunately the case cannot be used once an optic sight is mounted on the LAR-8, which means that if you want to carry your RRA rifle in a gun case fully assembled with a sight mounted, you will be in the market for a new larger gun case.\r\n\r\nMy sample LAR-8 mid-length A4 came with a 16-inch Wilson chrome moly barrel having a 1-in-10-inch right-hand twist, six land and groove rifling and a Picatinny rail on the upper receiver and on top of the barrel at the front of the handguard as there are no iron sights. There is also an A2 version that has the same iron sight configuration that is found on the M16A2 rifle. Both of these rifles are fitted with a tactical CAR-style buttstock.\r\n\r\nOther RRA LAR-8 factory variations include Standard A2 and A4 models that have 20-inch barrels and a conventional AR-type butt stock, plus there is an A-4 Varmint Model that features a 26-inch Wilson air gauged, stainless steel bull barrel that is coupled with a free-floating, tubular aluminum handguard for increased long-distance accuracy.\r\n\r\nStandard Features <\/strong>\r\nStandard features on my LAR-8 M\/L A4 includes a rubber Hogue pistol grip, which is stippled and has finger grooves, a two-stage match trigger, upper receiver with bolt forward assist and ejection port door, plus brass deflector, ventilated polymer handguard, sling swivels and A2-type flash suppressor. The LAR-8 basically looks like a M16 on steroids, as the receiver has been beefed up to allow use of the .308 (7.62x51mm) cartridge.\r\n\r\nThe two big differences that the discerning eye will note is the magazine and the bolt catch. The factory-supplied magazine for the LAR-8 is basically the same as the 20-round magazine used in the famous FN\/FAL and L1A1 battle rifles. Entire articles and books could be and have been devoted to this fine weapon, so we won\u2019t delve into that subject here, but this Fabrique Nationale-designed rifle has been in service since 1953 and has armed some 60 countries around the world including Belgium, Great Britain, Canada, Australia, and Argentina.\r\n\r\nNeedless to say, there have been countless thousands of magazines made for the FN\/FAL and that fact pays dividends to the LAR-8 owner who has a wide selection to choose from. I did a little Internet surfing and came up with price ranges from $10 to $22 for used Mil-Spec 20-round magazines. There are also 30-round magazines out there that average around $50 more. They hang down a bit too far for comfortable prone shooting, so I\u2019m content to stick with the 20-rounders myself.\r\n\r\nThe bolt catch on the LAR-8 is not on the left side of the lower receiver as on the M16, but is positioned at the base of the magazine well at its juncture with the pivoting triggerguard. It is more reminiscent of the bolt catch found on the FN\/FAL and is made to be ambidextrous, and if your hand is large enough can be actuated by the trigger finger of whichever hand you use. The magazine release is located in the same area as on the M16 and the LAR-8 is also ambidextrous.\r\n\r\nWhile the manual safety lever, just above the pistol grip on the right of the receiver, is not ambidextrous, it appears to be easily changed to the left side of the receiver if that\u2019s the user\u2019s preference. On a whole the controls on this rifle are easily reached and manipulated without removing the hand from the pistol grip, certainly a plus in a patrol rifle. I had no trouble whatever operating them with my medium-sized hand.\r\n\r\nObviously, this rifle is going to pack more weight than the M16 and the LAR-8 M\/L A4 weighs in empty, sans sights, at a respectable 8.1 pounds. With the 6-position CAR buttstock fully extended it measures 38 inches. The weight and the propellant gas operation system of the action certainly help tame recoil, which is a good thing given the hard checkered butt of the CAR stock.\r\n\r\nThe standard polymer handguard is round in shape with flats on the top and bottom that are serrated and have holes for barrel ventilation. There are no rails on the standard handguard, but RRA does offer optional Daniel Defense Lite Quad Rails for both the Mid-Length and Standard LAR-8 A4 rifles. In fact, a visit to the RRA website will allow one to see the full list of optional items available that allow you to \u201chave it your way\u201d with just about any Rock River Arms\u2019 AR-type rifle.\r\n\r\nAs always, I gave the RRA LAR-8 Mid-Length A4 a top to bottom inspection and did not find anything wanting in overall fit and finish of the weapon. All the flats were flat, corners square and rounded surfaces done to perfection. No machine marks or other blemishes were visible and the black hard coat anodized finish was a good match to the black polymer material of the handguard and buttstock of the rifle.\r\n\r\nOptics Selection<\/strong>\r\nNow given that my RRA LAR-8 M\/L A4 comes without sights, it was time to select something with which to aim the rifle that would be fitting for my uses. I looked at a number of optical and sights of various manufacturers, but came away impressed with the Trijicon ACOG (Advanced Combat Optical Gunsight) 3.5x35mm .308 BDC\/FT.Chevron BAC riflescope for our test.\r\n\r\nAnyone that watches the network nightly news has seen the ACOG sights on the M16A2 rifles carried by many of our troops in Afghanistan and Iraq; their bell-shaped housings make them easily identifiable. They have been in use for many years by Army Special Forces, the Marines, Navy SEALs and the FBI, so I didn\u2019t see how I could go wrong. Trijicon is synonymous with the night sights that have been fitted on many of the most popular combat handguns for a couple of decades. However, Trijicon\u2019s founder Glyn Bindon wanted to build a sight for long arms that would bring together both-eyes-open shooting, an illuminated aiming point, plus magnified optics.\r\n\r\nWhat he discovered was what has since been termed the Bindon Aiming Concept (BAC), aiming with both eyes open, which gives a superior sense of balance and field of view, coupled with a magnified Trijicon sight, which offers the shooter a considerable advantage over his target using conventional sights. When used as designed, in the binocular mode, the operator sees only the red, chevron-shaped reticle (the pointed tip is the aiming point) transposed on the target at anywhere from across-the-room ranges to several hundred yards.\r\n\r\nMy sample ACOG 3.5x35mm scope came packaged in a well-padded Pelican case, which also held a black nylon, Scopecoat scope cover, a Lenspen lens cleaner and an ACOG thumbscrew flattop adapter for affixing the scope to the Picatinny rail of the LAR-8. The scope housing is 8 inches in length and is made of rugged forged aluminum; the black, hard-anodized finish matches almost exactly that of the RRA rifle. Scope weight without mounts adds only 14 ounces to the weight of the rifle.\r\n\r\nThe scope is calibrated for use with the .308 cartridge and is meant to be sighted in at 100 meters with an effective range of 800 meters on flattop rifles. The reticle also includes a rangefinder and the base of the chevron aiming point is 5.53 MOA (minute of angle), which at 300 meters is 19 inches allowing for good range estimation. Of course, during the day, the fiber-optic tube running along the top of the scope gathers light for the red aiming point and at night\/low light tritium is used to illuminate the chevron. The field of view at 100 yards is almost 29 feet, the eye relief is 2.4 inches and the adjustment is 4-inch clicks at 100 yards.\r\n\r\nRange Time<\/strong>\r\nNow it was time to go to my ammo locker and select some cartridges from my stock of .308 ammunition. I chose Black Hills Gold with a 168-grain Hornady A-Max bullet, which has a factory velocity of 2650 fps (feet per second). Next I picked Federal Gold Medal that has a Sierra 168-grain \u201cMatchKing\u201d BTHP bullet also rated at 2650 fps. To add a law enforcement-designed cartridge I included the one of the Hornady TAP loads in .308.\r\n\r\nAccording to their website, \u201cThe 155-grain A-MAX TAP Precision cartridge offers match accuracy with a high-ballistic coefficient providing superior long-range performance. This load demonstrates expansion and fragmentation similar to the 110-grain load, but with a noticeable increase in penetration and retained bullet weight. This bullet penetrates glass with minimal deflection and exhibits retained expansion and fragmentation characteristics.\u201d\r\n\r\nIt is also intended for use in a 1-in-10-inch or 1-in-12-inch twist rifle barrel such as that on the LAR-8. My final selection was the Winchester 150-grain Supreme Elite with \u201cThe new XP3 bullet that starts with a two-stage expansion design, then combines all the best-known bullet technology to offer delayed controlled expansion, deep penetration, and high retained weight.\u201d\r\n\r\nWith my rifle\/sight combination, plus test ammunition in hand, it was time for a field test. I did my shooting at the NRA Whittington Center during the 2008 Shootists Holiday and used the Center\u2019s Sight-In Range for my accuracy and chronograph testing session. I sighted the Trijicon ACOG 3.5x35mm scope in for 100 yards, then proceeded to shoot three 3-shot groups for record with each test cartridge, using the concrete benches and an MTM Casegard rest.\r\n\r\nMy best group was 0.82 of an inch using Federal Gold Medal loads, followed by 0.97 of an inch with the Hornady TAP ammo. All of the group averages stayed under 2 inches and my guess is that the rifle would have had no trouble out-shooting the shooter that day. I also set up my Oehler Model 35P chronograph to see what velocities I would get from the LAR-8 M\/L 16-inch barrel.\r\n\r\nNext I put a silhouette target out at 200 yards and fired a dozen shots using a mixed bag of .308 cartridges at center mass and scored 10 hits in the 10 and X-ring and two just out in the 9-ring. Three shots to the head resulted in three hits in the 10-ring. Lastly, I took the LAR-8 to the Animal Silhouette Range, where the backstop is a mountainside covered with nice big rocks.\r\n\r\nFrom the standing, off-hand position, again using a mix of my test ammo, I was able to make dust fly on rocks out as far as I could see them on the mountainside, which has been previously checked with a laser rangefinder to have shootable rocks out to some 475 yards. The best part besides the practical accuracy and \u201cshootability\u201d of the LAR-8 was the fact that it was 100-percent reliable and I did not note a single malfunction during the test.\r\n\r\nFinal Notes<\/strong>\r\nRRA has a winner here and mated with the Trijicon ACOG scope and good ammo, I can\u2019t think of anything I\u2019d rather take into harm\u2019s way.","post_title":"RRA Mid-Length LAR-8 A4 .308","post_excerpt":"Big-bore AR\/Trijicon ACOG combo proved 100% reliable and sub-MOA accurate!","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"rra-mid-lenght-lar-8-a4-308","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-05-31 20:23:23","post_modified_gmt":"2023-05-31 20:23:23","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2009\/04\/24\/rra-mid-lenght-lar-8-a4-308\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":161994,"post_author":"645","post_date":"2008-05-13 15:04:28","post_date_gmt":"2008-05-13 21:04:28","post_content":"\r\nThose marvels of Austrian ingenuity, GLOCK pistols, have a well-deserved reputation for arriving ready for concealed carry. No sharp edges abound to be rough on the hands or snag clothing during the draw. GLOCKs slide from the holster, point well, and are ready for immediate action. The GLOCK Safe Action design leaves worries regarding a complicated manual of arms in the dust. Cap that off with sizes and calibers to satisfy every taste, and GLOCK seems destined to maintain their edge.\r\n\r\nFew things are dearer to the American heart than .45-caliber handguns. Despite the presence of .36- and .44-caliber handguns during the settling of the West, the .45 Colt is viewed as the decisive caliber from that era. Just in time to take the place of this noble cartridge, the .45 Auto became a force to be reckoned with in the next century. There is something comforting about this large caliber, imbuing a sense of power.\r\n\r\nIn fact, many a breath was held after GLOCK entered the U. S. market, until the Austrian company announced the introduction of their Model 21 in .45 Auto. Exhaling a sigh of relief, the .45 culture had a polymer wonder to satisfy its desires.\r\n\r\nFor duty carry by officers, the GLOCK 21 proved a perfect choice, hearty and robust, with the renowned GLOCK reliability. Following Law Enforcement (LE) trends that pushed the GLOCK to the top of the LE realm, as concealed carry rights blossomed, those exercising their rights adopted GLOCKs in droves. However, it was obvious the GLOCK 21 would have a small concealed carry following. The very traits making it so popular for duty carry\u2014hearty and robust\u2014worked against discreet carry.\r\n\r\nNever one to be left out in the cold, GLOCK introduced the more compact Models 30 and 36 in .45 Auto with double- and single-stack magazines, respectively. The Model 30 still bore grip dimensions similar to that of the Model 21, frequently difficult for those with average hands. The 36, though thinner due to a single-column magazine, still bore a longer front-to-back grip because of the .45 Auto chambering, which can still be a problem for some.\r\n\r\nBoth models have fared well with the American concealed carrier, but their frames, sized as they were for the .45 Auto, still leave some carriers and shooters with average and smaller-sized hands wanting. Likewise, many in the LE community hankered for a pistol dimensionally like the immensely popular GLOCK 17\/19\/26 and 22\/23\/26, but in the .45 Auto. Of course, the .45 Auto just won\u2019t fit in these more comfortable frames.\r\n\r\nMAKE WAY FOR THE .45<\/strong>\r\nNever one to shy away from a challenge, the folks at GLOCK tackled the project with the help of the ballistic wizards at Speer. The resulting cartridge, equaling the ballistic performance of the .45 Auto, was christened the .45 GLOCK Automatic Pistol (G.A.P.). Squeezed into a 9x19\/.40 frame, the GLOCK 37 and the .45 G.A.P. answered the LE and civilian concealed carriers\u2019 request for a more-compact .45 pistol.\r\n\r\nThe full-sized GLOCK 37 was followed by the compact GLOCK 38, and sub-compact GLOCK 39, each chambering a fair number of the new stubby .45s. Initially it was hoped the Models 37, 38, and 39 might be exactly the same size as the corresponding 9x19\/.40 models, and regarding the frames that proved true. However, to ensure perfect performance, marginally larger slides became the norm. (17\/22 slides are 1.01 inches wide by 0.85-inch high, weighing 18 ounces. GLOCK 37 slides are 1.13 inches wide by 0.88-inch high and weigh 21 ounces.) The .45 G.A.P. pistols incorporate a longer steel locking-block.\r\n\r\nOne step in building a cartridge to fit in the smaller and handier frame was designing the .45 G.A.P. cartridge to be 0.13-inch shorter than the .45 Auto. This produces a case similar in length to the 9x19 (0.78-inches), but once loaded the G. A. P has an overall length of 1.08 inches, actually shorter than the 9x19. (This last design parameter allows the wide .45 G.A.P. bullet to fit in a shorter grip area.)\r\n\r\n\"imgp03.gif\"AN ALL-NEW CARTRIDGE<\/strong>\r\nAdditional changes include a slightly rebated rim on the G.A.P., and modified extractor groove. Inside the case, one finds a wall profile that differs noticeably from the .45 Auto, thus allowing for seating .45 bullets without case wall bulging, and outside the primer pocket is filled with a small pistol primer. (A large pistol primer reportedly caused over-ignition and excessive pressure.) All of this goes to the point that the G.A.P. is an entirely new cartridge case that cannot be safely built from a .45 Auto case! Using the most modern propellants, Speer succeeded in charging this smaller .45 cartridge to equal the .45 Auto ballistically, while keeping pressures near the .45 Auto range.\r\n\r\nThere is no paucity of loadings available for the .45 G.A.P. GLOCKs. Speer\u2019s initial .45 G.A.P. commercial loadings were 185- and 200-grain Gold Dot premium hollowpoints and the same weights of TMJ bullets in the Speer Lawman line for economical shooting. Under the ATK banner with Speer, Federal Cartridge has introduced 185-grain and 230-grain Hydra-Shok loadings in the Premium Personal Defense line and an economical 185-grain TMJ loading in the American Eagle line.\r\n\r\nWinchester and Remington are now loading the .45 G.A.P. cartridge in configurations similar to Speer and Federal. COR-BON stepped in with their 160-grain DPX load, the 165-grain Pow'R Ball, a jacketed soft point, and a 200-grain JHP. This means bullet weights of 160 grains, 165 grains, 185 grains, 200 grains and 230 grains are all available.\r\n\r\n.45 GAP PERFORMANCE<\/strong>\r\nThe .45 G.A.P. is quite a boon for those of us adhering to the notion that bigger is better! Concealed carriers and Law Enforcement personnel, in and out of uniform, have their wish for new handguns.\r\n\r\nFrom the concealed carriers\u2019 and non-uniformed LE perspective, I found four .45 GLOCKs most appropriate for their needs. The Model 21 has already been excluded, and the Model 37 will probably be as well by those seeking compactness for carry. This leaves us with the Models 30, 36, 38, and 39 for consideration.\r\n\r\nThis was my first experience with the .45 G.A.P., so I began my examination of the concealed carry candidates with range testing. Trigger-time revealed just what I had heard: the .45 G.A.P. pistols were just as easily handled during all the drills as similar GLOCK models accommodating the .45 Auto. The GLOCK 38 weighs virtually the same as the Model 30, while the same is true of the Models 36 and 39, and the velocities of similar weight bullets are close enough to produce the similar felt recoil in pistols all weighing the same. (Depending on the cartridge, the .45 G.A.P. recoil can feel similar to a .40 pistol.)\r\n\r\nWearing average-sized hands, I found all four offerings fit me well, with the GLOCK 30 on the upper end of comfort for me. That, of course, explains why there is more than one flavor of ice cream\u2014and size of GLOCK\u2014to provide needed variety!\r\n\r\nWith pistols to fit my hands and those of most others, in my favorite caliber and that of GLOCK\u2019s new offering\u2014which seems destined to offer the .45 Auto a run for its money\u2014I went forth to gather the opinions of other shooters and concealed carriers.\r\n\r\n\"gap-carry.gif\"SHOOTING & CARRYING GLOCK .45s<\/strong>\r\nI placed the four GLOCK .45 offerings in the hands of a variety of shooters, and received the expected plethora of preferences. Given a choice of .45 GLOCKs, each one selected their favorite based on how it fit their hands and rode on their waist. Recoil did not seem a factor.\r\n\r\nThose finding the .45 Auto pistols a tad largish found the pistols chambered for the .45 G.A.P. just right. Testers that found the .45 Auto pistols fitting them well expressed their appreciation of the trimmer G.A.P pistols. It seems that not only has GLOCK spawned a new caliber in which to chamber their pistols, they have found one that can satisfy the needs of big-bore concealed carriers (and no doubt uniformed officers) while doing so.\r\n\r\nWill this be the .45 of the 21st century? Only time will tell, but it seems the .45 G.A.P is making a good run at that distinction!\r\nHOLSTERING GLOCK .45s<\/strong>\r\nAs excellent as the size and calibers of the GLOCK .45s make them for concealment, they still miss one thing for concealed carry\u2014a holster! Luckily holster makers, just like users, have flocked to all GLOCK pistols. Finding leather, or non-leather, to tote one\u2019s choice of .45 should be relatively easy.\r\n\r\nToting a handgun\u2014any handgun, including a GLOCK\u2014should be accomplished using a quality holster. Holsters protect handguns from loss, or shifting during carry, ensuring it will be there when one reaches for it. Not only will the handgun be there when needed, but also a well-designed holster will snug a GLOCK .45 against the body, while not impeding a smooth, speedy draw. Regardless of the GLOCK .45 of choice, there should be a holster to allow carrying it comfortably, securely, and inconspicuously.\r\n\r\nA quick search of the Internet turned up offerings to carry some of GLOCK\u2019s .45s from Aker, Alessi, Bianchi, Blackhawk Bulman, Blade-Tech, Comp-Tac, DeSantis, Del Fatti, Don Hume, FIST, Fobus, Galco, Gould & Goodrich, Milt Sparks, Safariland, Sidearmor, and Uncle Mikes. There are more, but I stopped searching when it became obvious there was no end to holsters and suppliers.\r\n\r\nIt seems every commercial holster maker, and those in the custom world, offer one or more styles, to fit one or more of the .45 GLOCK pistols. Their wares are made from horse or cowhide, Kydex or other polymer, or some version of ballistic nylon. Styles include belt models, inside-the-waistband versions, shoulder holsters, and pocket models for the smaller pistols.\r\n\r\nI also did a scan of my holster collection, and found a number already on hand, including those wearing the GLOCK brand. (GLOCK has always offered holsters for their pistols.) Not surprisingly, I discovered many holsters specified for 9x19\/.40 pistols also fit quite nicely around a GLOCK 36 pistol, with a scant few fitting the marginally enlarged G.A.P. models. (This is, of course, not something most holster makers will announce, nor something one can count on, but if an ample selection of holsters is available, the fit is easily checked.) In addition, holsters for the GLOCK 30 will usually fit the G.A.P. offerings.\r\n\r\nPick a .45 GLOCK, a holster to meet your needs, and ammo from a high-performance source. Outfitted with this, today\u2019s big-bore carrier will be ready to go!","post_title":"Concealed-Carry .45s: The GLOCK Solution | Glock 45 Models","post_excerpt":"The .45 firepower favored by legions of officers is tough to keep out of sight. Not so with the GLOCK .45 G.A.P.\u2014the hideaway handgun with maximum performance.","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"concealed-carry-45s-the-glock-solution","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-10-31 23:10:49","post_modified_gmt":"2023-11-01 03:10:49","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2008\/05\/13\/concealed-carry-45s-the-glock-solution\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":true,"total_page":15},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

POPULAR

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n

If the new little Sig Sauer .45 ACP lacks any one feature it is an ambidextrous thumb safety. The grips are wide enough and deep enough to allow a firm one-handed hold with the little finger perfectly wrapped around the bottom of the finely checkered grip frame. The thumb safety clicks on and off with ease and the slide release requires only modest pressure to chamber the first round on reload.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

If the Sig Sauer Ultra Compact 1911\u2019s general appearance seems familiar it is simply a function of design, since it is based on the most famous semiautomatic pistol in history. What the Sig Sauer version adds, aside from somewhat smaller dimensions, are standard features that are generally extra cost options. As a concealed carry .45 ACP semi-auto the Sig Sauer measures up.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The .40 S&W Choice<\/strong> for Subcompact Handguns<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Over the last 20-plus years the .40 S&W cartridge has overtaken the venerable 9mm as the most preferred round for U.S. law enforcement. The step up in caliber provides greater stopping power than a 9mm with less recoil than a .45 ACP. That of course has become more debatable in recent years with specialized .45 ACP rounds and guns specifically designed for them, however, the .40 S&W reigns supreme with law enforcement, while maintaining an equally enthusiastic following among civilians.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Glock 27 Gen4<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n
\"Glock<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Glock calls the .40 S&W Glock 27 Gen4 the \u201cthinking person\u2019s\u201d deep concealment gun. In its newest Gen4 configuration with interchangeable backstrap panels, the 9+1 standard capacity Glock continues the 27\u2019s history as a consummate backup gun for law enforcement. It has also become an ideal concealed carry <\/a>sidearm for the civilian market.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

While slightly larger than a Subcompact 9mm, the modest increase in overall size is offset by its capacity and ease of use. While the .40 S&W imparts a pretty hefty kick (compared to a 9mm), the Glock 27 Gen4 has very linear muzzle flip allowing quick target reacquisition. Overall, the Glock isn\u2019t the handful you expect from subcompact handguns, and with the right backstrap attached becomes a hand-filling, manageable semi-auto that puts the power of the .40 S&W cartridge into a size ideal for concealed carry use. The overall size is 6.29 inches in length with a 3.46-inch barrel, 4.17 inches in height, 1.18 inches in width, and a modest weight of 21.7 ounces empty.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Springfield XDM Compact 3.8<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n
\"Springfield<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

With the addition of the XDM Series of guns introduced in 2008, Springfield raised the bar on multi-purpose sidearms. While the XD pistols have found great acceptance within the general firearms community, the XDM Series is more in tune with today\u2019s personal protection and concealed carry needs, flavored with Springfield\u2019s penchant for building high-capacity pistols on standard sized frames.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The latest XDM Compact, chambered in .40 S&W (with an impressive 11+1 capacity) offers the same match grade 3.8-inch barrel as the XDM 3.8, but with a shorter grip frame like those used on the XD Sub-Compact (X-Treme Duty) models, making this a dedicated concealed carry sidearm. But there\u2019s more. The gun also comes with an extended capacity magazine upping the cartridge total to 16+1 rounds of .40 S&W thereby making this an ideal handgun for home protection. The XDM Compact, like all XD models utilizes a dual safety system comprised of a pivoting trigger toggle and a 1911-type frame-mounted grip safety. The gun features tapered ambidextrous magazine releases, drift adjustable front and rear white dot sights, ambidextrous indexing thumb rests, interchangeable backstrap panels, and deeply angled front and rear slide serrations (three in front, six in back). The Compact\u2019s slide is just slightly wider at the bottom, tapering out to provide a little more surface area to grasp when chambering the first round or clearing the gun. The XDM Compact is a top choice in the .40 S&W caliber.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

9mm<\/strong> Subcompact Handguns<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Globally the 9mm remains the most popular cartridge in the world, used by more law enforcement and military organizations than any other. The 9mm is also favored within the foreign civilian marketplace because many nations outlaw the use of larger caliber handguns except by the military. The 9mm cartridge has been in use now for over 100 years.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Ruger LC9<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n
\"ruger,<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Ruger\u2019s LC9 offers compact dimensions measuring 6.0 inches in length, 4.5 inches in height and a modest 0.90 inches in width, combined with a comparatively high capacity of 7+1 rounds and light carry weight of 17.1 ounces (empty). The LC9 is built with a composite frame of high-performance glass-filled Nylon supported by an aluminum grip frame (subframe), a through-hardened steel slide, and 3.12-inch steel barrel. The LC9\u2019s contours render a gun that ideally fits the average hand, placing the index finger directly alongside the triggerguard with a natural recess for the first joint to rest before moving to engage the trigger. On the left side, the contoured grip frame places the thumb in position for a single-handed hold. The LC9 has a loaded chamber indicator that rises upward from the top of the slide and is clearly stamped \u201cLOADED WHEN UP\u201d. It\u2019s a very obvious tell so bluffing is off the table.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

This is a well-balanced gun that is slightly muzzle heavy, an asset in managing recoil. The size, weight, and feel of the LC9 is very good and while the trigger pull is exceptionally long at 1.2 inches, it remains smooth and consistent allowing for quick follow-up shots. This is a function of both safety and the nature of the LC9\u2019s internal hammer design. Simply put, discharging the LC9 is like firing a DAO revolver. The LC9 has a magazine disconnect and will not fire a chambered round with the magazine removed. Overall this is a very capable small 9mm, which can also be equipped with a number of options including a Crimson Trace Laserguard.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Sig Sauer P290<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n
\"Sig<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Sig Sauer P290 is only slightly larger overall than a .380 ACP. With an overall length of just 5.5 inches, a truncated height of 3.9 inches, barrel length of 2.9 inches, and overall weight of only 21.5 ounces (empty), the P290 provides the defensive capability of a 9mm in a gun that is remarkably flat, measuring less than an inch in width. It is bigger and \u201cchunkier\u201d than the Kimber Solo and just a hair smaller than the Ruger LC9. The internal mechanism is a traditional locked breech, Browning-type tilting barrel but with one distinguishing feature; a broadly flared muzzle that aligns with a corresponding channel in the slide.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

This design contributes to quicker cycling of the action; as soon as the slide starts its reward movement it releases the muzzle, allowing the barrel to tilt and drop the breechblock into line for reload. The P290 also employs a dual recoil spring assembly that makes this operation pretty snappy.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The frame is a lightweight, molded polymer with a slide machined from a solid billet. The finishes available are natural stainless or durable Nitron coating. Standard sights are dovetailed drift adjustable white dots. The P290 is a DAO hammer-fired pistol but with no manual cocking capability. In addition, the Sig Sauer has an automatic firing pin safety block, hammer safety intercept notch, and a trigger bar disconnect, making it safe for carry with a chambered round. And the Sig Sauer will fire with the magazine removed.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

An interesting option for Sig Sauer is the Integrated Laser Module (ILM), which is custom made for the P290. Lightweight and compact, the ILM seamlessly blends with the lines of the pistol. The laser has ambidextrous switches. The increase in weight of 0.8 ounces is negligible and the laser unit adds only 0.75 inches to the depth of the gun.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Overall, this is a rugged looking little gun that is relatively easy to carry concealed considering it packs 6+1 rounds of 9mm.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Kimber Solo Carry<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n
\"gun
Compact semi-autos like the Kimber Solo are effective fight-stoppers, but shooters with weaker hands might have trouble retracting their slides.<\/figcaption><\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Kimber Solo Carry is one of the most compact 9mm on the market measuring only 5.5 inches in length, 3.9 inches in height and a mere 0.995 inches in width. The all steel and alloy construction semi-auto weighs only 17 ounces empty. The compactness of the Solo is visually striking, being only slightly larger in overall dimension than most .380s. In order to achieve these scaled down proportions reminiscent of a 1911, the frame contours are smoother and more rounded with every possible edge reduced to its minimum possible tolerances. Easily operated ambidextrous magazine releases and perfectly sized ambidextrous safeties make ease of operation suitable for left or right-handed users.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Truly \u201cpocketable,\u201d the Solo utilizes a unique striker-fired system with a slight twist. When the slide is cycled and a round is chambered the striker (firing pin) is between 88 to 90 percent pre-tensioned. The trigger pull necessary to discharge the Solo then is only 10 to 12 percent of the total effort needed to finish the cycle and release the striker. Even though Kimber describes the Solo as a \u201csingle action striker-fired design,\u201d it is actually a double action as pulling the trigger has to finish tensioning the striker before the gun will discharge. While the lightweight semi-auto has a pretty hefty kick it is more than manageable and exceptionally accurate. As one of the smaller 9mm on the market, the Solo definitely has earned its mark.<\/p>\n","post_title":"Contemporary Subcompact Handguns","post_excerpt":"The Personal Defense Pocket Pistols: In the 21st century we have perfected the art of making as much gun as possible in the smallest package possible!","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"contemporary-subcompacts","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-10-19 15:38:22","post_modified_gmt":"2023-10-19 19:38:22","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2012\/11\/01\/contemporary-subcompacts\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":160508,"post_author":"645","post_date":"2009-09-02 15:20:48","post_date_gmt":"2009-09-02 21:20:48","post_content":"\r\n\r\nEven the gloved hands of today\u2019s uniformed officer will find ArmaLite\u2019s new AR-10T familiar. Draw the fixed stock into the shoulder, obtain sight picture and flip the selector. What makes the AR-10T different is more about what\u2019s on the inside. But on the outside, it all seems to feel the same.\r\n\r\nSince the creation of the Department of Homeland Security, law enforcement agencies have contended with how to use their budget to best enable their first responders to protect citizens against terror. Every agency has assessed vulnerabilities and many have chosen to acquire big bore rifles capable of penetrating a hard target or intercepting a vehicular threat. With just one shot to get it right, a team leader should have experience on the firing line.\r\n\r\nArmaLite\u2019s battle proven AR-10 has already served LE around the world including Canada\u2019s Ontario Provincial Police TRU (Tactics and Rescue Unit). Now loaded for the \"armalite3.jpg\"hard-hitting .338 Federal, the new AR-10T fills a department\u2019s medium-caliber gap without sacrificing ease of deployment, time for training, or familiar handling qualities of an officer\u2019s carbine.\r\n\r\nWhat some don\u2019t realize is that the AR-10\u2019s roots are more than 50 years old, pre-dating the AR-15\/M16\/M4. Clenching the checkered A2 pistol grip, controls are at the fingers. Saving more than a pound in weight over 7.62mm NATO infantry rifles of its time, Eugene Stoner\u2019s modular innovation is a source for the often-used term \u201cergonomic\u201d (as it applies to firearm design).\r\n\r\nThe anodized lower receiver is home to the ArmaLite tactical two-stage trigger set, the same trigger mechanism used in ArmaLite M-15 rifles. Pulling the trigger provides a crisp and smooth feel that doesn\u2019t interfere with accuracy. First and second stages are consistently passed at just 3 and 5 pounds before allowing the hammer to strike.\r\n\r\nBeing that the AR-10T is based on a 7.62mm NATO platform, the first question that usually comes to mind is how ArmaLite manages to stuff the high energy behind a .338 cartridge into an AR? An ArmaLite representative reports, \u201cArmaLite\u2019s refinements to the AR-10 over the many years placed it at a stage where the transfer to a harder hitting caliber such as the .338 Federal was not a problem. It\u2019s a short action .308-type cartridge so it transitions into our AR-10 platform perfectly. With some testing, we found that it\u2019s a fitting combination. We were able to use the same proven bolt and extractor, as well as the Generation II magazines. No design changes had to be made except re-chambering the AR-10 for a new caliber.\u201d\r\n\r\nThe bolt sits inside a gas impingement carrier group with four holes available to bleed off pressure and debris. The disassembly procedure is the same as an agency\u2019s M-15 carbine (just bigger parts). With the firing pin removed, one difference from other ARs is visually apparent. A spring shrouds the base of the firing pin pushing against the wall in the bolt carrier group. This feature helps reduce the risk of malfunctions and prevents the firing pin from bouncing during operation.\r\n\r\nA railed flat-top upper receiver marked \u201c.338 Federal\u201d brings the bolt together with the chamber of the stainless steel barrel. \u201cWe originally designed the .338 Federal as a hunting rifle, thus the stainless steel barrel,\u201d says ArmaLite. \u201cThe .338 Federal is a cartridge best suited for short and mid-range duties. We put a 22-inch barrel on the rifle, which provided the best ballistics for these situations. With that being said, we have seen the potential for different uses in this caliber, so we are spending some time testing a shorter rifle with a 16-inch barrel featuring a full size buttstock and a mid-length gas system to use in CQB operations.\u201d\r\n\r\n\"armalite4.jpg\"A tubular one-piece, free-floating aluminum handguard shields the hands from the triple lapped, 1-in-10-inch twist stainless steel match barrel. The tubular handguard improves the rifle\u2019s handling without taking up real estate with full-length accessory rails that often go unused. A useable length of rail does grace the forend of the handguard, ready to accept custom mounting of bipods, lasers, lights and other accessories.\r\n\r\nThe massive stainless steel gas block is secured to the barrel with four large hex-head screws and redirects gas pressure through a direct impingement system. This gas block is also a front sight base that features a flip-up Midwest Industries (MI) post that co-witnesses with a MI flip-up backup sight affixed to the rear of the upper receiver\u2019s Picatinny rail.\r\n\r\nSince no flash suppressor or compensator is present, the recessed crown at the muzzle of the AR-10T protects the rifle\u2019s accuracy potential during heavy use or intense tactical operations. Combine a barrel made of stainless steel, an aluminum free-floated handguard, aluminum alloy receivers, a polymer stock and grip, and you have a weather-resistant tactical rifle. The AR-10T can withstand harsher environments like those encountered in sustained maritime operations while offering the effective energy transfer carried by a .338 slug. \u201cCoastal areas with salty environments and the moisture of the trunk in squad cars are hard on steel parts, especially the barrel,\u201d says ArmaLite. So stainless steel might be a better choice for these conditions.\r\n\r\n\"armalite6.jpg\"Shooting Impressions<\/strong>\r\nNow I\u2019m not going to lie and say that I found the AR-10T to be a sub-MOA tack-driver. For me, it wasn\u2019t. I have friends in this industry who tell me they achieved MOA accuracy verified by pictures on Jeff Quinn\u2019s gunblast.com<\/a> of multiple 3-shot groups fired from 100 yards rivaling the size of a penny. But this test was a representation of how a founding member of DHS envisions this rifle being used by law enforcement. On the scene, from the trunk of a vehicle, and across the hood.\r\n\r\nDriving down to the edge of North Carolina\u2019s Great Dismal Swamp brought me to a private range that required the careful use of four-wheelers to maneuver through knee-deep muck in order to get downrange and post targets. A pair of 12x18-inch ballistic steel plates were used to verify the new Leupold VX-3 6.5-20x50mm riflescope from 100 yards. Secured in ArmaLite\u2019s unique one-piece ring mount, this accessory removes a couple of variables that typically impact accuracy on other rifles.\r\n\r\nThe DHS agent fired first. And second. \u201cOh yeah, we\u2019re good.\u201d Our four-wheelers carried us across the swamp again just to verify the point-of-aim\/point-of-impact. Fingering the significant dimples created in the swinging AR-500 steel plate, he said, \u201cMan, that rifle has some thump to it!\u201d With paper targets ready, we drove back to the firing line and began the accuracy test.\r\n\r\n\"armalite8.jpg\"In rural parts of the US, it\u2019s not unusual to see a pick-up truck used as a law enforcement vehicle. To best simulate a tactical operation where a vehicle is used as cover and firing support, we positioned the vehicle at the firing line and loaded each (5-, 10-, and 20-round) magazine with the only load available for this test: Federal\u2019s lead-nose, copper jacketed, 210-grain Nosler Partition.\r\n\r\nThe first 3-shot group from each of us measured just under 2.5 inches. Making it downrange and changing out targets, we discovered an earlier sighter that went off course and punched through a 5-inch thick tree. Looking further back, we saw the bullet had actually passed without deflection through a total of six trees smaller in size and spaced about 4 feet before disappearing.\r\n\r\nMost accuracy results with other AR-style rifles are taken in 5-shot groups, so the next batch would follow this pattern. Five groups of five shots averaged nearly 3 inches off the semi-supported position with the best group measuring 1.94 inches. The most impressive observation came from our last test, a 20-shot magazine dump in quick succession. In a string of fire that lasted no more than 30 seconds, 20 shots were clustered together in a group measuring just 3.6 inches. This is practical accuracy you can expect of a trained officer that could put a definitive end to a given crisis.\r\n\r\nFinal Notes<\/strong>\r\n\u201cIf you benched it with a bipod, it\u2019d group a lot tighter,\u201d noted the DHS agent, \u201cbut this is realistic. This rifle is what you hope to have when you arrive to a dynamic situation forcing you to run what you have.\u201d\r\n\r\nArmaLite asserts, \u201cThe same principals apply to this caliber as the .458 SOCOM, only the AR-10T does it better. Placing this harder hitting round in this strong, proven platform was a perfect match. The .458 SOCOM in the smaller AR-15 platform has unpredictable penetration at any significant range and the smaller AR-15 platform is unproven to last with a large caliber.\u201d\r\n\r\nWith the AR-10T you get a heavier bullet, lower felt recoil and more energy transferred to the target. This lethal hammer is ready to meet the obstacles faced by LE in urban environments or on the maritime waters.\r\n\r\n\"federal2.jpg\"FEDERAL\u2019S BOLD .338<\/strong>\r\nThere are other .338s out there but none that can be easily integrated with fewer changes to the seasoned AR-10. The story here is as much about the united effort between ArmaLite and Federal Cartridge<\/strong><\/a> to assure the rifle and ammunition are perfectly matched. Snipers are already familiar with .338s including the .338 Lapua Mag and the .338 Win Mag. These two highly effective cartridges are known for their long-range effectiveness in bolt-action platforms. For most LE operations requiring the deployment of a rifle, a bolt gun presents a number of tactical drawbacks. Slower handling, more recoil, and slower follow-up shots.\r\n\r\nThe .338 Federal delivers the only modern .338 caliber load that isn\u2019t a magnum configuration. It delivers a larger diameter bullet for more weight and overall energy on target without magnum recoil. \u201cThe .338 Federal captures the capability of the longstanding .308 case and offers the respected performance of the .338 bullet,\u201d says Federal President Mark DeYoung. \u201cThese two mainstays have been proven time and again and are now brought together into a quality factory load,\u201d he adds.","post_title":"Armalite AR-10T .338 Federal","post_excerpt":"NEW BATTLE RIFLE chambered for Federal\u2019s powerhouse cartridge!","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"armalite-ar-10t-338-federal","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-10-31 23:08:29","post_modified_gmt":"2023-11-01 03:08:29","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2009\/09\/02\/armalite-ar-10t-338-federal\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":160816,"post_author":"374","post_date":"2009-04-24 14:48:05","post_date_gmt":"2009-04-24 20:48:05","post_content":"\r\n\r\nI have been a fan of the .308 cartridge (7.62x51mm) for many years and have always enjoyed its versatility. It has numerous useful applications for self-defense and law enforcement and one of my bolt-action rifles in that chambering is set up for medium- to-long range anti-personnel work.\r\n\r\n\"untitled-2.jpg\"I have used .308 rifles in bolt-action, lever-action, slide-action and semi-automatic configurations, the latter being in the form of the M14 battle rifle, which is what we cadets trained with in ROTC (Reserve Officers\u2019 Training Corps) I was very interested when Rock River Arms (RRA) introduced an AR-type rifle in the popular .308 caliber.\r\n\r\nThe rifle was the Mid-Length (M\/L) LAR-8 A4 (308A1239), which comes housed in a compartmented, electric blue plastic carrying case. In the case, the rifle is broken down into the upper-receiver\/barrel group and the lower-receiver\/stock group that allows the case to be a bit more compact length-wise. It is a great case for shipping the weapon, but unfortunately the case cannot be used once an optic sight is mounted on the LAR-8, which means that if you want to carry your RRA rifle in a gun case fully assembled with a sight mounted, you will be in the market for a new larger gun case.\r\n\r\nMy sample LAR-8 mid-length A4 came with a 16-inch Wilson chrome moly barrel having a 1-in-10-inch right-hand twist, six land and groove rifling and a Picatinny rail on the upper receiver and on top of the barrel at the front of the handguard as there are no iron sights. There is also an A2 version that has the same iron sight configuration that is found on the M16A2 rifle. Both of these rifles are fitted with a tactical CAR-style buttstock.\r\n\r\nOther RRA LAR-8 factory variations include Standard A2 and A4 models that have 20-inch barrels and a conventional AR-type butt stock, plus there is an A-4 Varmint Model that features a 26-inch Wilson air gauged, stainless steel bull barrel that is coupled with a free-floating, tubular aluminum handguard for increased long-distance accuracy.\r\n\r\nStandard Features <\/strong>\r\nStandard features on my LAR-8 M\/L A4 includes a rubber Hogue pistol grip, which is stippled and has finger grooves, a two-stage match trigger, upper receiver with bolt forward assist and ejection port door, plus brass deflector, ventilated polymer handguard, sling swivels and A2-type flash suppressor. The LAR-8 basically looks like a M16 on steroids, as the receiver has been beefed up to allow use of the .308 (7.62x51mm) cartridge.\r\n\r\nThe two big differences that the discerning eye will note is the magazine and the bolt catch. The factory-supplied magazine for the LAR-8 is basically the same as the 20-round magazine used in the famous FN\/FAL and L1A1 battle rifles. Entire articles and books could be and have been devoted to this fine weapon, so we won\u2019t delve into that subject here, but this Fabrique Nationale-designed rifle has been in service since 1953 and has armed some 60 countries around the world including Belgium, Great Britain, Canada, Australia, and Argentina.\r\n\r\nNeedless to say, there have been countless thousands of magazines made for the FN\/FAL and that fact pays dividends to the LAR-8 owner who has a wide selection to choose from. I did a little Internet surfing and came up with price ranges from $10 to $22 for used Mil-Spec 20-round magazines. There are also 30-round magazines out there that average around $50 more. They hang down a bit too far for comfortable prone shooting, so I\u2019m content to stick with the 20-rounders myself.\r\n\r\nThe bolt catch on the LAR-8 is not on the left side of the lower receiver as on the M16, but is positioned at the base of the magazine well at its juncture with the pivoting triggerguard. It is more reminiscent of the bolt catch found on the FN\/FAL and is made to be ambidextrous, and if your hand is large enough can be actuated by the trigger finger of whichever hand you use. The magazine release is located in the same area as on the M16 and the LAR-8 is also ambidextrous.\r\n\r\nWhile the manual safety lever, just above the pistol grip on the right of the receiver, is not ambidextrous, it appears to be easily changed to the left side of the receiver if that\u2019s the user\u2019s preference. On a whole the controls on this rifle are easily reached and manipulated without removing the hand from the pistol grip, certainly a plus in a patrol rifle. I had no trouble whatever operating them with my medium-sized hand.\r\n\r\nObviously, this rifle is going to pack more weight than the M16 and the LAR-8 M\/L A4 weighs in empty, sans sights, at a respectable 8.1 pounds. With the 6-position CAR buttstock fully extended it measures 38 inches. The weight and the propellant gas operation system of the action certainly help tame recoil, which is a good thing given the hard checkered butt of the CAR stock.\r\n\r\nThe standard polymer handguard is round in shape with flats on the top and bottom that are serrated and have holes for barrel ventilation. There are no rails on the standard handguard, but RRA does offer optional Daniel Defense Lite Quad Rails for both the Mid-Length and Standard LAR-8 A4 rifles. In fact, a visit to the RRA website will allow one to see the full list of optional items available that allow you to \u201chave it your way\u201d with just about any Rock River Arms\u2019 AR-type rifle.\r\n\r\nAs always, I gave the RRA LAR-8 Mid-Length A4 a top to bottom inspection and did not find anything wanting in overall fit and finish of the weapon. All the flats were flat, corners square and rounded surfaces done to perfection. No machine marks or other blemishes were visible and the black hard coat anodized finish was a good match to the black polymer material of the handguard and buttstock of the rifle.\r\n\r\nOptics Selection<\/strong>\r\nNow given that my RRA LAR-8 M\/L A4 comes without sights, it was time to select something with which to aim the rifle that would be fitting for my uses. I looked at a number of optical and sights of various manufacturers, but came away impressed with the Trijicon ACOG (Advanced Combat Optical Gunsight) 3.5x35mm .308 BDC\/FT.Chevron BAC riflescope for our test.\r\n\r\nAnyone that watches the network nightly news has seen the ACOG sights on the M16A2 rifles carried by many of our troops in Afghanistan and Iraq; their bell-shaped housings make them easily identifiable. They have been in use for many years by Army Special Forces, the Marines, Navy SEALs and the FBI, so I didn\u2019t see how I could go wrong. Trijicon is synonymous with the night sights that have been fitted on many of the most popular combat handguns for a couple of decades. However, Trijicon\u2019s founder Glyn Bindon wanted to build a sight for long arms that would bring together both-eyes-open shooting, an illuminated aiming point, plus magnified optics.\r\n\r\nWhat he discovered was what has since been termed the Bindon Aiming Concept (BAC), aiming with both eyes open, which gives a superior sense of balance and field of view, coupled with a magnified Trijicon sight, which offers the shooter a considerable advantage over his target using conventional sights. When used as designed, in the binocular mode, the operator sees only the red, chevron-shaped reticle (the pointed tip is the aiming point) transposed on the target at anywhere from across-the-room ranges to several hundred yards.\r\n\r\nMy sample ACOG 3.5x35mm scope came packaged in a well-padded Pelican case, which also held a black nylon, Scopecoat scope cover, a Lenspen lens cleaner and an ACOG thumbscrew flattop adapter for affixing the scope to the Picatinny rail of the LAR-8. The scope housing is 8 inches in length and is made of rugged forged aluminum; the black, hard-anodized finish matches almost exactly that of the RRA rifle. Scope weight without mounts adds only 14 ounces to the weight of the rifle.\r\n\r\nThe scope is calibrated for use with the .308 cartridge and is meant to be sighted in at 100 meters with an effective range of 800 meters on flattop rifles. The reticle also includes a rangefinder and the base of the chevron aiming point is 5.53 MOA (minute of angle), which at 300 meters is 19 inches allowing for good range estimation. Of course, during the day, the fiber-optic tube running along the top of the scope gathers light for the red aiming point and at night\/low light tritium is used to illuminate the chevron. The field of view at 100 yards is almost 29 feet, the eye relief is 2.4 inches and the adjustment is 4-inch clicks at 100 yards.\r\n\r\nRange Time<\/strong>\r\nNow it was time to go to my ammo locker and select some cartridges from my stock of .308 ammunition. I chose Black Hills Gold with a 168-grain Hornady A-Max bullet, which has a factory velocity of 2650 fps (feet per second). Next I picked Federal Gold Medal that has a Sierra 168-grain \u201cMatchKing\u201d BTHP bullet also rated at 2650 fps. To add a law enforcement-designed cartridge I included the one of the Hornady TAP loads in .308.\r\n\r\nAccording to their website, \u201cThe 155-grain A-MAX TAP Precision cartridge offers match accuracy with a high-ballistic coefficient providing superior long-range performance. This load demonstrates expansion and fragmentation similar to the 110-grain load, but with a noticeable increase in penetration and retained bullet weight. This bullet penetrates glass with minimal deflection and exhibits retained expansion and fragmentation characteristics.\u201d\r\n\r\nIt is also intended for use in a 1-in-10-inch or 1-in-12-inch twist rifle barrel such as that on the LAR-8. My final selection was the Winchester 150-grain Supreme Elite with \u201cThe new XP3 bullet that starts with a two-stage expansion design, then combines all the best-known bullet technology to offer delayed controlled expansion, deep penetration, and high retained weight.\u201d\r\n\r\nWith my rifle\/sight combination, plus test ammunition in hand, it was time for a field test. I did my shooting at the NRA Whittington Center during the 2008 Shootists Holiday and used the Center\u2019s Sight-In Range for my accuracy and chronograph testing session. I sighted the Trijicon ACOG 3.5x35mm scope in for 100 yards, then proceeded to shoot three 3-shot groups for record with each test cartridge, using the concrete benches and an MTM Casegard rest.\r\n\r\nMy best group was 0.82 of an inch using Federal Gold Medal loads, followed by 0.97 of an inch with the Hornady TAP ammo. All of the group averages stayed under 2 inches and my guess is that the rifle would have had no trouble out-shooting the shooter that day. I also set up my Oehler Model 35P chronograph to see what velocities I would get from the LAR-8 M\/L 16-inch barrel.\r\n\r\nNext I put a silhouette target out at 200 yards and fired a dozen shots using a mixed bag of .308 cartridges at center mass and scored 10 hits in the 10 and X-ring and two just out in the 9-ring. Three shots to the head resulted in three hits in the 10-ring. Lastly, I took the LAR-8 to the Animal Silhouette Range, where the backstop is a mountainside covered with nice big rocks.\r\n\r\nFrom the standing, off-hand position, again using a mix of my test ammo, I was able to make dust fly on rocks out as far as I could see them on the mountainside, which has been previously checked with a laser rangefinder to have shootable rocks out to some 475 yards. The best part besides the practical accuracy and \u201cshootability\u201d of the LAR-8 was the fact that it was 100-percent reliable and I did not note a single malfunction during the test.\r\n\r\nFinal Notes<\/strong>\r\nRRA has a winner here and mated with the Trijicon ACOG scope and good ammo, I can\u2019t think of anything I\u2019d rather take into harm\u2019s way.","post_title":"RRA Mid-Length LAR-8 A4 .308","post_excerpt":"Big-bore AR\/Trijicon ACOG combo proved 100% reliable and sub-MOA accurate!","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"rra-mid-lenght-lar-8-a4-308","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-05-31 20:23:23","post_modified_gmt":"2023-05-31 20:23:23","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2009\/04\/24\/rra-mid-lenght-lar-8-a4-308\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":161994,"post_author":"645","post_date":"2008-05-13 15:04:28","post_date_gmt":"2008-05-13 21:04:28","post_content":"\r\nThose marvels of Austrian ingenuity, GLOCK pistols, have a well-deserved reputation for arriving ready for concealed carry. No sharp edges abound to be rough on the hands or snag clothing during the draw. GLOCKs slide from the holster, point well, and are ready for immediate action. The GLOCK Safe Action design leaves worries regarding a complicated manual of arms in the dust. Cap that off with sizes and calibers to satisfy every taste, and GLOCK seems destined to maintain their edge.\r\n\r\nFew things are dearer to the American heart than .45-caliber handguns. Despite the presence of .36- and .44-caliber handguns during the settling of the West, the .45 Colt is viewed as the decisive caliber from that era. Just in time to take the place of this noble cartridge, the .45 Auto became a force to be reckoned with in the next century. There is something comforting about this large caliber, imbuing a sense of power.\r\n\r\nIn fact, many a breath was held after GLOCK entered the U. S. market, until the Austrian company announced the introduction of their Model 21 in .45 Auto. Exhaling a sigh of relief, the .45 culture had a polymer wonder to satisfy its desires.\r\n\r\nFor duty carry by officers, the GLOCK 21 proved a perfect choice, hearty and robust, with the renowned GLOCK reliability. Following Law Enforcement (LE) trends that pushed the GLOCK to the top of the LE realm, as concealed carry rights blossomed, those exercising their rights adopted GLOCKs in droves. However, it was obvious the GLOCK 21 would have a small concealed carry following. The very traits making it so popular for duty carry\u2014hearty and robust\u2014worked against discreet carry.\r\n\r\nNever one to be left out in the cold, GLOCK introduced the more compact Models 30 and 36 in .45 Auto with double- and single-stack magazines, respectively. The Model 30 still bore grip dimensions similar to that of the Model 21, frequently difficult for those with average hands. The 36, though thinner due to a single-column magazine, still bore a longer front-to-back grip because of the .45 Auto chambering, which can still be a problem for some.\r\n\r\nBoth models have fared well with the American concealed carrier, but their frames, sized as they were for the .45 Auto, still leave some carriers and shooters with average and smaller-sized hands wanting. Likewise, many in the LE community hankered for a pistol dimensionally like the immensely popular GLOCK 17\/19\/26 and 22\/23\/26, but in the .45 Auto. Of course, the .45 Auto just won\u2019t fit in these more comfortable frames.\r\n\r\nMAKE WAY FOR THE .45<\/strong>\r\nNever one to shy away from a challenge, the folks at GLOCK tackled the project with the help of the ballistic wizards at Speer. The resulting cartridge, equaling the ballistic performance of the .45 Auto, was christened the .45 GLOCK Automatic Pistol (G.A.P.). Squeezed into a 9x19\/.40 frame, the GLOCK 37 and the .45 G.A.P. answered the LE and civilian concealed carriers\u2019 request for a more-compact .45 pistol.\r\n\r\nThe full-sized GLOCK 37 was followed by the compact GLOCK 38, and sub-compact GLOCK 39, each chambering a fair number of the new stubby .45s. Initially it was hoped the Models 37, 38, and 39 might be exactly the same size as the corresponding 9x19\/.40 models, and regarding the frames that proved true. However, to ensure perfect performance, marginally larger slides became the norm. (17\/22 slides are 1.01 inches wide by 0.85-inch high, weighing 18 ounces. GLOCK 37 slides are 1.13 inches wide by 0.88-inch high and weigh 21 ounces.) The .45 G.A.P. pistols incorporate a longer steel locking-block.\r\n\r\nOne step in building a cartridge to fit in the smaller and handier frame was designing the .45 G.A.P. cartridge to be 0.13-inch shorter than the .45 Auto. This produces a case similar in length to the 9x19 (0.78-inches), but once loaded the G. A. P has an overall length of 1.08 inches, actually shorter than the 9x19. (This last design parameter allows the wide .45 G.A.P. bullet to fit in a shorter grip area.)\r\n\r\n\"imgp03.gif\"AN ALL-NEW CARTRIDGE<\/strong>\r\nAdditional changes include a slightly rebated rim on the G.A.P., and modified extractor groove. Inside the case, one finds a wall profile that differs noticeably from the .45 Auto, thus allowing for seating .45 bullets without case wall bulging, and outside the primer pocket is filled with a small pistol primer. (A large pistol primer reportedly caused over-ignition and excessive pressure.) All of this goes to the point that the G.A.P. is an entirely new cartridge case that cannot be safely built from a .45 Auto case! Using the most modern propellants, Speer succeeded in charging this smaller .45 cartridge to equal the .45 Auto ballistically, while keeping pressures near the .45 Auto range.\r\n\r\nThere is no paucity of loadings available for the .45 G.A.P. GLOCKs. Speer\u2019s initial .45 G.A.P. commercial loadings were 185- and 200-grain Gold Dot premium hollowpoints and the same weights of TMJ bullets in the Speer Lawman line for economical shooting. Under the ATK banner with Speer, Federal Cartridge has introduced 185-grain and 230-grain Hydra-Shok loadings in the Premium Personal Defense line and an economical 185-grain TMJ loading in the American Eagle line.\r\n\r\nWinchester and Remington are now loading the .45 G.A.P. cartridge in configurations similar to Speer and Federal. COR-BON stepped in with their 160-grain DPX load, the 165-grain Pow'R Ball, a jacketed soft point, and a 200-grain JHP. This means bullet weights of 160 grains, 165 grains, 185 grains, 200 grains and 230 grains are all available.\r\n\r\n.45 GAP PERFORMANCE<\/strong>\r\nThe .45 G.A.P. is quite a boon for those of us adhering to the notion that bigger is better! Concealed carriers and Law Enforcement personnel, in and out of uniform, have their wish for new handguns.\r\n\r\nFrom the concealed carriers\u2019 and non-uniformed LE perspective, I found four .45 GLOCKs most appropriate for their needs. The Model 21 has already been excluded, and the Model 37 will probably be as well by those seeking compactness for carry. This leaves us with the Models 30, 36, 38, and 39 for consideration.\r\n\r\nThis was my first experience with the .45 G.A.P., so I began my examination of the concealed carry candidates with range testing. Trigger-time revealed just what I had heard: the .45 G.A.P. pistols were just as easily handled during all the drills as similar GLOCK models accommodating the .45 Auto. The GLOCK 38 weighs virtually the same as the Model 30, while the same is true of the Models 36 and 39, and the velocities of similar weight bullets are close enough to produce the similar felt recoil in pistols all weighing the same. (Depending on the cartridge, the .45 G.A.P. recoil can feel similar to a .40 pistol.)\r\n\r\nWearing average-sized hands, I found all four offerings fit me well, with the GLOCK 30 on the upper end of comfort for me. That, of course, explains why there is more than one flavor of ice cream\u2014and size of GLOCK\u2014to provide needed variety!\r\n\r\nWith pistols to fit my hands and those of most others, in my favorite caliber and that of GLOCK\u2019s new offering\u2014which seems destined to offer the .45 Auto a run for its money\u2014I went forth to gather the opinions of other shooters and concealed carriers.\r\n\r\n\"gap-carry.gif\"SHOOTING & CARRYING GLOCK .45s<\/strong>\r\nI placed the four GLOCK .45 offerings in the hands of a variety of shooters, and received the expected plethora of preferences. Given a choice of .45 GLOCKs, each one selected their favorite based on how it fit their hands and rode on their waist. Recoil did not seem a factor.\r\n\r\nThose finding the .45 Auto pistols a tad largish found the pistols chambered for the .45 G.A.P. just right. Testers that found the .45 Auto pistols fitting them well expressed their appreciation of the trimmer G.A.P pistols. It seems that not only has GLOCK spawned a new caliber in which to chamber their pistols, they have found one that can satisfy the needs of big-bore concealed carriers (and no doubt uniformed officers) while doing so.\r\n\r\nWill this be the .45 of the 21st century? Only time will tell, but it seems the .45 G.A.P is making a good run at that distinction!\r\nHOLSTERING GLOCK .45s<\/strong>\r\nAs excellent as the size and calibers of the GLOCK .45s make them for concealment, they still miss one thing for concealed carry\u2014a holster! Luckily holster makers, just like users, have flocked to all GLOCK pistols. Finding leather, or non-leather, to tote one\u2019s choice of .45 should be relatively easy.\r\n\r\nToting a handgun\u2014any handgun, including a GLOCK\u2014should be accomplished using a quality holster. Holsters protect handguns from loss, or shifting during carry, ensuring it will be there when one reaches for it. Not only will the handgun be there when needed, but also a well-designed holster will snug a GLOCK .45 against the body, while not impeding a smooth, speedy draw. Regardless of the GLOCK .45 of choice, there should be a holster to allow carrying it comfortably, securely, and inconspicuously.\r\n\r\nA quick search of the Internet turned up offerings to carry some of GLOCK\u2019s .45s from Aker, Alessi, Bianchi, Blackhawk Bulman, Blade-Tech, Comp-Tac, DeSantis, Del Fatti, Don Hume, FIST, Fobus, Galco, Gould & Goodrich, Milt Sparks, Safariland, Sidearmor, and Uncle Mikes. There are more, but I stopped searching when it became obvious there was no end to holsters and suppliers.\r\n\r\nIt seems every commercial holster maker, and those in the custom world, offer one or more styles, to fit one or more of the .45 GLOCK pistols. Their wares are made from horse or cowhide, Kydex or other polymer, or some version of ballistic nylon. Styles include belt models, inside-the-waistband versions, shoulder holsters, and pocket models for the smaller pistols.\r\n\r\nI also did a scan of my holster collection, and found a number already on hand, including those wearing the GLOCK brand. (GLOCK has always offered holsters for their pistols.) Not surprisingly, I discovered many holsters specified for 9x19\/.40 pistols also fit quite nicely around a GLOCK 36 pistol, with a scant few fitting the marginally enlarged G.A.P. models. (This is, of course, not something most holster makers will announce, nor something one can count on, but if an ample selection of holsters is available, the fit is easily checked.) In addition, holsters for the GLOCK 30 will usually fit the G.A.P. offerings.\r\n\r\nPick a .45 GLOCK, a holster to meet your needs, and ammo from a high-performance source. Outfitted with this, today\u2019s big-bore carrier will be ready to go!","post_title":"Concealed-Carry .45s: The GLOCK Solution | Glock 45 Models","post_excerpt":"The .45 firepower favored by legions of officers is tough to keep out of sight. Not so with the GLOCK .45 G.A.P.\u2014the hideaway handgun with maximum performance.","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"concealed-carry-45s-the-glock-solution","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-10-31 23:10:49","post_modified_gmt":"2023-11-01 03:10:49","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2008\/05\/13\/concealed-carry-45s-the-glock-solution\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":true,"total_page":15},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

POPULAR

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n

For a 7+1 capacity .45 ACP, the Sig has some pretty trim measurements, stretching only 6.8 inches overall, a compact height of 4.8 inches and a width of slightly over an inch. The stainless steel 7-round magazine has a flat (flush) floorplate and witness holes on either side.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

If the new little Sig Sauer .45 ACP lacks any one feature it is an ambidextrous thumb safety. The grips are wide enough and deep enough to allow a firm one-handed hold with the little finger perfectly wrapped around the bottom of the finely checkered grip frame. The thumb safety clicks on and off with ease and the slide release requires only modest pressure to chamber the first round on reload.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

If the Sig Sauer Ultra Compact 1911\u2019s general appearance seems familiar it is simply a function of design, since it is based on the most famous semiautomatic pistol in history. What the Sig Sauer version adds, aside from somewhat smaller dimensions, are standard features that are generally extra cost options. As a concealed carry .45 ACP semi-auto the Sig Sauer measures up.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The .40 S&W Choice<\/strong> for Subcompact Handguns<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Over the last 20-plus years the .40 S&W cartridge has overtaken the venerable 9mm as the most preferred round for U.S. law enforcement. The step up in caliber provides greater stopping power than a 9mm with less recoil than a .45 ACP. That of course has become more debatable in recent years with specialized .45 ACP rounds and guns specifically designed for them, however, the .40 S&W reigns supreme with law enforcement, while maintaining an equally enthusiastic following among civilians.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Glock 27 Gen4<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n
\"Glock<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Glock calls the .40 S&W Glock 27 Gen4 the \u201cthinking person\u2019s\u201d deep concealment gun. In its newest Gen4 configuration with interchangeable backstrap panels, the 9+1 standard capacity Glock continues the 27\u2019s history as a consummate backup gun for law enforcement. It has also become an ideal concealed carry <\/a>sidearm for the civilian market.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

While slightly larger than a Subcompact 9mm, the modest increase in overall size is offset by its capacity and ease of use. While the .40 S&W imparts a pretty hefty kick (compared to a 9mm), the Glock 27 Gen4 has very linear muzzle flip allowing quick target reacquisition. Overall, the Glock isn\u2019t the handful you expect from subcompact handguns, and with the right backstrap attached becomes a hand-filling, manageable semi-auto that puts the power of the .40 S&W cartridge into a size ideal for concealed carry use. The overall size is 6.29 inches in length with a 3.46-inch barrel, 4.17 inches in height, 1.18 inches in width, and a modest weight of 21.7 ounces empty.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Springfield XDM Compact 3.8<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n
\"Springfield<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

With the addition of the XDM Series of guns introduced in 2008, Springfield raised the bar on multi-purpose sidearms. While the XD pistols have found great acceptance within the general firearms community, the XDM Series is more in tune with today\u2019s personal protection and concealed carry needs, flavored with Springfield\u2019s penchant for building high-capacity pistols on standard sized frames.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The latest XDM Compact, chambered in .40 S&W (with an impressive 11+1 capacity) offers the same match grade 3.8-inch barrel as the XDM 3.8, but with a shorter grip frame like those used on the XD Sub-Compact (X-Treme Duty) models, making this a dedicated concealed carry sidearm. But there\u2019s more. The gun also comes with an extended capacity magazine upping the cartridge total to 16+1 rounds of .40 S&W thereby making this an ideal handgun for home protection. The XDM Compact, like all XD models utilizes a dual safety system comprised of a pivoting trigger toggle and a 1911-type frame-mounted grip safety. The gun features tapered ambidextrous magazine releases, drift adjustable front and rear white dot sights, ambidextrous indexing thumb rests, interchangeable backstrap panels, and deeply angled front and rear slide serrations (three in front, six in back). The Compact\u2019s slide is just slightly wider at the bottom, tapering out to provide a little more surface area to grasp when chambering the first round or clearing the gun. The XDM Compact is a top choice in the .40 S&W caliber.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

9mm<\/strong> Subcompact Handguns<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Globally the 9mm remains the most popular cartridge in the world, used by more law enforcement and military organizations than any other. The 9mm is also favored within the foreign civilian marketplace because many nations outlaw the use of larger caliber handguns except by the military. The 9mm cartridge has been in use now for over 100 years.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Ruger LC9<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n
\"ruger,<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Ruger\u2019s LC9 offers compact dimensions measuring 6.0 inches in length, 4.5 inches in height and a modest 0.90 inches in width, combined with a comparatively high capacity of 7+1 rounds and light carry weight of 17.1 ounces (empty). The LC9 is built with a composite frame of high-performance glass-filled Nylon supported by an aluminum grip frame (subframe), a through-hardened steel slide, and 3.12-inch steel barrel. The LC9\u2019s contours render a gun that ideally fits the average hand, placing the index finger directly alongside the triggerguard with a natural recess for the first joint to rest before moving to engage the trigger. On the left side, the contoured grip frame places the thumb in position for a single-handed hold. The LC9 has a loaded chamber indicator that rises upward from the top of the slide and is clearly stamped \u201cLOADED WHEN UP\u201d. It\u2019s a very obvious tell so bluffing is off the table.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

This is a well-balanced gun that is slightly muzzle heavy, an asset in managing recoil. The size, weight, and feel of the LC9 is very good and while the trigger pull is exceptionally long at 1.2 inches, it remains smooth and consistent allowing for quick follow-up shots. This is a function of both safety and the nature of the LC9\u2019s internal hammer design. Simply put, discharging the LC9 is like firing a DAO revolver. The LC9 has a magazine disconnect and will not fire a chambered round with the magazine removed. Overall this is a very capable small 9mm, which can also be equipped with a number of options including a Crimson Trace Laserguard.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Sig Sauer P290<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n
\"Sig<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Sig Sauer P290 is only slightly larger overall than a .380 ACP. With an overall length of just 5.5 inches, a truncated height of 3.9 inches, barrel length of 2.9 inches, and overall weight of only 21.5 ounces (empty), the P290 provides the defensive capability of a 9mm in a gun that is remarkably flat, measuring less than an inch in width. It is bigger and \u201cchunkier\u201d than the Kimber Solo and just a hair smaller than the Ruger LC9. The internal mechanism is a traditional locked breech, Browning-type tilting barrel but with one distinguishing feature; a broadly flared muzzle that aligns with a corresponding channel in the slide.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

This design contributes to quicker cycling of the action; as soon as the slide starts its reward movement it releases the muzzle, allowing the barrel to tilt and drop the breechblock into line for reload. The P290 also employs a dual recoil spring assembly that makes this operation pretty snappy.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The frame is a lightweight, molded polymer with a slide machined from a solid billet. The finishes available are natural stainless or durable Nitron coating. Standard sights are dovetailed drift adjustable white dots. The P290 is a DAO hammer-fired pistol but with no manual cocking capability. In addition, the Sig Sauer has an automatic firing pin safety block, hammer safety intercept notch, and a trigger bar disconnect, making it safe for carry with a chambered round. And the Sig Sauer will fire with the magazine removed.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

An interesting option for Sig Sauer is the Integrated Laser Module (ILM), which is custom made for the P290. Lightweight and compact, the ILM seamlessly blends with the lines of the pistol. The laser has ambidextrous switches. The increase in weight of 0.8 ounces is negligible and the laser unit adds only 0.75 inches to the depth of the gun.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Overall, this is a rugged looking little gun that is relatively easy to carry concealed considering it packs 6+1 rounds of 9mm.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Kimber Solo Carry<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n
\"gun
Compact semi-autos like the Kimber Solo are effective fight-stoppers, but shooters with weaker hands might have trouble retracting their slides.<\/figcaption><\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Kimber Solo Carry is one of the most compact 9mm on the market measuring only 5.5 inches in length, 3.9 inches in height and a mere 0.995 inches in width. The all steel and alloy construction semi-auto weighs only 17 ounces empty. The compactness of the Solo is visually striking, being only slightly larger in overall dimension than most .380s. In order to achieve these scaled down proportions reminiscent of a 1911, the frame contours are smoother and more rounded with every possible edge reduced to its minimum possible tolerances. Easily operated ambidextrous magazine releases and perfectly sized ambidextrous safeties make ease of operation suitable for left or right-handed users.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Truly \u201cpocketable,\u201d the Solo utilizes a unique striker-fired system with a slight twist. When the slide is cycled and a round is chambered the striker (firing pin) is between 88 to 90 percent pre-tensioned. The trigger pull necessary to discharge the Solo then is only 10 to 12 percent of the total effort needed to finish the cycle and release the striker. Even though Kimber describes the Solo as a \u201csingle action striker-fired design,\u201d it is actually a double action as pulling the trigger has to finish tensioning the striker before the gun will discharge. While the lightweight semi-auto has a pretty hefty kick it is more than manageable and exceptionally accurate. As one of the smaller 9mm on the market, the Solo definitely has earned its mark.<\/p>\n","post_title":"Contemporary Subcompact Handguns","post_excerpt":"The Personal Defense Pocket Pistols: In the 21st century we have perfected the art of making as much gun as possible in the smallest package possible!","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"contemporary-subcompacts","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-10-19 15:38:22","post_modified_gmt":"2023-10-19 19:38:22","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2012\/11\/01\/contemporary-subcompacts\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":160508,"post_author":"645","post_date":"2009-09-02 15:20:48","post_date_gmt":"2009-09-02 21:20:48","post_content":"\r\n\r\nEven the gloved hands of today\u2019s uniformed officer will find ArmaLite\u2019s new AR-10T familiar. Draw the fixed stock into the shoulder, obtain sight picture and flip the selector. What makes the AR-10T different is more about what\u2019s on the inside. But on the outside, it all seems to feel the same.\r\n\r\nSince the creation of the Department of Homeland Security, law enforcement agencies have contended with how to use their budget to best enable their first responders to protect citizens against terror. Every agency has assessed vulnerabilities and many have chosen to acquire big bore rifles capable of penetrating a hard target or intercepting a vehicular threat. With just one shot to get it right, a team leader should have experience on the firing line.\r\n\r\nArmaLite\u2019s battle proven AR-10 has already served LE around the world including Canada\u2019s Ontario Provincial Police TRU (Tactics and Rescue Unit). Now loaded for the \"armalite3.jpg\"hard-hitting .338 Federal, the new AR-10T fills a department\u2019s medium-caliber gap without sacrificing ease of deployment, time for training, or familiar handling qualities of an officer\u2019s carbine.\r\n\r\nWhat some don\u2019t realize is that the AR-10\u2019s roots are more than 50 years old, pre-dating the AR-15\/M16\/M4. Clenching the checkered A2 pistol grip, controls are at the fingers. Saving more than a pound in weight over 7.62mm NATO infantry rifles of its time, Eugene Stoner\u2019s modular innovation is a source for the often-used term \u201cergonomic\u201d (as it applies to firearm design).\r\n\r\nThe anodized lower receiver is home to the ArmaLite tactical two-stage trigger set, the same trigger mechanism used in ArmaLite M-15 rifles. Pulling the trigger provides a crisp and smooth feel that doesn\u2019t interfere with accuracy. First and second stages are consistently passed at just 3 and 5 pounds before allowing the hammer to strike.\r\n\r\nBeing that the AR-10T is based on a 7.62mm NATO platform, the first question that usually comes to mind is how ArmaLite manages to stuff the high energy behind a .338 cartridge into an AR? An ArmaLite representative reports, \u201cArmaLite\u2019s refinements to the AR-10 over the many years placed it at a stage where the transfer to a harder hitting caliber such as the .338 Federal was not a problem. It\u2019s a short action .308-type cartridge so it transitions into our AR-10 platform perfectly. With some testing, we found that it\u2019s a fitting combination. We were able to use the same proven bolt and extractor, as well as the Generation II magazines. No design changes had to be made except re-chambering the AR-10 for a new caliber.\u201d\r\n\r\nThe bolt sits inside a gas impingement carrier group with four holes available to bleed off pressure and debris. The disassembly procedure is the same as an agency\u2019s M-15 carbine (just bigger parts). With the firing pin removed, one difference from other ARs is visually apparent. A spring shrouds the base of the firing pin pushing against the wall in the bolt carrier group. This feature helps reduce the risk of malfunctions and prevents the firing pin from bouncing during operation.\r\n\r\nA railed flat-top upper receiver marked \u201c.338 Federal\u201d brings the bolt together with the chamber of the stainless steel barrel. \u201cWe originally designed the .338 Federal as a hunting rifle, thus the stainless steel barrel,\u201d says ArmaLite. \u201cThe .338 Federal is a cartridge best suited for short and mid-range duties. We put a 22-inch barrel on the rifle, which provided the best ballistics for these situations. With that being said, we have seen the potential for different uses in this caliber, so we are spending some time testing a shorter rifle with a 16-inch barrel featuring a full size buttstock and a mid-length gas system to use in CQB operations.\u201d\r\n\r\n\"armalite4.jpg\"A tubular one-piece, free-floating aluminum handguard shields the hands from the triple lapped, 1-in-10-inch twist stainless steel match barrel. The tubular handguard improves the rifle\u2019s handling without taking up real estate with full-length accessory rails that often go unused. A useable length of rail does grace the forend of the handguard, ready to accept custom mounting of bipods, lasers, lights and other accessories.\r\n\r\nThe massive stainless steel gas block is secured to the barrel with four large hex-head screws and redirects gas pressure through a direct impingement system. This gas block is also a front sight base that features a flip-up Midwest Industries (MI) post that co-witnesses with a MI flip-up backup sight affixed to the rear of the upper receiver\u2019s Picatinny rail.\r\n\r\nSince no flash suppressor or compensator is present, the recessed crown at the muzzle of the AR-10T protects the rifle\u2019s accuracy potential during heavy use or intense tactical operations. Combine a barrel made of stainless steel, an aluminum free-floated handguard, aluminum alloy receivers, a polymer stock and grip, and you have a weather-resistant tactical rifle. The AR-10T can withstand harsher environments like those encountered in sustained maritime operations while offering the effective energy transfer carried by a .338 slug. \u201cCoastal areas with salty environments and the moisture of the trunk in squad cars are hard on steel parts, especially the barrel,\u201d says ArmaLite. So stainless steel might be a better choice for these conditions.\r\n\r\n\"armalite6.jpg\"Shooting Impressions<\/strong>\r\nNow I\u2019m not going to lie and say that I found the AR-10T to be a sub-MOA tack-driver. For me, it wasn\u2019t. I have friends in this industry who tell me they achieved MOA accuracy verified by pictures on Jeff Quinn\u2019s gunblast.com<\/a> of multiple 3-shot groups fired from 100 yards rivaling the size of a penny. But this test was a representation of how a founding member of DHS envisions this rifle being used by law enforcement. On the scene, from the trunk of a vehicle, and across the hood.\r\n\r\nDriving down to the edge of North Carolina\u2019s Great Dismal Swamp brought me to a private range that required the careful use of four-wheelers to maneuver through knee-deep muck in order to get downrange and post targets. A pair of 12x18-inch ballistic steel plates were used to verify the new Leupold VX-3 6.5-20x50mm riflescope from 100 yards. Secured in ArmaLite\u2019s unique one-piece ring mount, this accessory removes a couple of variables that typically impact accuracy on other rifles.\r\n\r\nThe DHS agent fired first. And second. \u201cOh yeah, we\u2019re good.\u201d Our four-wheelers carried us across the swamp again just to verify the point-of-aim\/point-of-impact. Fingering the significant dimples created in the swinging AR-500 steel plate, he said, \u201cMan, that rifle has some thump to it!\u201d With paper targets ready, we drove back to the firing line and began the accuracy test.\r\n\r\n\"armalite8.jpg\"In rural parts of the US, it\u2019s not unusual to see a pick-up truck used as a law enforcement vehicle. To best simulate a tactical operation where a vehicle is used as cover and firing support, we positioned the vehicle at the firing line and loaded each (5-, 10-, and 20-round) magazine with the only load available for this test: Federal\u2019s lead-nose, copper jacketed, 210-grain Nosler Partition.\r\n\r\nThe first 3-shot group from each of us measured just under 2.5 inches. Making it downrange and changing out targets, we discovered an earlier sighter that went off course and punched through a 5-inch thick tree. Looking further back, we saw the bullet had actually passed without deflection through a total of six trees smaller in size and spaced about 4 feet before disappearing.\r\n\r\nMost accuracy results with other AR-style rifles are taken in 5-shot groups, so the next batch would follow this pattern. Five groups of five shots averaged nearly 3 inches off the semi-supported position with the best group measuring 1.94 inches. The most impressive observation came from our last test, a 20-shot magazine dump in quick succession. In a string of fire that lasted no more than 30 seconds, 20 shots were clustered together in a group measuring just 3.6 inches. This is practical accuracy you can expect of a trained officer that could put a definitive end to a given crisis.\r\n\r\nFinal Notes<\/strong>\r\n\u201cIf you benched it with a bipod, it\u2019d group a lot tighter,\u201d noted the DHS agent, \u201cbut this is realistic. This rifle is what you hope to have when you arrive to a dynamic situation forcing you to run what you have.\u201d\r\n\r\nArmaLite asserts, \u201cThe same principals apply to this caliber as the .458 SOCOM, only the AR-10T does it better. Placing this harder hitting round in this strong, proven platform was a perfect match. The .458 SOCOM in the smaller AR-15 platform has unpredictable penetration at any significant range and the smaller AR-15 platform is unproven to last with a large caliber.\u201d\r\n\r\nWith the AR-10T you get a heavier bullet, lower felt recoil and more energy transferred to the target. This lethal hammer is ready to meet the obstacles faced by LE in urban environments or on the maritime waters.\r\n\r\n\"federal2.jpg\"FEDERAL\u2019S BOLD .338<\/strong>\r\nThere are other .338s out there but none that can be easily integrated with fewer changes to the seasoned AR-10. The story here is as much about the united effort between ArmaLite and Federal Cartridge<\/strong><\/a> to assure the rifle and ammunition are perfectly matched. Snipers are already familiar with .338s including the .338 Lapua Mag and the .338 Win Mag. These two highly effective cartridges are known for their long-range effectiveness in bolt-action platforms. For most LE operations requiring the deployment of a rifle, a bolt gun presents a number of tactical drawbacks. Slower handling, more recoil, and slower follow-up shots.\r\n\r\nThe .338 Federal delivers the only modern .338 caliber load that isn\u2019t a magnum configuration. It delivers a larger diameter bullet for more weight and overall energy on target without magnum recoil. \u201cThe .338 Federal captures the capability of the longstanding .308 case and offers the respected performance of the .338 bullet,\u201d says Federal President Mark DeYoung. \u201cThese two mainstays have been proven time and again and are now brought together into a quality factory load,\u201d he adds.","post_title":"Armalite AR-10T .338 Federal","post_excerpt":"NEW BATTLE RIFLE chambered for Federal\u2019s powerhouse cartridge!","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"armalite-ar-10t-338-federal","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-10-31 23:08:29","post_modified_gmt":"2023-11-01 03:08:29","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2009\/09\/02\/armalite-ar-10t-338-federal\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":160816,"post_author":"374","post_date":"2009-04-24 14:48:05","post_date_gmt":"2009-04-24 20:48:05","post_content":"\r\n\r\nI have been a fan of the .308 cartridge (7.62x51mm) for many years and have always enjoyed its versatility. It has numerous useful applications for self-defense and law enforcement and one of my bolt-action rifles in that chambering is set up for medium- to-long range anti-personnel work.\r\n\r\n\"untitled-2.jpg\"I have used .308 rifles in bolt-action, lever-action, slide-action and semi-automatic configurations, the latter being in the form of the M14 battle rifle, which is what we cadets trained with in ROTC (Reserve Officers\u2019 Training Corps) I was very interested when Rock River Arms (RRA) introduced an AR-type rifle in the popular .308 caliber.\r\n\r\nThe rifle was the Mid-Length (M\/L) LAR-8 A4 (308A1239), which comes housed in a compartmented, electric blue plastic carrying case. In the case, the rifle is broken down into the upper-receiver\/barrel group and the lower-receiver\/stock group that allows the case to be a bit more compact length-wise. It is a great case for shipping the weapon, but unfortunately the case cannot be used once an optic sight is mounted on the LAR-8, which means that if you want to carry your RRA rifle in a gun case fully assembled with a sight mounted, you will be in the market for a new larger gun case.\r\n\r\nMy sample LAR-8 mid-length A4 came with a 16-inch Wilson chrome moly barrel having a 1-in-10-inch right-hand twist, six land and groove rifling and a Picatinny rail on the upper receiver and on top of the barrel at the front of the handguard as there are no iron sights. There is also an A2 version that has the same iron sight configuration that is found on the M16A2 rifle. Both of these rifles are fitted with a tactical CAR-style buttstock.\r\n\r\nOther RRA LAR-8 factory variations include Standard A2 and A4 models that have 20-inch barrels and a conventional AR-type butt stock, plus there is an A-4 Varmint Model that features a 26-inch Wilson air gauged, stainless steel bull barrel that is coupled with a free-floating, tubular aluminum handguard for increased long-distance accuracy.\r\n\r\nStandard Features <\/strong>\r\nStandard features on my LAR-8 M\/L A4 includes a rubber Hogue pistol grip, which is stippled and has finger grooves, a two-stage match trigger, upper receiver with bolt forward assist and ejection port door, plus brass deflector, ventilated polymer handguard, sling swivels and A2-type flash suppressor. The LAR-8 basically looks like a M16 on steroids, as the receiver has been beefed up to allow use of the .308 (7.62x51mm) cartridge.\r\n\r\nThe two big differences that the discerning eye will note is the magazine and the bolt catch. The factory-supplied magazine for the LAR-8 is basically the same as the 20-round magazine used in the famous FN\/FAL and L1A1 battle rifles. Entire articles and books could be and have been devoted to this fine weapon, so we won\u2019t delve into that subject here, but this Fabrique Nationale-designed rifle has been in service since 1953 and has armed some 60 countries around the world including Belgium, Great Britain, Canada, Australia, and Argentina.\r\n\r\nNeedless to say, there have been countless thousands of magazines made for the FN\/FAL and that fact pays dividends to the LAR-8 owner who has a wide selection to choose from. I did a little Internet surfing and came up with price ranges from $10 to $22 for used Mil-Spec 20-round magazines. There are also 30-round magazines out there that average around $50 more. They hang down a bit too far for comfortable prone shooting, so I\u2019m content to stick with the 20-rounders myself.\r\n\r\nThe bolt catch on the LAR-8 is not on the left side of the lower receiver as on the M16, but is positioned at the base of the magazine well at its juncture with the pivoting triggerguard. It is more reminiscent of the bolt catch found on the FN\/FAL and is made to be ambidextrous, and if your hand is large enough can be actuated by the trigger finger of whichever hand you use. The magazine release is located in the same area as on the M16 and the LAR-8 is also ambidextrous.\r\n\r\nWhile the manual safety lever, just above the pistol grip on the right of the receiver, is not ambidextrous, it appears to be easily changed to the left side of the receiver if that\u2019s the user\u2019s preference. On a whole the controls on this rifle are easily reached and manipulated without removing the hand from the pistol grip, certainly a plus in a patrol rifle. I had no trouble whatever operating them with my medium-sized hand.\r\n\r\nObviously, this rifle is going to pack more weight than the M16 and the LAR-8 M\/L A4 weighs in empty, sans sights, at a respectable 8.1 pounds. With the 6-position CAR buttstock fully extended it measures 38 inches. The weight and the propellant gas operation system of the action certainly help tame recoil, which is a good thing given the hard checkered butt of the CAR stock.\r\n\r\nThe standard polymer handguard is round in shape with flats on the top and bottom that are serrated and have holes for barrel ventilation. There are no rails on the standard handguard, but RRA does offer optional Daniel Defense Lite Quad Rails for both the Mid-Length and Standard LAR-8 A4 rifles. In fact, a visit to the RRA website will allow one to see the full list of optional items available that allow you to \u201chave it your way\u201d with just about any Rock River Arms\u2019 AR-type rifle.\r\n\r\nAs always, I gave the RRA LAR-8 Mid-Length A4 a top to bottom inspection and did not find anything wanting in overall fit and finish of the weapon. All the flats were flat, corners square and rounded surfaces done to perfection. No machine marks or other blemishes were visible and the black hard coat anodized finish was a good match to the black polymer material of the handguard and buttstock of the rifle.\r\n\r\nOptics Selection<\/strong>\r\nNow given that my RRA LAR-8 M\/L A4 comes without sights, it was time to select something with which to aim the rifle that would be fitting for my uses. I looked at a number of optical and sights of various manufacturers, but came away impressed with the Trijicon ACOG (Advanced Combat Optical Gunsight) 3.5x35mm .308 BDC\/FT.Chevron BAC riflescope for our test.\r\n\r\nAnyone that watches the network nightly news has seen the ACOG sights on the M16A2 rifles carried by many of our troops in Afghanistan and Iraq; their bell-shaped housings make them easily identifiable. They have been in use for many years by Army Special Forces, the Marines, Navy SEALs and the FBI, so I didn\u2019t see how I could go wrong. Trijicon is synonymous with the night sights that have been fitted on many of the most popular combat handguns for a couple of decades. However, Trijicon\u2019s founder Glyn Bindon wanted to build a sight for long arms that would bring together both-eyes-open shooting, an illuminated aiming point, plus magnified optics.\r\n\r\nWhat he discovered was what has since been termed the Bindon Aiming Concept (BAC), aiming with both eyes open, which gives a superior sense of balance and field of view, coupled with a magnified Trijicon sight, which offers the shooter a considerable advantage over his target using conventional sights. When used as designed, in the binocular mode, the operator sees only the red, chevron-shaped reticle (the pointed tip is the aiming point) transposed on the target at anywhere from across-the-room ranges to several hundred yards.\r\n\r\nMy sample ACOG 3.5x35mm scope came packaged in a well-padded Pelican case, which also held a black nylon, Scopecoat scope cover, a Lenspen lens cleaner and an ACOG thumbscrew flattop adapter for affixing the scope to the Picatinny rail of the LAR-8. The scope housing is 8 inches in length and is made of rugged forged aluminum; the black, hard-anodized finish matches almost exactly that of the RRA rifle. Scope weight without mounts adds only 14 ounces to the weight of the rifle.\r\n\r\nThe scope is calibrated for use with the .308 cartridge and is meant to be sighted in at 100 meters with an effective range of 800 meters on flattop rifles. The reticle also includes a rangefinder and the base of the chevron aiming point is 5.53 MOA (minute of angle), which at 300 meters is 19 inches allowing for good range estimation. Of course, during the day, the fiber-optic tube running along the top of the scope gathers light for the red aiming point and at night\/low light tritium is used to illuminate the chevron. The field of view at 100 yards is almost 29 feet, the eye relief is 2.4 inches and the adjustment is 4-inch clicks at 100 yards.\r\n\r\nRange Time<\/strong>\r\nNow it was time to go to my ammo locker and select some cartridges from my stock of .308 ammunition. I chose Black Hills Gold with a 168-grain Hornady A-Max bullet, which has a factory velocity of 2650 fps (feet per second). Next I picked Federal Gold Medal that has a Sierra 168-grain \u201cMatchKing\u201d BTHP bullet also rated at 2650 fps. To add a law enforcement-designed cartridge I included the one of the Hornady TAP loads in .308.\r\n\r\nAccording to their website, \u201cThe 155-grain A-MAX TAP Precision cartridge offers match accuracy with a high-ballistic coefficient providing superior long-range performance. This load demonstrates expansion and fragmentation similar to the 110-grain load, but with a noticeable increase in penetration and retained bullet weight. This bullet penetrates glass with minimal deflection and exhibits retained expansion and fragmentation characteristics.\u201d\r\n\r\nIt is also intended for use in a 1-in-10-inch or 1-in-12-inch twist rifle barrel such as that on the LAR-8. My final selection was the Winchester 150-grain Supreme Elite with \u201cThe new XP3 bullet that starts with a two-stage expansion design, then combines all the best-known bullet technology to offer delayed controlled expansion, deep penetration, and high retained weight.\u201d\r\n\r\nWith my rifle\/sight combination, plus test ammunition in hand, it was time for a field test. I did my shooting at the NRA Whittington Center during the 2008 Shootists Holiday and used the Center\u2019s Sight-In Range for my accuracy and chronograph testing session. I sighted the Trijicon ACOG 3.5x35mm scope in for 100 yards, then proceeded to shoot three 3-shot groups for record with each test cartridge, using the concrete benches and an MTM Casegard rest.\r\n\r\nMy best group was 0.82 of an inch using Federal Gold Medal loads, followed by 0.97 of an inch with the Hornady TAP ammo. All of the group averages stayed under 2 inches and my guess is that the rifle would have had no trouble out-shooting the shooter that day. I also set up my Oehler Model 35P chronograph to see what velocities I would get from the LAR-8 M\/L 16-inch barrel.\r\n\r\nNext I put a silhouette target out at 200 yards and fired a dozen shots using a mixed bag of .308 cartridges at center mass and scored 10 hits in the 10 and X-ring and two just out in the 9-ring. Three shots to the head resulted in three hits in the 10-ring. Lastly, I took the LAR-8 to the Animal Silhouette Range, where the backstop is a mountainside covered with nice big rocks.\r\n\r\nFrom the standing, off-hand position, again using a mix of my test ammo, I was able to make dust fly on rocks out as far as I could see them on the mountainside, which has been previously checked with a laser rangefinder to have shootable rocks out to some 475 yards. The best part besides the practical accuracy and \u201cshootability\u201d of the LAR-8 was the fact that it was 100-percent reliable and I did not note a single malfunction during the test.\r\n\r\nFinal Notes<\/strong>\r\nRRA has a winner here and mated with the Trijicon ACOG scope and good ammo, I can\u2019t think of anything I\u2019d rather take into harm\u2019s way.","post_title":"RRA Mid-Length LAR-8 A4 .308","post_excerpt":"Big-bore AR\/Trijicon ACOG combo proved 100% reliable and sub-MOA accurate!","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"rra-mid-lenght-lar-8-a4-308","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-05-31 20:23:23","post_modified_gmt":"2023-05-31 20:23:23","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2009\/04\/24\/rra-mid-lenght-lar-8-a4-308\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":161994,"post_author":"645","post_date":"2008-05-13 15:04:28","post_date_gmt":"2008-05-13 21:04:28","post_content":"\r\nThose marvels of Austrian ingenuity, GLOCK pistols, have a well-deserved reputation for arriving ready for concealed carry. No sharp edges abound to be rough on the hands or snag clothing during the draw. GLOCKs slide from the holster, point well, and are ready for immediate action. The GLOCK Safe Action design leaves worries regarding a complicated manual of arms in the dust. Cap that off with sizes and calibers to satisfy every taste, and GLOCK seems destined to maintain their edge.\r\n\r\nFew things are dearer to the American heart than .45-caliber handguns. Despite the presence of .36- and .44-caliber handguns during the settling of the West, the .45 Colt is viewed as the decisive caliber from that era. Just in time to take the place of this noble cartridge, the .45 Auto became a force to be reckoned with in the next century. There is something comforting about this large caliber, imbuing a sense of power.\r\n\r\nIn fact, many a breath was held after GLOCK entered the U. S. market, until the Austrian company announced the introduction of their Model 21 in .45 Auto. Exhaling a sigh of relief, the .45 culture had a polymer wonder to satisfy its desires.\r\n\r\nFor duty carry by officers, the GLOCK 21 proved a perfect choice, hearty and robust, with the renowned GLOCK reliability. Following Law Enforcement (LE) trends that pushed the GLOCK to the top of the LE realm, as concealed carry rights blossomed, those exercising their rights adopted GLOCKs in droves. However, it was obvious the GLOCK 21 would have a small concealed carry following. The very traits making it so popular for duty carry\u2014hearty and robust\u2014worked against discreet carry.\r\n\r\nNever one to be left out in the cold, GLOCK introduced the more compact Models 30 and 36 in .45 Auto with double- and single-stack magazines, respectively. The Model 30 still bore grip dimensions similar to that of the Model 21, frequently difficult for those with average hands. The 36, though thinner due to a single-column magazine, still bore a longer front-to-back grip because of the .45 Auto chambering, which can still be a problem for some.\r\n\r\nBoth models have fared well with the American concealed carrier, but their frames, sized as they were for the .45 Auto, still leave some carriers and shooters with average and smaller-sized hands wanting. Likewise, many in the LE community hankered for a pistol dimensionally like the immensely popular GLOCK 17\/19\/26 and 22\/23\/26, but in the .45 Auto. Of course, the .45 Auto just won\u2019t fit in these more comfortable frames.\r\n\r\nMAKE WAY FOR THE .45<\/strong>\r\nNever one to shy away from a challenge, the folks at GLOCK tackled the project with the help of the ballistic wizards at Speer. The resulting cartridge, equaling the ballistic performance of the .45 Auto, was christened the .45 GLOCK Automatic Pistol (G.A.P.). Squeezed into a 9x19\/.40 frame, the GLOCK 37 and the .45 G.A.P. answered the LE and civilian concealed carriers\u2019 request for a more-compact .45 pistol.\r\n\r\nThe full-sized GLOCK 37 was followed by the compact GLOCK 38, and sub-compact GLOCK 39, each chambering a fair number of the new stubby .45s. Initially it was hoped the Models 37, 38, and 39 might be exactly the same size as the corresponding 9x19\/.40 models, and regarding the frames that proved true. However, to ensure perfect performance, marginally larger slides became the norm. (17\/22 slides are 1.01 inches wide by 0.85-inch high, weighing 18 ounces. GLOCK 37 slides are 1.13 inches wide by 0.88-inch high and weigh 21 ounces.) The .45 G.A.P. pistols incorporate a longer steel locking-block.\r\n\r\nOne step in building a cartridge to fit in the smaller and handier frame was designing the .45 G.A.P. cartridge to be 0.13-inch shorter than the .45 Auto. This produces a case similar in length to the 9x19 (0.78-inches), but once loaded the G. A. P has an overall length of 1.08 inches, actually shorter than the 9x19. (This last design parameter allows the wide .45 G.A.P. bullet to fit in a shorter grip area.)\r\n\r\n\"imgp03.gif\"AN ALL-NEW CARTRIDGE<\/strong>\r\nAdditional changes include a slightly rebated rim on the G.A.P., and modified extractor groove. Inside the case, one finds a wall profile that differs noticeably from the .45 Auto, thus allowing for seating .45 bullets without case wall bulging, and outside the primer pocket is filled with a small pistol primer. (A large pistol primer reportedly caused over-ignition and excessive pressure.) All of this goes to the point that the G.A.P. is an entirely new cartridge case that cannot be safely built from a .45 Auto case! Using the most modern propellants, Speer succeeded in charging this smaller .45 cartridge to equal the .45 Auto ballistically, while keeping pressures near the .45 Auto range.\r\n\r\nThere is no paucity of loadings available for the .45 G.A.P. GLOCKs. Speer\u2019s initial .45 G.A.P. commercial loadings were 185- and 200-grain Gold Dot premium hollowpoints and the same weights of TMJ bullets in the Speer Lawman line for economical shooting. Under the ATK banner with Speer, Federal Cartridge has introduced 185-grain and 230-grain Hydra-Shok loadings in the Premium Personal Defense line and an economical 185-grain TMJ loading in the American Eagle line.\r\n\r\nWinchester and Remington are now loading the .45 G.A.P. cartridge in configurations similar to Speer and Federal. COR-BON stepped in with their 160-grain DPX load, the 165-grain Pow'R Ball, a jacketed soft point, and a 200-grain JHP. This means bullet weights of 160 grains, 165 grains, 185 grains, 200 grains and 230 grains are all available.\r\n\r\n.45 GAP PERFORMANCE<\/strong>\r\nThe .45 G.A.P. is quite a boon for those of us adhering to the notion that bigger is better! Concealed carriers and Law Enforcement personnel, in and out of uniform, have their wish for new handguns.\r\n\r\nFrom the concealed carriers\u2019 and non-uniformed LE perspective, I found four .45 GLOCKs most appropriate for their needs. The Model 21 has already been excluded, and the Model 37 will probably be as well by those seeking compactness for carry. This leaves us with the Models 30, 36, 38, and 39 for consideration.\r\n\r\nThis was my first experience with the .45 G.A.P., so I began my examination of the concealed carry candidates with range testing. Trigger-time revealed just what I had heard: the .45 G.A.P. pistols were just as easily handled during all the drills as similar GLOCK models accommodating the .45 Auto. The GLOCK 38 weighs virtually the same as the Model 30, while the same is true of the Models 36 and 39, and the velocities of similar weight bullets are close enough to produce the similar felt recoil in pistols all weighing the same. (Depending on the cartridge, the .45 G.A.P. recoil can feel similar to a .40 pistol.)\r\n\r\nWearing average-sized hands, I found all four offerings fit me well, with the GLOCK 30 on the upper end of comfort for me. That, of course, explains why there is more than one flavor of ice cream\u2014and size of GLOCK\u2014to provide needed variety!\r\n\r\nWith pistols to fit my hands and those of most others, in my favorite caliber and that of GLOCK\u2019s new offering\u2014which seems destined to offer the .45 Auto a run for its money\u2014I went forth to gather the opinions of other shooters and concealed carriers.\r\n\r\n\"gap-carry.gif\"SHOOTING & CARRYING GLOCK .45s<\/strong>\r\nI placed the four GLOCK .45 offerings in the hands of a variety of shooters, and received the expected plethora of preferences. Given a choice of .45 GLOCKs, each one selected their favorite based on how it fit their hands and rode on their waist. Recoil did not seem a factor.\r\n\r\nThose finding the .45 Auto pistols a tad largish found the pistols chambered for the .45 G.A.P. just right. Testers that found the .45 Auto pistols fitting them well expressed their appreciation of the trimmer G.A.P pistols. It seems that not only has GLOCK spawned a new caliber in which to chamber their pistols, they have found one that can satisfy the needs of big-bore concealed carriers (and no doubt uniformed officers) while doing so.\r\n\r\nWill this be the .45 of the 21st century? Only time will tell, but it seems the .45 G.A.P is making a good run at that distinction!\r\nHOLSTERING GLOCK .45s<\/strong>\r\nAs excellent as the size and calibers of the GLOCK .45s make them for concealment, they still miss one thing for concealed carry\u2014a holster! Luckily holster makers, just like users, have flocked to all GLOCK pistols. Finding leather, or non-leather, to tote one\u2019s choice of .45 should be relatively easy.\r\n\r\nToting a handgun\u2014any handgun, including a GLOCK\u2014should be accomplished using a quality holster. Holsters protect handguns from loss, or shifting during carry, ensuring it will be there when one reaches for it. Not only will the handgun be there when needed, but also a well-designed holster will snug a GLOCK .45 against the body, while not impeding a smooth, speedy draw. Regardless of the GLOCK .45 of choice, there should be a holster to allow carrying it comfortably, securely, and inconspicuously.\r\n\r\nA quick search of the Internet turned up offerings to carry some of GLOCK\u2019s .45s from Aker, Alessi, Bianchi, Blackhawk Bulman, Blade-Tech, Comp-Tac, DeSantis, Del Fatti, Don Hume, FIST, Fobus, Galco, Gould & Goodrich, Milt Sparks, Safariland, Sidearmor, and Uncle Mikes. There are more, but I stopped searching when it became obvious there was no end to holsters and suppliers.\r\n\r\nIt seems every commercial holster maker, and those in the custom world, offer one or more styles, to fit one or more of the .45 GLOCK pistols. Their wares are made from horse or cowhide, Kydex or other polymer, or some version of ballistic nylon. Styles include belt models, inside-the-waistband versions, shoulder holsters, and pocket models for the smaller pistols.\r\n\r\nI also did a scan of my holster collection, and found a number already on hand, including those wearing the GLOCK brand. (GLOCK has always offered holsters for their pistols.) Not surprisingly, I discovered many holsters specified for 9x19\/.40 pistols also fit quite nicely around a GLOCK 36 pistol, with a scant few fitting the marginally enlarged G.A.P. models. (This is, of course, not something most holster makers will announce, nor something one can count on, but if an ample selection of holsters is available, the fit is easily checked.) In addition, holsters for the GLOCK 30 will usually fit the G.A.P. offerings.\r\n\r\nPick a .45 GLOCK, a holster to meet your needs, and ammo from a high-performance source. Outfitted with this, today\u2019s big-bore carrier will be ready to go!","post_title":"Concealed-Carry .45s: The GLOCK Solution | Glock 45 Models","post_excerpt":"The .45 firepower favored by legions of officers is tough to keep out of sight. Not so with the GLOCK .45 G.A.P.\u2014the hideaway handgun with maximum performance.","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"concealed-carry-45s-the-glock-solution","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-10-31 23:10:49","post_modified_gmt":"2023-11-01 03:10:49","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2008\/05\/13\/concealed-carry-45s-the-glock-solution\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":true,"total_page":15},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

POPULAR

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n

Like any semi-automatic pistol bearing the Sig Sauer<\/a> name, the Ultra Compact 1911 has a distinctive look with a squared, contoured slide, deep serrations, dovetailed tritium 3-dot sights, extended beavertail and grip safety, skeletonized hammer and triangle three-hole trigger all handsomely set off by a matte stainless steel slide and alloy frame, or optional two-tone version with a matte black hard anodized alloy frame. While any 1911, even one this small, is hard to call a Subcompact, the Sig comes closest to fitting the definition.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

For a 7+1 capacity .45 ACP, the Sig has some pretty trim measurements, stretching only 6.8 inches overall, a compact height of 4.8 inches and a width of slightly over an inch. The stainless steel 7-round magazine has a flat (flush) floorplate and witness holes on either side.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

If the new little Sig Sauer .45 ACP lacks any one feature it is an ambidextrous thumb safety. The grips are wide enough and deep enough to allow a firm one-handed hold with the little finger perfectly wrapped around the bottom of the finely checkered grip frame. The thumb safety clicks on and off with ease and the slide release requires only modest pressure to chamber the first round on reload.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

If the Sig Sauer Ultra Compact 1911\u2019s general appearance seems familiar it is simply a function of design, since it is based on the most famous semiautomatic pistol in history. What the Sig Sauer version adds, aside from somewhat smaller dimensions, are standard features that are generally extra cost options. As a concealed carry .45 ACP semi-auto the Sig Sauer measures up.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The .40 S&W Choice<\/strong> for Subcompact Handguns<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Over the last 20-plus years the .40 S&W cartridge has overtaken the venerable 9mm as the most preferred round for U.S. law enforcement. The step up in caliber provides greater stopping power than a 9mm with less recoil than a .45 ACP. That of course has become more debatable in recent years with specialized .45 ACP rounds and guns specifically designed for them, however, the .40 S&W reigns supreme with law enforcement, while maintaining an equally enthusiastic following among civilians.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Glock 27 Gen4<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n
\"Glock<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Glock calls the .40 S&W Glock 27 Gen4 the \u201cthinking person\u2019s\u201d deep concealment gun. In its newest Gen4 configuration with interchangeable backstrap panels, the 9+1 standard capacity Glock continues the 27\u2019s history as a consummate backup gun for law enforcement. It has also become an ideal concealed carry <\/a>sidearm for the civilian market.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

While slightly larger than a Subcompact 9mm, the modest increase in overall size is offset by its capacity and ease of use. While the .40 S&W imparts a pretty hefty kick (compared to a 9mm), the Glock 27 Gen4 has very linear muzzle flip allowing quick target reacquisition. Overall, the Glock isn\u2019t the handful you expect from subcompact handguns, and with the right backstrap attached becomes a hand-filling, manageable semi-auto that puts the power of the .40 S&W cartridge into a size ideal for concealed carry use. The overall size is 6.29 inches in length with a 3.46-inch barrel, 4.17 inches in height, 1.18 inches in width, and a modest weight of 21.7 ounces empty.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Springfield XDM Compact 3.8<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n
\"Springfield<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

With the addition of the XDM Series of guns introduced in 2008, Springfield raised the bar on multi-purpose sidearms. While the XD pistols have found great acceptance within the general firearms community, the XDM Series is more in tune with today\u2019s personal protection and concealed carry needs, flavored with Springfield\u2019s penchant for building high-capacity pistols on standard sized frames.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The latest XDM Compact, chambered in .40 S&W (with an impressive 11+1 capacity) offers the same match grade 3.8-inch barrel as the XDM 3.8, but with a shorter grip frame like those used on the XD Sub-Compact (X-Treme Duty) models, making this a dedicated concealed carry sidearm. But there\u2019s more. The gun also comes with an extended capacity magazine upping the cartridge total to 16+1 rounds of .40 S&W thereby making this an ideal handgun for home protection. The XDM Compact, like all XD models utilizes a dual safety system comprised of a pivoting trigger toggle and a 1911-type frame-mounted grip safety. The gun features tapered ambidextrous magazine releases, drift adjustable front and rear white dot sights, ambidextrous indexing thumb rests, interchangeable backstrap panels, and deeply angled front and rear slide serrations (three in front, six in back). The Compact\u2019s slide is just slightly wider at the bottom, tapering out to provide a little more surface area to grasp when chambering the first round or clearing the gun. The XDM Compact is a top choice in the .40 S&W caliber.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

9mm<\/strong> Subcompact Handguns<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Globally the 9mm remains the most popular cartridge in the world, used by more law enforcement and military organizations than any other. The 9mm is also favored within the foreign civilian marketplace because many nations outlaw the use of larger caliber handguns except by the military. The 9mm cartridge has been in use now for over 100 years.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Ruger LC9<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n
\"ruger,<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Ruger\u2019s LC9 offers compact dimensions measuring 6.0 inches in length, 4.5 inches in height and a modest 0.90 inches in width, combined with a comparatively high capacity of 7+1 rounds and light carry weight of 17.1 ounces (empty). The LC9 is built with a composite frame of high-performance glass-filled Nylon supported by an aluminum grip frame (subframe), a through-hardened steel slide, and 3.12-inch steel barrel. The LC9\u2019s contours render a gun that ideally fits the average hand, placing the index finger directly alongside the triggerguard with a natural recess for the first joint to rest before moving to engage the trigger. On the left side, the contoured grip frame places the thumb in position for a single-handed hold. The LC9 has a loaded chamber indicator that rises upward from the top of the slide and is clearly stamped \u201cLOADED WHEN UP\u201d. It\u2019s a very obvious tell so bluffing is off the table.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

This is a well-balanced gun that is slightly muzzle heavy, an asset in managing recoil. The size, weight, and feel of the LC9 is very good and while the trigger pull is exceptionally long at 1.2 inches, it remains smooth and consistent allowing for quick follow-up shots. This is a function of both safety and the nature of the LC9\u2019s internal hammer design. Simply put, discharging the LC9 is like firing a DAO revolver. The LC9 has a magazine disconnect and will not fire a chambered round with the magazine removed. Overall this is a very capable small 9mm, which can also be equipped with a number of options including a Crimson Trace Laserguard.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Sig Sauer P290<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n
\"Sig<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Sig Sauer P290 is only slightly larger overall than a .380 ACP. With an overall length of just 5.5 inches, a truncated height of 3.9 inches, barrel length of 2.9 inches, and overall weight of only 21.5 ounces (empty), the P290 provides the defensive capability of a 9mm in a gun that is remarkably flat, measuring less than an inch in width. It is bigger and \u201cchunkier\u201d than the Kimber Solo and just a hair smaller than the Ruger LC9. The internal mechanism is a traditional locked breech, Browning-type tilting barrel but with one distinguishing feature; a broadly flared muzzle that aligns with a corresponding channel in the slide.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

This design contributes to quicker cycling of the action; as soon as the slide starts its reward movement it releases the muzzle, allowing the barrel to tilt and drop the breechblock into line for reload. The P290 also employs a dual recoil spring assembly that makes this operation pretty snappy.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The frame is a lightweight, molded polymer with a slide machined from a solid billet. The finishes available are natural stainless or durable Nitron coating. Standard sights are dovetailed drift adjustable white dots. The P290 is a DAO hammer-fired pistol but with no manual cocking capability. In addition, the Sig Sauer has an automatic firing pin safety block, hammer safety intercept notch, and a trigger bar disconnect, making it safe for carry with a chambered round. And the Sig Sauer will fire with the magazine removed.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

An interesting option for Sig Sauer is the Integrated Laser Module (ILM), which is custom made for the P290. Lightweight and compact, the ILM seamlessly blends with the lines of the pistol. The laser has ambidextrous switches. The increase in weight of 0.8 ounces is negligible and the laser unit adds only 0.75 inches to the depth of the gun.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Overall, this is a rugged looking little gun that is relatively easy to carry concealed considering it packs 6+1 rounds of 9mm.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Kimber Solo Carry<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n
\"gun
Compact semi-autos like the Kimber Solo are effective fight-stoppers, but shooters with weaker hands might have trouble retracting their slides.<\/figcaption><\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Kimber Solo Carry is one of the most compact 9mm on the market measuring only 5.5 inches in length, 3.9 inches in height and a mere 0.995 inches in width. The all steel and alloy construction semi-auto weighs only 17 ounces empty. The compactness of the Solo is visually striking, being only slightly larger in overall dimension than most .380s. In order to achieve these scaled down proportions reminiscent of a 1911, the frame contours are smoother and more rounded with every possible edge reduced to its minimum possible tolerances. Easily operated ambidextrous magazine releases and perfectly sized ambidextrous safeties make ease of operation suitable for left or right-handed users.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Truly \u201cpocketable,\u201d the Solo utilizes a unique striker-fired system with a slight twist. When the slide is cycled and a round is chambered the striker (firing pin) is between 88 to 90 percent pre-tensioned. The trigger pull necessary to discharge the Solo then is only 10 to 12 percent of the total effort needed to finish the cycle and release the striker. Even though Kimber describes the Solo as a \u201csingle action striker-fired design,\u201d it is actually a double action as pulling the trigger has to finish tensioning the striker before the gun will discharge. While the lightweight semi-auto has a pretty hefty kick it is more than manageable and exceptionally accurate. As one of the smaller 9mm on the market, the Solo definitely has earned its mark.<\/p>\n","post_title":"Contemporary Subcompact Handguns","post_excerpt":"The Personal Defense Pocket Pistols: In the 21st century we have perfected the art of making as much gun as possible in the smallest package possible!","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"contemporary-subcompacts","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-10-19 15:38:22","post_modified_gmt":"2023-10-19 19:38:22","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2012\/11\/01\/contemporary-subcompacts\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":160508,"post_author":"645","post_date":"2009-09-02 15:20:48","post_date_gmt":"2009-09-02 21:20:48","post_content":"\r\n\r\nEven the gloved hands of today\u2019s uniformed officer will find ArmaLite\u2019s new AR-10T familiar. Draw the fixed stock into the shoulder, obtain sight picture and flip the selector. What makes the AR-10T different is more about what\u2019s on the inside. But on the outside, it all seems to feel the same.\r\n\r\nSince the creation of the Department of Homeland Security, law enforcement agencies have contended with how to use their budget to best enable their first responders to protect citizens against terror. Every agency has assessed vulnerabilities and many have chosen to acquire big bore rifles capable of penetrating a hard target or intercepting a vehicular threat. With just one shot to get it right, a team leader should have experience on the firing line.\r\n\r\nArmaLite\u2019s battle proven AR-10 has already served LE around the world including Canada\u2019s Ontario Provincial Police TRU (Tactics and Rescue Unit). Now loaded for the \"armalite3.jpg\"hard-hitting .338 Federal, the new AR-10T fills a department\u2019s medium-caliber gap without sacrificing ease of deployment, time for training, or familiar handling qualities of an officer\u2019s carbine.\r\n\r\nWhat some don\u2019t realize is that the AR-10\u2019s roots are more than 50 years old, pre-dating the AR-15\/M16\/M4. Clenching the checkered A2 pistol grip, controls are at the fingers. Saving more than a pound in weight over 7.62mm NATO infantry rifles of its time, Eugene Stoner\u2019s modular innovation is a source for the often-used term \u201cergonomic\u201d (as it applies to firearm design).\r\n\r\nThe anodized lower receiver is home to the ArmaLite tactical two-stage trigger set, the same trigger mechanism used in ArmaLite M-15 rifles. Pulling the trigger provides a crisp and smooth feel that doesn\u2019t interfere with accuracy. First and second stages are consistently passed at just 3 and 5 pounds before allowing the hammer to strike.\r\n\r\nBeing that the AR-10T is based on a 7.62mm NATO platform, the first question that usually comes to mind is how ArmaLite manages to stuff the high energy behind a .338 cartridge into an AR? An ArmaLite representative reports, \u201cArmaLite\u2019s refinements to the AR-10 over the many years placed it at a stage where the transfer to a harder hitting caliber such as the .338 Federal was not a problem. It\u2019s a short action .308-type cartridge so it transitions into our AR-10 platform perfectly. With some testing, we found that it\u2019s a fitting combination. We were able to use the same proven bolt and extractor, as well as the Generation II magazines. No design changes had to be made except re-chambering the AR-10 for a new caliber.\u201d\r\n\r\nThe bolt sits inside a gas impingement carrier group with four holes available to bleed off pressure and debris. The disassembly procedure is the same as an agency\u2019s M-15 carbine (just bigger parts). With the firing pin removed, one difference from other ARs is visually apparent. A spring shrouds the base of the firing pin pushing against the wall in the bolt carrier group. This feature helps reduce the risk of malfunctions and prevents the firing pin from bouncing during operation.\r\n\r\nA railed flat-top upper receiver marked \u201c.338 Federal\u201d brings the bolt together with the chamber of the stainless steel barrel. \u201cWe originally designed the .338 Federal as a hunting rifle, thus the stainless steel barrel,\u201d says ArmaLite. \u201cThe .338 Federal is a cartridge best suited for short and mid-range duties. We put a 22-inch barrel on the rifle, which provided the best ballistics for these situations. With that being said, we have seen the potential for different uses in this caliber, so we are spending some time testing a shorter rifle with a 16-inch barrel featuring a full size buttstock and a mid-length gas system to use in CQB operations.\u201d\r\n\r\n\"armalite4.jpg\"A tubular one-piece, free-floating aluminum handguard shields the hands from the triple lapped, 1-in-10-inch twist stainless steel match barrel. The tubular handguard improves the rifle\u2019s handling without taking up real estate with full-length accessory rails that often go unused. A useable length of rail does grace the forend of the handguard, ready to accept custom mounting of bipods, lasers, lights and other accessories.\r\n\r\nThe massive stainless steel gas block is secured to the barrel with four large hex-head screws and redirects gas pressure through a direct impingement system. This gas block is also a front sight base that features a flip-up Midwest Industries (MI) post that co-witnesses with a MI flip-up backup sight affixed to the rear of the upper receiver\u2019s Picatinny rail.\r\n\r\nSince no flash suppressor or compensator is present, the recessed crown at the muzzle of the AR-10T protects the rifle\u2019s accuracy potential during heavy use or intense tactical operations. Combine a barrel made of stainless steel, an aluminum free-floated handguard, aluminum alloy receivers, a polymer stock and grip, and you have a weather-resistant tactical rifle. The AR-10T can withstand harsher environments like those encountered in sustained maritime operations while offering the effective energy transfer carried by a .338 slug. \u201cCoastal areas with salty environments and the moisture of the trunk in squad cars are hard on steel parts, especially the barrel,\u201d says ArmaLite. So stainless steel might be a better choice for these conditions.\r\n\r\n\"armalite6.jpg\"Shooting Impressions<\/strong>\r\nNow I\u2019m not going to lie and say that I found the AR-10T to be a sub-MOA tack-driver. For me, it wasn\u2019t. I have friends in this industry who tell me they achieved MOA accuracy verified by pictures on Jeff Quinn\u2019s gunblast.com<\/a> of multiple 3-shot groups fired from 100 yards rivaling the size of a penny. But this test was a representation of how a founding member of DHS envisions this rifle being used by law enforcement. On the scene, from the trunk of a vehicle, and across the hood.\r\n\r\nDriving down to the edge of North Carolina\u2019s Great Dismal Swamp brought me to a private range that required the careful use of four-wheelers to maneuver through knee-deep muck in order to get downrange and post targets. A pair of 12x18-inch ballistic steel plates were used to verify the new Leupold VX-3 6.5-20x50mm riflescope from 100 yards. Secured in ArmaLite\u2019s unique one-piece ring mount, this accessory removes a couple of variables that typically impact accuracy on other rifles.\r\n\r\nThe DHS agent fired first. And second. \u201cOh yeah, we\u2019re good.\u201d Our four-wheelers carried us across the swamp again just to verify the point-of-aim\/point-of-impact. Fingering the significant dimples created in the swinging AR-500 steel plate, he said, \u201cMan, that rifle has some thump to it!\u201d With paper targets ready, we drove back to the firing line and began the accuracy test.\r\n\r\n\"armalite8.jpg\"In rural parts of the US, it\u2019s not unusual to see a pick-up truck used as a law enforcement vehicle. To best simulate a tactical operation where a vehicle is used as cover and firing support, we positioned the vehicle at the firing line and loaded each (5-, 10-, and 20-round) magazine with the only load available for this test: Federal\u2019s lead-nose, copper jacketed, 210-grain Nosler Partition.\r\n\r\nThe first 3-shot group from each of us measured just under 2.5 inches. Making it downrange and changing out targets, we discovered an earlier sighter that went off course and punched through a 5-inch thick tree. Looking further back, we saw the bullet had actually passed without deflection through a total of six trees smaller in size and spaced about 4 feet before disappearing.\r\n\r\nMost accuracy results with other AR-style rifles are taken in 5-shot groups, so the next batch would follow this pattern. Five groups of five shots averaged nearly 3 inches off the semi-supported position with the best group measuring 1.94 inches. The most impressive observation came from our last test, a 20-shot magazine dump in quick succession. In a string of fire that lasted no more than 30 seconds, 20 shots were clustered together in a group measuring just 3.6 inches. This is practical accuracy you can expect of a trained officer that could put a definitive end to a given crisis.\r\n\r\nFinal Notes<\/strong>\r\n\u201cIf you benched it with a bipod, it\u2019d group a lot tighter,\u201d noted the DHS agent, \u201cbut this is realistic. This rifle is what you hope to have when you arrive to a dynamic situation forcing you to run what you have.\u201d\r\n\r\nArmaLite asserts, \u201cThe same principals apply to this caliber as the .458 SOCOM, only the AR-10T does it better. Placing this harder hitting round in this strong, proven platform was a perfect match. The .458 SOCOM in the smaller AR-15 platform has unpredictable penetration at any significant range and the smaller AR-15 platform is unproven to last with a large caliber.\u201d\r\n\r\nWith the AR-10T you get a heavier bullet, lower felt recoil and more energy transferred to the target. This lethal hammer is ready to meet the obstacles faced by LE in urban environments or on the maritime waters.\r\n\r\n\"federal2.jpg\"FEDERAL\u2019S BOLD .338<\/strong>\r\nThere are other .338s out there but none that can be easily integrated with fewer changes to the seasoned AR-10. The story here is as much about the united effort between ArmaLite and Federal Cartridge<\/strong><\/a> to assure the rifle and ammunition are perfectly matched. Snipers are already familiar with .338s including the .338 Lapua Mag and the .338 Win Mag. These two highly effective cartridges are known for their long-range effectiveness in bolt-action platforms. For most LE operations requiring the deployment of a rifle, a bolt gun presents a number of tactical drawbacks. Slower handling, more recoil, and slower follow-up shots.\r\n\r\nThe .338 Federal delivers the only modern .338 caliber load that isn\u2019t a magnum configuration. It delivers a larger diameter bullet for more weight and overall energy on target without magnum recoil. \u201cThe .338 Federal captures the capability of the longstanding .308 case and offers the respected performance of the .338 bullet,\u201d says Federal President Mark DeYoung. \u201cThese two mainstays have been proven time and again and are now brought together into a quality factory load,\u201d he adds.","post_title":"Armalite AR-10T .338 Federal","post_excerpt":"NEW BATTLE RIFLE chambered for Federal\u2019s powerhouse cartridge!","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"armalite-ar-10t-338-federal","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-10-31 23:08:29","post_modified_gmt":"2023-11-01 03:08:29","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2009\/09\/02\/armalite-ar-10t-338-federal\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":160816,"post_author":"374","post_date":"2009-04-24 14:48:05","post_date_gmt":"2009-04-24 20:48:05","post_content":"\r\n\r\nI have been a fan of the .308 cartridge (7.62x51mm) for many years and have always enjoyed its versatility. It has numerous useful applications for self-defense and law enforcement and one of my bolt-action rifles in that chambering is set up for medium- to-long range anti-personnel work.\r\n\r\n\"untitled-2.jpg\"I have used .308 rifles in bolt-action, lever-action, slide-action and semi-automatic configurations, the latter being in the form of the M14 battle rifle, which is what we cadets trained with in ROTC (Reserve Officers\u2019 Training Corps) I was very interested when Rock River Arms (RRA) introduced an AR-type rifle in the popular .308 caliber.\r\n\r\nThe rifle was the Mid-Length (M\/L) LAR-8 A4 (308A1239), which comes housed in a compartmented, electric blue plastic carrying case. In the case, the rifle is broken down into the upper-receiver\/barrel group and the lower-receiver\/stock group that allows the case to be a bit more compact length-wise. It is a great case for shipping the weapon, but unfortunately the case cannot be used once an optic sight is mounted on the LAR-8, which means that if you want to carry your RRA rifle in a gun case fully assembled with a sight mounted, you will be in the market for a new larger gun case.\r\n\r\nMy sample LAR-8 mid-length A4 came with a 16-inch Wilson chrome moly barrel having a 1-in-10-inch right-hand twist, six land and groove rifling and a Picatinny rail on the upper receiver and on top of the barrel at the front of the handguard as there are no iron sights. There is also an A2 version that has the same iron sight configuration that is found on the M16A2 rifle. Both of these rifles are fitted with a tactical CAR-style buttstock.\r\n\r\nOther RRA LAR-8 factory variations include Standard A2 and A4 models that have 20-inch barrels and a conventional AR-type butt stock, plus there is an A-4 Varmint Model that features a 26-inch Wilson air gauged, stainless steel bull barrel that is coupled with a free-floating, tubular aluminum handguard for increased long-distance accuracy.\r\n\r\nStandard Features <\/strong>\r\nStandard features on my LAR-8 M\/L A4 includes a rubber Hogue pistol grip, which is stippled and has finger grooves, a two-stage match trigger, upper receiver with bolt forward assist and ejection port door, plus brass deflector, ventilated polymer handguard, sling swivels and A2-type flash suppressor. The LAR-8 basically looks like a M16 on steroids, as the receiver has been beefed up to allow use of the .308 (7.62x51mm) cartridge.\r\n\r\nThe two big differences that the discerning eye will note is the magazine and the bolt catch. The factory-supplied magazine for the LAR-8 is basically the same as the 20-round magazine used in the famous FN\/FAL and L1A1 battle rifles. Entire articles and books could be and have been devoted to this fine weapon, so we won\u2019t delve into that subject here, but this Fabrique Nationale-designed rifle has been in service since 1953 and has armed some 60 countries around the world including Belgium, Great Britain, Canada, Australia, and Argentina.\r\n\r\nNeedless to say, there have been countless thousands of magazines made for the FN\/FAL and that fact pays dividends to the LAR-8 owner who has a wide selection to choose from. I did a little Internet surfing and came up with price ranges from $10 to $22 for used Mil-Spec 20-round magazines. There are also 30-round magazines out there that average around $50 more. They hang down a bit too far for comfortable prone shooting, so I\u2019m content to stick with the 20-rounders myself.\r\n\r\nThe bolt catch on the LAR-8 is not on the left side of the lower receiver as on the M16, but is positioned at the base of the magazine well at its juncture with the pivoting triggerguard. It is more reminiscent of the bolt catch found on the FN\/FAL and is made to be ambidextrous, and if your hand is large enough can be actuated by the trigger finger of whichever hand you use. The magazine release is located in the same area as on the M16 and the LAR-8 is also ambidextrous.\r\n\r\nWhile the manual safety lever, just above the pistol grip on the right of the receiver, is not ambidextrous, it appears to be easily changed to the left side of the receiver if that\u2019s the user\u2019s preference. On a whole the controls on this rifle are easily reached and manipulated without removing the hand from the pistol grip, certainly a plus in a patrol rifle. I had no trouble whatever operating them with my medium-sized hand.\r\n\r\nObviously, this rifle is going to pack more weight than the M16 and the LAR-8 M\/L A4 weighs in empty, sans sights, at a respectable 8.1 pounds. With the 6-position CAR buttstock fully extended it measures 38 inches. The weight and the propellant gas operation system of the action certainly help tame recoil, which is a good thing given the hard checkered butt of the CAR stock.\r\n\r\nThe standard polymer handguard is round in shape with flats on the top and bottom that are serrated and have holes for barrel ventilation. There are no rails on the standard handguard, but RRA does offer optional Daniel Defense Lite Quad Rails for both the Mid-Length and Standard LAR-8 A4 rifles. In fact, a visit to the RRA website will allow one to see the full list of optional items available that allow you to \u201chave it your way\u201d with just about any Rock River Arms\u2019 AR-type rifle.\r\n\r\nAs always, I gave the RRA LAR-8 Mid-Length A4 a top to bottom inspection and did not find anything wanting in overall fit and finish of the weapon. All the flats were flat, corners square and rounded surfaces done to perfection. No machine marks or other blemishes were visible and the black hard coat anodized finish was a good match to the black polymer material of the handguard and buttstock of the rifle.\r\n\r\nOptics Selection<\/strong>\r\nNow given that my RRA LAR-8 M\/L A4 comes without sights, it was time to select something with which to aim the rifle that would be fitting for my uses. I looked at a number of optical and sights of various manufacturers, but came away impressed with the Trijicon ACOG (Advanced Combat Optical Gunsight) 3.5x35mm .308 BDC\/FT.Chevron BAC riflescope for our test.\r\n\r\nAnyone that watches the network nightly news has seen the ACOG sights on the M16A2 rifles carried by many of our troops in Afghanistan and Iraq; their bell-shaped housings make them easily identifiable. They have been in use for many years by Army Special Forces, the Marines, Navy SEALs and the FBI, so I didn\u2019t see how I could go wrong. Trijicon is synonymous with the night sights that have been fitted on many of the most popular combat handguns for a couple of decades. However, Trijicon\u2019s founder Glyn Bindon wanted to build a sight for long arms that would bring together both-eyes-open shooting, an illuminated aiming point, plus magnified optics.\r\n\r\nWhat he discovered was what has since been termed the Bindon Aiming Concept (BAC), aiming with both eyes open, which gives a superior sense of balance and field of view, coupled with a magnified Trijicon sight, which offers the shooter a considerable advantage over his target using conventional sights. When used as designed, in the binocular mode, the operator sees only the red, chevron-shaped reticle (the pointed tip is the aiming point) transposed on the target at anywhere from across-the-room ranges to several hundred yards.\r\n\r\nMy sample ACOG 3.5x35mm scope came packaged in a well-padded Pelican case, which also held a black nylon, Scopecoat scope cover, a Lenspen lens cleaner and an ACOG thumbscrew flattop adapter for affixing the scope to the Picatinny rail of the LAR-8. The scope housing is 8 inches in length and is made of rugged forged aluminum; the black, hard-anodized finish matches almost exactly that of the RRA rifle. Scope weight without mounts adds only 14 ounces to the weight of the rifle.\r\n\r\nThe scope is calibrated for use with the .308 cartridge and is meant to be sighted in at 100 meters with an effective range of 800 meters on flattop rifles. The reticle also includes a rangefinder and the base of the chevron aiming point is 5.53 MOA (minute of angle), which at 300 meters is 19 inches allowing for good range estimation. Of course, during the day, the fiber-optic tube running along the top of the scope gathers light for the red aiming point and at night\/low light tritium is used to illuminate the chevron. The field of view at 100 yards is almost 29 feet, the eye relief is 2.4 inches and the adjustment is 4-inch clicks at 100 yards.\r\n\r\nRange Time<\/strong>\r\nNow it was time to go to my ammo locker and select some cartridges from my stock of .308 ammunition. I chose Black Hills Gold with a 168-grain Hornady A-Max bullet, which has a factory velocity of 2650 fps (feet per second). Next I picked Federal Gold Medal that has a Sierra 168-grain \u201cMatchKing\u201d BTHP bullet also rated at 2650 fps. To add a law enforcement-designed cartridge I included the one of the Hornady TAP loads in .308.\r\n\r\nAccording to their website, \u201cThe 155-grain A-MAX TAP Precision cartridge offers match accuracy with a high-ballistic coefficient providing superior long-range performance. This load demonstrates expansion and fragmentation similar to the 110-grain load, but with a noticeable increase in penetration and retained bullet weight. This bullet penetrates glass with minimal deflection and exhibits retained expansion and fragmentation characteristics.\u201d\r\n\r\nIt is also intended for use in a 1-in-10-inch or 1-in-12-inch twist rifle barrel such as that on the LAR-8. My final selection was the Winchester 150-grain Supreme Elite with \u201cThe new XP3 bullet that starts with a two-stage expansion design, then combines all the best-known bullet technology to offer delayed controlled expansion, deep penetration, and high retained weight.\u201d\r\n\r\nWith my rifle\/sight combination, plus test ammunition in hand, it was time for a field test. I did my shooting at the NRA Whittington Center during the 2008 Shootists Holiday and used the Center\u2019s Sight-In Range for my accuracy and chronograph testing session. I sighted the Trijicon ACOG 3.5x35mm scope in for 100 yards, then proceeded to shoot three 3-shot groups for record with each test cartridge, using the concrete benches and an MTM Casegard rest.\r\n\r\nMy best group was 0.82 of an inch using Federal Gold Medal loads, followed by 0.97 of an inch with the Hornady TAP ammo. All of the group averages stayed under 2 inches and my guess is that the rifle would have had no trouble out-shooting the shooter that day. I also set up my Oehler Model 35P chronograph to see what velocities I would get from the LAR-8 M\/L 16-inch barrel.\r\n\r\nNext I put a silhouette target out at 200 yards and fired a dozen shots using a mixed bag of .308 cartridges at center mass and scored 10 hits in the 10 and X-ring and two just out in the 9-ring. Three shots to the head resulted in three hits in the 10-ring. Lastly, I took the LAR-8 to the Animal Silhouette Range, where the backstop is a mountainside covered with nice big rocks.\r\n\r\nFrom the standing, off-hand position, again using a mix of my test ammo, I was able to make dust fly on rocks out as far as I could see them on the mountainside, which has been previously checked with a laser rangefinder to have shootable rocks out to some 475 yards. The best part besides the practical accuracy and \u201cshootability\u201d of the LAR-8 was the fact that it was 100-percent reliable and I did not note a single malfunction during the test.\r\n\r\nFinal Notes<\/strong>\r\nRRA has a winner here and mated with the Trijicon ACOG scope and good ammo, I can\u2019t think of anything I\u2019d rather take into harm\u2019s way.","post_title":"RRA Mid-Length LAR-8 A4 .308","post_excerpt":"Big-bore AR\/Trijicon ACOG combo proved 100% reliable and sub-MOA accurate!","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"rra-mid-lenght-lar-8-a4-308","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-05-31 20:23:23","post_modified_gmt":"2023-05-31 20:23:23","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2009\/04\/24\/rra-mid-lenght-lar-8-a4-308\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":161994,"post_author":"645","post_date":"2008-05-13 15:04:28","post_date_gmt":"2008-05-13 21:04:28","post_content":"\r\nThose marvels of Austrian ingenuity, GLOCK pistols, have a well-deserved reputation for arriving ready for concealed carry. No sharp edges abound to be rough on the hands or snag clothing during the draw. GLOCKs slide from the holster, point well, and are ready for immediate action. The GLOCK Safe Action design leaves worries regarding a complicated manual of arms in the dust. Cap that off with sizes and calibers to satisfy every taste, and GLOCK seems destined to maintain their edge.\r\n\r\nFew things are dearer to the American heart than .45-caliber handguns. Despite the presence of .36- and .44-caliber handguns during the settling of the West, the .45 Colt is viewed as the decisive caliber from that era. Just in time to take the place of this noble cartridge, the .45 Auto became a force to be reckoned with in the next century. There is something comforting about this large caliber, imbuing a sense of power.\r\n\r\nIn fact, many a breath was held after GLOCK entered the U. S. market, until the Austrian company announced the introduction of their Model 21 in .45 Auto. Exhaling a sigh of relief, the .45 culture had a polymer wonder to satisfy its desires.\r\n\r\nFor duty carry by officers, the GLOCK 21 proved a perfect choice, hearty and robust, with the renowned GLOCK reliability. Following Law Enforcement (LE) trends that pushed the GLOCK to the top of the LE realm, as concealed carry rights blossomed, those exercising their rights adopted GLOCKs in droves. However, it was obvious the GLOCK 21 would have a small concealed carry following. The very traits making it so popular for duty carry\u2014hearty and robust\u2014worked against discreet carry.\r\n\r\nNever one to be left out in the cold, GLOCK introduced the more compact Models 30 and 36 in .45 Auto with double- and single-stack magazines, respectively. The Model 30 still bore grip dimensions similar to that of the Model 21, frequently difficult for those with average hands. The 36, though thinner due to a single-column magazine, still bore a longer front-to-back grip because of the .45 Auto chambering, which can still be a problem for some.\r\n\r\nBoth models have fared well with the American concealed carrier, but their frames, sized as they were for the .45 Auto, still leave some carriers and shooters with average and smaller-sized hands wanting. Likewise, many in the LE community hankered for a pistol dimensionally like the immensely popular GLOCK 17\/19\/26 and 22\/23\/26, but in the .45 Auto. Of course, the .45 Auto just won\u2019t fit in these more comfortable frames.\r\n\r\nMAKE WAY FOR THE .45<\/strong>\r\nNever one to shy away from a challenge, the folks at GLOCK tackled the project with the help of the ballistic wizards at Speer. The resulting cartridge, equaling the ballistic performance of the .45 Auto, was christened the .45 GLOCK Automatic Pistol (G.A.P.). Squeezed into a 9x19\/.40 frame, the GLOCK 37 and the .45 G.A.P. answered the LE and civilian concealed carriers\u2019 request for a more-compact .45 pistol.\r\n\r\nThe full-sized GLOCK 37 was followed by the compact GLOCK 38, and sub-compact GLOCK 39, each chambering a fair number of the new stubby .45s. Initially it was hoped the Models 37, 38, and 39 might be exactly the same size as the corresponding 9x19\/.40 models, and regarding the frames that proved true. However, to ensure perfect performance, marginally larger slides became the norm. (17\/22 slides are 1.01 inches wide by 0.85-inch high, weighing 18 ounces. GLOCK 37 slides are 1.13 inches wide by 0.88-inch high and weigh 21 ounces.) The .45 G.A.P. pistols incorporate a longer steel locking-block.\r\n\r\nOne step in building a cartridge to fit in the smaller and handier frame was designing the .45 G.A.P. cartridge to be 0.13-inch shorter than the .45 Auto. This produces a case similar in length to the 9x19 (0.78-inches), but once loaded the G. A. P has an overall length of 1.08 inches, actually shorter than the 9x19. (This last design parameter allows the wide .45 G.A.P. bullet to fit in a shorter grip area.)\r\n\r\n\"imgp03.gif\"AN ALL-NEW CARTRIDGE<\/strong>\r\nAdditional changes include a slightly rebated rim on the G.A.P., and modified extractor groove. Inside the case, one finds a wall profile that differs noticeably from the .45 Auto, thus allowing for seating .45 bullets without case wall bulging, and outside the primer pocket is filled with a small pistol primer. (A large pistol primer reportedly caused over-ignition and excessive pressure.) All of this goes to the point that the G.A.P. is an entirely new cartridge case that cannot be safely built from a .45 Auto case! Using the most modern propellants, Speer succeeded in charging this smaller .45 cartridge to equal the .45 Auto ballistically, while keeping pressures near the .45 Auto range.\r\n\r\nThere is no paucity of loadings available for the .45 G.A.P. GLOCKs. Speer\u2019s initial .45 G.A.P. commercial loadings were 185- and 200-grain Gold Dot premium hollowpoints and the same weights of TMJ bullets in the Speer Lawman line for economical shooting. Under the ATK banner with Speer, Federal Cartridge has introduced 185-grain and 230-grain Hydra-Shok loadings in the Premium Personal Defense line and an economical 185-grain TMJ loading in the American Eagle line.\r\n\r\nWinchester and Remington are now loading the .45 G.A.P. cartridge in configurations similar to Speer and Federal. COR-BON stepped in with their 160-grain DPX load, the 165-grain Pow'R Ball, a jacketed soft point, and a 200-grain JHP. This means bullet weights of 160 grains, 165 grains, 185 grains, 200 grains and 230 grains are all available.\r\n\r\n.45 GAP PERFORMANCE<\/strong>\r\nThe .45 G.A.P. is quite a boon for those of us adhering to the notion that bigger is better! Concealed carriers and Law Enforcement personnel, in and out of uniform, have their wish for new handguns.\r\n\r\nFrom the concealed carriers\u2019 and non-uniformed LE perspective, I found four .45 GLOCKs most appropriate for their needs. The Model 21 has already been excluded, and the Model 37 will probably be as well by those seeking compactness for carry. This leaves us with the Models 30, 36, 38, and 39 for consideration.\r\n\r\nThis was my first experience with the .45 G.A.P., so I began my examination of the concealed carry candidates with range testing. Trigger-time revealed just what I had heard: the .45 G.A.P. pistols were just as easily handled during all the drills as similar GLOCK models accommodating the .45 Auto. The GLOCK 38 weighs virtually the same as the Model 30, while the same is true of the Models 36 and 39, and the velocities of similar weight bullets are close enough to produce the similar felt recoil in pistols all weighing the same. (Depending on the cartridge, the .45 G.A.P. recoil can feel similar to a .40 pistol.)\r\n\r\nWearing average-sized hands, I found all four offerings fit me well, with the GLOCK 30 on the upper end of comfort for me. That, of course, explains why there is more than one flavor of ice cream\u2014and size of GLOCK\u2014to provide needed variety!\r\n\r\nWith pistols to fit my hands and those of most others, in my favorite caliber and that of GLOCK\u2019s new offering\u2014which seems destined to offer the .45 Auto a run for its money\u2014I went forth to gather the opinions of other shooters and concealed carriers.\r\n\r\n\"gap-carry.gif\"SHOOTING & CARRYING GLOCK .45s<\/strong>\r\nI placed the four GLOCK .45 offerings in the hands of a variety of shooters, and received the expected plethora of preferences. Given a choice of .45 GLOCKs, each one selected their favorite based on how it fit their hands and rode on their waist. Recoil did not seem a factor.\r\n\r\nThose finding the .45 Auto pistols a tad largish found the pistols chambered for the .45 G.A.P. just right. Testers that found the .45 Auto pistols fitting them well expressed their appreciation of the trimmer G.A.P pistols. It seems that not only has GLOCK spawned a new caliber in which to chamber their pistols, they have found one that can satisfy the needs of big-bore concealed carriers (and no doubt uniformed officers) while doing so.\r\n\r\nWill this be the .45 of the 21st century? Only time will tell, but it seems the .45 G.A.P is making a good run at that distinction!\r\nHOLSTERING GLOCK .45s<\/strong>\r\nAs excellent as the size and calibers of the GLOCK .45s make them for concealment, they still miss one thing for concealed carry\u2014a holster! Luckily holster makers, just like users, have flocked to all GLOCK pistols. Finding leather, or non-leather, to tote one\u2019s choice of .45 should be relatively easy.\r\n\r\nToting a handgun\u2014any handgun, including a GLOCK\u2014should be accomplished using a quality holster. Holsters protect handguns from loss, or shifting during carry, ensuring it will be there when one reaches for it. Not only will the handgun be there when needed, but also a well-designed holster will snug a GLOCK .45 against the body, while not impeding a smooth, speedy draw. Regardless of the GLOCK .45 of choice, there should be a holster to allow carrying it comfortably, securely, and inconspicuously.\r\n\r\nA quick search of the Internet turned up offerings to carry some of GLOCK\u2019s .45s from Aker, Alessi, Bianchi, Blackhawk Bulman, Blade-Tech, Comp-Tac, DeSantis, Del Fatti, Don Hume, FIST, Fobus, Galco, Gould & Goodrich, Milt Sparks, Safariland, Sidearmor, and Uncle Mikes. There are more, but I stopped searching when it became obvious there was no end to holsters and suppliers.\r\n\r\nIt seems every commercial holster maker, and those in the custom world, offer one or more styles, to fit one or more of the .45 GLOCK pistols. Their wares are made from horse or cowhide, Kydex or other polymer, or some version of ballistic nylon. Styles include belt models, inside-the-waistband versions, shoulder holsters, and pocket models for the smaller pistols.\r\n\r\nI also did a scan of my holster collection, and found a number already on hand, including those wearing the GLOCK brand. (GLOCK has always offered holsters for their pistols.) Not surprisingly, I discovered many holsters specified for 9x19\/.40 pistols also fit quite nicely around a GLOCK 36 pistol, with a scant few fitting the marginally enlarged G.A.P. models. (This is, of course, not something most holster makers will announce, nor something one can count on, but if an ample selection of holsters is available, the fit is easily checked.) In addition, holsters for the GLOCK 30 will usually fit the G.A.P. offerings.\r\n\r\nPick a .45 GLOCK, a holster to meet your needs, and ammo from a high-performance source. Outfitted with this, today\u2019s big-bore carrier will be ready to go!","post_title":"Concealed-Carry .45s: The GLOCK Solution | Glock 45 Models","post_excerpt":"The .45 firepower favored by legions of officers is tough to keep out of sight. Not so with the GLOCK .45 G.A.P.\u2014the hideaway handgun with maximum performance.","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"concealed-carry-45s-the-glock-solution","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-10-31 23:10:49","post_modified_gmt":"2023-11-01 03:10:49","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2008\/05\/13\/concealed-carry-45s-the-glock-solution\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":true,"total_page":15},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

POPULAR

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n
\"\"<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Like any semi-automatic pistol bearing the Sig Sauer<\/a> name, the Ultra Compact 1911 has a distinctive look with a squared, contoured slide, deep serrations, dovetailed tritium 3-dot sights, extended beavertail and grip safety, skeletonized hammer and triangle three-hole trigger all handsomely set off by a matte stainless steel slide and alloy frame, or optional two-tone version with a matte black hard anodized alloy frame. While any 1911, even one this small, is hard to call a Subcompact, the Sig comes closest to fitting the definition.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

For a 7+1 capacity .45 ACP, the Sig has some pretty trim measurements, stretching only 6.8 inches overall, a compact height of 4.8 inches and a width of slightly over an inch. The stainless steel 7-round magazine has a flat (flush) floorplate and witness holes on either side.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

If the new little Sig Sauer .45 ACP lacks any one feature it is an ambidextrous thumb safety. The grips are wide enough and deep enough to allow a firm one-handed hold with the little finger perfectly wrapped around the bottom of the finely checkered grip frame. The thumb safety clicks on and off with ease and the slide release requires only modest pressure to chamber the first round on reload.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

If the Sig Sauer Ultra Compact 1911\u2019s general appearance seems familiar it is simply a function of design, since it is based on the most famous semiautomatic pistol in history. What the Sig Sauer version adds, aside from somewhat smaller dimensions, are standard features that are generally extra cost options. As a concealed carry .45 ACP semi-auto the Sig Sauer measures up.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The .40 S&W Choice<\/strong> for Subcompact Handguns<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Over the last 20-plus years the .40 S&W cartridge has overtaken the venerable 9mm as the most preferred round for U.S. law enforcement. The step up in caliber provides greater stopping power than a 9mm with less recoil than a .45 ACP. That of course has become more debatable in recent years with specialized .45 ACP rounds and guns specifically designed for them, however, the .40 S&W reigns supreme with law enforcement, while maintaining an equally enthusiastic following among civilians.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Glock 27 Gen4<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n
\"Glock<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Glock calls the .40 S&W Glock 27 Gen4 the \u201cthinking person\u2019s\u201d deep concealment gun. In its newest Gen4 configuration with interchangeable backstrap panels, the 9+1 standard capacity Glock continues the 27\u2019s history as a consummate backup gun for law enforcement. It has also become an ideal concealed carry <\/a>sidearm for the civilian market.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

While slightly larger than a Subcompact 9mm, the modest increase in overall size is offset by its capacity and ease of use. While the .40 S&W imparts a pretty hefty kick (compared to a 9mm), the Glock 27 Gen4 has very linear muzzle flip allowing quick target reacquisition. Overall, the Glock isn\u2019t the handful you expect from subcompact handguns, and with the right backstrap attached becomes a hand-filling, manageable semi-auto that puts the power of the .40 S&W cartridge into a size ideal for concealed carry use. The overall size is 6.29 inches in length with a 3.46-inch barrel, 4.17 inches in height, 1.18 inches in width, and a modest weight of 21.7 ounces empty.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Springfield XDM Compact 3.8<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n
\"Springfield<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

With the addition of the XDM Series of guns introduced in 2008, Springfield raised the bar on multi-purpose sidearms. While the XD pistols have found great acceptance within the general firearms community, the XDM Series is more in tune with today\u2019s personal protection and concealed carry needs, flavored with Springfield\u2019s penchant for building high-capacity pistols on standard sized frames.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The latest XDM Compact, chambered in .40 S&W (with an impressive 11+1 capacity) offers the same match grade 3.8-inch barrel as the XDM 3.8, but with a shorter grip frame like those used on the XD Sub-Compact (X-Treme Duty) models, making this a dedicated concealed carry sidearm. But there\u2019s more. The gun also comes with an extended capacity magazine upping the cartridge total to 16+1 rounds of .40 S&W thereby making this an ideal handgun for home protection. The XDM Compact, like all XD models utilizes a dual safety system comprised of a pivoting trigger toggle and a 1911-type frame-mounted grip safety. The gun features tapered ambidextrous magazine releases, drift adjustable front and rear white dot sights, ambidextrous indexing thumb rests, interchangeable backstrap panels, and deeply angled front and rear slide serrations (three in front, six in back). The Compact\u2019s slide is just slightly wider at the bottom, tapering out to provide a little more surface area to grasp when chambering the first round or clearing the gun. The XDM Compact is a top choice in the .40 S&W caliber.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

9mm<\/strong> Subcompact Handguns<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Globally the 9mm remains the most popular cartridge in the world, used by more law enforcement and military organizations than any other. The 9mm is also favored within the foreign civilian marketplace because many nations outlaw the use of larger caliber handguns except by the military. The 9mm cartridge has been in use now for over 100 years.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Ruger LC9<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n
\"ruger,<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Ruger\u2019s LC9 offers compact dimensions measuring 6.0 inches in length, 4.5 inches in height and a modest 0.90 inches in width, combined with a comparatively high capacity of 7+1 rounds and light carry weight of 17.1 ounces (empty). The LC9 is built with a composite frame of high-performance glass-filled Nylon supported by an aluminum grip frame (subframe), a through-hardened steel slide, and 3.12-inch steel barrel. The LC9\u2019s contours render a gun that ideally fits the average hand, placing the index finger directly alongside the triggerguard with a natural recess for the first joint to rest before moving to engage the trigger. On the left side, the contoured grip frame places the thumb in position for a single-handed hold. The LC9 has a loaded chamber indicator that rises upward from the top of the slide and is clearly stamped \u201cLOADED WHEN UP\u201d. It\u2019s a very obvious tell so bluffing is off the table.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

This is a well-balanced gun that is slightly muzzle heavy, an asset in managing recoil. The size, weight, and feel of the LC9 is very good and while the trigger pull is exceptionally long at 1.2 inches, it remains smooth and consistent allowing for quick follow-up shots. This is a function of both safety and the nature of the LC9\u2019s internal hammer design. Simply put, discharging the LC9 is like firing a DAO revolver. The LC9 has a magazine disconnect and will not fire a chambered round with the magazine removed. Overall this is a very capable small 9mm, which can also be equipped with a number of options including a Crimson Trace Laserguard.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Sig Sauer P290<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n
\"Sig<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Sig Sauer P290 is only slightly larger overall than a .380 ACP. With an overall length of just 5.5 inches, a truncated height of 3.9 inches, barrel length of 2.9 inches, and overall weight of only 21.5 ounces (empty), the P290 provides the defensive capability of a 9mm in a gun that is remarkably flat, measuring less than an inch in width. It is bigger and \u201cchunkier\u201d than the Kimber Solo and just a hair smaller than the Ruger LC9. The internal mechanism is a traditional locked breech, Browning-type tilting barrel but with one distinguishing feature; a broadly flared muzzle that aligns with a corresponding channel in the slide.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

This design contributes to quicker cycling of the action; as soon as the slide starts its reward movement it releases the muzzle, allowing the barrel to tilt and drop the breechblock into line for reload. The P290 also employs a dual recoil spring assembly that makes this operation pretty snappy.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The frame is a lightweight, molded polymer with a slide machined from a solid billet. The finishes available are natural stainless or durable Nitron coating. Standard sights are dovetailed drift adjustable white dots. The P290 is a DAO hammer-fired pistol but with no manual cocking capability. In addition, the Sig Sauer has an automatic firing pin safety block, hammer safety intercept notch, and a trigger bar disconnect, making it safe for carry with a chambered round. And the Sig Sauer will fire with the magazine removed.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

An interesting option for Sig Sauer is the Integrated Laser Module (ILM), which is custom made for the P290. Lightweight and compact, the ILM seamlessly blends with the lines of the pistol. The laser has ambidextrous switches. The increase in weight of 0.8 ounces is negligible and the laser unit adds only 0.75 inches to the depth of the gun.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Overall, this is a rugged looking little gun that is relatively easy to carry concealed considering it packs 6+1 rounds of 9mm.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Kimber Solo Carry<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n
\"gun
Compact semi-autos like the Kimber Solo are effective fight-stoppers, but shooters with weaker hands might have trouble retracting their slides.<\/figcaption><\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Kimber Solo Carry is one of the most compact 9mm on the market measuring only 5.5 inches in length, 3.9 inches in height and a mere 0.995 inches in width. The all steel and alloy construction semi-auto weighs only 17 ounces empty. The compactness of the Solo is visually striking, being only slightly larger in overall dimension than most .380s. In order to achieve these scaled down proportions reminiscent of a 1911, the frame contours are smoother and more rounded with every possible edge reduced to its minimum possible tolerances. Easily operated ambidextrous magazine releases and perfectly sized ambidextrous safeties make ease of operation suitable for left or right-handed users.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Truly \u201cpocketable,\u201d the Solo utilizes a unique striker-fired system with a slight twist. When the slide is cycled and a round is chambered the striker (firing pin) is between 88 to 90 percent pre-tensioned. The trigger pull necessary to discharge the Solo then is only 10 to 12 percent of the total effort needed to finish the cycle and release the striker. Even though Kimber describes the Solo as a \u201csingle action striker-fired design,\u201d it is actually a double action as pulling the trigger has to finish tensioning the striker before the gun will discharge. While the lightweight semi-auto has a pretty hefty kick it is more than manageable and exceptionally accurate. As one of the smaller 9mm on the market, the Solo definitely has earned its mark.<\/p>\n","post_title":"Contemporary Subcompact Handguns","post_excerpt":"The Personal Defense Pocket Pistols: In the 21st century we have perfected the art of making as much gun as possible in the smallest package possible!","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"contemporary-subcompacts","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-10-19 15:38:22","post_modified_gmt":"2023-10-19 19:38:22","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2012\/11\/01\/contemporary-subcompacts\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":160508,"post_author":"645","post_date":"2009-09-02 15:20:48","post_date_gmt":"2009-09-02 21:20:48","post_content":"\r\n\r\nEven the gloved hands of today\u2019s uniformed officer will find ArmaLite\u2019s new AR-10T familiar. Draw the fixed stock into the shoulder, obtain sight picture and flip the selector. What makes the AR-10T different is more about what\u2019s on the inside. But on the outside, it all seems to feel the same.\r\n\r\nSince the creation of the Department of Homeland Security, law enforcement agencies have contended with how to use their budget to best enable their first responders to protect citizens against terror. Every agency has assessed vulnerabilities and many have chosen to acquire big bore rifles capable of penetrating a hard target or intercepting a vehicular threat. With just one shot to get it right, a team leader should have experience on the firing line.\r\n\r\nArmaLite\u2019s battle proven AR-10 has already served LE around the world including Canada\u2019s Ontario Provincial Police TRU (Tactics and Rescue Unit). Now loaded for the \"armalite3.jpg\"hard-hitting .338 Federal, the new AR-10T fills a department\u2019s medium-caliber gap without sacrificing ease of deployment, time for training, or familiar handling qualities of an officer\u2019s carbine.\r\n\r\nWhat some don\u2019t realize is that the AR-10\u2019s roots are more than 50 years old, pre-dating the AR-15\/M16\/M4. Clenching the checkered A2 pistol grip, controls are at the fingers. Saving more than a pound in weight over 7.62mm NATO infantry rifles of its time, Eugene Stoner\u2019s modular innovation is a source for the often-used term \u201cergonomic\u201d (as it applies to firearm design).\r\n\r\nThe anodized lower receiver is home to the ArmaLite tactical two-stage trigger set, the same trigger mechanism used in ArmaLite M-15 rifles. Pulling the trigger provides a crisp and smooth feel that doesn\u2019t interfere with accuracy. First and second stages are consistently passed at just 3 and 5 pounds before allowing the hammer to strike.\r\n\r\nBeing that the AR-10T is based on a 7.62mm NATO platform, the first question that usually comes to mind is how ArmaLite manages to stuff the high energy behind a .338 cartridge into an AR? An ArmaLite representative reports, \u201cArmaLite\u2019s refinements to the AR-10 over the many years placed it at a stage where the transfer to a harder hitting caliber such as the .338 Federal was not a problem. It\u2019s a short action .308-type cartridge so it transitions into our AR-10 platform perfectly. With some testing, we found that it\u2019s a fitting combination. We were able to use the same proven bolt and extractor, as well as the Generation II magazines. No design changes had to be made except re-chambering the AR-10 for a new caliber.\u201d\r\n\r\nThe bolt sits inside a gas impingement carrier group with four holes available to bleed off pressure and debris. The disassembly procedure is the same as an agency\u2019s M-15 carbine (just bigger parts). With the firing pin removed, one difference from other ARs is visually apparent. A spring shrouds the base of the firing pin pushing against the wall in the bolt carrier group. This feature helps reduce the risk of malfunctions and prevents the firing pin from bouncing during operation.\r\n\r\nA railed flat-top upper receiver marked \u201c.338 Federal\u201d brings the bolt together with the chamber of the stainless steel barrel. \u201cWe originally designed the .338 Federal as a hunting rifle, thus the stainless steel barrel,\u201d says ArmaLite. \u201cThe .338 Federal is a cartridge best suited for short and mid-range duties. We put a 22-inch barrel on the rifle, which provided the best ballistics for these situations. With that being said, we have seen the potential for different uses in this caliber, so we are spending some time testing a shorter rifle with a 16-inch barrel featuring a full size buttstock and a mid-length gas system to use in CQB operations.\u201d\r\n\r\n\"armalite4.jpg\"A tubular one-piece, free-floating aluminum handguard shields the hands from the triple lapped, 1-in-10-inch twist stainless steel match barrel. The tubular handguard improves the rifle\u2019s handling without taking up real estate with full-length accessory rails that often go unused. A useable length of rail does grace the forend of the handguard, ready to accept custom mounting of bipods, lasers, lights and other accessories.\r\n\r\nThe massive stainless steel gas block is secured to the barrel with four large hex-head screws and redirects gas pressure through a direct impingement system. This gas block is also a front sight base that features a flip-up Midwest Industries (MI) post that co-witnesses with a MI flip-up backup sight affixed to the rear of the upper receiver\u2019s Picatinny rail.\r\n\r\nSince no flash suppressor or compensator is present, the recessed crown at the muzzle of the AR-10T protects the rifle\u2019s accuracy potential during heavy use or intense tactical operations. Combine a barrel made of stainless steel, an aluminum free-floated handguard, aluminum alloy receivers, a polymer stock and grip, and you have a weather-resistant tactical rifle. The AR-10T can withstand harsher environments like those encountered in sustained maritime operations while offering the effective energy transfer carried by a .338 slug. \u201cCoastal areas with salty environments and the moisture of the trunk in squad cars are hard on steel parts, especially the barrel,\u201d says ArmaLite. So stainless steel might be a better choice for these conditions.\r\n\r\n\"armalite6.jpg\"Shooting Impressions<\/strong>\r\nNow I\u2019m not going to lie and say that I found the AR-10T to be a sub-MOA tack-driver. For me, it wasn\u2019t. I have friends in this industry who tell me they achieved MOA accuracy verified by pictures on Jeff Quinn\u2019s gunblast.com<\/a> of multiple 3-shot groups fired from 100 yards rivaling the size of a penny. But this test was a representation of how a founding member of DHS envisions this rifle being used by law enforcement. On the scene, from the trunk of a vehicle, and across the hood.\r\n\r\nDriving down to the edge of North Carolina\u2019s Great Dismal Swamp brought me to a private range that required the careful use of four-wheelers to maneuver through knee-deep muck in order to get downrange and post targets. A pair of 12x18-inch ballistic steel plates were used to verify the new Leupold VX-3 6.5-20x50mm riflescope from 100 yards. Secured in ArmaLite\u2019s unique one-piece ring mount, this accessory removes a couple of variables that typically impact accuracy on other rifles.\r\n\r\nThe DHS agent fired first. And second. \u201cOh yeah, we\u2019re good.\u201d Our four-wheelers carried us across the swamp again just to verify the point-of-aim\/point-of-impact. Fingering the significant dimples created in the swinging AR-500 steel plate, he said, \u201cMan, that rifle has some thump to it!\u201d With paper targets ready, we drove back to the firing line and began the accuracy test.\r\n\r\n\"armalite8.jpg\"In rural parts of the US, it\u2019s not unusual to see a pick-up truck used as a law enforcement vehicle. To best simulate a tactical operation where a vehicle is used as cover and firing support, we positioned the vehicle at the firing line and loaded each (5-, 10-, and 20-round) magazine with the only load available for this test: Federal\u2019s lead-nose, copper jacketed, 210-grain Nosler Partition.\r\n\r\nThe first 3-shot group from each of us measured just under 2.5 inches. Making it downrange and changing out targets, we discovered an earlier sighter that went off course and punched through a 5-inch thick tree. Looking further back, we saw the bullet had actually passed without deflection through a total of six trees smaller in size and spaced about 4 feet before disappearing.\r\n\r\nMost accuracy results with other AR-style rifles are taken in 5-shot groups, so the next batch would follow this pattern. Five groups of five shots averaged nearly 3 inches off the semi-supported position with the best group measuring 1.94 inches. The most impressive observation came from our last test, a 20-shot magazine dump in quick succession. In a string of fire that lasted no more than 30 seconds, 20 shots were clustered together in a group measuring just 3.6 inches. This is practical accuracy you can expect of a trained officer that could put a definitive end to a given crisis.\r\n\r\nFinal Notes<\/strong>\r\n\u201cIf you benched it with a bipod, it\u2019d group a lot tighter,\u201d noted the DHS agent, \u201cbut this is realistic. This rifle is what you hope to have when you arrive to a dynamic situation forcing you to run what you have.\u201d\r\n\r\nArmaLite asserts, \u201cThe same principals apply to this caliber as the .458 SOCOM, only the AR-10T does it better. Placing this harder hitting round in this strong, proven platform was a perfect match. The .458 SOCOM in the smaller AR-15 platform has unpredictable penetration at any significant range and the smaller AR-15 platform is unproven to last with a large caliber.\u201d\r\n\r\nWith the AR-10T you get a heavier bullet, lower felt recoil and more energy transferred to the target. This lethal hammer is ready to meet the obstacles faced by LE in urban environments or on the maritime waters.\r\n\r\n\"federal2.jpg\"FEDERAL\u2019S BOLD .338<\/strong>\r\nThere are other .338s out there but none that can be easily integrated with fewer changes to the seasoned AR-10. The story here is as much about the united effort between ArmaLite and Federal Cartridge<\/strong><\/a> to assure the rifle and ammunition are perfectly matched. Snipers are already familiar with .338s including the .338 Lapua Mag and the .338 Win Mag. These two highly effective cartridges are known for their long-range effectiveness in bolt-action platforms. For most LE operations requiring the deployment of a rifle, a bolt gun presents a number of tactical drawbacks. Slower handling, more recoil, and slower follow-up shots.\r\n\r\nThe .338 Federal delivers the only modern .338 caliber load that isn\u2019t a magnum configuration. It delivers a larger diameter bullet for more weight and overall energy on target without magnum recoil. \u201cThe .338 Federal captures the capability of the longstanding .308 case and offers the respected performance of the .338 bullet,\u201d says Federal President Mark DeYoung. \u201cThese two mainstays have been proven time and again and are now brought together into a quality factory load,\u201d he adds.","post_title":"Armalite AR-10T .338 Federal","post_excerpt":"NEW BATTLE RIFLE chambered for Federal\u2019s powerhouse cartridge!","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"armalite-ar-10t-338-federal","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-10-31 23:08:29","post_modified_gmt":"2023-11-01 03:08:29","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2009\/09\/02\/armalite-ar-10t-338-federal\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":160816,"post_author":"374","post_date":"2009-04-24 14:48:05","post_date_gmt":"2009-04-24 20:48:05","post_content":"\r\n\r\nI have been a fan of the .308 cartridge (7.62x51mm) for many years and have always enjoyed its versatility. It has numerous useful applications for self-defense and law enforcement and one of my bolt-action rifles in that chambering is set up for medium- to-long range anti-personnel work.\r\n\r\n\"untitled-2.jpg\"I have used .308 rifles in bolt-action, lever-action, slide-action and semi-automatic configurations, the latter being in the form of the M14 battle rifle, which is what we cadets trained with in ROTC (Reserve Officers\u2019 Training Corps) I was very interested when Rock River Arms (RRA) introduced an AR-type rifle in the popular .308 caliber.\r\n\r\nThe rifle was the Mid-Length (M\/L) LAR-8 A4 (308A1239), which comes housed in a compartmented, electric blue plastic carrying case. In the case, the rifle is broken down into the upper-receiver\/barrel group and the lower-receiver\/stock group that allows the case to be a bit more compact length-wise. It is a great case for shipping the weapon, but unfortunately the case cannot be used once an optic sight is mounted on the LAR-8, which means that if you want to carry your RRA rifle in a gun case fully assembled with a sight mounted, you will be in the market for a new larger gun case.\r\n\r\nMy sample LAR-8 mid-length A4 came with a 16-inch Wilson chrome moly barrel having a 1-in-10-inch right-hand twist, six land and groove rifling and a Picatinny rail on the upper receiver and on top of the barrel at the front of the handguard as there are no iron sights. There is also an A2 version that has the same iron sight configuration that is found on the M16A2 rifle. Both of these rifles are fitted with a tactical CAR-style buttstock.\r\n\r\nOther RRA LAR-8 factory variations include Standard A2 and A4 models that have 20-inch barrels and a conventional AR-type butt stock, plus there is an A-4 Varmint Model that features a 26-inch Wilson air gauged, stainless steel bull barrel that is coupled with a free-floating, tubular aluminum handguard for increased long-distance accuracy.\r\n\r\nStandard Features <\/strong>\r\nStandard features on my LAR-8 M\/L A4 includes a rubber Hogue pistol grip, which is stippled and has finger grooves, a two-stage match trigger, upper receiver with bolt forward assist and ejection port door, plus brass deflector, ventilated polymer handguard, sling swivels and A2-type flash suppressor. The LAR-8 basically looks like a M16 on steroids, as the receiver has been beefed up to allow use of the .308 (7.62x51mm) cartridge.\r\n\r\nThe two big differences that the discerning eye will note is the magazine and the bolt catch. The factory-supplied magazine for the LAR-8 is basically the same as the 20-round magazine used in the famous FN\/FAL and L1A1 battle rifles. Entire articles and books could be and have been devoted to this fine weapon, so we won\u2019t delve into that subject here, but this Fabrique Nationale-designed rifle has been in service since 1953 and has armed some 60 countries around the world including Belgium, Great Britain, Canada, Australia, and Argentina.\r\n\r\nNeedless to say, there have been countless thousands of magazines made for the FN\/FAL and that fact pays dividends to the LAR-8 owner who has a wide selection to choose from. I did a little Internet surfing and came up with price ranges from $10 to $22 for used Mil-Spec 20-round magazines. There are also 30-round magazines out there that average around $50 more. They hang down a bit too far for comfortable prone shooting, so I\u2019m content to stick with the 20-rounders myself.\r\n\r\nThe bolt catch on the LAR-8 is not on the left side of the lower receiver as on the M16, but is positioned at the base of the magazine well at its juncture with the pivoting triggerguard. It is more reminiscent of the bolt catch found on the FN\/FAL and is made to be ambidextrous, and if your hand is large enough can be actuated by the trigger finger of whichever hand you use. The magazine release is located in the same area as on the M16 and the LAR-8 is also ambidextrous.\r\n\r\nWhile the manual safety lever, just above the pistol grip on the right of the receiver, is not ambidextrous, it appears to be easily changed to the left side of the receiver if that\u2019s the user\u2019s preference. On a whole the controls on this rifle are easily reached and manipulated without removing the hand from the pistol grip, certainly a plus in a patrol rifle. I had no trouble whatever operating them with my medium-sized hand.\r\n\r\nObviously, this rifle is going to pack more weight than the M16 and the LAR-8 M\/L A4 weighs in empty, sans sights, at a respectable 8.1 pounds. With the 6-position CAR buttstock fully extended it measures 38 inches. The weight and the propellant gas operation system of the action certainly help tame recoil, which is a good thing given the hard checkered butt of the CAR stock.\r\n\r\nThe standard polymer handguard is round in shape with flats on the top and bottom that are serrated and have holes for barrel ventilation. There are no rails on the standard handguard, but RRA does offer optional Daniel Defense Lite Quad Rails for both the Mid-Length and Standard LAR-8 A4 rifles. In fact, a visit to the RRA website will allow one to see the full list of optional items available that allow you to \u201chave it your way\u201d with just about any Rock River Arms\u2019 AR-type rifle.\r\n\r\nAs always, I gave the RRA LAR-8 Mid-Length A4 a top to bottom inspection and did not find anything wanting in overall fit and finish of the weapon. All the flats were flat, corners square and rounded surfaces done to perfection. No machine marks or other blemishes were visible and the black hard coat anodized finish was a good match to the black polymer material of the handguard and buttstock of the rifle.\r\n\r\nOptics Selection<\/strong>\r\nNow given that my RRA LAR-8 M\/L A4 comes without sights, it was time to select something with which to aim the rifle that would be fitting for my uses. I looked at a number of optical and sights of various manufacturers, but came away impressed with the Trijicon ACOG (Advanced Combat Optical Gunsight) 3.5x35mm .308 BDC\/FT.Chevron BAC riflescope for our test.\r\n\r\nAnyone that watches the network nightly news has seen the ACOG sights on the M16A2 rifles carried by many of our troops in Afghanistan and Iraq; their bell-shaped housings make them easily identifiable. They have been in use for many years by Army Special Forces, the Marines, Navy SEALs and the FBI, so I didn\u2019t see how I could go wrong. Trijicon is synonymous with the night sights that have been fitted on many of the most popular combat handguns for a couple of decades. However, Trijicon\u2019s founder Glyn Bindon wanted to build a sight for long arms that would bring together both-eyes-open shooting, an illuminated aiming point, plus magnified optics.\r\n\r\nWhat he discovered was what has since been termed the Bindon Aiming Concept (BAC), aiming with both eyes open, which gives a superior sense of balance and field of view, coupled with a magnified Trijicon sight, which offers the shooter a considerable advantage over his target using conventional sights. When used as designed, in the binocular mode, the operator sees only the red, chevron-shaped reticle (the pointed tip is the aiming point) transposed on the target at anywhere from across-the-room ranges to several hundred yards.\r\n\r\nMy sample ACOG 3.5x35mm scope came packaged in a well-padded Pelican case, which also held a black nylon, Scopecoat scope cover, a Lenspen lens cleaner and an ACOG thumbscrew flattop adapter for affixing the scope to the Picatinny rail of the LAR-8. The scope housing is 8 inches in length and is made of rugged forged aluminum; the black, hard-anodized finish matches almost exactly that of the RRA rifle. Scope weight without mounts adds only 14 ounces to the weight of the rifle.\r\n\r\nThe scope is calibrated for use with the .308 cartridge and is meant to be sighted in at 100 meters with an effective range of 800 meters on flattop rifles. The reticle also includes a rangefinder and the base of the chevron aiming point is 5.53 MOA (minute of angle), which at 300 meters is 19 inches allowing for good range estimation. Of course, during the day, the fiber-optic tube running along the top of the scope gathers light for the red aiming point and at night\/low light tritium is used to illuminate the chevron. The field of view at 100 yards is almost 29 feet, the eye relief is 2.4 inches and the adjustment is 4-inch clicks at 100 yards.\r\n\r\nRange Time<\/strong>\r\nNow it was time to go to my ammo locker and select some cartridges from my stock of .308 ammunition. I chose Black Hills Gold with a 168-grain Hornady A-Max bullet, which has a factory velocity of 2650 fps (feet per second). Next I picked Federal Gold Medal that has a Sierra 168-grain \u201cMatchKing\u201d BTHP bullet also rated at 2650 fps. To add a law enforcement-designed cartridge I included the one of the Hornady TAP loads in .308.\r\n\r\nAccording to their website, \u201cThe 155-grain A-MAX TAP Precision cartridge offers match accuracy with a high-ballistic coefficient providing superior long-range performance. This load demonstrates expansion and fragmentation similar to the 110-grain load, but with a noticeable increase in penetration and retained bullet weight. This bullet penetrates glass with minimal deflection and exhibits retained expansion and fragmentation characteristics.\u201d\r\n\r\nIt is also intended for use in a 1-in-10-inch or 1-in-12-inch twist rifle barrel such as that on the LAR-8. My final selection was the Winchester 150-grain Supreme Elite with \u201cThe new XP3 bullet that starts with a two-stage expansion design, then combines all the best-known bullet technology to offer delayed controlled expansion, deep penetration, and high retained weight.\u201d\r\n\r\nWith my rifle\/sight combination, plus test ammunition in hand, it was time for a field test. I did my shooting at the NRA Whittington Center during the 2008 Shootists Holiday and used the Center\u2019s Sight-In Range for my accuracy and chronograph testing session. I sighted the Trijicon ACOG 3.5x35mm scope in for 100 yards, then proceeded to shoot three 3-shot groups for record with each test cartridge, using the concrete benches and an MTM Casegard rest.\r\n\r\nMy best group was 0.82 of an inch using Federal Gold Medal loads, followed by 0.97 of an inch with the Hornady TAP ammo. All of the group averages stayed under 2 inches and my guess is that the rifle would have had no trouble out-shooting the shooter that day. I also set up my Oehler Model 35P chronograph to see what velocities I would get from the LAR-8 M\/L 16-inch barrel.\r\n\r\nNext I put a silhouette target out at 200 yards and fired a dozen shots using a mixed bag of .308 cartridges at center mass and scored 10 hits in the 10 and X-ring and two just out in the 9-ring. Three shots to the head resulted in three hits in the 10-ring. Lastly, I took the LAR-8 to the Animal Silhouette Range, where the backstop is a mountainside covered with nice big rocks.\r\n\r\nFrom the standing, off-hand position, again using a mix of my test ammo, I was able to make dust fly on rocks out as far as I could see them on the mountainside, which has been previously checked with a laser rangefinder to have shootable rocks out to some 475 yards. The best part besides the practical accuracy and \u201cshootability\u201d of the LAR-8 was the fact that it was 100-percent reliable and I did not note a single malfunction during the test.\r\n\r\nFinal Notes<\/strong>\r\nRRA has a winner here and mated with the Trijicon ACOG scope and good ammo, I can\u2019t think of anything I\u2019d rather take into harm\u2019s way.","post_title":"RRA Mid-Length LAR-8 A4 .308","post_excerpt":"Big-bore AR\/Trijicon ACOG combo proved 100% reliable and sub-MOA accurate!","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"rra-mid-lenght-lar-8-a4-308","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-05-31 20:23:23","post_modified_gmt":"2023-05-31 20:23:23","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2009\/04\/24\/rra-mid-lenght-lar-8-a4-308\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":161994,"post_author":"645","post_date":"2008-05-13 15:04:28","post_date_gmt":"2008-05-13 21:04:28","post_content":"\r\nThose marvels of Austrian ingenuity, GLOCK pistols, have a well-deserved reputation for arriving ready for concealed carry. No sharp edges abound to be rough on the hands or snag clothing during the draw. GLOCKs slide from the holster, point well, and are ready for immediate action. The GLOCK Safe Action design leaves worries regarding a complicated manual of arms in the dust. Cap that off with sizes and calibers to satisfy every taste, and GLOCK seems destined to maintain their edge.\r\n\r\nFew things are dearer to the American heart than .45-caliber handguns. Despite the presence of .36- and .44-caliber handguns during the settling of the West, the .45 Colt is viewed as the decisive caliber from that era. Just in time to take the place of this noble cartridge, the .45 Auto became a force to be reckoned with in the next century. There is something comforting about this large caliber, imbuing a sense of power.\r\n\r\nIn fact, many a breath was held after GLOCK entered the U. S. market, until the Austrian company announced the introduction of their Model 21 in .45 Auto. Exhaling a sigh of relief, the .45 culture had a polymer wonder to satisfy its desires.\r\n\r\nFor duty carry by officers, the GLOCK 21 proved a perfect choice, hearty and robust, with the renowned GLOCK reliability. Following Law Enforcement (LE) trends that pushed the GLOCK to the top of the LE realm, as concealed carry rights blossomed, those exercising their rights adopted GLOCKs in droves. However, it was obvious the GLOCK 21 would have a small concealed carry following. The very traits making it so popular for duty carry\u2014hearty and robust\u2014worked against discreet carry.\r\n\r\nNever one to be left out in the cold, GLOCK introduced the more compact Models 30 and 36 in .45 Auto with double- and single-stack magazines, respectively. The Model 30 still bore grip dimensions similar to that of the Model 21, frequently difficult for those with average hands. The 36, though thinner due to a single-column magazine, still bore a longer front-to-back grip because of the .45 Auto chambering, which can still be a problem for some.\r\n\r\nBoth models have fared well with the American concealed carrier, but their frames, sized as they were for the .45 Auto, still leave some carriers and shooters with average and smaller-sized hands wanting. Likewise, many in the LE community hankered for a pistol dimensionally like the immensely popular GLOCK 17\/19\/26 and 22\/23\/26, but in the .45 Auto. Of course, the .45 Auto just won\u2019t fit in these more comfortable frames.\r\n\r\nMAKE WAY FOR THE .45<\/strong>\r\nNever one to shy away from a challenge, the folks at GLOCK tackled the project with the help of the ballistic wizards at Speer. The resulting cartridge, equaling the ballistic performance of the .45 Auto, was christened the .45 GLOCK Automatic Pistol (G.A.P.). Squeezed into a 9x19\/.40 frame, the GLOCK 37 and the .45 G.A.P. answered the LE and civilian concealed carriers\u2019 request for a more-compact .45 pistol.\r\n\r\nThe full-sized GLOCK 37 was followed by the compact GLOCK 38, and sub-compact GLOCK 39, each chambering a fair number of the new stubby .45s. Initially it was hoped the Models 37, 38, and 39 might be exactly the same size as the corresponding 9x19\/.40 models, and regarding the frames that proved true. However, to ensure perfect performance, marginally larger slides became the norm. (17\/22 slides are 1.01 inches wide by 0.85-inch high, weighing 18 ounces. GLOCK 37 slides are 1.13 inches wide by 0.88-inch high and weigh 21 ounces.) The .45 G.A.P. pistols incorporate a longer steel locking-block.\r\n\r\nOne step in building a cartridge to fit in the smaller and handier frame was designing the .45 G.A.P. cartridge to be 0.13-inch shorter than the .45 Auto. This produces a case similar in length to the 9x19 (0.78-inches), but once loaded the G. A. P has an overall length of 1.08 inches, actually shorter than the 9x19. (This last design parameter allows the wide .45 G.A.P. bullet to fit in a shorter grip area.)\r\n\r\n\"imgp03.gif\"AN ALL-NEW CARTRIDGE<\/strong>\r\nAdditional changes include a slightly rebated rim on the G.A.P., and modified extractor groove. Inside the case, one finds a wall profile that differs noticeably from the .45 Auto, thus allowing for seating .45 bullets without case wall bulging, and outside the primer pocket is filled with a small pistol primer. (A large pistol primer reportedly caused over-ignition and excessive pressure.) All of this goes to the point that the G.A.P. is an entirely new cartridge case that cannot be safely built from a .45 Auto case! Using the most modern propellants, Speer succeeded in charging this smaller .45 cartridge to equal the .45 Auto ballistically, while keeping pressures near the .45 Auto range.\r\n\r\nThere is no paucity of loadings available for the .45 G.A.P. GLOCKs. Speer\u2019s initial .45 G.A.P. commercial loadings were 185- and 200-grain Gold Dot premium hollowpoints and the same weights of TMJ bullets in the Speer Lawman line for economical shooting. Under the ATK banner with Speer, Federal Cartridge has introduced 185-grain and 230-grain Hydra-Shok loadings in the Premium Personal Defense line and an economical 185-grain TMJ loading in the American Eagle line.\r\n\r\nWinchester and Remington are now loading the .45 G.A.P. cartridge in configurations similar to Speer and Federal. COR-BON stepped in with their 160-grain DPX load, the 165-grain Pow'R Ball, a jacketed soft point, and a 200-grain JHP. This means bullet weights of 160 grains, 165 grains, 185 grains, 200 grains and 230 grains are all available.\r\n\r\n.45 GAP PERFORMANCE<\/strong>\r\nThe .45 G.A.P. is quite a boon for those of us adhering to the notion that bigger is better! Concealed carriers and Law Enforcement personnel, in and out of uniform, have their wish for new handguns.\r\n\r\nFrom the concealed carriers\u2019 and non-uniformed LE perspective, I found four .45 GLOCKs most appropriate for their needs. The Model 21 has already been excluded, and the Model 37 will probably be as well by those seeking compactness for carry. This leaves us with the Models 30, 36, 38, and 39 for consideration.\r\n\r\nThis was my first experience with the .45 G.A.P., so I began my examination of the concealed carry candidates with range testing. Trigger-time revealed just what I had heard: the .45 G.A.P. pistols were just as easily handled during all the drills as similar GLOCK models accommodating the .45 Auto. The GLOCK 38 weighs virtually the same as the Model 30, while the same is true of the Models 36 and 39, and the velocities of similar weight bullets are close enough to produce the similar felt recoil in pistols all weighing the same. (Depending on the cartridge, the .45 G.A.P. recoil can feel similar to a .40 pistol.)\r\n\r\nWearing average-sized hands, I found all four offerings fit me well, with the GLOCK 30 on the upper end of comfort for me. That, of course, explains why there is more than one flavor of ice cream\u2014and size of GLOCK\u2014to provide needed variety!\r\n\r\nWith pistols to fit my hands and those of most others, in my favorite caliber and that of GLOCK\u2019s new offering\u2014which seems destined to offer the .45 Auto a run for its money\u2014I went forth to gather the opinions of other shooters and concealed carriers.\r\n\r\n\"gap-carry.gif\"SHOOTING & CARRYING GLOCK .45s<\/strong>\r\nI placed the four GLOCK .45 offerings in the hands of a variety of shooters, and received the expected plethora of preferences. Given a choice of .45 GLOCKs, each one selected their favorite based on how it fit their hands and rode on their waist. Recoil did not seem a factor.\r\n\r\nThose finding the .45 Auto pistols a tad largish found the pistols chambered for the .45 G.A.P. just right. Testers that found the .45 Auto pistols fitting them well expressed their appreciation of the trimmer G.A.P pistols. It seems that not only has GLOCK spawned a new caliber in which to chamber their pistols, they have found one that can satisfy the needs of big-bore concealed carriers (and no doubt uniformed officers) while doing so.\r\n\r\nWill this be the .45 of the 21st century? Only time will tell, but it seems the .45 G.A.P is making a good run at that distinction!\r\nHOLSTERING GLOCK .45s<\/strong>\r\nAs excellent as the size and calibers of the GLOCK .45s make them for concealment, they still miss one thing for concealed carry\u2014a holster! Luckily holster makers, just like users, have flocked to all GLOCK pistols. Finding leather, or non-leather, to tote one\u2019s choice of .45 should be relatively easy.\r\n\r\nToting a handgun\u2014any handgun, including a GLOCK\u2014should be accomplished using a quality holster. Holsters protect handguns from loss, or shifting during carry, ensuring it will be there when one reaches for it. Not only will the handgun be there when needed, but also a well-designed holster will snug a GLOCK .45 against the body, while not impeding a smooth, speedy draw. Regardless of the GLOCK .45 of choice, there should be a holster to allow carrying it comfortably, securely, and inconspicuously.\r\n\r\nA quick search of the Internet turned up offerings to carry some of GLOCK\u2019s .45s from Aker, Alessi, Bianchi, Blackhawk Bulman, Blade-Tech, Comp-Tac, DeSantis, Del Fatti, Don Hume, FIST, Fobus, Galco, Gould & Goodrich, Milt Sparks, Safariland, Sidearmor, and Uncle Mikes. There are more, but I stopped searching when it became obvious there was no end to holsters and suppliers.\r\n\r\nIt seems every commercial holster maker, and those in the custom world, offer one or more styles, to fit one or more of the .45 GLOCK pistols. Their wares are made from horse or cowhide, Kydex or other polymer, or some version of ballistic nylon. Styles include belt models, inside-the-waistband versions, shoulder holsters, and pocket models for the smaller pistols.\r\n\r\nI also did a scan of my holster collection, and found a number already on hand, including those wearing the GLOCK brand. (GLOCK has always offered holsters for their pistols.) Not surprisingly, I discovered many holsters specified for 9x19\/.40 pistols also fit quite nicely around a GLOCK 36 pistol, with a scant few fitting the marginally enlarged G.A.P. models. (This is, of course, not something most holster makers will announce, nor something one can count on, but if an ample selection of holsters is available, the fit is easily checked.) In addition, holsters for the GLOCK 30 will usually fit the G.A.P. offerings.\r\n\r\nPick a .45 GLOCK, a holster to meet your needs, and ammo from a high-performance source. Outfitted with this, today\u2019s big-bore carrier will be ready to go!","post_title":"Concealed-Carry .45s: The GLOCK Solution | Glock 45 Models","post_excerpt":"The .45 firepower favored by legions of officers is tough to keep out of sight. Not so with the GLOCK .45 G.A.P.\u2014the hideaway handgun with maximum performance.","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"concealed-carry-45s-the-glock-solution","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-10-31 23:10:49","post_modified_gmt":"2023-11-01 03:10:49","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2008\/05\/13\/concealed-carry-45s-the-glock-solution\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":true,"total_page":15},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

POPULAR

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n

Sig Sauer Ultra Compact 1911 <\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n
\"\"<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Like any semi-automatic pistol bearing the Sig Sauer<\/a> name, the Ultra Compact 1911 has a distinctive look with a squared, contoured slide, deep serrations, dovetailed tritium 3-dot sights, extended beavertail and grip safety, skeletonized hammer and triangle three-hole trigger all handsomely set off by a matte stainless steel slide and alloy frame, or optional two-tone version with a matte black hard anodized alloy frame. While any 1911, even one this small, is hard to call a Subcompact, the Sig comes closest to fitting the definition.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

For a 7+1 capacity .45 ACP, the Sig has some pretty trim measurements, stretching only 6.8 inches overall, a compact height of 4.8 inches and a width of slightly over an inch. The stainless steel 7-round magazine has a flat (flush) floorplate and witness holes on either side.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

If the new little Sig Sauer .45 ACP lacks any one feature it is an ambidextrous thumb safety. The grips are wide enough and deep enough to allow a firm one-handed hold with the little finger perfectly wrapped around the bottom of the finely checkered grip frame. The thumb safety clicks on and off with ease and the slide release requires only modest pressure to chamber the first round on reload.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

If the Sig Sauer Ultra Compact 1911\u2019s general appearance seems familiar it is simply a function of design, since it is based on the most famous semiautomatic pistol in history. What the Sig Sauer version adds, aside from somewhat smaller dimensions, are standard features that are generally extra cost options. As a concealed carry .45 ACP semi-auto the Sig Sauer measures up.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The .40 S&W Choice<\/strong> for Subcompact Handguns<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Over the last 20-plus years the .40 S&W cartridge has overtaken the venerable 9mm as the most preferred round for U.S. law enforcement. The step up in caliber provides greater stopping power than a 9mm with less recoil than a .45 ACP. That of course has become more debatable in recent years with specialized .45 ACP rounds and guns specifically designed for them, however, the .40 S&W reigns supreme with law enforcement, while maintaining an equally enthusiastic following among civilians.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Glock 27 Gen4<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n
\"Glock<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Glock calls the .40 S&W Glock 27 Gen4 the \u201cthinking person\u2019s\u201d deep concealment gun. In its newest Gen4 configuration with interchangeable backstrap panels, the 9+1 standard capacity Glock continues the 27\u2019s history as a consummate backup gun for law enforcement. It has also become an ideal concealed carry <\/a>sidearm for the civilian market.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

While slightly larger than a Subcompact 9mm, the modest increase in overall size is offset by its capacity and ease of use. While the .40 S&W imparts a pretty hefty kick (compared to a 9mm), the Glock 27 Gen4 has very linear muzzle flip allowing quick target reacquisition. Overall, the Glock isn\u2019t the handful you expect from subcompact handguns, and with the right backstrap attached becomes a hand-filling, manageable semi-auto that puts the power of the .40 S&W cartridge into a size ideal for concealed carry use. The overall size is 6.29 inches in length with a 3.46-inch barrel, 4.17 inches in height, 1.18 inches in width, and a modest weight of 21.7 ounces empty.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Springfield XDM Compact 3.8<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n
\"Springfield<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

With the addition of the XDM Series of guns introduced in 2008, Springfield raised the bar on multi-purpose sidearms. While the XD pistols have found great acceptance within the general firearms community, the XDM Series is more in tune with today\u2019s personal protection and concealed carry needs, flavored with Springfield\u2019s penchant for building high-capacity pistols on standard sized frames.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The latest XDM Compact, chambered in .40 S&W (with an impressive 11+1 capacity) offers the same match grade 3.8-inch barrel as the XDM 3.8, but with a shorter grip frame like those used on the XD Sub-Compact (X-Treme Duty) models, making this a dedicated concealed carry sidearm. But there\u2019s more. The gun also comes with an extended capacity magazine upping the cartridge total to 16+1 rounds of .40 S&W thereby making this an ideal handgun for home protection. The XDM Compact, like all XD models utilizes a dual safety system comprised of a pivoting trigger toggle and a 1911-type frame-mounted grip safety. The gun features tapered ambidextrous magazine releases, drift adjustable front and rear white dot sights, ambidextrous indexing thumb rests, interchangeable backstrap panels, and deeply angled front and rear slide serrations (three in front, six in back). The Compact\u2019s slide is just slightly wider at the bottom, tapering out to provide a little more surface area to grasp when chambering the first round or clearing the gun. The XDM Compact is a top choice in the .40 S&W caliber.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

9mm<\/strong> Subcompact Handguns<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Globally the 9mm remains the most popular cartridge in the world, used by more law enforcement and military organizations than any other. The 9mm is also favored within the foreign civilian marketplace because many nations outlaw the use of larger caliber handguns except by the military. The 9mm cartridge has been in use now for over 100 years.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Ruger LC9<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n
\"ruger,<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Ruger\u2019s LC9 offers compact dimensions measuring 6.0 inches in length, 4.5 inches in height and a modest 0.90 inches in width, combined with a comparatively high capacity of 7+1 rounds and light carry weight of 17.1 ounces (empty). The LC9 is built with a composite frame of high-performance glass-filled Nylon supported by an aluminum grip frame (subframe), a through-hardened steel slide, and 3.12-inch steel barrel. The LC9\u2019s contours render a gun that ideally fits the average hand, placing the index finger directly alongside the triggerguard with a natural recess for the first joint to rest before moving to engage the trigger. On the left side, the contoured grip frame places the thumb in position for a single-handed hold. The LC9 has a loaded chamber indicator that rises upward from the top of the slide and is clearly stamped \u201cLOADED WHEN UP\u201d. It\u2019s a very obvious tell so bluffing is off the table.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

This is a well-balanced gun that is slightly muzzle heavy, an asset in managing recoil. The size, weight, and feel of the LC9 is very good and while the trigger pull is exceptionally long at 1.2 inches, it remains smooth and consistent allowing for quick follow-up shots. This is a function of both safety and the nature of the LC9\u2019s internal hammer design. Simply put, discharging the LC9 is like firing a DAO revolver. The LC9 has a magazine disconnect and will not fire a chambered round with the magazine removed. Overall this is a very capable small 9mm, which can also be equipped with a number of options including a Crimson Trace Laserguard.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Sig Sauer P290<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n
\"Sig<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Sig Sauer P290 is only slightly larger overall than a .380 ACP. With an overall length of just 5.5 inches, a truncated height of 3.9 inches, barrel length of 2.9 inches, and overall weight of only 21.5 ounces (empty), the P290 provides the defensive capability of a 9mm in a gun that is remarkably flat, measuring less than an inch in width. It is bigger and \u201cchunkier\u201d than the Kimber Solo and just a hair smaller than the Ruger LC9. The internal mechanism is a traditional locked breech, Browning-type tilting barrel but with one distinguishing feature; a broadly flared muzzle that aligns with a corresponding channel in the slide.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

This design contributes to quicker cycling of the action; as soon as the slide starts its reward movement it releases the muzzle, allowing the barrel to tilt and drop the breechblock into line for reload. The P290 also employs a dual recoil spring assembly that makes this operation pretty snappy.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The frame is a lightweight, molded polymer with a slide machined from a solid billet. The finishes available are natural stainless or durable Nitron coating. Standard sights are dovetailed drift adjustable white dots. The P290 is a DAO hammer-fired pistol but with no manual cocking capability. In addition, the Sig Sauer has an automatic firing pin safety block, hammer safety intercept notch, and a trigger bar disconnect, making it safe for carry with a chambered round. And the Sig Sauer will fire with the magazine removed.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

An interesting option for Sig Sauer is the Integrated Laser Module (ILM), which is custom made for the P290. Lightweight and compact, the ILM seamlessly blends with the lines of the pistol. The laser has ambidextrous switches. The increase in weight of 0.8 ounces is negligible and the laser unit adds only 0.75 inches to the depth of the gun.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Overall, this is a rugged looking little gun that is relatively easy to carry concealed considering it packs 6+1 rounds of 9mm.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Kimber Solo Carry<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n
\"gun
Compact semi-autos like the Kimber Solo are effective fight-stoppers, but shooters with weaker hands might have trouble retracting their slides.<\/figcaption><\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Kimber Solo Carry is one of the most compact 9mm on the market measuring only 5.5 inches in length, 3.9 inches in height and a mere 0.995 inches in width. The all steel and alloy construction semi-auto weighs only 17 ounces empty. The compactness of the Solo is visually striking, being only slightly larger in overall dimension than most .380s. In order to achieve these scaled down proportions reminiscent of a 1911, the frame contours are smoother and more rounded with every possible edge reduced to its minimum possible tolerances. Easily operated ambidextrous magazine releases and perfectly sized ambidextrous safeties make ease of operation suitable for left or right-handed users.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Truly \u201cpocketable,\u201d the Solo utilizes a unique striker-fired system with a slight twist. When the slide is cycled and a round is chambered the striker (firing pin) is between 88 to 90 percent pre-tensioned. The trigger pull necessary to discharge the Solo then is only 10 to 12 percent of the total effort needed to finish the cycle and release the striker. Even though Kimber describes the Solo as a \u201csingle action striker-fired design,\u201d it is actually a double action as pulling the trigger has to finish tensioning the striker before the gun will discharge. While the lightweight semi-auto has a pretty hefty kick it is more than manageable and exceptionally accurate. As one of the smaller 9mm on the market, the Solo definitely has earned its mark.<\/p>\n","post_title":"Contemporary Subcompact Handguns","post_excerpt":"The Personal Defense Pocket Pistols: In the 21st century we have perfected the art of making as much gun as possible in the smallest package possible!","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"contemporary-subcompacts","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-10-19 15:38:22","post_modified_gmt":"2023-10-19 19:38:22","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2012\/11\/01\/contemporary-subcompacts\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":160508,"post_author":"645","post_date":"2009-09-02 15:20:48","post_date_gmt":"2009-09-02 21:20:48","post_content":"\r\n\r\nEven the gloved hands of today\u2019s uniformed officer will find ArmaLite\u2019s new AR-10T familiar. Draw the fixed stock into the shoulder, obtain sight picture and flip the selector. What makes the AR-10T different is more about what\u2019s on the inside. But on the outside, it all seems to feel the same.\r\n\r\nSince the creation of the Department of Homeland Security, law enforcement agencies have contended with how to use their budget to best enable their first responders to protect citizens against terror. Every agency has assessed vulnerabilities and many have chosen to acquire big bore rifles capable of penetrating a hard target or intercepting a vehicular threat. With just one shot to get it right, a team leader should have experience on the firing line.\r\n\r\nArmaLite\u2019s battle proven AR-10 has already served LE around the world including Canada\u2019s Ontario Provincial Police TRU (Tactics and Rescue Unit). Now loaded for the \"armalite3.jpg\"hard-hitting .338 Federal, the new AR-10T fills a department\u2019s medium-caliber gap without sacrificing ease of deployment, time for training, or familiar handling qualities of an officer\u2019s carbine.\r\n\r\nWhat some don\u2019t realize is that the AR-10\u2019s roots are more than 50 years old, pre-dating the AR-15\/M16\/M4. Clenching the checkered A2 pistol grip, controls are at the fingers. Saving more than a pound in weight over 7.62mm NATO infantry rifles of its time, Eugene Stoner\u2019s modular innovation is a source for the often-used term \u201cergonomic\u201d (as it applies to firearm design).\r\n\r\nThe anodized lower receiver is home to the ArmaLite tactical two-stage trigger set, the same trigger mechanism used in ArmaLite M-15 rifles. Pulling the trigger provides a crisp and smooth feel that doesn\u2019t interfere with accuracy. First and second stages are consistently passed at just 3 and 5 pounds before allowing the hammer to strike.\r\n\r\nBeing that the AR-10T is based on a 7.62mm NATO platform, the first question that usually comes to mind is how ArmaLite manages to stuff the high energy behind a .338 cartridge into an AR? An ArmaLite representative reports, \u201cArmaLite\u2019s refinements to the AR-10 over the many years placed it at a stage where the transfer to a harder hitting caliber such as the .338 Federal was not a problem. It\u2019s a short action .308-type cartridge so it transitions into our AR-10 platform perfectly. With some testing, we found that it\u2019s a fitting combination. We were able to use the same proven bolt and extractor, as well as the Generation II magazines. No design changes had to be made except re-chambering the AR-10 for a new caliber.\u201d\r\n\r\nThe bolt sits inside a gas impingement carrier group with four holes available to bleed off pressure and debris. The disassembly procedure is the same as an agency\u2019s M-15 carbine (just bigger parts). With the firing pin removed, one difference from other ARs is visually apparent. A spring shrouds the base of the firing pin pushing against the wall in the bolt carrier group. This feature helps reduce the risk of malfunctions and prevents the firing pin from bouncing during operation.\r\n\r\nA railed flat-top upper receiver marked \u201c.338 Federal\u201d brings the bolt together with the chamber of the stainless steel barrel. \u201cWe originally designed the .338 Federal as a hunting rifle, thus the stainless steel barrel,\u201d says ArmaLite. \u201cThe .338 Federal is a cartridge best suited for short and mid-range duties. We put a 22-inch barrel on the rifle, which provided the best ballistics for these situations. With that being said, we have seen the potential for different uses in this caliber, so we are spending some time testing a shorter rifle with a 16-inch barrel featuring a full size buttstock and a mid-length gas system to use in CQB operations.\u201d\r\n\r\n\"armalite4.jpg\"A tubular one-piece, free-floating aluminum handguard shields the hands from the triple lapped, 1-in-10-inch twist stainless steel match barrel. The tubular handguard improves the rifle\u2019s handling without taking up real estate with full-length accessory rails that often go unused. A useable length of rail does grace the forend of the handguard, ready to accept custom mounting of bipods, lasers, lights and other accessories.\r\n\r\nThe massive stainless steel gas block is secured to the barrel with four large hex-head screws and redirects gas pressure through a direct impingement system. This gas block is also a front sight base that features a flip-up Midwest Industries (MI) post that co-witnesses with a MI flip-up backup sight affixed to the rear of the upper receiver\u2019s Picatinny rail.\r\n\r\nSince no flash suppressor or compensator is present, the recessed crown at the muzzle of the AR-10T protects the rifle\u2019s accuracy potential during heavy use or intense tactical operations. Combine a barrel made of stainless steel, an aluminum free-floated handguard, aluminum alloy receivers, a polymer stock and grip, and you have a weather-resistant tactical rifle. The AR-10T can withstand harsher environments like those encountered in sustained maritime operations while offering the effective energy transfer carried by a .338 slug. \u201cCoastal areas with salty environments and the moisture of the trunk in squad cars are hard on steel parts, especially the barrel,\u201d says ArmaLite. So stainless steel might be a better choice for these conditions.\r\n\r\n\"armalite6.jpg\"Shooting Impressions<\/strong>\r\nNow I\u2019m not going to lie and say that I found the AR-10T to be a sub-MOA tack-driver. For me, it wasn\u2019t. I have friends in this industry who tell me they achieved MOA accuracy verified by pictures on Jeff Quinn\u2019s gunblast.com<\/a> of multiple 3-shot groups fired from 100 yards rivaling the size of a penny. But this test was a representation of how a founding member of DHS envisions this rifle being used by law enforcement. On the scene, from the trunk of a vehicle, and across the hood.\r\n\r\nDriving down to the edge of North Carolina\u2019s Great Dismal Swamp brought me to a private range that required the careful use of four-wheelers to maneuver through knee-deep muck in order to get downrange and post targets. A pair of 12x18-inch ballistic steel plates were used to verify the new Leupold VX-3 6.5-20x50mm riflescope from 100 yards. Secured in ArmaLite\u2019s unique one-piece ring mount, this accessory removes a couple of variables that typically impact accuracy on other rifles.\r\n\r\nThe DHS agent fired first. And second. \u201cOh yeah, we\u2019re good.\u201d Our four-wheelers carried us across the swamp again just to verify the point-of-aim\/point-of-impact. Fingering the significant dimples created in the swinging AR-500 steel plate, he said, \u201cMan, that rifle has some thump to it!\u201d With paper targets ready, we drove back to the firing line and began the accuracy test.\r\n\r\n\"armalite8.jpg\"In rural parts of the US, it\u2019s not unusual to see a pick-up truck used as a law enforcement vehicle. To best simulate a tactical operation where a vehicle is used as cover and firing support, we positioned the vehicle at the firing line and loaded each (5-, 10-, and 20-round) magazine with the only load available for this test: Federal\u2019s lead-nose, copper jacketed, 210-grain Nosler Partition.\r\n\r\nThe first 3-shot group from each of us measured just under 2.5 inches. Making it downrange and changing out targets, we discovered an earlier sighter that went off course and punched through a 5-inch thick tree. Looking further back, we saw the bullet had actually passed without deflection through a total of six trees smaller in size and spaced about 4 feet before disappearing.\r\n\r\nMost accuracy results with other AR-style rifles are taken in 5-shot groups, so the next batch would follow this pattern. Five groups of five shots averaged nearly 3 inches off the semi-supported position with the best group measuring 1.94 inches. The most impressive observation came from our last test, a 20-shot magazine dump in quick succession. In a string of fire that lasted no more than 30 seconds, 20 shots were clustered together in a group measuring just 3.6 inches. This is practical accuracy you can expect of a trained officer that could put a definitive end to a given crisis.\r\n\r\nFinal Notes<\/strong>\r\n\u201cIf you benched it with a bipod, it\u2019d group a lot tighter,\u201d noted the DHS agent, \u201cbut this is realistic. This rifle is what you hope to have when you arrive to a dynamic situation forcing you to run what you have.\u201d\r\n\r\nArmaLite asserts, \u201cThe same principals apply to this caliber as the .458 SOCOM, only the AR-10T does it better. Placing this harder hitting round in this strong, proven platform was a perfect match. The .458 SOCOM in the smaller AR-15 platform has unpredictable penetration at any significant range and the smaller AR-15 platform is unproven to last with a large caliber.\u201d\r\n\r\nWith the AR-10T you get a heavier bullet, lower felt recoil and more energy transferred to the target. This lethal hammer is ready to meet the obstacles faced by LE in urban environments or on the maritime waters.\r\n\r\n\"federal2.jpg\"FEDERAL\u2019S BOLD .338<\/strong>\r\nThere are other .338s out there but none that can be easily integrated with fewer changes to the seasoned AR-10. The story here is as much about the united effort between ArmaLite and Federal Cartridge<\/strong><\/a> to assure the rifle and ammunition are perfectly matched. Snipers are already familiar with .338s including the .338 Lapua Mag and the .338 Win Mag. These two highly effective cartridges are known for their long-range effectiveness in bolt-action platforms. For most LE operations requiring the deployment of a rifle, a bolt gun presents a number of tactical drawbacks. Slower handling, more recoil, and slower follow-up shots.\r\n\r\nThe .338 Federal delivers the only modern .338 caliber load that isn\u2019t a magnum configuration. It delivers a larger diameter bullet for more weight and overall energy on target without magnum recoil. \u201cThe .338 Federal captures the capability of the longstanding .308 case and offers the respected performance of the .338 bullet,\u201d says Federal President Mark DeYoung. \u201cThese two mainstays have been proven time and again and are now brought together into a quality factory load,\u201d he adds.","post_title":"Armalite AR-10T .338 Federal","post_excerpt":"NEW BATTLE RIFLE chambered for Federal\u2019s powerhouse cartridge!","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"armalite-ar-10t-338-federal","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-10-31 23:08:29","post_modified_gmt":"2023-11-01 03:08:29","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2009\/09\/02\/armalite-ar-10t-338-federal\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":160816,"post_author":"374","post_date":"2009-04-24 14:48:05","post_date_gmt":"2009-04-24 20:48:05","post_content":"\r\n\r\nI have been a fan of the .308 cartridge (7.62x51mm) for many years and have always enjoyed its versatility. It has numerous useful applications for self-defense and law enforcement and one of my bolt-action rifles in that chambering is set up for medium- to-long range anti-personnel work.\r\n\r\n\"untitled-2.jpg\"I have used .308 rifles in bolt-action, lever-action, slide-action and semi-automatic configurations, the latter being in the form of the M14 battle rifle, which is what we cadets trained with in ROTC (Reserve Officers\u2019 Training Corps) I was very interested when Rock River Arms (RRA) introduced an AR-type rifle in the popular .308 caliber.\r\n\r\nThe rifle was the Mid-Length (M\/L) LAR-8 A4 (308A1239), which comes housed in a compartmented, electric blue plastic carrying case. In the case, the rifle is broken down into the upper-receiver\/barrel group and the lower-receiver\/stock group that allows the case to be a bit more compact length-wise. It is a great case for shipping the weapon, but unfortunately the case cannot be used once an optic sight is mounted on the LAR-8, which means that if you want to carry your RRA rifle in a gun case fully assembled with a sight mounted, you will be in the market for a new larger gun case.\r\n\r\nMy sample LAR-8 mid-length A4 came with a 16-inch Wilson chrome moly barrel having a 1-in-10-inch right-hand twist, six land and groove rifling and a Picatinny rail on the upper receiver and on top of the barrel at the front of the handguard as there are no iron sights. There is also an A2 version that has the same iron sight configuration that is found on the M16A2 rifle. Both of these rifles are fitted with a tactical CAR-style buttstock.\r\n\r\nOther RRA LAR-8 factory variations include Standard A2 and A4 models that have 20-inch barrels and a conventional AR-type butt stock, plus there is an A-4 Varmint Model that features a 26-inch Wilson air gauged, stainless steel bull barrel that is coupled with a free-floating, tubular aluminum handguard for increased long-distance accuracy.\r\n\r\nStandard Features <\/strong>\r\nStandard features on my LAR-8 M\/L A4 includes a rubber Hogue pistol grip, which is stippled and has finger grooves, a two-stage match trigger, upper receiver with bolt forward assist and ejection port door, plus brass deflector, ventilated polymer handguard, sling swivels and A2-type flash suppressor. The LAR-8 basically looks like a M16 on steroids, as the receiver has been beefed up to allow use of the .308 (7.62x51mm) cartridge.\r\n\r\nThe two big differences that the discerning eye will note is the magazine and the bolt catch. The factory-supplied magazine for the LAR-8 is basically the same as the 20-round magazine used in the famous FN\/FAL and L1A1 battle rifles. Entire articles and books could be and have been devoted to this fine weapon, so we won\u2019t delve into that subject here, but this Fabrique Nationale-designed rifle has been in service since 1953 and has armed some 60 countries around the world including Belgium, Great Britain, Canada, Australia, and Argentina.\r\n\r\nNeedless to say, there have been countless thousands of magazines made for the FN\/FAL and that fact pays dividends to the LAR-8 owner who has a wide selection to choose from. I did a little Internet surfing and came up with price ranges from $10 to $22 for used Mil-Spec 20-round magazines. There are also 30-round magazines out there that average around $50 more. They hang down a bit too far for comfortable prone shooting, so I\u2019m content to stick with the 20-rounders myself.\r\n\r\nThe bolt catch on the LAR-8 is not on the left side of the lower receiver as on the M16, but is positioned at the base of the magazine well at its juncture with the pivoting triggerguard. It is more reminiscent of the bolt catch found on the FN\/FAL and is made to be ambidextrous, and if your hand is large enough can be actuated by the trigger finger of whichever hand you use. The magazine release is located in the same area as on the M16 and the LAR-8 is also ambidextrous.\r\n\r\nWhile the manual safety lever, just above the pistol grip on the right of the receiver, is not ambidextrous, it appears to be easily changed to the left side of the receiver if that\u2019s the user\u2019s preference. On a whole the controls on this rifle are easily reached and manipulated without removing the hand from the pistol grip, certainly a plus in a patrol rifle. I had no trouble whatever operating them with my medium-sized hand.\r\n\r\nObviously, this rifle is going to pack more weight than the M16 and the LAR-8 M\/L A4 weighs in empty, sans sights, at a respectable 8.1 pounds. With the 6-position CAR buttstock fully extended it measures 38 inches. The weight and the propellant gas operation system of the action certainly help tame recoil, which is a good thing given the hard checkered butt of the CAR stock.\r\n\r\nThe standard polymer handguard is round in shape with flats on the top and bottom that are serrated and have holes for barrel ventilation. There are no rails on the standard handguard, but RRA does offer optional Daniel Defense Lite Quad Rails for both the Mid-Length and Standard LAR-8 A4 rifles. In fact, a visit to the RRA website will allow one to see the full list of optional items available that allow you to \u201chave it your way\u201d with just about any Rock River Arms\u2019 AR-type rifle.\r\n\r\nAs always, I gave the RRA LAR-8 Mid-Length A4 a top to bottom inspection and did not find anything wanting in overall fit and finish of the weapon. All the flats were flat, corners square and rounded surfaces done to perfection. No machine marks or other blemishes were visible and the black hard coat anodized finish was a good match to the black polymer material of the handguard and buttstock of the rifle.\r\n\r\nOptics Selection<\/strong>\r\nNow given that my RRA LAR-8 M\/L A4 comes without sights, it was time to select something with which to aim the rifle that would be fitting for my uses. I looked at a number of optical and sights of various manufacturers, but came away impressed with the Trijicon ACOG (Advanced Combat Optical Gunsight) 3.5x35mm .308 BDC\/FT.Chevron BAC riflescope for our test.\r\n\r\nAnyone that watches the network nightly news has seen the ACOG sights on the M16A2 rifles carried by many of our troops in Afghanistan and Iraq; their bell-shaped housings make them easily identifiable. They have been in use for many years by Army Special Forces, the Marines, Navy SEALs and the FBI, so I didn\u2019t see how I could go wrong. Trijicon is synonymous with the night sights that have been fitted on many of the most popular combat handguns for a couple of decades. However, Trijicon\u2019s founder Glyn Bindon wanted to build a sight for long arms that would bring together both-eyes-open shooting, an illuminated aiming point, plus magnified optics.\r\n\r\nWhat he discovered was what has since been termed the Bindon Aiming Concept (BAC), aiming with both eyes open, which gives a superior sense of balance and field of view, coupled with a magnified Trijicon sight, which offers the shooter a considerable advantage over his target using conventional sights. When used as designed, in the binocular mode, the operator sees only the red, chevron-shaped reticle (the pointed tip is the aiming point) transposed on the target at anywhere from across-the-room ranges to several hundred yards.\r\n\r\nMy sample ACOG 3.5x35mm scope came packaged in a well-padded Pelican case, which also held a black nylon, Scopecoat scope cover, a Lenspen lens cleaner and an ACOG thumbscrew flattop adapter for affixing the scope to the Picatinny rail of the LAR-8. The scope housing is 8 inches in length and is made of rugged forged aluminum; the black, hard-anodized finish matches almost exactly that of the RRA rifle. Scope weight without mounts adds only 14 ounces to the weight of the rifle.\r\n\r\nThe scope is calibrated for use with the .308 cartridge and is meant to be sighted in at 100 meters with an effective range of 800 meters on flattop rifles. The reticle also includes a rangefinder and the base of the chevron aiming point is 5.53 MOA (minute of angle), which at 300 meters is 19 inches allowing for good range estimation. Of course, during the day, the fiber-optic tube running along the top of the scope gathers light for the red aiming point and at night\/low light tritium is used to illuminate the chevron. The field of view at 100 yards is almost 29 feet, the eye relief is 2.4 inches and the adjustment is 4-inch clicks at 100 yards.\r\n\r\nRange Time<\/strong>\r\nNow it was time to go to my ammo locker and select some cartridges from my stock of .308 ammunition. I chose Black Hills Gold with a 168-grain Hornady A-Max bullet, which has a factory velocity of 2650 fps (feet per second). Next I picked Federal Gold Medal that has a Sierra 168-grain \u201cMatchKing\u201d BTHP bullet also rated at 2650 fps. To add a law enforcement-designed cartridge I included the one of the Hornady TAP loads in .308.\r\n\r\nAccording to their website, \u201cThe 155-grain A-MAX TAP Precision cartridge offers match accuracy with a high-ballistic coefficient providing superior long-range performance. This load demonstrates expansion and fragmentation similar to the 110-grain load, but with a noticeable increase in penetration and retained bullet weight. This bullet penetrates glass with minimal deflection and exhibits retained expansion and fragmentation characteristics.\u201d\r\n\r\nIt is also intended for use in a 1-in-10-inch or 1-in-12-inch twist rifle barrel such as that on the LAR-8. My final selection was the Winchester 150-grain Supreme Elite with \u201cThe new XP3 bullet that starts with a two-stage expansion design, then combines all the best-known bullet technology to offer delayed controlled expansion, deep penetration, and high retained weight.\u201d\r\n\r\nWith my rifle\/sight combination, plus test ammunition in hand, it was time for a field test. I did my shooting at the NRA Whittington Center during the 2008 Shootists Holiday and used the Center\u2019s Sight-In Range for my accuracy and chronograph testing session. I sighted the Trijicon ACOG 3.5x35mm scope in for 100 yards, then proceeded to shoot three 3-shot groups for record with each test cartridge, using the concrete benches and an MTM Casegard rest.\r\n\r\nMy best group was 0.82 of an inch using Federal Gold Medal loads, followed by 0.97 of an inch with the Hornady TAP ammo. All of the group averages stayed under 2 inches and my guess is that the rifle would have had no trouble out-shooting the shooter that day. I also set up my Oehler Model 35P chronograph to see what velocities I would get from the LAR-8 M\/L 16-inch barrel.\r\n\r\nNext I put a silhouette target out at 200 yards and fired a dozen shots using a mixed bag of .308 cartridges at center mass and scored 10 hits in the 10 and X-ring and two just out in the 9-ring. Three shots to the head resulted in three hits in the 10-ring. Lastly, I took the LAR-8 to the Animal Silhouette Range, where the backstop is a mountainside covered with nice big rocks.\r\n\r\nFrom the standing, off-hand position, again using a mix of my test ammo, I was able to make dust fly on rocks out as far as I could see them on the mountainside, which has been previously checked with a laser rangefinder to have shootable rocks out to some 475 yards. The best part besides the practical accuracy and \u201cshootability\u201d of the LAR-8 was the fact that it was 100-percent reliable and I did not note a single malfunction during the test.\r\n\r\nFinal Notes<\/strong>\r\nRRA has a winner here and mated with the Trijicon ACOG scope and good ammo, I can\u2019t think of anything I\u2019d rather take into harm\u2019s way.","post_title":"RRA Mid-Length LAR-8 A4 .308","post_excerpt":"Big-bore AR\/Trijicon ACOG combo proved 100% reliable and sub-MOA accurate!","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"rra-mid-lenght-lar-8-a4-308","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-05-31 20:23:23","post_modified_gmt":"2023-05-31 20:23:23","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2009\/04\/24\/rra-mid-lenght-lar-8-a4-308\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":161994,"post_author":"645","post_date":"2008-05-13 15:04:28","post_date_gmt":"2008-05-13 21:04:28","post_content":"\r\nThose marvels of Austrian ingenuity, GLOCK pistols, have a well-deserved reputation for arriving ready for concealed carry. No sharp edges abound to be rough on the hands or snag clothing during the draw. GLOCKs slide from the holster, point well, and are ready for immediate action. The GLOCK Safe Action design leaves worries regarding a complicated manual of arms in the dust. Cap that off with sizes and calibers to satisfy every taste, and GLOCK seems destined to maintain their edge.\r\n\r\nFew things are dearer to the American heart than .45-caliber handguns. Despite the presence of .36- and .44-caliber handguns during the settling of the West, the .45 Colt is viewed as the decisive caliber from that era. Just in time to take the place of this noble cartridge, the .45 Auto became a force to be reckoned with in the next century. There is something comforting about this large caliber, imbuing a sense of power.\r\n\r\nIn fact, many a breath was held after GLOCK entered the U. S. market, until the Austrian company announced the introduction of their Model 21 in .45 Auto. Exhaling a sigh of relief, the .45 culture had a polymer wonder to satisfy its desires.\r\n\r\nFor duty carry by officers, the GLOCK 21 proved a perfect choice, hearty and robust, with the renowned GLOCK reliability. Following Law Enforcement (LE) trends that pushed the GLOCK to the top of the LE realm, as concealed carry rights blossomed, those exercising their rights adopted GLOCKs in droves. However, it was obvious the GLOCK 21 would have a small concealed carry following. The very traits making it so popular for duty carry\u2014hearty and robust\u2014worked against discreet carry.\r\n\r\nNever one to be left out in the cold, GLOCK introduced the more compact Models 30 and 36 in .45 Auto with double- and single-stack magazines, respectively. The Model 30 still bore grip dimensions similar to that of the Model 21, frequently difficult for those with average hands. The 36, though thinner due to a single-column magazine, still bore a longer front-to-back grip because of the .45 Auto chambering, which can still be a problem for some.\r\n\r\nBoth models have fared well with the American concealed carrier, but their frames, sized as they were for the .45 Auto, still leave some carriers and shooters with average and smaller-sized hands wanting. Likewise, many in the LE community hankered for a pistol dimensionally like the immensely popular GLOCK 17\/19\/26 and 22\/23\/26, but in the .45 Auto. Of course, the .45 Auto just won\u2019t fit in these more comfortable frames.\r\n\r\nMAKE WAY FOR THE .45<\/strong>\r\nNever one to shy away from a challenge, the folks at GLOCK tackled the project with the help of the ballistic wizards at Speer. The resulting cartridge, equaling the ballistic performance of the .45 Auto, was christened the .45 GLOCK Automatic Pistol (G.A.P.). Squeezed into a 9x19\/.40 frame, the GLOCK 37 and the .45 G.A.P. answered the LE and civilian concealed carriers\u2019 request for a more-compact .45 pistol.\r\n\r\nThe full-sized GLOCK 37 was followed by the compact GLOCK 38, and sub-compact GLOCK 39, each chambering a fair number of the new stubby .45s. Initially it was hoped the Models 37, 38, and 39 might be exactly the same size as the corresponding 9x19\/.40 models, and regarding the frames that proved true. However, to ensure perfect performance, marginally larger slides became the norm. (17\/22 slides are 1.01 inches wide by 0.85-inch high, weighing 18 ounces. GLOCK 37 slides are 1.13 inches wide by 0.88-inch high and weigh 21 ounces.) The .45 G.A.P. pistols incorporate a longer steel locking-block.\r\n\r\nOne step in building a cartridge to fit in the smaller and handier frame was designing the .45 G.A.P. cartridge to be 0.13-inch shorter than the .45 Auto. This produces a case similar in length to the 9x19 (0.78-inches), but once loaded the G. A. P has an overall length of 1.08 inches, actually shorter than the 9x19. (This last design parameter allows the wide .45 G.A.P. bullet to fit in a shorter grip area.)\r\n\r\n\"imgp03.gif\"AN ALL-NEW CARTRIDGE<\/strong>\r\nAdditional changes include a slightly rebated rim on the G.A.P., and modified extractor groove. Inside the case, one finds a wall profile that differs noticeably from the .45 Auto, thus allowing for seating .45 bullets without case wall bulging, and outside the primer pocket is filled with a small pistol primer. (A large pistol primer reportedly caused over-ignition and excessive pressure.) All of this goes to the point that the G.A.P. is an entirely new cartridge case that cannot be safely built from a .45 Auto case! Using the most modern propellants, Speer succeeded in charging this smaller .45 cartridge to equal the .45 Auto ballistically, while keeping pressures near the .45 Auto range.\r\n\r\nThere is no paucity of loadings available for the .45 G.A.P. GLOCKs. Speer\u2019s initial .45 G.A.P. commercial loadings were 185- and 200-grain Gold Dot premium hollowpoints and the same weights of TMJ bullets in the Speer Lawman line for economical shooting. Under the ATK banner with Speer, Federal Cartridge has introduced 185-grain and 230-grain Hydra-Shok loadings in the Premium Personal Defense line and an economical 185-grain TMJ loading in the American Eagle line.\r\n\r\nWinchester and Remington are now loading the .45 G.A.P. cartridge in configurations similar to Speer and Federal. COR-BON stepped in with their 160-grain DPX load, the 165-grain Pow'R Ball, a jacketed soft point, and a 200-grain JHP. This means bullet weights of 160 grains, 165 grains, 185 grains, 200 grains and 230 grains are all available.\r\n\r\n.45 GAP PERFORMANCE<\/strong>\r\nThe .45 G.A.P. is quite a boon for those of us adhering to the notion that bigger is better! Concealed carriers and Law Enforcement personnel, in and out of uniform, have their wish for new handguns.\r\n\r\nFrom the concealed carriers\u2019 and non-uniformed LE perspective, I found four .45 GLOCKs most appropriate for their needs. The Model 21 has already been excluded, and the Model 37 will probably be as well by those seeking compactness for carry. This leaves us with the Models 30, 36, 38, and 39 for consideration.\r\n\r\nThis was my first experience with the .45 G.A.P., so I began my examination of the concealed carry candidates with range testing. Trigger-time revealed just what I had heard: the .45 G.A.P. pistols were just as easily handled during all the drills as similar GLOCK models accommodating the .45 Auto. The GLOCK 38 weighs virtually the same as the Model 30, while the same is true of the Models 36 and 39, and the velocities of similar weight bullets are close enough to produce the similar felt recoil in pistols all weighing the same. (Depending on the cartridge, the .45 G.A.P. recoil can feel similar to a .40 pistol.)\r\n\r\nWearing average-sized hands, I found all four offerings fit me well, with the GLOCK 30 on the upper end of comfort for me. That, of course, explains why there is more than one flavor of ice cream\u2014and size of GLOCK\u2014to provide needed variety!\r\n\r\nWith pistols to fit my hands and those of most others, in my favorite caliber and that of GLOCK\u2019s new offering\u2014which seems destined to offer the .45 Auto a run for its money\u2014I went forth to gather the opinions of other shooters and concealed carriers.\r\n\r\n\"gap-carry.gif\"SHOOTING & CARRYING GLOCK .45s<\/strong>\r\nI placed the four GLOCK .45 offerings in the hands of a variety of shooters, and received the expected plethora of preferences. Given a choice of .45 GLOCKs, each one selected their favorite based on how it fit their hands and rode on their waist. Recoil did not seem a factor.\r\n\r\nThose finding the .45 Auto pistols a tad largish found the pistols chambered for the .45 G.A.P. just right. Testers that found the .45 Auto pistols fitting them well expressed their appreciation of the trimmer G.A.P pistols. It seems that not only has GLOCK spawned a new caliber in which to chamber their pistols, they have found one that can satisfy the needs of big-bore concealed carriers (and no doubt uniformed officers) while doing so.\r\n\r\nWill this be the .45 of the 21st century? Only time will tell, but it seems the .45 G.A.P is making a good run at that distinction!\r\nHOLSTERING GLOCK .45s<\/strong>\r\nAs excellent as the size and calibers of the GLOCK .45s make them for concealment, they still miss one thing for concealed carry\u2014a holster! Luckily holster makers, just like users, have flocked to all GLOCK pistols. Finding leather, or non-leather, to tote one\u2019s choice of .45 should be relatively easy.\r\n\r\nToting a handgun\u2014any handgun, including a GLOCK\u2014should be accomplished using a quality holster. Holsters protect handguns from loss, or shifting during carry, ensuring it will be there when one reaches for it. Not only will the handgun be there when needed, but also a well-designed holster will snug a GLOCK .45 against the body, while not impeding a smooth, speedy draw. Regardless of the GLOCK .45 of choice, there should be a holster to allow carrying it comfortably, securely, and inconspicuously.\r\n\r\nA quick search of the Internet turned up offerings to carry some of GLOCK\u2019s .45s from Aker, Alessi, Bianchi, Blackhawk Bulman, Blade-Tech, Comp-Tac, DeSantis, Del Fatti, Don Hume, FIST, Fobus, Galco, Gould & Goodrich, Milt Sparks, Safariland, Sidearmor, and Uncle Mikes. There are more, but I stopped searching when it became obvious there was no end to holsters and suppliers.\r\n\r\nIt seems every commercial holster maker, and those in the custom world, offer one or more styles, to fit one or more of the .45 GLOCK pistols. Their wares are made from horse or cowhide, Kydex or other polymer, or some version of ballistic nylon. Styles include belt models, inside-the-waistband versions, shoulder holsters, and pocket models for the smaller pistols.\r\n\r\nI also did a scan of my holster collection, and found a number already on hand, including those wearing the GLOCK brand. (GLOCK has always offered holsters for their pistols.) Not surprisingly, I discovered many holsters specified for 9x19\/.40 pistols also fit quite nicely around a GLOCK 36 pistol, with a scant few fitting the marginally enlarged G.A.P. models. (This is, of course, not something most holster makers will announce, nor something one can count on, but if an ample selection of holsters is available, the fit is easily checked.) In addition, holsters for the GLOCK 30 will usually fit the G.A.P. offerings.\r\n\r\nPick a .45 GLOCK, a holster to meet your needs, and ammo from a high-performance source. Outfitted with this, today\u2019s big-bore carrier will be ready to go!","post_title":"Concealed-Carry .45s: The GLOCK Solution | Glock 45 Models","post_excerpt":"The .45 firepower favored by legions of officers is tough to keep out of sight. Not so with the GLOCK .45 G.A.P.\u2014the hideaway handgun with maximum performance.","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"concealed-carry-45s-the-glock-solution","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-10-31 23:10:49","post_modified_gmt":"2023-11-01 03:10:49","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2008\/05\/13\/concealed-carry-45s-the-glock-solution\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":true,"total_page":15},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

POPULAR

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n

Glock\u2019s G30 series (Glock 30 and Glock 30 SF) have long been a popular choice for law enforcement as all of the operating features are identical to Glock\u2019s standard and compact models. For civilian concealed carry, the Glock 30 has maintained its stature as one of the best .45 ACP semi-autos for the past 16 years! In addition, Glock also offers the slightly narrower Glock 36, which shaves almost 0.25 inches off width by using a single stack 6-round magazine.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Sig Sauer Ultra Compact 1911 <\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n
\"\"<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Like any semi-automatic pistol bearing the Sig Sauer<\/a> name, the Ultra Compact 1911 has a distinctive look with a squared, contoured slide, deep serrations, dovetailed tritium 3-dot sights, extended beavertail and grip safety, skeletonized hammer and triangle three-hole trigger all handsomely set off by a matte stainless steel slide and alloy frame, or optional two-tone version with a matte black hard anodized alloy frame. While any 1911, even one this small, is hard to call a Subcompact, the Sig comes closest to fitting the definition.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

For a 7+1 capacity .45 ACP, the Sig has some pretty trim measurements, stretching only 6.8 inches overall, a compact height of 4.8 inches and a width of slightly over an inch. The stainless steel 7-round magazine has a flat (flush) floorplate and witness holes on either side.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

If the new little Sig Sauer .45 ACP lacks any one feature it is an ambidextrous thumb safety. The grips are wide enough and deep enough to allow a firm one-handed hold with the little finger perfectly wrapped around the bottom of the finely checkered grip frame. The thumb safety clicks on and off with ease and the slide release requires only modest pressure to chamber the first round on reload.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

If the Sig Sauer Ultra Compact 1911\u2019s general appearance seems familiar it is simply a function of design, since it is based on the most famous semiautomatic pistol in history. What the Sig Sauer version adds, aside from somewhat smaller dimensions, are standard features that are generally extra cost options. As a concealed carry .45 ACP semi-auto the Sig Sauer measures up.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The .40 S&W Choice<\/strong> for Subcompact Handguns<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Over the last 20-plus years the .40 S&W cartridge has overtaken the venerable 9mm as the most preferred round for U.S. law enforcement. The step up in caliber provides greater stopping power than a 9mm with less recoil than a .45 ACP. That of course has become more debatable in recent years with specialized .45 ACP rounds and guns specifically designed for them, however, the .40 S&W reigns supreme with law enforcement, while maintaining an equally enthusiastic following among civilians.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Glock 27 Gen4<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n
\"Glock<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Glock calls the .40 S&W Glock 27 Gen4 the \u201cthinking person\u2019s\u201d deep concealment gun. In its newest Gen4 configuration with interchangeable backstrap panels, the 9+1 standard capacity Glock continues the 27\u2019s history as a consummate backup gun for law enforcement. It has also become an ideal concealed carry <\/a>sidearm for the civilian market.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

While slightly larger than a Subcompact 9mm, the modest increase in overall size is offset by its capacity and ease of use. While the .40 S&W imparts a pretty hefty kick (compared to a 9mm), the Glock 27 Gen4 has very linear muzzle flip allowing quick target reacquisition. Overall, the Glock isn\u2019t the handful you expect from subcompact handguns, and with the right backstrap attached becomes a hand-filling, manageable semi-auto that puts the power of the .40 S&W cartridge into a size ideal for concealed carry use. The overall size is 6.29 inches in length with a 3.46-inch barrel, 4.17 inches in height, 1.18 inches in width, and a modest weight of 21.7 ounces empty.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Springfield XDM Compact 3.8<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n
\"Springfield<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

With the addition of the XDM Series of guns introduced in 2008, Springfield raised the bar on multi-purpose sidearms. While the XD pistols have found great acceptance within the general firearms community, the XDM Series is more in tune with today\u2019s personal protection and concealed carry needs, flavored with Springfield\u2019s penchant for building high-capacity pistols on standard sized frames.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The latest XDM Compact, chambered in .40 S&W (with an impressive 11+1 capacity) offers the same match grade 3.8-inch barrel as the XDM 3.8, but with a shorter grip frame like those used on the XD Sub-Compact (X-Treme Duty) models, making this a dedicated concealed carry sidearm. But there\u2019s more. The gun also comes with an extended capacity magazine upping the cartridge total to 16+1 rounds of .40 S&W thereby making this an ideal handgun for home protection. The XDM Compact, like all XD models utilizes a dual safety system comprised of a pivoting trigger toggle and a 1911-type frame-mounted grip safety. The gun features tapered ambidextrous magazine releases, drift adjustable front and rear white dot sights, ambidextrous indexing thumb rests, interchangeable backstrap panels, and deeply angled front and rear slide serrations (three in front, six in back). The Compact\u2019s slide is just slightly wider at the bottom, tapering out to provide a little more surface area to grasp when chambering the first round or clearing the gun. The XDM Compact is a top choice in the .40 S&W caliber.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

9mm<\/strong> Subcompact Handguns<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Globally the 9mm remains the most popular cartridge in the world, used by more law enforcement and military organizations than any other. The 9mm is also favored within the foreign civilian marketplace because many nations outlaw the use of larger caliber handguns except by the military. The 9mm cartridge has been in use now for over 100 years.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Ruger LC9<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n
\"ruger,<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Ruger\u2019s LC9 offers compact dimensions measuring 6.0 inches in length, 4.5 inches in height and a modest 0.90 inches in width, combined with a comparatively high capacity of 7+1 rounds and light carry weight of 17.1 ounces (empty). The LC9 is built with a composite frame of high-performance glass-filled Nylon supported by an aluminum grip frame (subframe), a through-hardened steel slide, and 3.12-inch steel barrel. The LC9\u2019s contours render a gun that ideally fits the average hand, placing the index finger directly alongside the triggerguard with a natural recess for the first joint to rest before moving to engage the trigger. On the left side, the contoured grip frame places the thumb in position for a single-handed hold. The LC9 has a loaded chamber indicator that rises upward from the top of the slide and is clearly stamped \u201cLOADED WHEN UP\u201d. It\u2019s a very obvious tell so bluffing is off the table.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

This is a well-balanced gun that is slightly muzzle heavy, an asset in managing recoil. The size, weight, and feel of the LC9 is very good and while the trigger pull is exceptionally long at 1.2 inches, it remains smooth and consistent allowing for quick follow-up shots. This is a function of both safety and the nature of the LC9\u2019s internal hammer design. Simply put, discharging the LC9 is like firing a DAO revolver. The LC9 has a magazine disconnect and will not fire a chambered round with the magazine removed. Overall this is a very capable small 9mm, which can also be equipped with a number of options including a Crimson Trace Laserguard.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Sig Sauer P290<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n
\"Sig<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Sig Sauer P290 is only slightly larger overall than a .380 ACP. With an overall length of just 5.5 inches, a truncated height of 3.9 inches, barrel length of 2.9 inches, and overall weight of only 21.5 ounces (empty), the P290 provides the defensive capability of a 9mm in a gun that is remarkably flat, measuring less than an inch in width. It is bigger and \u201cchunkier\u201d than the Kimber Solo and just a hair smaller than the Ruger LC9. The internal mechanism is a traditional locked breech, Browning-type tilting barrel but with one distinguishing feature; a broadly flared muzzle that aligns with a corresponding channel in the slide.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

This design contributes to quicker cycling of the action; as soon as the slide starts its reward movement it releases the muzzle, allowing the barrel to tilt and drop the breechblock into line for reload. The P290 also employs a dual recoil spring assembly that makes this operation pretty snappy.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The frame is a lightweight, molded polymer with a slide machined from a solid billet. The finishes available are natural stainless or durable Nitron coating. Standard sights are dovetailed drift adjustable white dots. The P290 is a DAO hammer-fired pistol but with no manual cocking capability. In addition, the Sig Sauer has an automatic firing pin safety block, hammer safety intercept notch, and a trigger bar disconnect, making it safe for carry with a chambered round. And the Sig Sauer will fire with the magazine removed.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

An interesting option for Sig Sauer is the Integrated Laser Module (ILM), which is custom made for the P290. Lightweight and compact, the ILM seamlessly blends with the lines of the pistol. The laser has ambidextrous switches. The increase in weight of 0.8 ounces is negligible and the laser unit adds only 0.75 inches to the depth of the gun.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Overall, this is a rugged looking little gun that is relatively easy to carry concealed considering it packs 6+1 rounds of 9mm.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Kimber Solo Carry<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n
\"gun
Compact semi-autos like the Kimber Solo are effective fight-stoppers, but shooters with weaker hands might have trouble retracting their slides.<\/figcaption><\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Kimber Solo Carry is one of the most compact 9mm on the market measuring only 5.5 inches in length, 3.9 inches in height and a mere 0.995 inches in width. The all steel and alloy construction semi-auto weighs only 17 ounces empty. The compactness of the Solo is visually striking, being only slightly larger in overall dimension than most .380s. In order to achieve these scaled down proportions reminiscent of a 1911, the frame contours are smoother and more rounded with every possible edge reduced to its minimum possible tolerances. Easily operated ambidextrous magazine releases and perfectly sized ambidextrous safeties make ease of operation suitable for left or right-handed users.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Truly \u201cpocketable,\u201d the Solo utilizes a unique striker-fired system with a slight twist. When the slide is cycled and a round is chambered the striker (firing pin) is between 88 to 90 percent pre-tensioned. The trigger pull necessary to discharge the Solo then is only 10 to 12 percent of the total effort needed to finish the cycle and release the striker. Even though Kimber describes the Solo as a \u201csingle action striker-fired design,\u201d it is actually a double action as pulling the trigger has to finish tensioning the striker before the gun will discharge. While the lightweight semi-auto has a pretty hefty kick it is more than manageable and exceptionally accurate. As one of the smaller 9mm on the market, the Solo definitely has earned its mark.<\/p>\n","post_title":"Contemporary Subcompact Handguns","post_excerpt":"The Personal Defense Pocket Pistols: In the 21st century we have perfected the art of making as much gun as possible in the smallest package possible!","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"contemporary-subcompacts","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-10-19 15:38:22","post_modified_gmt":"2023-10-19 19:38:22","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2012\/11\/01\/contemporary-subcompacts\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":160508,"post_author":"645","post_date":"2009-09-02 15:20:48","post_date_gmt":"2009-09-02 21:20:48","post_content":"\r\n\r\nEven the gloved hands of today\u2019s uniformed officer will find ArmaLite\u2019s new AR-10T familiar. Draw the fixed stock into the shoulder, obtain sight picture and flip the selector. What makes the AR-10T different is more about what\u2019s on the inside. But on the outside, it all seems to feel the same.\r\n\r\nSince the creation of the Department of Homeland Security, law enforcement agencies have contended with how to use their budget to best enable their first responders to protect citizens against terror. Every agency has assessed vulnerabilities and many have chosen to acquire big bore rifles capable of penetrating a hard target or intercepting a vehicular threat. With just one shot to get it right, a team leader should have experience on the firing line.\r\n\r\nArmaLite\u2019s battle proven AR-10 has already served LE around the world including Canada\u2019s Ontario Provincial Police TRU (Tactics and Rescue Unit). Now loaded for the \"armalite3.jpg\"hard-hitting .338 Federal, the new AR-10T fills a department\u2019s medium-caliber gap without sacrificing ease of deployment, time for training, or familiar handling qualities of an officer\u2019s carbine.\r\n\r\nWhat some don\u2019t realize is that the AR-10\u2019s roots are more than 50 years old, pre-dating the AR-15\/M16\/M4. Clenching the checkered A2 pistol grip, controls are at the fingers. Saving more than a pound in weight over 7.62mm NATO infantry rifles of its time, Eugene Stoner\u2019s modular innovation is a source for the often-used term \u201cergonomic\u201d (as it applies to firearm design).\r\n\r\nThe anodized lower receiver is home to the ArmaLite tactical two-stage trigger set, the same trigger mechanism used in ArmaLite M-15 rifles. Pulling the trigger provides a crisp and smooth feel that doesn\u2019t interfere with accuracy. First and second stages are consistently passed at just 3 and 5 pounds before allowing the hammer to strike.\r\n\r\nBeing that the AR-10T is based on a 7.62mm NATO platform, the first question that usually comes to mind is how ArmaLite manages to stuff the high energy behind a .338 cartridge into an AR? An ArmaLite representative reports, \u201cArmaLite\u2019s refinements to the AR-10 over the many years placed it at a stage where the transfer to a harder hitting caliber such as the .338 Federal was not a problem. It\u2019s a short action .308-type cartridge so it transitions into our AR-10 platform perfectly. With some testing, we found that it\u2019s a fitting combination. We were able to use the same proven bolt and extractor, as well as the Generation II magazines. No design changes had to be made except re-chambering the AR-10 for a new caliber.\u201d\r\n\r\nThe bolt sits inside a gas impingement carrier group with four holes available to bleed off pressure and debris. The disassembly procedure is the same as an agency\u2019s M-15 carbine (just bigger parts). With the firing pin removed, one difference from other ARs is visually apparent. A spring shrouds the base of the firing pin pushing against the wall in the bolt carrier group. This feature helps reduce the risk of malfunctions and prevents the firing pin from bouncing during operation.\r\n\r\nA railed flat-top upper receiver marked \u201c.338 Federal\u201d brings the bolt together with the chamber of the stainless steel barrel. \u201cWe originally designed the .338 Federal as a hunting rifle, thus the stainless steel barrel,\u201d says ArmaLite. \u201cThe .338 Federal is a cartridge best suited for short and mid-range duties. We put a 22-inch barrel on the rifle, which provided the best ballistics for these situations. With that being said, we have seen the potential for different uses in this caliber, so we are spending some time testing a shorter rifle with a 16-inch barrel featuring a full size buttstock and a mid-length gas system to use in CQB operations.\u201d\r\n\r\n\"armalite4.jpg\"A tubular one-piece, free-floating aluminum handguard shields the hands from the triple lapped, 1-in-10-inch twist stainless steel match barrel. The tubular handguard improves the rifle\u2019s handling without taking up real estate with full-length accessory rails that often go unused. A useable length of rail does grace the forend of the handguard, ready to accept custom mounting of bipods, lasers, lights and other accessories.\r\n\r\nThe massive stainless steel gas block is secured to the barrel with four large hex-head screws and redirects gas pressure through a direct impingement system. This gas block is also a front sight base that features a flip-up Midwest Industries (MI) post that co-witnesses with a MI flip-up backup sight affixed to the rear of the upper receiver\u2019s Picatinny rail.\r\n\r\nSince no flash suppressor or compensator is present, the recessed crown at the muzzle of the AR-10T protects the rifle\u2019s accuracy potential during heavy use or intense tactical operations. Combine a barrel made of stainless steel, an aluminum free-floated handguard, aluminum alloy receivers, a polymer stock and grip, and you have a weather-resistant tactical rifle. The AR-10T can withstand harsher environments like those encountered in sustained maritime operations while offering the effective energy transfer carried by a .338 slug. \u201cCoastal areas with salty environments and the moisture of the trunk in squad cars are hard on steel parts, especially the barrel,\u201d says ArmaLite. So stainless steel might be a better choice for these conditions.\r\n\r\n\"armalite6.jpg\"Shooting Impressions<\/strong>\r\nNow I\u2019m not going to lie and say that I found the AR-10T to be a sub-MOA tack-driver. For me, it wasn\u2019t. I have friends in this industry who tell me they achieved MOA accuracy verified by pictures on Jeff Quinn\u2019s gunblast.com<\/a> of multiple 3-shot groups fired from 100 yards rivaling the size of a penny. But this test was a representation of how a founding member of DHS envisions this rifle being used by law enforcement. On the scene, from the trunk of a vehicle, and across the hood.\r\n\r\nDriving down to the edge of North Carolina\u2019s Great Dismal Swamp brought me to a private range that required the careful use of four-wheelers to maneuver through knee-deep muck in order to get downrange and post targets. A pair of 12x18-inch ballistic steel plates were used to verify the new Leupold VX-3 6.5-20x50mm riflescope from 100 yards. Secured in ArmaLite\u2019s unique one-piece ring mount, this accessory removes a couple of variables that typically impact accuracy on other rifles.\r\n\r\nThe DHS agent fired first. And second. \u201cOh yeah, we\u2019re good.\u201d Our four-wheelers carried us across the swamp again just to verify the point-of-aim\/point-of-impact. Fingering the significant dimples created in the swinging AR-500 steel plate, he said, \u201cMan, that rifle has some thump to it!\u201d With paper targets ready, we drove back to the firing line and began the accuracy test.\r\n\r\n\"armalite8.jpg\"In rural parts of the US, it\u2019s not unusual to see a pick-up truck used as a law enforcement vehicle. To best simulate a tactical operation where a vehicle is used as cover and firing support, we positioned the vehicle at the firing line and loaded each (5-, 10-, and 20-round) magazine with the only load available for this test: Federal\u2019s lead-nose, copper jacketed, 210-grain Nosler Partition.\r\n\r\nThe first 3-shot group from each of us measured just under 2.5 inches. Making it downrange and changing out targets, we discovered an earlier sighter that went off course and punched through a 5-inch thick tree. Looking further back, we saw the bullet had actually passed without deflection through a total of six trees smaller in size and spaced about 4 feet before disappearing.\r\n\r\nMost accuracy results with other AR-style rifles are taken in 5-shot groups, so the next batch would follow this pattern. Five groups of five shots averaged nearly 3 inches off the semi-supported position with the best group measuring 1.94 inches. The most impressive observation came from our last test, a 20-shot magazine dump in quick succession. In a string of fire that lasted no more than 30 seconds, 20 shots were clustered together in a group measuring just 3.6 inches. This is practical accuracy you can expect of a trained officer that could put a definitive end to a given crisis.\r\n\r\nFinal Notes<\/strong>\r\n\u201cIf you benched it with a bipod, it\u2019d group a lot tighter,\u201d noted the DHS agent, \u201cbut this is realistic. This rifle is what you hope to have when you arrive to a dynamic situation forcing you to run what you have.\u201d\r\n\r\nArmaLite asserts, \u201cThe same principals apply to this caliber as the .458 SOCOM, only the AR-10T does it better. Placing this harder hitting round in this strong, proven platform was a perfect match. The .458 SOCOM in the smaller AR-15 platform has unpredictable penetration at any significant range and the smaller AR-15 platform is unproven to last with a large caliber.\u201d\r\n\r\nWith the AR-10T you get a heavier bullet, lower felt recoil and more energy transferred to the target. This lethal hammer is ready to meet the obstacles faced by LE in urban environments or on the maritime waters.\r\n\r\n\"federal2.jpg\"FEDERAL\u2019S BOLD .338<\/strong>\r\nThere are other .338s out there but none that can be easily integrated with fewer changes to the seasoned AR-10. The story here is as much about the united effort between ArmaLite and Federal Cartridge<\/strong><\/a> to assure the rifle and ammunition are perfectly matched. Snipers are already familiar with .338s including the .338 Lapua Mag and the .338 Win Mag. These two highly effective cartridges are known for their long-range effectiveness in bolt-action platforms. For most LE operations requiring the deployment of a rifle, a bolt gun presents a number of tactical drawbacks. Slower handling, more recoil, and slower follow-up shots.\r\n\r\nThe .338 Federal delivers the only modern .338 caliber load that isn\u2019t a magnum configuration. It delivers a larger diameter bullet for more weight and overall energy on target without magnum recoil. \u201cThe .338 Federal captures the capability of the longstanding .308 case and offers the respected performance of the .338 bullet,\u201d says Federal President Mark DeYoung. \u201cThese two mainstays have been proven time and again and are now brought together into a quality factory load,\u201d he adds.","post_title":"Armalite AR-10T .338 Federal","post_excerpt":"NEW BATTLE RIFLE chambered for Federal\u2019s powerhouse cartridge!","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"armalite-ar-10t-338-federal","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-10-31 23:08:29","post_modified_gmt":"2023-11-01 03:08:29","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2009\/09\/02\/armalite-ar-10t-338-federal\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":160816,"post_author":"374","post_date":"2009-04-24 14:48:05","post_date_gmt":"2009-04-24 20:48:05","post_content":"\r\n\r\nI have been a fan of the .308 cartridge (7.62x51mm) for many years and have always enjoyed its versatility. It has numerous useful applications for self-defense and law enforcement and one of my bolt-action rifles in that chambering is set up for medium- to-long range anti-personnel work.\r\n\r\n\"untitled-2.jpg\"I have used .308 rifles in bolt-action, lever-action, slide-action and semi-automatic configurations, the latter being in the form of the M14 battle rifle, which is what we cadets trained with in ROTC (Reserve Officers\u2019 Training Corps) I was very interested when Rock River Arms (RRA) introduced an AR-type rifle in the popular .308 caliber.\r\n\r\nThe rifle was the Mid-Length (M\/L) LAR-8 A4 (308A1239), which comes housed in a compartmented, electric blue plastic carrying case. In the case, the rifle is broken down into the upper-receiver\/barrel group and the lower-receiver\/stock group that allows the case to be a bit more compact length-wise. It is a great case for shipping the weapon, but unfortunately the case cannot be used once an optic sight is mounted on the LAR-8, which means that if you want to carry your RRA rifle in a gun case fully assembled with a sight mounted, you will be in the market for a new larger gun case.\r\n\r\nMy sample LAR-8 mid-length A4 came with a 16-inch Wilson chrome moly barrel having a 1-in-10-inch right-hand twist, six land and groove rifling and a Picatinny rail on the upper receiver and on top of the barrel at the front of the handguard as there are no iron sights. There is also an A2 version that has the same iron sight configuration that is found on the M16A2 rifle. Both of these rifles are fitted with a tactical CAR-style buttstock.\r\n\r\nOther RRA LAR-8 factory variations include Standard A2 and A4 models that have 20-inch barrels and a conventional AR-type butt stock, plus there is an A-4 Varmint Model that features a 26-inch Wilson air gauged, stainless steel bull barrel that is coupled with a free-floating, tubular aluminum handguard for increased long-distance accuracy.\r\n\r\nStandard Features <\/strong>\r\nStandard features on my LAR-8 M\/L A4 includes a rubber Hogue pistol grip, which is stippled and has finger grooves, a two-stage match trigger, upper receiver with bolt forward assist and ejection port door, plus brass deflector, ventilated polymer handguard, sling swivels and A2-type flash suppressor. The LAR-8 basically looks like a M16 on steroids, as the receiver has been beefed up to allow use of the .308 (7.62x51mm) cartridge.\r\n\r\nThe two big differences that the discerning eye will note is the magazine and the bolt catch. The factory-supplied magazine for the LAR-8 is basically the same as the 20-round magazine used in the famous FN\/FAL and L1A1 battle rifles. Entire articles and books could be and have been devoted to this fine weapon, so we won\u2019t delve into that subject here, but this Fabrique Nationale-designed rifle has been in service since 1953 and has armed some 60 countries around the world including Belgium, Great Britain, Canada, Australia, and Argentina.\r\n\r\nNeedless to say, there have been countless thousands of magazines made for the FN\/FAL and that fact pays dividends to the LAR-8 owner who has a wide selection to choose from. I did a little Internet surfing and came up with price ranges from $10 to $22 for used Mil-Spec 20-round magazines. There are also 30-round magazines out there that average around $50 more. They hang down a bit too far for comfortable prone shooting, so I\u2019m content to stick with the 20-rounders myself.\r\n\r\nThe bolt catch on the LAR-8 is not on the left side of the lower receiver as on the M16, but is positioned at the base of the magazine well at its juncture with the pivoting triggerguard. It is more reminiscent of the bolt catch found on the FN\/FAL and is made to be ambidextrous, and if your hand is large enough can be actuated by the trigger finger of whichever hand you use. The magazine release is located in the same area as on the M16 and the LAR-8 is also ambidextrous.\r\n\r\nWhile the manual safety lever, just above the pistol grip on the right of the receiver, is not ambidextrous, it appears to be easily changed to the left side of the receiver if that\u2019s the user\u2019s preference. On a whole the controls on this rifle are easily reached and manipulated without removing the hand from the pistol grip, certainly a plus in a patrol rifle. I had no trouble whatever operating them with my medium-sized hand.\r\n\r\nObviously, this rifle is going to pack more weight than the M16 and the LAR-8 M\/L A4 weighs in empty, sans sights, at a respectable 8.1 pounds. With the 6-position CAR buttstock fully extended it measures 38 inches. The weight and the propellant gas operation system of the action certainly help tame recoil, which is a good thing given the hard checkered butt of the CAR stock.\r\n\r\nThe standard polymer handguard is round in shape with flats on the top and bottom that are serrated and have holes for barrel ventilation. There are no rails on the standard handguard, but RRA does offer optional Daniel Defense Lite Quad Rails for both the Mid-Length and Standard LAR-8 A4 rifles. In fact, a visit to the RRA website will allow one to see the full list of optional items available that allow you to \u201chave it your way\u201d with just about any Rock River Arms\u2019 AR-type rifle.\r\n\r\nAs always, I gave the RRA LAR-8 Mid-Length A4 a top to bottom inspection and did not find anything wanting in overall fit and finish of the weapon. All the flats were flat, corners square and rounded surfaces done to perfection. No machine marks or other blemishes were visible and the black hard coat anodized finish was a good match to the black polymer material of the handguard and buttstock of the rifle.\r\n\r\nOptics Selection<\/strong>\r\nNow given that my RRA LAR-8 M\/L A4 comes without sights, it was time to select something with which to aim the rifle that would be fitting for my uses. I looked at a number of optical and sights of various manufacturers, but came away impressed with the Trijicon ACOG (Advanced Combat Optical Gunsight) 3.5x35mm .308 BDC\/FT.Chevron BAC riflescope for our test.\r\n\r\nAnyone that watches the network nightly news has seen the ACOG sights on the M16A2 rifles carried by many of our troops in Afghanistan and Iraq; their bell-shaped housings make them easily identifiable. They have been in use for many years by Army Special Forces, the Marines, Navy SEALs and the FBI, so I didn\u2019t see how I could go wrong. Trijicon is synonymous with the night sights that have been fitted on many of the most popular combat handguns for a couple of decades. However, Trijicon\u2019s founder Glyn Bindon wanted to build a sight for long arms that would bring together both-eyes-open shooting, an illuminated aiming point, plus magnified optics.\r\n\r\nWhat he discovered was what has since been termed the Bindon Aiming Concept (BAC), aiming with both eyes open, which gives a superior sense of balance and field of view, coupled with a magnified Trijicon sight, which offers the shooter a considerable advantage over his target using conventional sights. When used as designed, in the binocular mode, the operator sees only the red, chevron-shaped reticle (the pointed tip is the aiming point) transposed on the target at anywhere from across-the-room ranges to several hundred yards.\r\n\r\nMy sample ACOG 3.5x35mm scope came packaged in a well-padded Pelican case, which also held a black nylon, Scopecoat scope cover, a Lenspen lens cleaner and an ACOG thumbscrew flattop adapter for affixing the scope to the Picatinny rail of the LAR-8. The scope housing is 8 inches in length and is made of rugged forged aluminum; the black, hard-anodized finish matches almost exactly that of the RRA rifle. Scope weight without mounts adds only 14 ounces to the weight of the rifle.\r\n\r\nThe scope is calibrated for use with the .308 cartridge and is meant to be sighted in at 100 meters with an effective range of 800 meters on flattop rifles. The reticle also includes a rangefinder and the base of the chevron aiming point is 5.53 MOA (minute of angle), which at 300 meters is 19 inches allowing for good range estimation. Of course, during the day, the fiber-optic tube running along the top of the scope gathers light for the red aiming point and at night\/low light tritium is used to illuminate the chevron. The field of view at 100 yards is almost 29 feet, the eye relief is 2.4 inches and the adjustment is 4-inch clicks at 100 yards.\r\n\r\nRange Time<\/strong>\r\nNow it was time to go to my ammo locker and select some cartridges from my stock of .308 ammunition. I chose Black Hills Gold with a 168-grain Hornady A-Max bullet, which has a factory velocity of 2650 fps (feet per second). Next I picked Federal Gold Medal that has a Sierra 168-grain \u201cMatchKing\u201d BTHP bullet also rated at 2650 fps. To add a law enforcement-designed cartridge I included the one of the Hornady TAP loads in .308.\r\n\r\nAccording to their website, \u201cThe 155-grain A-MAX TAP Precision cartridge offers match accuracy with a high-ballistic coefficient providing superior long-range performance. This load demonstrates expansion and fragmentation similar to the 110-grain load, but with a noticeable increase in penetration and retained bullet weight. This bullet penetrates glass with minimal deflection and exhibits retained expansion and fragmentation characteristics.\u201d\r\n\r\nIt is also intended for use in a 1-in-10-inch or 1-in-12-inch twist rifle barrel such as that on the LAR-8. My final selection was the Winchester 150-grain Supreme Elite with \u201cThe new XP3 bullet that starts with a two-stage expansion design, then combines all the best-known bullet technology to offer delayed controlled expansion, deep penetration, and high retained weight.\u201d\r\n\r\nWith my rifle\/sight combination, plus test ammunition in hand, it was time for a field test. I did my shooting at the NRA Whittington Center during the 2008 Shootists Holiday and used the Center\u2019s Sight-In Range for my accuracy and chronograph testing session. I sighted the Trijicon ACOG 3.5x35mm scope in for 100 yards, then proceeded to shoot three 3-shot groups for record with each test cartridge, using the concrete benches and an MTM Casegard rest.\r\n\r\nMy best group was 0.82 of an inch using Federal Gold Medal loads, followed by 0.97 of an inch with the Hornady TAP ammo. All of the group averages stayed under 2 inches and my guess is that the rifle would have had no trouble out-shooting the shooter that day. I also set up my Oehler Model 35P chronograph to see what velocities I would get from the LAR-8 M\/L 16-inch barrel.\r\n\r\nNext I put a silhouette target out at 200 yards and fired a dozen shots using a mixed bag of .308 cartridges at center mass and scored 10 hits in the 10 and X-ring and two just out in the 9-ring. Three shots to the head resulted in three hits in the 10-ring. Lastly, I took the LAR-8 to the Animal Silhouette Range, where the backstop is a mountainside covered with nice big rocks.\r\n\r\nFrom the standing, off-hand position, again using a mix of my test ammo, I was able to make dust fly on rocks out as far as I could see them on the mountainside, which has been previously checked with a laser rangefinder to have shootable rocks out to some 475 yards. The best part besides the practical accuracy and \u201cshootability\u201d of the LAR-8 was the fact that it was 100-percent reliable and I did not note a single malfunction during the test.\r\n\r\nFinal Notes<\/strong>\r\nRRA has a winner here and mated with the Trijicon ACOG scope and good ammo, I can\u2019t think of anything I\u2019d rather take into harm\u2019s way.","post_title":"RRA Mid-Length LAR-8 A4 .308","post_excerpt":"Big-bore AR\/Trijicon ACOG combo proved 100% reliable and sub-MOA accurate!","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"rra-mid-lenght-lar-8-a4-308","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-05-31 20:23:23","post_modified_gmt":"2023-05-31 20:23:23","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2009\/04\/24\/rra-mid-lenght-lar-8-a4-308\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":161994,"post_author":"645","post_date":"2008-05-13 15:04:28","post_date_gmt":"2008-05-13 21:04:28","post_content":"\r\nThose marvels of Austrian ingenuity, GLOCK pistols, have a well-deserved reputation for arriving ready for concealed carry. No sharp edges abound to be rough on the hands or snag clothing during the draw. GLOCKs slide from the holster, point well, and are ready for immediate action. The GLOCK Safe Action design leaves worries regarding a complicated manual of arms in the dust. Cap that off with sizes and calibers to satisfy every taste, and GLOCK seems destined to maintain their edge.\r\n\r\nFew things are dearer to the American heart than .45-caliber handguns. Despite the presence of .36- and .44-caliber handguns during the settling of the West, the .45 Colt is viewed as the decisive caliber from that era. Just in time to take the place of this noble cartridge, the .45 Auto became a force to be reckoned with in the next century. There is something comforting about this large caliber, imbuing a sense of power.\r\n\r\nIn fact, many a breath was held after GLOCK entered the U. S. market, until the Austrian company announced the introduction of their Model 21 in .45 Auto. Exhaling a sigh of relief, the .45 culture had a polymer wonder to satisfy its desires.\r\n\r\nFor duty carry by officers, the GLOCK 21 proved a perfect choice, hearty and robust, with the renowned GLOCK reliability. Following Law Enforcement (LE) trends that pushed the GLOCK to the top of the LE realm, as concealed carry rights blossomed, those exercising their rights adopted GLOCKs in droves. However, it was obvious the GLOCK 21 would have a small concealed carry following. The very traits making it so popular for duty carry\u2014hearty and robust\u2014worked against discreet carry.\r\n\r\nNever one to be left out in the cold, GLOCK introduced the more compact Models 30 and 36 in .45 Auto with double- and single-stack magazines, respectively. The Model 30 still bore grip dimensions similar to that of the Model 21, frequently difficult for those with average hands. The 36, though thinner due to a single-column magazine, still bore a longer front-to-back grip because of the .45 Auto chambering, which can still be a problem for some.\r\n\r\nBoth models have fared well with the American concealed carrier, but their frames, sized as they were for the .45 Auto, still leave some carriers and shooters with average and smaller-sized hands wanting. Likewise, many in the LE community hankered for a pistol dimensionally like the immensely popular GLOCK 17\/19\/26 and 22\/23\/26, but in the .45 Auto. Of course, the .45 Auto just won\u2019t fit in these more comfortable frames.\r\n\r\nMAKE WAY FOR THE .45<\/strong>\r\nNever one to shy away from a challenge, the folks at GLOCK tackled the project with the help of the ballistic wizards at Speer. The resulting cartridge, equaling the ballistic performance of the .45 Auto, was christened the .45 GLOCK Automatic Pistol (G.A.P.). Squeezed into a 9x19\/.40 frame, the GLOCK 37 and the .45 G.A.P. answered the LE and civilian concealed carriers\u2019 request for a more-compact .45 pistol.\r\n\r\nThe full-sized GLOCK 37 was followed by the compact GLOCK 38, and sub-compact GLOCK 39, each chambering a fair number of the new stubby .45s. Initially it was hoped the Models 37, 38, and 39 might be exactly the same size as the corresponding 9x19\/.40 models, and regarding the frames that proved true. However, to ensure perfect performance, marginally larger slides became the norm. (17\/22 slides are 1.01 inches wide by 0.85-inch high, weighing 18 ounces. GLOCK 37 slides are 1.13 inches wide by 0.88-inch high and weigh 21 ounces.) The .45 G.A.P. pistols incorporate a longer steel locking-block.\r\n\r\nOne step in building a cartridge to fit in the smaller and handier frame was designing the .45 G.A.P. cartridge to be 0.13-inch shorter than the .45 Auto. This produces a case similar in length to the 9x19 (0.78-inches), but once loaded the G. A. P has an overall length of 1.08 inches, actually shorter than the 9x19. (This last design parameter allows the wide .45 G.A.P. bullet to fit in a shorter grip area.)\r\n\r\n\"imgp03.gif\"AN ALL-NEW CARTRIDGE<\/strong>\r\nAdditional changes include a slightly rebated rim on the G.A.P., and modified extractor groove. Inside the case, one finds a wall profile that differs noticeably from the .45 Auto, thus allowing for seating .45 bullets without case wall bulging, and outside the primer pocket is filled with a small pistol primer. (A large pistol primer reportedly caused over-ignition and excessive pressure.) All of this goes to the point that the G.A.P. is an entirely new cartridge case that cannot be safely built from a .45 Auto case! Using the most modern propellants, Speer succeeded in charging this smaller .45 cartridge to equal the .45 Auto ballistically, while keeping pressures near the .45 Auto range.\r\n\r\nThere is no paucity of loadings available for the .45 G.A.P. GLOCKs. Speer\u2019s initial .45 G.A.P. commercial loadings were 185- and 200-grain Gold Dot premium hollowpoints and the same weights of TMJ bullets in the Speer Lawman line for economical shooting. Under the ATK banner with Speer, Federal Cartridge has introduced 185-grain and 230-grain Hydra-Shok loadings in the Premium Personal Defense line and an economical 185-grain TMJ loading in the American Eagle line.\r\n\r\nWinchester and Remington are now loading the .45 G.A.P. cartridge in configurations similar to Speer and Federal. COR-BON stepped in with their 160-grain DPX load, the 165-grain Pow'R Ball, a jacketed soft point, and a 200-grain JHP. This means bullet weights of 160 grains, 165 grains, 185 grains, 200 grains and 230 grains are all available.\r\n\r\n.45 GAP PERFORMANCE<\/strong>\r\nThe .45 G.A.P. is quite a boon for those of us adhering to the notion that bigger is better! Concealed carriers and Law Enforcement personnel, in and out of uniform, have their wish for new handguns.\r\n\r\nFrom the concealed carriers\u2019 and non-uniformed LE perspective, I found four .45 GLOCKs most appropriate for their needs. The Model 21 has already been excluded, and the Model 37 will probably be as well by those seeking compactness for carry. This leaves us with the Models 30, 36, 38, and 39 for consideration.\r\n\r\nThis was my first experience with the .45 G.A.P., so I began my examination of the concealed carry candidates with range testing. Trigger-time revealed just what I had heard: the .45 G.A.P. pistols were just as easily handled during all the drills as similar GLOCK models accommodating the .45 Auto. The GLOCK 38 weighs virtually the same as the Model 30, while the same is true of the Models 36 and 39, and the velocities of similar weight bullets are close enough to produce the similar felt recoil in pistols all weighing the same. (Depending on the cartridge, the .45 G.A.P. recoil can feel similar to a .40 pistol.)\r\n\r\nWearing average-sized hands, I found all four offerings fit me well, with the GLOCK 30 on the upper end of comfort for me. That, of course, explains why there is more than one flavor of ice cream\u2014and size of GLOCK\u2014to provide needed variety!\r\n\r\nWith pistols to fit my hands and those of most others, in my favorite caliber and that of GLOCK\u2019s new offering\u2014which seems destined to offer the .45 Auto a run for its money\u2014I went forth to gather the opinions of other shooters and concealed carriers.\r\n\r\n\"gap-carry.gif\"SHOOTING & CARRYING GLOCK .45s<\/strong>\r\nI placed the four GLOCK .45 offerings in the hands of a variety of shooters, and received the expected plethora of preferences. Given a choice of .45 GLOCKs, each one selected their favorite based on how it fit their hands and rode on their waist. Recoil did not seem a factor.\r\n\r\nThose finding the .45 Auto pistols a tad largish found the pistols chambered for the .45 G.A.P. just right. Testers that found the .45 Auto pistols fitting them well expressed their appreciation of the trimmer G.A.P pistols. It seems that not only has GLOCK spawned a new caliber in which to chamber their pistols, they have found one that can satisfy the needs of big-bore concealed carriers (and no doubt uniformed officers) while doing so.\r\n\r\nWill this be the .45 of the 21st century? Only time will tell, but it seems the .45 G.A.P is making a good run at that distinction!\r\nHOLSTERING GLOCK .45s<\/strong>\r\nAs excellent as the size and calibers of the GLOCK .45s make them for concealment, they still miss one thing for concealed carry\u2014a holster! Luckily holster makers, just like users, have flocked to all GLOCK pistols. Finding leather, or non-leather, to tote one\u2019s choice of .45 should be relatively easy.\r\n\r\nToting a handgun\u2014any handgun, including a GLOCK\u2014should be accomplished using a quality holster. Holsters protect handguns from loss, or shifting during carry, ensuring it will be there when one reaches for it. Not only will the handgun be there when needed, but also a well-designed holster will snug a GLOCK .45 against the body, while not impeding a smooth, speedy draw. Regardless of the GLOCK .45 of choice, there should be a holster to allow carrying it comfortably, securely, and inconspicuously.\r\n\r\nA quick search of the Internet turned up offerings to carry some of GLOCK\u2019s .45s from Aker, Alessi, Bianchi, Blackhawk Bulman, Blade-Tech, Comp-Tac, DeSantis, Del Fatti, Don Hume, FIST, Fobus, Galco, Gould & Goodrich, Milt Sparks, Safariland, Sidearmor, and Uncle Mikes. There are more, but I stopped searching when it became obvious there was no end to holsters and suppliers.\r\n\r\nIt seems every commercial holster maker, and those in the custom world, offer one or more styles, to fit one or more of the .45 GLOCK pistols. Their wares are made from horse or cowhide, Kydex or other polymer, or some version of ballistic nylon. Styles include belt models, inside-the-waistband versions, shoulder holsters, and pocket models for the smaller pistols.\r\n\r\nI also did a scan of my holster collection, and found a number already on hand, including those wearing the GLOCK brand. (GLOCK has always offered holsters for their pistols.) Not surprisingly, I discovered many holsters specified for 9x19\/.40 pistols also fit quite nicely around a GLOCK 36 pistol, with a scant few fitting the marginally enlarged G.A.P. models. (This is, of course, not something most holster makers will announce, nor something one can count on, but if an ample selection of holsters is available, the fit is easily checked.) In addition, holsters for the GLOCK 30 will usually fit the G.A.P. offerings.\r\n\r\nPick a .45 GLOCK, a holster to meet your needs, and ammo from a high-performance source. Outfitted with this, today\u2019s big-bore carrier will be ready to go!","post_title":"Concealed-Carry .45s: The GLOCK Solution | Glock 45 Models","post_excerpt":"The .45 firepower favored by legions of officers is tough to keep out of sight. Not so with the GLOCK .45 G.A.P.\u2014the hideaway handgun with maximum performance.","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"concealed-carry-45s-the-glock-solution","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-10-31 23:10:49","post_modified_gmt":"2023-11-01 03:10:49","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2008\/05\/13\/concealed-carry-45s-the-glock-solution\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":true,"total_page":15},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

POPULAR

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n

While not new, the smallest Glock<\/a> pistol offered in .45 ACP comes in a close second to the XDS for size, measuring 6.97 inches in overall length, 4.45 inches in height, and 1.28 inches in width, with a 3.77-inch barrel length and total carry weight (empty) of 26.3 ounces. The Glock\u2019s big advantage is capacity, 10+1. Not exactly \u201cpocketable\u201d (although depending upon one\u2019s build and the clothing worn, it can be), the Glock 30 SF is best suited to a small IWB holster, paddle or minimal belt carry rig providing excellent concealment and quick retrieval. Like all Glock models, regardless of size, the Glock 30 SF is very easy to operate and employs the proven Glock Safe Action trigger system.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Glock\u2019s G30 series (Glock 30 and Glock 30 SF) have long been a popular choice for law enforcement as all of the operating features are identical to Glock\u2019s standard and compact models. For civilian concealed carry, the Glock 30 has maintained its stature as one of the best .45 ACP semi-autos for the past 16 years! In addition, Glock also offers the slightly narrower Glock 36, which shaves almost 0.25 inches off width by using a single stack 6-round magazine.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Sig Sauer Ultra Compact 1911 <\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n
\"\"<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Like any semi-automatic pistol bearing the Sig Sauer<\/a> name, the Ultra Compact 1911 has a distinctive look with a squared, contoured slide, deep serrations, dovetailed tritium 3-dot sights, extended beavertail and grip safety, skeletonized hammer and triangle three-hole trigger all handsomely set off by a matte stainless steel slide and alloy frame, or optional two-tone version with a matte black hard anodized alloy frame. While any 1911, even one this small, is hard to call a Subcompact, the Sig comes closest to fitting the definition.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

For a 7+1 capacity .45 ACP, the Sig has some pretty trim measurements, stretching only 6.8 inches overall, a compact height of 4.8 inches and a width of slightly over an inch. The stainless steel 7-round magazine has a flat (flush) floorplate and witness holes on either side.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

If the new little Sig Sauer .45 ACP lacks any one feature it is an ambidextrous thumb safety. The grips are wide enough and deep enough to allow a firm one-handed hold with the little finger perfectly wrapped around the bottom of the finely checkered grip frame. The thumb safety clicks on and off with ease and the slide release requires only modest pressure to chamber the first round on reload.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

If the Sig Sauer Ultra Compact 1911\u2019s general appearance seems familiar it is simply a function of design, since it is based on the most famous semiautomatic pistol in history. What the Sig Sauer version adds, aside from somewhat smaller dimensions, are standard features that are generally extra cost options. As a concealed carry .45 ACP semi-auto the Sig Sauer measures up.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The .40 S&W Choice<\/strong> for Subcompact Handguns<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Over the last 20-plus years the .40 S&W cartridge has overtaken the venerable 9mm as the most preferred round for U.S. law enforcement. The step up in caliber provides greater stopping power than a 9mm with less recoil than a .45 ACP. That of course has become more debatable in recent years with specialized .45 ACP rounds and guns specifically designed for them, however, the .40 S&W reigns supreme with law enforcement, while maintaining an equally enthusiastic following among civilians.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Glock 27 Gen4<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n
\"Glock<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Glock calls the .40 S&W Glock 27 Gen4 the \u201cthinking person\u2019s\u201d deep concealment gun. In its newest Gen4 configuration with interchangeable backstrap panels, the 9+1 standard capacity Glock continues the 27\u2019s history as a consummate backup gun for law enforcement. It has also become an ideal concealed carry <\/a>sidearm for the civilian market.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

While slightly larger than a Subcompact 9mm, the modest increase in overall size is offset by its capacity and ease of use. While the .40 S&W imparts a pretty hefty kick (compared to a 9mm), the Glock 27 Gen4 has very linear muzzle flip allowing quick target reacquisition. Overall, the Glock isn\u2019t the handful you expect from subcompact handguns, and with the right backstrap attached becomes a hand-filling, manageable semi-auto that puts the power of the .40 S&W cartridge into a size ideal for concealed carry use. The overall size is 6.29 inches in length with a 3.46-inch barrel, 4.17 inches in height, 1.18 inches in width, and a modest weight of 21.7 ounces empty.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Springfield XDM Compact 3.8<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n
\"Springfield<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

With the addition of the XDM Series of guns introduced in 2008, Springfield raised the bar on multi-purpose sidearms. While the XD pistols have found great acceptance within the general firearms community, the XDM Series is more in tune with today\u2019s personal protection and concealed carry needs, flavored with Springfield\u2019s penchant for building high-capacity pistols on standard sized frames.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The latest XDM Compact, chambered in .40 S&W (with an impressive 11+1 capacity) offers the same match grade 3.8-inch barrel as the XDM 3.8, but with a shorter grip frame like those used on the XD Sub-Compact (X-Treme Duty) models, making this a dedicated concealed carry sidearm. But there\u2019s more. The gun also comes with an extended capacity magazine upping the cartridge total to 16+1 rounds of .40 S&W thereby making this an ideal handgun for home protection. The XDM Compact, like all XD models utilizes a dual safety system comprised of a pivoting trigger toggle and a 1911-type frame-mounted grip safety. The gun features tapered ambidextrous magazine releases, drift adjustable front and rear white dot sights, ambidextrous indexing thumb rests, interchangeable backstrap panels, and deeply angled front and rear slide serrations (three in front, six in back). The Compact\u2019s slide is just slightly wider at the bottom, tapering out to provide a little more surface area to grasp when chambering the first round or clearing the gun. The XDM Compact is a top choice in the .40 S&W caliber.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

9mm<\/strong> Subcompact Handguns<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Globally the 9mm remains the most popular cartridge in the world, used by more law enforcement and military organizations than any other. The 9mm is also favored within the foreign civilian marketplace because many nations outlaw the use of larger caliber handguns except by the military. The 9mm cartridge has been in use now for over 100 years.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Ruger LC9<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n
\"ruger,<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Ruger\u2019s LC9 offers compact dimensions measuring 6.0 inches in length, 4.5 inches in height and a modest 0.90 inches in width, combined with a comparatively high capacity of 7+1 rounds and light carry weight of 17.1 ounces (empty). The LC9 is built with a composite frame of high-performance glass-filled Nylon supported by an aluminum grip frame (subframe), a through-hardened steel slide, and 3.12-inch steel barrel. The LC9\u2019s contours render a gun that ideally fits the average hand, placing the index finger directly alongside the triggerguard with a natural recess for the first joint to rest before moving to engage the trigger. On the left side, the contoured grip frame places the thumb in position for a single-handed hold. The LC9 has a loaded chamber indicator that rises upward from the top of the slide and is clearly stamped \u201cLOADED WHEN UP\u201d. It\u2019s a very obvious tell so bluffing is off the table.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

This is a well-balanced gun that is slightly muzzle heavy, an asset in managing recoil. The size, weight, and feel of the LC9 is very good and while the trigger pull is exceptionally long at 1.2 inches, it remains smooth and consistent allowing for quick follow-up shots. This is a function of both safety and the nature of the LC9\u2019s internal hammer design. Simply put, discharging the LC9 is like firing a DAO revolver. The LC9 has a magazine disconnect and will not fire a chambered round with the magazine removed. Overall this is a very capable small 9mm, which can also be equipped with a number of options including a Crimson Trace Laserguard.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Sig Sauer P290<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n
\"Sig<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Sig Sauer P290 is only slightly larger overall than a .380 ACP. With an overall length of just 5.5 inches, a truncated height of 3.9 inches, barrel length of 2.9 inches, and overall weight of only 21.5 ounces (empty), the P290 provides the defensive capability of a 9mm in a gun that is remarkably flat, measuring less than an inch in width. It is bigger and \u201cchunkier\u201d than the Kimber Solo and just a hair smaller than the Ruger LC9. The internal mechanism is a traditional locked breech, Browning-type tilting barrel but with one distinguishing feature; a broadly flared muzzle that aligns with a corresponding channel in the slide.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

This design contributes to quicker cycling of the action; as soon as the slide starts its reward movement it releases the muzzle, allowing the barrel to tilt and drop the breechblock into line for reload. The P290 also employs a dual recoil spring assembly that makes this operation pretty snappy.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The frame is a lightweight, molded polymer with a slide machined from a solid billet. The finishes available are natural stainless or durable Nitron coating. Standard sights are dovetailed drift adjustable white dots. The P290 is a DAO hammer-fired pistol but with no manual cocking capability. In addition, the Sig Sauer has an automatic firing pin safety block, hammer safety intercept notch, and a trigger bar disconnect, making it safe for carry with a chambered round. And the Sig Sauer will fire with the magazine removed.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

An interesting option for Sig Sauer is the Integrated Laser Module (ILM), which is custom made for the P290. Lightweight and compact, the ILM seamlessly blends with the lines of the pistol. The laser has ambidextrous switches. The increase in weight of 0.8 ounces is negligible and the laser unit adds only 0.75 inches to the depth of the gun.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Overall, this is a rugged looking little gun that is relatively easy to carry concealed considering it packs 6+1 rounds of 9mm.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Kimber Solo Carry<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n
\"gun
Compact semi-autos like the Kimber Solo are effective fight-stoppers, but shooters with weaker hands might have trouble retracting their slides.<\/figcaption><\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Kimber Solo Carry is one of the most compact 9mm on the market measuring only 5.5 inches in length, 3.9 inches in height and a mere 0.995 inches in width. The all steel and alloy construction semi-auto weighs only 17 ounces empty. The compactness of the Solo is visually striking, being only slightly larger in overall dimension than most .380s. In order to achieve these scaled down proportions reminiscent of a 1911, the frame contours are smoother and more rounded with every possible edge reduced to its minimum possible tolerances. Easily operated ambidextrous magazine releases and perfectly sized ambidextrous safeties make ease of operation suitable for left or right-handed users.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Truly \u201cpocketable,\u201d the Solo utilizes a unique striker-fired system with a slight twist. When the slide is cycled and a round is chambered the striker (firing pin) is between 88 to 90 percent pre-tensioned. The trigger pull necessary to discharge the Solo then is only 10 to 12 percent of the total effort needed to finish the cycle and release the striker. Even though Kimber describes the Solo as a \u201csingle action striker-fired design,\u201d it is actually a double action as pulling the trigger has to finish tensioning the striker before the gun will discharge. While the lightweight semi-auto has a pretty hefty kick it is more than manageable and exceptionally accurate. As one of the smaller 9mm on the market, the Solo definitely has earned its mark.<\/p>\n","post_title":"Contemporary Subcompact Handguns","post_excerpt":"The Personal Defense Pocket Pistols: In the 21st century we have perfected the art of making as much gun as possible in the smallest package possible!","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"contemporary-subcompacts","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-10-19 15:38:22","post_modified_gmt":"2023-10-19 19:38:22","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2012\/11\/01\/contemporary-subcompacts\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":160508,"post_author":"645","post_date":"2009-09-02 15:20:48","post_date_gmt":"2009-09-02 21:20:48","post_content":"\r\n\r\nEven the gloved hands of today\u2019s uniformed officer will find ArmaLite\u2019s new AR-10T familiar. Draw the fixed stock into the shoulder, obtain sight picture and flip the selector. What makes the AR-10T different is more about what\u2019s on the inside. But on the outside, it all seems to feel the same.\r\n\r\nSince the creation of the Department of Homeland Security, law enforcement agencies have contended with how to use their budget to best enable their first responders to protect citizens against terror. Every agency has assessed vulnerabilities and many have chosen to acquire big bore rifles capable of penetrating a hard target or intercepting a vehicular threat. With just one shot to get it right, a team leader should have experience on the firing line.\r\n\r\nArmaLite\u2019s battle proven AR-10 has already served LE around the world including Canada\u2019s Ontario Provincial Police TRU (Tactics and Rescue Unit). Now loaded for the \"armalite3.jpg\"hard-hitting .338 Federal, the new AR-10T fills a department\u2019s medium-caliber gap without sacrificing ease of deployment, time for training, or familiar handling qualities of an officer\u2019s carbine.\r\n\r\nWhat some don\u2019t realize is that the AR-10\u2019s roots are more than 50 years old, pre-dating the AR-15\/M16\/M4. Clenching the checkered A2 pistol grip, controls are at the fingers. Saving more than a pound in weight over 7.62mm NATO infantry rifles of its time, Eugene Stoner\u2019s modular innovation is a source for the often-used term \u201cergonomic\u201d (as it applies to firearm design).\r\n\r\nThe anodized lower receiver is home to the ArmaLite tactical two-stage trigger set, the same trigger mechanism used in ArmaLite M-15 rifles. Pulling the trigger provides a crisp and smooth feel that doesn\u2019t interfere with accuracy. First and second stages are consistently passed at just 3 and 5 pounds before allowing the hammer to strike.\r\n\r\nBeing that the AR-10T is based on a 7.62mm NATO platform, the first question that usually comes to mind is how ArmaLite manages to stuff the high energy behind a .338 cartridge into an AR? An ArmaLite representative reports, \u201cArmaLite\u2019s refinements to the AR-10 over the many years placed it at a stage where the transfer to a harder hitting caliber such as the .338 Federal was not a problem. It\u2019s a short action .308-type cartridge so it transitions into our AR-10 platform perfectly. With some testing, we found that it\u2019s a fitting combination. We were able to use the same proven bolt and extractor, as well as the Generation II magazines. No design changes had to be made except re-chambering the AR-10 for a new caliber.\u201d\r\n\r\nThe bolt sits inside a gas impingement carrier group with four holes available to bleed off pressure and debris. The disassembly procedure is the same as an agency\u2019s M-15 carbine (just bigger parts). With the firing pin removed, one difference from other ARs is visually apparent. A spring shrouds the base of the firing pin pushing against the wall in the bolt carrier group. This feature helps reduce the risk of malfunctions and prevents the firing pin from bouncing during operation.\r\n\r\nA railed flat-top upper receiver marked \u201c.338 Federal\u201d brings the bolt together with the chamber of the stainless steel barrel. \u201cWe originally designed the .338 Federal as a hunting rifle, thus the stainless steel barrel,\u201d says ArmaLite. \u201cThe .338 Federal is a cartridge best suited for short and mid-range duties. We put a 22-inch barrel on the rifle, which provided the best ballistics for these situations. With that being said, we have seen the potential for different uses in this caliber, so we are spending some time testing a shorter rifle with a 16-inch barrel featuring a full size buttstock and a mid-length gas system to use in CQB operations.\u201d\r\n\r\n\"armalite4.jpg\"A tubular one-piece, free-floating aluminum handguard shields the hands from the triple lapped, 1-in-10-inch twist stainless steel match barrel. The tubular handguard improves the rifle\u2019s handling without taking up real estate with full-length accessory rails that often go unused. A useable length of rail does grace the forend of the handguard, ready to accept custom mounting of bipods, lasers, lights and other accessories.\r\n\r\nThe massive stainless steel gas block is secured to the barrel with four large hex-head screws and redirects gas pressure through a direct impingement system. This gas block is also a front sight base that features a flip-up Midwest Industries (MI) post that co-witnesses with a MI flip-up backup sight affixed to the rear of the upper receiver\u2019s Picatinny rail.\r\n\r\nSince no flash suppressor or compensator is present, the recessed crown at the muzzle of the AR-10T protects the rifle\u2019s accuracy potential during heavy use or intense tactical operations. Combine a barrel made of stainless steel, an aluminum free-floated handguard, aluminum alloy receivers, a polymer stock and grip, and you have a weather-resistant tactical rifle. The AR-10T can withstand harsher environments like those encountered in sustained maritime operations while offering the effective energy transfer carried by a .338 slug. \u201cCoastal areas with salty environments and the moisture of the trunk in squad cars are hard on steel parts, especially the barrel,\u201d says ArmaLite. So stainless steel might be a better choice for these conditions.\r\n\r\n\"armalite6.jpg\"Shooting Impressions<\/strong>\r\nNow I\u2019m not going to lie and say that I found the AR-10T to be a sub-MOA tack-driver. For me, it wasn\u2019t. I have friends in this industry who tell me they achieved MOA accuracy verified by pictures on Jeff Quinn\u2019s gunblast.com<\/a> of multiple 3-shot groups fired from 100 yards rivaling the size of a penny. But this test was a representation of how a founding member of DHS envisions this rifle being used by law enforcement. On the scene, from the trunk of a vehicle, and across the hood.\r\n\r\nDriving down to the edge of North Carolina\u2019s Great Dismal Swamp brought me to a private range that required the careful use of four-wheelers to maneuver through knee-deep muck in order to get downrange and post targets. A pair of 12x18-inch ballistic steel plates were used to verify the new Leupold VX-3 6.5-20x50mm riflescope from 100 yards. Secured in ArmaLite\u2019s unique one-piece ring mount, this accessory removes a couple of variables that typically impact accuracy on other rifles.\r\n\r\nThe DHS agent fired first. And second. \u201cOh yeah, we\u2019re good.\u201d Our four-wheelers carried us across the swamp again just to verify the point-of-aim\/point-of-impact. Fingering the significant dimples created in the swinging AR-500 steel plate, he said, \u201cMan, that rifle has some thump to it!\u201d With paper targets ready, we drove back to the firing line and began the accuracy test.\r\n\r\n\"armalite8.jpg\"In rural parts of the US, it\u2019s not unusual to see a pick-up truck used as a law enforcement vehicle. To best simulate a tactical operation where a vehicle is used as cover and firing support, we positioned the vehicle at the firing line and loaded each (5-, 10-, and 20-round) magazine with the only load available for this test: Federal\u2019s lead-nose, copper jacketed, 210-grain Nosler Partition.\r\n\r\nThe first 3-shot group from each of us measured just under 2.5 inches. Making it downrange and changing out targets, we discovered an earlier sighter that went off course and punched through a 5-inch thick tree. Looking further back, we saw the bullet had actually passed without deflection through a total of six trees smaller in size and spaced about 4 feet before disappearing.\r\n\r\nMost accuracy results with other AR-style rifles are taken in 5-shot groups, so the next batch would follow this pattern. Five groups of five shots averaged nearly 3 inches off the semi-supported position with the best group measuring 1.94 inches. The most impressive observation came from our last test, a 20-shot magazine dump in quick succession. In a string of fire that lasted no more than 30 seconds, 20 shots were clustered together in a group measuring just 3.6 inches. This is practical accuracy you can expect of a trained officer that could put a definitive end to a given crisis.\r\n\r\nFinal Notes<\/strong>\r\n\u201cIf you benched it with a bipod, it\u2019d group a lot tighter,\u201d noted the DHS agent, \u201cbut this is realistic. This rifle is what you hope to have when you arrive to a dynamic situation forcing you to run what you have.\u201d\r\n\r\nArmaLite asserts, \u201cThe same principals apply to this caliber as the .458 SOCOM, only the AR-10T does it better. Placing this harder hitting round in this strong, proven platform was a perfect match. The .458 SOCOM in the smaller AR-15 platform has unpredictable penetration at any significant range and the smaller AR-15 platform is unproven to last with a large caliber.\u201d\r\n\r\nWith the AR-10T you get a heavier bullet, lower felt recoil and more energy transferred to the target. This lethal hammer is ready to meet the obstacles faced by LE in urban environments or on the maritime waters.\r\n\r\n\"federal2.jpg\"FEDERAL\u2019S BOLD .338<\/strong>\r\nThere are other .338s out there but none that can be easily integrated with fewer changes to the seasoned AR-10. The story here is as much about the united effort between ArmaLite and Federal Cartridge<\/strong><\/a> to assure the rifle and ammunition are perfectly matched. Snipers are already familiar with .338s including the .338 Lapua Mag and the .338 Win Mag. These two highly effective cartridges are known for their long-range effectiveness in bolt-action platforms. For most LE operations requiring the deployment of a rifle, a bolt gun presents a number of tactical drawbacks. Slower handling, more recoil, and slower follow-up shots.\r\n\r\nThe .338 Federal delivers the only modern .338 caliber load that isn\u2019t a magnum configuration. It delivers a larger diameter bullet for more weight and overall energy on target without magnum recoil. \u201cThe .338 Federal captures the capability of the longstanding .308 case and offers the respected performance of the .338 bullet,\u201d says Federal President Mark DeYoung. \u201cThese two mainstays have been proven time and again and are now brought together into a quality factory load,\u201d he adds.","post_title":"Armalite AR-10T .338 Federal","post_excerpt":"NEW BATTLE RIFLE chambered for Federal\u2019s powerhouse cartridge!","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"armalite-ar-10t-338-federal","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-10-31 23:08:29","post_modified_gmt":"2023-11-01 03:08:29","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2009\/09\/02\/armalite-ar-10t-338-federal\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":160816,"post_author":"374","post_date":"2009-04-24 14:48:05","post_date_gmt":"2009-04-24 20:48:05","post_content":"\r\n\r\nI have been a fan of the .308 cartridge (7.62x51mm) for many years and have always enjoyed its versatility. It has numerous useful applications for self-defense and law enforcement and one of my bolt-action rifles in that chambering is set up for medium- to-long range anti-personnel work.\r\n\r\n\"untitled-2.jpg\"I have used .308 rifles in bolt-action, lever-action, slide-action and semi-automatic configurations, the latter being in the form of the M14 battle rifle, which is what we cadets trained with in ROTC (Reserve Officers\u2019 Training Corps) I was very interested when Rock River Arms (RRA) introduced an AR-type rifle in the popular .308 caliber.\r\n\r\nThe rifle was the Mid-Length (M\/L) LAR-8 A4 (308A1239), which comes housed in a compartmented, electric blue plastic carrying case. In the case, the rifle is broken down into the upper-receiver\/barrel group and the lower-receiver\/stock group that allows the case to be a bit more compact length-wise. It is a great case for shipping the weapon, but unfortunately the case cannot be used once an optic sight is mounted on the LAR-8, which means that if you want to carry your RRA rifle in a gun case fully assembled with a sight mounted, you will be in the market for a new larger gun case.\r\n\r\nMy sample LAR-8 mid-length A4 came with a 16-inch Wilson chrome moly barrel having a 1-in-10-inch right-hand twist, six land and groove rifling and a Picatinny rail on the upper receiver and on top of the barrel at the front of the handguard as there are no iron sights. There is also an A2 version that has the same iron sight configuration that is found on the M16A2 rifle. Both of these rifles are fitted with a tactical CAR-style buttstock.\r\n\r\nOther RRA LAR-8 factory variations include Standard A2 and A4 models that have 20-inch barrels and a conventional AR-type butt stock, plus there is an A-4 Varmint Model that features a 26-inch Wilson air gauged, stainless steel bull barrel that is coupled with a free-floating, tubular aluminum handguard for increased long-distance accuracy.\r\n\r\nStandard Features <\/strong>\r\nStandard features on my LAR-8 M\/L A4 includes a rubber Hogue pistol grip, which is stippled and has finger grooves, a two-stage match trigger, upper receiver with bolt forward assist and ejection port door, plus brass deflector, ventilated polymer handguard, sling swivels and A2-type flash suppressor. The LAR-8 basically looks like a M16 on steroids, as the receiver has been beefed up to allow use of the .308 (7.62x51mm) cartridge.\r\n\r\nThe two big differences that the discerning eye will note is the magazine and the bolt catch. The factory-supplied magazine for the LAR-8 is basically the same as the 20-round magazine used in the famous FN\/FAL and L1A1 battle rifles. Entire articles and books could be and have been devoted to this fine weapon, so we won\u2019t delve into that subject here, but this Fabrique Nationale-designed rifle has been in service since 1953 and has armed some 60 countries around the world including Belgium, Great Britain, Canada, Australia, and Argentina.\r\n\r\nNeedless to say, there have been countless thousands of magazines made for the FN\/FAL and that fact pays dividends to the LAR-8 owner who has a wide selection to choose from. I did a little Internet surfing and came up with price ranges from $10 to $22 for used Mil-Spec 20-round magazines. There are also 30-round magazines out there that average around $50 more. They hang down a bit too far for comfortable prone shooting, so I\u2019m content to stick with the 20-rounders myself.\r\n\r\nThe bolt catch on the LAR-8 is not on the left side of the lower receiver as on the M16, but is positioned at the base of the magazine well at its juncture with the pivoting triggerguard. It is more reminiscent of the bolt catch found on the FN\/FAL and is made to be ambidextrous, and if your hand is large enough can be actuated by the trigger finger of whichever hand you use. The magazine release is located in the same area as on the M16 and the LAR-8 is also ambidextrous.\r\n\r\nWhile the manual safety lever, just above the pistol grip on the right of the receiver, is not ambidextrous, it appears to be easily changed to the left side of the receiver if that\u2019s the user\u2019s preference. On a whole the controls on this rifle are easily reached and manipulated without removing the hand from the pistol grip, certainly a plus in a patrol rifle. I had no trouble whatever operating them with my medium-sized hand.\r\n\r\nObviously, this rifle is going to pack more weight than the M16 and the LAR-8 M\/L A4 weighs in empty, sans sights, at a respectable 8.1 pounds. With the 6-position CAR buttstock fully extended it measures 38 inches. The weight and the propellant gas operation system of the action certainly help tame recoil, which is a good thing given the hard checkered butt of the CAR stock.\r\n\r\nThe standard polymer handguard is round in shape with flats on the top and bottom that are serrated and have holes for barrel ventilation. There are no rails on the standard handguard, but RRA does offer optional Daniel Defense Lite Quad Rails for both the Mid-Length and Standard LAR-8 A4 rifles. In fact, a visit to the RRA website will allow one to see the full list of optional items available that allow you to \u201chave it your way\u201d with just about any Rock River Arms\u2019 AR-type rifle.\r\n\r\nAs always, I gave the RRA LAR-8 Mid-Length A4 a top to bottom inspection and did not find anything wanting in overall fit and finish of the weapon. All the flats were flat, corners square and rounded surfaces done to perfection. No machine marks or other blemishes were visible and the black hard coat anodized finish was a good match to the black polymer material of the handguard and buttstock of the rifle.\r\n\r\nOptics Selection<\/strong>\r\nNow given that my RRA LAR-8 M\/L A4 comes without sights, it was time to select something with which to aim the rifle that would be fitting for my uses. I looked at a number of optical and sights of various manufacturers, but came away impressed with the Trijicon ACOG (Advanced Combat Optical Gunsight) 3.5x35mm .308 BDC\/FT.Chevron BAC riflescope for our test.\r\n\r\nAnyone that watches the network nightly news has seen the ACOG sights on the M16A2 rifles carried by many of our troops in Afghanistan and Iraq; their bell-shaped housings make them easily identifiable. They have been in use for many years by Army Special Forces, the Marines, Navy SEALs and the FBI, so I didn\u2019t see how I could go wrong. Trijicon is synonymous with the night sights that have been fitted on many of the most popular combat handguns for a couple of decades. However, Trijicon\u2019s founder Glyn Bindon wanted to build a sight for long arms that would bring together both-eyes-open shooting, an illuminated aiming point, plus magnified optics.\r\n\r\nWhat he discovered was what has since been termed the Bindon Aiming Concept (BAC), aiming with both eyes open, which gives a superior sense of balance and field of view, coupled with a magnified Trijicon sight, which offers the shooter a considerable advantage over his target using conventional sights. When used as designed, in the binocular mode, the operator sees only the red, chevron-shaped reticle (the pointed tip is the aiming point) transposed on the target at anywhere from across-the-room ranges to several hundred yards.\r\n\r\nMy sample ACOG 3.5x35mm scope came packaged in a well-padded Pelican case, which also held a black nylon, Scopecoat scope cover, a Lenspen lens cleaner and an ACOG thumbscrew flattop adapter for affixing the scope to the Picatinny rail of the LAR-8. The scope housing is 8 inches in length and is made of rugged forged aluminum; the black, hard-anodized finish matches almost exactly that of the RRA rifle. Scope weight without mounts adds only 14 ounces to the weight of the rifle.\r\n\r\nThe scope is calibrated for use with the .308 cartridge and is meant to be sighted in at 100 meters with an effective range of 800 meters on flattop rifles. The reticle also includes a rangefinder and the base of the chevron aiming point is 5.53 MOA (minute of angle), which at 300 meters is 19 inches allowing for good range estimation. Of course, during the day, the fiber-optic tube running along the top of the scope gathers light for the red aiming point and at night\/low light tritium is used to illuminate the chevron. The field of view at 100 yards is almost 29 feet, the eye relief is 2.4 inches and the adjustment is 4-inch clicks at 100 yards.\r\n\r\nRange Time<\/strong>\r\nNow it was time to go to my ammo locker and select some cartridges from my stock of .308 ammunition. I chose Black Hills Gold with a 168-grain Hornady A-Max bullet, which has a factory velocity of 2650 fps (feet per second). Next I picked Federal Gold Medal that has a Sierra 168-grain \u201cMatchKing\u201d BTHP bullet also rated at 2650 fps. To add a law enforcement-designed cartridge I included the one of the Hornady TAP loads in .308.\r\n\r\nAccording to their website, \u201cThe 155-grain A-MAX TAP Precision cartridge offers match accuracy with a high-ballistic coefficient providing superior long-range performance. This load demonstrates expansion and fragmentation similar to the 110-grain load, but with a noticeable increase in penetration and retained bullet weight. This bullet penetrates glass with minimal deflection and exhibits retained expansion and fragmentation characteristics.\u201d\r\n\r\nIt is also intended for use in a 1-in-10-inch or 1-in-12-inch twist rifle barrel such as that on the LAR-8. My final selection was the Winchester 150-grain Supreme Elite with \u201cThe new XP3 bullet that starts with a two-stage expansion design, then combines all the best-known bullet technology to offer delayed controlled expansion, deep penetration, and high retained weight.\u201d\r\n\r\nWith my rifle\/sight combination, plus test ammunition in hand, it was time for a field test. I did my shooting at the NRA Whittington Center during the 2008 Shootists Holiday and used the Center\u2019s Sight-In Range for my accuracy and chronograph testing session. I sighted the Trijicon ACOG 3.5x35mm scope in for 100 yards, then proceeded to shoot three 3-shot groups for record with each test cartridge, using the concrete benches and an MTM Casegard rest.\r\n\r\nMy best group was 0.82 of an inch using Federal Gold Medal loads, followed by 0.97 of an inch with the Hornady TAP ammo. All of the group averages stayed under 2 inches and my guess is that the rifle would have had no trouble out-shooting the shooter that day. I also set up my Oehler Model 35P chronograph to see what velocities I would get from the LAR-8 M\/L 16-inch barrel.\r\n\r\nNext I put a silhouette target out at 200 yards and fired a dozen shots using a mixed bag of .308 cartridges at center mass and scored 10 hits in the 10 and X-ring and two just out in the 9-ring. Three shots to the head resulted in three hits in the 10-ring. Lastly, I took the LAR-8 to the Animal Silhouette Range, where the backstop is a mountainside covered with nice big rocks.\r\n\r\nFrom the standing, off-hand position, again using a mix of my test ammo, I was able to make dust fly on rocks out as far as I could see them on the mountainside, which has been previously checked with a laser rangefinder to have shootable rocks out to some 475 yards. The best part besides the practical accuracy and \u201cshootability\u201d of the LAR-8 was the fact that it was 100-percent reliable and I did not note a single malfunction during the test.\r\n\r\nFinal Notes<\/strong>\r\nRRA has a winner here and mated with the Trijicon ACOG scope and good ammo, I can\u2019t think of anything I\u2019d rather take into harm\u2019s way.","post_title":"RRA Mid-Length LAR-8 A4 .308","post_excerpt":"Big-bore AR\/Trijicon ACOG combo proved 100% reliable and sub-MOA accurate!","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"rra-mid-lenght-lar-8-a4-308","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-05-31 20:23:23","post_modified_gmt":"2023-05-31 20:23:23","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2009\/04\/24\/rra-mid-lenght-lar-8-a4-308\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":161994,"post_author":"645","post_date":"2008-05-13 15:04:28","post_date_gmt":"2008-05-13 21:04:28","post_content":"\r\nThose marvels of Austrian ingenuity, GLOCK pistols, have a well-deserved reputation for arriving ready for concealed carry. No sharp edges abound to be rough on the hands or snag clothing during the draw. GLOCKs slide from the holster, point well, and are ready for immediate action. The GLOCK Safe Action design leaves worries regarding a complicated manual of arms in the dust. Cap that off with sizes and calibers to satisfy every taste, and GLOCK seems destined to maintain their edge.\r\n\r\nFew things are dearer to the American heart than .45-caliber handguns. Despite the presence of .36- and .44-caliber handguns during the settling of the West, the .45 Colt is viewed as the decisive caliber from that era. Just in time to take the place of this noble cartridge, the .45 Auto became a force to be reckoned with in the next century. There is something comforting about this large caliber, imbuing a sense of power.\r\n\r\nIn fact, many a breath was held after GLOCK entered the U. S. market, until the Austrian company announced the introduction of their Model 21 in .45 Auto. Exhaling a sigh of relief, the .45 culture had a polymer wonder to satisfy its desires.\r\n\r\nFor duty carry by officers, the GLOCK 21 proved a perfect choice, hearty and robust, with the renowned GLOCK reliability. Following Law Enforcement (LE) trends that pushed the GLOCK to the top of the LE realm, as concealed carry rights blossomed, those exercising their rights adopted GLOCKs in droves. However, it was obvious the GLOCK 21 would have a small concealed carry following. The very traits making it so popular for duty carry\u2014hearty and robust\u2014worked against discreet carry.\r\n\r\nNever one to be left out in the cold, GLOCK introduced the more compact Models 30 and 36 in .45 Auto with double- and single-stack magazines, respectively. The Model 30 still bore grip dimensions similar to that of the Model 21, frequently difficult for those with average hands. The 36, though thinner due to a single-column magazine, still bore a longer front-to-back grip because of the .45 Auto chambering, which can still be a problem for some.\r\n\r\nBoth models have fared well with the American concealed carrier, but their frames, sized as they were for the .45 Auto, still leave some carriers and shooters with average and smaller-sized hands wanting. Likewise, many in the LE community hankered for a pistol dimensionally like the immensely popular GLOCK 17\/19\/26 and 22\/23\/26, but in the .45 Auto. Of course, the .45 Auto just won\u2019t fit in these more comfortable frames.\r\n\r\nMAKE WAY FOR THE .45<\/strong>\r\nNever one to shy away from a challenge, the folks at GLOCK tackled the project with the help of the ballistic wizards at Speer. The resulting cartridge, equaling the ballistic performance of the .45 Auto, was christened the .45 GLOCK Automatic Pistol (G.A.P.). Squeezed into a 9x19\/.40 frame, the GLOCK 37 and the .45 G.A.P. answered the LE and civilian concealed carriers\u2019 request for a more-compact .45 pistol.\r\n\r\nThe full-sized GLOCK 37 was followed by the compact GLOCK 38, and sub-compact GLOCK 39, each chambering a fair number of the new stubby .45s. Initially it was hoped the Models 37, 38, and 39 might be exactly the same size as the corresponding 9x19\/.40 models, and regarding the frames that proved true. However, to ensure perfect performance, marginally larger slides became the norm. (17\/22 slides are 1.01 inches wide by 0.85-inch high, weighing 18 ounces. GLOCK 37 slides are 1.13 inches wide by 0.88-inch high and weigh 21 ounces.) The .45 G.A.P. pistols incorporate a longer steel locking-block.\r\n\r\nOne step in building a cartridge to fit in the smaller and handier frame was designing the .45 G.A.P. cartridge to be 0.13-inch shorter than the .45 Auto. This produces a case similar in length to the 9x19 (0.78-inches), but once loaded the G. A. P has an overall length of 1.08 inches, actually shorter than the 9x19. (This last design parameter allows the wide .45 G.A.P. bullet to fit in a shorter grip area.)\r\n\r\n\"imgp03.gif\"AN ALL-NEW CARTRIDGE<\/strong>\r\nAdditional changes include a slightly rebated rim on the G.A.P., and modified extractor groove. Inside the case, one finds a wall profile that differs noticeably from the .45 Auto, thus allowing for seating .45 bullets without case wall bulging, and outside the primer pocket is filled with a small pistol primer. (A large pistol primer reportedly caused over-ignition and excessive pressure.) All of this goes to the point that the G.A.P. is an entirely new cartridge case that cannot be safely built from a .45 Auto case! Using the most modern propellants, Speer succeeded in charging this smaller .45 cartridge to equal the .45 Auto ballistically, while keeping pressures near the .45 Auto range.\r\n\r\nThere is no paucity of loadings available for the .45 G.A.P. GLOCKs. Speer\u2019s initial .45 G.A.P. commercial loadings were 185- and 200-grain Gold Dot premium hollowpoints and the same weights of TMJ bullets in the Speer Lawman line for economical shooting. Under the ATK banner with Speer, Federal Cartridge has introduced 185-grain and 230-grain Hydra-Shok loadings in the Premium Personal Defense line and an economical 185-grain TMJ loading in the American Eagle line.\r\n\r\nWinchester and Remington are now loading the .45 G.A.P. cartridge in configurations similar to Speer and Federal. COR-BON stepped in with their 160-grain DPX load, the 165-grain Pow'R Ball, a jacketed soft point, and a 200-grain JHP. This means bullet weights of 160 grains, 165 grains, 185 grains, 200 grains and 230 grains are all available.\r\n\r\n.45 GAP PERFORMANCE<\/strong>\r\nThe .45 G.A.P. is quite a boon for those of us adhering to the notion that bigger is better! Concealed carriers and Law Enforcement personnel, in and out of uniform, have their wish for new handguns.\r\n\r\nFrom the concealed carriers\u2019 and non-uniformed LE perspective, I found four .45 GLOCKs most appropriate for their needs. The Model 21 has already been excluded, and the Model 37 will probably be as well by those seeking compactness for carry. This leaves us with the Models 30, 36, 38, and 39 for consideration.\r\n\r\nThis was my first experience with the .45 G.A.P., so I began my examination of the concealed carry candidates with range testing. Trigger-time revealed just what I had heard: the .45 G.A.P. pistols were just as easily handled during all the drills as similar GLOCK models accommodating the .45 Auto. The GLOCK 38 weighs virtually the same as the Model 30, while the same is true of the Models 36 and 39, and the velocities of similar weight bullets are close enough to produce the similar felt recoil in pistols all weighing the same. (Depending on the cartridge, the .45 G.A.P. recoil can feel similar to a .40 pistol.)\r\n\r\nWearing average-sized hands, I found all four offerings fit me well, with the GLOCK 30 on the upper end of comfort for me. That, of course, explains why there is more than one flavor of ice cream\u2014and size of GLOCK\u2014to provide needed variety!\r\n\r\nWith pistols to fit my hands and those of most others, in my favorite caliber and that of GLOCK\u2019s new offering\u2014which seems destined to offer the .45 Auto a run for its money\u2014I went forth to gather the opinions of other shooters and concealed carriers.\r\n\r\n\"gap-carry.gif\"SHOOTING & CARRYING GLOCK .45s<\/strong>\r\nI placed the four GLOCK .45 offerings in the hands of a variety of shooters, and received the expected plethora of preferences. Given a choice of .45 GLOCKs, each one selected their favorite based on how it fit their hands and rode on their waist. Recoil did not seem a factor.\r\n\r\nThose finding the .45 Auto pistols a tad largish found the pistols chambered for the .45 G.A.P. just right. Testers that found the .45 Auto pistols fitting them well expressed their appreciation of the trimmer G.A.P pistols. It seems that not only has GLOCK spawned a new caliber in which to chamber their pistols, they have found one that can satisfy the needs of big-bore concealed carriers (and no doubt uniformed officers) while doing so.\r\n\r\nWill this be the .45 of the 21st century? Only time will tell, but it seems the .45 G.A.P is making a good run at that distinction!\r\nHOLSTERING GLOCK .45s<\/strong>\r\nAs excellent as the size and calibers of the GLOCK .45s make them for concealment, they still miss one thing for concealed carry\u2014a holster! Luckily holster makers, just like users, have flocked to all GLOCK pistols. Finding leather, or non-leather, to tote one\u2019s choice of .45 should be relatively easy.\r\n\r\nToting a handgun\u2014any handgun, including a GLOCK\u2014should be accomplished using a quality holster. Holsters protect handguns from loss, or shifting during carry, ensuring it will be there when one reaches for it. Not only will the handgun be there when needed, but also a well-designed holster will snug a GLOCK .45 against the body, while not impeding a smooth, speedy draw. Regardless of the GLOCK .45 of choice, there should be a holster to allow carrying it comfortably, securely, and inconspicuously.\r\n\r\nA quick search of the Internet turned up offerings to carry some of GLOCK\u2019s .45s from Aker, Alessi, Bianchi, Blackhawk Bulman, Blade-Tech, Comp-Tac, DeSantis, Del Fatti, Don Hume, FIST, Fobus, Galco, Gould & Goodrich, Milt Sparks, Safariland, Sidearmor, and Uncle Mikes. There are more, but I stopped searching when it became obvious there was no end to holsters and suppliers.\r\n\r\nIt seems every commercial holster maker, and those in the custom world, offer one or more styles, to fit one or more of the .45 GLOCK pistols. Their wares are made from horse or cowhide, Kydex or other polymer, or some version of ballistic nylon. Styles include belt models, inside-the-waistband versions, shoulder holsters, and pocket models for the smaller pistols.\r\n\r\nI also did a scan of my holster collection, and found a number already on hand, including those wearing the GLOCK brand. (GLOCK has always offered holsters for their pistols.) Not surprisingly, I discovered many holsters specified for 9x19\/.40 pistols also fit quite nicely around a GLOCK 36 pistol, with a scant few fitting the marginally enlarged G.A.P. models. (This is, of course, not something most holster makers will announce, nor something one can count on, but if an ample selection of holsters is available, the fit is easily checked.) In addition, holsters for the GLOCK 30 will usually fit the G.A.P. offerings.\r\n\r\nPick a .45 GLOCK, a holster to meet your needs, and ammo from a high-performance source. Outfitted with this, today\u2019s big-bore carrier will be ready to go!","post_title":"Concealed-Carry .45s: The GLOCK Solution | Glock 45 Models","post_excerpt":"The .45 firepower favored by legions of officers is tough to keep out of sight. Not so with the GLOCK .45 G.A.P.\u2014the hideaway handgun with maximum performance.","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"concealed-carry-45s-the-glock-solution","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-10-31 23:10:49","post_modified_gmt":"2023-11-01 03:10:49","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2008\/05\/13\/concealed-carry-45s-the-glock-solution\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":true,"total_page":15},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

POPULAR

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n
\"Glock
Glock 30 SF: Concealed-Carry Glock<\/figcaption><\/figure>\n\n\n\n

While not new, the smallest Glock<\/a> pistol offered in .45 ACP comes in a close second to the XDS for size, measuring 6.97 inches in overall length, 4.45 inches in height, and 1.28 inches in width, with a 3.77-inch barrel length and total carry weight (empty) of 26.3 ounces. The Glock\u2019s big advantage is capacity, 10+1. Not exactly \u201cpocketable\u201d (although depending upon one\u2019s build and the clothing worn, it can be), the Glock 30 SF is best suited to a small IWB holster, paddle or minimal belt carry rig providing excellent concealment and quick retrieval. Like all Glock models, regardless of size, the Glock 30 SF is very easy to operate and employs the proven Glock Safe Action trigger system.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Glock\u2019s G30 series (Glock 30 and Glock 30 SF) have long been a popular choice for law enforcement as all of the operating features are identical to Glock\u2019s standard and compact models. For civilian concealed carry, the Glock 30 has maintained its stature as one of the best .45 ACP semi-autos for the past 16 years! In addition, Glock also offers the slightly narrower Glock 36, which shaves almost 0.25 inches off width by using a single stack 6-round magazine.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Sig Sauer Ultra Compact 1911 <\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n
\"\"<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Like any semi-automatic pistol bearing the Sig Sauer<\/a> name, the Ultra Compact 1911 has a distinctive look with a squared, contoured slide, deep serrations, dovetailed tritium 3-dot sights, extended beavertail and grip safety, skeletonized hammer and triangle three-hole trigger all handsomely set off by a matte stainless steel slide and alloy frame, or optional two-tone version with a matte black hard anodized alloy frame. While any 1911, even one this small, is hard to call a Subcompact, the Sig comes closest to fitting the definition.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

For a 7+1 capacity .45 ACP, the Sig has some pretty trim measurements, stretching only 6.8 inches overall, a compact height of 4.8 inches and a width of slightly over an inch. The stainless steel 7-round magazine has a flat (flush) floorplate and witness holes on either side.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

If the new little Sig Sauer .45 ACP lacks any one feature it is an ambidextrous thumb safety. The grips are wide enough and deep enough to allow a firm one-handed hold with the little finger perfectly wrapped around the bottom of the finely checkered grip frame. The thumb safety clicks on and off with ease and the slide release requires only modest pressure to chamber the first round on reload.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

If the Sig Sauer Ultra Compact 1911\u2019s general appearance seems familiar it is simply a function of design, since it is based on the most famous semiautomatic pistol in history. What the Sig Sauer version adds, aside from somewhat smaller dimensions, are standard features that are generally extra cost options. As a concealed carry .45 ACP semi-auto the Sig Sauer measures up.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The .40 S&W Choice<\/strong> for Subcompact Handguns<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Over the last 20-plus years the .40 S&W cartridge has overtaken the venerable 9mm as the most preferred round for U.S. law enforcement. The step up in caliber provides greater stopping power than a 9mm with less recoil than a .45 ACP. That of course has become more debatable in recent years with specialized .45 ACP rounds and guns specifically designed for them, however, the .40 S&W reigns supreme with law enforcement, while maintaining an equally enthusiastic following among civilians.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Glock 27 Gen4<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n
\"Glock<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Glock calls the .40 S&W Glock 27 Gen4 the \u201cthinking person\u2019s\u201d deep concealment gun. In its newest Gen4 configuration with interchangeable backstrap panels, the 9+1 standard capacity Glock continues the 27\u2019s history as a consummate backup gun for law enforcement. It has also become an ideal concealed carry <\/a>sidearm for the civilian market.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

While slightly larger than a Subcompact 9mm, the modest increase in overall size is offset by its capacity and ease of use. While the .40 S&W imparts a pretty hefty kick (compared to a 9mm), the Glock 27 Gen4 has very linear muzzle flip allowing quick target reacquisition. Overall, the Glock isn\u2019t the handful you expect from subcompact handguns, and with the right backstrap attached becomes a hand-filling, manageable semi-auto that puts the power of the .40 S&W cartridge into a size ideal for concealed carry use. The overall size is 6.29 inches in length with a 3.46-inch barrel, 4.17 inches in height, 1.18 inches in width, and a modest weight of 21.7 ounces empty.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Springfield XDM Compact 3.8<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n
\"Springfield<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

With the addition of the XDM Series of guns introduced in 2008, Springfield raised the bar on multi-purpose sidearms. While the XD pistols have found great acceptance within the general firearms community, the XDM Series is more in tune with today\u2019s personal protection and concealed carry needs, flavored with Springfield\u2019s penchant for building high-capacity pistols on standard sized frames.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The latest XDM Compact, chambered in .40 S&W (with an impressive 11+1 capacity) offers the same match grade 3.8-inch barrel as the XDM 3.8, but with a shorter grip frame like those used on the XD Sub-Compact (X-Treme Duty) models, making this a dedicated concealed carry sidearm. But there\u2019s more. The gun also comes with an extended capacity magazine upping the cartridge total to 16+1 rounds of .40 S&W thereby making this an ideal handgun for home protection. The XDM Compact, like all XD models utilizes a dual safety system comprised of a pivoting trigger toggle and a 1911-type frame-mounted grip safety. The gun features tapered ambidextrous magazine releases, drift adjustable front and rear white dot sights, ambidextrous indexing thumb rests, interchangeable backstrap panels, and deeply angled front and rear slide serrations (three in front, six in back). The Compact\u2019s slide is just slightly wider at the bottom, tapering out to provide a little more surface area to grasp when chambering the first round or clearing the gun. The XDM Compact is a top choice in the .40 S&W caliber.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

9mm<\/strong> Subcompact Handguns<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Globally the 9mm remains the most popular cartridge in the world, used by more law enforcement and military organizations than any other. The 9mm is also favored within the foreign civilian marketplace because many nations outlaw the use of larger caliber handguns except by the military. The 9mm cartridge has been in use now for over 100 years.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Ruger LC9<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n\"ruger,

Ruger\u2019s LC9 offers compact dimensions measuring 6.0 inches in length, 4.5 inches in height and a modest 0.90 inches in width, combined with a comparatively high capacity of 7+1 rounds and light carry weight of 17.1 ounces (empty). The LC9 is built with a composite frame of high-performance glass-filled Nylon supported by an aluminum grip frame (subframe), a through-hardened steel slide, and 3.12-inch steel barrel. The LC9\u2019s contours render a gun that ideally fits the average hand, placing the index finger directly alongside the triggerguard with a natural recess for the first joint to rest before moving to engage the trigger. On the left side, the contoured grip frame places the thumb in position for a single-handed hold. The LC9 has a loaded chamber indicator that rises upward from the top of the slide and is clearly stamped \u201cLOADED WHEN UP\u201d. It\u2019s a very obvious tell so bluffing is off the table.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

This is a well-balanced gun that is slightly muzzle heavy, an asset in managing recoil. The size, weight, and feel of the LC9 is very good and while the trigger pull is exceptionally long at 1.2 inches, it remains smooth and consistent allowing for quick follow-up shots. This is a function of both safety and the nature of the LC9\u2019s internal hammer design. Simply put, discharging the LC9 is like firing a DAO revolver. The LC9 has a magazine disconnect and will not fire a chambered round with the magazine removed. Overall this is a very capable small 9mm, which can also be equipped with a number of options including a Crimson Trace Laserguard.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Sig Sauer P290<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n\"Sig

The Sig Sauer P290 is only slightly larger overall than a .380 ACP. With an overall length of just 5.5 inches, a truncated height of 3.9 inches, barrel length of 2.9 inches, and overall weight of only 21.5 ounces (empty), the P290 provides the defensive capability of a 9mm in a gun that is remarkably flat, measuring less than an inch in width. It is bigger and \u201cchunkier\u201d than the Kimber Solo and just a hair smaller than the Ruger LC9. The internal mechanism is a traditional locked breech, Browning-type tilting barrel but with one distinguishing feature; a broadly flared muzzle that aligns with a corresponding channel in the slide.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

This design contributes to quicker cycling of the action; as soon as the slide starts its reward movement it releases the muzzle, allowing the barrel to tilt and drop the breechblock into line for reload. The P290 also employs a dual recoil spring assembly that makes this operation pretty snappy.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The frame is a lightweight, molded polymer with a slide machined from a solid billet. The finishes available are natural stainless or durable Nitron coating. Standard sights are dovetailed drift adjustable white dots. The P290 is a DAO hammer-fired pistol but with no manual cocking capability. In addition, the Sig Sauer has an automatic firing pin safety block, hammer safety intercept notch, and a trigger bar disconnect, making it safe for carry with a chambered round. And the Sig Sauer will fire with the magazine removed.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

An interesting option for Sig Sauer is the Integrated Laser Module (ILM), which is custom made for the P290. Lightweight and compact, the ILM seamlessly blends with the lines of the pistol. The laser has ambidextrous switches. The increase in weight of 0.8 ounces is negligible and the laser unit adds only 0.75 inches to the depth of the gun.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Overall, this is a rugged looking little gun that is relatively easy to carry concealed considering it packs 6+1 rounds of 9mm.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Kimber Solo Carry<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n\"gun

The Kimber Solo Carry is one of the most compact 9mm on the market measuring only 5.5 inches in length, 3.9 inches in height and a mere 0.995 inches in width. The all steel and alloy construction semi-auto weighs only 17 ounces empty. The compactness of the Solo is visually striking, being only slightly larger in overall dimension than most .380s. In order to achieve these scaled down proportions reminiscent of a 1911, the frame contours are smoother and more rounded with every possible edge reduced to its minimum possible tolerances. Easily operated ambidextrous magazine releases and perfectly sized ambidextrous safeties make ease of operation suitable for left or right-handed users.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Truly \u201cpocketable,\u201d the Solo utilizes a unique striker-fired system with a slight twist. When the slide is cycled and a round is chambered the striker (firing pin) is between 88 to 90 percent pre-tensioned. The trigger pull necessary to discharge the Solo then is only 10 to 12 percent of the total effort needed to finish the cycle and release the striker. Even though Kimber describes the Solo as a \u201csingle action striker-fired design,\u201d it is actually a double action as pulling the trigger has to finish tensioning the striker before the gun will discharge. While the lightweight semi-auto has a pretty hefty kick it is more than manageable and exceptionally accurate. As one of the smaller 9mm on the market, the Solo definitely has earned its mark.<\/p>\n","post_title":"Contemporary Subcompact Handguns","post_excerpt":"The Personal Defense Pocket Pistols: In the 21st century we have perfected the art of making as much gun as possible in the smallest package possible!","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"contemporary-subcompacts","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-10-19 15:38:22","post_modified_gmt":"2023-10-19 19:38:22","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2012\/11\/01\/contemporary-subcompacts\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":160508,"post_author":"645","post_date":"2009-09-02 15:20:48","post_date_gmt":"2009-09-02 21:20:48","post_content":"\r\n\r\nEven the gloved hands of today\u2019s uniformed officer will find ArmaLite\u2019s new AR-10T familiar. Draw the fixed stock into the shoulder, obtain sight picture and flip the selector. What makes the AR-10T different is more about what\u2019s on the inside. But on the outside, it all seems to feel the same.\r\n\r\nSince the creation of the Department of Homeland Security, law enforcement agencies have contended with how to use their budget to best enable their first responders to protect citizens against terror. Every agency has assessed vulnerabilities and many have chosen to acquire big bore rifles capable of penetrating a hard target or intercepting a vehicular threat. With just one shot to get it right, a team leader should have experience on the firing line.\r\n\r\nArmaLite\u2019s battle proven AR-10 has already served LE around the world including Canada\u2019s Ontario Provincial Police TRU (Tactics and Rescue Unit). Now loaded for the hard-hitting .338 Federal, the new AR-10T fills a department\u2019s medium-caliber gap without sacrificing ease of deployment, time for training, or familiar handling qualities of an officer\u2019s carbine.\r\n\r\nWhat some don\u2019t realize is that the AR-10\u2019s roots are more than 50 years old, pre-dating the AR-15\/M16\/M4. Clenching the checkered A2 pistol grip, controls are at the fingers. Saving more than a pound in weight over 7.62mm NATO infantry rifles of its time, Eugene Stoner\u2019s modular innovation is a source for the often-used term \u201cergonomic\u201d (as it applies to firearm design).\r\n\r\nThe anodized lower receiver is home to the ArmaLite tactical two-stage trigger set, the same trigger mechanism used in ArmaLite M-15 rifles. Pulling the trigger provides a crisp and smooth feel that doesn\u2019t interfere with accuracy. First and second stages are consistently passed at just 3 and 5 pounds before allowing the hammer to strike.\r\n\r\nBeing that the AR-10T is based on a 7.62mm NATO platform, the first question that usually comes to mind is how ArmaLite manages to stuff the high energy behind a .338 cartridge into an AR? An ArmaLite representative reports, \u201cArmaLite\u2019s refinements to the AR-10 over the many years placed it at a stage where the transfer to a harder hitting caliber such as the .338 Federal was not a problem. It\u2019s a short action .308-type cartridge so it transitions into our AR-10 platform perfectly. With some testing, we found that it\u2019s a fitting combination. We were able to use the same proven bolt and extractor, as well as the Generation II magazines. No design changes had to be made except re-chambering the AR-10 for a new caliber.\u201d\r\n\r\nThe bolt sits inside a gas impingement carrier group with four holes available to bleed off pressure and debris. The disassembly procedure is the same as an agency\u2019s M-15 carbine (just bigger parts). With the firing pin removed, one difference from other ARs is visually apparent. A spring shrouds the base of the firing pin pushing against the wall in the bolt carrier group. This feature helps reduce the risk of malfunctions and prevents the firing pin from bouncing during operation.\r\n\r\nA railed flat-top upper receiver marked \u201c.338 Federal\u201d brings the bolt together with the chamber of the stainless steel barrel. \u201cWe originally designed the .338 Federal as a hunting rifle, thus the stainless steel barrel,\u201d says ArmaLite. \u201cThe .338 Federal is a cartridge best suited for short and mid-range duties. We put a 22-inch barrel on the rifle, which provided the best ballistics for these situations. With that being said, we have seen the potential for different uses in this caliber, so we are spending some time testing a shorter rifle with a 16-inch barrel featuring a full size buttstock and a mid-length gas system to use in CQB operations.\u201d\r\n\r\nA tubular one-piece, free-floating aluminum handguard shields the hands from the triple lapped, 1-in-10-inch twist stainless steel match barrel. The tubular handguard improves the rifle\u2019s handling without taking up real estate with full-length accessory rails that often go unused. A useable length of rail does grace the forend of the handguard, ready to accept custom mounting of bipods, lasers, lights and other accessories.\r\n\r\nThe massive stainless steel gas block is secured to the barrel with four large hex-head screws and redirects gas pressure through a direct impingement system. This gas block is also a front sight base that features a flip-up Midwest Industries (MI) post that co-witnesses with a MI flip-up backup sight affixed to the rear of the upper receiver\u2019s Picatinny rail.\r\n\r\nSince no flash suppressor or compensator is present, the recessed crown at the muzzle of the AR-10T protects the rifle\u2019s accuracy potential during heavy use or intense tactical operations. Combine a barrel made of stainless steel, an aluminum free-floated handguard, aluminum alloy receivers, a polymer stock and grip, and you have a weather-resistant tactical rifle. The AR-10T can withstand harsher environments like those encountered in sustained maritime operations while offering the effective energy transfer carried by a .338 slug. \u201cCoastal areas with salty environments and the moisture of the trunk in squad cars are hard on steel parts, especially the barrel,\u201d says ArmaLite. So stainless steel might be a better choice for these conditions.\r\n\r\n

\"armalite3.jpg\"\"armalite4.jpg\"\"armalite6.jpg\"Shooting Impressions<\/strong>\r\nNow I\u2019m not going to lie and say that I found the AR-10T to be a sub-MOA tack-driver. For me, it wasn\u2019t. I have friends in this industry who tell me they achieved MOA accuracy verified by pictures on Jeff Quinn\u2019s
Federal Cartridge<\/strong><\/a> to assure the rifle and ammunition are perfectly matched. Snipers are already familiar with .338s including the .338 Lapua Mag and the .338 Win Mag. These two highly effective cartridges are known for their long-range effectiveness in bolt-action platforms. For most LE operations requiring the deployment of a rifle, a bolt gun presents a number of tactical drawbacks. Slower handling, more recoil, and slower follow-up shots.\r\n\r\nThe .338 Federal delivers the only modern .338 caliber load that isn\u2019t a magnum configuration. It delivers a larger diameter bullet for more weight and overall energy on target without magnum recoil. \u201cThe .338 Federal captures the capability of the longstanding .308 case and offers the respected performance of the .338 bullet,\u201d says Federal President Mark DeYoung. \u201cThese two mainstays have been proven time and again and are now brought together into a quality factory load,\u201d he adds.","post_title":"Armalite AR-10T .338 Federal","post_excerpt":"NEW BATTLE RIFLE chambered for Federal\u2019s powerhouse cartridge!","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"armalite-ar-10t-338-federal","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-10-31 23:08:29","post_modified_gmt":"2023-11-01 03:08:29","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2009\/09\/02\/armalite-ar-10t-338-federal\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":160816,"post_author":"374","post_date":"2009-04-24 14:48:05","post_date_gmt":"2009-04-24 20:48:05","post_content":"\r\n\r\nI have been a fan of the .308 cartridge (7.62x51mm) for many years and have always enjoyed its versatility. It has numerous useful applications for self-defense and law enforcement and one of my bolt-action rifles in that chambering is set up for medium- to-long range anti-personnel work.\r\n\r\nI have used .308 rifles in bolt-action, lever-action, slide-action and semi-automatic configurations, the latter being in the form of the M14 battle rifle, which is what we cadets trained with in ROTC (Reserve Officers\u2019 Training Corps) I was very interested when Rock River Arms (RRA) introduced an AR-type rifle in the popular .308 caliber.\r\n\r\nThe rifle was the Mid-Length (M\/L) LAR-8 A4 (308A1239), which comes housed in a compartmented, electric blue plastic carrying case. In the case, the rifle is broken down into the upper-receiver\/barrel group and the lower-receiver\/stock group that allows the case to be a bit more compact length-wise. It is a great case for shipping the weapon, but unfortunately the case cannot be used once an optic sight is mounted on the LAR-8, which means that if you want to carry your RRA rifle in a gun case fully assembled with a sight mounted, you will be in the market for a new larger gun case.\r\n\r\nMy sample LAR-8 mid-length A4 came with a 16-inch Wilson chrome moly barrel having a 1-in-10-inch right-hand twist, six land and groove rifling and a Picatinny rail on the upper receiver and on top of the barrel at the front of the handguard as there are no iron sights. There is also an A2 version that has the same iron sight configuration that is found on the M16A2 rifle. Both of these rifles are fitted with a tactical CAR-style buttstock.\r\n\r\nOther RRA LAR-8 factory variations include Standard A2 and A4 models that have 20-inch barrels and a conventional AR-type butt stock, plus there is an A-4 Varmint Model that features a 26-inch Wilson air gauged, stainless steel bull barrel that is coupled with a free-floating, tubular aluminum handguard for increased long-distance accuracy.\r\n\r\n\"untitled-2.jpg\"Standard Features <\/strong>\r\nStandard features on my LAR-8 M\/L A4 includes a rubber Hogue pistol grip, which is stippled and has finger grooves, a two-stage match trigger, upper receiver with bolt forward assist and ejection port door, plus brass deflector, ventilated polymer handguard, sling swivels and A2-type flash suppressor. The LAR-8 basically looks like a M16 on steroids, as the receiver has been beefed up to allow use of the .308 (7.62x51mm) cartridge.\r\n\r\nThe two big differences that the discerning eye will note is the magazine and the bolt catch. The factory-supplied magazine for the LAR-8 is basically the same as the 20-round magazine used in the famous FN\/FAL and L1A1 battle rifles. Entire articles and books could be and have been devoted to this fine weapon, so we won\u2019t delve into that subject here, but this Fabrique Nationale-designed rifle has been in service since 1953 and has armed some 60 countries around the world including Belgium, Great Britain, Canada, Australia, and Argentina.\r\n\r\nNeedless to say, there have been countless thousands of magazines made for the FN\/FAL and that fact pays dividends to the LAR-8 owner who has a wide selection to choose from. I did a little Internet surfing and came up with price ranges from $10 to $22 for used Mil-Spec 20-round magazines. There are also 30-round magazines out there that average around $50 more. They hang down a bit too far for comfortable prone shooting, so I\u2019m content to stick with the 20-rounders myself.\r\n\r\nThe bolt catch on the LAR-8 is not on the left side of the lower receiver as on the M16, but is positioned at the base of the magazine well at its juncture with the pivoting triggerguard. It is more reminiscent of the bolt catch found on the FN\/FAL and is made to be ambidextrous, and if your hand is large enough can be actuated by the trigger finger of whichever hand you use. The magazine release is located in the same area as on the M16 and the LAR-8 is also ambidextrous.\r\n\r\nWhile the manual safety lever, just above the pistol grip on the right of the receiver, is not ambidextrous, it appears to be easily changed to the left side of the receiver if that\u2019s the user\u2019s preference. On a whole the controls on this rifle are easily reached and manipulated without removing the hand from the pistol grip, certainly a plus in a patrol rifle. I had no trouble whatever operating them with my medium-sized hand.\r\n\r\nObviously, this rifle is going to pack more weight than the M16 and the LAR-8 M\/L A4 weighs in empty, sans sights, at a respectable 8.1 pounds. With the 6-position CAR buttstock fully extended it measures 38 inches. The weight and the propellant gas operation system of the action certainly help tame recoil, which is a good thing given the hard checkered butt of the CAR stock.\r\n\r\nThe standard polymer handguard is round in shape with flats on the top and bottom that are serrated and have holes for barrel ventilation. There are no rails on the standard handguard, but RRA does offer optional Daniel Defense Lite Quad Rails for both the Mid-Length and Standard LAR-8 A4 rifles. In fact, a visit to the RRA website will allow one to see the full list of optional items available that allow you to \u201chave it your way\u201d with just about any Rock River Arms\u2019 AR-type rifle.\r\n\r\nAs always, I gave the RRA LAR-8 Mid-Length A4 a top to bottom inspection and did not find anything wanting in overall fit and finish of the weapon. All the flats were flat, corners square and rounded surfaces done to perfection. No machine marks or other blemishes were visible and the black hard coat anodized finish was a good match to the black polymer material of the handguard and buttstock of the rifle.\r\n\r\nOptics Selection<\/strong>\r\nNow given that my RRA LAR-8 M\/L A4 comes without sights, it was time to select something with which to aim the rifle that would be fitting for my uses. I looked at a number of optical and sights of various manufacturers, but came away impressed with the Trijicon ACOG (Advanced Combat Optical Gunsight) 3.5x35mm .308 BDC\/FT.Chevron BAC riflescope for our test.\r\n\r\nAnyone that watches the network nightly news has seen the ACOG sights on the M16A2 rifles carried by many of our troops in Afghanistan and Iraq; their bell-shaped housings make them easily identifiable. They have been in use for many years by Army Special Forces, the Marines, Navy SEALs and the FBI, so I didn\u2019t see how I could go wrong. Trijicon is synonymous with the night sights that have been fitted on many of the most popular combat handguns for a couple of decades. However, Trijicon\u2019s founder Glyn Bindon wanted to build a sight for long arms that would bring together both-eyes-open shooting, an illuminated aiming point, plus magnified optics.\r\n\r\nWhat he discovered was what has since been termed the Bindon Aiming Concept (BAC), aiming with both eyes open, which gives a superior sense of balance and field of view, coupled with a magnified Trijicon sight, which offers the shooter a considerable advantage over his target using conventional sights. When used as designed, in the binocular mode, the operator sees only the red, chevron-shaped reticle (the pointed tip is the aiming point) transposed on the target at anywhere from across-the-room ranges to several hundred yards.\r\n\r\nMy sample ACOG 3.5x35mm scope came packaged in a well-padded Pelican case, which also held a black nylon, Scopecoat scope cover, a Lenspen lens cleaner and an ACOG thumbscrew flattop adapter for affixing the scope to the Picatinny rail of the LAR-8. The scope housing is 8 inches in length and is made of rugged forged aluminum; the black, hard-anodized finish matches almost exactly that of the RRA rifle. Scope weight without mounts adds only 14 ounces to the weight of the rifle.\r\n\r\nThe scope is calibrated for use with the .308 cartridge and is meant to be sighted in at 100 meters with an effective range of 800 meters on flattop rifles. The reticle also includes a rangefinder and the base of the chevron aiming point is 5.53 MOA (minute of angle), which at 300 meters is 19 inches allowing for good range estimation. Of course, during the day, the fiber-optic tube running along the top of the scope gathers light for the red aiming point and at night\/low light tritium is used to illuminate the chevron. The field of view at 100 yards is almost 29 feet, the eye relief is 2.4 inches and the adjustment is 4-inch clicks at 100 yards.\r\n\r\nRange Time<\/strong>\r\nNow it was time to go to my ammo locker and select some cartridges from my stock of .308 ammunition. I chose Black Hills Gold with a 168-grain Hornady A-Max bullet, which has a factory velocity of 2650 fps (feet per second). Next I picked Federal Gold Medal that has a Sierra 168-grain \u201cMatchKing\u201d BTHP bullet also rated at 2650 fps. To add a law enforcement-designed cartridge I included the one of the Hornady TAP loads in .308.\r\n\r\nAccording to their website, \u201cThe 155-grain A-MAX TAP Precision cartridge offers match accuracy with a high-ballistic coefficient providing superior long-range performance. This load demonstrates expansion and fragmentation similar to the 110-grain load, but with a noticeable increase in penetration and retained bullet weight. This bullet penetrates glass with minimal deflection and exhibits retained expansion and fragmentation characteristics.\u201d\r\n\r\nIt is also intended for use in a 1-in-10-inch or 1-in-12-inch twist rifle barrel such as that on the LAR-8. My final selection was the Winchester 150-grain Supreme Elite with \u201cThe new XP3 bullet that starts with a two-stage expansion design, then combines all the best-known bullet technology to offer delayed controlled expansion, deep penetration, and high retained weight.\u201d\r\n\r\nWith my rifle\/sight combination, plus test ammunition in hand, it was time for a field test. I did my shooting at the NRA Whittington Center during the 2008 Shootists Holiday and used the Center\u2019s Sight-In Range for my accuracy and chronograph testing session. I sighted the Trijicon ACOG 3.5x35mm scope in for 100 yards, then proceeded to shoot three 3-shot groups for record with each test cartridge, using the concrete benches and an MTM Casegard rest.\r\n\r\nMy best group was 0.82 of an inch using Federal Gold Medal loads, followed by 0.97 of an inch with the Hornady TAP ammo. All of the group averages stayed under 2 inches and my guess is that the rifle would have had no trouble out-shooting the shooter that day. I also set up my Oehler Model 35P chronograph to see what velocities I would get from the LAR-8 M\/L 16-inch barrel.\r\n\r\nNext I put a silhouette target out at 200 yards and fired a dozen shots using a mixed bag of .308 cartridges at center mass and scored 10 hits in the 10 and X-ring and two just out in the 9-ring. Three shots to the head resulted in three hits in the 10-ring. Lastly, I took the LAR-8 to the Animal Silhouette Range, where the backstop is a mountainside covered with nice big rocks.\r\n\r\nFrom the standing, off-hand position, again using a mix of my test ammo, I was able to make dust fly on rocks out as far as I could see them on the mountainside, which has been previously checked with a laser rangefinder to have shootable rocks out to some 475 yards. The best part besides the practical accuracy and \u201cshootability\u201d of the LAR-8 was the fact that it was 100-percent reliable and I did not note a single malfunction during the test.\r\n\r\nFinal Notes<\/strong>\r\nRRA has a winner here and mated with the Trijicon ACOG scope and good ammo, I can\u2019t think of anything I\u2019d rather take into harm\u2019s way.","post_title":"RRA Mid-Length LAR-8 A4 .308","post_excerpt":"Big-bore AR\/Trijicon ACOG combo proved 100% reliable and sub-MOA accurate!","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"rra-mid-lenght-lar-8-a4-308","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-05-31 20:23:23","post_modified_gmt":"2023-05-31 20:23:23","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2009\/04\/24\/rra-mid-lenght-lar-8-a4-308\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":161994,"post_author":"645","post_date":"2008-05-13 15:04:28","post_date_gmt":"2008-05-13 21:04:28","post_content":"\r\nThose marvels of Austrian ingenuity, GLOCK pistols, have a well-deserved reputation for arriving ready for concealed carry. No sharp edges abound to be rough on the hands or snag clothing during the draw. GLOCKs slide from the holster, point well, and are ready for immediate action. The GLOCK Safe Action design leaves worries regarding a complicated manual of arms in the dust. Cap that off with sizes and calibers to satisfy every taste, and GLOCK seems destined to maintain their edge.\r\n\r\nFew things are dearer to the American heart than .45-caliber handguns. Despite the presence of .36- and .44-caliber handguns during the settling of the West, the .45 Colt is viewed as the decisive caliber from that era. Just in time to take the place of this noble cartridge, the .45 Auto became a force to be reckoned with in the next century. There is something comforting about this large caliber, imbuing a sense of power.\r\n\r\nIn fact, many a breath was held after GLOCK entered the U. S. market, until the Austrian company announced the introduction of their Model 21 in .45 Auto. Exhaling a sigh of relief, the .45 culture had a polymer wonder to satisfy its desires.\r\n\r\nFor duty carry by officers, the GLOCK 21 proved a perfect choice, hearty and robust, with the renowned GLOCK reliability. Following Law Enforcement (LE) trends that pushed the GLOCK to the top of the LE realm, as concealed carry rights blossomed, those exercising their rights adopted GLOCKs in droves. However, it was obvious the GLOCK 21 would have a small concealed carry following. The very traits making it so popular for duty carry\u2014hearty and robust\u2014worked against discreet carry.\r\n\r\nNever one to be left out in the cold, GLOCK introduced the more compact Models 30 and 36 in .45 Auto with double- and single-stack magazines, respectively. The Model 30 still bore grip dimensions similar to that of the Model 21, frequently difficult for those with average hands. The 36, though thinner due to a single-column magazine, still bore a longer front-to-back grip because of the .45 Auto chambering, which can still be a problem for some.\r\n\r\nBoth models have fared well with the American concealed carrier, but their frames, sized as they were for the .45 Auto, still leave some carriers and shooters with average and smaller-sized hands wanting. Likewise, many in the LE community hankered for a pistol dimensionally like the immensely popular GLOCK 17\/19\/26 and 22\/23\/26, but in the .45 Auto. Of course, the .45 Auto just won\u2019t fit in these more comfortable frames.\r\n\r\nMAKE WAY FOR THE .45<\/strong>\r\nNever one to shy away from a challenge, the folks at GLOCK tackled the project with the help of the ballistic wizards at Speer. The resulting cartridge, equaling the ballistic performance of the .45 Auto, was christened the .45 GLOCK Automatic Pistol (G.A.P.). Squeezed into a 9x19\/.40 frame, the GLOCK 37 and the .45 G.A.P. answered the LE and civilian concealed carriers\u2019 request for a more-compact .45 pistol.\r\n\r\nThe full-sized GLOCK 37 was followed by the compact GLOCK 38, and sub-compact GLOCK 39, each chambering a fair number of the new stubby .45s. Initially it was hoped the Models 37, 38, and 39 might be exactly the same size as the corresponding 9x19\/.40 models, and regarding the frames that proved true. However, to ensure perfect performance, marginally larger slides became the norm. (17\/22 slides are 1.01 inches wide by 0.85-inch high, weighing 18 ounces. GLOCK 37 slides are 1.13 inches wide by 0.88-inch high and weigh 21 ounces.) The .45 G.A.P. pistols incorporate a longer steel locking-block.\r\n\r\nOne step in building a cartridge to fit in the smaller and handier frame was designing the .45 G.A.P. cartridge to be 0.13-inch shorter than the .45 Auto. This produces a case similar in length to the 9x19 (0.78-inches), but once loaded the G. A. P has an overall length of 1.08 inches, actually shorter than the 9x19. (This last design parameter allows the wide .45 G.A.P. bullet to fit in a shorter grip area.)\r\n\r\n\"imgp03.gif\"AN ALL-NEW CARTRIDGE<\/strong>\r\nAdditional changes include a slightly rebated rim on the G.A.P., and modified extractor groove. Inside the case, one finds a wall profile that differs noticeably from the .45 Auto, thus allowing for seating .45 bullets without case wall bulging, and outside the primer pocket is filled with a small pistol primer. (A large pistol primer reportedly caused over-ignition and excessive pressure.) All of this goes to the point that the G.A.P. is an entirely new cartridge case that cannot be safely built from a .45 Auto case! Using the most modern propellants, Speer succeeded in charging this smaller .45 cartridge to equal the .45 Auto ballistically, while keeping pressures near the .45 Auto range.\r\n\r\nThere is no paucity of loadings available for the .45 G.A.P. GLOCKs. Speer\u2019s initial .45 G.A.P. commercial loadings were 185- and 200-grain Gold Dot premium hollowpoints and the same weights of TMJ bullets in the Speer Lawman line for economical shooting. Under the ATK banner with Speer, Federal Cartridge has introduced 185-grain and 230-grain Hydra-Shok loadings in the Premium Personal Defense line and an economical 185-grain TMJ loading in the American Eagle line.\r\n\r\nWinchester and Remington are now loading the .45 G.A.P. cartridge in configurations similar to Speer and Federal. COR-BON stepped in with their 160-grain DPX load, the 165-grain Pow'R Ball, a jacketed soft point, and a 200-grain JHP. This means bullet weights of 160 grains, 165 grains, 185 grains, 200 grains and 230 grains are all available.\r\n\r\n.45 GAP PERFORMANCE<\/strong>\r\nThe .45 G.A.P. is quite a boon for those of us adhering to the notion that bigger is better! Concealed carriers and Law Enforcement personnel, in and out of uniform, have their wish for new handguns.\r\n\r\nFrom the concealed carriers\u2019 and non-uniformed LE perspective, I found four .45 GLOCKs most appropriate for their needs. The Model 21 has already been excluded, and the Model 37 will probably be as well by those seeking compactness for carry. This leaves us with the Models 30, 36, 38, and 39 for consideration.\r\n\r\nThis was my first experience with the .45 G.A.P., so I began my examination of the concealed carry candidates with range testing. Trigger-time revealed just what I had heard: the .45 G.A.P. pistols were just as easily handled during all the drills as similar GLOCK models accommodating the .45 Auto. The GLOCK 38 weighs virtually the same as the Model 30, while the same is true of the Models 36 and 39, and the velocities of similar weight bullets are close enough to produce the similar felt recoil in pistols all weighing the same. (Depending on the cartridge, the .45 G.A.P. recoil can feel similar to a .40 pistol.)\r\n\r\nWearing average-sized hands, I found all four offerings fit me well, with the GLOCK 30 on the upper end of comfort for me. That, of course, explains why there is more than one flavor of ice cream\u2014and size of GLOCK\u2014to provide needed variety!\r\n\r\nWith pistols to fit my hands and those of most others, in my favorite caliber and that of GLOCK\u2019s new offering\u2014which seems destined to offer the .45 Auto a run for its money\u2014I went forth to gather the opinions of other shooters and concealed carriers.\r\n\r\n\"gap-carry.gif\"SHOOTING & CARRYING GLOCK .45s<\/strong>\r\nI placed the four GLOCK .45 offerings in the hands of a variety of shooters, and received the expected plethora of preferences. Given a choice of .45 GLOCKs, each one selected their favorite based on how it fit their hands and rode on their waist. Recoil did not seem a factor.\r\n\r\nThose finding the .45 Auto pistols a tad largish found the pistols chambered for the .45 G.A.P. just right. Testers that found the .45 Auto pistols fitting them well expressed their appreciation of the trimmer G.A.P pistols. It seems that not only has GLOCK spawned a new caliber in which to chamber their pistols, they have found one that can satisfy the needs of big-bore concealed carriers (and no doubt uniformed officers) while doing so.\r\n\r\nWill this be the .45 of the 21st century? Only time will tell, but it seems the .45 G.A.P is making a good run at that distinction!\r\nHOLSTERING GLOCK .45s<\/strong>\r\nAs excellent as the size and calibers of the GLOCK .45s make them for concealment, they still miss one thing for concealed carry\u2014a holster! Luckily holster makers, just like users, have flocked to all GLOCK pistols. Finding leather, or non-leather, to tote one\u2019s choice of .45 should be relatively easy.\r\n\r\nToting a handgun\u2014any handgun, including a GLOCK\u2014should be accomplished using a quality holster. Holsters protect handguns from loss, or shifting during carry, ensuring it will be there when one reaches for it. Not only will the handgun be there when needed, but also a well-designed holster will snug a GLOCK .45 against the body, while not impeding a smooth, speedy draw. Regardless of the GLOCK .45 of choice, there should be a holster to allow carrying it comfortably, securely, and inconspicuously.\r\n\r\nA quick search of the Internet turned up offerings to carry some of GLOCK\u2019s .45s from Aker, Alessi, Bianchi, Blackhawk Bulman, Blade-Tech, Comp-Tac, DeSantis, Del Fatti, Don Hume, FIST, Fobus, Galco, Gould & Goodrich, Milt Sparks, Safariland, Sidearmor, and Uncle Mikes. There are more, but I stopped searching when it became obvious there was no end to holsters and suppliers.\r\n\r\nIt seems every commercial holster maker, and those in the custom world, offer one or more styles, to fit one or more of the .45 GLOCK pistols. Their wares are made from horse or cowhide, Kydex or other polymer, or some version of ballistic nylon. Styles include belt models, inside-the-waistband versions, shoulder holsters, and pocket models for the smaller pistols.\r\n\r\nI also did a scan of my holster collection, and found a number already on hand, including those wearing the GLOCK brand. (GLOCK has always offered holsters for their pistols.) Not surprisingly, I discovered many holsters specified for 9x19\/.40 pistols also fit quite nicely around a GLOCK 36 pistol, with a scant few fitting the marginally enlarged G.A.P. models. (This is, of course, not something most holster makers will announce, nor something one can count on, but if an ample selection of holsters is available, the fit is easily checked.) In addition, holsters for the GLOCK 30 will usually fit the G.A.P. offerings.\r\n\r\nPick a .45 GLOCK, a holster to meet your needs, and ammo from a high-performance source. Outfitted with this, today\u2019s big-bore carrier will be ready to go!","post_title":"Concealed-Carry .45s: The GLOCK Solution | Glock 45 Models","post_excerpt":"The .45 firepower favored by legions of officers is tough to keep out of sight. Not so with the GLOCK .45 G.A.P.\u2014the hideaway handgun with maximum performance.","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"concealed-carry-45s-the-glock-solution","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-10-31 23:10:49","post_modified_gmt":"2023-11-01 03:10:49","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2008\/05\/13\/concealed-carry-45s-the-glock-solution\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":true,"total_page":15},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"}; Page 15 of 15Previous

<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Compact semi-autos like the Kimber Solo are effective fight-stoppers, but shooters with weaker hands might have trouble retracting their slides.<\/figcaption><\/figure>\n\n\n\n
11415
\n

POPULAR
MREs and other types of survival food

Emergency Eating: Survival Food for When the Stores are Empty!
byMichael D'Angona
February 16, 2025
0

Nighthawk 20th Anniversary Pistol – 20 for 20

Nighthawk 20th Anniversary Pistol – 20 for 20
byFred Mastison
February 16, 2025
0

Walther PPK/s: Re-Introducing the Classic Concealment Pistol.

Classic Concealment Re-Introduced in .32 ACP: The Walther PPK/s Pistol
byWilliam Bell
February 17, 2025
0

Federal HammerDown 22 LR

Federal HammerDown 22 LR: Built for Lever-Actions & Tubular Mags!
byBallistic Staff
February 19, 2025
0

BROWSE BY BRAND

Skillset Magazine
Ballistic Magazine
Combat Handguns
Tactical Life
PDW Concealed Carry Handguns
Personal Defense World
Guns of the Old West
American Frontiersman

Glock 30 SF<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n
\"Glock
Glock 30 SF: Concealed-Carry Glock<\/figcaption><\/figure>\n\n\n\n

While not new, the smallest

Glock<\/a> pistol offered in .45 ACP comes in a close second to the XDS for size, measuring 6.97 inches in overall length, 4.45 inches in height, and 1.28 inches in width, with a 3.77-inch barrel length and total carry weight (empty) of 26.3 ounces. The Glock\u2019s big advantage is capacity, 10+1. Not exactly \u201cpocketable\u201d (although depending upon one\u2019s build and the clothing worn, it can be), the Glock 30 SF is best suited to a small IWB holster, paddle or minimal belt carry rig providing excellent concealment and quick retrieval. Like all Glock models, regardless of size, the Glock 30 SF is very easy to operate and employs the proven Glock Safe Action trigger system.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Glock\u2019s G30 series (Glock 30 and Glock 30 SF) have long been a popular choice for law enforcement as all of the operating features are identical to Glock\u2019s standard and compact models. For civilian concealed carry, the Glock 30 has maintained its stature as one of the best .45 ACP semi-autos for the past 16 years! In addition, Glock also offers the slightly narrower Glock 36, which shaves almost 0.25 inches off width by using a single stack 6-round magazine.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Like any semi-automatic pistol bearing the

For a 7+1 capacity .45 ACP, the Sig has some pretty trim measurements, stretching only 6.8 inches overall, a compact height of 4.8 inches and a width of slightly over an inch. The stainless steel 7-round magazine has a flat (flush) floorplate and witness holes on either side.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

If the new little Sig Sauer .45 ACP lacks any one feature it is an ambidextrous thumb safety. The grips are wide enough and deep enough to allow a firm one-handed hold with the little finger perfectly wrapped around the bottom of the finely checkered grip frame. The thumb safety clicks on and off with ease and the slide release requires only modest pressure to chamber the first round on reload.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

If the Sig Sauer Ultra Compact 1911\u2019s general appearance seems familiar it is simply a function of design, since it is based on the most famous semiautomatic pistol in history. What the Sig Sauer version adds, aside from somewhat smaller dimensions, are standard features that are generally extra cost options. As a concealed carry .45 ACP semi-auto the Sig Sauer measures up.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Glock calls the .40 S&W Glock 27 Gen4 the \u201cthinking person\u2019s\u201d deep concealment gun. In its newest Gen4 configuration with interchangeable backstrap panels, the 9+1 standard capacity Glock continues the 27\u2019s history as a consummate backup gun for law enforcement. It has also become an ideal

While slightly larger than a Subcompact 9mm, the modest increase in overall size is offset by its capacity and ease of use. While the .40 S&W imparts a pretty hefty kick (compared to a 9mm), the Glock 27 Gen4 has very linear muzzle flip allowing quick target reacquisition. Overall, the Glock isn\u2019t the handful you expect from subcompact handguns, and with the right backstrap attached becomes a hand-filling, manageable semi-auto that puts the power of the .40 S&W cartridge into a size ideal for concealed carry use. The overall size is 6.29 inches in length with a 3.46-inch barrel, 4.17 inches in height, 1.18 inches in width, and a modest weight of 21.7 ounces empty.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Compact semi-autos like the Kimber Solo are effective fight-stoppers, but shooters with weaker hands might have trouble retracting their slides.<\/figcaption><\/figure>\n\n\n\n
11415
\n

POPULAR
MREs and other types of survival food

Emergency Eating: Survival Food for When the Stores are Empty!
byMichael D'Angona
February 16, 2025
0

Nighthawk 20th Anniversary Pistol – 20 for 20

Nighthawk 20th Anniversary Pistol – 20 for 20
byFred Mastison
February 16, 2025
0

Walther PPK/s: Re-Introducing the Classic Concealment Pistol.

Classic Concealment Re-Introduced in .32 ACP: The Walther PPK/s Pistol
byWilliam Bell
February 17, 2025
0

Federal HammerDown 22 LR

Federal HammerDown 22 LR: Built for Lever-Actions & Tubular Mags!
byBallistic Staff
February 19, 2025
0

BROWSE BY BRAND

Skillset Magazine
Ballistic Magazine
Combat Handguns
Tactical Life
PDW Concealed Carry Handguns
Personal Defense World
Guns of the Old West
American Frontiersman

The .45 ACP is historically known for its stopping power. Not so much its velocity but sheer grain weight. Today\u2019s tactical rounds like Federal Premium Law Enforcement 230-grain Hydra-Shok, and Personal Defense ammunition such as Hornady\u2019s 185-grain FTX and CorBon\u2019s 160-grain DPX, lighter and faster grain weight bullets, make the .45 ACP a more practical option for concealed carry.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Glock 30 SF<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n
\"Glock
Glock 30 SF: Concealed-Carry Glock<\/figcaption><\/figure>\n\n\n\n

While not new, the smallest

Glock<\/a> pistol offered in .45 ACP comes in a close second to the XDS for size, measuring 6.97 inches in overall length, 4.45 inches in height, and 1.28 inches in width, with a 3.77-inch barrel length and total carry weight (empty) of 26.3 ounces. The Glock\u2019s big advantage is capacity, 10+1. Not exactly \u201cpocketable\u201d (although depending upon one\u2019s build and the clothing worn, it can be), the Glock 30 SF is best suited to a small IWB holster, paddle or minimal belt carry rig providing excellent concealment and quick retrieval. Like all Glock models, regardless of size, the Glock 30 SF is very easy to operate and employs the proven Glock Safe Action trigger system.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Glock\u2019s G30 series (Glock 30 and Glock 30 SF) have long been a popular choice for law enforcement as all of the operating features are identical to Glock\u2019s standard and compact models. For civilian concealed carry, the Glock 30 has maintained its stature as one of the best .45 ACP semi-autos for the past 16 years! In addition, Glock also offers the slightly narrower Glock 36, which shaves almost 0.25 inches off width by using a single stack 6-round magazine.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Like any semi-automatic pistol bearing the

For a 7+1 capacity .45 ACP, the Sig has some pretty trim measurements, stretching only 6.8 inches overall, a compact height of 4.8 inches and a width of slightly over an inch. The stainless steel 7-round magazine has a flat (flush) floorplate and witness holes on either side.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

If the new little Sig Sauer .45 ACP lacks any one feature it is an ambidextrous thumb safety. The grips are wide enough and deep enough to allow a firm one-handed hold with the little finger perfectly wrapped around the bottom of the finely checkered grip frame. The thumb safety clicks on and off with ease and the slide release requires only modest pressure to chamber the first round on reload.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

If the Sig Sauer Ultra Compact 1911\u2019s general appearance seems familiar it is simply a function of design, since it is based on the most famous semiautomatic pistol in history. What the Sig Sauer version adds, aside from somewhat smaller dimensions, are standard features that are generally extra cost options. As a concealed carry .45 ACP semi-auto the Sig Sauer measures up.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Glock calls the .40 S&W Glock 27 Gen4 the \u201cthinking person\u2019s\u201d deep concealment gun. In its newest Gen4 configuration with interchangeable backstrap panels, the 9+1 standard capacity Glock continues the 27\u2019s history as a consummate backup gun for law enforcement. It has also become an ideal

While slightly larger than a Subcompact 9mm, the modest increase in overall size is offset by its capacity and ease of use. While the .40 S&W imparts a pretty hefty kick (compared to a 9mm), the Glock 27 Gen4 has very linear muzzle flip allowing quick target reacquisition. Overall, the Glock isn\u2019t the handful you expect from subcompact handguns, and with the right backstrap attached becomes a hand-filling, manageable semi-auto that puts the power of the .40 S&W cartridge into a size ideal for concealed carry use. The overall size is 6.29 inches in length with a 3.46-inch barrel, 4.17 inches in height, 1.18 inches in width, and a modest weight of 21.7 ounces empty.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Compact semi-autos like the Kimber Solo are effective fight-stoppers, but shooters with weaker hands might have trouble retracting their slides.<\/figcaption><\/figure>\n\n\n\n
11415
\n

POPULAR
MREs and other types of survival food

Emergency Eating: Survival Food for When the Stores are Empty!
byMichael D'Angona
February 16, 2025
0

Nighthawk 20th Anniversary Pistol – 20 for 20

Nighthawk 20th Anniversary Pistol – 20 for 20
byFred Mastison
February 16, 2025
0

Walther PPK/s: Re-Introducing the Classic Concealment Pistol.

Classic Concealment Re-Introduced in .32 ACP: The Walther PPK/s Pistol
byWilliam Bell
February 17, 2025
0

Federal HammerDown 22 LR

Federal HammerDown 22 LR: Built for Lever-Actions & Tubular Mags!
byBallistic Staff
February 19, 2025
0

BROWSE BY BRAND

Skillset Magazine
Ballistic Magazine
Combat Handguns
Tactical Life
PDW Concealed Carry Handguns
Personal Defense World
Guns of the Old West
American Frontiersman

Wielding & Concealing .45 ACP Subcompact Handguns<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

The .45 ACP is historically known for its stopping power. Not so much its velocity but sheer grain weight. Today\u2019s tactical rounds like Federal Premium Law Enforcement 230-grain Hydra-Shok, and Personal Defense ammunition such as Hornady\u2019s 185-grain FTX and CorBon\u2019s 160-grain DPX, lighter and faster grain weight bullets, make the .45 ACP a more practical option for concealed carry.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Glock 30 SF<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n
\"Glock
Glock 30 SF: Concealed-Carry Glock<\/figcaption><\/figure>\n\n\n\n

While not new, the smallest

Glock<\/a> pistol offered in .45 ACP comes in a close second to the XDS for size, measuring 6.97 inches in overall length, 4.45 inches in height, and 1.28 inches in width, with a 3.77-inch barrel length and total carry weight (empty) of 26.3 ounces. The Glock\u2019s big advantage is capacity, 10+1. Not exactly \u201cpocketable\u201d (although depending upon one\u2019s build and the clothing worn, it can be), the Glock 30 SF is best suited to a small IWB holster, paddle or minimal belt carry rig providing excellent concealment and quick retrieval. Like all Glock models, regardless of size, the Glock 30 SF is very easy to operate and employs the proven Glock Safe Action trigger system.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Glock\u2019s G30 series (Glock 30 and Glock 30 SF) have long been a popular choice for law enforcement as all of the operating features are identical to Glock\u2019s standard and compact models. For civilian concealed carry, the Glock 30 has maintained its stature as one of the best .45 ACP semi-autos for the past 16 years! In addition, Glock also offers the slightly narrower Glock 36, which shaves almost 0.25 inches off width by using a single stack 6-round magazine.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Like any semi-automatic pistol bearing the

For a 7+1 capacity .45 ACP, the Sig has some pretty trim measurements, stretching only 6.8 inches overall, a compact height of 4.8 inches and a width of slightly over an inch. The stainless steel 7-round magazine has a flat (flush) floorplate and witness holes on either side.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

If the new little Sig Sauer .45 ACP lacks any one feature it is an ambidextrous thumb safety. The grips are wide enough and deep enough to allow a firm one-handed hold with the little finger perfectly wrapped around the bottom of the finely checkered grip frame. The thumb safety clicks on and off with ease and the slide release requires only modest pressure to chamber the first round on reload.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

If the Sig Sauer Ultra Compact 1911\u2019s general appearance seems familiar it is simply a function of design, since it is based on the most famous semiautomatic pistol in history. What the Sig Sauer version adds, aside from somewhat smaller dimensions, are standard features that are generally extra cost options. As a concealed carry .45 ACP semi-auto the Sig Sauer measures up.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Glock calls the .40 S&W Glock 27 Gen4 the \u201cthinking person\u2019s\u201d deep concealment gun. In its newest Gen4 configuration with interchangeable backstrap panels, the 9+1 standard capacity Glock continues the 27\u2019s history as a consummate backup gun for law enforcement. It has also become an ideal

While slightly larger than a Subcompact 9mm, the modest increase in overall size is offset by its capacity and ease of use. While the .40 S&W imparts a pretty hefty kick (compared to a 9mm), the Glock 27 Gen4 has very linear muzzle flip allowing quick target reacquisition. Overall, the Glock isn\u2019t the handful you expect from subcompact handguns, and with the right backstrap attached becomes a hand-filling, manageable semi-auto that puts the power of the .40 S&W cartridge into a size ideal for concealed carry use. The overall size is 6.29 inches in length with a 3.46-inch barrel, 4.17 inches in height, 1.18 inches in width, and a modest weight of 21.7 ounces empty.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Compact semi-autos like the Kimber Solo are effective fight-stoppers, but shooters with weaker hands might have trouble retracting their slides.<\/figcaption><\/figure>\n\n\n\n
11415
\n

POPULAR
MREs and other types of survival food

Emergency Eating: Survival Food for When the Stores are Empty!
byMichael D'Angona
February 16, 2025
0

Nighthawk 20th Anniversary Pistol – 20 for 20

Nighthawk 20th Anniversary Pistol – 20 for 20
byFred Mastison
February 16, 2025
0

Walther PPK/s: Re-Introducing the Classic Concealment Pistol.

Classic Concealment Re-Introduced in .32 ACP: The Walther PPK/s Pistol
byWilliam Bell
February 17, 2025
0

Federal HammerDown 22 LR

Federal HammerDown 22 LR: Built for Lever-Actions & Tubular Mags!
byBallistic Staff
February 19, 2025
0

BROWSE BY BRAND

Skillset Magazine
Ballistic Magazine
Combat Handguns
Tactical Life
PDW Concealed Carry Handguns
Personal Defense World
Guns of the Old West
American Frontiersman

As far back as the 18th century, around the time of the Revolutionary War, small compact pistols were being carried for personal defense. Back in the 1770\u2019s it was a single-shot flintlock, usually no larger than a man\u2019s hand and chambered in a substantial caliber. This concept continued into the 1800\u2019s with percussion single-shot pocket pistols, and later with Samuel Colt\u2019s pocket revolvers. Thus, for more than four centuries the notion of the subcompact handguns have been a constant. In the 21st century we have perfected the art of making as much gun as possible in the smallest package possible. The following examples have raised the bar and lowered the mass without compromising caliber or ease of use from .45 ACP to 9mm.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Wielding & Concealing .45 ACP Subcompact Handguns<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

The .45 ACP is historically known for its stopping power. Not so much its velocity but sheer grain weight. Today\u2019s tactical rounds like Federal Premium Law Enforcement 230-grain Hydra-Shok, and Personal Defense ammunition such as Hornady\u2019s 185-grain FTX and CorBon\u2019s 160-grain DPX, lighter and faster grain weight bullets, make the .45 ACP a more practical option for concealed carry.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Glock 30 SF<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n
\"Glock
Glock 30 SF: Concealed-Carry Glock<\/figcaption><\/figure>\n\n\n\n

While not new, the smallest

Glock<\/a> pistol offered in .45 ACP comes in a close second to the XDS for size, measuring 6.97 inches in overall length, 4.45 inches in height, and 1.28 inches in width, with a 3.77-inch barrel length and total carry weight (empty) of 26.3 ounces. The Glock\u2019s big advantage is capacity, 10+1. Not exactly \u201cpocketable\u201d (although depending upon one\u2019s build and the clothing worn, it can be), the Glock 30 SF is best suited to a small IWB holster, paddle or minimal belt carry rig providing excellent concealment and quick retrieval. Like all Glock models, regardless of size, the Glock 30 SF is very easy to operate and employs the proven Glock Safe Action trigger system.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Glock\u2019s G30 series (Glock 30 and Glock 30 SF) have long been a popular choice for law enforcement as all of the operating features are identical to Glock\u2019s standard and compact models. For civilian concealed carry, the Glock 30 has maintained its stature as one of the best .45 ACP semi-autos for the past 16 years! In addition, Glock also offers the slightly narrower Glock 36, which shaves almost 0.25 inches off width by using a single stack 6-round magazine.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Like any semi-automatic pistol bearing the

For a 7+1 capacity .45 ACP, the Sig has some pretty trim measurements, stretching only 6.8 inches overall, a compact height of 4.8 inches and a width of slightly over an inch. The stainless steel 7-round magazine has a flat (flush) floorplate and witness holes on either side.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

If the new little Sig Sauer .45 ACP lacks any one feature it is an ambidextrous thumb safety. The grips are wide enough and deep enough to allow a firm one-handed hold with the little finger perfectly wrapped around the bottom of the finely checkered grip frame. The thumb safety clicks on and off with ease and the slide release requires only modest pressure to chamber the first round on reload.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

If the Sig Sauer Ultra Compact 1911\u2019s general appearance seems familiar it is simply a function of design, since it is based on the most famous semiautomatic pistol in history. What the Sig Sauer version adds, aside from somewhat smaller dimensions, are standard features that are generally extra cost options. As a concealed carry .45 ACP semi-auto the Sig Sauer measures up.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Glock calls the .40 S&W Glock 27 Gen4 the \u201cthinking person\u2019s\u201d deep concealment gun. In its newest Gen4 configuration with interchangeable backstrap panels, the 9+1 standard capacity Glock continues the 27\u2019s history as a consummate backup gun for law enforcement. It has also become an ideal

While slightly larger than a Subcompact 9mm, the modest increase in overall size is offset by its capacity and ease of use. While the .40 S&W imparts a pretty hefty kick (compared to a 9mm), the Glock 27 Gen4 has very linear muzzle flip allowing quick target reacquisition. Overall, the Glock isn\u2019t the handful you expect from subcompact handguns, and with the right backstrap attached becomes a hand-filling, manageable semi-auto that puts the power of the .40 S&W cartridge into a size ideal for concealed carry use. The overall size is 6.29 inches in length with a 3.46-inch barrel, 4.17 inches in height, 1.18 inches in width, and a modest weight of 21.7 ounces empty.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Compact semi-autos like the Kimber Solo are effective fight-stoppers, but shooters with weaker hands might have trouble retracting their slides.<\/figcaption><\/figure>\n\n\n\n
11415

POPULAR
MREs and other types of survival food

Emergency Eating: Survival Food for When the Stores are Empty!
byMichael D'Angona
February 16, 2025
0

Nighthawk 20th Anniversary Pistol – 20 for 20

Nighthawk 20th Anniversary Pistol – 20 for 20
byFred Mastison
February 16, 2025
0

Walther PPK/s: Re-Introducing the Classic Concealment Pistol.

Classic Concealment Re-Introduced in .32 ACP: The Walther PPK/s Pistol
byWilliam Bell
February 17, 2025
0

Federal HammerDown 22 LR

Federal HammerDown 22 LR: Built for Lever-Actions & Tubular Mags!
byBallistic Staff
February 19, 2025
0

BROWSE BY BRAND

Skillset Magazine
Ballistic Magazine
Combat Handguns
Tactical Life
PDW Concealed Carry Handguns
Personal Defense World
Guns of the Old West
American Frontiersman

Federal Ammunition

.308 Hornady Superformance GMX bullet12 Gauge

Piercing Ammo: 32 Pistol, Shotgun And Rifle Rounds for Hard Targets

byTactical Life Staff
May 31, 2023
Federal Premium Trophy Copper Muzzleloading BulletAmmo

Federal Premium Adds 2 New Bullets to 2014 Ammo Arsenal | VIDEO

byTactical Life Staff
May 31, 2023
.38/.357

Self-Defense Ammo

byPersonal Defense World
October 31, 2023
Federal Premium has officially launched its online Ballistics Calculator on FederalPremium.com.News

Federal Premium Offers Versatile Online Ballistics Calculator

byTactical Life Staff
May 31, 2023
The new Sig Sauer P227 Nitron carries 10+1 rounds of .45 ACP firepower in a tank-tough package. Shown with a Crimson Trace CMR-202 Rail Master light.Concealed Carry

Sig Sauer P227 .45 ACP Pistol | Gun Review

byWilliam Bell
May 31, 2023
Originally built for USSOCOM in .338 Lapua and .300 Win Mag, the modular .308 MRAD is ideal for law enforcement countersniping. Shown with a Nightforce 3.5-15x50 F1 NXS scope and an Atlas bipod.Bolt Action

Barrett MRAD .308 Rifle | Gun Review

byRob Garrett
May 31, 2023

TRENDING
No Content Available
Hornady Security Ammo Cabinet: Lock Up Ammo, Tools & MoreGuns

Contemporary Subcompact Handguns

byDennis Adler
October 19, 2023
Ammo

Armalite AR-10T .338 Federal

byTactical Life Staff
October 31, 2023
Red Arrow Weapons Unveils 300 Blackout Pistol With Defensive Upside12 Gauge

RRA Mid-Length LAR-8 A4 .308

byWilliam Bell
May 31, 2023
We Like Shooting, Episode 246: NRA Annual Meetings 2018 RecapGuns

Concealed-Carry .45s: The GLOCK Solution | Glock 45 Models

byTactical Life Staff
October 31, 2023
Page 15 of 15Previous11415

POPULAR
MREs and other types of survival food

Emergency Eating: Survival Food for When the Stores are Empty!
byMichael D'Angona
February 16, 2025
0

Nighthawk 20th Anniversary Pistol – 20 for 20

Nighthawk 20th Anniversary Pistol – 20 for 20
byFred Mastison
February 16, 2025
0

Walther PPK/s: Re-Introducing the Classic Concealment Pistol.

Classic Concealment Re-Introduced in .32 ACP: The Walther PPK/s Pistol
byWilliam Bell
February 17, 2025
0

Federal HammerDown 22 LR

Federal HammerDown 22 LR: Built for Lever-Actions & Tubular Mags!
byBallistic Staff
February 19, 2025
0

BROWSE BY BRAND

Skillset Magazine
Ballistic Magazine
Combat Handguns
Tactical Life
PDW Concealed Carry Handguns
Personal Defense World
Guns of the Old West
American Frontiersman
PRIVACY POLICYTERMS OF USECORPORATEADVERTISEPRIVACY POLICYTERMS OF USECORPORATEADVERTISE
GunsSemi-Automatic HandgunsRevolversSemi-Automatic RiflesModern Sporting RifleLever ActionBolt ActionShotgunsAirgunsParts & AccessoriesOptics & SightsThermal VisionLasers & LightsSuppressorsHolstersSlingsTargetsHandgun PartsRifle PartsMaintenance & ToolsAmmoHandgun AmmoRifle AmmoShotgun AmmoRimfire AmmoReloadingGearApparelEars & EyesStorageTactical GearKnivesLess LethalFlashlightsElectronicsLifestyleConcealed CarryPersonal DefenseHome DefenseHuntingCompetition ShootingPrecision Shooting/Long Range ShootingTrainingShooting 101SurvivalMilitary & LEPeopleRidesHistoryNews
  • GiveawaysEnter to Win Walther’s PDP F-Series in February’s FGF!VIDEOS

    © 2025 - Premium WordPress news & magazine theme by .

    JNewsJegtheme

    Springfield XDM Compact 3.8<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n\"Springfield

    With the addition of the XDM Series of guns introduced in 2008, Springfield raised the bar on multi-purpose sidearms. While the XD pistols have found great acceptance within the general firearms community, the XDM Series is more in tune with today\u2019s personal protection and concealed carry needs, flavored with Springfield\u2019s penchant for building high-capacity pistols on standard sized frames.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

    The latest XDM Compact, chambered in .40 S&W (with an impressive 11+1 capacity) offers the same match grade 3.8-inch barrel as the XDM 3.8, but with a shorter grip frame like those used on the XD Sub-Compact (X-Treme Duty) models, making this a dedicated concealed carry sidearm. But there\u2019s more. The gun also comes with an extended capacity magazine upping the cartridge total to 16+1 rounds of .40 S&W thereby making this an ideal handgun for home protection. The XDM Compact, like all XD models utilizes a dual safety system comprised of a pivoting trigger toggle and a 1911-type frame-mounted grip safety. The gun features tapered ambidextrous magazine releases, drift adjustable front and rear white dot sights, ambidextrous indexing thumb rests, interchangeable backstrap panels, and deeply angled front and rear slide serrations (three in front, six in back). The Compact\u2019s slide is just slightly wider at the bottom, tapering out to provide a little more surface area to grasp when chambering the first round or clearing the gun. The XDM Compact is a top choice in the .40 S&W caliber.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

    9mm<\/strong> Subcompact Handguns<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

    Globally the 9mm remains the most popular cartridge in the world, used by more law enforcement and military organizations than any other. The 9mm is also favored within the foreign civilian marketplace because many nations outlaw the use of larger caliber handguns except by the military. The 9mm cartridge has been in use now for over 100 years.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

    Ruger LC9<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n\"ruger,

    Ruger\u2019s LC9 offers compact dimensions measuring 6.0 inches in length, 4.5 inches in height and a modest 0.90 inches in width, combined with a comparatively high capacity of 7+1 rounds and light carry weight of 17.1 ounces (empty). The LC9 is built with a composite frame of high-performance glass-filled Nylon supported by an aluminum grip frame (subframe), a through-hardened steel slide, and 3.12-inch steel barrel. The LC9\u2019s contours render a gun that ideally fits the average hand, placing the index finger directly alongside the triggerguard with a natural recess for the first joint to rest before moving to engage the trigger. On the left side, the contoured grip frame places the thumb in position for a single-handed hold. The LC9 has a loaded chamber indicator that rises upward from the top of the slide and is clearly stamped \u201cLOADED WHEN UP\u201d. It\u2019s a very obvious tell so bluffing is off the table.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

    This is a well-balanced gun that is slightly muzzle heavy, an asset in managing recoil. The size, weight, and feel of the LC9 is very good and while the trigger pull is exceptionally long at 1.2 inches, it remains smooth and consistent allowing for quick follow-up shots. This is a function of both safety and the nature of the LC9\u2019s internal hammer design. Simply put, discharging the LC9 is like firing a DAO revolver. The LC9 has a magazine disconnect and will not fire a chambered round with the magazine removed. Overall this is a very capable small 9mm, which can also be equipped with a number of options including a Crimson Trace Laserguard.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

    Sig Sauer P290<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n\"Sig

    The Sig Sauer P290 is only slightly larger overall than a .380 ACP. With an overall length of just 5.5 inches, a truncated height of 3.9 inches, barrel length of 2.9 inches, and overall weight of only 21.5 ounces (empty), the P290 provides the defensive capability of a 9mm in a gun that is remarkably flat, measuring less than an inch in width. It is bigger and \u201cchunkier\u201d than the Kimber Solo and just a hair smaller than the Ruger LC9. The internal mechanism is a traditional locked breech, Browning-type tilting barrel but with one distinguishing feature; a broadly flared muzzle that aligns with a corresponding channel in the slide.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

    This design contributes to quicker cycling of the action; as soon as the slide starts its reward movement it releases the muzzle, allowing the barrel to tilt and drop the breechblock into line for reload. The P290 also employs a dual recoil spring assembly that makes this operation pretty snappy.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

    The frame is a lightweight, molded polymer with a slide machined from a solid billet. The finishes available are natural stainless or durable Nitron coating. Standard sights are dovetailed drift adjustable white dots. The P290 is a DAO hammer-fired pistol but with no manual cocking capability. In addition, the Sig Sauer has an automatic firing pin safety block, hammer safety intercept notch, and a trigger bar disconnect, making it safe for carry with a chambered round. And the Sig Sauer will fire with the magazine removed.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

    An interesting option for Sig Sauer is the Integrated Laser Module (ILM), which is custom made for the P290. Lightweight and compact, the ILM seamlessly blends with the lines of the pistol. The laser has ambidextrous switches. The increase in weight of 0.8 ounces is negligible and the laser unit adds only 0.75 inches to the depth of the gun.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

    Overall, this is a rugged looking little gun that is relatively easy to carry concealed considering it packs 6+1 rounds of 9mm.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

    Kimber Solo Carry<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n\"gun

    The Kimber Solo Carry is one of the most compact 9mm on the market measuring only 5.5 inches in length, 3.9 inches in height and a mere 0.995 inches in width. The all steel and alloy construction semi-auto weighs only 17 ounces empty. The compactness of the Solo is visually striking, being only slightly larger in overall dimension than most .380s. In order to achieve these scaled down proportions reminiscent of a 1911, the frame contours are smoother and more rounded with every possible edge reduced to its minimum possible tolerances. Easily operated ambidextrous magazine releases and perfectly sized ambidextrous safeties make ease of operation suitable for left or right-handed users.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

    Truly \u201cpocketable,\u201d the Solo utilizes a unique striker-fired system with a slight twist. When the slide is cycled and a round is chambered the striker (firing pin) is between 88 to 90 percent pre-tensioned. The trigger pull necessary to discharge the Solo then is only 10 to 12 percent of the total effort needed to finish the cycle and release the striker. Even though Kimber describes the Solo as a \u201csingle action striker-fired design,\u201d it is actually a double action as pulling the trigger has to finish tensioning the striker before the gun will discharge. While the lightweight semi-auto has a pretty hefty kick it is more than manageable and exceptionally accurate. As one of the smaller 9mm on the market, the Solo definitely has earned its mark.<\/p>\n","post_title":"Contemporary Subcompact Handguns","post_excerpt":"The Personal Defense Pocket Pistols: In the 21st century we have perfected the art of making as much gun as possible in the smallest package possible!","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"contemporary-subcompacts","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-10-19 15:38:22","post_modified_gmt":"2023-10-19 19:38:22","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2012\/11\/01\/contemporary-subcompacts\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":160508,"post_author":"645","post_date":"2009-09-02 15:20:48","post_date_gmt":"2009-09-02 21:20:48","post_content":"\r\n\r\nEven the gloved hands of today\u2019s uniformed officer will find ArmaLite\u2019s new AR-10T familiar. Draw the fixed stock into the shoulder, obtain sight picture and flip the selector. What makes the AR-10T different is more about what\u2019s on the inside. But on the outside, it all seems to feel the same.\r\n\r\nSince the creation of the Department of Homeland Security, law enforcement agencies have contended with how to use their budget to best enable their first responders to protect citizens against terror. Every agency has assessed vulnerabilities and many have chosen to acquire big bore rifles capable of penetrating a hard target or intercepting a vehicular threat. With just one shot to get it right, a team leader should have experience on the firing line.\r\n\r\nArmaLite\u2019s battle proven AR-10 has already served LE around the world including Canada\u2019s Ontario Provincial Police TRU (Tactics and Rescue Unit). Now loaded for the hard-hitting .338 Federal, the new AR-10T fills a department\u2019s medium-caliber gap without sacrificing ease of deployment, time for training, or familiar handling qualities of an officer\u2019s carbine.\r\n\r\nWhat some don\u2019t realize is that the AR-10\u2019s roots are more than 50 years old, pre-dating the AR-15\/M16\/M4. Clenching the checkered A2 pistol grip, controls are at the fingers. Saving more than a pound in weight over 7.62mm NATO infantry rifles of its time, Eugene Stoner\u2019s modular innovation is a source for the often-used term \u201cergonomic\u201d (as it applies to firearm design).\r\n\r\nThe anodized lower receiver is home to the ArmaLite tactical two-stage trigger set, the same trigger mechanism used in ArmaLite M-15 rifles. Pulling the trigger provides a crisp and smooth feel that doesn\u2019t interfere with accuracy. First and second stages are consistently passed at just 3 and 5 pounds before allowing the hammer to strike.\r\n\r\nBeing that the AR-10T is based on a 7.62mm NATO platform, the first question that usually comes to mind is how ArmaLite manages to stuff the high energy behind a .338 cartridge into an AR? An ArmaLite representative reports, \u201cArmaLite\u2019s refinements to the AR-10 over the many years placed it at a stage where the transfer to a harder hitting caliber such as the .338 Federal was not a problem. It\u2019s a short action .308-type cartridge so it transitions into our AR-10 platform perfectly. With some testing, we found that it\u2019s a fitting combination. We were able to use the same proven bolt and extractor, as well as the Generation II magazines. No design changes had to be made except re-chambering the AR-10 for a new caliber.\u201d\r\n\r\nThe bolt sits inside a gas impingement carrier group with four holes available to bleed off pressure and debris. The disassembly procedure is the same as an agency\u2019s M-15 carbine (just bigger parts). With the firing pin removed, one difference from other ARs is visually apparent. A spring shrouds the base of the firing pin pushing against the wall in the bolt carrier group. This feature helps reduce the risk of malfunctions and prevents the firing pin from bouncing during operation.\r\n\r\nA railed flat-top upper receiver marked \u201c.338 Federal\u201d brings the bolt together with the chamber of the stainless steel barrel. \u201cWe originally designed the .338 Federal as a hunting rifle, thus the stainless steel barrel,\u201d says ArmaLite. \u201cThe .338 Federal is a cartridge best suited for short and mid-range duties. We put a 22-inch barrel on the rifle, which provided the best ballistics for these situations. With that being said, we have seen the potential for different uses in this caliber, so we are spending some time testing a shorter rifle with a 16-inch barrel featuring a full size buttstock and a mid-length gas system to use in CQB operations.\u201d\r\n\r\nA tubular one-piece, free-floating aluminum handguard shields the hands from the triple lapped, 1-in-10-inch twist stainless steel match barrel. The tubular handguard improves the rifle\u2019s handling without taking up real estate with full-length accessory rails that often go unused. A useable length of rail does grace the forend of the handguard, ready to accept custom mounting of bipods, lasers, lights and other accessories.\r\n\r\nThe massive stainless steel gas block is secured to the barrel with four large hex-head screws and redirects gas pressure through a direct impingement system. This gas block is also a front sight base that features a flip-up Midwest Industries (MI) post that co-witnesses with a MI flip-up backup sight affixed to the rear of the upper receiver\u2019s Picatinny rail.\r\n\r\nSince no flash suppressor or compensator is present, the recessed crown at the muzzle of the AR-10T protects the rifle\u2019s accuracy potential during heavy use or intense tactical operations. Combine a barrel made of stainless steel, an aluminum free-floated handguard, aluminum alloy receivers, a polymer stock and grip, and you have a weather-resistant tactical rifle. The AR-10T can withstand harsher environments like those encountered in sustained maritime operations while offering the effective energy transfer carried by a .338 slug. \u201cCoastal areas with salty environments and the moisture of the trunk in squad cars are hard on steel parts, especially the barrel,\u201d says ArmaLite. So stainless steel might be a better choice for these conditions.\r\n\r\n

    \"armalite3.jpg\"\"armalite4.jpg\"\"armalite6.jpg\"Shooting Impressions<\/strong>\r\nNow I\u2019m not going to lie and say that I found the AR-10T to be a sub-MOA tack-driver. For me, it wasn\u2019t. I have friends in this industry who tell me they achieved MOA accuracy verified by pictures on Jeff Quinn\u2019s
    gunblast.com<\/a> of multiple 3-shot groups fired from 100 yards rivaling the size of a penny. But this test was a representation of how a founding member of DHS envisions this rifle being used by law enforcement. On the scene, from the trunk of a vehicle, and across the hood.\r\n\r\nDriving down to the edge of North Carolina\u2019s Great Dismal Swamp brought me to a private range that required the careful use of four-wheelers to maneuver through knee-deep muck in order to get downrange and post targets. A pair of 12x18-inch ballistic steel plates were used to verify the new Leupold VX-3 6.5-20x50mm riflescope from 100 yards. Secured in ArmaLite\u2019s unique one-piece ring mount, this accessory removes a couple of variables that typically impact accuracy on other rifles.\r\n\r\nThe DHS agent fired first. And second. \u201cOh yeah, we\u2019re good.\u201d Our four-wheelers carried us across the swamp again just to verify the point-of-aim\/point-of-impact. Fingering the significant dimples created in the swinging AR-500 steel plate, he said, \u201cMan, that rifle has some thump to it!\u201d With paper targets ready, we drove back to the firing line and began the accuracy test.\r\n\r\nIn rural parts of the US, it\u2019s not unusual to see a pick-up truck used as a law enforcement vehicle. To best simulate a tactical operation where a vehicle is used as cover and firing support, we positioned the vehicle at the firing line and loaded each (5-, 10-, and 20-round) magazine with the only load available for this test: Federal\u2019s lead-nose, copper jacketed, 210-grain Nosler Partition.\r\n\r\nThe first 3-shot group from each of us measured just under 2.5 inches. Making it downrange and changing out targets, we discovered an earlier sighter that went off course and punched through a 5-inch thick tree. Looking further back, we saw the bullet had actually passed without deflection through a total of six trees smaller in size and spaced about 4 feet before disappearing.\r\n\r\nMost accuracy results with other AR-style rifles are taken in 5-shot groups, so the next batch would follow this pattern. Five groups of five shots averaged nearly 3 inches off the semi-supported position with the best group measuring 1.94 inches. The most impressive observation came from our last test, a 20-shot magazine dump in quick succession. In a string of fire that lasted no more than 30 seconds, 20 shots were clustered together in a group measuring just 3.6 inches. This is practical accuracy you can expect of a trained officer that could put a definitive end to a given crisis.\r\n\r\n\"armalite8.jpg\"Final Notes<\/strong>\r\n\u201cIf you benched it with a bipod, it\u2019d group a lot tighter,\u201d noted the DHS agent, \u201cbut this is realistic. This rifle is what you hope to have when you arrive to a dynamic situation forcing you to run what you have.\u201d\r\n\r\nArmaLite asserts, \u201cThe same principals apply to this caliber as the .458 SOCOM, only the AR-10T does it better. Placing this harder hitting round in this strong, proven platform was a perfect match. The .458 SOCOM in the smaller AR-15 platform has unpredictable penetration at any significant range and the smaller AR-15 platform is unproven to last with a large caliber.\u201d\r\n\r\nWith the AR-10T you get a heavier bullet, lower felt recoil and more energy transferred to the target. This lethal hammer is ready to meet the obstacles faced by LE in urban environments or on the maritime waters.\r\n\r\n\"federal2.jpg\"FEDERAL\u2019S BOLD .338<\/strong>\r\nThere are other .338s out there but none that can be easily integrated with fewer changes to the seasoned AR-10. The story here is as much about the united effort between ArmaLite and Federal Cartridge<\/strong><\/a> to assure the rifle and ammunition are perfectly matched. Snipers are already familiar with .338s including the .338 Lapua Mag and the .338 Win Mag. These two highly effective cartridges are known for their long-range effectiveness in bolt-action platforms. For most LE operations requiring the deployment of a rifle, a bolt gun presents a number of tactical drawbacks. Slower handling, more recoil, and slower follow-up shots.\r\n\r\nThe .338 Federal delivers the only modern .338 caliber load that isn\u2019t a magnum configuration. It delivers a larger diameter bullet for more weight and overall energy on target without magnum recoil. \u201cThe .338 Federal captures the capability of the longstanding .308 case and offers the respected performance of the .338 bullet,\u201d says Federal President Mark DeYoung. \u201cThese two mainstays have been proven time and again and are now brought together into a quality factory load,\u201d he adds.","post_title":"Armalite AR-10T .338 Federal","post_excerpt":"NEW BATTLE RIFLE chambered for Federal\u2019s powerhouse cartridge!","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"armalite-ar-10t-338-federal","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-10-31 23:08:29","post_modified_gmt":"2023-11-01 03:08:29","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2009\/09\/02\/armalite-ar-10t-338-federal\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":160816,"post_author":"374","post_date":"2009-04-24 14:48:05","post_date_gmt":"2009-04-24 20:48:05","post_content":"\r\n\r\nI have been a fan of the .308 cartridge (7.62x51mm) for many years and have always enjoyed its versatility. It has numerous useful applications for self-defense and law enforcement and one of my bolt-action rifles in that chambering is set up for medium- to-long range anti-personnel work.\r\n\r\nI have used .308 rifles in bolt-action, lever-action, slide-action and semi-automatic configurations, the latter being in the form of the M14 battle rifle, which is what we cadets trained with in ROTC (Reserve Officers\u2019 Training Corps) I was very interested when Rock River Arms (RRA) introduced an AR-type rifle in the popular .308 caliber.\r\n\r\nThe rifle was the Mid-Length (M\/L) LAR-8 A4 (308A1239), which comes housed in a compartmented, electric blue plastic carrying case. In the case, the rifle is broken down into the upper-receiver\/barrel group and the lower-receiver\/stock group that allows the case to be a bit more compact length-wise. It is a great case for shipping the weapon, but unfortunately the case cannot be used once an optic sight is mounted on the LAR-8, which means that if you want to carry your RRA rifle in a gun case fully assembled with a sight mounted, you will be in the market for a new larger gun case.\r\n\r\nMy sample LAR-8 mid-length A4 came with a 16-inch Wilson chrome moly barrel having a 1-in-10-inch right-hand twist, six land and groove rifling and a Picatinny rail on the upper receiver and on top of the barrel at the front of the handguard as there are no iron sights. There is also an A2 version that has the same iron sight configuration that is found on the M16A2 rifle. Both of these rifles are fitted with a tactical CAR-style buttstock.\r\n\r\nOther RRA LAR-8 factory variations include Standard A2 and A4 models that have 20-inch barrels and a conventional AR-type butt stock, plus there is an A-4 Varmint Model that features a 26-inch Wilson air gauged, stainless steel bull barrel that is coupled with a free-floating, tubular aluminum handguard for increased long-distance accuracy.\r\n\r\n\"untitled-2.jpg\"Standard Features <\/strong>\r\nStandard features on my LAR-8 M\/L A4 includes a rubber Hogue pistol grip, which is stippled and has finger grooves, a two-stage match trigger, upper receiver with bolt forward assist and ejection port door, plus brass deflector, ventilated polymer handguard, sling swivels and A2-type flash suppressor. The LAR-8 basically looks like a M16 on steroids, as the receiver has been beefed up to allow use of the .308 (7.62x51mm) cartridge.\r\n\r\nThe two big differences that the discerning eye will note is the magazine and the bolt catch. The factory-supplied magazine for the LAR-8 is basically the same as the 20-round magazine used in the famous FN\/FAL and L1A1 battle rifles. Entire articles and books could be and have been devoted to this fine weapon, so we won\u2019t delve into that subject here, but this Fabrique Nationale-designed rifle has been in service since 1953 and has armed some 60 countries around the world including Belgium, Great Britain, Canada, Australia, and Argentina.\r\n\r\nNeedless to say, there have been countless thousands of magazines made for the FN\/FAL and that fact pays dividends to the LAR-8 owner who has a wide selection to choose from. I did a little Internet surfing and came up with price ranges from $10 to $22 for used Mil-Spec 20-round magazines. There are also 30-round magazines out there that average around $50 more. They hang down a bit too far for comfortable prone shooting, so I\u2019m content to stick with the 20-rounders myself.\r\n\r\nThe bolt catch on the LAR-8 is not on the left side of the lower receiver as on the M16, but is positioned at the base of the magazine well at its juncture with the pivoting triggerguard. It is more reminiscent of the bolt catch found on the FN\/FAL and is made to be ambidextrous, and if your hand is large enough can be actuated by the trigger finger of whichever hand you use. The magazine release is located in the same area as on the M16 and the LAR-8 is also ambidextrous.\r\n\r\nWhile the manual safety lever, just above the pistol grip on the right of the receiver, is not ambidextrous, it appears to be easily changed to the left side of the receiver if that\u2019s the user\u2019s preference. On a whole the controls on this rifle are easily reached and manipulated without removing the hand from the pistol grip, certainly a plus in a patrol rifle. I had no trouble whatever operating them with my medium-sized hand.\r\n\r\nObviously, this rifle is going to pack more weight than the M16 and the LAR-8 M\/L A4 weighs in empty, sans sights, at a respectable 8.1 pounds. With the 6-position CAR buttstock fully extended it measures 38 inches. The weight and the propellant gas operation system of the action certainly help tame recoil, which is a good thing given the hard checkered butt of the CAR stock.\r\n\r\nThe standard polymer handguard is round in shape with flats on the top and bottom that are serrated and have holes for barrel ventilation. There are no rails on the standard handguard, but RRA does offer optional Daniel Defense Lite Quad Rails for both the Mid-Length and Standard LAR-8 A4 rifles. In fact, a visit to the RRA website will allow one to see the full list of optional items available that allow you to \u201chave it your way\u201d with just about any Rock River Arms\u2019 AR-type rifle.\r\n\r\nAs always, I gave the RRA LAR-8 Mid-Length A4 a top to bottom inspection and did not find anything wanting in overall fit and finish of the weapon. All the flats were flat, corners square and rounded surfaces done to perfection. No machine marks or other blemishes were visible and the black hard coat anodized finish was a good match to the black polymer material of the handguard and buttstock of the rifle.\r\n\r\nOptics Selection<\/strong>\r\nNow given that my RRA LAR-8 M\/L A4 comes without sights, it was time to select something with which to aim the rifle that would be fitting for my uses. I looked at a number of optical and sights of various manufacturers, but came away impressed with the Trijicon ACOG (Advanced Combat Optical Gunsight) 3.5x35mm .308 BDC\/FT.Chevron BAC riflescope for our test.\r\n\r\nAnyone that watches the network nightly news has seen the ACOG sights on the M16A2 rifles carried by many of our troops in Afghanistan and Iraq; their bell-shaped housings make them easily identifiable. They have been in use for many years by Army Special Forces, the Marines, Navy SEALs and the FBI, so I didn\u2019t see how I could go wrong. Trijicon is synonymous with the night sights that have been fitted on many of the most popular combat handguns for a couple of decades. However, Trijicon\u2019s founder Glyn Bindon wanted to build a sight for long arms that would bring together both-eyes-open shooting, an illuminated aiming point, plus magnified optics.\r\n\r\nWhat he discovered was what has since been termed the Bindon Aiming Concept (BAC), aiming with both eyes open, which gives a superior sense of balance and field of view, coupled with a magnified Trijicon sight, which offers the shooter a considerable advantage over his target using conventional sights. When used as designed, in the binocular mode, the operator sees only the red, chevron-shaped reticle (the pointed tip is the aiming point) transposed on the target at anywhere from across-the-room ranges to several hundred yards.\r\n\r\nMy sample ACOG 3.5x35mm scope came packaged in a well-padded Pelican case, which also held a black nylon, Scopecoat scope cover, a Lenspen lens cleaner and an ACOG thumbscrew flattop adapter for affixing the scope to the Picatinny rail of the LAR-8. The scope housing is 8 inches in length and is made of rugged forged aluminum; the black, hard-anodized finish matches almost exactly that of the RRA rifle. Scope weight without mounts adds only 14 ounces to the weight of the rifle.\r\n\r\nThe scope is calibrated for use with the .308 cartridge and is meant to be sighted in at 100 meters with an effective range of 800 meters on flattop rifles. The reticle also includes a rangefinder and the base of the chevron aiming point is 5.53 MOA (minute of angle), which at 300 meters is 19 inches allowing for good range estimation. Of course, during the day, the fiber-optic tube running along the top of the scope gathers light for the red aiming point and at night\/low light tritium is used to illuminate the chevron. The field of view at 100 yards is almost 29 feet, the eye relief is 2.4 inches and the adjustment is 4-inch clicks at 100 yards.\r\n\r\nRange Time<\/strong>\r\nNow it was time to go to my ammo locker and select some cartridges from my stock of .308 ammunition. I chose Black Hills Gold with a 168-grain Hornady A-Max bullet, which has a factory velocity of 2650 fps (feet per second). Next I picked Federal Gold Medal that has a Sierra 168-grain \u201cMatchKing\u201d BTHP bullet also rated at 2650 fps. To add a law enforcement-designed cartridge I included the one of the Hornady TAP loads in .308.\r\n\r\nAccording to their website, \u201cThe 155-grain A-MAX TAP Precision cartridge offers match accuracy with a high-ballistic coefficient providing superior long-range performance. This load demonstrates expansion and fragmentation similar to the 110-grain load, but with a noticeable increase in penetration and retained bullet weight. This bullet penetrates glass with minimal deflection and exhibits retained expansion and fragmentation characteristics.\u201d\r\n\r\nIt is also intended for use in a 1-in-10-inch or 1-in-12-inch twist rifle barrel such as that on the LAR-8. My final selection was the Winchester 150-grain Supreme Elite with \u201cThe new XP3 bullet that starts with a two-stage expansion design, then combines all the best-known bullet technology to offer delayed controlled expansion, deep penetration, and high retained weight.\u201d\r\n\r\nWith my rifle\/sight combination, plus test ammunition in hand, it was time for a field test. I did my shooting at the NRA Whittington Center during the 2008 Shootists Holiday and used the Center\u2019s Sight-In Range for my accuracy and chronograph testing session. I sighted the Trijicon ACOG 3.5x35mm scope in for 100 yards, then proceeded to shoot three 3-shot groups for record with each test cartridge, using the concrete benches and an MTM Casegard rest.\r\n\r\nMy best group was 0.82 of an inch using Federal Gold Medal loads, followed by 0.97 of an inch with the Hornady TAP ammo. All of the group averages stayed under 2 inches and my guess is that the rifle would have had no trouble out-shooting the shooter that day. I also set up my Oehler Model 35P chronograph to see what velocities I would get from the LAR-8 M\/L 16-inch barrel.\r\n\r\nNext I put a silhouette target out at 200 yards and fired a dozen shots using a mixed bag of .308 cartridges at center mass and scored 10 hits in the 10 and X-ring and two just out in the 9-ring. Three shots to the head resulted in three hits in the 10-ring. Lastly, I took the LAR-8 to the Animal Silhouette Range, where the backstop is a mountainside covered with nice big rocks.\r\n\r\nFrom the standing, off-hand position, again using a mix of my test ammo, I was able to make dust fly on rocks out as far as I could see them on the mountainside, which has been previously checked with a laser rangefinder to have shootable rocks out to some 475 yards. The best part besides the practical accuracy and \u201cshootability\u201d of the LAR-8 was the fact that it was 100-percent reliable and I did not note a single malfunction during the test.\r\n\r\nFinal Notes<\/strong>\r\nRRA has a winner here and mated with the Trijicon ACOG scope and good ammo, I can\u2019t think of anything I\u2019d rather take into harm\u2019s way.","post_title":"RRA Mid-Length LAR-8 A4 .308","post_excerpt":"Big-bore AR\/Trijicon ACOG combo proved 100% reliable and sub-MOA accurate!","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"rra-mid-lenght-lar-8-a4-308","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-05-31 20:23:23","post_modified_gmt":"2023-05-31 20:23:23","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2009\/04\/24\/rra-mid-lenght-lar-8-a4-308\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":161994,"post_author":"645","post_date":"2008-05-13 15:04:28","post_date_gmt":"2008-05-13 21:04:28","post_content":"\r\nThose marvels of Austrian ingenuity, GLOCK pistols, have a well-deserved reputation for arriving ready for concealed carry. No sharp edges abound to be rough on the hands or snag clothing during the draw. GLOCKs slide from the holster, point well, and are ready for immediate action. The GLOCK Safe Action design leaves worries regarding a complicated manual of arms in the dust. Cap that off with sizes and calibers to satisfy every taste, and GLOCK seems destined to maintain their edge.\r\n\r\nFew things are dearer to the American heart than .45-caliber handguns. Despite the presence of .36- and .44-caliber handguns during the settling of the West, the .45 Colt is viewed as the decisive caliber from that era. Just in time to take the place of this noble cartridge, the .45 Auto became a force to be reckoned with in the next century. There is something comforting about this large caliber, imbuing a sense of power.\r\n\r\nIn fact, many a breath was held after GLOCK entered the U. S. market, until the Austrian company announced the introduction of their Model 21 in .45 Auto. Exhaling a sigh of relief, the .45 culture had a polymer wonder to satisfy its desires.\r\n\r\nFor duty carry by officers, the GLOCK 21 proved a perfect choice, hearty and robust, with the renowned GLOCK reliability. Following Law Enforcement (LE) trends that pushed the GLOCK to the top of the LE realm, as concealed carry rights blossomed, those exercising their rights adopted GLOCKs in droves. However, it was obvious the GLOCK 21 would have a small concealed carry following. The very traits making it so popular for duty carry\u2014hearty and robust\u2014worked against discreet carry.\r\n\r\nNever one to be left out in the cold, GLOCK introduced the more compact Models 30 and 36 in .45 Auto with double- and single-stack magazines, respectively. The Model 30 still bore grip dimensions similar to that of the Model 21, frequently difficult for those with average hands. The 36, though thinner due to a single-column magazine, still bore a longer front-to-back grip because of the .45 Auto chambering, which can still be a problem for some.\r\n\r\nBoth models have fared well with the American concealed carrier, but their frames, sized as they were for the .45 Auto, still leave some carriers and shooters with average and smaller-sized hands wanting. Likewise, many in the LE community hankered for a pistol dimensionally like the immensely popular GLOCK 17\/19\/26 and 22\/23\/26, but in the .45 Auto. Of course, the .45 Auto just won\u2019t fit in these more comfortable frames.\r\n\r\nMAKE WAY FOR THE .45<\/strong>\r\nNever one to shy away from a challenge, the folks at GLOCK tackled the project with the help of the ballistic wizards at Speer. The resulting cartridge, equaling the ballistic performance of the .45 Auto, was christened the .45 GLOCK Automatic Pistol (G.A.P.). Squeezed into a 9x19\/.40 frame, the GLOCK 37 and the .45 G.A.P. answered the LE and civilian concealed carriers\u2019 request for a more-compact .45 pistol.\r\n\r\nThe full-sized GLOCK 37 was followed by the compact GLOCK 38, and sub-compact GLOCK 39, each chambering a fair number of the new stubby .45s. Initially it was hoped the Models 37, 38, and 39 might be exactly the same size as the corresponding 9x19\/.40 models, and regarding the frames that proved true. However, to ensure perfect performance, marginally larger slides became the norm. (17\/22 slides are 1.01 inches wide by 0.85-inch high, weighing 18 ounces. GLOCK 37 slides are 1.13 inches wide by 0.88-inch high and weigh 21 ounces.) The .45 G.A.P. pistols incorporate a longer steel locking-block.\r\n\r\nOne step in building a cartridge to fit in the smaller and handier frame was designing the .45 G.A.P. cartridge to be 0.13-inch shorter than the .45 Auto. This produces a case similar in length to the 9x19 (0.78-inches), but once loaded the G. A. P has an overall length of 1.08 inches, actually shorter than the 9x19. (This last design parameter allows the wide .45 G.A.P. bullet to fit in a shorter grip area.)\r\n\r\n\"imgp03.gif\"AN ALL-NEW CARTRIDGE<\/strong>\r\nAdditional changes include a slightly rebated rim on the G.A.P., and modified extractor groove. Inside the case, one finds a wall profile that differs noticeably from the .45 Auto, thus allowing for seating .45 bullets without case wall bulging, and outside the primer pocket is filled with a small pistol primer. (A large pistol primer reportedly caused over-ignition and excessive pressure.) All of this goes to the point that the G.A.P. is an entirely new cartridge case that cannot be safely built from a .45 Auto case! Using the most modern propellants, Speer succeeded in charging this smaller .45 cartridge to equal the .45 Auto ballistically, while keeping pressures near the .45 Auto range.\r\n\r\nThere is no paucity of loadings available for the .45 G.A.P. GLOCKs. Speer\u2019s initial .45 G.A.P. commercial loadings were 185- and 200-grain Gold Dot premium hollowpoints and the same weights of TMJ bullets in the Speer Lawman line for economical shooting. Under the ATK banner with Speer, Federal Cartridge has introduced 185-grain and 230-grain Hydra-Shok loadings in the Premium Personal Defense line and an economical 185-grain TMJ loading in the American Eagle line.\r\n\r\nWinchester and Remington are now loading the .45 G.A.P. cartridge in configurations similar to Speer and Federal. COR-BON stepped in with their 160-grain DPX load, the 165-grain Pow'R Ball, a jacketed soft point, and a 200-grain JHP. This means bullet weights of 160 grains, 165 grains, 185 grains, 200 grains and 230 grains are all available.\r\n\r\n.45 GAP PERFORMANCE<\/strong>\r\nThe .45 G.A.P. is quite a boon for those of us adhering to the notion that bigger is better! Concealed carriers and Law Enforcement personnel, in and out of uniform, have their wish for new handguns.\r\n\r\nFrom the concealed carriers\u2019 and non-uniformed LE perspective, I found four .45 GLOCKs most appropriate for their needs. The Model 21 has already been excluded, and the Model 37 will probably be as well by those seeking compactness for carry. This leaves us with the Models 30, 36, 38, and 39 for consideration.\r\n\r\nThis was my first experience with the .45 G.A.P., so I began my examination of the concealed carry candidates with range testing. Trigger-time revealed just what I had heard: the .45 G.A.P. pistols were just as easily handled during all the drills as similar GLOCK models accommodating the .45 Auto. The GLOCK 38 weighs virtually the same as the Model 30, while the same is true of the Models 36 and 39, and the velocities of similar weight bullets are close enough to produce the similar felt recoil in pistols all weighing the same. (Depending on the cartridge, the .45 G.A.P. recoil can feel similar to a .40 pistol.)\r\n\r\nWearing average-sized hands, I found all four offerings fit me well, with the GLOCK 30 on the upper end of comfort for me. That, of course, explains why there is more than one flavor of ice cream\u2014and size of GLOCK\u2014to provide needed variety!\r\n\r\nWith pistols to fit my hands and those of most others, in my favorite caliber and that of GLOCK\u2019s new offering\u2014which seems destined to offer the .45 Auto a run for its money\u2014I went forth to gather the opinions of other shooters and concealed carriers.\r\n\r\n\"gap-carry.gif\"SHOOTING & CARRYING GLOCK .45s<\/strong>\r\nI placed the four GLOCK .45 offerings in the hands of a variety of shooters, and received the expected plethora of preferences. Given a choice of .45 GLOCKs, each one selected their favorite based on how it fit their hands and rode on their waist. Recoil did not seem a factor.\r\n\r\nThose finding the .45 Auto pistols a tad largish found the pistols chambered for the .45 G.A.P. just right. Testers that found the .45 Auto pistols fitting them well expressed their appreciation of the trimmer G.A.P pistols. It seems that not only has GLOCK spawned a new caliber in which to chamber their pistols, they have found one that can satisfy the needs of big-bore concealed carriers (and no doubt uniformed officers) while doing so.\r\n\r\nWill this be the .45 of the 21st century? Only time will tell, but it seems the .45 G.A.P is making a good run at that distinction!\r\nHOLSTERING GLOCK .45s<\/strong>\r\nAs excellent as the size and calibers of the GLOCK .45s make them for concealment, they still miss one thing for concealed carry\u2014a holster! Luckily holster makers, just like users, have flocked to all GLOCK pistols. Finding leather, or non-leather, to tote one\u2019s choice of .45 should be relatively easy.\r\n\r\nToting a handgun\u2014any handgun, including a GLOCK\u2014should be accomplished using a quality holster. Holsters protect handguns from loss, or shifting during carry, ensuring it will be there when one reaches for it. Not only will the handgun be there when needed, but also a well-designed holster will snug a GLOCK .45 against the body, while not impeding a smooth, speedy draw. Regardless of the GLOCK .45 of choice, there should be a holster to allow carrying it comfortably, securely, and inconspicuously.\r\n\r\nA quick search of the Internet turned up offerings to carry some of GLOCK\u2019s .45s from Aker, Alessi, Bianchi, Blackhawk Bulman, Blade-Tech, Comp-Tac, DeSantis, Del Fatti, Don Hume, FIST, Fobus, Galco, Gould & Goodrich, Milt Sparks, Safariland, Sidearmor, and Uncle Mikes. There are more, but I stopped searching when it became obvious there was no end to holsters and suppliers.\r\n\r\nIt seems every commercial holster maker, and those in the custom world, offer one or more styles, to fit one or more of the .45 GLOCK pistols. Their wares are made from horse or cowhide, Kydex or other polymer, or some version of ballistic nylon. Styles include belt models, inside-the-waistband versions, shoulder holsters, and pocket models for the smaller pistols.\r\n\r\nI also did a scan of my holster collection, and found a number already on hand, including those wearing the GLOCK brand. (GLOCK has always offered holsters for their pistols.) Not surprisingly, I discovered many holsters specified for 9x19\/.40 pistols also fit quite nicely around a GLOCK 36 pistol, with a scant few fitting the marginally enlarged G.A.P. models. (This is, of course, not something most holster makers will announce, nor something one can count on, but if an ample selection of holsters is available, the fit is easily checked.) In addition, holsters for the GLOCK 30 will usually fit the G.A.P. offerings.\r\n\r\nPick a .45 GLOCK, a holster to meet your needs, and ammo from a high-performance source. Outfitted with this, today\u2019s big-bore carrier will be ready to go!","post_title":"Concealed-Carry .45s: The GLOCK Solution | Glock 45 Models","post_excerpt":"The .45 firepower favored by legions of officers is tough to keep out of sight. Not so with the GLOCK .45 G.A.P.\u2014the hideaway handgun with maximum performance.","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"concealed-carry-45s-the-glock-solution","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-10-31 23:10:49","post_modified_gmt":"2023-11-01 03:10:49","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2008\/05\/13\/concealed-carry-45s-the-glock-solution\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":true,"total_page":15},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"}; Page 15 of 15Previous

    The .40 S&W Choice<\/strong> for Subcompact Handguns<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

    Over the last 20-plus years the .40 S&W cartridge has overtaken the venerable 9mm as the most preferred round for U.S. law enforcement. The step up in caliber provides greater stopping power than a 9mm with less recoil than a .45 ACP. That of course has become more debatable in recent years with specialized .45 ACP rounds and guns specifically designed for them, however, the .40 S&W reigns supreme with law enforcement, while maintaining an equally enthusiastic following among civilians.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

    Glock 27 Gen4<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n\"Glock
    concealed carry <\/a>sidearm for the civilian market.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

    Sig Sauer Ultra Compact 1911 <\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n\"\"Sig Sauer<\/a> name, the Ultra Compact 1911 has a distinctive look with a squared, contoured slide, deep serrations, dovetailed tritium 3-dot sights, extended beavertail and grip safety, skeletonized hammer and triangle three-hole trigger all handsomely set off by a matte stainless steel slide and alloy frame, or optional two-tone version with a matte black hard anodized alloy frame. While any 1911, even one this small, is hard to call a Subcompact, the Sig comes closest to fitting the definition.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

    Springfield XDM Compact 3.8<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n\"Springfield

    With the addition of the XDM Series of guns introduced in 2008, Springfield raised the bar on multi-purpose sidearms. While the XD pistols have found great acceptance within the general firearms community, the XDM Series is more in tune with today\u2019s personal protection and concealed carry needs, flavored with Springfield\u2019s penchant for building high-capacity pistols on standard sized frames.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

    The latest XDM Compact, chambered in .40 S&W (with an impressive 11+1 capacity) offers the same match grade 3.8-inch barrel as the XDM 3.8, but with a shorter grip frame like those used on the XD Sub-Compact (X-Treme Duty) models, making this a dedicated concealed carry sidearm. But there\u2019s more. The gun also comes with an extended capacity magazine upping the cartridge total to 16+1 rounds of .40 S&W thereby making this an ideal handgun for home protection. The XDM Compact, like all XD models utilizes a dual safety system comprised of a pivoting trigger toggle and a 1911-type frame-mounted grip safety. The gun features tapered ambidextrous magazine releases, drift adjustable front and rear white dot sights, ambidextrous indexing thumb rests, interchangeable backstrap panels, and deeply angled front and rear slide serrations (three in front, six in back). The Compact\u2019s slide is just slightly wider at the bottom, tapering out to provide a little more surface area to grasp when chambering the first round or clearing the gun. The XDM Compact is a top choice in the .40 S&W caliber.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

    9mm<\/strong> Subcompact Handguns<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

    Globally the 9mm remains the most popular cartridge in the world, used by more law enforcement and military organizations than any other. The 9mm is also favored within the foreign civilian marketplace because many nations outlaw the use of larger caliber handguns except by the military. The 9mm cartridge has been in use now for over 100 years.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

    Ruger LC9<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n\"ruger,

    Ruger\u2019s LC9 offers compact dimensions measuring 6.0 inches in length, 4.5 inches in height and a modest 0.90 inches in width, combined with a comparatively high capacity of 7+1 rounds and light carry weight of 17.1 ounces (empty). The LC9 is built with a composite frame of high-performance glass-filled Nylon supported by an aluminum grip frame (subframe), a through-hardened steel slide, and 3.12-inch steel barrel. The LC9\u2019s contours render a gun that ideally fits the average hand, placing the index finger directly alongside the triggerguard with a natural recess for the first joint to rest before moving to engage the trigger. On the left side, the contoured grip frame places the thumb in position for a single-handed hold. The LC9 has a loaded chamber indicator that rises upward from the top of the slide and is clearly stamped \u201cLOADED WHEN UP\u201d. It\u2019s a very obvious tell so bluffing is off the table.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

    This is a well-balanced gun that is slightly muzzle heavy, an asset in managing recoil. The size, weight, and feel of the LC9 is very good and while the trigger pull is exceptionally long at 1.2 inches, it remains smooth and consistent allowing for quick follow-up shots. This is a function of both safety and the nature of the LC9\u2019s internal hammer design. Simply put, discharging the LC9 is like firing a DAO revolver. The LC9 has a magazine disconnect and will not fire a chambered round with the magazine removed. Overall this is a very capable small 9mm, which can also be equipped with a number of options including a Crimson Trace Laserguard.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

    Sig Sauer P290<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n\"Sig

    The Sig Sauer P290 is only slightly larger overall than a .380 ACP. With an overall length of just 5.5 inches, a truncated height of 3.9 inches, barrel length of 2.9 inches, and overall weight of only 21.5 ounces (empty), the P290 provides the defensive capability of a 9mm in a gun that is remarkably flat, measuring less than an inch in width. It is bigger and \u201cchunkier\u201d than the Kimber Solo and just a hair smaller than the Ruger LC9. The internal mechanism is a traditional locked breech, Browning-type tilting barrel but with one distinguishing feature; a broadly flared muzzle that aligns with a corresponding channel in the slide.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

    This design contributes to quicker cycling of the action; as soon as the slide starts its reward movement it releases the muzzle, allowing the barrel to tilt and drop the breechblock into line for reload. The P290 also employs a dual recoil spring assembly that makes this operation pretty snappy.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

    The frame is a lightweight, molded polymer with a slide machined from a solid billet. The finishes available are natural stainless or durable Nitron coating. Standard sights are dovetailed drift adjustable white dots. The P290 is a DAO hammer-fired pistol but with no manual cocking capability. In addition, the Sig Sauer has an automatic firing pin safety block, hammer safety intercept notch, and a trigger bar disconnect, making it safe for carry with a chambered round. And the Sig Sauer will fire with the magazine removed.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

    An interesting option for Sig Sauer is the Integrated Laser Module (ILM), which is custom made for the P290. Lightweight and compact, the ILM seamlessly blends with the lines of the pistol. The laser has ambidextrous switches. The increase in weight of 0.8 ounces is negligible and the laser unit adds only 0.75 inches to the depth of the gun.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

    Overall, this is a rugged looking little gun that is relatively easy to carry concealed considering it packs 6+1 rounds of 9mm.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

    Kimber Solo Carry<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n\"gun

    The Kimber Solo Carry is one of the most compact 9mm on the market measuring only 5.5 inches in length, 3.9 inches in height and a mere 0.995 inches in width. The all steel and alloy construction semi-auto weighs only 17 ounces empty. The compactness of the Solo is visually striking, being only slightly larger in overall dimension than most .380s. In order to achieve these scaled down proportions reminiscent of a 1911, the frame contours are smoother and more rounded with every possible edge reduced to its minimum possible tolerances. Easily operated ambidextrous magazine releases and perfectly sized ambidextrous safeties make ease of operation suitable for left or right-handed users.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

    Truly \u201cpocketable,\u201d the Solo utilizes a unique striker-fired system with a slight twist. When the slide is cycled and a round is chambered the striker (firing pin) is between 88 to 90 percent pre-tensioned. The trigger pull necessary to discharge the Solo then is only 10 to 12 percent of the total effort needed to finish the cycle and release the striker. Even though Kimber describes the Solo as a \u201csingle action striker-fired design,\u201d it is actually a double action as pulling the trigger has to finish tensioning the striker before the gun will discharge. While the lightweight semi-auto has a pretty hefty kick it is more than manageable and exceptionally accurate. As one of the smaller 9mm on the market, the Solo definitely has earned its mark.<\/p>\n","post_title":"Contemporary Subcompact Handguns","post_excerpt":"The Personal Defense Pocket Pistols: In the 21st century we have perfected the art of making as much gun as possible in the smallest package possible!","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"contemporary-subcompacts","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-10-19 15:38:22","post_modified_gmt":"2023-10-19 19:38:22","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2012\/11\/01\/contemporary-subcompacts\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":160508,"post_author":"645","post_date":"2009-09-02 15:20:48","post_date_gmt":"2009-09-02 21:20:48","post_content":"\r\n\r\nEven the gloved hands of today\u2019s uniformed officer will find ArmaLite\u2019s new AR-10T familiar. Draw the fixed stock into the shoulder, obtain sight picture and flip the selector. What makes the AR-10T different is more about what\u2019s on the inside. But on the outside, it all seems to feel the same.\r\n\r\nSince the creation of the Department of Homeland Security, law enforcement agencies have contended with how to use their budget to best enable their first responders to protect citizens against terror. Every agency has assessed vulnerabilities and many have chosen to acquire big bore rifles capable of penetrating a hard target or intercepting a vehicular threat. With just one shot to get it right, a team leader should have experience on the firing line.\r\n\r\nArmaLite\u2019s battle proven AR-10 has already served LE around the world including Canada\u2019s Ontario Provincial Police TRU (Tactics and Rescue Unit). Now loaded for the hard-hitting .338 Federal, the new AR-10T fills a department\u2019s medium-caliber gap without sacrificing ease of deployment, time for training, or familiar handling qualities of an officer\u2019s carbine.\r\n\r\nWhat some don\u2019t realize is that the AR-10\u2019s roots are more than 50 years old, pre-dating the AR-15\/M16\/M4. Clenching the checkered A2 pistol grip, controls are at the fingers. Saving more than a pound in weight over 7.62mm NATO infantry rifles of its time, Eugene Stoner\u2019s modular innovation is a source for the often-used term \u201cergonomic\u201d (as it applies to firearm design).\r\n\r\nThe anodized lower receiver is home to the ArmaLite tactical two-stage trigger set, the same trigger mechanism used in ArmaLite M-15 rifles. Pulling the trigger provides a crisp and smooth feel that doesn\u2019t interfere with accuracy. First and second stages are consistently passed at just 3 and 5 pounds before allowing the hammer to strike.\r\n\r\nBeing that the AR-10T is based on a 7.62mm NATO platform, the first question that usually comes to mind is how ArmaLite manages to stuff the high energy behind a .338 cartridge into an AR? An ArmaLite representative reports, \u201cArmaLite\u2019s refinements to the AR-10 over the many years placed it at a stage where the transfer to a harder hitting caliber such as the .338 Federal was not a problem. It\u2019s a short action .308-type cartridge so it transitions into our AR-10 platform perfectly. With some testing, we found that it\u2019s a fitting combination. We were able to use the same proven bolt and extractor, as well as the Generation II magazines. No design changes had to be made except re-chambering the AR-10 for a new caliber.\u201d\r\n\r\nThe bolt sits inside a gas impingement carrier group with four holes available to bleed off pressure and debris. The disassembly procedure is the same as an agency\u2019s M-15 carbine (just bigger parts). With the firing pin removed, one difference from other ARs is visually apparent. A spring shrouds the base of the firing pin pushing against the wall in the bolt carrier group. This feature helps reduce the risk of malfunctions and prevents the firing pin from bouncing during operation.\r\n\r\nA railed flat-top upper receiver marked \u201c.338 Federal\u201d brings the bolt together with the chamber of the stainless steel barrel. \u201cWe originally designed the .338 Federal as a hunting rifle, thus the stainless steel barrel,\u201d says ArmaLite. \u201cThe .338 Federal is a cartridge best suited for short and mid-range duties. We put a 22-inch barrel on the rifle, which provided the best ballistics for these situations. With that being said, we have seen the potential for different uses in this caliber, so we are spending some time testing a shorter rifle with a 16-inch barrel featuring a full size buttstock and a mid-length gas system to use in CQB operations.\u201d\r\n\r\nA tubular one-piece, free-floating aluminum handguard shields the hands from the triple lapped, 1-in-10-inch twist stainless steel match barrel. The tubular handguard improves the rifle\u2019s handling without taking up real estate with full-length accessory rails that often go unused. A useable length of rail does grace the forend of the handguard, ready to accept custom mounting of bipods, lasers, lights and other accessories.\r\n\r\nThe massive stainless steel gas block is secured to the barrel with four large hex-head screws and redirects gas pressure through a direct impingement system. This gas block is also a front sight base that features a flip-up Midwest Industries (MI) post that co-witnesses with a MI flip-up backup sight affixed to the rear of the upper receiver\u2019s Picatinny rail.\r\n\r\nSince no flash suppressor or compensator is present, the recessed crown at the muzzle of the AR-10T protects the rifle\u2019s accuracy potential during heavy use or intense tactical operations. Combine a barrel made of stainless steel, an aluminum free-floated handguard, aluminum alloy receivers, a polymer stock and grip, and you have a weather-resistant tactical rifle. The AR-10T can withstand harsher environments like those encountered in sustained maritime operations while offering the effective energy transfer carried by a .338 slug. \u201cCoastal areas with salty environments and the moisture of the trunk in squad cars are hard on steel parts, especially the barrel,\u201d says ArmaLite. So stainless steel might be a better choice for these conditions.\r\n\r\n

    \"armalite3.jpg\"\"armalite4.jpg\"\"armalite6.jpg\"Shooting Impressions<\/strong>\r\nNow I\u2019m not going to lie and say that I found the AR-10T to be a sub-MOA tack-driver. For me, it wasn\u2019t. I have friends in this industry who tell me they achieved MOA accuracy verified by pictures on Jeff Quinn\u2019s
    gunblast.com<\/a> of multiple 3-shot groups fired from 100 yards rivaling the size of a penny. But this test was a representation of how a founding member of DHS envisions this rifle being used by law enforcement. On the scene, from the trunk of a vehicle, and across the hood.\r\n\r\nDriving down to the edge of North Carolina\u2019s Great Dismal Swamp brought me to a private range that required the careful use of four-wheelers to maneuver through knee-deep muck in order to get downrange and post targets. A pair of 12x18-inch ballistic steel plates were used to verify the new Leupold VX-3 6.5-20x50mm riflescope from 100 yards. Secured in ArmaLite\u2019s unique one-piece ring mount, this accessory removes a couple of variables that typically impact accuracy on other rifles.\r\n\r\nThe DHS agent fired first. And second. \u201cOh yeah, we\u2019re good.\u201d Our four-wheelers carried us across the swamp again just to verify the point-of-aim\/point-of-impact. Fingering the significant dimples created in the swinging AR-500 steel plate, he said, \u201cMan, that rifle has some thump to it!\u201d With paper targets ready, we drove back to the firing line and began the accuracy test.\r\n\r\nIn rural parts of the US, it\u2019s not unusual to see a pick-up truck used as a law enforcement vehicle. To best simulate a tactical operation where a vehicle is used as cover and firing support, we positioned the vehicle at the firing line and loaded each (5-, 10-, and 20-round) magazine with the only load available for this test: Federal\u2019s lead-nose, copper jacketed, 210-grain Nosler Partition.\r\n\r\nThe first 3-shot group from each of us measured just under 2.5 inches. Making it downrange and changing out targets, we discovered an earlier sighter that went off course and punched through a 5-inch thick tree. Looking further back, we saw the bullet had actually passed without deflection through a total of six trees smaller in size and spaced about 4 feet before disappearing.\r\n\r\nMost accuracy results with other AR-style rifles are taken in 5-shot groups, so the next batch would follow this pattern. Five groups of five shots averaged nearly 3 inches off the semi-supported position with the best group measuring 1.94 inches. The most impressive observation came from our last test, a 20-shot magazine dump in quick succession. In a string of fire that lasted no more than 30 seconds, 20 shots were clustered together in a group measuring just 3.6 inches. This is practical accuracy you can expect of a trained officer that could put a definitive end to a given crisis.\r\n\r\n\"armalite8.jpg\"Final Notes<\/strong>\r\n\u201cIf you benched it with a bipod, it\u2019d group a lot tighter,\u201d noted the DHS agent, \u201cbut this is realistic. This rifle is what you hope to have when you arrive to a dynamic situation forcing you to run what you have.\u201d\r\n\r\nArmaLite asserts, \u201cThe same principals apply to this caliber as the .458 SOCOM, only the AR-10T does it better. Placing this harder hitting round in this strong, proven platform was a perfect match. The .458 SOCOM in the smaller AR-15 platform has unpredictable penetration at any significant range and the smaller AR-15 platform is unproven to last with a large caliber.\u201d\r\n\r\nWith the AR-10T you get a heavier bullet, lower felt recoil and more energy transferred to the target. This lethal hammer is ready to meet the obstacles faced by LE in urban environments or on the maritime waters.\r\n\r\n\"federal2.jpg\"FEDERAL\u2019S BOLD .338<\/strong>\r\nThere are other .338s out there but none that can be easily integrated with fewer changes to the seasoned AR-10. The story here is as much about the united effort between ArmaLite and Federal Cartridge<\/strong><\/a> to assure the rifle and ammunition are perfectly matched. Snipers are already familiar with .338s including the .338 Lapua Mag and the .338 Win Mag. These two highly effective cartridges are known for their long-range effectiveness in bolt-action platforms. For most LE operations requiring the deployment of a rifle, a bolt gun presents a number of tactical drawbacks. Slower handling, more recoil, and slower follow-up shots.\r\n\r\nThe .338 Federal delivers the only modern .338 caliber load that isn\u2019t a magnum configuration. It delivers a larger diameter bullet for more weight and overall energy on target without magnum recoil. \u201cThe .338 Federal captures the capability of the longstanding .308 case and offers the respected performance of the .338 bullet,\u201d says Federal President Mark DeYoung. \u201cThese two mainstays have been proven time and again and are now brought together into a quality factory load,\u201d he adds.","post_title":"Armalite AR-10T .338 Federal","post_excerpt":"NEW BATTLE RIFLE chambered for Federal\u2019s powerhouse cartridge!","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"armalite-ar-10t-338-federal","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-10-31 23:08:29","post_modified_gmt":"2023-11-01 03:08:29","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2009\/09\/02\/armalite-ar-10t-338-federal\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":160816,"post_author":"374","post_date":"2009-04-24 14:48:05","post_date_gmt":"2009-04-24 20:48:05","post_content":"\r\n\r\nI have been a fan of the .308 cartridge (7.62x51mm) for many years and have always enjoyed its versatility. It has numerous useful applications for self-defense and law enforcement and one of my bolt-action rifles in that chambering is set up for medium- to-long range anti-personnel work.\r\n\r\nI have used .308 rifles in bolt-action, lever-action, slide-action and semi-automatic configurations, the latter being in the form of the M14 battle rifle, which is what we cadets trained with in ROTC (Reserve Officers\u2019 Training Corps) I was very interested when Rock River Arms (RRA) introduced an AR-type rifle in the popular .308 caliber.\r\n\r\nThe rifle was the Mid-Length (M\/L) LAR-8 A4 (308A1239), which comes housed in a compartmented, electric blue plastic carrying case. In the case, the rifle is broken down into the upper-receiver\/barrel group and the lower-receiver\/stock group that allows the case to be a bit more compact length-wise. It is a great case for shipping the weapon, but unfortunately the case cannot be used once an optic sight is mounted on the LAR-8, which means that if you want to carry your RRA rifle in a gun case fully assembled with a sight mounted, you will be in the market for a new larger gun case.\r\n\r\nMy sample LAR-8 mid-length A4 came with a 16-inch Wilson chrome moly barrel having a 1-in-10-inch right-hand twist, six land and groove rifling and a Picatinny rail on the upper receiver and on top of the barrel at the front of the handguard as there are no iron sights. There is also an A2 version that has the same iron sight configuration that is found on the M16A2 rifle. Both of these rifles are fitted with a tactical CAR-style buttstock.\r\n\r\nOther RRA LAR-8 factory variations include Standard A2 and A4 models that have 20-inch barrels and a conventional AR-type butt stock, plus there is an A-4 Varmint Model that features a 26-inch Wilson air gauged, stainless steel bull barrel that is coupled with a free-floating, tubular aluminum handguard for increased long-distance accuracy.\r\n\r\n\"untitled-2.jpg\"Standard Features <\/strong>\r\nStandard features on my LAR-8 M\/L A4 includes a rubber Hogue pistol grip, which is stippled and has finger grooves, a two-stage match trigger, upper receiver with bolt forward assist and ejection port door, plus brass deflector, ventilated polymer handguard, sling swivels and A2-type flash suppressor. The LAR-8 basically looks like a M16 on steroids, as the receiver has been beefed up to allow use of the .308 (7.62x51mm) cartridge.\r\n\r\nThe two big differences that the discerning eye will note is the magazine and the bolt catch. The factory-supplied magazine for the LAR-8 is basically the same as the 20-round magazine used in the famous FN\/FAL and L1A1 battle rifles. Entire articles and books could be and have been devoted to this fine weapon, so we won\u2019t delve into that subject here, but this Fabrique Nationale-designed rifle has been in service since 1953 and has armed some 60 countries around the world including Belgium, Great Britain, Canada, Australia, and Argentina.\r\n\r\nNeedless to say, there have been countless thousands of magazines made for the FN\/FAL and that fact pays dividends to the LAR-8 owner who has a wide selection to choose from. I did a little Internet surfing and came up with price ranges from $10 to $22 for used Mil-Spec 20-round magazines. There are also 30-round magazines out there that average around $50 more. They hang down a bit too far for comfortable prone shooting, so I\u2019m content to stick with the 20-rounders myself.\r\n\r\nThe bolt catch on the LAR-8 is not on the left side of the lower receiver as on the M16, but is positioned at the base of the magazine well at its juncture with the pivoting triggerguard. It is more reminiscent of the bolt catch found on the FN\/FAL and is made to be ambidextrous, and if your hand is large enough can be actuated by the trigger finger of whichever hand you use. The magazine release is located in the same area as on the M16 and the LAR-8 is also ambidextrous.\r\n\r\nWhile the manual safety lever, just above the pistol grip on the right of the receiver, is not ambidextrous, it appears to be easily changed to the left side of the receiver if that\u2019s the user\u2019s preference. On a whole the controls on this rifle are easily reached and manipulated without removing the hand from the pistol grip, certainly a plus in a patrol rifle. I had no trouble whatever operating them with my medium-sized hand.\r\n\r\nObviously, this rifle is going to pack more weight than the M16 and the LAR-8 M\/L A4 weighs in empty, sans sights, at a respectable 8.1 pounds. With the 6-position CAR buttstock fully extended it measures 38 inches. The weight and the propellant gas operation system of the action certainly help tame recoil, which is a good thing given the hard checkered butt of the CAR stock.\r\n\r\nThe standard polymer handguard is round in shape with flats on the top and bottom that are serrated and have holes for barrel ventilation. There are no rails on the standard handguard, but RRA does offer optional Daniel Defense Lite Quad Rails for both the Mid-Length and Standard LAR-8 A4 rifles. In fact, a visit to the RRA website will allow one to see the full list of optional items available that allow you to \u201chave it your way\u201d with just about any Rock River Arms\u2019 AR-type rifle.\r\n\r\nAs always, I gave the RRA LAR-8 Mid-Length A4 a top to bottom inspection and did not find anything wanting in overall fit and finish of the weapon. All the flats were flat, corners square and rounded surfaces done to perfection. No machine marks or other blemishes were visible and the black hard coat anodized finish was a good match to the black polymer material of the handguard and buttstock of the rifle.\r\n\r\nOptics Selection<\/strong>\r\nNow given that my RRA LAR-8 M\/L A4 comes without sights, it was time to select something with which to aim the rifle that would be fitting for my uses. I looked at a number of optical and sights of various manufacturers, but came away impressed with the Trijicon ACOG (Advanced Combat Optical Gunsight) 3.5x35mm .308 BDC\/FT.Chevron BAC riflescope for our test.\r\n\r\nAnyone that watches the network nightly news has seen the ACOG sights on the M16A2 rifles carried by many of our troops in Afghanistan and Iraq; their bell-shaped housings make them easily identifiable. They have been in use for many years by Army Special Forces, the Marines, Navy SEALs and the FBI, so I didn\u2019t see how I could go wrong. Trijicon is synonymous with the night sights that have been fitted on many of the most popular combat handguns for a couple of decades. However, Trijicon\u2019s founder Glyn Bindon wanted to build a sight for long arms that would bring together both-eyes-open shooting, an illuminated aiming point, plus magnified optics.\r\n\r\nWhat he discovered was what has since been termed the Bindon Aiming Concept (BAC), aiming with both eyes open, which gives a superior sense of balance and field of view, coupled with a magnified Trijicon sight, which offers the shooter a considerable advantage over his target using conventional sights. When used as designed, in the binocular mode, the operator sees only the red, chevron-shaped reticle (the pointed tip is the aiming point) transposed on the target at anywhere from across-the-room ranges to several hundred yards.\r\n\r\nMy sample ACOG 3.5x35mm scope came packaged in a well-padded Pelican case, which also held a black nylon, Scopecoat scope cover, a Lenspen lens cleaner and an ACOG thumbscrew flattop adapter for affixing the scope to the Picatinny rail of the LAR-8. The scope housing is 8 inches in length and is made of rugged forged aluminum; the black, hard-anodized finish matches almost exactly that of the RRA rifle. Scope weight without mounts adds only 14 ounces to the weight of the rifle.\r\n\r\nThe scope is calibrated for use with the .308 cartridge and is meant to be sighted in at 100 meters with an effective range of 800 meters on flattop rifles. The reticle also includes a rangefinder and the base of the chevron aiming point is 5.53 MOA (minute of angle), which at 300 meters is 19 inches allowing for good range estimation. Of course, during the day, the fiber-optic tube running along the top of the scope gathers light for the red aiming point and at night\/low light tritium is used to illuminate the chevron. The field of view at 100 yards is almost 29 feet, the eye relief is 2.4 inches and the adjustment is 4-inch clicks at 100 yards.\r\n\r\nRange Time<\/strong>\r\nNow it was time to go to my ammo locker and select some cartridges from my stock of .308 ammunition. I chose Black Hills Gold with a 168-grain Hornady A-Max bullet, which has a factory velocity of 2650 fps (feet per second). Next I picked Federal Gold Medal that has a Sierra 168-grain \u201cMatchKing\u201d BTHP bullet also rated at 2650 fps. To add a law enforcement-designed cartridge I included the one of the Hornady TAP loads in .308.\r\n\r\nAccording to their website, \u201cThe 155-grain A-MAX TAP Precision cartridge offers match accuracy with a high-ballistic coefficient providing superior long-range performance. This load demonstrates expansion and fragmentation similar to the 110-grain load, but with a noticeable increase in penetration and retained bullet weight. This bullet penetrates glass with minimal deflection and exhibits retained expansion and fragmentation characteristics.\u201d\r\n\r\nIt is also intended for use in a 1-in-10-inch or 1-in-12-inch twist rifle barrel such as that on the LAR-8. My final selection was the Winchester 150-grain Supreme Elite with \u201cThe new XP3 bullet that starts with a two-stage expansion design, then combines all the best-known bullet technology to offer delayed controlled expansion, deep penetration, and high retained weight.\u201d\r\n\r\nWith my rifle\/sight combination, plus test ammunition in hand, it was time for a field test. I did my shooting at the NRA Whittington Center during the 2008 Shootists Holiday and used the Center\u2019s Sight-In Range for my accuracy and chronograph testing session. I sighted the Trijicon ACOG 3.5x35mm scope in for 100 yards, then proceeded to shoot three 3-shot groups for record with each test cartridge, using the concrete benches and an MTM Casegard rest.\r\n\r\nMy best group was 0.82 of an inch using Federal Gold Medal loads, followed by 0.97 of an inch with the Hornady TAP ammo. All of the group averages stayed under 2 inches and my guess is that the rifle would have had no trouble out-shooting the shooter that day. I also set up my Oehler Model 35P chronograph to see what velocities I would get from the LAR-8 M\/L 16-inch barrel.\r\n\r\nNext I put a silhouette target out at 200 yards and fired a dozen shots using a mixed bag of .308 cartridges at center mass and scored 10 hits in the 10 and X-ring and two just out in the 9-ring. Three shots to the head resulted in three hits in the 10-ring. Lastly, I took the LAR-8 to the Animal Silhouette Range, where the backstop is a mountainside covered with nice big rocks.\r\n\r\nFrom the standing, off-hand position, again using a mix of my test ammo, I was able to make dust fly on rocks out as far as I could see them on the mountainside, which has been previously checked with a laser rangefinder to have shootable rocks out to some 475 yards. The best part besides the practical accuracy and \u201cshootability\u201d of the LAR-8 was the fact that it was 100-percent reliable and I did not note a single malfunction during the test.\r\n\r\nFinal Notes<\/strong>\r\nRRA has a winner here and mated with the Trijicon ACOG scope and good ammo, I can\u2019t think of anything I\u2019d rather take into harm\u2019s way.","post_title":"RRA Mid-Length LAR-8 A4 .308","post_excerpt":"Big-bore AR\/Trijicon ACOG combo proved 100% reliable and sub-MOA accurate!","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"rra-mid-lenght-lar-8-a4-308","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-05-31 20:23:23","post_modified_gmt":"2023-05-31 20:23:23","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2009\/04\/24\/rra-mid-lenght-lar-8-a4-308\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":161994,"post_author":"645","post_date":"2008-05-13 15:04:28","post_date_gmt":"2008-05-13 21:04:28","post_content":"\r\nThose marvels of Austrian ingenuity, GLOCK pistols, have a well-deserved reputation for arriving ready for concealed carry. No sharp edges abound to be rough on the hands or snag clothing during the draw. GLOCKs slide from the holster, point well, and are ready for immediate action. The GLOCK Safe Action design leaves worries regarding a complicated manual of arms in the dust. Cap that off with sizes and calibers to satisfy every taste, and GLOCK seems destined to maintain their edge.\r\n\r\nFew things are dearer to the American heart than .45-caliber handguns. Despite the presence of .36- and .44-caliber handguns during the settling of the West, the .45 Colt is viewed as the decisive caliber from that era. Just in time to take the place of this noble cartridge, the .45 Auto became a force to be reckoned with in the next century. There is something comforting about this large caliber, imbuing a sense of power.\r\n\r\nIn fact, many a breath was held after GLOCK entered the U. S. market, until the Austrian company announced the introduction of their Model 21 in .45 Auto. Exhaling a sigh of relief, the .45 culture had a polymer wonder to satisfy its desires.\r\n\r\nFor duty carry by officers, the GLOCK 21 proved a perfect choice, hearty and robust, with the renowned GLOCK reliability. Following Law Enforcement (LE) trends that pushed the GLOCK to the top of the LE realm, as concealed carry rights blossomed, those exercising their rights adopted GLOCKs in droves. However, it was obvious the GLOCK 21 would have a small concealed carry following. The very traits making it so popular for duty carry\u2014hearty and robust\u2014worked against discreet carry.\r\n\r\nNever one to be left out in the cold, GLOCK introduced the more compact Models 30 and 36 in .45 Auto with double- and single-stack magazines, respectively. The Model 30 still bore grip dimensions similar to that of the Model 21, frequently difficult for those with average hands. The 36, though thinner due to a single-column magazine, still bore a longer front-to-back grip because of the .45 Auto chambering, which can still be a problem for some.\r\n\r\nBoth models have fared well with the American concealed carrier, but their frames, sized as they were for the .45 Auto, still leave some carriers and shooters with average and smaller-sized hands wanting. Likewise, many in the LE community hankered for a pistol dimensionally like the immensely popular GLOCK 17\/19\/26 and 22\/23\/26, but in the .45 Auto. Of course, the .45 Auto just won\u2019t fit in these more comfortable frames.\r\n\r\nMAKE WAY FOR THE .45<\/strong>\r\nNever one to shy away from a challenge, the folks at GLOCK tackled the project with the help of the ballistic wizards at Speer. The resulting cartridge, equaling the ballistic performance of the .45 Auto, was christened the .45 GLOCK Automatic Pistol (G.A.P.). Squeezed into a 9x19\/.40 frame, the GLOCK 37 and the .45 G.A.P. answered the LE and civilian concealed carriers\u2019 request for a more-compact .45 pistol.\r\n\r\nThe full-sized GLOCK 37 was followed by the compact GLOCK 38, and sub-compact GLOCK 39, each chambering a fair number of the new stubby .45s. Initially it was hoped the Models 37, 38, and 39 might be exactly the same size as the corresponding 9x19\/.40 models, and regarding the frames that proved true. However, to ensure perfect performance, marginally larger slides became the norm. (17\/22 slides are 1.01 inches wide by 0.85-inch high, weighing 18 ounces. GLOCK 37 slides are 1.13 inches wide by 0.88-inch high and weigh 21 ounces.) The .45 G.A.P. pistols incorporate a longer steel locking-block.\r\n\r\nOne step in building a cartridge to fit in the smaller and handier frame was designing the .45 G.A.P. cartridge to be 0.13-inch shorter than the .45 Auto. This produces a case similar in length to the 9x19 (0.78-inches), but once loaded the G. A. P has an overall length of 1.08 inches, actually shorter than the 9x19. (This last design parameter allows the wide .45 G.A.P. bullet to fit in a shorter grip area.)\r\n\r\n\"imgp03.gif\"AN ALL-NEW CARTRIDGE<\/strong>\r\nAdditional changes include a slightly rebated rim on the G.A.P., and modified extractor groove. Inside the case, one finds a wall profile that differs noticeably from the .45 Auto, thus allowing for seating .45 bullets without case wall bulging, and outside the primer pocket is filled with a small pistol primer. (A large pistol primer reportedly caused over-ignition and excessive pressure.) All of this goes to the point that the G.A.P. is an entirely new cartridge case that cannot be safely built from a .45 Auto case! Using the most modern propellants, Speer succeeded in charging this smaller .45 cartridge to equal the .45 Auto ballistically, while keeping pressures near the .45 Auto range.\r\n\r\nThere is no paucity of loadings available for the .45 G.A.P. GLOCKs. Speer\u2019s initial .45 G.A.P. commercial loadings were 185- and 200-grain Gold Dot premium hollowpoints and the same weights of TMJ bullets in the Speer Lawman line for economical shooting. Under the ATK banner with Speer, Federal Cartridge has introduced 185-grain and 230-grain Hydra-Shok loadings in the Premium Personal Defense line and an economical 185-grain TMJ loading in the American Eagle line.\r\n\r\nWinchester and Remington are now loading the .45 G.A.P. cartridge in configurations similar to Speer and Federal. COR-BON stepped in with their 160-grain DPX load, the 165-grain Pow'R Ball, a jacketed soft point, and a 200-grain JHP. This means bullet weights of 160 grains, 165 grains, 185 grains, 200 grains and 230 grains are all available.\r\n\r\n.45 GAP PERFORMANCE<\/strong>\r\nThe .45 G.A.P. is quite a boon for those of us adhering to the notion that bigger is better! Concealed carriers and Law Enforcement personnel, in and out of uniform, have their wish for new handguns.\r\n\r\nFrom the concealed carriers\u2019 and non-uniformed LE perspective, I found four .45 GLOCKs most appropriate for their needs. The Model 21 has already been excluded, and the Model 37 will probably be as well by those seeking compactness for carry. This leaves us with the Models 30, 36, 38, and 39 for consideration.\r\n\r\nThis was my first experience with the .45 G.A.P., so I began my examination of the concealed carry candidates with range testing. Trigger-time revealed just what I had heard: the .45 G.A.P. pistols were just as easily handled during all the drills as similar GLOCK models accommodating the .45 Auto. The GLOCK 38 weighs virtually the same as the Model 30, while the same is true of the Models 36 and 39, and the velocities of similar weight bullets are close enough to produce the similar felt recoil in pistols all weighing the same. (Depending on the cartridge, the .45 G.A.P. recoil can feel similar to a .40 pistol.)\r\n\r\nWearing average-sized hands, I found all four offerings fit me well, with the GLOCK 30 on the upper end of comfort for me. That, of course, explains why there is more than one flavor of ice cream\u2014and size of GLOCK\u2014to provide needed variety!\r\n\r\nWith pistols to fit my hands and those of most others, in my favorite caliber and that of GLOCK\u2019s new offering\u2014which seems destined to offer the .45 Auto a run for its money\u2014I went forth to gather the opinions of other shooters and concealed carriers.\r\n\r\n\"gap-carry.gif\"SHOOTING & CARRYING GLOCK .45s<\/strong>\r\nI placed the four GLOCK .45 offerings in the hands of a variety of shooters, and received the expected plethora of preferences. Given a choice of .45 GLOCKs, each one selected their favorite based on how it fit their hands and rode on their waist. Recoil did not seem a factor.\r\n\r\nThose finding the .45 Auto pistols a tad largish found the pistols chambered for the .45 G.A.P. just right. Testers that found the .45 Auto pistols fitting them well expressed their appreciation of the trimmer G.A.P pistols. It seems that not only has GLOCK spawned a new caliber in which to chamber their pistols, they have found one that can satisfy the needs of big-bore concealed carriers (and no doubt uniformed officers) while doing so.\r\n\r\nWill this be the .45 of the 21st century? Only time will tell, but it seems the .45 G.A.P is making a good run at that distinction!\r\nHOLSTERING GLOCK .45s<\/strong>\r\nAs excellent as the size and calibers of the GLOCK .45s make them for concealment, they still miss one thing for concealed carry\u2014a holster! Luckily holster makers, just like users, have flocked to all GLOCK pistols. Finding leather, or non-leather, to tote one\u2019s choice of .45 should be relatively easy.\r\n\r\nToting a handgun\u2014any handgun, including a GLOCK\u2014should be accomplished using a quality holster. Holsters protect handguns from loss, or shifting during carry, ensuring it will be there when one reaches for it. Not only will the handgun be there when needed, but also a well-designed holster will snug a GLOCK .45 against the body, while not impeding a smooth, speedy draw. Regardless of the GLOCK .45 of choice, there should be a holster to allow carrying it comfortably, securely, and inconspicuously.\r\n\r\nA quick search of the Internet turned up offerings to carry some of GLOCK\u2019s .45s from Aker, Alessi, Bianchi, Blackhawk Bulman, Blade-Tech, Comp-Tac, DeSantis, Del Fatti, Don Hume, FIST, Fobus, Galco, Gould & Goodrich, Milt Sparks, Safariland, Sidearmor, and Uncle Mikes. There are more, but I stopped searching when it became obvious there was no end to holsters and suppliers.\r\n\r\nIt seems every commercial holster maker, and those in the custom world, offer one or more styles, to fit one or more of the .45 GLOCK pistols. Their wares are made from horse or cowhide, Kydex or other polymer, or some version of ballistic nylon. Styles include belt models, inside-the-waistband versions, shoulder holsters, and pocket models for the smaller pistols.\r\n\r\nI also did a scan of my holster collection, and found a number already on hand, including those wearing the GLOCK brand. (GLOCK has always offered holsters for their pistols.) Not surprisingly, I discovered many holsters specified for 9x19\/.40 pistols also fit quite nicely around a GLOCK 36 pistol, with a scant few fitting the marginally enlarged G.A.P. models. (This is, of course, not something most holster makers will announce, nor something one can count on, but if an ample selection of holsters is available, the fit is easily checked.) In addition, holsters for the GLOCK 30 will usually fit the G.A.P. offerings.\r\n\r\nPick a .45 GLOCK, a holster to meet your needs, and ammo from a high-performance source. Outfitted with this, today\u2019s big-bore carrier will be ready to go!","post_title":"Concealed-Carry .45s: The GLOCK Solution | Glock 45 Models","post_excerpt":"The .45 firepower favored by legions of officers is tough to keep out of sight. Not so with the GLOCK .45 G.A.P.\u2014the hideaway handgun with maximum performance.","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"concealed-carry-45s-the-glock-solution","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-10-31 23:10:49","post_modified_gmt":"2023-11-01 03:10:49","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2008\/05\/13\/concealed-carry-45s-the-glock-solution\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":true,"total_page":15},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"}; Page 15 of 15Previous

    The .40 S&W Choice<\/strong> for Subcompact Handguns<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

    Over the last 20-plus years the .40 S&W cartridge has overtaken the venerable 9mm as the most preferred round for U.S. law enforcement. The step up in caliber provides greater stopping power than a 9mm with less recoil than a .45 ACP. That of course has become more debatable in recent years with specialized .45 ACP rounds and guns specifically designed for them, however, the .40 S&W reigns supreme with law enforcement, while maintaining an equally enthusiastic following among civilians.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

    Glock 27 Gen4<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n\"Glock
    concealed carry <\/a>sidearm for the civilian market.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

    Sig Sauer Ultra Compact 1911 <\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n\"\"Sig Sauer<\/a> name, the Ultra Compact 1911 has a distinctive look with a squared, contoured slide, deep serrations, dovetailed tritium 3-dot sights, extended beavertail and grip safety, skeletonized hammer and triangle three-hole trigger all handsomely set off by a matte stainless steel slide and alloy frame, or optional two-tone version with a matte black hard anodized alloy frame. While any 1911, even one this small, is hard to call a Subcompact, the Sig comes closest to fitting the definition.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

    Springfield XDM Compact 3.8<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n\"Springfield

    With the addition of the XDM Series of guns introduced in 2008, Springfield raised the bar on multi-purpose sidearms. While the XD pistols have found great acceptance within the general firearms community, the XDM Series is more in tune with today\u2019s personal protection and concealed carry needs, flavored with Springfield\u2019s penchant for building high-capacity pistols on standard sized frames.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

    The latest XDM Compact, chambered in .40 S&W (with an impressive 11+1 capacity) offers the same match grade 3.8-inch barrel as the XDM 3.8, but with a shorter grip frame like those used on the XD Sub-Compact (X-Treme Duty) models, making this a dedicated concealed carry sidearm. But there\u2019s more. The gun also comes with an extended capacity magazine upping the cartridge total to 16+1 rounds of .40 S&W thereby making this an ideal handgun for home protection. The XDM Compact, like all XD models utilizes a dual safety system comprised of a pivoting trigger toggle and a 1911-type frame-mounted grip safety. The gun features tapered ambidextrous magazine releases, drift adjustable front and rear white dot sights, ambidextrous indexing thumb rests, interchangeable backstrap panels, and deeply angled front and rear slide serrations (three in front, six in back). The Compact\u2019s slide is just slightly wider at the bottom, tapering out to provide a little more surface area to grasp when chambering the first round or clearing the gun. The XDM Compact is a top choice in the .40 S&W caliber.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

    9mm<\/strong> Subcompact Handguns<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

    Globally the 9mm remains the most popular cartridge in the world, used by more law enforcement and military organizations than any other. The 9mm is also favored within the foreign civilian marketplace because many nations outlaw the use of larger caliber handguns except by the military. The 9mm cartridge has been in use now for over 100 years.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

    Ruger LC9<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n\"ruger,

    Ruger\u2019s LC9 offers compact dimensions measuring 6.0 inches in length, 4.5 inches in height and a modest 0.90 inches in width, combined with a comparatively high capacity of 7+1 rounds and light carry weight of 17.1 ounces (empty). The LC9 is built with a composite frame of high-performance glass-filled Nylon supported by an aluminum grip frame (subframe), a through-hardened steel slide, and 3.12-inch steel barrel. The LC9\u2019s contours render a gun that ideally fits the average hand, placing the index finger directly alongside the triggerguard with a natural recess for the first joint to rest before moving to engage the trigger. On the left side, the contoured grip frame places the thumb in position for a single-handed hold. The LC9 has a loaded chamber indicator that rises upward from the top of the slide and is clearly stamped \u201cLOADED WHEN UP\u201d. It\u2019s a very obvious tell so bluffing is off the table.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

    This is a well-balanced gun that is slightly muzzle heavy, an asset in managing recoil. The size, weight, and feel of the LC9 is very good and while the trigger pull is exceptionally long at 1.2 inches, it remains smooth and consistent allowing for quick follow-up shots. This is a function of both safety and the nature of the LC9\u2019s internal hammer design. Simply put, discharging the LC9 is like firing a DAO revolver. The LC9 has a magazine disconnect and will not fire a chambered round with the magazine removed. Overall this is a very capable small 9mm, which can also be equipped with a number of options including a Crimson Trace Laserguard.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

    Sig Sauer P290<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n\"Sig

    The Sig Sauer P290 is only slightly larger overall than a .380 ACP. With an overall length of just 5.5 inches, a truncated height of 3.9 inches, barrel length of 2.9 inches, and overall weight of only 21.5 ounces (empty), the P290 provides the defensive capability of a 9mm in a gun that is remarkably flat, measuring less than an inch in width. It is bigger and \u201cchunkier\u201d than the Kimber Solo and just a hair smaller than the Ruger LC9. The internal mechanism is a traditional locked breech, Browning-type tilting barrel but with one distinguishing feature; a broadly flared muzzle that aligns with a corresponding channel in the slide.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

    This design contributes to quicker cycling of the action; as soon as the slide starts its reward movement it releases the muzzle, allowing the barrel to tilt and drop the breechblock into line for reload. The P290 also employs a dual recoil spring assembly that makes this operation pretty snappy.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

    The frame is a lightweight, molded polymer with a slide machined from a solid billet. The finishes available are natural stainless or durable Nitron coating. Standard sights are dovetailed drift adjustable white dots. The P290 is a DAO hammer-fired pistol but with no manual cocking capability. In addition, the Sig Sauer has an automatic firing pin safety block, hammer safety intercept notch, and a trigger bar disconnect, making it safe for carry with a chambered round. And the Sig Sauer will fire with the magazine removed.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

    An interesting option for Sig Sauer is the Integrated Laser Module (ILM), which is custom made for the P290. Lightweight and compact, the ILM seamlessly blends with the lines of the pistol. The laser has ambidextrous switches. The increase in weight of 0.8 ounces is negligible and the laser unit adds only 0.75 inches to the depth of the gun.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

    Overall, this is a rugged looking little gun that is relatively easy to carry concealed considering it packs 6+1 rounds of 9mm.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

    Kimber Solo Carry<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n\"gun

    The Kimber Solo Carry is one of the most compact 9mm on the market measuring only 5.5 inches in length, 3.9 inches in height and a mere 0.995 inches in width. The all steel and alloy construction semi-auto weighs only 17 ounces empty. The compactness of the Solo is visually striking, being only slightly larger in overall dimension than most .380s. In order to achieve these scaled down proportions reminiscent of a 1911, the frame contours are smoother and more rounded with every possible edge reduced to its minimum possible tolerances. Easily operated ambidextrous magazine releases and perfectly sized ambidextrous safeties make ease of operation suitable for left or right-handed users.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

    Truly \u201cpocketable,\u201d the Solo utilizes a unique striker-fired system with a slight twist. When the slide is cycled and a round is chambered the striker (firing pin) is between 88 to 90 percent pre-tensioned. The trigger pull necessary to discharge the Solo then is only 10 to 12 percent of the total effort needed to finish the cycle and release the striker. Even though Kimber describes the Solo as a \u201csingle action striker-fired design,\u201d it is actually a double action as pulling the trigger has to finish tensioning the striker before the gun will discharge. While the lightweight semi-auto has a pretty hefty kick it is more than manageable and exceptionally accurate. As one of the smaller 9mm on the market, the Solo definitely has earned its mark.<\/p>\n","post_title":"Contemporary Subcompact Handguns","post_excerpt":"The Personal Defense Pocket Pistols: In the 21st century we have perfected the art of making as much gun as possible in the smallest package possible!","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"contemporary-subcompacts","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-10-19 15:38:22","post_modified_gmt":"2023-10-19 19:38:22","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2012\/11\/01\/contemporary-subcompacts\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":160508,"post_author":"645","post_date":"2009-09-02 15:20:48","post_date_gmt":"2009-09-02 21:20:48","post_content":"\r\n\r\nEven the gloved hands of today\u2019s uniformed officer will find ArmaLite\u2019s new AR-10T familiar. Draw the fixed stock into the shoulder, obtain sight picture and flip the selector. What makes the AR-10T different is more about what\u2019s on the inside. But on the outside, it all seems to feel the same.\r\n\r\nSince the creation of the Department of Homeland Security, law enforcement agencies have contended with how to use their budget to best enable their first responders to protect citizens against terror. Every agency has assessed vulnerabilities and many have chosen to acquire big bore rifles capable of penetrating a hard target or intercepting a vehicular threat. With just one shot to get it right, a team leader should have experience on the firing line.\r\n\r\nArmaLite\u2019s battle proven AR-10 has already served LE around the world including Canada\u2019s Ontario Provincial Police TRU (Tactics and Rescue Unit). Now loaded for the hard-hitting .338 Federal, the new AR-10T fills a department\u2019s medium-caliber gap without sacrificing ease of deployment, time for training, or familiar handling qualities of an officer\u2019s carbine.\r\n\r\nWhat some don\u2019t realize is that the AR-10\u2019s roots are more than 50 years old, pre-dating the AR-15\/M16\/M4. Clenching the checkered A2 pistol grip, controls are at the fingers. Saving more than a pound in weight over 7.62mm NATO infantry rifles of its time, Eugene Stoner\u2019s modular innovation is a source for the often-used term \u201cergonomic\u201d (as it applies to firearm design).\r\n\r\nThe anodized lower receiver is home to the ArmaLite tactical two-stage trigger set, the same trigger mechanism used in ArmaLite M-15 rifles. Pulling the trigger provides a crisp and smooth feel that doesn\u2019t interfere with accuracy. First and second stages are consistently passed at just 3 and 5 pounds before allowing the hammer to strike.\r\n\r\nBeing that the AR-10T is based on a 7.62mm NATO platform, the first question that usually comes to mind is how ArmaLite manages to stuff the high energy behind a .338 cartridge into an AR? An ArmaLite representative reports, \u201cArmaLite\u2019s refinements to the AR-10 over the many years placed it at a stage where the transfer to a harder hitting caliber such as the .338 Federal was not a problem. It\u2019s a short action .308-type cartridge so it transitions into our AR-10 platform perfectly. With some testing, we found that it\u2019s a fitting combination. We were able to use the same proven bolt and extractor, as well as the Generation II magazines. No design changes had to be made except re-chambering the AR-10 for a new caliber.\u201d\r\n\r\nThe bolt sits inside a gas impingement carrier group with four holes available to bleed off pressure and debris. The disassembly procedure is the same as an agency\u2019s M-15 carbine (just bigger parts). With the firing pin removed, one difference from other ARs is visually apparent. A spring shrouds the base of the firing pin pushing against the wall in the bolt carrier group. This feature helps reduce the risk of malfunctions and prevents the firing pin from bouncing during operation.\r\n\r\nA railed flat-top upper receiver marked \u201c.338 Federal\u201d brings the bolt together with the chamber of the stainless steel barrel. \u201cWe originally designed the .338 Federal as a hunting rifle, thus the stainless steel barrel,\u201d says ArmaLite. \u201cThe .338 Federal is a cartridge best suited for short and mid-range duties. We put a 22-inch barrel on the rifle, which provided the best ballistics for these situations. With that being said, we have seen the potential for different uses in this caliber, so we are spending some time testing a shorter rifle with a 16-inch barrel featuring a full size buttstock and a mid-length gas system to use in CQB operations.\u201d\r\n\r\nA tubular one-piece, free-floating aluminum handguard shields the hands from the triple lapped, 1-in-10-inch twist stainless steel match barrel. The tubular handguard improves the rifle\u2019s handling without taking up real estate with full-length accessory rails that often go unused. A useable length of rail does grace the forend of the handguard, ready to accept custom mounting of bipods, lasers, lights and other accessories.\r\n\r\nThe massive stainless steel gas block is secured to the barrel with four large hex-head screws and redirects gas pressure through a direct impingement system. This gas block is also a front sight base that features a flip-up Midwest Industries (MI) post that co-witnesses with a MI flip-up backup sight affixed to the rear of the upper receiver\u2019s Picatinny rail.\r\n\r\nSince no flash suppressor or compensator is present, the recessed crown at the muzzle of the AR-10T protects the rifle\u2019s accuracy potential during heavy use or intense tactical operations. Combine a barrel made of stainless steel, an aluminum free-floated handguard, aluminum alloy receivers, a polymer stock and grip, and you have a weather-resistant tactical rifle. The AR-10T can withstand harsher environments like those encountered in sustained maritime operations while offering the effective energy transfer carried by a .338 slug. \u201cCoastal areas with salty environments and the moisture of the trunk in squad cars are hard on steel parts, especially the barrel,\u201d says ArmaLite. So stainless steel might be a better choice for these conditions.\r\n\r\n

    \"armalite3.jpg\"\"armalite4.jpg\"\"armalite6.jpg\"Shooting Impressions<\/strong>\r\nNow I\u2019m not going to lie and say that I found the AR-10T to be a sub-MOA tack-driver. For me, it wasn\u2019t. I have friends in this industry who tell me they achieved MOA accuracy verified by pictures on Jeff Quinn\u2019s
    gunblast.com<\/a> of multiple 3-shot groups fired from 100 yards rivaling the size of a penny. But this test was a representation of how a founding member of DHS envisions this rifle being used by law enforcement. On the scene, from the trunk of a vehicle, and across the hood.\r\n\r\nDriving down to the edge of North Carolina\u2019s Great Dismal Swamp brought me to a private range that required the careful use of four-wheelers to maneuver through knee-deep muck in order to get downrange and post targets. A pair of 12x18-inch ballistic steel plates were used to verify the new Leupold VX-3 6.5-20x50mm riflescope from 100 yards. Secured in ArmaLite\u2019s unique one-piece ring mount, this accessory removes a couple of variables that typically impact accuracy on other rifles.\r\n\r\nThe DHS agent fired first. And second. \u201cOh yeah, we\u2019re good.\u201d Our four-wheelers carried us across the swamp again just to verify the point-of-aim\/point-of-impact. Fingering the significant dimples created in the swinging AR-500 steel plate, he said, \u201cMan, that rifle has some thump to it!\u201d With paper targets ready, we drove back to the firing line and began the accuracy test.\r\n\r\nIn rural parts of the US, it\u2019s not unusual to see a pick-up truck used as a law enforcement vehicle. To best simulate a tactical operation where a vehicle is used as cover and firing support, we positioned the vehicle at the firing line and loaded each (5-, 10-, and 20-round) magazine with the only load available for this test: Federal\u2019s lead-nose, copper jacketed, 210-grain Nosler Partition.\r\n\r\nThe first 3-shot group from each of us measured just under 2.5 inches. Making it downrange and changing out targets, we discovered an earlier sighter that went off course and punched through a 5-inch thick tree. Looking further back, we saw the bullet had actually passed without deflection through a total of six trees smaller in size and spaced about 4 feet before disappearing.\r\n\r\nMost accuracy results with other AR-style rifles are taken in 5-shot groups, so the next batch would follow this pattern. Five groups of five shots averaged nearly 3 inches off the semi-supported position with the best group measuring 1.94 inches. The most impressive observation came from our last test, a 20-shot magazine dump in quick succession. In a string of fire that lasted no more than 30 seconds, 20 shots were clustered together in a group measuring just 3.6 inches. This is practical accuracy you can expect of a trained officer that could put a definitive end to a given crisis.\r\n\r\n\"armalite8.jpg\"Final Notes<\/strong>\r\n\u201cIf you benched it with a bipod, it\u2019d group a lot tighter,\u201d noted the DHS agent, \u201cbut this is realistic. This rifle is what you hope to have when you arrive to a dynamic situation forcing you to run what you have.\u201d\r\n\r\nArmaLite asserts, \u201cThe same principals apply to this caliber as the .458 SOCOM, only the AR-10T does it better. Placing this harder hitting round in this strong, proven platform was a perfect match. The .458 SOCOM in the smaller AR-15 platform has unpredictable penetration at any significant range and the smaller AR-15 platform is unproven to last with a large caliber.\u201d\r\n\r\nWith the AR-10T you get a heavier bullet, lower felt recoil and more energy transferred to the target. This lethal hammer is ready to meet the obstacles faced by LE in urban environments or on the maritime waters.\r\n\r\n\"federal2.jpg\"FEDERAL\u2019S BOLD .338<\/strong>\r\nThere are other .338s out there but none that can be easily integrated with fewer changes to the seasoned AR-10. The story here is as much about the united effort between ArmaLite and Federal Cartridge<\/strong><\/a> to assure the rifle and ammunition are perfectly matched. Snipers are already familiar with .338s including the .338 Lapua Mag and the .338 Win Mag. These two highly effective cartridges are known for their long-range effectiveness in bolt-action platforms. For most LE operations requiring the deployment of a rifle, a bolt gun presents a number of tactical drawbacks. Slower handling, more recoil, and slower follow-up shots.\r\n\r\nThe .338 Federal delivers the only modern .338 caliber load that isn\u2019t a magnum configuration. It delivers a larger diameter bullet for more weight and overall energy on target without magnum recoil. \u201cThe .338 Federal captures the capability of the longstanding .308 case and offers the respected performance of the .338 bullet,\u201d says Federal President Mark DeYoung. \u201cThese two mainstays have been proven time and again and are now brought together into a quality factory load,\u201d he adds.","post_title":"Armalite AR-10T .338 Federal","post_excerpt":"NEW BATTLE RIFLE chambered for Federal\u2019s powerhouse cartridge!","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"armalite-ar-10t-338-federal","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-10-31 23:08:29","post_modified_gmt":"2023-11-01 03:08:29","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2009\/09\/02\/armalite-ar-10t-338-federal\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":160816,"post_author":"374","post_date":"2009-04-24 14:48:05","post_date_gmt":"2009-04-24 20:48:05","post_content":"\r\n\r\nI have been a fan of the .308 cartridge (7.62x51mm) for many years and have always enjoyed its versatility. It has numerous useful applications for self-defense and law enforcement and one of my bolt-action rifles in that chambering is set up for medium- to-long range anti-personnel work.\r\n\r\nI have used .308 rifles in bolt-action, lever-action, slide-action and semi-automatic configurations, the latter being in the form of the M14 battle rifle, which is what we cadets trained with in ROTC (Reserve Officers\u2019 Training Corps) I was very interested when Rock River Arms (RRA) introduced an AR-type rifle in the popular .308 caliber.\r\n\r\nThe rifle was the Mid-Length (M\/L) LAR-8 A4 (308A1239), which comes housed in a compartmented, electric blue plastic carrying case. In the case, the rifle is broken down into the upper-receiver\/barrel group and the lower-receiver\/stock group that allows the case to be a bit more compact length-wise. It is a great case for shipping the weapon, but unfortunately the case cannot be used once an optic sight is mounted on the LAR-8, which means that if you want to carry your RRA rifle in a gun case fully assembled with a sight mounted, you will be in the market for a new larger gun case.\r\n\r\nMy sample LAR-8 mid-length A4 came with a 16-inch Wilson chrome moly barrel having a 1-in-10-inch right-hand twist, six land and groove rifling and a Picatinny rail on the upper receiver and on top of the barrel at the front of the handguard as there are no iron sights. There is also an A2 version that has the same iron sight configuration that is found on the M16A2 rifle. Both of these rifles are fitted with a tactical CAR-style buttstock.\r\n\r\nOther RRA LAR-8 factory variations include Standard A2 and A4 models that have 20-inch barrels and a conventional AR-type butt stock, plus there is an A-4 Varmint Model that features a 26-inch Wilson air gauged, stainless steel bull barrel that is coupled with a free-floating, tubular aluminum handguard for increased long-distance accuracy.\r\n\r\n\"untitled-2.jpg\"Standard Features <\/strong>\r\nStandard features on my LAR-8 M\/L A4 includes a rubber Hogue pistol grip, which is stippled and has finger grooves, a two-stage match trigger, upper receiver with bolt forward assist and ejection port door, plus brass deflector, ventilated polymer handguard, sling swivels and A2-type flash suppressor. The LAR-8 basically looks like a M16 on steroids, as the receiver has been beefed up to allow use of the .308 (7.62x51mm) cartridge.\r\n\r\nThe two big differences that the discerning eye will note is the magazine and the bolt catch. The factory-supplied magazine for the LAR-8 is basically the same as the 20-round magazine used in the famous FN\/FAL and L1A1 battle rifles. Entire articles and books could be and have been devoted to this fine weapon, so we won\u2019t delve into that subject here, but this Fabrique Nationale-designed rifle has been in service since 1953 and has armed some 60 countries around the world including Belgium, Great Britain, Canada, Australia, and Argentina.\r\n\r\nNeedless to say, there have been countless thousands of magazines made for the FN\/FAL and that fact pays dividends to the LAR-8 owner who has a wide selection to choose from. I did a little Internet surfing and came up with price ranges from $10 to $22 for used Mil-Spec 20-round magazines. There are also 30-round magazines out there that average around $50 more. They hang down a bit too far for comfortable prone shooting, so I\u2019m content to stick with the 20-rounders myself.\r\n\r\nThe bolt catch on the LAR-8 is not on the left side of the lower receiver as on the M16, but is positioned at the base of the magazine well at its juncture with the pivoting triggerguard. It is more reminiscent of the bolt catch found on the FN\/FAL and is made to be ambidextrous, and if your hand is large enough can be actuated by the trigger finger of whichever hand you use. The magazine release is located in the same area as on the M16 and the LAR-8 is also ambidextrous.\r\n\r\nWhile the manual safety lever, just above the pistol grip on the right of the receiver, is not ambidextrous, it appears to be easily changed to the left side of the receiver if that\u2019s the user\u2019s preference. On a whole the controls on this rifle are easily reached and manipulated without removing the hand from the pistol grip, certainly a plus in a patrol rifle. I had no trouble whatever operating them with my medium-sized hand.\r\n\r\nObviously, this rifle is going to pack more weight than the M16 and the LAR-8 M\/L A4 weighs in empty, sans sights, at a respectable 8.1 pounds. With the 6-position CAR buttstock fully extended it measures 38 inches. The weight and the propellant gas operation system of the action certainly help tame recoil, which is a good thing given the hard checkered butt of the CAR stock.\r\n\r\nThe standard polymer handguard is round in shape with flats on the top and bottom that are serrated and have holes for barrel ventilation. There are no rails on the standard handguard, but RRA does offer optional Daniel Defense Lite Quad Rails for both the Mid-Length and Standard LAR-8 A4 rifles. In fact, a visit to the RRA website will allow one to see the full list of optional items available that allow you to \u201chave it your way\u201d with just about any Rock River Arms\u2019 AR-type rifle.\r\n\r\nAs always, I gave the RRA LAR-8 Mid-Length A4 a top to bottom inspection and did not find anything wanting in overall fit and finish of the weapon. All the flats were flat, corners square and rounded surfaces done to perfection. No machine marks or other blemishes were visible and the black hard coat anodized finish was a good match to the black polymer material of the handguard and buttstock of the rifle.\r\n\r\nOptics Selection<\/strong>\r\nNow given that my RRA LAR-8 M\/L A4 comes without sights, it was time to select something with which to aim the rifle that would be fitting for my uses. I looked at a number of optical and sights of various manufacturers, but came away impressed with the Trijicon ACOG (Advanced Combat Optical Gunsight) 3.5x35mm .308 BDC\/FT.Chevron BAC riflescope for our test.\r\n\r\nAnyone that watches the network nightly news has seen the ACOG sights on the M16A2 rifles carried by many of our troops in Afghanistan and Iraq; their bell-shaped housings make them easily identifiable. They have been in use for many years by Army Special Forces, the Marines, Navy SEALs and the FBI, so I didn\u2019t see how I could go wrong. Trijicon is synonymous with the night sights that have been fitted on many of the most popular combat handguns for a couple of decades. However, Trijicon\u2019s founder Glyn Bindon wanted to build a sight for long arms that would bring together both-eyes-open shooting, an illuminated aiming point, plus magnified optics.\r\n\r\nWhat he discovered was what has since been termed the Bindon Aiming Concept (BAC), aiming with both eyes open, which gives a superior sense of balance and field of view, coupled with a magnified Trijicon sight, which offers the shooter a considerable advantage over his target using conventional sights. When used as designed, in the binocular mode, the operator sees only the red, chevron-shaped reticle (the pointed tip is the aiming point) transposed on the target at anywhere from across-the-room ranges to several hundred yards.\r\n\r\nMy sample ACOG 3.5x35mm scope came packaged in a well-padded Pelican case, which also held a black nylon, Scopecoat scope cover, a Lenspen lens cleaner and an ACOG thumbscrew flattop adapter for affixing the scope to the Picatinny rail of the LAR-8. The scope housing is 8 inches in length and is made of rugged forged aluminum; the black, hard-anodized finish matches almost exactly that of the RRA rifle. Scope weight without mounts adds only 14 ounces to the weight of the rifle.\r\n\r\nThe scope is calibrated for use with the .308 cartridge and is meant to be sighted in at 100 meters with an effective range of 800 meters on flattop rifles. The reticle also includes a rangefinder and the base of the chevron aiming point is 5.53 MOA (minute of angle), which at 300 meters is 19 inches allowing for good range estimation. Of course, during the day, the fiber-optic tube running along the top of the scope gathers light for the red aiming point and at night\/low light tritium is used to illuminate the chevron. The field of view at 100 yards is almost 29 feet, the eye relief is 2.4 inches and the adjustment is 4-inch clicks at 100 yards.\r\n\r\nRange Time<\/strong>\r\nNow it was time to go to my ammo locker and select some cartridges from my stock of .308 ammunition. I chose Black Hills Gold with a 168-grain Hornady A-Max bullet, which has a factory velocity of 2650 fps (feet per second). Next I picked Federal Gold Medal that has a Sierra 168-grain \u201cMatchKing\u201d BTHP bullet also rated at 2650 fps. To add a law enforcement-designed cartridge I included the one of the Hornady TAP loads in .308.\r\n\r\nAccording to their website, \u201cThe 155-grain A-MAX TAP Precision cartridge offers match accuracy with a high-ballistic coefficient providing superior long-range performance. This load demonstrates expansion and fragmentation similar to the 110-grain load, but with a noticeable increase in penetration and retained bullet weight. This bullet penetrates glass with minimal deflection and exhibits retained expansion and fragmentation characteristics.\u201d\r\n\r\nIt is also intended for use in a 1-in-10-inch or 1-in-12-inch twist rifle barrel such as that on the LAR-8. My final selection was the Winchester 150-grain Supreme Elite with \u201cThe new XP3 bullet that starts with a two-stage expansion design, then combines all the best-known bullet technology to offer delayed controlled expansion, deep penetration, and high retained weight.\u201d\r\n\r\nWith my rifle\/sight combination, plus test ammunition in hand, it was time for a field test. I did my shooting at the NRA Whittington Center during the 2008 Shootists Holiday and used the Center\u2019s Sight-In Range for my accuracy and chronograph testing session. I sighted the Trijicon ACOG 3.5x35mm scope in for 100 yards, then proceeded to shoot three 3-shot groups for record with each test cartridge, using the concrete benches and an MTM Casegard rest.\r\n\r\nMy best group was 0.82 of an inch using Federal Gold Medal loads, followed by 0.97 of an inch with the Hornady TAP ammo. All of the group averages stayed under 2 inches and my guess is that the rifle would have had no trouble out-shooting the shooter that day. I also set up my Oehler Model 35P chronograph to see what velocities I would get from the LAR-8 M\/L 16-inch barrel.\r\n\r\nNext I put a silhouette target out at 200 yards and fired a dozen shots using a mixed bag of .308 cartridges at center mass and scored 10 hits in the 10 and X-ring and two just out in the 9-ring. Three shots to the head resulted in three hits in the 10-ring. Lastly, I took the LAR-8 to the Animal Silhouette Range, where the backstop is a mountainside covered with nice big rocks.\r\n\r\nFrom the standing, off-hand position, again using a mix of my test ammo, I was able to make dust fly on rocks out as far as I could see them on the mountainside, which has been previously checked with a laser rangefinder to have shootable rocks out to some 475 yards. The best part besides the practical accuracy and \u201cshootability\u201d of the LAR-8 was the fact that it was 100-percent reliable and I did not note a single malfunction during the test.\r\n\r\nFinal Notes<\/strong>\r\nRRA has a winner here and mated with the Trijicon ACOG scope and good ammo, I can\u2019t think of anything I\u2019d rather take into harm\u2019s way.","post_title":"RRA Mid-Length LAR-8 A4 .308","post_excerpt":"Big-bore AR\/Trijicon ACOG combo proved 100% reliable and sub-MOA accurate!","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"rra-mid-lenght-lar-8-a4-308","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-05-31 20:23:23","post_modified_gmt":"2023-05-31 20:23:23","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2009\/04\/24\/rra-mid-lenght-lar-8-a4-308\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":161994,"post_author":"645","post_date":"2008-05-13 15:04:28","post_date_gmt":"2008-05-13 21:04:28","post_content":"\r\nThose marvels of Austrian ingenuity, GLOCK pistols, have a well-deserved reputation for arriving ready for concealed carry. No sharp edges abound to be rough on the hands or snag clothing during the draw. GLOCKs slide from the holster, point well, and are ready for immediate action. The GLOCK Safe Action design leaves worries regarding a complicated manual of arms in the dust. Cap that off with sizes and calibers to satisfy every taste, and GLOCK seems destined to maintain their edge.\r\n\r\nFew things are dearer to the American heart than .45-caliber handguns. Despite the presence of .36- and .44-caliber handguns during the settling of the West, the .45 Colt is viewed as the decisive caliber from that era. Just in time to take the place of this noble cartridge, the .45 Auto became a force to be reckoned with in the next century. There is something comforting about this large caliber, imbuing a sense of power.\r\n\r\nIn fact, many a breath was held after GLOCK entered the U. S. market, until the Austrian company announced the introduction of their Model 21 in .45 Auto. Exhaling a sigh of relief, the .45 culture had a polymer wonder to satisfy its desires.\r\n\r\nFor duty carry by officers, the GLOCK 21 proved a perfect choice, hearty and robust, with the renowned GLOCK reliability. Following Law Enforcement (LE) trends that pushed the GLOCK to the top of the LE realm, as concealed carry rights blossomed, those exercising their rights adopted GLOCKs in droves. However, it was obvious the GLOCK 21 would have a small concealed carry following. The very traits making it so popular for duty carry\u2014hearty and robust\u2014worked against discreet carry.\r\n\r\nNever one to be left out in the cold, GLOCK introduced the more compact Models 30 and 36 in .45 Auto with double- and single-stack magazines, respectively. The Model 30 still bore grip dimensions similar to that of the Model 21, frequently difficult for those with average hands. The 36, though thinner due to a single-column magazine, still bore a longer front-to-back grip because of the .45 Auto chambering, which can still be a problem for some.\r\n\r\nBoth models have fared well with the American concealed carrier, but their frames, sized as they were for the .45 Auto, still leave some carriers and shooters with average and smaller-sized hands wanting. Likewise, many in the LE community hankered for a pistol dimensionally like the immensely popular GLOCK 17\/19\/26 and 22\/23\/26, but in the .45 Auto. Of course, the .45 Auto just won\u2019t fit in these more comfortable frames.\r\n\r\nMAKE WAY FOR THE .45<\/strong>\r\nNever one to shy away from a challenge, the folks at GLOCK tackled the project with the help of the ballistic wizards at Speer. The resulting cartridge, equaling the ballistic performance of the .45 Auto, was christened the .45 GLOCK Automatic Pistol (G.A.P.). Squeezed into a 9x19\/.40 frame, the GLOCK 37 and the .45 G.A.P. answered the LE and civilian concealed carriers\u2019 request for a more-compact .45 pistol.\r\n\r\nThe full-sized GLOCK 37 was followed by the compact GLOCK 38, and sub-compact GLOCK 39, each chambering a fair number of the new stubby .45s. Initially it was hoped the Models 37, 38, and 39 might be exactly the same size as the corresponding 9x19\/.40 models, and regarding the frames that proved true. However, to ensure perfect performance, marginally larger slides became the norm. (17\/22 slides are 1.01 inches wide by 0.85-inch high, weighing 18 ounces. GLOCK 37 slides are 1.13 inches wide by 0.88-inch high and weigh 21 ounces.) The .45 G.A.P. pistols incorporate a longer steel locking-block.\r\n\r\nOne step in building a cartridge to fit in the smaller and handier frame was designing the .45 G.A.P. cartridge to be 0.13-inch shorter than the .45 Auto. This produces a case similar in length to the 9x19 (0.78-inches), but once loaded the G. A. P has an overall length of 1.08 inches, actually shorter than the 9x19. (This last design parameter allows the wide .45 G.A.P. bullet to fit in a shorter grip area.)\r\n\r\n\"imgp03.gif\"AN ALL-NEW CARTRIDGE<\/strong>\r\nAdditional changes include a slightly rebated rim on the G.A.P., and modified extractor groove. Inside the case, one finds a wall profile that differs noticeably from the .45 Auto, thus allowing for seating .45 bullets without case wall bulging, and outside the primer pocket is filled with a small pistol primer. (A large pistol primer reportedly caused over-ignition and excessive pressure.) All of this goes to the point that the G.A.P. is an entirely new cartridge case that cannot be safely built from a .45 Auto case! Using the most modern propellants, Speer succeeded in charging this smaller .45 cartridge to equal the .45 Auto ballistically, while keeping pressures near the .45 Auto range.\r\n\r\nThere is no paucity of loadings available for the .45 G.A.P. GLOCKs. Speer\u2019s initial .45 G.A.P. commercial loadings were 185- and 200-grain Gold Dot premium hollowpoints and the same weights of TMJ bullets in the Speer Lawman line for economical shooting. Under the ATK banner with Speer, Federal Cartridge has introduced 185-grain and 230-grain Hydra-Shok loadings in the Premium Personal Defense line and an economical 185-grain TMJ loading in the American Eagle line.\r\n\r\nWinchester and Remington are now loading the .45 G.A.P. cartridge in configurations similar to Speer and Federal. COR-BON stepped in with their 160-grain DPX load, the 165-grain Pow'R Ball, a jacketed soft point, and a 200-grain JHP. This means bullet weights of 160 grains, 165 grains, 185 grains, 200 grains and 230 grains are all available.\r\n\r\n.45 GAP PERFORMANCE<\/strong>\r\nThe .45 G.A.P. is quite a boon for those of us adhering to the notion that bigger is better! Concealed carriers and Law Enforcement personnel, in and out of uniform, have their wish for new handguns.\r\n\r\nFrom the concealed carriers\u2019 and non-uniformed LE perspective, I found four .45 GLOCKs most appropriate for their needs. The Model 21 has already been excluded, and the Model 37 will probably be as well by those seeking compactness for carry. This leaves us with the Models 30, 36, 38, and 39 for consideration.\r\n\r\nThis was my first experience with the .45 G.A.P., so I began my examination of the concealed carry candidates with range testing. Trigger-time revealed just what I had heard: the .45 G.A.P. pistols were just as easily handled during all the drills as similar GLOCK models accommodating the .45 Auto. The GLOCK 38 weighs virtually the same as the Model 30, while the same is true of the Models 36 and 39, and the velocities of similar weight bullets are close enough to produce the similar felt recoil in pistols all weighing the same. (Depending on the cartridge, the .45 G.A.P. recoil can feel similar to a .40 pistol.)\r\n\r\nWearing average-sized hands, I found all four offerings fit me well, with the GLOCK 30 on the upper end of comfort for me. That, of course, explains why there is more than one flavor of ice cream\u2014and size of GLOCK\u2014to provide needed variety!\r\n\r\nWith pistols to fit my hands and those of most others, in my favorite caliber and that of GLOCK\u2019s new offering\u2014which seems destined to offer the .45 Auto a run for its money\u2014I went forth to gather the opinions of other shooters and concealed carriers.\r\n\r\n\"gap-carry.gif\"SHOOTING & CARRYING GLOCK .45s<\/strong>\r\nI placed the four GLOCK .45 offerings in the hands of a variety of shooters, and received the expected plethora of preferences. Given a choice of .45 GLOCKs, each one selected their favorite based on how it fit their hands and rode on their waist. Recoil did not seem a factor.\r\n\r\nThose finding the .45 Auto pistols a tad largish found the pistols chambered for the .45 G.A.P. just right. Testers that found the .45 Auto pistols fitting them well expressed their appreciation of the trimmer G.A.P pistols. It seems that not only has GLOCK spawned a new caliber in which to chamber their pistols, they have found one that can satisfy the needs of big-bore concealed carriers (and no doubt uniformed officers) while doing so.\r\n\r\nWill this be the .45 of the 21st century? Only time will tell, but it seems the .45 G.A.P is making a good run at that distinction!\r\nHOLSTERING GLOCK .45s<\/strong>\r\nAs excellent as the size and calibers of the GLOCK .45s make them for concealment, they still miss one thing for concealed carry\u2014a holster! Luckily holster makers, just like users, have flocked to all GLOCK pistols. Finding leather, or non-leather, to tote one\u2019s choice of .45 should be relatively easy.\r\n\r\nToting a handgun\u2014any handgun, including a GLOCK\u2014should be accomplished using a quality holster. Holsters protect handguns from loss, or shifting during carry, ensuring it will be there when one reaches for it. Not only will the handgun be there when needed, but also a well-designed holster will snug a GLOCK .45 against the body, while not impeding a smooth, speedy draw. Regardless of the GLOCK .45 of choice, there should be a holster to allow carrying it comfortably, securely, and inconspicuously.\r\n\r\nA quick search of the Internet turned up offerings to carry some of GLOCK\u2019s .45s from Aker, Alessi, Bianchi, Blackhawk Bulman, Blade-Tech, Comp-Tac, DeSantis, Del Fatti, Don Hume, FIST, Fobus, Galco, Gould & Goodrich, Milt Sparks, Safariland, Sidearmor, and Uncle Mikes. There are more, but I stopped searching when it became obvious there was no end to holsters and suppliers.\r\n\r\nIt seems every commercial holster maker, and those in the custom world, offer one or more styles, to fit one or more of the .45 GLOCK pistols. Their wares are made from horse or cowhide, Kydex or other polymer, or some version of ballistic nylon. Styles include belt models, inside-the-waistband versions, shoulder holsters, and pocket models for the smaller pistols.\r\n\r\nI also did a scan of my holster collection, and found a number already on hand, including those wearing the GLOCK brand. (GLOCK has always offered holsters for their pistols.) Not surprisingly, I discovered many holsters specified for 9x19\/.40 pistols also fit quite nicely around a GLOCK 36 pistol, with a scant few fitting the marginally enlarged G.A.P. models. (This is, of course, not something most holster makers will announce, nor something one can count on, but if an ample selection of holsters is available, the fit is easily checked.) In addition, holsters for the GLOCK 30 will usually fit the G.A.P. offerings.\r\n\r\nPick a .45 GLOCK, a holster to meet your needs, and ammo from a high-performance source. Outfitted with this, today\u2019s big-bore carrier will be ready to go!","post_title":"Concealed-Carry .45s: The GLOCK Solution | Glock 45 Models","post_excerpt":"The .45 firepower favored by legions of officers is tough to keep out of sight. Not so with the GLOCK .45 G.A.P.\u2014the hideaway handgun with maximum performance.","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"concealed-carry-45s-the-glock-solution","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-10-31 23:10:49","post_modified_gmt":"2023-11-01 03:10:49","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2008\/05\/13\/concealed-carry-45s-the-glock-solution\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":true,"total_page":15},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"}; Page 15 of 15Previous

    The .40 S&W Choice<\/strong> for Subcompact Handguns<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

    Over the last 20-plus years the .40 S&W cartridge has overtaken the venerable 9mm as the most preferred round for U.S. law enforcement. The step up in caliber provides greater stopping power than a 9mm with less recoil than a .45 ACP. That of course has become more debatable in recent years with specialized .45 ACP rounds and guns specifically designed for them, however, the .40 S&W reigns supreme with law enforcement, while maintaining an equally enthusiastic following among civilians.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

    Glock 27 Gen4<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n\"Glock
    concealed carry <\/a>sidearm for the civilian market.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

    Sig Sauer Ultra Compact 1911 <\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n\"\"Sig Sauer<\/a> name, the Ultra Compact 1911 has a distinctive look with a squared, contoured slide, deep serrations, dovetailed tritium 3-dot sights, extended beavertail and grip safety, skeletonized hammer and triangle three-hole trigger all handsomely set off by a matte stainless steel slide and alloy frame, or optional two-tone version with a matte black hard anodized alloy frame. While any 1911, even one this small, is hard to call a Subcompact, the Sig comes closest to fitting the definition.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

    Springfield XDM Compact 3.8<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n\"Springfield

    With the addition of the XDM Series of guns introduced in 2008, Springfield raised the bar on multi-purpose sidearms. While the XD pistols have found great acceptance within the general firearms community, the XDM Series is more in tune with today\u2019s personal protection and concealed carry needs, flavored with Springfield\u2019s penchant for building high-capacity pistols on standard sized frames.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

    The latest XDM Compact, chambered in .40 S&W (with an impressive 11+1 capacity) offers the same match grade 3.8-inch barrel as the XDM 3.8, but with a shorter grip frame like those used on the XD Sub-Compact (X-Treme Duty) models, making this a dedicated concealed carry sidearm. But there\u2019s more. The gun also comes with an extended capacity magazine upping the cartridge total to 16+1 rounds of .40 S&W thereby making this an ideal handgun for home protection. The XDM Compact, like all XD models utilizes a dual safety system comprised of a pivoting trigger toggle and a 1911-type frame-mounted grip safety. The gun features tapered ambidextrous magazine releases, drift adjustable front and rear white dot sights, ambidextrous indexing thumb rests, interchangeable backstrap panels, and deeply angled front and rear slide serrations (three in front, six in back). The Compact\u2019s slide is just slightly wider at the bottom, tapering out to provide a little more surface area to grasp when chambering the first round or clearing the gun. The XDM Compact is a top choice in the .40 S&W caliber.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

    9mm<\/strong> Subcompact Handguns<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

    Globally the 9mm remains the most popular cartridge in the world, used by more law enforcement and military organizations than any other. The 9mm is also favored within the foreign civilian marketplace because many nations outlaw the use of larger caliber handguns except by the military. The 9mm cartridge has been in use now for over 100 years.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

    Ruger LC9<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n\"ruger,

    Ruger\u2019s LC9 offers compact dimensions measuring 6.0 inches in length, 4.5 inches in height and a modest 0.90 inches in width, combined with a comparatively high capacity of 7+1 rounds and light carry weight of 17.1 ounces (empty). The LC9 is built with a composite frame of high-performance glass-filled Nylon supported by an aluminum grip frame (subframe), a through-hardened steel slide, and 3.12-inch steel barrel. The LC9\u2019s contours render a gun that ideally fits the average hand, placing the index finger directly alongside the triggerguard with a natural recess for the first joint to rest before moving to engage the trigger. On the left side, the contoured grip frame places the thumb in position for a single-handed hold. The LC9 has a loaded chamber indicator that rises upward from the top of the slide and is clearly stamped \u201cLOADED WHEN UP\u201d. It\u2019s a very obvious tell so bluffing is off the table.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

    This is a well-balanced gun that is slightly muzzle heavy, an asset in managing recoil. The size, weight, and feel of the LC9 is very good and while the trigger pull is exceptionally long at 1.2 inches, it remains smooth and consistent allowing for quick follow-up shots. This is a function of both safety and the nature of the LC9\u2019s internal hammer design. Simply put, discharging the LC9 is like firing a DAO revolver. The LC9 has a magazine disconnect and will not fire a chambered round with the magazine removed. Overall this is a very capable small 9mm, which can also be equipped with a number of options including a Crimson Trace Laserguard.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

    Sig Sauer P290<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n\"Sig

    The Sig Sauer P290 is only slightly larger overall than a .380 ACP. With an overall length of just 5.5 inches, a truncated height of 3.9 inches, barrel length of 2.9 inches, and overall weight of only 21.5 ounces (empty), the P290 provides the defensive capability of a 9mm in a gun that is remarkably flat, measuring less than an inch in width. It is bigger and \u201cchunkier\u201d than the Kimber Solo and just a hair smaller than the Ruger LC9. The internal mechanism is a traditional locked breech, Browning-type tilting barrel but with one distinguishing feature; a broadly flared muzzle that aligns with a corresponding channel in the slide.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

    This design contributes to quicker cycling of the action; as soon as the slide starts its reward movement it releases the muzzle, allowing the barrel to tilt and drop the breechblock into line for reload. The P290 also employs a dual recoil spring assembly that makes this operation pretty snappy.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

    The frame is a lightweight, molded polymer with a slide machined from a solid billet. The finishes available are natural stainless or durable Nitron coating. Standard sights are dovetailed drift adjustable white dots. The P290 is a DAO hammer-fired pistol but with no manual cocking capability. In addition, the Sig Sauer has an automatic firing pin safety block, hammer safety intercept notch, and a trigger bar disconnect, making it safe for carry with a chambered round. And the Sig Sauer will fire with the magazine removed.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

    An interesting option for Sig Sauer is the Integrated Laser Module (ILM), which is custom made for the P290. Lightweight and compact, the ILM seamlessly blends with the lines of the pistol. The laser has ambidextrous switches. The increase in weight of 0.8 ounces is negligible and the laser unit adds only 0.75 inches to the depth of the gun.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

    Overall, this is a rugged looking little gun that is relatively easy to carry concealed considering it packs 6+1 rounds of 9mm.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

    Kimber Solo Carry<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n\"gun

    The Kimber Solo Carry is one of the most compact 9mm on the market measuring only 5.5 inches in length, 3.9 inches in height and a mere 0.995 inches in width. The all steel and alloy construction semi-auto weighs only 17 ounces empty. The compactness of the Solo is visually striking, being only slightly larger in overall dimension than most .380s. In order to achieve these scaled down proportions reminiscent of a 1911, the frame contours are smoother and more rounded with every possible edge reduced to its minimum possible tolerances. Easily operated ambidextrous magazine releases and perfectly sized ambidextrous safeties make ease of operation suitable for left or right-handed users.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

    Truly \u201cpocketable,\u201d the Solo utilizes a unique striker-fired system with a slight twist. When the slide is cycled and a round is chambered the striker (firing pin) is between 88 to 90 percent pre-tensioned. The trigger pull necessary to discharge the Solo then is only 10 to 12 percent of the total effort needed to finish the cycle and release the striker. Even though Kimber describes the Solo as a \u201csingle action striker-fired design,\u201d it is actually a double action as pulling the trigger has to finish tensioning the striker before the gun will discharge. While the lightweight semi-auto has a pretty hefty kick it is more than manageable and exceptionally accurate. As one of the smaller 9mm on the market, the Solo definitely has earned its mark.<\/p>\n","post_title":"Contemporary Subcompact Handguns","post_excerpt":"The Personal Defense Pocket Pistols: In the 21st century we have perfected the art of making as much gun as possible in the smallest package possible!","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"contemporary-subcompacts","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-10-19 15:38:22","post_modified_gmt":"2023-10-19 19:38:22","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2012\/11\/01\/contemporary-subcompacts\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":160508,"post_author":"645","post_date":"2009-09-02 15:20:48","post_date_gmt":"2009-09-02 21:20:48","post_content":"\r\n\r\nEven the gloved hands of today\u2019s uniformed officer will find ArmaLite\u2019s new AR-10T familiar. Draw the fixed stock into the shoulder, obtain sight picture and flip the selector. What makes the AR-10T different is more about what\u2019s on the inside. But on the outside, it all seems to feel the same.\r\n\r\nSince the creation of the Department of Homeland Security, law enforcement agencies have contended with how to use their budget to best enable their first responders to protect citizens against terror. Every agency has assessed vulnerabilities and many have chosen to acquire big bore rifles capable of penetrating a hard target or intercepting a vehicular threat. With just one shot to get it right, a team leader should have experience on the firing line.\r\n\r\nArmaLite\u2019s battle proven AR-10 has already served LE around the world including Canada\u2019s Ontario Provincial Police TRU (Tactics and Rescue Unit). Now loaded for the hard-hitting .338 Federal, the new AR-10T fills a department\u2019s medium-caliber gap without sacrificing ease of deployment, time for training, or familiar handling qualities of an officer\u2019s carbine.\r\n\r\nWhat some don\u2019t realize is that the AR-10\u2019s roots are more than 50 years old, pre-dating the AR-15\/M16\/M4. Clenching the checkered A2 pistol grip, controls are at the fingers. Saving more than a pound in weight over 7.62mm NATO infantry rifles of its time, Eugene Stoner\u2019s modular innovation is a source for the often-used term \u201cergonomic\u201d (as it applies to firearm design).\r\n\r\nThe anodized lower receiver is home to the ArmaLite tactical two-stage trigger set, the same trigger mechanism used in ArmaLite M-15 rifles. Pulling the trigger provides a crisp and smooth feel that doesn\u2019t interfere with accuracy. First and second stages are consistently passed at just 3 and 5 pounds before allowing the hammer to strike.\r\n\r\nBeing that the AR-10T is based on a 7.62mm NATO platform, the first question that usually comes to mind is how ArmaLite manages to stuff the high energy behind a .338 cartridge into an AR? An ArmaLite representative reports, \u201cArmaLite\u2019s refinements to the AR-10 over the many years placed it at a stage where the transfer to a harder hitting caliber such as the .338 Federal was not a problem. It\u2019s a short action .308-type cartridge so it transitions into our AR-10 platform perfectly. With some testing, we found that it\u2019s a fitting combination. We were able to use the same proven bolt and extractor, as well as the Generation II magazines. No design changes had to be made except re-chambering the AR-10 for a new caliber.\u201d\r\n\r\nThe bolt sits inside a gas impingement carrier group with four holes available to bleed off pressure and debris. The disassembly procedure is the same as an agency\u2019s M-15 carbine (just bigger parts). With the firing pin removed, one difference from other ARs is visually apparent. A spring shrouds the base of the firing pin pushing against the wall in the bolt carrier group. This feature helps reduce the risk of malfunctions and prevents the firing pin from bouncing during operation.\r\n\r\nA railed flat-top upper receiver marked \u201c.338 Federal\u201d brings the bolt together with the chamber of the stainless steel barrel. \u201cWe originally designed the .338 Federal as a hunting rifle, thus the stainless steel barrel,\u201d says ArmaLite. \u201cThe .338 Federal is a cartridge best suited for short and mid-range duties. We put a 22-inch barrel on the rifle, which provided the best ballistics for these situations. With that being said, we have seen the potential for different uses in this caliber, so we are spending some time testing a shorter rifle with a 16-inch barrel featuring a full size buttstock and a mid-length gas system to use in CQB operations.\u201d\r\n\r\nA tubular one-piece, free-floating aluminum handguard shields the hands from the triple lapped, 1-in-10-inch twist stainless steel match barrel. The tubular handguard improves the rifle\u2019s handling without taking up real estate with full-length accessory rails that often go unused. A useable length of rail does grace the forend of the handguard, ready to accept custom mounting of bipods, lasers, lights and other accessories.\r\n\r\nThe massive stainless steel gas block is secured to the barrel with four large hex-head screws and redirects gas pressure through a direct impingement system. This gas block is also a front sight base that features a flip-up Midwest Industries (MI) post that co-witnesses with a MI flip-up backup sight affixed to the rear of the upper receiver\u2019s Picatinny rail.\r\n\r\nSince no flash suppressor or compensator is present, the recessed crown at the muzzle of the AR-10T protects the rifle\u2019s accuracy potential during heavy use or intense tactical operations. Combine a barrel made of stainless steel, an aluminum free-floated handguard, aluminum alloy receivers, a polymer stock and grip, and you have a weather-resistant tactical rifle. The AR-10T can withstand harsher environments like those encountered in sustained maritime operations while offering the effective energy transfer carried by a .338 slug. \u201cCoastal areas with salty environments and the moisture of the trunk in squad cars are hard on steel parts, especially the barrel,\u201d says ArmaLite. So stainless steel might be a better choice for these conditions.\r\n\r\n

    \"armalite3.jpg\"\"armalite4.jpg\"\"armalite6.jpg\"Shooting Impressions<\/strong>\r\nNow I\u2019m not going to lie and say that I found the AR-10T to be a sub-MOA tack-driver. For me, it wasn\u2019t. I have friends in this industry who tell me they achieved MOA accuracy verified by pictures on Jeff Quinn\u2019s
    gunblast.com<\/a> of multiple 3-shot groups fired from 100 yards rivaling the size of a penny. But this test was a representation of how a founding member of DHS envisions this rifle being used by law enforcement. On the scene, from the trunk of a vehicle, and across the hood.\r\n\r\nDriving down to the edge of North Carolina\u2019s Great Dismal Swamp brought me to a private range that required the careful use of four-wheelers to maneuver through knee-deep muck in order to get downrange and post targets. A pair of 12x18-inch ballistic steel plates were used to verify the new Leupold VX-3 6.5-20x50mm riflescope from 100 yards. Secured in ArmaLite\u2019s unique one-piece ring mount, this accessory removes a couple of variables that typically impact accuracy on other rifles.\r\n\r\nThe DHS agent fired first. And second. \u201cOh yeah, we\u2019re good.\u201d Our four-wheelers carried us across the swamp again just to verify the point-of-aim\/point-of-impact. Fingering the significant dimples created in the swinging AR-500 steel plate, he said, \u201cMan, that rifle has some thump to it!\u201d With paper targets ready, we drove back to the firing line and began the accuracy test.\r\n\r\nIn rural parts of the US, it\u2019s not unusual to see a pick-up truck used as a law enforcement vehicle. To best simulate a tactical operation where a vehicle is used as cover and firing support, we positioned the vehicle at the firing line and loaded each (5-, 10-, and 20-round) magazine with the only load available for this test: Federal\u2019s lead-nose, copper jacketed, 210-grain Nosler Partition.\r\n\r\nThe first 3-shot group from each of us measured just under 2.5 inches. Making it downrange and changing out targets, we discovered an earlier sighter that went off course and punched through a 5-inch thick tree. Looking further back, we saw the bullet had actually passed without deflection through a total of six trees smaller in size and spaced about 4 feet before disappearing.\r\n\r\nMost accuracy results with other AR-style rifles are taken in 5-shot groups, so the next batch would follow this pattern. Five groups of five shots averaged nearly 3 inches off the semi-supported position with the best group measuring 1.94 inches. The most impressive observation came from our last test, a 20-shot magazine dump in quick succession. In a string of fire that lasted no more than 30 seconds, 20 shots were clustered together in a group measuring just 3.6 inches. This is practical accuracy you can expect of a trained officer that could put a definitive end to a given crisis.\r\n\r\n\"armalite8.jpg\"Final Notes<\/strong>\r\n\u201cIf you benched it with a bipod, it\u2019d group a lot tighter,\u201d noted the DHS agent, \u201cbut this is realistic. This rifle is what you hope to have when you arrive to a dynamic situation forcing you to run what you have.\u201d\r\n\r\nArmaLite asserts, \u201cThe same principals apply to this caliber as the .458 SOCOM, only the AR-10T does it better. Placing this harder hitting round in this strong, proven platform was a perfect match. The .458 SOCOM in the smaller AR-15 platform has unpredictable penetration at any significant range and the smaller AR-15 platform is unproven to last with a large caliber.\u201d\r\n\r\nWith the AR-10T you get a heavier bullet, lower felt recoil and more energy transferred to the target. This lethal hammer is ready to meet the obstacles faced by LE in urban environments or on the maritime waters.\r\n\r\n\"federal2.jpg\"FEDERAL\u2019S BOLD .338<\/strong>\r\nThere are other .338s out there but none that can be easily integrated with fewer changes to the seasoned AR-10. The story here is as much about the united effort between ArmaLite and Federal Cartridge<\/strong><\/a> to assure the rifle and ammunition are perfectly matched. Snipers are already familiar with .338s including the .338 Lapua Mag and the .338 Win Mag. These two highly effective cartridges are known for their long-range effectiveness in bolt-action platforms. For most LE operations requiring the deployment of a rifle, a bolt gun presents a number of tactical drawbacks. Slower handling, more recoil, and slower follow-up shots.\r\n\r\nThe .338 Federal delivers the only modern .338 caliber load that isn\u2019t a magnum configuration. It delivers a larger diameter bullet for more weight and overall energy on target without magnum recoil. \u201cThe .338 Federal captures the capability of the longstanding .308 case and offers the respected performance of the .338 bullet,\u201d says Federal President Mark DeYoung. \u201cThese two mainstays have been proven time and again and are now brought together into a quality factory load,\u201d he adds.","post_title":"Armalite AR-10T .338 Federal","post_excerpt":"NEW BATTLE RIFLE chambered for Federal\u2019s powerhouse cartridge!","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"armalite-ar-10t-338-federal","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-10-31 23:08:29","post_modified_gmt":"2023-11-01 03:08:29","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2009\/09\/02\/armalite-ar-10t-338-federal\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":160816,"post_author":"374","post_date":"2009-04-24 14:48:05","post_date_gmt":"2009-04-24 20:48:05","post_content":"\r\n\r\nI have been a fan of the .308 cartridge (7.62x51mm) for many years and have always enjoyed its versatility. It has numerous useful applications for self-defense and law enforcement and one of my bolt-action rifles in that chambering is set up for medium- to-long range anti-personnel work.\r\n\r\nI have used .308 rifles in bolt-action, lever-action, slide-action and semi-automatic configurations, the latter being in the form of the M14 battle rifle, which is what we cadets trained with in ROTC (Reserve Officers\u2019 Training Corps) I was very interested when Rock River Arms (RRA) introduced an AR-type rifle in the popular .308 caliber.\r\n\r\nThe rifle was the Mid-Length (M\/L) LAR-8 A4 (308A1239), which comes housed in a compartmented, electric blue plastic carrying case. In the case, the rifle is broken down into the upper-receiver\/barrel group and the lower-receiver\/stock group that allows the case to be a bit more compact length-wise. It is a great case for shipping the weapon, but unfortunately the case cannot be used once an optic sight is mounted on the LAR-8, which means that if you want to carry your RRA rifle in a gun case fully assembled with a sight mounted, you will be in the market for a new larger gun case.\r\n\r\nMy sample LAR-8 mid-length A4 came with a 16-inch Wilson chrome moly barrel having a 1-in-10-inch right-hand twist, six land and groove rifling and a Picatinny rail on the upper receiver and on top of the barrel at the front of the handguard as there are no iron sights. There is also an A2 version that has the same iron sight configuration that is found on the M16A2 rifle. Both of these rifles are fitted with a tactical CAR-style buttstock.\r\n\r\nOther RRA LAR-8 factory variations include Standard A2 and A4 models that have 20-inch barrels and a conventional AR-type butt stock, plus there is an A-4 Varmint Model that features a 26-inch Wilson air gauged, stainless steel bull barrel that is coupled with a free-floating, tubular aluminum handguard for increased long-distance accuracy.\r\n\r\n\"untitled-2.jpg\"Standard Features <\/strong>\r\nStandard features on my LAR-8 M\/L A4 includes a rubber Hogue pistol grip, which is stippled and has finger grooves, a two-stage match trigger, upper receiver with bolt forward assist and ejection port door, plus brass deflector, ventilated polymer handguard, sling swivels and A2-type flash suppressor. The LAR-8 basically looks like a M16 on steroids, as the receiver has been beefed up to allow use of the .308 (7.62x51mm) cartridge.\r\n\r\nThe two big differences that the discerning eye will note is the magazine and the bolt catch. The factory-supplied magazine for the LAR-8 is basically the same as the 20-round magazine used in the famous FN\/FAL and L1A1 battle rifles. Entire articles and books could be and have been devoted to this fine weapon, so we won\u2019t delve into that subject here, but this Fabrique Nationale-designed rifle has been in service since 1953 and has armed some 60 countries around the world including Belgium, Great Britain, Canada, Australia, and Argentina.\r\n\r\nNeedless to say, there have been countless thousands of magazines made for the FN\/FAL and that fact pays dividends to the LAR-8 owner who has a wide selection to choose from. I did a little Internet surfing and came up with price ranges from $10 to $22 for used Mil-Spec 20-round magazines. There are also 30-round magazines out there that average around $50 more. They hang down a bit too far for comfortable prone shooting, so I\u2019m content to stick with the 20-rounders myself.\r\n\r\nThe bolt catch on the LAR-8 is not on the left side of the lower receiver as on the M16, but is positioned at the base of the magazine well at its juncture with the pivoting triggerguard. It is more reminiscent of the bolt catch found on the FN\/FAL and is made to be ambidextrous, and if your hand is large enough can be actuated by the trigger finger of whichever hand you use. The magazine release is located in the same area as on the M16 and the LAR-8 is also ambidextrous.\r\n\r\nWhile the manual safety lever, just above the pistol grip on the right of the receiver, is not ambidextrous, it appears to be easily changed to the left side of the receiver if that\u2019s the user\u2019s preference. On a whole the controls on this rifle are easily reached and manipulated without removing the hand from the pistol grip, certainly a plus in a patrol rifle. I had no trouble whatever operating them with my medium-sized hand.\r\n\r\nObviously, this rifle is going to pack more weight than the M16 and the LAR-8 M\/L A4 weighs in empty, sans sights, at a respectable 8.1 pounds. With the 6-position CAR buttstock fully extended it measures 38 inches. The weight and the propellant gas operation system of the action certainly help tame recoil, which is a good thing given the hard checkered butt of the CAR stock.\r\n\r\nThe standard polymer handguard is round in shape with flats on the top and bottom that are serrated and have holes for barrel ventilation. There are no rails on the standard handguard, but RRA does offer optional Daniel Defense Lite Quad Rails for both the Mid-Length and Standard LAR-8 A4 rifles. In fact, a visit to the RRA website will allow one to see the full list of optional items available that allow you to \u201chave it your way\u201d with just about any Rock River Arms\u2019 AR-type rifle.\r\n\r\nAs always, I gave the RRA LAR-8 Mid-Length A4 a top to bottom inspection and did not find anything wanting in overall fit and finish of the weapon. All the flats were flat, corners square and rounded surfaces done to perfection. No machine marks or other blemishes were visible and the black hard coat anodized finish was a good match to the black polymer material of the handguard and buttstock of the rifle.\r\n\r\nOptics Selection<\/strong>\r\nNow given that my RRA LAR-8 M\/L A4 comes without sights, it was time to select something with which to aim the rifle that would be fitting for my uses. I looked at a number of optical and sights of various manufacturers, but came away impressed with the Trijicon ACOG (Advanced Combat Optical Gunsight) 3.5x35mm .308 BDC\/FT.Chevron BAC riflescope for our test.\r\n\r\nAnyone that watches the network nightly news has seen the ACOG sights on the M16A2 rifles carried by many of our troops in Afghanistan and Iraq; their bell-shaped housings make them easily identifiable. They have been in use for many years by Army Special Forces, the Marines, Navy SEALs and the FBI, so I didn\u2019t see how I could go wrong. Trijicon is synonymous with the night sights that have been fitted on many of the most popular combat handguns for a couple of decades. However, Trijicon\u2019s founder Glyn Bindon wanted to build a sight for long arms that would bring together both-eyes-open shooting, an illuminated aiming point, plus magnified optics.\r\n\r\nWhat he discovered was what has since been termed the Bindon Aiming Concept (BAC), aiming with both eyes open, which gives a superior sense of balance and field of view, coupled with a magnified Trijicon sight, which offers the shooter a considerable advantage over his target using conventional sights. When used as designed, in the binocular mode, the operator sees only the red, chevron-shaped reticle (the pointed tip is the aiming point) transposed on the target at anywhere from across-the-room ranges to several hundred yards.\r\n\r\nMy sample ACOG 3.5x35mm scope came packaged in a well-padded Pelican case, which also held a black nylon, Scopecoat scope cover, a Lenspen lens cleaner and an ACOG thumbscrew flattop adapter for affixing the scope to the Picatinny rail of the LAR-8. The scope housing is 8 inches in length and is made of rugged forged aluminum; the black, hard-anodized finish matches almost exactly that of the RRA rifle. Scope weight without mounts adds only 14 ounces to the weight of the rifle.\r\n\r\nThe scope is calibrated for use with the .308 cartridge and is meant to be sighted in at 100 meters with an effective range of 800 meters on flattop rifles. The reticle also includes a rangefinder and the base of the chevron aiming point is 5.53 MOA (minute of angle), which at 300 meters is 19 inches allowing for good range estimation. Of course, during the day, the fiber-optic tube running along the top of the scope gathers light for the red aiming point and at night\/low light tritium is used to illuminate the chevron. The field of view at 100 yards is almost 29 feet, the eye relief is 2.4 inches and the adjustment is 4-inch clicks at 100 yards.\r\n\r\nRange Time<\/strong>\r\nNow it was time to go to my ammo locker and select some cartridges from my stock of .308 ammunition. I chose Black Hills Gold with a 168-grain Hornady A-Max bullet, which has a factory velocity of 2650 fps (feet per second). Next I picked Federal Gold Medal that has a Sierra 168-grain \u201cMatchKing\u201d BTHP bullet also rated at 2650 fps. To add a law enforcement-designed cartridge I included the one of the Hornady TAP loads in .308.\r\n\r\nAccording to their website, \u201cThe 155-grain A-MAX TAP Precision cartridge offers match accuracy with a high-ballistic coefficient providing superior long-range performance. This load demonstrates expansion and fragmentation similar to the 110-grain load, but with a noticeable increase in penetration and retained bullet weight. This bullet penetrates glass with minimal deflection and exhibits retained expansion and fragmentation characteristics.\u201d\r\n\r\nIt is also intended for use in a 1-in-10-inch or 1-in-12-inch twist rifle barrel such as that on the LAR-8. My final selection was the Winchester 150-grain Supreme Elite with \u201cThe new XP3 bullet that starts with a two-stage expansion design, then combines all the best-known bullet technology to offer delayed controlled expansion, deep penetration, and high retained weight.\u201d\r\n\r\nWith my rifle\/sight combination, plus test ammunition in hand, it was time for a field test. I did my shooting at the NRA Whittington Center during the 2008 Shootists Holiday and used the Center\u2019s Sight-In Range for my accuracy and chronograph testing session. I sighted the Trijicon ACOG 3.5x35mm scope in for 100 yards, then proceeded to shoot three 3-shot groups for record with each test cartridge, using the concrete benches and an MTM Casegard rest.\r\n\r\nMy best group was 0.82 of an inch using Federal Gold Medal loads, followed by 0.97 of an inch with the Hornady TAP ammo. All of the group averages stayed under 2 inches and my guess is that the rifle would have had no trouble out-shooting the shooter that day. I also set up my Oehler Model 35P chronograph to see what velocities I would get from the LAR-8 M\/L 16-inch barrel.\r\n\r\nNext I put a silhouette target out at 200 yards and fired a dozen shots using a mixed bag of .308 cartridges at center mass and scored 10 hits in the 10 and X-ring and two just out in the 9-ring. Three shots to the head resulted in three hits in the 10-ring. Lastly, I took the LAR-8 to the Animal Silhouette Range, where the backstop is a mountainside covered with nice big rocks.\r\n\r\nFrom the standing, off-hand position, again using a mix of my test ammo, I was able to make dust fly on rocks out as far as I could see them on the mountainside, which has been previously checked with a laser rangefinder to have shootable rocks out to some 475 yards. The best part besides the practical accuracy and \u201cshootability\u201d of the LAR-8 was the fact that it was 100-percent reliable and I did not note a single malfunction during the test.\r\n\r\nFinal Notes<\/strong>\r\nRRA has a winner here and mated with the Trijicon ACOG scope and good ammo, I can\u2019t think of anything I\u2019d rather take into harm\u2019s way.","post_title":"RRA Mid-Length LAR-8 A4 .308","post_excerpt":"Big-bore AR\/Trijicon ACOG combo proved 100% reliable and sub-MOA accurate!","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"rra-mid-lenght-lar-8-a4-308","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-05-31 20:23:23","post_modified_gmt":"2023-05-31 20:23:23","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2009\/04\/24\/rra-mid-lenght-lar-8-a4-308\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":161994,"post_author":"645","post_date":"2008-05-13 15:04:28","post_date_gmt":"2008-05-13 21:04:28","post_content":"\r\nThose marvels of Austrian ingenuity, GLOCK pistols, have a well-deserved reputation for arriving ready for concealed carry. No sharp edges abound to be rough on the hands or snag clothing during the draw. GLOCKs slide from the holster, point well, and are ready for immediate action. The GLOCK Safe Action design leaves worries regarding a complicated manual of arms in the dust. Cap that off with sizes and calibers to satisfy every taste, and GLOCK seems destined to maintain their edge.\r\n\r\nFew things are dearer to the American heart than .45-caliber handguns. Despite the presence of .36- and .44-caliber handguns during the settling of the West, the .45 Colt is viewed as the decisive caliber from that era. Just in time to take the place of this noble cartridge, the .45 Auto became a force to be reckoned with in the next century. There is something comforting about this large caliber, imbuing a sense of power.\r\n\r\nIn fact, many a breath was held after GLOCK entered the U. S. market, until the Austrian company announced the introduction of their Model 21 in .45 Auto. Exhaling a sigh of relief, the .45 culture had a polymer wonder to satisfy its desires.\r\n\r\nFor duty carry by officers, the GLOCK 21 proved a perfect choice, hearty and robust, with the renowned GLOCK reliability. Following Law Enforcement (LE) trends that pushed the GLOCK to the top of the LE realm, as concealed carry rights blossomed, those exercising their rights adopted GLOCKs in droves. However, it was obvious the GLOCK 21 would have a small concealed carry following. The very traits making it so popular for duty carry\u2014hearty and robust\u2014worked against discreet carry.\r\n\r\nNever one to be left out in the cold, GLOCK introduced the more compact Models 30 and 36 in .45 Auto with double- and single-stack magazines, respectively. The Model 30 still bore grip dimensions similar to that of the Model 21, frequently difficult for those with average hands. The 36, though thinner due to a single-column magazine, still bore a longer front-to-back grip because of the .45 Auto chambering, which can still be a problem for some.\r\n\r\nBoth models have fared well with the American concealed carrier, but their frames, sized as they were for the .45 Auto, still leave some carriers and shooters with average and smaller-sized hands wanting. Likewise, many in the LE community hankered for a pistol dimensionally like the immensely popular GLOCK 17\/19\/26 and 22\/23\/26, but in the .45 Auto. Of course, the .45 Auto just won\u2019t fit in these more comfortable frames.\r\n\r\nMAKE WAY FOR THE .45<\/strong>\r\nNever one to shy away from a challenge, the folks at GLOCK tackled the project with the help of the ballistic wizards at Speer. The resulting cartridge, equaling the ballistic performance of the .45 Auto, was christened the .45 GLOCK Automatic Pistol (G.A.P.). Squeezed into a 9x19\/.40 frame, the GLOCK 37 and the .45 G.A.P. answered the LE and civilian concealed carriers\u2019 request for a more-compact .45 pistol.\r\n\r\nThe full-sized GLOCK 37 was followed by the compact GLOCK 38, and sub-compact GLOCK 39, each chambering a fair number of the new stubby .45s. Initially it was hoped the Models 37, 38, and 39 might be exactly the same size as the corresponding 9x19\/.40 models, and regarding the frames that proved true. However, to ensure perfect performance, marginally larger slides became the norm. (17\/22 slides are 1.01 inches wide by 0.85-inch high, weighing 18 ounces. GLOCK 37 slides are 1.13 inches wide by 0.88-inch high and weigh 21 ounces.) The .45 G.A.P. pistols incorporate a longer steel locking-block.\r\n\r\nOne step in building a cartridge to fit in the smaller and handier frame was designing the .45 G.A.P. cartridge to be 0.13-inch shorter than the .45 Auto. This produces a case similar in length to the 9x19 (0.78-inches), but once loaded the G. A. P has an overall length of 1.08 inches, actually shorter than the 9x19. (This last design parameter allows the wide .45 G.A.P. bullet to fit in a shorter grip area.)\r\n\r\n\"imgp03.gif\"AN ALL-NEW CARTRIDGE<\/strong>\r\nAdditional changes include a slightly rebated rim on the G.A.P., and modified extractor groove. Inside the case, one finds a wall profile that differs noticeably from the .45 Auto, thus allowing for seating .45 bullets without case wall bulging, and outside the primer pocket is filled with a small pistol primer. (A large pistol primer reportedly caused over-ignition and excessive pressure.) All of this goes to the point that the G.A.P. is an entirely new cartridge case that cannot be safely built from a .45 Auto case! Using the most modern propellants, Speer succeeded in charging this smaller .45 cartridge to equal the .45 Auto ballistically, while keeping pressures near the .45 Auto range.\r\n\r\nThere is no paucity of loadings available for the .45 G.A.P. GLOCKs. Speer\u2019s initial .45 G.A.P. commercial loadings were 185- and 200-grain Gold Dot premium hollowpoints and the same weights of TMJ bullets in the Speer Lawman line for economical shooting. Under the ATK banner with Speer, Federal Cartridge has introduced 185-grain and 230-grain Hydra-Shok loadings in the Premium Personal Defense line and an economical 185-grain TMJ loading in the American Eagle line.\r\n\r\nWinchester and Remington are now loading the .45 G.A.P. cartridge in configurations similar to Speer and Federal. COR-BON stepped in with their 160-grain DPX load, the 165-grain Pow'R Ball, a jacketed soft point, and a 200-grain JHP. This means bullet weights of 160 grains, 165 grains, 185 grains, 200 grains and 230 grains are all available.\r\n\r\n.45 GAP PERFORMANCE<\/strong>\r\nThe .45 G.A.P. is quite a boon for those of us adhering to the notion that bigger is better! Concealed carriers and Law Enforcement personnel, in and out of uniform, have their wish for new handguns.\r\n\r\nFrom the concealed carriers\u2019 and non-uniformed LE perspective, I found four .45 GLOCKs most appropriate for their needs. The Model 21 has already been excluded, and the Model 37 will probably be as well by those seeking compactness for carry. This leaves us with the Models 30, 36, 38, and 39 for consideration.\r\n\r\nThis was my first experience with the .45 G.A.P., so I began my examination of the concealed carry candidates with range testing. Trigger-time revealed just what I had heard: the .45 G.A.P. pistols were just as easily handled during all the drills as similar GLOCK models accommodating the .45 Auto. The GLOCK 38 weighs virtually the same as the Model 30, while the same is true of the Models 36 and 39, and the velocities of similar weight bullets are close enough to produce the similar felt recoil in pistols all weighing the same. (Depending on the cartridge, the .45 G.A.P. recoil can feel similar to a .40 pistol.)\r\n\r\nWearing average-sized hands, I found all four offerings fit me well, with the GLOCK 30 on the upper end of comfort for me. That, of course, explains why there is more than one flavor of ice cream\u2014and size of GLOCK\u2014to provide needed variety!\r\n\r\nWith pistols to fit my hands and those of most others, in my favorite caliber and that of GLOCK\u2019s new offering\u2014which seems destined to offer the .45 Auto a run for its money\u2014I went forth to gather the opinions of other shooters and concealed carriers.\r\n\r\n\"gap-carry.gif\"SHOOTING & CARRYING GLOCK .45s<\/strong>\r\nI placed the four GLOCK .45 offerings in the hands of a variety of shooters, and received the expected plethora of preferences. Given a choice of .45 GLOCKs, each one selected their favorite based on how it fit their hands and rode on their waist. Recoil did not seem a factor.\r\n\r\nThose finding the .45 Auto pistols a tad largish found the pistols chambered for the .45 G.A.P. just right. Testers that found the .45 Auto pistols fitting them well expressed their appreciation of the trimmer G.A.P pistols. It seems that not only has GLOCK spawned a new caliber in which to chamber their pistols, they have found one that can satisfy the needs of big-bore concealed carriers (and no doubt uniformed officers) while doing so.\r\n\r\nWill this be the .45 of the 21st century? Only time will tell, but it seems the .45 G.A.P is making a good run at that distinction!\r\nHOLSTERING GLOCK .45s<\/strong>\r\nAs excellent as the size and calibers of the GLOCK .45s make them for concealment, they still miss one thing for concealed carry\u2014a holster! Luckily holster makers, just like users, have flocked to all GLOCK pistols. Finding leather, or non-leather, to tote one\u2019s choice of .45 should be relatively easy.\r\n\r\nToting a handgun\u2014any handgun, including a GLOCK\u2014should be accomplished using a quality holster. Holsters protect handguns from loss, or shifting during carry, ensuring it will be there when one reaches for it. Not only will the handgun be there when needed, but also a well-designed holster will snug a GLOCK .45 against the body, while not impeding a smooth, speedy draw. Regardless of the GLOCK .45 of choice, there should be a holster to allow carrying it comfortably, securely, and inconspicuously.\r\n\r\nA quick search of the Internet turned up offerings to carry some of GLOCK\u2019s .45s from Aker, Alessi, Bianchi, Blackhawk Bulman, Blade-Tech, Comp-Tac, DeSantis, Del Fatti, Don Hume, FIST, Fobus, Galco, Gould & Goodrich, Milt Sparks, Safariland, Sidearmor, and Uncle Mikes. There are more, but I stopped searching when it became obvious there was no end to holsters and suppliers.\r\n\r\nIt seems every commercial holster maker, and those in the custom world, offer one or more styles, to fit one or more of the .45 GLOCK pistols. Their wares are made from horse or cowhide, Kydex or other polymer, or some version of ballistic nylon. Styles include belt models, inside-the-waistband versions, shoulder holsters, and pocket models for the smaller pistols.\r\n\r\nI also did a scan of my holster collection, and found a number already on hand, including those wearing the GLOCK brand. (GLOCK has always offered holsters for their pistols.) Not surprisingly, I discovered many holsters specified for 9x19\/.40 pistols also fit quite nicely around a GLOCK 36 pistol, with a scant few fitting the marginally enlarged G.A.P. models. (This is, of course, not something most holster makers will announce, nor something one can count on, but if an ample selection of holsters is available, the fit is easily checked.) In addition, holsters for the GLOCK 30 will usually fit the G.A.P. offerings.\r\n\r\nPick a .45 GLOCK, a holster to meet your needs, and ammo from a high-performance source. Outfitted with this, today\u2019s big-bore carrier will be ready to go!","post_title":"Concealed-Carry .45s: The GLOCK Solution | Glock 45 Models","post_excerpt":"The .45 firepower favored by legions of officers is tough to keep out of sight. Not so with the GLOCK .45 G.A.P.\u2014the hideaway handgun with maximum performance.","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"open","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"concealed-carry-45s-the-glock-solution","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2023-10-31 23:10:49","post_modified_gmt":"2023-11-01 03:10:49","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/www.athlonoutdoors.com\/2008\/05\/13\/concealed-carry-45s-the-glock-solution\/","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":true,"total_page":15},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"}; Page 15 of 15Previous

    The .40 S&W Choice<\/strong> for Subcompact Handguns<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

    Over the last 20-plus years the .40 S&W cartridge has overtaken the venerable 9mm as the most preferred round for U.S. law enforcement. The step up in caliber provides greater stopping power than a 9mm with less recoil than a .45 ACP. That of course has become more debatable in recent years with specialized .45 ACP rounds and guns specifically designed for them, however, the .40 S&W reigns supreme with law enforcement, while maintaining an equally enthusiastic following among civilians.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

    Glock 27 Gen4<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n\"Glock
    concealed carry <\/a>sidearm for the civilian market.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

    Sig Sauer Ultra Compact 1911 <\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n\"\"Sig Sauer<\/a> name, the Ultra Compact 1911 has a distinctive look with a squared, contoured slide, deep serrations, dovetailed tritium 3-dot sights, extended beavertail and grip safety, skeletonized hammer and triangle three-hole trigger all handsomely set off by a matte stainless steel slide and alloy frame, or optional two-tone version with a matte black hard anodized alloy frame. While any 1911, even one this small, is hard to call a Subcompact, the Sig comes closest to fitting the definition.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

    gunblast.com<\/a> of multiple 3-shot groups fired from 100 yards rivaling the size of a penny. But this test was a representation of how a founding member of DHS envisions this rifle being used by law enforcement. On the scene, from the trunk of a vehicle, and across the hood.\r\n\r\nDriving down to the edge of North Carolina\u2019s Great Dismal Swamp brought me to a private range that required the careful use of four-wheelers to maneuver through knee-deep muck in order to get downrange and post targets. A pair of 12x18-inch ballistic steel plates were used to verify the new Leupold VX-3 6.5-20x50mm riflescope from 100 yards. Secured in ArmaLite\u2019s unique one-piece ring mount, this accessory removes a couple of variables that typically impact accuracy on other rifles.\r\n\r\nThe DHS agent fired first. And second. \u201cOh yeah, we\u2019re good.\u201d Our four-wheelers carried us across the swamp again just to verify the point-of-aim\/point-of-impact. Fingering the significant dimples created in the swinging AR-500 steel plate, he said, \u201cMan, that rifle has some thump to it!\u201d With paper targets ready, we drove back to the firing line and began the accuracy test.\r\n\r\nIn rural parts of the US, it\u2019s not unusual to see a pick-up truck used as a law enforcement vehicle. To best simulate a tactical operation where a vehicle is used as cover and firing support, we positioned the vehicle at the firing line and loaded each (5-, 10-, and 20-round) magazine with the only load available for this test: Federal\u2019s lead-nose, copper jacketed, 210-grain Nosler Partition.\r\n\r\nThe first 3-shot group from each of us measured just under 2.5 inches. Making it downrange and changing out targets, we discovered an earlier sighter that went off course and punched through a 5-inch thick tree. Looking further back, we saw the bullet had actually passed without deflection through a total of six trees smaller in size and spaced about 4 feet before disappearing.\r\n\r\nMost accuracy results with other AR-style rifles are taken in 5-shot groups, so the next batch would follow this pattern. Five groups of five shots averaged nearly 3 inches off the semi-supported position with the best group measuring 1.94 inches. The most impressive observation came from our last test, a 20-shot magazine dump in quick succession. In a string of fire that lasted no more than 30 seconds, 20 shots were clustered together in a group measuring just 3.6 inches. This is practical accuracy you can expect of a trained officer that could put a definitive end to a given crisis.\r\n\r\n\"armalite8.jpg\"Final Notes<\/strong>\r\n\u201cIf you benched it with a bipod, it\u2019d group a lot tighter,\u201d noted the DHS agent, \u201cbut this is realistic. This rifle is what you hope to have when you arrive to a dynamic situation forcing you to run what you have.\u201d\r\n\r\nArmaLite asserts, \u201cThe same principals apply to this caliber as the .458 SOCOM, only the AR-10T does it better. Placing this harder hitting round in this strong, proven platform was a perfect match. The .458 SOCOM in the smaller AR-15 platform has unpredictable penetration at any significant range and the smaller AR-15 platform is unproven to last with a large caliber.\u201d\r\n\r\nWith the AR-10T you get a heavier bullet, lower felt recoil and more energy transferred to the target. This lethal hammer is ready to meet the obstacles faced by LE in urban environments or on the maritime waters.\r\n\r\n\"federal2.jpg\"FEDERAL\u2019S BOLD .338<\/strong>\r\nThere are other .338s out there but none that can be easily integrated with fewer changes to the seasoned AR-10. The story here is as much about the united effort between ArmaLite and